BANGALORE UNIVERSITY

Department of Civil Engineering

UNIVERSITY VISVESVARAYA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING

Jnana Bharathi Campus, Bengaluru-560 056

Choice Based Credit System (CBCS)-2018

M.Tech. in Civil Engineering

Major: Structural Engineering [ST] : ST-1 to ST-83

Major: Geotechnical Engineering [GT] : GT-1 to GT-81
Major: Environmental Engineering [EN] : EN-1 to EN-78
Major: Highway Engineering [HW] : HW-1 to HW-77
Major: Prestressed Concrete [PC] : PC-1 to PC-83
Major: Construction Technology [CT] : CT-1 to CT-79
Major: Water Resources Engineering [WR] : WR-1 to WR-88
Major: Earthquake Engineering [EQ] : EQ-1 to EQ-86
Open Electives offered by Civil Engineering : OP-1 to OP-10
Department [OP]
 BANGALORE UNIVERSITY

Department of Civil Engineering

UNIVERSITY VISVESVARAYA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING

Jnana Bharathi Campus, Bengaluru-560 056

Choice Based Credit System (CBCS)-2018

M.Tech in Civil Engineering

Major: Structural Engineering [ST]

ST-1
 BANGALORE UNIVERSITY

VISION

“To strive for excellence in education for the realization of a vibrant and
inclusive society through knowledge creation and dissemination”

MISSION

 Impart quality education to meet national and global challenges

 Blend theoretical knowledge with practical skills
 Pursue academic excellence through high quality research and
publications
 Provide access to all sections of society to pursue higher education
 Inculcate right values among students while encouraging
competitiveness to promote leadership qualities
 Produce socially sensitive citizens
 Hasten the process of creating a knowledge society
 To contribute to nation building

ST-2
 Bangalore University
UNIVERSITY VISVESVARAYA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING
K R Circle, Bengaluru – 560 001

University Visvesvaraya College of Engineering (UVCE) was started as a School of

Mechanical Engineering by Bharat Ratna Sir. M Visvesvaraya in the year 1913 to meet
the needs of the State for skilled workers with S V Setty as its Superintendent. Later, it
was converted to a full-fledged Engineering College in the year 1917 under the name
Government Engineering College (GEC) and was affiliated to the University of Mysore.
It is the fifth Engineering College to be established in the country.

After the formation of Bangalore University in 1964, GEC became University College of
Engineering (UCE) and then became UVCE as a Constituent College of Bangalore
University. This is one of the oldest Institutions in the country imparting technical
education leading to B.E., M.E, B.Arch., M.Sc. (Engineering), M.Arch. and Ph.D.
Degrees in various disciplines of Engineering and Architecture.

The Institution currently offers 7 Undergraduate Full-time, 3 Undergraduate Part-time

and 23 Postgraduate Programmes.

VISION
The vision of UVCE is to strive for excellence in advancing engineering education
through path breaking innovations across the frontiers of human knowledge to realize a
vibrant, inclusive and humane society.

MISSION
The mission of UVCE is to prepare human resource and global leaders to achieve the
above vision through discovery, invention and develop friendly technologies to
promote scientific temper for a healthy society. UVCE shapes engineers to respond
competently and confidently to the economic, social and organizational challenges
arising from globally advancing technical needs.

ST-3
 Bangalore University Bengaluru
Department of Civil Engineering, UVCE, Bengaluru
M. Tech. DEGREE IN CIVIL ENGINEERING under CBCS Scheme - 2K18 Scheme
MAJOR: STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING

Vision of the Department

To be front runner in academic activities in the field of Civil Engineering and to become a
school of excellence that brings out Civil Engineers with high technical competencies and
to promote high-end research to meet the current and future challenges in Civil
Engineering.

Mission of the Department

STM1: To provide quality education to the students with the fundamental background
necessary for an active successful professional career in Civil Engineering, in
general.
STM2: To impart knowledge and enlighten students to make them competent, self-
motivated and expanding their knowledge skills through continuous education,
and to inculcate human values and concern for environment and the society.
STM3: To promote Entrepreneurship to strengthen the economy and society.
STM4: To generate experts in Civil Engineering contributing their academic excellence to
serve the nation.
STM5: To produce innovative thinkers for solving complex engineering problems.

Program Educational Objectives (PEO)

The post graduates of M.Tech in Structural Engineering will be provided the knowledge
and skill to:

STPEO1: Have successful career through the application of fundamentals and latest
developments in Structural Engineering.
STPEO2: Have required skills to communicate effectively and ability to work
individually and in team with a zeal for venturing into entrepreneurship and
involve in life-long learning.
STPEO3: Pursue research, higher studies and choose professional career as design
engineer, faculty, researcher etc...

ST-4
 Program Outcomes (PO):

Post Graduates with M.Tech (Structural Engineering ) degree will be able to:

STPO1: An ability to independently carry out research / investigation and development

work to solve practical problems of the domain of Structural Engineering.
STPO2: An ability to prepare and present a substantial technical report / document.
STPO3: An ability to demonstrate a degree of mastery in Structural Engineering.
.

ST-5
 BANGALORE UNIVERSITY
SCHEME OF STUDIES AND EXAMINATION FOR 24MONTHS COURSE FOR THE AWARD OF
M. Tech. DEGREE IN CIVIL ENGINEERING under CBCS Scheme – 2K18 Scheme
MAJOR: STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING

Semester I
Sl. Course Type/ Course Name Teaching scheme Teaching Total CIE *SEE Credits
No Course Code Hrs/Week DPT Hrs/week Marks Marks
L T P S
1 18ST1C01 Theory of Elasticity & Plasticity 4 0 0 0 Civil 4 50 50 4
2 18ST1C02 Structural Dynamics 4 0 0 0 Civil 4 50 50 4
3 18ST1C03 Advanced Structural Mechanics 4 0 0 0 Civil 4 50 50 4
4 18ST1E1A Pre Stressed Concrete Structures
18ST1E1B Statistics & Reliability Analysis 4 0 0 0 Civil 4 50 50 4
18ST1E1C Formwork Techniques and Design
5 18ST1E2A Dynamics of Soils & Foundations
18ST1E2B Advanced Structural Concrete 4 0 0 0 Civil 4 50 50 4
18ST1E2C Design of Masonry Structures
6 18ST1L01 Advanced Concrete & Structural Lab 0 0 4 0 Civil 4 50 50 2
7 18CV1M01 Research Methodology and Intellectual Property 2 0 0 0 Civil 2 50 50 2
Rights
8 18ST1S01 Seminar -I 0 0 2 0 Civil 2 50 -- 1
9 18CV1M02 Technical Paper Writing (Audit Course - I) 2 0 0 0 English 2 50 -- 1
Total 24 -- 06 -- 30 450 350 26

ST-6
 Semester II
Sl. No Course Type/ Course Name Teaching scheme Teaching Total CIE *SEE Credits
Course Code Hrs/Week DPT Hrs/week Marks Marks
L T P S
1 18ST2C01 Finite Element Method 4 0 0 0 Civil 4 50 50 4
2 18ST2C02 Advanced RC Design 4 0 0 0 Civil 4 50 50 4
3 18ST2C03 Advanced Steel Structures 4 0 0 0 Civil 4 50 50 4
4 18ST2E1A Advanced Pre Stressed Concrete
18ST2E1B Earthquake Resistant Design of Structures 4 0 0 0 Civil 4 50 50 4
18ST2E1C Analysis and Design of Plates & Shells
5 18ST2E2A Advanced Design of Substructures
18ST2E2B Tall Structures 4 0 0 0 Civil 4 50 50 4
18ST2E2C Prefabricated Structural Techniques and Design
6 18ST2L01 Building Information Modelling Lab 0 0 4 0 Civil 4 50 50 2
7 18ST2S01 Seminar -II 0 0 2 0 Civil 2 50 -- 1
8 18CV2M01 Pedagogy Studies (Audit Course - II) 2 0 0 0 Civil 2 50 -- 1
Total 22 -- 06 -- 28 400 300 24

Semester III
Sl. No Course Type/ Course Name Teaching scheme Teaching Total CIE *SEE Credits
Course Code Hrs/Week DPT Hrs/week Marks Marks
L T P S
1 18ST3E1A Restoration and Rehabilitation of Structures
18ST3E1B Advanced Design of Bridges 4 0 0 0 Civil 4 50 50 4
18ST3E1C Fracture Mechanics
2 Open Elective 4 0 0 0 Civil 4 50 50 4
3 18ST3S01 Seminar -III 0 0 2 0 Civil 2 50 1
4 18ST3I01 Internship / Mini Project 0 0 10 0 Civil 10 50 50 5
5 18ST3D01 Dissertation Work Phase -I 0 0 10 0 Civil 10 50 50 5
Total 08 -- 22 -- 30 250 200 19

ST-7
 Semester IV
Sl. No Course Type/ Course Name Teaching scheme Teaching Total CIE *SEE Credits
Course Code Hrs/Week DPT Hrs/week Marks Marks
L T P S
1 18ST4S01 Seminar -IV 0 0 2 0 Civil 2 50 1
2 18ST4D01 Dissertation Work Phase -II - - 30 - Civil 30 50 50 15
Total -- -- 32 -- 32 100 50 16

1 18STMOOC MOOC Course - - - - 03

Grand Total of Credits - - - - 88

COURSE TYPE
ST: STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING C: PROGRAM CORE E: PROGRAM ELECTIVE
P: OPEN ELECTIVE M: MANDATORY AUDIT L: LABORATORY
S: SEMINAR I: INTERNSHIP/ MINI PROJECT D: DISSERTATION WORK

L – Theory lecture, T – Tutorial, P – Lab work, S – Self study:

Numbers under teaching scheme indicates contact clock hours.

ST-8
 Open Elective for M.Tech CBCS Scheme

Semester III
Sl. Course Teaching Scheme
No. Type Course Name (No. of hrs per week) Teaching Total CIE xSEE Credits
/Course Dept hrs / week Marks Marks
L T P S
Code
18CV3P1A Significance of National Building Code
1. 18CV3P1B Water Laws, Rights and Administration
18CV3P1C Waste to Energy 4 0 0 0 Civil 4 50 50 4
Remote Sensing and Geographic
18CV3P1D
Information System
18ME3P1A Composite and Smart Materials
2. 4 0 0 0 Mech 4 50 50 4
18ME3P1B Industrial Safety
18EE3P1A Real Time Embedded Systems
3. 18EE3P1B Robotics and Automation 4 0 0 0 EEE 4 50 50 4
18EE3P1C Solar and Wind Energy
18EC3P1A Reliability and Engineering
4. 18EC3P1B M-Commerce and Applications 4 0 0 0 ECE 4 50 50 4
18EC3P1C Optimisation Techniques
18CS3P1A Artificial Intelligence
5. 18CS3P1B Business Analytics 4 0 0 0 CSE 4 50 50 4
18CS3P1C Modelling and Simulation

NOTE:
1) * = SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced for 50 marks

ST-9
 FIRST SEMESTER
Course Code 18ST1C01 M.Tech. (Structural Engineering)
Category Program Core Semester : I
Course title THEORY OF ELASTICITY AND PLASTICITY
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total Hours: 48
Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3 Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): Strength of Materials / Mechanics of Materials
Course Learning Objectives:
1. Understand the basics of material isotropy, anisotropy, orthotropy and identify
the behaviour of elastic solids under applied loads.
2. Apply and analyse for stresses in rectangular and polar coordinates for 2D and
3D problems
3. Analyse and evaluate plane stress & plane strain problems.
4. Analyse and evaluate the governing equations for non-circular sections subjected
to torsion
5. To create strategies to evaluate the material behaviour based plasticity.

COURSE CONTENTS
UNIT-I

Analysis of Stress & strain: Introduction to the general theory of elasticity,

assumptions and applications of linear elasticity. direction cosines, stress components
on an arbitrary plane with stress transformation. Stress tensors, two-dimensional state
of stress at a point, equilibrium equations, principal stresses in three dimensions,
stress invariants, octahedral stresses, Boundary conditions, differential equations of
equilibrium, Concept of strain, components of Strain, rotations, Strain tensor, strain
transformation laws. Principal strains, strain invariants, octahedral strains, equations
of Compatibility for Strain, Measurement of surface strains -strain rosettes. (10 Hrs)

UNIT-II

Stress-Strain Relations: Linear elasticity - Generalised Hooke‟s law, Lame‟s

constants, transformation of compatibility Condition from Strain components to stress
components. Strain energy in an elastic body, St.Venant‟s principle, uniqueness
theorem, Plane stress and Plane strain problems. (10 Hrs)

UNIT- III

Two Dimensional Problems in Cartesian and Polar coordinate system: Stress

function, stress function for plane stress and plane strain cases, Compatibility
equations for plane stress & plane strain problems, Solution of two-dimensional
problems with different loading conditions by the use of polynomials, Axisymmetric
problems, thick-walled cylinders, rotating disks of uniform thickness, stress
concentration, effect of circular holes on stress distribution in plates (10 Hrs)

ST-10
 UNIT- IV

Torsion of Prismatic Bars: General solution of the torsion problem, stress function,
torsion of circular and elliptic cross sections. Prandtl‟s membrane analogy, torsion of
thin walled and multiple cell closed sections & Numerical examples. (09 Hrs)

UNIT-V

Theory of Plasticity: Stress–strain diagram in simple tension, perfectly elastic,

Rigid–Perfectly plastic, Linear work–hardening, Elastic Perfectly plastic, Elastic
Linear work hardening materials, Failure theories, yield conditions, stress–space
representation of yield criteria through Westergard stress space, Tresca & Von-Mises
criteria of yielding (09 Hrs)

UNIT- VI

Technological advancements in experimental stress analysis, New concepts of solving

engineering problems as applicable to smart and innovative materials.

Course Outcomes:

Students shall be able to :

1. Explain the basic concepts of elasticity and plasticity in a material.
2. Analyse & solve problems of stresses, strains & stress-strain relations.
3. Assess practical 2D & 3D problems with respect to stresses and strains.
4. Apply & evaluate the problems as related to Torsion of non-circular sections.
5. Evaluate &develop models based on plasticity theory.

References

1. Timoshenko. S.P and Goodier. J.N, Theory of Elasticity””, 3rd Ed., TMH, 2010
2. Sadhu Singh Theory of Elasticity””, Khanna Publication, New Delhi, 1995
3. Sitharam T.G. & Govindaraju L “‟Elasticity for Engineers”, IK International
Pvt.Ltd, New Delhi, 2017
4. Chakrabarthy J, “Theory of Plasticity”, Mc. Graw Hill Book Co., New
Delhi,1988.
5. Sadhu Singh, Theory of Plasticity””, Khanna publication, New Delhi, 1981
6. Verma P.D.S, “Theory of Elasticity”, Vikas Publishing Pvt. Ltd
7. Chenn W.P and Hendry D.J, “Plasticity for Structural Engineers”, Springer Verlag
8. Valliappan C, “Continuum Mechanics Fundamentals”, Oxford IBH Publishing
Co. Ltd

ST-11
SCHEME OF EXAMINATION:

CIE - Test I (Unit I, II &III)- 15marks

Quiz = 05 marks Total:50
50
marks Test II (Unit IV & V) – 15 marks
UNIT-VI(AAT) = 15 marks
Answer FIVE full questions
 Questions Q1 & Q2 from Unit I and Unit II
SEE – 20x2 = 40
respectively shall be answered and shall not Total:100*
100 Marks
have internal choice. marks
marks  Questions Q3, Q4 and Q5 from Unit III, Unit
20x3= 60
IV & Unit V respectively shall be answered and
Marks
shall have internal choice

Note: * = SEE is to be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be
reduced for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 1 2 3
CO2 - 2 3
CO3 1 2 -
CO4 1 2 3
CO5 1 2 -

1.Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

ST-12
Course Code 18ST1C02 M.Tech. ( Structural Engineering)
Category Program Core Semester : I
Course title STRUCTURAL DYNAMICS
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total Hours: 48
Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3 Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): Engineering Mechanics
Course Learning Objectives:
1. Understand the basic concepts of Structural Dynamics.
2. Apply and analyse Single degree of freedom systems.
3. Analyse and Evaluate Two-Degree-of-Freedom Systems.
4. Analyse and Evaluate Multi-Degree-of-Freedom Systems & Understand concepts
of IS 1893.
5. Create a strategy to evaluate Continuous systems.

COURSE CONTENTS

UNIT – I
Introduction, Overview of Dynamics, Background on dynamics and fundamentals on
theory of dynamics. Introduction to dynamic problems of Civil Engineering, Concept
of degrees of freedom, D‟Alemberts principle, Principle of virtual displacement and
energy, Single degree of freedom systems with illustrative examples Free vibration of
damped and undamped systems. (10 Hrs)
UNIT – II
Single degree of freedom systems subjected to sinusoidal loading, Logarithmic
decrement. Vibration isolation, transmissibility, Response of Single degree of
freedom systems to arbitrary excitation, Duhamel integral & solution, Response of
structures subjected to suddenly applied load, Sensitivity analysis of Response for
SDOF, Structural Dynamics based on Energy Conservation perspective. (10 Hrs)

UNIT – III
Two-Degree-of-Freedom Systems: Equations of motion for a two-degree-of-freedom
systems, free vibration of undamped systems, torsional systems, coordinate coupling
and principal coordinates, damped free vibration, forced vibration of undamped
systems, forced vibration with damping, orthogonality of modes. (8 Hrs)

UNIT – IV
Multi-Degree-of-Freedom Systems: Overview, The mass Matrix, undamped free
vibration using the normal mode method, Orthogonality of Modes, Shear building
model without & with proportional damping, Approximate methods of assessing
frequency Rayleigh‟s & matrix iteration methods. Response of shear building with
proportional damping, Modal Superposition, Example of a 3-storeyed frame
subjected to ground motion. Introduction to design code IS 1893 (10 Hrs)

ST-13
 UNIT – V
Continuous systems: Flexural vibration of beams, Simply supported and cantilever
beams, Longitudinal vibrations of bars, Longitudinal waves in bars, Waves and
vibration response of simply supported beams under uniformly distributed and
triangular pulse loading, Matrix formulation of beams with lumped masses. (10 Hrs)

UNIT – VI
Recent advances and research being done in the topics mentioned in the above units.

Course Outcomes:
Students shall be able to:
1. Explain the basic concepts & need to study Structural Dynamics
2. Analyse & solve the problems of Single degree of freedom systems.
3. Assess the issues related to Two-Degree-of-Freedom Systems.
4. Appraise the efforts related to Multi-Degree-of-Freedom Systems & IS 1893.
5. Develop models of Continuous systems.

References:
1. Mechanical Vibrations – 4th Edition by SS Rao, Pearson Education
2. Structural Dynamics – Theory & Computation by Mario paz, CBS Publishers and
distributors
3. Structural Dynamics for Structural Engineers, by Gary C Hart, John Wiley &
sons, Inc. New York.
4. R.W. Clough & J. Penzien, “Dynamics of Structures”, McGraw Hill
5. Anil K. Chopra, “Dynamics of Structures”, Prentice Hall of India

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION
CIE = Test I (Unit I, II & III) = 15 marks Total:
Quiz = 05 marks
50 50
UNIT–VI (AAT) = 15 marks
marks Test II (Unit IV & V) = 15 marks marks
Answer FIVE full questions
Questions Q1& Q2 from Unit I and Unit II
20x2=
SEE = respectively shall be answered and shall not have Total:
40 Marks
100 internal choice. 100
marks Questions Q3, Q4 & Q5 from Unit III, Unit IV & marks
20x3=
Unit V respectively shall be answered & shall have
60 Marks
internal choice
Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3
CO1 1 1 1
CO2 2 2 1
CO3 1 2 1
CO4 3 3 3
CO5 2 2 -
1.Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

ST-14
Course Code 18ST1CO3 M.Tech. ( Structural Engineering )
Category Program Core Semester: I
Course title ADVANCED STRUCTURAL MECHANICS
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total Hours: 48
Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3 Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): Structural Mechanics

Course Learning Objectives:

1. Discuss the different types of Structures, to assess their degrees of freedom and
indeterminacy.
2. Understand the Matrix analysis by Flexibility method.
3. Understand the Matrix analysis by Stiffness method.
4. Utilize concepts of Matrix Analysis methods to model structural component.
5. Evaluate and compare frames and trusses with different degrees of freedom.

COURSE CONTENTS

UNIT - I
INTRODUCTION: Comparison of classical, matrix and approximate methods,
Solution techniques including numerical problems for simultaneous equations, Gauss
elimination and Cholesky method. Band width consideration. (08 Hrs)

UNIT - II
FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS: Introduction to matrix methods of analysis - static
indeterminacy and kinematic indeterminacy - degree of freedom - coordinate system -
structure idealization stiffness and flexibility matrices - suitability element stiffness
equations - elements flexibility equations - mixed force - displacement equations - for
truss element, beam element and torsional element. (10 Hrs)

UNIT – III
ANALYSIS USING STIFFNESS METHOD: Displacement-transformation matrix
using Stiffness Method, Development of global stiffness matrix for continuous beams,
plane trusses and rigid plane frames (having not more than six degrees of freedom –
6x6 stiffness matrix), Analysis of continuous beams, plane trusses and rigid plane
frames by stiffness method (having not more than 3 degrees of freedom – 3x3
stiffness matrix).Analysis considering effect of sinking of supports, temperature,
linear and rotational springs. (10 Hrs)

UNIT – IV
DIRECT STIFFNESS METHOD: Development of element stiffness matrix, global
stiffness matrix by direct stiffness method for two dimensional beams, frames and
trusses (having not more than six degrees of freedom – 6x6 stiffness matrix), Analysis
of continuous beams, plane trusses and rigid plane frames by direct stiffness method
(having not more than 3 degrees of freedom – 3x3 stiffness matrix). (10 Hrs)

ST-15
 UNIT –V
ANALYSIS OF THREE DIMENSIONAL SPACE TRUSS & GRID STRUCTURES:
Principles of analysis of three dimensional space truss, grid structures using direct
stiffness method- development of structure stiffness matrix. Numerical problems
restricted to three degrees of freedom. (10 Hrs)

UNIT-VI
Recent advances and research being done in the topics mentioned in the above units.

Course Outcomes:
Students shall be able to:
1. Interpret the different types of Structures, to assess their degrees of freedom and
indeterminacy.
2. Implement the concepts of Matrix Analysis by Flexibility methods.
3. Implement the concepts of Matrix Analysis by Stiffness methods.
4. Implement the concepts of Matrix methods to model trusses, beams, and frames.
5. Analysis of 3D Space Truss & Grid Structures

References:

1. S.Rajasekaran, G. Sankarasubramanian “Computational Structural Mechanics”,

Prentice-Hall of India Pvt Ltd, 7th Edition, 2015, NewDelhi-110092.ISBN-13:
978-8120317345, ISBN-10:8120317343.
2. Damodar Maity, “Computer Analysis of Framed Structures” I K International
Publishing House Pvt. Ltd., 2007, ISBN-13: 978-8189866198.
3. Rudra Pratap, “Getting started with Mat-Lab” Oxford University Press, 2010
ISBN: -13:978-0-19-806919-5.
4. Amos Gilat,‟Matlab An introduction with applications‟, Wiley Publications, 4th
edition 2012, ISBN-13: 978-8126537204
5. Matrix Analysis of Frames structures by William Weaver J.R and James M.Gere,
CBS publications.
6. Indeterminate Structural Analysis by K.U. Muthu et al., I.K. International
Publishing House Pvt. Ltd.
7. W.Weaver and J.H.Gere, “Matrix Analysis of Framed Structures”, Van Nastran,
1980.
8. H.Karde Stuncer, “Elementary Matrix Analysis of Structures”, McGraw Hill
1974.
9. A.K.Jain “Advanced Structural Analysis with Computer Application” Nemchand
and Brothers, Roorkee, India.
10. M.F.Rubinstein “Matrix Computer Methods of Structural Analysis “Prentice –
Hall.

ST-16
SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

CIE = Test I (Unit I, II & III) = 15 marks Total:

Quiz = 05 marks
50 50
UNIT–VI (AAT) = 15 marks
marks Test II (Unit IV & V) = 15 marks marks
Answer FIVE full questions
Questions Q1 & Q2 from Unit I and Unit II
20x2=
SEE = respectively shall be answered and shall not have Total:
40 Marks
100 internal choice. 100
marks Questions Q3, Q4 & Q5 from Unit III, Unit IV & marks
20x3=
Unit V respectively shall be answered & shall have
60 Marks
internal choice

Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 2 - -
CO2 3 2 -
CO3 3 2 -
CO4 3 - -
CO5 1 2 -

1.Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

ST-17
Course Code 18ST1E1A M.Tech. ( Structural Engineering )
Category Program Elective Semester: I
Course title PRESTRESSED CONCRETE STRUCTURES
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total Hours: 48
Credits
4 0 0 0 4
SEE Marks:
CIE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3 Hrs
50
Prerequisites (if any): RCC Design
Course Learning Objectives :
1. To analyse Prestressed structural elements by different methods
2. To understand different types of losses in Prestressed Members
3. To Analyse the strength of Prestressed Concrete Member against flexure and
Shear and Serviceability Criteria
4. The distribution of Stresses at the Anchorage end zone of Prestressed Concrete
Member
5. Give practical exposure to actual Prestressed Concrete

COURSE CONTENTS

UNIT - I
Brief introduction of Prestressed Concrete, Types of Prestressing, Analysis of
Prestress. Resultant Stresses at a Section, Pressure Line or Thrust Line or Internal
Resisting Couple Method, Concept of Load Balancing ,Stresses in Tendons, Cracking
moment (09 Hrs)

UNIT - II
Losses of Prestress: Nature of losses of prestress, loss due to Elastic Deformation of
concrete, shrinkage of concrete, creep of concrete, creep of steel, friction and
anchorage slip, Total losses allowed in design (09 Hrs)

UNIT - III
Deflection of Prestressed Concrete Members: Importance of control of Deflection,
Factors Influencing Deflections, Short term and Long term Deflections for cracked
and uncracked members, requirements of various codes of practice (10 Hrs)

UNIT - IV
Flexural Strength of prestressed concrete sections: Types of flexural failure,
Simplified Code Procedures Shear resistance of prestressed concrete members:
Improvement of shear resistance by prestressing techniques, calculation of principle
stresses, types of shear cracks, design of beam for shear & torsion reinforcement (IS
code method) (10 Hrs)

UNIT - V
Transfer of Prestress in Pre-tensioned members: Transmission length, Bond Stress,
Transverse Tensile Stresses, End Zone Reinforcement, Code provisions; Anchorage
zone stresses in Post-tensioned members: stress distribution in end blocks,
Investigations of anchorage zone stresses by Zielenski and Rowe‟s method and IS
Code Provisions, Anchorage Zone Reinforcement (10 Hrs)

ST-18
 UNIT - VI
Recent advances and research being done in the topics mentioned in the above units.

Course Outcomes:
Students shall be able to:
1. Analyse Prestressed Concrete Member by different methods
2. Analyse the various losses occurring in Prestressed member
3. Analyse the Prestressed members for Service Criteria for short term and long
term
4. Analyse the members for flexure, shear and torsion
5. Analyse and Design the Anchorage zones
6. Acquiring practical knowledge of Prestressed Concrete Construction

References:
1. N Krishnaraju “Prestressed Concrete”, Tata McGraw- Hill Education
Publication, 2008,
2. Lin T. Y and H. Burns “Prestressed Concrete structures”, Wiley Publication,
2009, ISBN: 978-0-471-01898-8
3. N. Rajagopalan, “Prestressed Concrete”, Narosa Publishing House.2nd edition,
ISBN 2053- 2005.
4. A. Nilson, “Design of Prestressed Concrete”, John Willey & Sons.2nd edition,
ISBN 1765- 1997

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

CIE = Test I (Unit I, II & III) = 15 marks Total:

Quiz = 05 marks
50 50
UNIT–VI (AAT) = 15 marks
marks Test II (Unit IV & V) = 15 marks marks
Answer FIVE full questions
Questions Q1& Q2 from Unit I and Unit II respectively 20x2=
SEE = shall be answered and shall not have internal choice. 40 Total:
100 Marks 100
marks Questions Q3, Q4 & Q5 from Unit III, Unit IV & Unit 20x3= marks
V respectively shall be answered & shall have internal 60
choice Marks

Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3
CO1 3 2 -
CO2 2 2 -
CO3 3 - -
CO4 3 - 2
CO5 2 2 -
CO6 - - 3
1.Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

ST-19
Course Code 18ST1E1B M.Tech. ( Structural Engineering )
Category Program Elective Semester: I
Course title STATISTICS AND RELIABILITY ANALYSIS
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total Hours: 48
Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3 Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): Engineering Mathematics
Course Learning Objectives:
1. Interpret and model Civil Engineering data.
2. Assess the probability of occurrence of an event.
3. Account for uncertainties in geometry, strength and loads
4. Analyse and evaluate the safety of simple civil engineering systems
5. Apply advanced methods to various civil engineering problems to further their
research.

COURSE CONTENTS
UNIT-I
Data Analysis: Data reduction- Graphical and numerical methods, Measures of
central tendency, Measures of dispersion, Measures of Asymmetry. Correlation and
Regression – Rank and Serial correlation, simple and multiple linear regression and
Hypothesis testing. (12 Hrs)
UNIT – II
Probability Concepts: Set theory, Axioms of Probability, Conditional probability,
Statistical independence, Multiplication rule, Total probability and Baye‟s theorem.
(08 Hrs)
UNIT –III
Random Variables: Statistical properties, Discrete distributions – Binomial and
Poisson‟s, Continuous Distributions – Normal, Log-Normal, Uniform, Extreme value
distributions: Type –I, Type-II and Type-III, Covariance, Sampling Techniques-
Random sampling, sampling error, sampling size and design. (10 Hrs)

UNIT – IV
Reliability Analysis: Sources and types of uncertainty, Factor of Safety, Margin of
Safety, Performance functions, Limit states, Reliability analysis methods – First-
Order Second-Moment method, Point estimate method, Advanced First-Order
Second-Moment method, Probability of failure and reliability index. (10 Hrs)

UNIT – V
Simulation Techniques: Monte-Carlo simulation method, Random number
generation, Variance reduction techniques, Latin Hypercube sampling, Rosenblueth‟s
2K+1 Point Estimate Method (PEM). (08 Hrs)
UNIT – VI
Presentations and group discussions on recent advances in the above topics.

Course Outcomes:
Students shall be able to:
1. Achieve the knowledge of interpreting and modelling of data.
2. Interpret the principles of Probability.

ST-20
3. Summarize and apply the concepts of probability distributions.
4. Apply the concepts of Reliability analysis for evaluation of safety of structures.
5. Develop Fuzzy logic concepts and its applications.

References:
1. Ang and Tang (1975), Probability Concepts in Engineering and Design, VOL-I
and II, John Wiley and Sons.
2. Devaraj V., and Ravindra R., (2017) Reliability Based Analysis and Design for
Civil Engineers, IK International Publishing House, New Delhi.
3. Ranganathan R (1999) Structural Reliability Analysis and Design. Jaico
Publishing House, Mumbai.
4. Benjamin and Cornell (1970), Probability, Statistics and Decision for Civil
Engineers, McGraw Hill Co.
5. Kottegoda and Renzo Rosso (2000), Statistics, Probability and Reliability for
Civil and Environmental Engineers, McGraw Hill.
6. Walpole and Meyers (1982), Probability and Statistics for Engineers and
Scientists.
7. Nowak and Collins (2000), Reliability of Structures, McGraw-Hill International
Edition.
8. Haldar. A and Mahadevan. S (2000), Probability, Reliability and Statistical
Methods in Engineering Design, John-Wiley and Sons.
9. Thoft-Christensen, P., and Baker M J (1982) Structural Reliability Theory and its
Applications. Springer- Verlag, Berlin.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION
CIE = Test I (Unit I, II & III) = 15 marks Total:
Quiz = 05 marks
50 50
Test II (Unit IV & V) = 15 marks UNIT–VI (AAT) = 15 marks
marks marks
Answer FIVE full questions
Questions Q2& Q5 from Unit II and Unit V 20x2=
SEE = respectively shall be answered and shall not have 40 Total:
100 internal choice. Marks 100
marks Questions Q1, Q3 & Q4 from Unit I, Unit III & Unit IV 20x3= marks
respectively shall be answered & shall have internal 60
choice Marks
Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3
CO1 2 2 1
CO2 2 2 2
CO3 2 3 2
CO4 3 2 3
CO5 3 2 3

1.Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

ST-21
Course Code 18ST1E1C M.Tech. ( Structural Engineering )
Category Program Elective Semester: I
Course title FORMWORK TECHNIQUES AND DESIGN
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total Hours: 48
Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3 Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): Building Construction
Course Learning Objectives
1. Categories Form Work Building and Preparing Formwork Specification
2. Outline on form work accessories.
3. Retrieving the design of form work of buildings.
4. Illustration of special form work techniques.
5. Explanation of Special Construction Techniques.

COURSE CONTENTS

UNIT-I

General Objectives in Form Work Building, Formwork Effects on Concrete Quality,

Planning for Formwork Safety and Economy, Preparing Formwork Specification,
Methods of Measurements for Form Work. (10 Hrs)

UNIT-II
Materials, Accessories and Proprietary Products, Timber, Plywood, Steel and Other
Materials for Form Construction, Framing and Facing Materials, Form Lining
Materials and Other Forming Components, Hardware, Fasteners and Accessories for
Form Construction, Prefabricated Forms and Forming Systems, Shoring, Scaffolding
and Bracing Systems. (10 Hrs)
UNIT-III
Loads and Pressures in Form Design, Vertical Loads, Lateral Loads and Other
Pressures in Form Design. Design Consideration for the Design of the Formwork for
Walls, Slabs, Beams, Columns. (10 Hrs)

UNIT-IV
Special Formwork Techniques- Slip Form Construction, Horizontal Slip Forms,
Vertical Slip Forms, Travelling Forms, Tiltup and Tunnel Forms. (9 Hrs)

UNIT-V
Special Construction Techniques-Lift Method of Construction, Preplaced Aggregate
Concrete Construction, Shotcrete, Guniting and Tremie Concrete Construction. Form
Work for Precast and Prestressed Concrete Construction. (9 Hrs)

UNIT-VI
Site visit, presentations and group discussions on recent advances in the above topics.

ST-22
Course Outcomes:
Students shall be able to:
1. Outline of form work planning, material and safety.
2. Explanation of Accessories for Form Construction, Prefabricated Forms and
Forming Systems.
3. Explanation of Design for Formwork for Walls, Slabs, Beams, Columns.
4. Performance of a special form work techniques.
5. Achieving the knowledge of Lift Method of Construction, Precast and Prestressed
Concrete Construction.

Reference
1. Robert L. Peurifoy and Garold D. Oberlender, “Formwork for Concrete
Structures”, Third Edition McGraw- ill, 1996.
2. Hurd, M.K., “Formwork for Concrete”, Special Publication No. 4 Sixth Edition,
American Concrete Institute, Detroit, 1995.
3. Michael P. Hurst, “Formwork”, Construction Press, London and New York, 1997.
4. Austin, C.K., “Formwork for Concrete”, Cleaver – Hume Press Ltd., London
1996.
5. Tudor Dinescu and Constantin Radulescu, “Slipform Techniques”, Abacus Press,
Turn Bridge Wells, Kent, 1992.
6. “Guide for Concrete Formwork”, American Concrete Institute Detroit, Michigan,
1996.
7. “Safety Requirements for Scaffolding”, American National Standards Institute,
New York, 1994.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION
CIE = Test I (Unit I, II & III) = 15 marks Total:
Quiz = 05 marks
50 50
Test II (Unit IV & V) = 15 marks UNIT–VI (AAT) = 15 marks
marks marks
Answer FIVE full questions
Questions Q2& Q5 from Unit II and Unit V 20x2=
SEE = respectively shall be answered and shall not have 40 Total:
100 internal choice. Marks 100
marks Questions Q1, Q3 & Q4 from Unit I, Unit III & Unit IV 20x3= marks
respectively shall be answered & shall have internal 60
choice Marks
Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3
CO1 2 2 1
CO2 2 2 2
CO3 2 3 2
CO4 3 2 3
CO5 3 2 3
1.Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

ST-23
Course Code 18ST1E2A M.Tech. ( Structural Engineering)
Category Program Elective Semester : I
Course title DYNAMICS OF SOILS AND FOUNDATIONS
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total Hours: 48
Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3 Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): Basics of Geotechnical Engineering
Course Learning Objectives:
1. Understand the basic concepts in Earthquake Engineering practice
2. Apply and analyse the dynamic response of soils both in small & large strains
3. Apply and evaluate the response of retaining walls under seismic conditions.
4. Analyse and evaluate the response of machine foundations subjected to vibrations.
5. Develop strategies to evaluate geotechnical structures for seismic loading.

COURSE CONTENTS
UNIT - I
Earthquakes and their effects - Earthquake characteristics, intensity, Seismic waves,
measurement and location of earthquakes, Strong ground motion and their parameters,
Seismic response spectra (08 Hrs)
UNIT- II
Dynamic Soil properties – Factors affecting different properties, Measurement of
dynamic soil properties, field tests and laboratory tests, Stress–Strain behavior of
cyclically loaded soils, Strength of Cyclically loaded soils, Monotonic strength
(10 Hrs)
UNIT- III
Liquefaction of Soils – Introduction, Flow liquefaction, Cyclic mobility Factors
influencing liquefaction of soils, Flow liquefaction and cyclic mobility, Liquefaction
susceptibility, initiation of liquefaction and its evaluation, Effects of
liquefaction (10 Hrs)
UNIT- IV
Seismic Design of Retaining walls - Types of retaining walls and their failures,
Seismic pressure on retaining walls, Dynamic response of retaining walls, Seismic
displacement of retaining walls and Seismic design considerations (10 Hrs)

UNIT- V
Design of machine foundations - Design criterion, types and requirements of
Machine foundation, Estimation of unbalanced forces, foundations for impact type
machines. Dynamic response of embedded block foundation, piles under different
modes of vibration. Frame foundation, vibration isolation, Construction aspects of
machine foundations (10 Hrs)
UNIT- VI
Recent advances in Soil Dynamics & Earthquake Engineering, Ground repose studies,
Ground improvement for remediation of seismic hazards.

Course Outcomes:
Students shall be able to:
1. Explain the basic concepts of earthquake engineering and importance on the
behaviour of soils and foundations.

ST-24
2. Analyse and assess the factors that influence the behaviour of soils and
foundations
3. Analyse and solve problems when the geotechnical structures are subjected to
dynamic loadings.
4. Apply and evaluate machine foundations under dynamic loading.
5. Develop strategies for earthquake hazard mitigation techniques.

References
1. Swamy. Saran, Soil Dynamics and Machine Foundations, Galgotia Publications
Private Ltd.1999
2. N. S. V. Kameswara Rao, Vibration Analysis and Foundation Dynamics, Wiley,
New Delhi, 1998
3. D.D. Barkan, Dynamics of Bases and Foundation, McGraw-Hill, New York,
1962.
4. B M Das, Principles of Soil Dynamics, Thomsons Engineering, 1992
5. K.G. Bhatia, Foundations For Industrial Machines, D-CAD Publishers , 2008
6. A Major, Vibration Analysis and Design of Foundations for Machines and
Turbines: Dynamical Problems
7. Steven L Kramer, Geotechnical Earthquake Engineering, Prentice Hall, New
Jersey,
8. P. Srinivasalu and C.V. Vydyanathan “Hand book of Machine foundation‟ Tata
Mc Graw Hill, 1976

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION:
SCHEME OF EXAMINATION:

CIE - Test I (Unit I, II &III)- 15marks

Quiz = 05 marks Total:50
50
marks Test II (Unit IV & V) – 15 marks
UNIT-VI(AAT) = 15 marks
Answer FIVE full questions
 Questions Q1 & Q2 from Unit I and Unit II
SEE – 20x2 = 40
respectively shall be answered and shall not Total:100*
100 Marks
have internal choice. marks
marks  Questions Q3, Q4 and Q5 from Unit III, Unit
20x3= 60
IV & Unit V respectively shall be answered and
Marks
shall have internal choice
Note: * = SEE is to be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be
reduced for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3
CO1 1 2 3
CO2 2 2 3
CO3 2 3 3
CO4 2 2 3
CO5 2 3 3
1.Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

ST-25
Course Code 18ST1E2B M.Tech. ( Structural Engineering )
Category Program Elective Semester: I
Course title ADVANCED STRUCTURAL CONCRETE
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total Hours: 48
Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3 Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): Concrete technology

Course Learning Objectives

1. Categories Chemical and Mineral Admixtures
2. Outline on Strength effect on fresh and hardened concrete
3. Retrieving the design of concrete mixes for high Strength concrete
4. Apply advanced methods for new generation concrete to further their research
5. Comparing ready mix concrete and site mix concrete

COURSE CONTENTS

UNIT-I
Chemical and Mineral Admixtures: Classification, effect on fresh and hardened
concrete, retention time, Dosage and their effects, Influence on properties of paste,
mortar, and concrete. Design of concrete mixes, IS code method, ACI method for
High Strength Concrete, and demonstration of expert system computer aided mix
design. (10 Hrs)

UNIT-II
New Generation Nano Carbon Concrete, High performance concrete, Self-
Compacting concrete, Self-Healing Concrete, Self-Curing Concrete: Concept,
materials selection, mineral admixture, proportioning, strength, and durability
aspects, Construction & economical aspect, codal provisions, Applications and their
performance. (10 Hrs)

UNIT-III
Fibre reinforced concrete: Fibres, types, characteristics, Fibre distribution, orientation
and interfacial bond. Mechanical bond. Mechanical properties of FRC mix design of
FRC, behavior of hardened FRC under compression, tension, flexure and impact.
SIFCON: Slurry-infiltrated Fibre concrete – Constituent materials, Mix
proportioning, Engineering properties and Applications. (08 Hrs)

UNIT-IV
Ferro cement: Materials, mechanical properties, strength, cracking and durability of
normal Ferro cement. Strength and behavior of light weight Ferro cement, and
prestressed Ferro cement, Lightweight concrete: High-density concretes, Polymer
concretes, Architectural concrete: Classification, properties and Applications.
(08 Hrs)

ST-26
 UNIT-V
Ready mixed concrete: Design, manufacturing, transportation and pumping of RMC.
Admixtures used in RMC. Durability of Concrete: Strength and durability
relationship, Volume change in concrete, permeability, shrinkage, cracks, joints in
concrete, minimum cement content , corrosion . Use of smart materials in
construction activities- concept materials and applications New concrete materials
and miscellaneous construction materials. Rheology of Concrete: Introduction,
Representation of Rheological behavior, factors affecting Rheological properties and
mixture adjustments. (12 Hrs)

UNIT-VI
Site visit, presentations and group discussions on recent advances in the above topics.

Course Outcomes

Students shall be able to:

1. Performance and Executing use of Admixtures
2. Outline on fresh and hardened concrete properties
3. Interpreting mix proportion of various high strength concrete
4. Summarizing different type advanced concrete such as Ferro cement, Nano
Carbon Concrete, Self-Healing Concrete, Self-Curing Concrete etc.
5. Analyze and evaluate the Strength and durability properties of concrete.

References

1. Concrete technology, by M.S. Shetty, Published by S. Chand & Company Ltd.

New Delhi
2. Properties of Concrete, by A.M.Neville, 6th Edition, The English Language Book
society & pitman publishing.
3. Fibre Reinforced cement composites, by Perumalsamy. N. Balaguru and surendra
P. Shah, McGraw Hill International edition, Civil Engineering series.
4. Concrete technology and Design –Vol.1&2: New concrete materials by R.N.
Swamy
5. Design of Concrete mixes, by N. Krishnaraju.
6. ACI manual of Concrete provision Vol 1-5
7. Concrete Practice, by R.H. Elvery
8. Concrete Manual, by US Bureau of Reclmation
9. Concrete technology – Vol. 1&2 , by D. F. Orchard.
10. Concrete technology and Practice, by W.H. Taylor.

ST-27
SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

CIE = Test I (Unit I, II & III) = 15 marks Total:

Quiz = 05 marks
50 50
UNIT–VI (AAT) = 15 marks
marks Test II (Unit IV & V) = 15 marks marks
Answer FIVE full questions
Questions Q2& Q5 from Unit II and Unit V 20x2=
SEE = respectively shall be answered and shall not have 40 Total:
100 internal choice. Marks 100
marks Questions Q1, Q3 & Q4 from Unit I, Unit III & Unit IV 20x3= marks
respectively shall be answered & shall have internal 60
choice Marks

Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 2 2 1
CO2 2 2 2
CO3 2 3 2
CO4 3 2 3
CO5 3 2 3

1.Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

ST-28
Course Code 18ST1E2C M.Tech. ( Structural Engineering )
Category Program Elective Semester: I
Course title DESIGN OF MASONRY STRUCTURES
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total Hours: 48
Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3 Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): Concrete technology
Course Learning Objectives:
1. Understand the basic concepts of Masonry
2. Analyse the strength of Masonry in Compression.
3. Evaluate strength of Masonry in Flexure & Shear.
4. Understand the application of permissible stresses in Masonry Structures
5. Designing load bearing and earthquake resistant Masonry Structures.

COURSE CONTENTS
UNIT- I
Introduction, Masonry units, materials and types: History of masonry Characteristics
of Brick, stone, clay block, concrete block, stabilized mud block masonry units –
strength, modulus of elasticity and water absorption. Masonry materials –
Classification and properties of mortars, selection of mortars. (10 Hrs)

UNIT -II
Strength of Masonry in Compression: Behaviour of Masonry under compression,
strength and elastic properties, influence of masonry unit and mortar characteristics,
effect of masonry unit height on compressive strength, influence of masonry bonding
patterns on strength, prediction of strength of masonry in Indian context. (08 Hrs)

UNIT- III
Flexural and shear bond, flexural strength and shear strength: Bond between masonry
unit and mortar, tests for determining flexural and shear bond strengths, factors
affecting bond strength, effect of bond strength on compressive strength, orthotropic
strength properties of masonry in flexure, shear strength of masonry, test procedures
for evaluating flexural and shear strength. (10 Hrs)

UNIT- IV
Permissible stresses: Permissible compressive stress, stress reduction and shape
reduction factors, increase in permissible stresses for eccentric vertical and lateral
loads, permissible tensile and shear stresses. (08 Hrs)

UNIT -V
Design of load bearing masonry buildings: Permissible compressive stress, stress
reduction and shape reduction factors, increase in permissible stresses for eccentric
vertical and lateral loads, permissible tensile and shear stresses, Effective height of
walls and columns, opening in walls, effective length, effective thickness, slenderness
ratio, eccentricity, load dispersion, arching action, lintels; Wall carrying axial load,
eccentric load with different eccentricity ratios, wall with openings, freestanding wall.
Earthquake resistant masonry buildings: Behaviour of masonry during earthquakes,

ST-29
concepts and design procedure for earthquake resistant masonry, BIS codal
provisions. (12 Hrs)
UNIT - VI
Recent advances and research being done in the topics mentioned in the above units.

Course Outcomes:
Students shall be able to:
1. Explain the basic concepts of Masonry Structures.
2. Examine the strength of Masonry Structures in compression.
3. Assess flexure and shear strength of Masonry Structures.
4. Explain the issues of permissible stresses on Masonry Structures.
5. Create Masonry Structures for load bearing and earthquake loading.

References:
1. Hendry A.W., “Structural masonry”- Macmillan Education Ltd., 2nd edition
2. Sinha B.P & Davis S.R., “Design of Masonry structures”- E & FN Spon
3. Dayaratnam P, “Brick and Reinforced Brick Structures”- Oxford & IBH
4. Curtin, “Design of Reinforced and Prestressed Masonry”- Thomas Telford
5. Sven Sahlin, “Structural Masonry”-Prentice Hall
6. Jagadish K S, Venkatarama Reddy B V and Nanjunda Rao K S, “Alternative
Building Materials and Technologies”-New Age International, New Delhi &
Bangalore
7. IS 1905, BIS, New Delhi.
8. SP20(S&T),New Delhi

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION
CIE = Test I (Unit I, II & III) = 15 marks Total:
Quiz = 05 marks
50 50
UNIT–VI (AAT) = 15 marks
marks Test II (Unit IV & V) = 15 marks marks
Answer FIVE full questions
Questions Q2& Q4 from Unit II and Unit IV 20x2=
SEE = respectively shall be answered and shall not have 40 Total:
100 internal choice. Marks 100
marks Questions Q1, Q3 & Q5 from Unit I, Unit III & Unit V 20x3= marks
respectively shall be answered & shall have internal 60
choice Marks
Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 2 2 1
CO2 1 2 1
CO3 1 2 1
CO4 1 2 1
CO5 3 3 3
1.Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

ST-30
Course Code 18ST1L01 M.Tech. ( Structural Engineering )
Category Laboratory Semester: I
Course title ADVANCED CONCRETE & STRUCTURAL LAB
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total hours = 48
Credits
0 0 4 0 2
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3 Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): Concrete Technology & RCC Design

Course Learning Objectives:

1. Analyse the process of mineral & chemical admixtures on concrete.
2. Plan design mix for concrete with different codes
3. Appraise the NDT tests on concrete
4. Understand the steps to test RC elements.
5. Analysing the concepts of Self compacting concrete.
6. Organise shake table tests on different models.

COURSE CONTENTS

1. Effect of minerals and chemical admixtures in concrete in concrete at fresh and

hardened, tests on ingredients of high strength concrete with relevance to
workability, strength and durability.
2. Mix design for concrete as per IS, ACI and BS methods for high performance
concrete and Validation with trial mixes.
3. NDT on hardened concrete – Ultrasonic Pulse Velocity test, Rebound hammer
test, Corrosion\Half Cell Potentiometer test and core test to determine quality of
concrete and structural stability aspects of concrete.
4. Durability tests-Shrinkage test, Acid Attack tests, Water Permeability tests on
hardened concrete.
5. Determination of Young‟s Modulus and Poisson‟s ratio on hardened concrete
6. Testing of reinforced concrete beam for flexural behavior characteristics.
7. Testing of reinforced concrete slabs and beams for impact behavior
characteristics.
8. Tests on Self-Compacting Concrete
9. Importance of Instrumentation-LVDT, Load cells, Accelerometer, strain gauges
and their data acquisition systems
10. Shake Table Testing

Course Outcomes:
Students shall be able to:
1. Assess the influence of mineral & chemical admixtures on concrete.
2. Designing mix design of concrete for different national & international codes.
3. Illustrate use of NDT tests.
4. Operate different tests on RC elements & evaluate tests on Self compacting
concrete.
5. Organise shake table tests with different models.

ST-31
References:

1. C.B. Kukreja, K. Kishore, Ravi Chawl, Materials testing laboratory manual,

standard publishers distributors, 1705 –B NAI SARAK DELHI, new edition :
2011.
2. A.MNEVILLE Properties of concrete, Low price edition, Pearson education,
fourth and final edition 2007.
3. Guide for selecting the proportion of high strength concrete ACI 211.4R, ACI
committee 211, ACI material journal, May 1993.
4. SP 23 – 1982, Hand book for concrete mixes (Based ion Indian standards)
5. IS 516 -1959 Indian standard, methods of tests for strength of concrete.
6. IS 10262 – 2009 concrete mix proportion guidelines (first revision)
7. RAYMOND J. ROARK WARREN C. YOUNG, Formulas for stress and strain,
Mc GRAW HILL Kogakusha, Ltd., fifth edition 1975.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

Continuous Internal Evaluation Marks Semester End Evaluation Marks

(Laboratory – 50 Marks) (SEE)
Laboratory (100 Marks)
Performance of the student in the 20 Write up 40
laboratory, every week
Test at the end of the semester 20 Experimentation 30
Viva Voce 10 Viva voce 30
Total 100
Total (CIE) 50 Total (SEE) 50*

Note: * = SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks for practical and the marks obtained
shall be reduced for 50 Marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 1 1 1
CO2 3 3 3
CO3 1 2 1
CO4 3 2 1
CO5 2 2 2

1. Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

ST-32
 Course Code 18CV1M01 M.Tech. ( Structural Engineering )
Category Mandatory Audit Semester: I
RESEARCH METHODOLOGY AND INTELLECTUAL
Course title
PROPERTY RIGHTS
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total Hours: 24
Credits
2 0 0 0 2
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3 Hrs
Prerequisites (if any):
Course Learning Objectives:
1. Analyse the criteria for selection of research problem.
2. Understand the basics of literature survey, ethics, effective technical writing and
developments of research proposal.
3. Understand the basics and importance of IPR.
4. Analyse the issues related to patentability.
5. Understand the administrative system of IPR and analyse the typical case studies.

COURSE CONTENTS

UNIT – I
Meaning of research problem, sources of research problem, Criteria, Characteristics
of a good research problem, Errors in selecting a research problem, Scope and
Objectives of research problems.
Approaches of investigation of solutions for research problem, data collection,
Analysis, Interpretation, necessary instrumentations. (05 Hrs)

UNIT – II
Effective literature studies approaches, analysis, Plagiarism, Research ethics.
Effective technical writing, How to write report, Paper, Developing a research
proposal, Format of research proposal, presentation and assessment by a review
committee. (05 Hrs)

UNIT – III
Introduction to Intellectual Property (IP), Overview of Copyright, Related Rights,
Trademarks, Geographical Indications, Industrial Design, Patents, Protection of New
Varieties of Plants. (05 Hrs)

UNIT – IV
Patentability: Patentable Subject Matter, Patentable and Non Patentable Inventions,
Procedure for grants of patents in India, Patent licensing and transfer of Technology,
Patent information and databases. International scenario: International cooperation on
Intellectual Property, Patenting under Patent Cooperation Treaty (PCT). (05 Hrs)

UNIT-V
New Developments in IPR: Administration of Patent System, New Developments in
IPR; Traditional Knowledge Case studies of IPR including topics of respective
branches of specialisation. (04 Hrs)

ST-33
 UNIT – VI
Recent advances and research being done in the topics mentioned in the above units.

Course Outcomes:
Students shall be able to:
1. Explain the steps involved in defining a research problem.
2. Analyse the various issues related to effective literature survey and developing a
research proposal.
3. Discuss the various issues related to IPR and its importance.
4. Discuss the various issues related to patentability and international scenario of
patent rights.
5. Highlight the new development and exposure to case studies.

References:
1. Stuart Melville and Wayne Goddard, “research Methodology; an introduction for
science and engineering students”
2. Wayne Goddard and Stuart Melville,” Research Methodology an Introduction”
3. Ranjit Kumar 2nd edition,” Research Methodology; a step by step guide for
Beginners”
4. Halbert, “Resisting Intellectual Property”,Taylor and francies Ltd. 2007.
5. Mayall,‟Industrial Design” McGraw Hill,1992
6. Niebel,” Product design”,McGrraw Hill,1974.
7. Asimv, “Introduction to design”,Prentice Hall,1962.
8. Robert P. Merges, Peter S. Menell, Mark A. Lemley,” Intellectual Property in
New Technology Age” 2006.
9. T.Ramappa,” Intellectual Property Rights Under WTO”, S. Chanda,2008

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

CIE – 50 Test I (Unit I, II &III) = 15 marks Quiz = 5 marks Total:50

marks Test II (Unit IV & V) = 15 marks Unit-VI(AAT) =15 marks marks
Answer FIVE full questions
 Questions Q1 & Q 3 from Unit I and Unit
SEE – 20x2 = 40
III respectively shall be answered and shall Total:100
100 Marks
not have internal choice. marks
marks  Questions Q2, Q4 and Q5 from Unit II,
20x3= 60
Unit IV & Unit V respectively shall be
Marks
answered and shall have internal choice
Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3
CO1 - - 3
CO2 - - 3
CO3 - - 3
CO4 - - 3
CO5 2 3 -
1. Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

ST-34
Course Code 18ST1S01 M.Tech ( Structural Engineering )
Category Seminar Semester: I
Course title SEMINAR - I
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and Credits L T P S Credits Total hours = 24
0 0 2 0 1
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: - Total Max. Marks: 50 Duration of SEE: ---
Prerequisites (if any): NIL

Course Learning Objectives:

The objectives of the SEMINAR-I is to prepare the students to learn to:
1. Carry out the literature review of general research area/current topic and
analyse the same effectively.
2. Prepare a technical report, reflecting his/her depth of understanding, on the
selected area/topic and prepare content rich presentation.
3. Acquire communication and time management skills for effective and impactful
presentation. Interact with peers to acquire the qualities of thoughtfulness,
friendliness, adaptability, responsiveness, and politeness in-group discussion.
Overcome stage fear during oral presentation.

GUIDE LINES
1. Seminar preparation and presentation is an individual student activity.
2. Topic may be of general/ specific interest to program of engineering or electives
not offered in the semester and to be selected in consultation with the
faculty/Guide assigned.
3. Select one pertinent research paper/topic for the seminar presentation.
4. Prepare and submit a detailed technical report of the seminar topic.

Course Outcomes:
Students shall be able to:
1. Carry out the literature survey of topic of seminar.
2. Prepare a technical report on the selected area/topic.
3. Make an effective presentation with seamless flow of content within the time
allocated. Overcome inhibition in interacting with peers and hence develop the
spirit of team work.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

CIE – 50 Phase -1 Marks =10 Seminar Report Total:50

marks Phase -2 Marks =20 Marks =20 Marks

ST-35
Scheme of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE):

Evaluation would be carried out in TWO phases. The Seminar Evaluation Committee
shall comprise of Chairperson of the Department, Faculty/Guide and one more faculty
member nominated by Chairperson of the Department. The evaluation criteria shall be
as per the rubrics given below:

Rubrics for Evaluation: Weightage

Topic - Technical Relevance, Sustainability and Societal Concerns : 15%

Review of literature and technical content : 35%
Presentation Skills : 25%
Report of seminar : 25%

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 2 2 3
CO2 2 3 3
CO3 - 2 -
1. Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

ST-36
Course Code 18CV1M02 M.Tech. ( Structural Engineering )
Category Mandatory Audit Semester: I
Course title TECHNICAL PAPER WRITING (AUDIT COURSE-I)
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total Hours: 24
Credits
2 0 0 0 1
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: -- Total Max. Marks: 50 Duration of SEE: --
Prerequisites (if any):

Course Learning Objectives:

1. Understand the technique to improve technical report writing skills and level of
readability.
2. Learn about what to write contents section of a technical report.
3. Analyse the contents of literature.
4. Create a typical technical article.

COURSE CONTENTS

UNIT – I
Planning and preparation, word order, breaking up long sentences, structuring
paragraphs and sentences, being concise and removing redundancy, avoiding
ambiguity and vagueness. (05 Hrs)

UNIT – II
Clarifying who did what, highlighting your findings, hedging and criticizing,
Paraphrasing and plagiarism, sections of paper, Abstracts, Introduction. (05 Hrs)

UNIT – III
Review of the literature, Methods, Results, Discussion, Conclusions, The final check.
(04 Hrs)

UNIT – IV
Key skills needed when writing a title, Key skills needed when writing an Abstract,
Key skills needed when writing an Introduction, Skills needed when writing a review
of the literature. (05 Hrs)

UNIT – V
Key skills needed when writing the methods, Key skills needed when writing the
Results, Skills needed when writing a Discussion, Skills needed when writing the
Conclusions. (05 Hrs)

Course Outcomes:
Students shall be able to:
1. Describe the importance of basics of technical writing skills.
2. Review and emphasise the result of literature review.
3. Discuss the importance of various sections of technical report.
4. Develop a complete conceptual technical report.

ST-37
References:
1. Goldbort (2006) writing for science, Yale University Press ( Available on Google
books)
2. Day R (2006) How to write and publish a scientific paper, Cambridge university
Press.
3. Highman N (1998) Handbook of writing for the mathematical sciences,SIAM,
Highman’s book.
4. AdianWallwork, English for writing research papers, Springer New York
Dordrecht Heidelberg London, 2011

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

CIE – 50 Test I (Unit I, II &III) = 15 marks

AAT = 20 marks Total:50 marks
marks Test II (Unit IV & V) = 15 marks

Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 - 3 -
CO2 - 3 -
CO3 - 3 -
CO4 - 3 -
CO5 - 3 -
1. Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

ST-38
 SECOND SEMESTER
Course Code 18ST2C01 M.Tech. Structural Engineering )
Category Program Core Semester : II
Course title FINITE ELEMENT METHOD
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total Hours: 48
Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3 Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): Theory of Elasticity & Matrix method of Structural Analysis
Course Learning Objectives:
1. The course aims to understand the Concept of an element and its advantage
2. To understand the concept of discretization of structural elements
3. Formulation of stiffness equations to the discretized elements
4. Analysis procedure to the discretized elements
5. Re-assembling the solution of discretized element.

COURSE CONTENTS

UNIT - I
ELEMENTS AND INTERPOLATION FUNCTIONS
a. The Concept of an element
b. Various Element Shapes.
One-dimensional elements, Two-dimensional elements, axisymmetric elements,
Three-dimensional element,
c. Displacement Models
Generalized coordinate form of Displacement Models, Convergence Requirements,
Selection of suitable order of the Polynomial, Interpolation Displacement Models.
(8 Hrs)

UNIT - II
FINITE ELEMENT FORMULATION OF ONE-DIMENSIONAL PROBLEMS
1) TRUSSES: derivation of stiffness matrix for a bar element in Local coordinates,
selecting Approximating Functions (shape Functions) for Displacement,
Transformation of vectors in two-dimensions, Global Stiffness matrix,
Computation of stress for a bar in x-y plane, long hand solution of a plane truss.
2) BEAMS AND FRAMES: Derivation of stiffness matrix for a beam element in
Local coordinates, Assembing of beam stiffness matrices, Long hand solution of a
beam using the Direct Stiffness Method, Distributed loading – work equivalence
Method – Load replacement by Equivalent Nodal Loads, Two-dimensional
Arbitrary Oriented beam element, Long hand solution of Rigid plane frame,
Concept of Substructure Analysis. (10 Hrs)

UNIT - III
FINITE ELEMENT FORMULATION OF TWO-DIMENSIONAL PROBLEMS
Plane Stress and Plane Strain: Basic Concept of Plane Stress and Plane Strain,
Derivation of the constant – Strain Triangular element Stiffness Matrix, Treatment of
Body and Surface forces, Explicit expression for the constant Strain Triangle Stiffness
Matrix, Long hand solution of a plane stress problem, Derivation of Linear strain

ST-39
Triangle element Stiffness Matrix and equations. Long hand solution of L.S.T
Stiffness Matrix, Comparison between L.S.T and C.S.T. (10 Hrs)

UNIT - IV
AXISYMMETRIC ELEMENTS
Derivation of the stiffness matrix of an axisymmetric element. FINITE ELEMENT
MODELLING: General Considerations, Aspect ratio & Element Shapes, Use of
Symmetry, Natural Subdivisions at Discontinuities, Sizing of Elements & mesh
refinement, (08 Hrs)

UNIT - V
ISOPARAMETRIC FORMULATION:
Introduction – Sub parametric, Iso parametric and Super parametric Elements,
Isoparametric Formulation of the Bar Element Stiffness Matrix, Rectangular Plane
Stress elements, Isoparametric Formulation of the plane Element Stiffness Matrix,
Gaussian Quadrature (Numerical Integration), Evaluation of Stiffness Matrix and
Stress matrix by Gaussian Quadrature, Higher Order Shape Functions. Equilibrium
and Compatibility of FE Results, Convergence of solution, Interpretation of Stresses,
Static Condensation. (12 Hrs)

UNIT- VI
Recent advances and research being done in the topics mentioned in the above units.

Course Outcomes:
Students shall be able to:
1. Students will learn to analysis the differences in conventional and FEM methods
2. Learn the concept of discretization of structure
3. Assembling of stiffness matrices
4. Learn the differences between geometric and loading unsymmetry
5. Learn to use the software generation for matrices

References:
1. The Finite Element Method in Engineering, by S.S.Rao, Pergamon Press, New
York, 1982.
2. Introduction to Finite Element Method, by C.S.Desai and John .F. Abel, CBS
Publishers and Distributors.
3. The Finite Element Method, by O C Zienkiewicz, TMH publishing Company Ltd
4. Finite Element Analysis – Theory and Programming, by C.S KrishnaMoorthy,
TMH publishing Company Ltd.
5. Energy and Finite Element methods in Structural Mechanics, by I H Shames, and
C L Dym, New age International publishers Ltd
6. Theory and problems of Finite Element Analysis, Schaum‟s Outline Series,
McGraw Hill Inc.
7. Finite Element procedure by Klaus – Jurgan Bathe, Prentice Hall of India Pvt.
Ltd., 1986.
8. An Introduction to Finite Element Method, JN reddy, McGraw Hill Inc.
9. Concepts and Applications of Finite Element Analysis, by Robert D. Cook, David
S.Malkus and Michael E. Plesha, John Wiley and Sons

ST-40
10. Applied Finite Element Analysis for Engineers, Stasa, F.L. CBS International
Editions, 1980.
11. A Practical Introduction to Finite Element Analysis, by Cheung, Y.K. & Yao
M.F., Pitman Publishing Company Limited London, 1979.
12. Finite Element Structural Analysis, Prentice Hall, Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey,
1986.
13. Structural dynamics by Finite Elements, by William Weaver Jr. & R.P.Johnston,
Prentice Hall, Inc., Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey, 1987.
14. Finite Element Analysis by Gallagher, R.H., Prentice Hall, Inc, New Jersey, 1975.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

CIE = Test I (Unit I, II & III) = 15 marks Total:

Quiz = 05 marks
50 50
UNIT–VI (AAT) = 15 marks
marks Test II (Unit IV & V) = 15 marks marks
Answer FIVE full questions
Questions Q1& Q2 from Unit I and Unit II respectively 20 x 2 =
SEE = shall be answered and shall not have internal choice. 40 Total:
100 Marks 100
marks Questions Q3, Q4 & Q5 from Unit III, Unit IV & Unit 20 x 3 = marks
V respectively shall be answered & shall have internal 60
choice Marks

Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 3 ---- ----
CO2 3 2 ----
CO3 1 ---- ----
CO4 3 ---- ----
CO5 1 2 ----

1.Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

ST-41
Course Code 18ST2C02 M.Tech. ( Structural Engineering )
Category Program Core Semester : II
Course title ADVANCED RC DESIGN
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total Hours: 48
Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3 Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): RC Design

Course Learning Objectives:

1. Understand the Design concepts of RCC Beams.
2. Analyse and Design the RCC Slabs.
3. Analyse and Design the RC Deep Beams and Corbels.
4. Understand the Behavior of Compression Members.
5. Understand the Analysis and Design concepts of Silos, Bunkers and Multi-storey
Buildings.

COURSE CONTENTS

UNIT - I
INTRODUCTION: Design of singly Reinforced rectangular sections, Design of
Doubly Reinforced rectangular sections, Design for shear – Design for Torsion, Limit
state of Serviceability: Deflections of Reinforced concrete beams, estimation of crack
width in RCC members, calculation of crack widths. (10 Hrs)

UNIT -II
DESIGN OF SLAB: Yield line theory for analysis of slabs: Virtual work methods of
analysis of Rectangular slabs. Design of Flat Slabs. (10 Hrs)

UNIT - III
DESIGN OF REINFORCED CONCRETE DEEP BEAMS & CORBELS: Design of
Deep Beams by IS 456, Checking for Local Failures, Detailing of Deep Beams,
Analysis of Forces in a Corbels, Design of Procedure of Corbels. (10 Hrs)

UNIT -IV
DESIGN OF COMPRESSION MEMBERS: Estimation of Effective Length of a
Column – Code Requirements on Slenderness Limits,– Design of Short Columns
Under Axial Compression – Design of Short Columns Under Compression With
Uniaxial Bending – Design of Short Columns Under Axial Compression With Biaxial
Bending – Design of Slender Columns. (10 Hrs)
UNIT -V
DESIGN OF SILOS (CIRCULAR) AND BUNKERS: Analysis, design and detailing
of side walls, hopper bottoms. (8 Hrs)

UNIT - VI
Recent advances and research being done in the topics mentioned in the above units.

ST-42
Course Outcomes:
Students shall be able to:
1. Describe the Design features of RCC Beams.
2. Implement the Analysis and Design of RC Slabs.
3. Implement the Analysis and Design of RC Deep Beams and Corbels.
4. Outlining the Behavior of Compression Members.
5. Implement the Analysis and Design concepts of Silos, Bunkers and Multi-storey
Buildings.

References:
1. Unnikrishna Pillai, S and Devadas Menon, Reinforced concrete design Tata
McGraw Hill Publishing Company Limited, New Delhi.
2. “Advanced Reinforced Concrete” P.C. Varghese Prentice Hall of INDIA Private
Ltd. 2008.
3. Park R and Paulay T Reinforced Concrete Structures, John Wiley and sons, 1973.
4. S. Ramamurthuam: Design Reinforced Concrete Structures, Dhanpat Rai
Publishing Company (P) LTD. New Delhi.
5. “Design of Reinforced Concrete Structures” by N.Subramanian, Oxford
University Press.
6. N. Krishna Raju “Advanced Reinforced Concrete Design”, 2nd edition, CBS
Publishers and Distributors.- 2009.
7. Reinforced concrete structural elements – behaviour, Analysis and design by P.
Purushotham, Tata Mc.Graw-Hill, 1994.
8. IS 456, SP 16 and SP 34.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

CIE = Test I (Unit I, II & III) = 15 marks Total:

Quiz = 05 marks
50 50
Test II (Unit IV & V) = 15 marks UNIT–VI (AAT) = 15 marks
marks marks
Answer FIVE full questions
Questions Q1& Q2 from Unit I and Unit II
20 x 2 =
SEE = respectively shall be answered and shall not have Total:
40 Marks
100 internal choice. 100
marks Questions Q3, Q4 & Q5 from Unit III, Unit IV & Unit marks
20 x 3 =
V respectively shall be answered & shall have internal
60 Marks
choice
Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 3 ---- ----
CO2 3 2 ----
CO3 1 ---- ----
CO4 3 ---- ----
CO5 1 2 ----
1.Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

ST-43
Course Code 18ST2C03 M.Tech. ( Structural Engineering )
Category Program Core Semester : II
Course title ADVANCED DESIGN OF STEEL STRUCTURES
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total Hours: 48
Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3 Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): Basic Design of Steel Structures
Course Learning Objectives:
1. Understand the background of the design provisions for hot rolled and Cold –
Formed steel structures & their differences.
2. Understand the concept of lateral stability of beams.
3. Proficiency in applying the provisions for design of columns, beams & beam-
column.
4. Analysing the lateral stability and strength of light gauge sections
5. Understand the principal of lateral load resisting structures &Trussed Tube
system.
COURSE CONTENTS
UNIT-I
Plastic And Local Buckling Behaviour of Structural Street: Introduction, Plastic
Theory, General Requirements for plastic design, Plastic hinge Concept, Plastic
collapse load, Conditions of plastic analysis, Theorems of plastic collapse, Methods of
plastic analysis, Plastic design of continuous beams, Plastic design of portal frames,
Effect of axial and shear force on plastic moment capacity, Special considerations,
Local buckling of plates, Cross section classification, Behavior and ultimate strength
of plates. (10 Hrs)
UNIT-II
Design of Beams: Introduction, Section classification, Lateral stability of beams,
Factors affecting lateral stability, Behavior of Beams in Bending, Design Strength of
Laterally supported and Laterally unsupported beams in bending, Shear strength of
Steel Beams, Maximum Deflection. Castellated Beams, Design examples. (10 Hrs)

UNIT-III
Design of Beam-columns: Introduction, General Behaviour of beam-columns,
Second order moments in Beam-columns, Elastic Torsional Buckling of Beam-
columns, Interaction between Beam-column and Structure Nominal Strength-
Instability in the plane of bending, Beam-column under biaxial loading, Interaction
Equations for local capacity check, Code design procedures, Design of beam column,
Beam column subjected to tension and bending (10 Hrs)

UNIT-IV
Design of Light Gauge Steel: Introduction, Forms of Light gauge section, Local
Buckling of thin elements, Stiffened & Un-stiffened elements, Effective section
properties, IS801 & IS811 Codal provision, Axially Loaded compression members,
Laterally supported & un-supported beams, numerical problems. (10 Hrs)

ST-44
 UNIT-V
Principles of lateral Load resisting Steel Buildings: Semi rigid Frames, Rigid Frames,
Braced frames, Staggered Truss System, eccentric Bracing Systems, Interacting
system of Braced and Rigid frames, Outrigger and Belt Truss Systems, Framed,
Trussed & Cellular Tube Structures, Ultimate High Efficiency Systems (08 Hrs)

UNIT-VI
Recent advances and research being done in the topics mentioned in the above units

Course Outcomes:
Students shall be able to:
1. Achieve knowledge of design and development of problem solving skills
2. Design and develop analytical skill
3. Able to design the girders and steel trusses
4. Evaluate the performance of the light gauge structure
5. Understand the concept of design of various steel structural elements

References:
1. Design of Steel Structures, by N.Subramanian
2. Design of Steel Structures, by Duggal SK
3. Steel Structures, by Gaylord and Gaylord, McGraw Hill Publisher, 1980
4. The Plastic Method of Structural Analysis, B.G. Neal.
5. Plastic Design of Steel Frames, Beedle, L.S
6. Structural Analysis and Design of Tall Buildings by Bungale S Taranath, McGraw
Hill Book Company
7. IS 800:2007, IS 801,
8. IS1641, IS 1642, IS 1643

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION
CIE = Test I (Unit I, II & III) = 15 marks Total:
Quiz = 05 marks
50 50
UNIT–VI (AAT) = 15 marks
marks Test II (Unit IV & V) = 15 marks marks
Answer FIVE full questions
SEE = Questions Q1& Q2 from Unit I and Unit II respectively 20 x 2 = Total:
100 shall be answered and shall not have internal choice. 40 Marks 100
marks Questions Q3, Q4 & Q5 from Unit III, Unit IV & Unit V 20 x 3 = marks
respectively shall be answered & shall have internal choice 60 Marks
Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 2 2 2
CO2 2 2 3
CO3 3 3 3
CO4 2 3 3
CO5 2 3 3
1.Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

ST-45
Course Code 18ST2E1A M.Tech. ( Structural Engineering )
Category Program Elective Semester : II
Course title ADVANCED PRESTRESSED CONCRETE
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total Hours: 48
Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3 Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): Prestressed Concrete

Course Learning Objectives:

1. Statically Indeterminate Prestressed Concrete Sections
2. Composite Sections
3. To design and detail different types of structures like Slabs, Pipes and Tanks
4. Enable to design complete element of Pre tensioned and Post tensioned member
5. Learn the complete design and detailing aspect of Prestressed Concrete

COURSE CONTENTS

UNIT-I

Design of PSC sections for flexure- minimum section modulus, limitations of

prestressing long spans, limiting zone for prestressing force, Design of sections for
axial tension, compression and bending, Design of Slender prestressed columns,
Design of prestressed concrete compression members in biaxial bending. (10 Hrs)

UNIT-II
Composite Construction of Prestressed Concrete and In Situ Concrete- Advantages,
analysis of stresses, Differential shrinkage, Deflection, Flexural strength, Shear
strength, Design of composite sections. (10 Hrs)
UNIT-III

Statically Indeterminate Structures – Analysis and Design of Continuous beam- laying

of concordant cables- Advantages, Effects, Methods of achieving continuity, Methods
of Analysis of Secondary Moments(Three moment theorem or tendon reactions),
Concordant cable profile, guyon theorem, Ultimate load Analysis of Continuous
Prestressing Members, Determination of Concordant Tendon Profile. (8 Hrs)

UNIT-IV
Design of Prestressed Concrete Pipes and Tanks – Circular Prestressing, Design of
Cylinder and Non Cylinder Pipes, Introduction of prestressed concrete tanks, Tank
floors, Junction of Prestressed tank walls and Base slab, Analysis and Design of
Prestressed Tanks-, Fixed base, Hinged base and Sliding base. (10 Hrs)

UNIT-V
Design of Prestressed Concrete Slabs and Grid floors- Types, Design of One-way
slab, Two-way slab, Flat slab and Grid Floor. (10 Hrs)

UNIT-VI
Recent advances and research being done in the topics mentioned in the above units

ST-46
Course Outcomes:
Students shall be able to:
1. Design and detail Axially loaded member and Flexure member
2. Analyse and design Composite Structures
3. Apply analytical skills to evaluate Statically Indeterminate PSC Structures
4. Design Advanced PSC slabs like flat slabs and grid floor
5. Design and detail Prestressed Pipes and Tanks
6. Design a complete Pre-tensioned and Post-tensioned members

References:
1. N.Krishnaraju “Prestressed Concrete”, Tata McGraw- Hill Education Publication,
2008,
2. Lin T. Y and H. Burns “Prestressed Concrete structures”, Wiley Publication, 2009,
ISBN: 978-0-471-01898-8
3. N. Rajagopalan, “Prestressed Concrete”, Narosa Publishing House.2nd
edition,ISBN 2053 2005.
4. A. Nilson, “Design of Prestressed Concrete”, John Willey & Sons.2nd edition,
ISBN 1765 1997.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

CIE = Test I (Unit I, II & III) = 15 marks Total:

Quiz = 05 marks
50 50
Test II (Unit IV & V) = 15 marks UNIT–VI (AAT) = 15 marks
marks marks
Answer FIVE full questions
Questions Q1& Q2 from Unit I and Unit II respectively 20 x 2 =
SEE = shall be answered and shall not have internal choice. 40 Total:
100 Marks 100
marks Questions Q3, Q4 & Q5 from Unit III, Unit IV & Unit 20 x 3 = marks
V respectively shall be answered & shall have internal 60
choice Marks

Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 3 2 -
CO2 3 - 3
CO3 3 - -
CO4 3 - 2
CO5 3 -
CO6 - - 3

1.Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

ST-47
Course Code 18ST2E1B M.Tech. ( Structural Engineering )
Category Program Elective Semester : II
Course title EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT DESIGN OF STRUCTURES
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total Hours: 48
Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3 Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): Basic Design of Structures
Course Learning Objectives:
1. Understand the basic concepts of Earthquake Resistant Design.
2. Apply and analyse different irregularities.
3. Analyse and Evaluate design lateral forces for equivalent lateral and dynamic
forces
4. Create a strategy to evaluate effects of infills in RC buildings due to seismic
loading
5. Develop procedure for ductility & retrofitting of RC structures.

COURSE CONTENTS

UNIT-I
Basic elements of earthquake resistant design:- Introduction, static and dynamic
equilibrium, structural modelling, seismic method of analysis, seismic design
methods, response control concepts, seismic evaluation and retrofitting, seismic test
methods.
Identification of seismic damages in RC buildings during past earthquake:-
Introduction, reinforced concrete building construction practices, identification of
damage in RC buildings, damage to structural elements, damage to non-structural
panel elements, damage to tank and parapets, damage to vertical circulation systems,
effect of earthquake on code designed structures. (10 Hrs)

UNIT-II
Effect of structural irregularities on the performance of RC buildings during
earthquakes:- Introduction, vertical irregularities (vertical discontinuities in load path,
irregularity in strength and stiffness, mass irregularities, vertical geometric
irregularity, proximity of adjacent buildings), plan configuration problems (torsion
irregularities, re-entrant corners, non-parallel systems, diaphragm discontinuity),
recommendations. (08 Hrs)

UNIT-III
Code based procedure for determination of design lateral loads:- Introduction, seismic
design philosophy, determination of design lateral forces ( equivalent lateral force
procedure and dynamic analysis procedure). (08 Hrs)

UNIT-IV
Consideration of infill wall in seismic analysis of RC buildings:- Introduction,
structural and constructional aspects of infill, failure mechanism of infill, equivalent
diagonal strut.
Retrofitting of masonry buildings:- Introduction, failure mode of masonry buildings,
methods for retrofitting of masonry building, repairing techniques of masonry,

ST-48
member retrofitting, structural level retrofitting methods, seismic evaluation of
retrofitting measures in stone masonry models. (10 Hrs)

UNIT-V
Ductility considerations in earthquake resistant design of RC buildings:- Introduction,
impact of ductility, requirements for ductility, assessment of ductility, factors
affecting ductility, ductility factors, ductile detailing considerations as per IS 13920:
1993.
Earthquake resistant design of shear wall as per IS 13920: 1993:- Introduction,
description of building, determination of design lateral forces, design of shear wall,
detailing of reinforcements.
Seismic retrofitting strategies of reinforced concrete buildings:- Introduction,
consideration in retrofitting of structures, source of weakness in RC frame building,
classification of retrofitting techniques, retrofitting strategies for RC buildings,
comparative analysis of methods of retrofitting. (12 Hrs)

UNIT-VI
Recent advances and research being done in the topics mentioned in the above units.

Course Outcomes:
Students shall be able to:
1. Describe the basic elements of earthquake resistant design.
2. Implement the effect of structural irregularities on the performance of RC
buildings during earthquakes.
3. Distinguish the analysis procedures for earthquake loading
4. Outlining the influence of infills in earthquake resistant design
5. Implement the Design concepts due to ductility and Seismic retrofitting.

References:

1. Pankaj Agarwal and Manish Shrikande, Earthquake Resistant Design of

Structures, PrenticeHall of India Private Ltd, New Delhi
2. Duggal S K, Earthquake Resistant Design of Structures, Oxford University
Press, New Delhi
3. James L Stratta, Manual of Seismic Design, Pearson Education, Asia, New Delhi
4. Anil K Chopra, Dynamics of Structures, Pearson Education, Asia, New Delhi
5. Steven L Kramer, Geotechnical Earthquake Engineering, Pearson Education,
Asia, New Delhi
6. Mark Fintel, Handbook of Concrete Engg, CBS Publishers, New Delhi
7. IS 1893, IS 13920, IS 4326 and if any required

ST-49
SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

CIE = Test I (Unit I, II & III) = 15 marks Total:

Quiz = 05 marks
50 50
UNIT–VI (AAT) = 15 marks
marks Test II (Unit IV & V) = 15 marks marks
Answer FIVE full questions
Questions Q1 & Q2 from Unit I and Unit II 20 x 2 =
SEE = respectively shall be answered and shall not have 40 Total:
100 internal choice. Marks 100
marks Questions Q3, Q4 & Q5 from Unit III, Unit IV & Unit 20 x 3 = marks
V respectively shall be answered & shall have internal 60
choice Marks

Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 1 1 1
CO2 2 3 2
CO3 1 2 3
CO4 3 2 3
CO5 3 3 3

1.Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

ST-50
Course Code 18ST2E1C M.Tech. ( Structural Engineering )
Category Program Elective Semester : II
Course title ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF PLATES AND SHELLS
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total Hours: 48
Credits
4 0 0 0 4
SEE Marks:
CIE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3 Hrs
50
Prerequisites (if any): Theory of Elasticity and Mechanics

Course Learning Objectives:

1. Illustrate the Plate Theory and Navier’s solution for Plates.
2. Illustrate the Levy’s Solution and Energy Method for Plates.
3. Elaborate the concepts of Shells.
4. Understand the Behavior of Circular Plates under symmetric loading.
5. Understand the Design and Detailing of Shell Structures.

COURSE CONTENTS

UNIT – I
Introduction to plate theory, Small deflection of laterally loaded thin rectangular
plates of pure bending. Navier‟s solution for various lateral loading (No derivations),
Numerical examples. (10 Hrs)

UNIT – II
Levy‟s solution for various lateral loading and boundary conditions (No derivations),
Numerical examples. Energy methods for rectangular plates with clamped edges.
(10 Hrs)

UNIT –III
Introduction to curved surfaces and classification of shells, membrane theory of
spherical shells, Cylindrical shell, Hyperbolic paraboloid, Elliptic paraboloid and
Conoids. (08 Hrs)

UNIT – IV
Symmetric loading of Circular plates with various edge conditions for both solid and
annular plates. (10 Hrs)

UNIT - V
Axially symmetric bending of shells of revolution, Closed cylindrical shells, water
tanks, spherical shells and Geckler‟s approximation. Bending theory of doubly curved
shallow shells. (10 Hrs)

UNIT – VI
Recent advances and research being done in the topics mentioned in the above units

ST-51
Course Outcomes:
Students shall be able to:
1. Summarize the Plate Theory and Implement Navier’s solution for Plates.
2. Execute the Levy’s Solution and Energy Method for Plates.
3. Outline the concepts of Shells.
4. Summarize the Circular Plates under symmetric loading.
5. Implement the Design and Detailing of Shell Structures.

References:
1. Timoshenko, S. and Woinowsky-Krieger, W., “Theory of Plates and Shells” 2nd
Edition, McGraw-Hill Co., New York, 1959
2. Ramaswamy G.S. – “Design and Constructions of Concrete Shell Roofs” – CBS
Publishers and Distributors – New Delhi – 1986.
3. Ugural, A. C. “Stresses in Plates and Shells”, 2nd edition, McGraw-Hill, 1999.
4. R. Szilard, “Theory and analysis of plates - classical and numerical methods”,
Prentice Hall, 1994.
5. Chatterjee.B.K. – “Theory and Design of Concrete Shell”, – Chapman & Hall,
New York-third edition, 1988

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

CIE = Test I (Unit I, II & III) = 15 marks Total:

Quiz = 05 marks
50 50
UNIT–VI (AAT) = 15 marks
marks Test II (Unit IV & V) = 15 marks marks
Answer FIVE full questions
SEE = Questions Q1 & Q3 from Unit I and Unit III respectively 20 x 2 = Total:
100 shall be answered and shall not have internal choice. 40 Marks 100
marks Questions Q2, Q4 & Q5 from Unit II, Unit IV & Unit V 20 x 3 = marks
respectively shall be answered & shall have internal choice 60 Marks

Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 3 ---- ----
CO2 2 ---- ----
CO3 3 1 ----
CO4 2 ---- ----
CO5 3 2 1

1.Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

ST-52
Course Code 18ST2E2A M.Tech. ( Structural Engineering )
Category Program Elective Semester : II
Course title ADVANCED DESIGN OF SUB STRUCTURES
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total Hours: 48
Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3 Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): Basics of Geotechnical Engineering
Course Learning Objectives:
1. Understand the concepts and types of foundation in different soil conditions.
2. Apply and analyse shallow and deep foundations in complex grounds.
3. Apply and evaluate the foundations subjected to vibrations due to dynamic loads.
4. Analyse and evaluate special foundations under different field situations.
5. Create and develop strategies for foundations of infrastructure projects.

COURSE CONTENTS

UNIT-I
SHALLOW FOUNDATIONS : Basic requirements of foundation – Types and
selection of foundations. Bearing capacity of footings, footings on layered soils –
Bearing capacity from plate load test, Settlement of footings, Uplift capacity of
footings – Structural design of reinforced concrete isolated, strip, combined and strap
footings – mat foundation (10 Hrs)
UNIT-II
PILE FOUNDATIONS : Introduction, Types of pile foundations, Bearing capacity
of piles, Bearing capacity of piles from dynamic analysis, pile load test, Lateral pile
load test, structural design of straight piles, configuration of piles different shapes of
piles cap – structural design of pile cap. (09 Hrs)
UNIT- III
WELL FOUNDATIONS: Types of well foundation, Sinking stresses in wells, Grip
length, load carrying capacity, construction of wells – Failures and Remedies –
Design of well foundation, Lateral stability (09 Hrs)

UNIT- IV
MACHINE FOUNDATIONS: Introduction, types of machine foundation, Basic
principles of design of machine foundation – Dynamic properties of soil – vibration
analysis of machine foundation – Design of foundation for Reciprocating machines
and Impact machines – Reinforcement and construction details – vibration isolation.
(10 Hrs)
UNIT-V
SPECIAL FOUNDATIONS: Foundation on expansive soils, choice of foundation,
under-reamed pile foundation. Foundation for Foundations for Transmission Line
Towers Towers, chimneys, Earth retaining structures – Retaining walls, sheet piles
and reinforced earth structures (10 Hrs)
UNIT-VI
Recent advancements in foundations technology and construction practices for static
and dynamic loads.

ST-53
Course Outcomes:
Students shall be able to:
1. Explain the basic concepts to select appropriate foundation type on soil
conditions.
2. Analyse problems with respect to shallow and deep foundations.
3. Apply and solve engineering problems with respect to well foundations.
4. Apply and evaluate foundations subjected dynamic loads from various sources.
5. Develop strategies to problems requiring special foundations.

References
1. Bowles .J.E., “Foundation Analysis and Design”, McGraw Hill Publishing co.,
New York, 1997.
2. Swamy Saran, Analysis and Design of substructures, Oxford and IBH Publishing
Co. Pvt. Ltd., 2006.
3. Tomlinson.M.J, “Foundation Design and Construction”, Longman, Sixth Edition,
New Delhi, 1995.
4. Varghese.P.C, “Design of Reinforced Concrete Foundations” – PHI learning
private limited, New Delhi – 2009.
5. S.P. Brahma “ Foundation Engineering” Tata McGraw Hill publishing company
Ltd, New Delhi.
6. Das.B.M., “Principles of Foundation Engineering”, Thomson Brooks / Cole
Publishing Company, Singapore, 2004
7. Winterkorn H.F. and Fong H.Y. “Foundation Engineering Hand Book”, Galgotia
Book Source, New Delhi, 2000

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION:

CIE = Test I (Unit I, II & III) = 15 marks Total:

Quiz = 05 marks
50 50
UNIT–VI (AAT) = 15 marks
marks Test II (Unit IV & V) = 15 marks marks
Answer FIVE full questions
Questions Q1& Q2 from Unit I and Unit II respectively 20 x 2 =
SEE = shall be answered and shall not have internal choice. 40 Total:
100 Marks 100
marks Questions Q3, Q4 & Q5 from Unit III, Unit IV & Unit 20 x 3 = marks
V respectively shall be answered & shall have internal 60
choice Marks
Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3
CO1 2 2 3
CO2 2 3 3
CO3 2 3 3
CO4 1 2 3
CO5 2 3 3
1.Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

ST-54
Course Code 18ST2E2B M.Tech. ( Structural Engineering )
Category Program Elective Semester : II
Course title TALL STRUCTURES
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total Hours: 48
Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3 Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): RCC Design
Course Learning Objectives:
1. Understand the Design Criteria For Tall Structures.
2. Discuss the Static and Dynamic approach of Design of Tall Structures.
3. Discuss the Factors affecting growth, Height and Structural form.
4. Understand the Analysis and Design of building as total structural system
considering overall integrity and major subsystem interaction.
5. Illustrate the stability of Tall Buildings.

COURSE CONTENTS
UNIT - I
DESIGN CRITERIA: Design philosophy, loading, sequential loading, and materials
– high performance concrete, fiber reinforced concrete, lightweight concrete, design
mixes. Loading and Movement: Gravity loading: Dead and live load, methods of live
load reduction, Impact, Gravity loading, Construction loads. (8 Hrs)

UNIT- II
WIND LOADING: Static and dynamic approach, Analytical and wind tunnel
experimentation method. Earthquake loading: Equivalent lateral force, modal
analysis, combinations of loading, working stress design, Limit state design, Plastic
design. (10 Hrs)

UNIT - III
BEHAVIOR OF VARIOUS STRUCTURAL SYSTEMS: Factors affecting
growth, Height and structural form; High rise behavior, Rigid frames, braced frames,
in-filled frames, shear walls, coupled shear walls, wall-frames, tubular, cores,
Futigger – braced and hybrid mega system. (10 Hrs)
UNIT- IV
ANALYSIS AND DESIGN: Modeling for approximate analysis, accurate analysis
and reduction techniques, analysis of building as total structural system considering
overall integrity and major subsystem interaction, analysis for member forces; drift
and twist, computerized general three dimensional analyses. (10 Hrs)

UNIT - V
STABILITY OF TALL BUILDINGS: Overall buckling analysis of frames, wall
frames, approximate methods, second order effects of gravity of loading, P-Delta
analysis, simultaneous first order and P-Delta analysis, Transnational, Torsional
instability, out of plum effects, stiffness of member in stability, effect of foundation
rotation. Structural elements: sectional shapes, properties and resisting capacities,
design, deflection, cracking, pre-stressing, shear flow. Design for differential
movement, creep and shrinkage effects, temperature effects and fire. (10 Hrs)

ST-55
 UNIT - VI
Recent advances and research being done in the topics mentioned in the above units.

Course Outcomes:
Students shall be able to:
1. Implement the Design Criteria For Tall Structures.
2. Implement the Static and Dynamic approach of Design of Tall Structures.
3. Apprise the Factors affecting growth, Height and Structural form.
4. Implement the Analysis and Design of building as total structural system
considering overall integrity and major subsystem interaction.
5. Carryout the stability of Tall Buildings.

References:
1. Taranath B.S, “Structural Analysis and Design of Tall Buildings”- McGraw Hill.
2. Wilf gang Schuller, “High rise building structures”- John Wiley.
3. Bryan Stafford Smith & Alexcoull, “Tall building structures Analysis and
Design”- John Wiley.
4. T.Y Lin & D.Stotes Burry, “Structural concepts and system for Architects and
Engineers”- John Wiley.
5. Lynn S.Beedle, “Advances in Tall Buildings”- CBS Publishers and Distributors.
6. Dr. Y.P. Gupta – Editor, “Proceedings National Seminar on High Rise Structures-
Design and Construction practices for middle level cities”- New Age International
Limited.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION
CIE = Test I (Unit I, II & III) = 15 marks Total:
Quiz = 05 marks
50 50
UNIT–VI (AAT) = 15 marks
marks Test II (Unit IV & V) = 15 marks marks
Answer FIVE full questions
Questions Q1& Q2 from Unit I and Unit II respectively 20 x 2 =
SEE = shall be answered and shall not have internal choice. 40 Total:
100 Marks 100
marks Questions Q3, Q4 & Q5 from Unit III, Unit IV & Unit 20 x 3 = marks
V respectively shall be answered & shall have internal 60
choice Marks
Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3
CO1 3 ---- ----
CO2 3 2 ----
CO3 2 2 ----
CO4 3 2 ----
CO5 2 ---- ----

1.Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

ST-56
Course Code 18ST2E2C M.Tech. ( Structural Engineering )
Category Program Elective Semester : II
PREFABRICATED STRUCTURAL TECHNIQUES AND
Course title
DESIGN
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total Hours: 48
Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3 Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): RCC Design
Course Learning Objectives:
1. Understand the concepts of Prefabrication.
2. Evaluate the classification of Prefabrication.
3. Analyse the production techniques of Precast concrete.
4. Formulate the design of prefabricated elements
5. Illustrate the preparation of site infrastructure and construction techniques.

COURSE CONTENTS

UNIT - I
Prefabricated construction: Necessity, Advantages, Disadvantages, mass-produced
building products, industrial buildings. Modular co-ordination: Basic module,
planning and design of modular grid system, National building code specifications,
standardization, dimension of products, preferred dimensions and sizes, tolerances
and deviations, layout and process. (10 Hrs)

UNIT - II
Classification of pre-fabricates: Foundation, Columns, Beams, roof and roof panels,
wall panels, clay units, box fabricates, erection and assembly. Precasting and
prefabrication techniques: Planning, production and erection of structures, skeletal
and large panel construction, industrial structures, space structures, pre-stressed pre-
cast elements. (10 Hrs)

UNIT - III
Pre-cast concrete production techniques: Forms and moulds of various materials,
manufacturing methods-Pressed casting extrusion method, vacuum process, spinning
process, hot concrete process, mix designs adopted. (08 Hrs)

UNIT - IV
Design of prefabricated elements: Lift points, Joints in elements, design of joints to
transfer axial forces, moments and shear forces, economic aspects. (08 Hrs)

UNIT - V
Site infrastructure: Equipment, Horizontal and Vertical transportation, site
manufacture and preparation of components, fabrication and assembly, storage of
prefabricates., curing methods. Construction technique: Large panel construction,
Box systems, Lift slab systems. (12 Hrs)
UNIT - VI
Recent advances and research being done in the topics mentioned in the above units.

ST-57
Course Outcomes:
1. Summarize the concepts of prefabrication
2. Appraise about the classification of Prefabrication.
3. Implement Pre-cast concrete production techniques.
4. Design the prefabricated elements.
5. Classify the construction techniques and site infrastructure for Prefabrication.

References
1. National building code{ Part VI-Prefabrication and systems building} Bureau of
Indian standards.
2. Koncz, Tihamer, "Manual of precast concrete construction with large reinforced
concrete and prestressed concrete components; Design, analysis and
construction", Bauverlag, Better World Books Ltd, Dunfermline, United
Kingdom
3. Lewicki, Bohdan, “Building with large Prefabricates”, Elsevier Publishing
Company, London 1966.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION:

CIE = Test I (Unit I, II & III) = 15 marks Total:

Quiz = 05 marks
50 50
UNIT–VI (AAT) = 15 marks
marks Test II (Unit IV & V) = 15 marks marks
Answer FIVE full questions
SEE = Questions Q1& Q2 from Unit I and Unit II respectively 20 x 2 = Total:
100 shall be answered and shall not have internal choice. 40 Marks 100
marks Questions Q3, Q4 & Q5 from Unit III, Unit IV & Unit V 20 x 3 = marks
respectively shall be answered & shall have internal choice 60 Marks

Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 3 ---- ----
CO2 3 2 ----
CO3 2 2 ----
CO4 3 2 ----
CO5 2 ---- ----

1.Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

ST-58
Course Code 18ST2L01 M.Tech. ( Structural Engineering )
Category Laboratory Semester: II
Course title BUILDING INFORMATION MODELLING LAB
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total hours = 48
Credits
0 0 4 0 2
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3 Hrs
Prerequisites (if any):

Course Learning Objectives:

1. Prepare 2D drawings the building components.
2. Plan the 3D view of different components of a building.
3. Analyse and design structures for static and dynamic loading
4. Appraise the process of project management.

COURSE CONTENTS

AutoCAD-2D: Basic drawings using Drawing tools, Appling Properties to objects

Layer Management, Plotting (12 Hrs)

Revit Architecture: Initial settings and Building elements, Creating a plan using
building elements and modification, Model Elements, Rendering (12 Hrs)

STAAD.Pro / ETABS: Overview of Structural Analysis and Design, Modeling,

Assigning Properties, Static & Dynamic Analysis, Design. (12 Hrs)

MSP / Primavera: Introduction, Resources types, Resource sheet, Resource

allocation, Resource analysis, Resource leveling and types, Task types, Team planner,
Reports, Exporting, Multiple projects and Compare projects and practice (12 Hrs)

Course Outcomes:
Students shall be able to:
1. Apply the concept of Autocad for 2D drafting.
2. Develop the building element by Revit Architecture.
3. Categorise the design of structures by STAAD / ETABS.
4. Illustrate Project management techniques.

References:
1. Rafael Sacks, Chuck Eastman, Ghang Lee & Paul Teicholz, "BIM Handbook: A
Guide to Building Information Modeling for Owners, Designers, Engineers,
Contractors, and Facility Managers", John Wiley & Sons, 2018
2. Manuals of the software mentioned in the course content which are available online

ST-59
SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

Continuous Internal Evaluation Marks Semester End Evaluation Marks

(Laboratory – 50 Marks) (SEE) Laboratory (100
Marks)
Performance of the student in the 20 Write up 20
laboratory, every week
Test at the end of the semester 20 Experimentation 60
Viva Voce 10 Viva voce 20
Total 100
Total (CIE) 50 Total (SEE) 50*

Note: * = SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks for practical and the marks obtained
shall be reduced for 50 Marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 1 1 1
CO2 1 1 1
CO3 2 2 2
CO4 3 1 1

1. Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

ST-60
Course Code 18ST2S01 M.Tech ( Structural Engineering )
Category Seminar Semester: II
Course title SEMINAR - II
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total hours = 24
Credits
0 0 2 0 1
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: - Total Max. Marks: 50 Duration of SEE: ---
Prerequisites (if any): NIL

Course Learning Objectives:

The objectives of the SEMINAR-II is to prepare the students to learn to:
1. Carry out the literature review of general research area/current topic and
analyse the same effectively.
2. Prepare a technical report, reflecting his/her depth of understanding, on the
selected area/topic and prepare content rich presentation.
3. Acquire communication and time management skills for effective and impactful
presentation. Interact with peers to acquire the qualities of thoughtfulness,
friendliness, adaptability, responsiveness, and politeness in-group discussion.
Overcome stage fear during oral presentation.

GUIDE LINES
1. Seminar preparation and presentation is an individual student activity.
2. Topic may be of general/ specific interest to program of engineering or electives
not offered in the semester and to be selected in consultation with the
faculty/Guide assigned.
3. Select one pertinent research paper/topic for the seminar presentation.
4. Prepare and submit a detailed technical report of the seminar topic.

Course Outcomes:
Students shall be able to:
1. Carry out the literature survey of topic of seminar.
2. Prepare a technical report on the selected area/topic.
3. Make an effective presentation with seamless flow of content within the time
allocated. Overcome inhibition in interacting with peers and hence develop the
spirit of team work.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

CIE – 50 Phase -1 Marks =10 Seminar Report Total:50

marks Phase -2 Marks =20 Marks =20 Marks

ST-61
Scheme of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE):

Evaluation would be carried out in TWO phases. The Seminar Evaluation Committee
shall comprise of Chairperson of the Department, Faculty/Guide and one more faculty
member nominated by Chairperson of the Department. The evaluation criteria shall be
as per the rubrics given below:

Rubrics for Evaluation: Weightage

Topic - Technical Relevance, Sustainability and Societal Concerns : 15%

Review of literature and technical content : 35%
Presentation Skills : 25%
Report of seminar : 25%

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 2 2 3
CO2 2 3 3
CO3 - 2 -

1. Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

ST-62
Course Code 18CV2M01 M.Tech. ( Structural Engineering )
Category Mandatory Audit Semester: I
Course title PEDAGOGY STUDIES (AUDIT COURSE-II)
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total Hours: 24
Credits
2 0 0 0 1
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: -- Total Max. Marks: 50 Duration of SEE: --
Prerequisites (if any):
Course Learning Objectives:
1. Understand and apply the best practices in Pedagogy studies.
2. Analyse the different pedagogy approaches for effective teaching learning
process.
3. Apply the modern tools used in pedagogy.

COURSE CONTENTS

UNIT –I
 Introduction and Methodology:
 Aims and rationale, Policy background, Conceptual framework and terminology.
 Theories of learning, Curriculum, Teacher education.
 Conceptual framework, Research question.
 Overview of methodology and searching. (05 Hrs)

UNIT –II
 Thematic overview: Pedagogical practices are being used by teachers in formal
and informal classrooms in developing countries.
 Curriculum, teacher education, usage of modern tools. (04 Hrs)

UNIT –III
 Evidence on the effectiveness of pedagogical practices.
 Methodology for the in depth stage: quality assessment of included studies.
 How can teacher education (curriculum and practicum) and the school curriculum
and guidance materials best support effective pedagogy?
 Theory of change.
 Strength and nature of the body of evidence for effective pedagogical practices.
 Pedagogic theory and pedagogical approaches.
 Teacher‟s attitudes and beliefs and pedagogic strategies. (05 Hrs)

UNIT –IV
 Professional development; alignment with classroom practices and follow-up
support.
 Peer support
 Support from the head teacher and the community.
 Curriculum and assessment.
 Barriers to learning: limited resources and large class sizes. (05 Hrs)

ST-63
 UNIT –V
 Research gaps and future directions
 Research design
 Contexts
 Pedagogy
 Teacher education
 Curriculum and assessment
 Dissemination and research impact. (05 Hrs)

Course Outcomes:
Students shall be able to:
1. Discuss and compare the different practices of Pedagogy studies for effective
teaching and learning.
2. Emphasise on different Pedagogy approaches for enhanced teaching learning
process.
3. Implement the capabilities of modern tools used in Pedagogy studies.

References:
1. Ackers J, Hardman F (2001) Classroom interaction in Kenyan primary schools,
Compare, 31 (2): 245-261.
2. Agrawal M (2004) Curriculum reform in school: The importance of evaluation,
Journal of Curriculum Studies, 36(3): 361-379.
3. Akyeampong K (2003) Teacher training in Ghana – does it count? Multi-site
teacher education research project (MUSTER) country report 1. London: DFID.
4. Akyeampong K, Lussier K, Proyor J, Westbrook J (2013) Improving teaching and
learning of basic maths and reading in Africa: Does teacher preparation count?
International Journal Educational Development, 33 (3): 272-282.
5. Alexander RJ (2001) Culture and pedagogy: International comparisons in primary
education. Oxford and Boston; Blackwell.
6. Chavan M (2003) Read India: A mass scale, rapid, „learning to read‟ campaign.
7. www.pratham.org/images/resource%20working%20paper%202.pdf.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

Test I (Unit I, II &III) = 15 marks

CIE – 50 Quiz = 5 marks Total:50
marks Unit-VI(AAT) = 15 marks marks
Test II (Unit IV & V) = 15 marks

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 - - 1
CO2 - - 1
CO3 1 1 1
1. Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

ST-64
 THIRD SEMESTER
Course Code 18ST3E1A M.Tech. ( Structural Engineering )
Category Program Elective Semester : III
Course title RESTORATION AND REHABILITATION OF STRUCTURES
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total Hours: 48
Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3 Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): RCC Design
Course Learning Objectives:
1. Understand the scope of Restoration, Repair and Rehabilitation
2. Analyse the causes of distress of concrete structures and to assess the strength of
the distressed concrete structure
3. To evaluate repair materials and repair techniques to restore the concrete
structures.
4. Understand the properties of repair materials and repair techiniques
5. Formulate the procedure for rehabilitation of damaged structures due to earth
quake.

COURSE CONTENTS

UNIT-I
Introduction to Restoration, Repair and Rehabilitation, Investigation of structures in
distress:- Physical Interpretation- recording of existing distress condition. Field tests
for assessing distress condition, Causes of distress; Physical causes: Introduction,
Durability of concrete, causes of distress in concrete structures, shrinkage in concrete,
freeze and thaw on concrete, weathering on concrete, crazing on concrete, honey
combing on concrete, swelling on concrete, pop outs on concrete, creep on concrete,
abrasion, erosion and cavitations on concrete, temperature changes, fire on concrete,
thermal movement in concrete, sub-grade movement, formwork movement,
settlement and movement, foundation settlement, construction errors, cracking due to
construction overloads, Cracks due to externally applied loads, accidental loadings,
design errors. (08 Hrs)

UNIT-II
Chemical causes and Corrosion: Chemical attack on concrete, , alkali reaction on the
concrete: aggregate reaction and alkali, silica reaction, chloride attack on concrete,
hydrolysis and leaching on concrete, salt attack/salt weathering , soft water
attack/aggregate water attack, crystallization of salt in pores, sea water attack on
concrete, biological attack on concrete, mechanism of miscellaneous chemical attack.
Basic principles of corrosion, corrosion mechanism of embedded metal, corrosion
process, damage due to corrosion, codal provisions for different exposure conditions,
corrosion protection techniques, relative symptoms to causes of distress and
deterioration. (08 Hrs)

ST-65
 UNIT-III
Damage assessment: Destructive testing system; Introduction, purpose of assessment,
rapid assessment, visual inspection testing system of hardened concrete, evaluation of
cracks, destructive testing system, Assessment of existing concrete structures, direct
load test, load test on structural elements. Non destructive system; Introduction, NDT
methods, Chemical testing of concrete, diagnostic methods for corrosion damage,
investigation strategies, detail test and inspection testing, determination of structural
integrity and location of reinforcement, determination of steel serviceability and
condition , determination of concrete quality and composition, systematic assessment
of fire affected structures, preliminary investigation, detailed investigation.
(08 Hrs)

UNIT-IV
Repair materials: Selection and evaluation of repair materials; Introduction, material
selection, criteria for selection of repair materials, methodology for the selection of
repair materials, classification of repair materials, , Special repair materials;
Introduction, chemical and mineral admixtures, superplasticizers(SP), accelerators,
concrete composites, polymer repair materials, polymer coatings, polymer
concrete/mortar composites, fibre reinforced concrete, behavior of steel fibre
reinforced concrete, application of SFRC to repair of distressed structures, behaviour
of FRC with other fibres, glass fibre reinforced concrete, polypropylene fibre, natural
fibres, aramid fibre, carbon fibre, fibre reinforced polymer composites, FRP
composite laminates, ferro cement, ferrocement as repair material, SIFCON and
SIMCON Materials, miscellaneous materials (12 Hrs)

UNIT-V
Repair and Rehabilitation: Repair of Cracks; Introduction, factors that effect cracking,
measures of cracking, stages of concrete repair, durability of concrete repair, durable
repair design, evaluation of the repairs, types and classification of repairs, methods of
repairs, Rehabilitation Techniques; Introduction, Strengthening techniques;
Introduction, need for strengthening, terms of repair, structural concrete repair,
structural repair techniques for reinforced concrete, structure concrete strengthening,
jacketing technique, externally bonding technique, externally bonded mild steel
plates, strengthening with external reinforcement, short spanning, external post
tensioning, section enlargement, strengthening by SIMCON, dam safety: concrete
repair techniques, guidelines for seismic rehabilitation of existing buildings, seismic
vulnerability, strategies for rehabilitation schemes. (12 Hrs)

UNIT-VI
Recent advances and research being done in the topics mentioned in the above units

Course Outcomes:
Students shall be able to:
1. Understand the causes of deterioration of concrete structures confidently.
2. Choose the proper assessment techniques to know the strength of distressed
structures.
3. Design and develop the proper repair, rehabilitation and Strengthening
techniques.
4. Understand the concept of Durability and Serviceability.
5. Implement the rehabilitation methods for damaged structure due to earth quake.

ST-66
References :
1. Harold Ropes, “Concrete Structures: Materials, Maintenance and Repair”
Longman Scientific and Technical Publication, John Wiley and Sons Inc., New
York
2. Jagadish R., “Structural Failures – Case Histories”, Oxford and IBH Publishing
Co., Pvt., Ltd. New Delhi
3. Crane, A.P. “Corrosion of Reinforcement in Concrete Construction”, Elli
Horwood Ltd., Chichester, England
4. Allen, R.T.L. and Edwards, “The Repair of Concrete Structures”, S.C., Balckie
Publication, Glasgow, London.
5. Pullar – Strecker, “Corrosion Damaged Concrete „ Assessment and Repair”
Butterworths, England.
6. Raikar, R.N. “Learning from Failures – Deficiencies in Design, Construction and
Service”, Structwel Designers & Consultant Pvt. Ltd., Bombay, India.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

CIE = Test I (Unit I, II & III) = 15 marks Total:

Quiz = 05 marks
50 50
Test II (Unit IV & V) = 15 marks UNIT–VI (AAT) = 15 marks
marks marks
Answer FIVE full questions
Questions Q1& Q2 from Unit I and Unit II respectively 20 x 2 =
SEE = shall be answered and shall not have internal choice. 40 Total:
100 Marks 100
marks Questions Q3, Q4 & Q5 from Unit III, Unit IV & Unit 20 x 3 = marks
V respectively shall be answered & shall have internal 60
choice Marks
Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 2 2 3
CO2 2 2 3
CO3 3 3 3
CO4 2 3 3
CO5 2 3 3
1.Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

ST-67
Course Code 18STE1B M.Tech. ( Structural Engineering )
Category Program Elective Semester : III
Course title ADVANCED DESIGN OF BRIDGES
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total Hours: 48
Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3 Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): Bridge Design
Course Learning Objectives:
1. Understand the basic concepts of bridge Engineering and design culverts.
2. Apply and analyse T-Beam and composite bridges.
3. Analyse and Evaluate PSC bridges
4. Understand the concepts of Balance Cantilever Bridges, Cable stayed bridges,
Suspension bridges and Curved bridges
5. Formulate procedure for analysis of sub-structural elements.

COURSE CONTENTS
UNIT-I
Review of load distribution on bridges. Response of bridges under static & Dynamic
loading, Designs of Box culvert & Slab culvert (10 Hrs)

UNIT-II
Designs: T-Beam bridges and composite bridges. (10 Hrs)

UNIT-III
PSC Bridges: Introduction to Pre and Post Tensioning, Proportioning of Components,
Analysis and Structural Design of Slab, Analysis of Main Girder using COURBON‟s
Method for IRC class AA tracked vehicle, Calculation of pre-stressing force, cable
profile and calculation of stresses, Design of End block and detailing of main girder.
(10 Hrs)

UNIT-IV
Design principles: Balance Cantilever Bridges, Cable stayed bridges, Suspension
bridges and Curved bridges. (08 Hrs)

UNIT-V
Substructures: stability analysis of abutments and analysis of piers, Bearings and
Expansion joints, Bridge foundation: Well and pile foundations (10 Hrs)

UNIT-VI
Recent advances and research being done in the topics mentioned in the above units

Course Outcomes:
Students shall be able to:
1. Describe the basic elements of Bridge Engineering and plan culverts .
2. Design T-Beam and composite bridges.
3. Create design procedure for PSC bridges

ST-68
4. Outlining the principles of Balance Cantilever Bridges, Cable stayed bridges,
Suspension bridges and Curved bridges
5. Implement the analysis concepts of different components of bridge substructures.

References
1. Bridge Engineering by Ponnuswamy, Mcgraw Hill Publicaton.
2. Essentials of Bridge Engineering by D. Johnsosn Victor, Oxford & IBH
Publishing Company.
3. Design of concrete bridges by Vazirani Ratwani & M.G. Aswani, Khanna
Publishers, New Delhi.
4. Design of bridges by Dr N. Krishna Raju, Oxford & IBH Publishing Company.
5. Analysis and design of Bridges by M.A.Jayaram, Sapna Publishers, Bangalore.
6. Principles and Practice of Bridge Engineering by S P Bindra, DhanpatRai& Sons
New Delhi
7. Bridge Deck Behaviour by E.C.Hambly.
8. Concrete Bridge Design and Practice by V.K.Raina Tata Mc Graw Hill Publishing
co.
9. Relevant IS and IRC codes.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

CIE = Test I (Unit I, II & III) = 15 marks Total:

Quiz = 05 marks
50 50
Test II (Unit IV & V) = 15 marks UNIT–VI (AAT) = 15 marks
marks marks
Answer FIVE full questions
SEE = Questions Q2& Q3 from Unit II and Unit III respectively 20 x 2 = Total:
100 shall be answered and shall not have internal choice. 40 Marks 100
marks Questions Q1, Q4 & Q5 from Unit I, Unit IV & Unit V 20 x 3 = marks
respectively shall be answered & shall have internal choice 60 Marks
Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 1 1 1
CO2 1 --- 1
CO3 1 --- 1
CO4 1 --- 1
CO5 1 --- 1

1.Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

ST-69
Course Code 18ST3E1C M.Tech. ( Structural Engineering )
Category Program Elective Semester : III
Course title FRACTURE MECHANICS
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total Hours: 48
Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3 Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): Structural Mechanics

Course Learning Objectives:

1. Elaborate the Fundaments of Fracture Mechanics, Mechanism of Cracking and
Crack Growth.
2. Discuss the different Cracks or Fractures in Structures.
3. Discuss the Mechanisms of Failure and nonlinear Fracture Mechanics.
4. Understand the Concept of CTOD and CMD.
5. Understand Modelling based on Continuum Damage Mechanics.

COURSE CONTENTS

UNIT I
Fundamentals of Fracture Mechanics, Mechanisms of fracture and crack growth.
(08 Hrs)

UNIT II
Cleavage fracture, ductile fracture, fatigue cracking, Environment assisted cracking,
Quasi brittle materials. (10 Hrs)

UNIT III
Service failure analysis, linear elastic fracture mechanics, Griffith‟s criteria, stress
intensity factors, crack tip plastic zone, Erwin‟s plastic zone correction, R curves,
compliance, J Integral, nonlinear analysis ,Review of concrete behavior in tension and
compression, Basic frameworks for modeling of quasibrittle materials. (10 Hrs)

UNIT IV
Nonlinear Fracture Mechanics – Discrete crack concept/Smeared crack concept, Size
effect, Plasticity models for concrete – Associated and non-associated flow, Failure
surfaces for quasibrittle materials. (10 Hrs)

UNIT V
Concept of CTOD and CMD, Material models, crack models, band models, models
based on continuum damage mechanics. (10 Hrs)

UNIT VI
Recent advances and research being done in the topics mentioned in the above units

ST-70
Course Outcomes:
Students shall be able to:
1. Generalise the Fundaments of Fracture Mechanics, Mechanism of Cracking and
Crack Growth.
2. Summarise the different Cracks or Fractures in structures.
3. Executing the Mechanisms of Failure and nonlinear Fracture Mechanics.
4. Implement Concrete with Tension and Compression Failure surfaces and
concepts of CTOD and CMD.
5. Implement Modelling based on continuum damage mechanics.

References:
1. Elementary engineering fracture mechanics – David Broek – Sijthoff & Noordhoff
– Alphen aan den Rijn – Netherlands
2. Fracture mechanics of concrete structures – Theory and applications – Rilem
Report – Edited by L. Elfgreen – Chapman and Hall – 1989.
3. Fracture mechanics – applications to concrete – Edited by Victor, C. Li, & Z.P.
Bazant – ACI SP 118.
4. Valliappan S. "Continuum Mechanics Fundamentals" (1982), Oxford IBH, N D.
New Delhi.
5. Venkataraman and Patel “Structural Mechanics with introduction to Elasticity and
Plasticity” – Mcgraw Hill, 1990.
6. Shanes – “Introduction to Solid Mechanics – II Edition, PH, 1989

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

CIE = Test I (Unit I, II & III) = 15 marks Total:

Quiz = 05 marks
50 50
UNIT–VI (AAT) = 15 marks
marks Test II (Unit IV & V) = 15 marks marks
Answer FIVE full questions
Questions Q1& Q2 from Unit I and Unit II respectively 20 x 2 =
SEE = shall be answered and shall not have internal choice. 40 Total:
100 Marks 100
marks Questions Q3, Q4 & Q5 from Unit III, Unit IV & Unit 20 x 3 = marks
V respectively shall be answered & shall have internal 60
choice Marks
Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 3 2 ----
CO2 3 ---- ----
CO3 3 ---- ----
CO4 2 2 ----
CO5 3 2 ----

1.Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

ST-71
Course Code 18ST3S01 M.Tech ( Structural Engineering )
Category Seminar Semester: III
Course title SEMINAR - III
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and Credits L T P S Credits Total hours = 24
0 0 2 0 1
CIE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 50
Prerequisites (if any): NIL

Course Learning Objectives:

The objectives of the SEMINAR-III is to prepare the students to learn to:
1. Carry out the literature review of general research area/current topic and
analyse the same effectively.
2. Prepare a technical report, reflecting his/her depth of understanding, on the
selected area/topic and prepare content rich presentation.
3. Acquire communication and time management skills for effective and impactful
presentation. Interact with peers to acquire the qualities of thoughtfulness,
friendliness, adaptability, responsiveness, and politeness in-group discussion.

GUIDE LINES
1. Seminar preparation and presentation is an individual student activity.
2. Topic may be of general/ specific interest to program of engineering or electives
not offered in the semester and to be selected in consultation with the
faculty/Guide assigned.
3. Select one pertinent research paper/topic for the seminar presentation.
4. Prepare and submit a detailed technical report of the seminar topic.

Course Outcomes:
Students shall be able to:
1. Carry out the literature survey of topic of seminar.
2. Prepare a technical report on the selected area/topic.
3. Make an effective presentation with seamless flow of content within the time
allocated. Overcome inhibition in interacting with peers and hence develop the
spirit of team work.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

CIE – 50 Phase -1 Marks =10 Seminar Report Total:50

marks Phase -2 Marks =20 Marks =20 Marks

ST-72
Scheme of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE):

Evaluation would be carried out in TWO phases. The Seminar Evaluation Committee
shall comprise of Chairperson of the Department, Faculty/Guide and one more faculty
member nominated by Chairperson of the Department. The evaluation criteria shall be
as per the rubrics given below:

Rubrics for Evaluation: Weightage

Topic - Technical Relevance, Sustainability and Societal Concerns : 15%

Review of literature and technical content : 35%
Presentation Skills : 25%
Report of seminar : 25%

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 2 2 3
CO2 2 3 3
CO3 - 2 -

1. Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

ST-73
Course Code 18ST3I01 M.Tech ( Structural Engineering )
Category Internship/ Mini Project Semester: III
Course title INTERNSHIP / MINI PROJECT
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total hours = 80
Credits
--- --- 10 --- 5
Duration of SEE: 3 Hrs
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100
for a batch of 6 students
Prerequisites (if any): NIL

INTERNSHIP
Course Learning Objectives:
Objectives of the internship:
1. Provide an opportunity to see how classroom and textbook learning applies to the
real world, and to expose the students to the relevant work experience.
2. Pay close attention to all the steps that go onto completing a job, thereby, help
students to become workforce ready before entering the job market as a
graduate. Provide an opportunity to select the topic of dissertation work by
evaluating the requirement of organisation.
3. Prepare and present a technical report of internship.

GUIDELINES
1. Student has to approach the concerned heads of various Industries/organization,
which are related to the field of specialization of the M. Tech program.
2. If any student gets internship, he/she has to submit the internship offer letter duly
signed by the concerned authority of the company to the Chairperson of the
Department.
3. The internship on full time basis will be immediately after the examination of II
semester and during vacation of III semester for a minimum period of 8 weeks
without affecting the regular class work.
4. The progress has to be reported periodically Internship Guide assigned by the
Chairperson as per the format acceptable to the respective industry /organizations
and to the Institution.
5. At the end of the internship the student has to prepare and submit a detailed report
and submit.
6. Students are advised to use ICT tools such as Skype to report their progress and
submission of periodic progress reports to the faculty in charge or guide.
7. Duly signed report from guide and external supervisor from the organization
where internship is offered has to be submitted to the Chairperson of the
Department for evaluation.
The broad format of the internship final report shall contain Cover Page, Certificate
from College, Certificate from Industry / Organization of internship,
Acknowledgement, Synopsis, Table of Contents, chapters of Profile of the
Organization - Organizational structure, Products, Services, Business Partners,
Financials, Manpower, Societal Concerns, Professional Practices, Activities of the
Department where internship is done, Tasks Performed and summary of the tasks
performed. specific technical and soft skills that student has acquired during
internship, References & Annexure.

ST-74
Course Outcomes:
The student will be able to:
1. Apply the gained experience along with the theoretical knowledge to solve the
real world problems what engineers ready do.
2. Get equipped with experience required before entering the job market. Explore
the possibility of formulating the dissertation problem.
3. Prepare a technical report and make a presentation of details of internship.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION
1.Marks awarded by guide (Internal examiner) = 50 marks
50*
CIE 2.Marks awarded by the department internship/mini project
Marks
monitoring committee = 50 marks
Presentation of internship work in the presence of Guide (Internal 50**
SEE
examiner) and external examiner = 100 marks Marks
Note: *= CIE be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.
**= SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be
reduced for 50 marks.

Rubrics for CIE:

Sl. Particulars Weightage Total
no marks
1 Topic of internship 10%
2 Objectives of internship 10%
3 Specific skills acquired 20%
50*
4 Documentation 40%
5 Presentation 20%
Total 100%

Rubrics for SEE:

Sl. Particulars Weightage Total
no marks
1 Topic of internship 10%
2 Objectives of internship 10%
3 Specific skills acquired 20%
50**
4 Document 40%
5 Presentation 20%
Total 100%
Note: ** = SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be
reduced for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3
CO1 3 - 2
CO2 2 - 2
CO3 - 3 -
1. Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

ST-75
 MINI PROJECT
Course Learning Objectives:
1. Understand the method of applying engineering knowledge/use application
software to solve specific problems after carrying out relevant literature survey.
2. Apply engineering and management principles while executing the project.
3. Demonstrate the skills for good technical report writing and presentation.

COURSE CONTENT/GUIDELINES

Student shall take up small problems in the field of domain of program as mini
project. It can be related to a solution to an engineering problem, verification and
analysis of experimental data available, conducting experiments on various
engineering subjects, material characterisation, familiarising a software tool for
solution to selected engineering problem, etc.

The mini project must be carried out preferably using the resources available in the
department/college and it can be of interdisciplinary also .

Course Outcomes:
The students shall be able to:
1. Conduct experiments / use the capabilities of relevant application software/
simulation tools individually to generate data/ solve problems.
2. Assess the available engineering resources available in the institution.
3. Prepare and present a technical document of mini project.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

1.Marks awarded by guide (Internal examiner) = 50 marks

50*
CIE 2.Marks awarded by the department internship/mini project
Marks
monitoring committee = 50 marks
Presentation of mini project work in the presence of Guide 50**
SEE
(Internal examiner) and external examiner = 100 marks Marks

Note: *= CIE be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.
**= SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be
reduced for 50 marks.

ST-76
Rubrics for CIE:

Sl. Particulars Weightage Total

no marks
1 Selection of the topic & formulation of objectives 10%
2 Modelling and simulation/algorithm 25%
development/experiment setup
3 Conducting experiments/implementation/testing 25% 50*
4 Demonstration & Presentation 15%
5 Report writing 25%
Total 100%

Rubrics for SEE:

The SEE shall be done by two examiners out of which one examiner is the guide of
mini project. The following weightage would be given for the examination.
Evaluation shall be done in batches, not exceeding 6 students.

Sl. Particulars Weightage Total

no marks
1 Brief write-up about the project 10%
2 Presentation/demonstration of the project 20%
3 Methodology and Experimental Results & Discussion 25%
50**
4 Report 25%
5 Viva Voce 20%
Total 100%

Note: ** = SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be
reduced for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 3 - 3
CO2 2 - 3
CO3 - 3 -

1. Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

ST-77
Course Code 18ST3D01 M.Tech ( Structural Engineering )
Category Dissertation Work Semester: III
Course title DISSERTATION WORK PHASE -I
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total hours = 80
Credits
0 0 10 0 5
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks:50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 1Hour
Prerequisites (if any): NIL

Course Learning Objectives:

1. Choose a problem applying relevant knowledge and skills acquired during the
course. Formulate the specifications of the project work, identify the set of
feasible solutions, prepare, and execute project plan considering professional,
cultural and societal factors. Identify the problem-solving methodology using
literature survey and present the same.
2. Develop experimental planning and select appropriate techniques and tools to
conduct experiments to Evaluate and critically examine the outcomes followed by
concluding the results and identifying relevant applications. Preparation of
synopsis, preliminary report for approval of topic selected along with literature
survey, objectives and methodology.
3. Develop oral and written communication skills to effectively convey the technical
content.

GUIDELINES

The Dissertation work will start in III semester and should be a problem with research
potential and should involve scientific research, design, generation/collection and
analysis of data, determining solution and must preferably bring out the individual
contribution.

The Dissertation work will have to be done by only one student and the topic of
dissertation must be decided by the guide and the student. The dissertation work shall
be carried out, on-campus or in an industry or in an organisation with prior approval
from the Chairperson of the Department. The student has to be in regular contact with
the guide atleast once in a week.

The report of Dissertation work phase I shall contain cover page, certificate from
College/Industry/Organisation, Acknowledgement, List of Figures and Tables
Contents, Nomenclature, Chapters of Introduction including motivation to choose
topic, Literature survey, Conclusion of literature survey, Objectives and Scope of
Dissertation, Methodology to be followed, Experimental requirements, References
and Annexure.

The preliminary results (if available) of the problem of Dissertation work may also be
discussed in the report.

ST-78
Course Outcomes:
The students will be able to:
1. Self learn various topics relevant to Dissertation work. Carry out the literature
survey from National/International reference journals, articles and books contact
resource persons for selected topics of Dissertation.
2. Write and prepare a technical report.
3. Present and defend the contents of Dissertation work phase I in front of
technically qualified audience effectively.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION:

1.Marks awarded by guide (Internal examiner) = 50 marks

50*
CIE 2.Marks awarded by the department dissertation monitoring
Marks
committee = 50 marks
Presentation of Dissertation work Phase-I in the presence of Guide 50**
SEE
(Internal examiner) and external examiner = 100marks Marks
Note: *= CIE be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.
**= SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be
reduced for 50 marks.

Rubrics for CIE: Weightage

1. Introduction and Justification of topic = 10%
2. Literature survey and Conclusion = 30%
3. Objectives and Scope of Dissertation work = 30%
4. Methodology to be adopted = 20%
5. Presentation of contents of Dissertation work Phase-I = 10%

Rubrics for SEE: Weightage

1. Introduction and Justification of topic = 10%
2. Literature survey and its Conclusion = 30%
3. Objectives and Scope of Dissertation work = 30%
4. Methodology, Experimental /Software = 20%
5. Presentation of Dissertation Phase-I = 10%

Mapping of Course Outcomes (Cos) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 3 - 3
CO2 - 3 3
CO3 2 3 -
1. Low, 2.Medium, 3. High

ST-79
 FOURTH SEMESTER

Course Code 18ST4S01 M.Tech. ( Structural Engineering )

Category Seminar Semester: IV
Course title SEMINAR - IV
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total hours = 24
Credits
0 0 2 0 1
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: -- Total Max. Marks: 50 Duration of SEE: ---
Prerequisites (if any): NIL

Course Learning Objectives:

The objectives of the SEMINAR-IV is to prepare the students to learn to:
1. Carry out the literature review of general research area/current topic and analyse
the same effectively.
2. Prepare a technical report, reflecting his/her depth of understanding, on the
selected area/topic and prepare content rich presentation.
3. Acquire communication and time management skills for effective and impactful
presentation. Interact with peers to acquire the qualities of thoughtfulness,
friendliness, adaptability, responsiveness, and politeness in-group discussion.

GUIDE LINES

1. Seminar preparation and presentation is an individual student activity.

2. Topic may be of general/ specific interest to program of engineering or electives
not offered in the semester and to be selected in consultation with the
faculty/Guide assigned.
3. Select one pertinent research paper/topic for the seminar presentation.
4. Prepare and submit a detailed technical report of the seminar topic.

Course Outcomes:
Students shall be able to:
1. Carry out the literature survey of topic of seminar.
2. Prepare a technical report on the selected area/topic.
3. Make an effective presentation with seamless flow of content within the time
allocated. Overcome inhibition in interacting with peers and hence develop
the spirit of team work.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

CIE – 50 Phase -1 Marks =10 Seminar Report Total:50

marks Phase -2 Marks =20 Marks =20 Marks

ST-80
Scheme of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE):

Evaluation would be carried out in TWO phases. The Seminar Evaluation Committee
shall comprise of Chairperson of the Department, Faculty/Guide and one more faculty
member nominated by Chairperson of the department. The evaluation criteria shall be
as per the rubrics given below:

Rubrics for Evaluation: Weightage

Topic - Technical Relevance, Sustainability and Societal Concerns : 15%

Review of literature and technical content : 35%
Presentation Skills : 25%
Report of seminar : 25%

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 2 2 3
CO2 2 3 3
CO3 - 2 -

1. Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

ST-81
Course Code 18ST4D01 M.Tech ( Structural Engineering )
Category Dissertation Work Semester: IV
Course title DISSERTATION WORK PHASE -II
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total hours = 150
Credits
--- --- 30 --- 15
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE:
Prerequisites (if any): NIL

Course Learning Objectives:

1. Apply/Use different experimental techniques, equipments, software/
Computational/ Analytical /Modelling and Simulation tools required for
conducting tests and generate other relevant data. Students will also be able to
design and develop an experimental prototype setup/test rig/frame work/test
bench.
2. Analyse the results of the experiments conducted/models developed.
3. Create a detailed technical document as per format based on the outcome of
dissertation work phase I and II.

GUIDELINES

Dissertation work phase II is the continuation of project work started in III semester.
The report of final Dissertation work that includes the details of Dissertation work
phase I and phase II should be presented in a standard format. The candidate shall
prepare a detailed report of final dissertation work in bound form that includes Cover
Paper, Certificate from College/Industry/Organisation, Acknowledgement, Abstract,
Table of contents, List of Figures and Table, Nomenclature, Chapter of Introduction,
Literature survey, Conclusion of literature survey, Objectives and Scope of
dissertation work, Methodology, Experimentation, Results, Discussion, Conclusion,
Scope for future work, References, Annexure and full text of the publication
(submitted or published).

Course Outcomes:
Students shall be able to:
1. Conduct experiments/ implement the capabilities of different Software
/Computational / Analytical/Modelling and simulation tools individually and
generate data for validation of hypothesis.
2. Investigate and assess the results obtained within the scope of experiments
conducted followed by Conclusions.
3. Prepare a detailed technical document, present and defend the contents of
Dissertation work before technically qualified audience effectively.

ST-82
SCHEME OF EXAMINATION:

1. Marks awarded by guide = 50 marks

2. Marks awarded by the department dissertation 100 50*
CIE
monitoring committee marks marks
(Guide + Two faculty members )= 50 marks
1. Dissertation evaluation by guide (Internal examiner) =
100 marks
300 50**
SEE 2. Dissertation evaluation by external examiner =100 marks
marks marks
3. Viva-Voce examination by guide and external examiner
who evaluated the dissertation = 100 marks

Note: * = CIE be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.
** = SEE shall be conducted for 300 marks and the marks obtained shall be
reduced for 50 marks.

Rubrics for CIE: Weightage

1. Presentation of background of dissertation work = 10%

2. Literature survey, Problem formulation and Objectives = 30%
3. Presentation of methodology and experimentation = 30%
4. Results and Discussion = 20%
5. Questions and Answers = 10%

Rubrics for SEE: Weightage

1. Originality = 5%
2. Literature survey = 15%
3. Problem formulation, Objectives and Scope of Work = 10%
4. Methodology, Experimentation/Theoretical modelling = 10%
5. Results, Discussion and Conclusion = 20%
6. Questions and Answers = 20%
7. Submission/Publication of technical paper in Journals/Conference = 20%

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 3 2 3
CO2 2 2 3
CO3 3 3 3

1. Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

ST-83
 BANGALORE UNIVERSITY

Department of Civil Engineering,

UNIVERSITY VISVESVARAYA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING

Jnana Bharathi Campus, Bengaluru-560056

Choice Based Credit System (CBCS)-2018

M. Tech. in Civil Engineering

Major: Geotechnical Engineering [GT]

GT-1
 BANGALORE UNIVERSITY

VISION

―To strive for excellence in education for the realization of a vibrant

and inclusive society through knowledge creation and dissemination‖

MISSION

 Impart quality education to meet national and global challenges

 Blend theoretical knowledge with practical skills
 Pursue academic excellence through high quality research and
publications
 Provide access to all sections of society to pursue higher
education
 Inculcate right values among students while encouraging
competitiveness to promote leadership qualities
 Produce socially sensitive citizens
 Hasten the process of creating a knowledge society
 To contribute to nation building

GT-2
 Bangalore University
UNIVERSITY VISVESVARAYA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING
K R Circle, Bengaluru – 560 001

University Visvesvaraya College of Engineering (UVCE) was started as a School of

Mechanical Engineering by Bharat Ratna Sir. M Visvesvaraya in the year 1913 to
meet the needs of the State for skilled workers with S V Setty as its Superintendent.
Later, it was converted to a full-fledged Engineering College in the year 1917 under
the name Government Engineering College (GEC) and was affiliated to the
University of Mysore. It is the fifth Engineering College to be established in the
country.

After the formation of Bangalore University in 1964, GEC became University College
of Engineering (UCE) and then became UVCE as a Constituent College of Bangalore
University. This is one of the oldest Institutions in the country imparting technical
education leading to B.E., M.E, B.Arch., M.Sc. (Engineering), M.Arch. and Ph.D.
Degrees in various disciplines of Engineering and Architecture.

The Institution currently offers 7 Undergraduate Full-time, 3 Undergraduate Part-time

and 23 Postgraduate Programmes.

VISION
The vision of UVCE is to strive for excellence in advancing engineering education
through path breaking innovations across the frontiers of human knowledge to
realize a vibrant, inclusive and humane society.

MISSION
The mission of UVCE is to prepare human resource and global leaders to achieve
the above vision through discovery, invention and develop friendly technologies to
promote scientific temper for a healthy society. UVCE shapes engineers to respond
competently and confidently to the economic, social and organizational challenges
arising from globally advancing technical needs.

GT-3
 Bangalore University Bengaluru
Department of Civil Engineering, UVCE, Bengaluru
M. Tech. DEGREE IN CIVIL ENGINEERING under CBCS Scheme - 2K18
Scheme
Major: GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING

Vision of the Department

To be front runner in academic activities in the field of Civil Engineering and to
become a school of excellence that brings out Civil Engineers with high technical
competencies and to promote high-end research to meet the current and future
challenges in Civil Engineering.

Mission of the Department

GTM1: To provide quality education to the students with the fundamental background
necessary for an active successful professional career in Civil Engineering, in
general.
GTM2: To impart knowledge and enlighten students to make them competent, self-
motivated and expanding their knowledge skills through continuous education,
and to inculcate human values and concern for environment and the society.
GTM3: To promote Entrepreneurship to strengthen the economy and society.
GTM4: To generate experts in Civil Engineering contributing their academic
excellence to serve the nation.
GTM5: To produce innovative thinkers for solving complex engineering problems.

Program Educational Objectives (PEO):

The post graduates of M.Tech in Geotechnical Engineering will be provided the

knowledge and skill to:
GTPEO1: Have successful career through the application of fundamentals and latest
developments in Geotechnical Engineering.
GTPEO2: Have required skills to communicate effectively and ability to work
individually and in team with a zeal for venturing into entrepreneurship
and involve in life-long learning.
GTPEO3: Pursue research, higher studies and choose professional career as design
engineer, faculty, researcher etc...

GT-4
Program Outcomes (POs):

Post Graduates with M.Tech ( Geotechnical Engineering) degree will be able to:

GTPO1: An ability to carry out independently research / investigation and to acquire

expertise in writing Geotechnical reports for various kinds of projects and to
conceptualize the complex behavior of soils and rocks in designing foundations.

GTPO2: Use research-based knowledge and research methods including design of

experiments, analysis and interpretation of data, synthesis of the information to
provide valid conclusions.

GTPO3: To simulate the in-situ behavior of substructures founded in different types

of soils and rocks using numerical modeling or based on experimental study.

GT-5
 BANGALORE UNIVERSITY
SCHEME OF STUDIES AND EXAMINATION FOR 24MONTHS COURSE FOR THE AWARD OF
M. Tech. DEGREE IN CIVIL ENGINEERING under CBCS Scheme – 2K18 Scheme
MAJOR: GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING

Semester I
Sl. Course Type/ Course Name Teaching scheme Teaching Total CIE *SEE Credits
No Course Code Hrs/Week DPT Hrs/week Marks Marks
L T P S
1 18GT1C01 Advanced Soil Mechanics 4 0 0 0 Civil 4 50 50 4
2 18GT1C02 Geotechnical Investigation and Ground Improvement 4 0 0 0 Civil 4 50 50 4
Techniques
3 18GT1C03 Analysis & Design of Shallow Foundations 4 0 0 0 Civil 4 50 50 4
4 18GT1E1A Theory of Elasticity & Plasticity
18GT1E1B Case Histories in Geotechnical Engineering 4 0 0 0 Civil 4 50 50 4
18GT1E1C Geology for Geotechnical Applications
5 18GT1E2A Environmental Geotechnics
18GT1E2B Pavement Analysis & Design 4 0 0 0 Civil 4 50 50 4
18GT1E2C Strength and Deformation Behaviour of Soils
6 18GT1L01 Geotechnical Engg. Laboratory - I 0 0 4 0 Civil 4 50 50 2
7 18CV1M01 Research Methodology and Intellectual Property Rights 2 0 0 0 Civil 2 50 50 2
8 18GT1S01 Seminar -I 0 0 2 0 Civil 2 50 -- 1
9 18CV1M02 Technical Paper Writing (Audit Course - I) 2 0 0 0 English 2 50 -- 1
Total 24 -- 06 -- 30 450 350 26

GT-6
 Semester II
Sl. No Course Type/ Course Name Teaching scheme Teaching Total CIE *SEE Credits
Course Code Hrs/Week DPT Hrs/week Marks Marks
L T P S
1 18GT2C01 Soil Dynamics & Machine Foundations 4 0 0 0 Civil 4 50 50 4
2 18GT2C02 Analysis & Design of Deep Foundations 4 0 0 0 Civil 4 50 50 4
3 18GT2C03 Rock Mechanics 4 0 0 0 Civil 4 50 50 4
4 18GT2E1A Earth & Rockfill Dams
18GT2E1B Design of Substructures 4 0 0 0 Civil 4 50 50 4
18GT2E1C Expansive Soil Engineering
5 18GT2E2A Reinforced Soil Structures
18GT2E2B Behaviour & Testing of Unsaturated Soil 4 0 0 0 Civil 4 50 50 4
18GT2E2C Geotechnics for Design of Underground structures
6 18GT2L01 Geotechnical Engg. Laboratory - II 0 0 4 0 Civil 4 50 50 2
7 18GT2S01 Seminar -II 0 0 2 0 Civil 2 50 -- 1
8 18CV2M01 Pedagogy Studies (Audit Course - II) 2 0 0 0 Civil 2 50 -- 1
Total 22 -- 06 -- 28 400 300 24

Semester III
Sl. Course Type/ Course Name Teaching scheme Teaching Total CIE *SEE Credits
No Course Code Hrs/Week DPT Hrs/week Marks Marks
L T P S
1 18GT3E1A Finite Elements Methods in Geotechnical Engineering
18GT3E1B Earth Pressure & Retaining Structures 4 0 0 0 Civil 4 50 50 4
18GT3E1C Earthquake Resistant Design of Foundations
2 Open Elective 4 0 0 0 Civil 4 50 50 4
3 18GT3S01 Seminar -III 0 0 2 0 Civil 2 50 1
4 18GT3I01 Internship / Mini Project 0 0 10 0 Civil 10 50 50 5
5 18GT3D01 Dissertation Work Phase -I 0 0 10 0 Civil 10 50 50 5
Total 08 -- 22 -- 30 250 200 19
Semester IV

GT-7
Sl. No Course Type/ Course Name Teaching scheme Teaching Total CIE *SEE Credits
Course Code Hrs/Week DPT Hrs/week Marks Marks
L T P S
1 18GT4S01 Seminar -IV 0 0 2 0 Civil 2 50 1
2 18GT4D01 Dissertation Work Phase -II - - 30 - Civil 30 50 50 15
Total -- -- 32 -- 32 100 50 16

1 18GTMOOC MOOC Course - - - - 03

Grand Total of Credits - - - - 88

COURSE TYPE
GT: GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING C: PROGRAM CORE E: PROGRAM ELECTIVE
P: OPEN ELECTIVE M: MANDATORY AUDIT L: LABORATORY
S: SEMINAR I: INTERNSHIP/ MINI PROJECT D: DISSERTATION WORK

L – Theory lecture, T – Tutorial, P – Lab work, S – Self study:

Numbers under teaching scheme indicates contact clock Hrs.
NOTE:
1) * = SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced for 50 marks

GT-8
 Open Elective for M.Tech CBCS Scheme

Semester III
Sl. Course Teaching Scheme
No. Type Course Name (No. of hrs per week) Teaching Total CIE xSEE Credits
/Course Dept hrs / week Marks Marks
L T P S
Code
18CV3P1A Significance of National Building Code
1. 18CV3P1B Water Laws, Rights and Administration
18CV3P1C Waste to Energy 4 0 0 0 Civil 4 50 50 4
Remote Sensing and Geographic
18CV3P1D
Information System
18ME3P1A Composite and Smart Materials
2. 4 0 0 0 Mech 4 50 50 4
18ME3P1B Industrial Safety
18EE3P1A Real Time Embedded Systems
3. 18EE3P1B Robotics and Automation 4 0 0 0 EEE 4 50 50 4
18EE3P1C Solar and Wind Energy
18EC3P1A Reliability and Engineering
4. 18EC3P1B M-Commerce and Applications 4 0 0 0 ECE 4 50 50 4
18EC3P1C Optimisation Techniques
18CS3P1A Artificial Intelligence
5. 18CS3P1B Business Analytics 4 0 0 0 CSE 4 50 50 4
18CS3P1C Modelling and Simulation

NOTE:
1) * = SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced for 50 marks

GT-9
 FIRST SEMESTER
Course Code 18GT1C01 M.Tech (Geotechnical Engineering)
Category Program Core Semester : I
Course title ADVANCED SOIL MECHANICS
No. of Hrs/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total Hrs = 48
Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): NIL
Course Learning Objectives :
1. Understanding and evaluating complexities posed by soils to the Geotechnical
engineer
2. Understanding and applying theories to solve various complexities of soils
3. Evaluating the performance of Compacted soils
4. Analyzing and evaluating various shear strength measurement techniques
5. Analyzing and evaluating consolidation process in soils

COURSE CONTENTS

UNIT - I
Factors influencing nature and formation of soils, Soil as a multiphase material ,
Complexity of soil nature, Typical soil deposits with special reference to Indian soils,
Basic engineering properties of different soil and their uses. (06 Hrs)

UNIT - II
Soil structure - Types of bonds, important clay minerals, atomic structure and
symbolic representation. Base exchange capacity. Guoy - Chapman diffused double
layer theory, clay structure measurement – X-ray diffraction, SEM studies, DTA, Pore
size analysis. (08 Hrs)
UNIT - III
Behaviour of compacted soils : General, Effect of compaction of structure, swelling
pressure, shrinkage, shear strength, pore water pressure, Permeability, Comparison of
dry of OMC and wet of OMC (06 Hrs)
UNIT - IV
Compressibility and consolidation : Stresses in soils from surface loads, Terzaghi‘s 1-
D consolidation, different boundary condition, Determination of CV, Normally and
Over-consolidated soils, Compression curves, Secondary consolidation, Radial
consolidation, pre-compression of clay deposits with and without sand drains,
secondary consolidation - factors affecting, related problems. (14 Hrs)

UNIT - V
Shear strength - Basic concepts, Strength theories, Principle of effective stress, Stress
- strain relationship, pore pressure coefficients, concept of stress path, effect of over
consolidation on shear parameters. Laboratory and field testing their limitations,
related problems (14 Hrs)
UNIT – VI
Presentations and group discussions on Recent advances in the above topics including
field application.

GT-10
Course Outcomes:
On completing the course the student should be able to:
1. Explain and Assess various complexities of soil and the factors governing them.
2. Examine the factors influencing the complexities of soil and the identifying them
in the practical problems
3. Assess the performance of compacted soils
4. Assess appropriate type of shear strength parameters to be used for analysis and
design of geotechnical structures
5. Evaluate the effects of various factors on the consolidation behavior of soils and
learn different methods to calculate various consolidation properties

References:
1. Mitchell J.K, Fundamentals of soil Behaviour, John Wiley & Sons, 3rd edition,
2013
2. Lambe and Whitman , John Wiley & Sons, 3rd edition, 2005
3. J E Bowles , Foundation Analysis and design, McGraw Hill book Company, 5th
Edition, 1997
4. Terzaghi and Peck, Soil Mechanics in Engineering Practice, John Wiley & Sons,
3rd edition, 1996
5. B.M. Das, Advanced Soil Mechanics, CRS Press, 4th edition, 2013

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION
CIE – 50 Test I (Unit I, II &III) – 15 marks Two Quizzes = 05 marks Total:50
marks Test II (Unit IV & V) – 15 marks Unit—VI (AAT) = 15 marks marks

Answer FIVE full questions

 Questions Q1 & Q 3 from Unit I and Unit III
SEE – 20* 2 =
respectively shall be answered and shall not have
100 40 Marks Total:100
internal choice. marks
marks  Questions Q2, Q4 and Q5 from Unit II, Unit IV
20*3= 60
& Unit V respectively shall be answered and
Marks
shall have internal choice
Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3
CO1 3 2 3
CO2 3 2 3
CO3 3 2 2
CO4 2 -- 3
CO5 3 -- 2

1. Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

GT-11
 Course Code 18GT1C02 M.Tech ( Geotechnical Engineering)
Category Program Core Semester : I
GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION AND GROUND
Course title
IMPROVEMENT TECHNIQUES
No. of Hrs/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total Hrs = 48
Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): NIL

Course Learning Objectives:

1. Describing the problematic types of soils and the problems they pose to
Geotechnical Engineer.
2. Explaining the methods of soil exploration and rock exploration. In-situ testing of
soil and preparation of Geotechnical Investigation report.
3. Classifying the methods of shallow and deep ground improvement techniques.
4. Summarizing the field compaction methods, Methods of dewatering, construction
of vertical sand drains,
5. Planning the methods of grouting and vibration methods of ground improvement
techniques.

COURSE CONTENTS

UNIT–I
Soil distribution in India, Problematic types of soils, Objectives of Soil exploration,
Significant depth of exploration, Methods of soil exploration, Open excavations,
Boring methods, Stabilization of bore holes, Soil sampling, Disturbed sample,
Undisturbed sample, Types of samplers, Preservation, Shipment and Storage of soil
samples. (08 Hrs)

UNIT–II
Ground Water level by Hvorslev method. In-situ testing of soils: Plate load test,
Standard penetration test, Static cone penetration test, Dynamic cone penetration test,
Vane shear test, Geophysical methods-Seismic refraction method and Electrical
resistivity method, Pressuremeter test, Flat dilatometer test. (08 Hrs)

UNIT–III
Objectives of rock exploration, Methods of rock exploration, Core boring, core
recovery, Rock quality designation. Supervising exploration programs, Bore log,
Preparation of Geotechnical investigation report for major civil Engineering Projects.
General methods of stabilization - shallow and deep, Mechanical stabilization,
Cement stabilization, Lime stabilization, Bitumen stabilization and chemical
stabilization. (10 Hrs)

UNIT–IV
Compaction: Standard methods, Field compaction methods, Placement water content,
Field compaction control, Relative compaction, Factors affecting compaction, Effect
of compaction on soil properties.

GT-12
Drainage and Dewatering: Ditches & sumps, Well point system, Shallow well
system, Deep well drainage, Vacuum method, Electro-osmosis method, Protective
filters, design criteria for filter material, Pre-compression, Construction of Vertical
sand drains. (10 Hrs)

UNIT-V
Grouting: Classification of grouting according to function, Classification of grouts,
Types of grout materials, Grouting methods – Compaction grouting, Jet grouting,
Injection methods – Stage grouting, Packer grouting, Grouting equipments, Grouting
procedures and specifications, Washing and Pressure testing of grout holes, Maximum
permissible grout pressure, Surface leakage & its control.
Vibration methods: Vibro compaction- Blasting, Vibratory probe, Vibratory
compactors, Vibro displacement compaction- Displacement piles, Vibroflotation,
Sand compaction piles, Stone columns, heavy tamping. (12 Hrs)

UNIT–VI
Presentations and group discussions on recent advances in the above topics including
field application.

Course Outcomes:
1. Classification of the problematic types of soils and explanation of the problems
they pose to Geotechnical Engineer.
2. Presentation of Geotechnical Investigation report for major civil Engineering
projects.
3. Explanation of compaction characteristics, consolidation and strength properties
of soils.
4. Performance of different methods of shallow and deep ground improvement
techniques.
5. Analysis of the field problems critically and to suggest the methods of ground
improvement techniques.

References:
1. Ground Improvement Techniques: Dr. P. Purushothama Raj, Laxmi Publications-
2016.
2. Geotechnical Engineering: C. Venkataramaiah, New Age International private
limited- 2017.
3. Soil Engineering: Vol-I, Vol-II & Vol- III by Alam Singh, CBS Publishers &
Distributors -2015.
4. Foundation Engineering: S.P. Brahma, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company-
1993.
5. Engineering principles of ground modifications Manfred R Hausmann, McGraw-
Hill Ryerson Limited -2008.

GT-13
SCHEME OF EXAMINATION:

CIE – 50 Test I (Unit I, II &III) – 15 marks Two Quizzes = 05 marks Total:50

marks Test II (Unit IV & V) – 15 marks Unit-VI (AAT) = 15 marks marks

Answer FIVE full questions

 Questions Q1 & Q 2 from Unit I and Unit II
20* 2 = 40
SEE – 100 respectively shall be answered and shall not Total:100
Marks
marks have internal choice. marks
 Questions Q3, Q4 and Q5 from Unit III,
20*3= 60
Unit IV & Unit V respectively shall be
Marks
answered and shall have internal choice
Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 3 2 3
CO2 3 2 3
CO3 3 2 3
CO4 3 2 3
CO5 3 2 3

1. Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

GT-14
Course Code 18GT1C03 M.Tech ( Geotechnical Engineering)
Category Program Core Semester : I
Course title ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF SHALLOW FOUNDATIONS
No. of Hrs/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total Hrs = 48
Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): NIL

Course Learning Objectives :

1. Understand distribution of stresses in soil due to application of different types of
load from the super structure through the foundation to the soil.
2. Understand resisting power of soil due to the transfer of loads from the super
structure, factors to be considered for the safe and economical design of shallow
foundations.
3. Analyze settlement criteria for the design of shallow foundations
4. Evaluate various factors affecting the foundation design
5. Evaluate special structures like water tanks considering the uniform
settlement criteria to avoid differential settlements

COURSE CONTENTS

UNIT – I
Stress Distribution in Soils - Introduction, In Situ stress. Stresses due to Foundation
loading. Boussinesq Analysis: Point load. Other common loading types – Uniform
line load, uniform strip load, Triangular load, Embankment type loading. Stress at any
point below Rectangular load, Newmark‘s Chart, Pressure bulb, Rigidity of footings –
contact pressure (08 Hrs)

UNIT – II
Bearing Capacity of Foundations – Introduction, Types of shallow foundations,
Modes of shear failure, Bearing Capacity, Bearing Capacity Equations, Additional
Considerations when Using the Bearing Capacity Equations, Bearing Capacity
Examples, Footings with Eccentric or Inclined Loadings, Effect of Water Table on
Bearing Capacity, Bearing Capacity for Footings on Layered Soils, Bearing Capacity
of Footings on Slopes, Bearing Capacity from SPT, Bearing Capacity Using the Cone
Penetration Test (CPT), Bearing Capacity from Field Load Tests, Bearing Capacity of
Foundations with Uplift or Tension Forces, Bearing Capacity Based on Building
Codes (Presumptive Pressure), Safety Factors in Foundation Design, Bearing
Capacity of Rock, Problems. (12 Hrs)

UNIT – III
Foundation Settlements – The Settlement Problem, , Immediate Settlement
Computations, Rotation of Bases, Immediate Settlements: Other Considerations, Size
Effects on Settlements and Bearing Capacity, Alternative Methods of Computing
Elastic Settlements, Stresses and Displacements in Layered and Anisotropic Soils,
Consolidation Settlements, Reliability of Settlement Computations, Structures on
Fills, Structural Tolerance to Settlement and Differential Settlements, General
Comments on Settlements, Problems. (08 Hrs)

GT-15
 UNIT – IV
Factors to Consider in Foundation Design – Footing Depth and Spacing, Displaced
Soil Effects, Net versus Gross Soil Pressure: Design Soil Pressures, Erosion Problems
for Structures Adjacent to Flowing Water, Corrosion Protection, Water Table
Fluctuation, Foundations in Sand and Silt Deposits, Foundations on Loess and Other
Collapsible Soils, Foundations on Unsaturated Soils Subject to Volume Change with
Change in Water Content, Foundations on Clays and Clayey Silts, Foundations on
Residual Soils, Foundations on Sanitary Landfill Sites, Frost Depth and Foundations
on Permafrost, Environmental Considerations, Problems. (12Hrs)

UNIT – V
Combined Footings and Mat Foundations – Introduction, Eccentric loading, co-
efficient of subgrade reaction. Proportioning of cantilever footing, Design of
combined footings by rigid method, Design of mat foundation by rigid method,
Design of mat foundations by elastic plate method, Floating foundation. Case history
of Tran Scona grain elevator. (08 Hrs)

UNIT–VI
Recent advances, field applications and research being carried out in the topics
mentioned in the above units.

Course Outcomes:
Student shall be able to:
1. Describe the application of stress distribution in soils in the foundation design
2. Discuss the Design safe and economical design of Shallow foundations
3. Review the deformation criteria along with strength criteria in the design of
foundations
4. Assess the foundations in any type of soil by considering the safety factors
5. Assess shallow foundations for heavily loaded structures like water tanks
achieving the uniform settlements under the foundations

References

1. J E Bowles , Foundation Analysis and design, McGraw Hill book Company, 5th
Edition, 1997
2. Foundation Engineering: S.P. Brahma, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company-
1993.
3. Soil Mechanics and Foundation Engineering by V N S Murthy, CBS Publishers
and Distributors, New Delhi, First edition 2007. .
4. Purushotham Raj ―Geotechnical Engineering‖ Tata McGraw Hill publishing
company Ltd, New Delhi.
5. Theory and Practice of Foundation design by N. N Som and S C Das PHI
Learning Private Limited, Delhi, Edition 2015

GT-16
SCHEME OF EXAMINATION:

Test I (Unit I, II &III) – 15

Two Quizzes = 05 marks
CIE – 50 marks Total:50
marks Test II (Unit IV & V) – 15 marks
Unit—VI (AAT) = 15 marks
marks
Answer FIVE full questions
 Questions Q1 & Q 5 from Unit I and Unit
20* 2 = 40
SEE – 100 V respectively shall be answered and shall
Marks Total:10
marks not have internal choice. 0 marks
 Questions Q2, Q3 and Q4 from Unit II,
20*3= 60
Unit III & Unit IV respectively shall be
Marks
answered and shall have internal choice

Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 3 3 3
CO2 2 2 3
CO3 2 3 2
CO4 2 2 3
CO5 3 3 3

1. Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

GT-17
 Course Code 18 GT1E1A M.Tech (Geotechnical Engineering)
Category Program Elective Semester : I
Course title THEORY OF ELASTICITY AND PLASTICITY
No. of Hrs/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total Hrs: 48
Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3 Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): Strength of Materials/ Mechanics of Materials
Course Learning Objectives:
1. Understand the basics of material isotropy, anisotropy, orthotropy and identify
the behaviour of elastic solids under applied loads.
2. Apply and analyse for stresses in rectangular and polar coordinates for 2D and
3D problems
3. Analyse and evaluate plane stress & plane strain problems.
4. Analyse and evaluate the governing equations for non-circular sections subjected
to torsion
5. To create strategies to evaluate the material behaviour based plasticity.

COURSE CONTENTS
UNIT-I

Analysis of Stress & strain: Introduction to the general theory of elasticity,

assumptions and applications of linear elasticity. direction cosines, stress components
on an arbitrary plane with stress transformation. Stress tensors, two-dimensional state
of stress at a point, equilibrium equations, principal stresses in three dimensions,
stress invariants, octahedral stresses, Boundary conditions, differential equations of
equilibrium, Concept of strain, components of Strain, rotations, Strain tensor, strain
transformation laws. Principal strains, strain invariants, octahedral strains, equations
of Compatibility for Strain, Measurement of surface strains -strain rosettes. (10 Hrs)

UNIT-II

Stress-Strain Relations: Linear elasticity - Generalised Hooke‘s law, Lame‘s

constants, transformation of compatibility Condition from Strain components to stress
components. Strain energy in an elastic body, St.Venant‘s principle, uniqueness
theorem, Plane stress and Plane strain problems. (10 Hrs)

UNIT- III

Two Dimensional Problems in Cartesian and Polar coordinate system: Stress

function, stress function for plane stress and plane strain cases, Compatibility
equations for plane stress & plane strain problems, Solution of two-dimensional
problems with different loading conditions by the use of polynomials, Axisymmetric
problems, thick-walled cylinders, rotating disks of uniform thickness, stress
concentration, effect of circular holes on stress distribution in plates (10 Hrs)

GT-18
 UNIT- IV

Torsion of Prismatic Bars: General solution of the torsion problem, stress function,
torsion of circular and elliptic cross sections. Prandtl‘s membrane analogy, torsion of
thin walled and multiple cell closed sections & Numerical examples. (09 Hrs)

UNIT-V

Theory of Plasticity: Stress–strain diagram in simple tension, perfectly elastic,

Rigid–Perfectly plastic, Linear work–hardening, Elastic Perfectly plastic, Elastic
Linear work hardening materials, Failure theories, yield conditions, stress–space
representation of yield criteria through Westergard stress space, Tresca & Von-Mises
criteria of yielding (09 Hrs)

UNIT- VI

Technological advancements in experimental stress analysis, New concepts of solving

engineering problems as applicable to smart and innovative materials.

Course Outcomes:

Students shall be able to :

1. Explain the basic concepts of elasticity and plasticity in a material.
2. Analyse & solve problems of stresses, strains & stress-strain relations.
3. Assess practical 2D & 3D problems with respect to stresses and strains.
4. Apply & evaluate the problems as related to Torsion of non-circular sections.
5. Evaluate &develop models based on plasticity theory.

References

1. Timoshenko. S.P and Goodier. J.N, Theory of Elasticity‖‖, 3rd Ed., TMH, 2010
2. Sadhu Singh Theory of Elasticity‖‖, Khanna Publication, New Delhi, 1995
3. Sitharam T.G. & Govindaraju L ―‘Elasticity for Engineers‖, IK International
Pvt.Ltd, New Delhi, 2017
4. Chakrabarthy J, ―Theory of Plasticity‖, Mc. Graw Hill Book Co., New
Delhi,1988.
5. Sadhu Singh, Theory of Plasticity‖‖, Khanna publication, New Delhi, 1981
6. Verma P.D.S, ―Theory of Elasticity‖, Vikas Publishing Pvt. Ltd
7. Chenn W.P and Hendry D.J, ―Plasticity for Structural Engineers‖, Springer Verlag
8. Valliappan C, ―Continuum Mechanics Fundamentals‖, Oxford IBH Publishing
Co. Ltd

GT-19
SCHEME OF EXAMINATION:

CIE - Test I (Unit I, II &III)- 15marks

Quiz = 05 marks Total:50
50
marks Test II (Unit IV & V) – 15 marks
UNIT-VI(AAT) = 15 marks
Answer FIVE full questions
 Questions Q1 & Q2 from Unit I and Unit II
SEE – 20x2 = 40
respectively shall be answered and shall not Total:100*
100 Marks
have internal choice. marks
marks  Questions Q3, Q4 and Q5 from Unit III, Unit
20x3= 60
IV & Unit V respectively shall be answered and
Marks
shall have internal choice

Note: * = SEE is to be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be
reduced for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 1 2 3
CO2 - 2 3
CO3 1 2 -
CO4 1 2 3
CO5 1 2 -

1.Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

GT-20
 Course Code 18GT1E1B M.Tech (Geotechnical Engineering)
Category Program Elective Semester : I
Course title CASE HISTORIES IN GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING
No. of Hrs/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total Hrs = 48
Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): NIL

Course Learning Objectives :

1. Understanding the failure mechanism of various Geo Structures and Foundations.
2. Evaluating the soil as a different construction material, and its behavior.
3. To assess the safety factors to be used in foundation design based on case histories.
4. To examine the role of risk and safety factors to be used in geotechnical
engineering
5. To analyse the case histories related to foundation failures

COURSE CONTENTS

UNIT - I
Geotechnical problems in Civil Engineering. Foundations - soil as construction
material in slopes and excavations. Underground and earth retaining structures.
(14 Hrs)

UNIT - II
Soil as different types of material in behaviour, design and construction. (06 Hrs)

UNIT - III
Past and future of applied soil mechanics. New concepts in consolidation, settlements
and bearing capacity. (14 Hrs)

UNIT - IV
Role of calculated risk and safety factors in applied soil mechanics and foundation
engineering (04 Hrs)

UNIT - V
Case histories: Typical cases of performance/ failure of representative soil
engineering projects namely shallow foundations and piles, slope stability, earth
dams, retaining structures, machine foundations etc. (10 Hrs)

UNIT – VI
Recent advances and Research in the above mentioned topics.

Course Outcomes:
1. Understanding the soil and its characterization to be used as construction
material in various types of Geo Structures
2. To understand the soil behavior in design and construction

GT-21
3. To understand the past and future of applied soil mechanics in evaluating
consolidation, settlements and bearing capacity of soils
4. To choose appropriate safety elements in design of foundations
5. Identify potential critical modes of failure from Case Histories related to
Geotechnical Engineering

References

1. Mitchell J.K, Fundamentals of soil Behaviour, John Wiley & Sons, 3rd edition,
2013
2. Lambe and Whitman , John Wiley & Sons, 3rd edition, 2005
3. J E Bowles , Foundation Analysis and design, McGraw Hill book Company, 5th
Edition, 1997
4. Terzaghi and Peck, Soil Mechanics in Engineering Practice, John Wiley & Sons,
3rd edition, 1996
5. Current literature for case histories in geotechnical engineering

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION:

CIE – 50 Test I (Unit I, II &III) – 15 marks Two Quizzes = 05 marks Total:50

marks Test II (Unit IV & V) – 15 marks Unit—VI (AAT) = 15 marks marks
Answer FIVE full questions
 Questions Q1 & Q 3 from Unit I and Unit III
SEE – respectively shall be answered and shall not
20* 2 = 40
Marks Total:100
100 have internal choice. marks
marks
 Questions Q2, Q4 and Q5 from Unit II,
20*3= 60
Unit IV & Unit V respectively shall be
Marks
answered and shall have internal choice
Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 2 3 3
CO2 2 3 3
CO3 -- -- 2
CO4 -- 2 3
CO5 3 2 3

1. Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

GT-22
 Course Code 18GT1E1C M.Tech (Geotechnical Engineering)
Category Program Elective Semester : I
Course title GEOLOGY FOR GEOTECHNICAL APPLICATIONS
No. of Hrs/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total Hrs = 48
Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): NIL
Course Learning Objectives :
1. To assess the quality and characteristics of foundation rocks
2. To assess Rock Suitable for various sub structures founded in rock stratum.
3. To understand various methods of Rock quality evaluation
4. To assess the borehole logging techniques
5. To evaluate the slope stability and safety measures to be adopted in landslide
prone areas

COURSE CONTENTS
UNIT I
ENGINEERING PROPERTIES OF ROCKS AND MINERALS: Geology for
foundation engineering – Types of rocks, rock description-texture, structure,
composition and its relation to quality and strength of rocks, engineering classification
of rocks –weathering grade and its significance in engineering site-Engineering
properties of rocks Physical and chemical properties of minerals and its relation to
strength and durability of rock. (14 Hrs)

UNIT II
SURFACE AND SUBSURFACE GEOLOGICAL INVESTIGATIONS : Field
investigations electrical and seismic geophysical methods in subsurface geological
investigations for foundation engineering, applications of GPR in subsurface strata
studies, Description of discontinues, bed rock attitudes, thickness, calculation of True
thickness and vertical thickness of bed rock-Strike and dip of rocks-Geological
information for slope stabilization (10 Hrs)

UNIT III
BOREHOLE LOGGING AND CORE SAMPLING TECHNIQUES: Bore
logging techniques – Resistivity log Neutron log, sonic log, gamma log etc. Bore
logging methods, interpretation. Drilled core sections – rocks and soil sampling
methods, core logging. (08 Hrs)
UNIT IV
CLAY MINERALS : Origin and formations of clay minerals, Physical, chemical and
thermal properties of clays-identification-effects of clay minerals- classification and
types of clays- plasticity, clay behavior under natural and hydrated conditions. clays
of India. (08 Hrs)
UNIT V
GEOLOGICAL INVESTIGATIONS FOR FOUNDATION ENGINEERING :
Ground stability studies - Scour and erosion studies-stability of slopes and geological
solution for slope stability in landslides areas-Overview of rocks of Karnataka.
(08 Hrs)

GT-23
 UNIT – VI
Recent advances and Research in the above mentioned topics.
Course Outcomes:
1. To understand different types of rocks, classification and properties
2. To interpret various Geophysical investigations data and assessment of sub soil /
rock profile
3. To analyze the core logging and sampling techniques
4. To examine the clay minerals its origin, formation and physio – chemical
properties
5. To evaluate the geological investigation techniques for ground stability studies

References
1. Varghese P.C. 2012 engineering geology for civil engineers, PHI learning Pvt.Ltd.
New Delhi-1
2. Krynine and Judd Principles of Engineering Geology and Geotechnology McGraw
Hill, New York 1962.
3. Bell FG. Engineering Geology, Second Edition by, 2007 Butterworth-Heinemann,
Oxford
4. Sathya Narayanaswami Engineering Geology, Dhanpat Raj and Co.1710, Nai
Sarak,Delhi-110006 2000.
5. Waltham, A.C. Foundations of Engineering Geology, Blackie Academic
Professional Pub.1 Ed.UK.1994

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION
CIE – 50 Test I (Unit I, II &III) – 15 marks Two Quizzes = 05 marks Total:50
marks Test II (Unit IV & V) – 15 marks Unit—VI (AAT) = 15 marks marks

Answer FIVE full questions

 Questions Q1 & Q3 from Unit I and Unit III
20* 2 = 40
SEE – respectively shall be answered and shall not Total:100
Marks
100 marks have internal choice. marks
 Questions Q2, Q4 and Q5 from Unit II,
20*3= 60
Unit IV & Unit V respectively shall be
Marks
answered and shall have internal choice
Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 2 3 3
CO2 2 3 3
CO3 -- -- 3
CO4 -- 2 --
CO5 3 2 --

1. Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

GT-24
 Course Code 18GT1E2A M.Tech (Geotechnical Engineering)
Category Program Elective Semester : I
Course title ENVIRONMENTAL GEOTECHNICS
No. of Hrs/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total Hrs = 48
Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): NIL
Course Learning Objectives :
1. To introduce the field of Environmental Geotechnics
2. To examine the problems of waste disposal, containment
3. To examine waste remediation techniques from the perspective of modern
Geotechnical practice.
4. To analyze the contaminant transport phenomenon
5. To examine reuse of various types of industrial waste

COURSE CONTENTS
UNIT - I
The role of soil mechanics in Environmental Geotechnics, Production and
classification of wastes. Hazardous wastes, physical, chemical and Mineralogical
characterization (10 Hrs)

UNIT - II
Geo environmental Hazards: Natural and man made, Mitigative measures and soil
pollutant interaction (10 Hrs)

UNIT - III
Waste disposal facilities, Landfill types and design, Liners, basic concepts, Types of
liners, design and construction. (14 Hrs)

UNIT - IV
Transport phenomena, contaminated ground water and seepage ( 6 Hrs)

UNIT - V
Stabilization / Solidification, Waste Remediation, Recycle and Reuse of Industrial
Waste (8 Hrs)

UNIT – VI
Recent advances and Research in the above mentioned topics.

Course Outcomes:
1. Understand the application of soil mechanics principles to Environmental
Geotechnics and characterization of different waste
2. To analyze the natural and man made contamination of soil and its mitigative
measures
3. To evaluate the landfill types and liner concepts and design principles
4. To discuss the transport phenomena concepts and contaminated ground water
and seepage

GT-25
5. To evaluate different types of stabilization and solidification of contaminated
waste and reuse of industrial waste in Geotechnical applications

References:
1. D.S.Hari and R.R.Krishna ― Geoenvironmental Engineering, Site remediation,
waste containment and emerging waste management technologies, Wiley, 2005
I. S. Oweiss & R.P.Khera, ― Geotechnology of waste management, 2nd Edition,
PSW publishing, 2004
2. Sarsby, R., Environmental Geotechnics, Thomas Telford, 2000
3. Bagachi, A., Design, Construction and Monitoring of Landfills, Wiley
Interscience, 1994
4. J.F. Rees, Contaminated land treatment technologies, Elsevier applied
science,NY,1992
5. Proceedings of International symposium on Environmental Geotechnolgy (1986)
6. Daniel, D.E (1993) Geotechnical practice for waste disposal, Chapman and Hall,
London.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION:
Test I (Unit I, II &III) – 15
CIE – 50 marks Two Quizzes = 05 marks Total:50
marks Unit—VI (AAT) = 15 marks marks
Test II (Unit IV & V) – 15 marks
Answer FIVE full questions
 Questions Q1 & Q 3 from Unit I and Unit III
20* 2 = 40
SEE – respectively shall be answered and shall not Total:100
Marks
100 marks have internal choice. marks
 Questions Q2, Q4 and Q5 from Unit II,
20*3= 60
Unit IV & Unit V respectively shall be
Marks
answered and shall have internal choice
Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 2 3 3
CO2 2 3 3
CO3 -- -- 3
CO4 -- 2 2
CO5 3 2 3
1. Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

GT-26
 Course Code 18GT1E2B M.Tech (Geotechnical Engineering)
Category Program Elective Semester : I
Course title PAVEMENT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN
No. of Hrs/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total Hrs = 48
Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): NIL

Course Learning Objectives:

1. Understand the factors affecting pavement design and performance
2. Evaluate the strength of soil subgrade and factors that affect the behavior of soil.
3. Evaluate the stresses and deflections in flexible pavement layers under the action
of wheel loads.
4. Design the thickness of flexible pavements by different methods under different
exposure conditions and materials.
5. Computation of stresses in Rigid pavements, thickness design of rigid pavements
and joints associated with rigid pavements.

COURSE CONTENTS

UNIT - I
Introduction: Types and component parts of pavements, Factors affecting design and
performance of pavements. Highway and airport pavements. (08 Hrs)

UNIT - II
Stresses and Deflections in Flexible Pavements: Stresses and deflections in
homogeneous masses, two, three and multi-layer theories; wheel load stresses, various
factors in traffic wheel loads; ESWL of multiple wheels. Repeated loads and EWL
factors; sustained loads. Pavement behaviour under transient traffic loads. (12 Hrs)

UNIT - III
Flexible Pavement Design Methods For Highways and Airports: Empirical, semi-
empirical and theoretical approaches, development, principle, design steps,
advantages and application of the different pavement design methods including IRC,
AASHTO and Asphalt Institute and Shell Methods. (10 Hrs)
UNIT - IV
Stresses and deflections in Rigid Pavements: Types of stresses and causes, factors
influencing the stresses; general considerations in rigid pavement analysis, EWL;
wheel load stresses, warping stresses, frictional stresses, combined stresses.(08 Hrs)
UNIT - V
Rigid Pavement Design: Types of joints in cement concrete pavements and their
functions, joint spacings; design of rigid pavement for roads, design of joint details
for longitudinal joints, contraction joints and expansion joints. IRC method of design
by stress ratio concept. Design of continuously reinforced concrete pavements.
(10 Hrs)
UNIT - VI
Recent advances and research being done in the topics mentioned in the above units.

GT-27
Course Outcomes :
After studying this course, students will be able to:
1. Remember the factors affecting pavement design and performance
2. Evaluate the strength of soil subgrade and identify the factors that affect the
behaviour of soil.
3. Analyse and check the stresses and deflections in flexible pavement layers under
the action of wheel loads.
4. Design the thickness of flexible pavements by different methods under different
exposure conditions and materials.
5. Computation of stresses in Rigid pavements, thickness design of rigid pavements
and joints associated with rigid pavements.

References :
1. Yoder, E.J., `Principles of Pavement Design'. Wiley and Sons, Inc, USA
2. Yoder, E.J., and Witczak, `Principles of Pavement Design', 2nd ed., John Wiley
and Sons, USA, 1975.
3. DSIR, `Soil Mechanics for Road Engineers', HMSO, London.
4. DSIR, `Concrete Roads-Design and Construction', HMSO, London
5. Yang N. C, `Design of Functional Pavements', McGraw Hill Book Co. Newyork
USA
6. Pell, Peter, S., `Development in Highway Engineering - I', Applied Science
Publishers, London, 1978.
7. Huang, 'Pavement Analysis', Elsevier Publications,2002, USA
8. Relevant IRC Publications
9. ―Hand Book on Cement concrete Roads‖, Cement Manufactures Association, New
Delhi,2000

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION:
CIE = Test I (Unit I, II & III) = 15 marks Total:
Quiz = 05 marks
50 50
Test II (Unit IV & V) = 15 marks UNIT–VI (AAT) = 15 marks
marks marks
Answer FIVE full questions
Questions Q3 & Q5 from Unit III and Unit V 20x2=
SEE = respectively shall be answered and shall not have 40 Total:
100 internal choice. Marks 100
marks Questions Q1, Q2 & Q4 from Unit I, Unit II & Unit IV 20x3= marks
respectively shall be answered & shall have internal 60
choice Marks
Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3
CO1 3 3 3
CO2 3 2 3
CO3 3 2 3
CO4 3 1 3
CO5 3 1 3
1. Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

GT-28
Course Code 18GT1E2C M.Tech (Geotechnical Engineering)
Category Program Elective Semester : I
Course title STRENGTH AND DEFORMATION BEHAVIOUR OF SOILS
No. of Hrs/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total Hrs = 48
Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): NIL
Course Learning Objectives:
1. To understand and characterize stress – strain behavior of soils,
2. To examine various failure criteria
3. To evaluate the shear strength and compressibility parameters of soils.
4. To design a constitutive law for soil
5. To evaluate critical state theories in soil mechanics
COURSE CONTENTS
UNIT I
SHEAR STRENGTH OF COHESIONLESS SOILS : Introduction-Shear strength
of soil-cohesion-angle of internal friction-Shear strength of granular soils - Direct
shear - Triaxial Testing- Drained and undrained Stress-strain behaviour - Dilation,
contraction and critical states - Liquefaction and cyclic mobility of saturated sands.
Factors influencing shear strength. (8 Hrs)
UNIT II
SHEAR STRENGTH OF COHESIVE SOILS : Shear strength of NC and OC clays
- Stress-strain behaviour - Total stress and effective stress approach - Triaxial testing
and stress path plotting - pore pressure parameter of Skempton and Henkel - shear
strength of partially saturated clay in terms of stress state variables. Factors
influencing shear strength. (12 Hrs)

UNIT III
FAILURE THEORIES : Concepts of yield and failure in soils- Failure theories of
Von Mises, Tresca and their extended form, their applicability to soils - Detailed
discussion of Mohr - Coulomb failure theory. (10 Hrs)
UNIT IV
CONSTITUTIVE LAW FOR SOIL : Constitutive law for soil – linear, non linear
model- hyperbolic idealisation – Mohr-Columb model-Hardening law-Hardening soil
model- Hardening soil model with small strain stiffness- Soft soil creep model-Soft
soil model-limitation of all models- Modulus for different type of loading – Poisson‘s
ratio. (08 Hrs)

UNIT V
CRITICAL STATE SOIL MECHANICS : The critical state line- Roscoe‘s surface-
Hvorslev‘s surface- Behavior of sand- Effects of dilation- Limitations of Taylor
model- Elastic and plastic deformation-Camclay critical state model- Modified
Camclay model- Parameters for design. (10 Hrs)

UNIT – VI
Recent advances and Research in the above mentioned topics.

GT-29
Course Outcomes:
1. Students are able to select the shear strength and compressibility parameters to
design different structures for different conditions of loading, drainage and failure
criteria
2. To analyze various shear strength theories as applicable to cohesive soils
3. To assess the concept of critical state soil mechanics
4. To examine the different failure theories as applied to soils
5. To analyze critical state concepts in soil mechanics

References
1. Braja, M, Das., "Advanced soil mechanics", McGraw Hill, 1997.
2. Atkinson J.H. and Brandsby P.L. "Introduction to critical state soil mechanics"
McGraw Hill, 1978.
3. Lambe, T.W. and Whitman R.V. "Soil Mechanics in S.I. Units John Wiley, 1979.
4. Wood, D.M., "Soil behaviour and Critical State Soil Mechanics", Cambridge
University Press, New York, 1990.
5. Graham Barnes, "Soil Mechanics Principles and Practices", Macmillan Press Ltd.,
London, 2002.
6. "Shear Strength of Liquefied Soils", Final Proceedings of the workshop, National
Science Foundation, Urbane, Illinois, July 1998.
7. Braja, M. Das, "Principles of Geotechnical Engineering", Brooks/Cole, Thomson
Learning Academic Resource, Center, Fifth Edition, 2002.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION:
Test I (Unit I, II &III) – 15
CIE – 50 marks Two Quizzes = 05 marks Total:50
marks Test II (Unit IV & V) – 15 Unit—VI (AAT) = 15 marks marks
marks
Answer FIVE full questions
 Questions Q1 & Q 2 from Unit I and Unit II
20* 2 = 40
SEE – respectively shall be answered and shall not Total:100
Marks
100 marks have internal choice. marks
 Questions Q3, Q4 and Q5 from Unit III,
20*3= 60
Unit IV & Unit V respectively shall be
Marks
answered and shall have internal choice

Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 2 3 3
CO2 2 3 3
CO3 -- -- 3
CO4 -- 2 --
CO5 3 2 --

1. Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

GT-30
Course Code 18GT1L01 M.Tech (Geotechnical Engineering)
Category Program Lab Semester : I
Course title GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING LABORATORY-I
No. of Hrs/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total Hrs = 48
Credits
0 0 4 0 2
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3 Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): NIL

Course Learning Objectives :

1. To understand and assess different Classification of soils
2. To analyses the compressibility of soils
3. To evaluate the swell characteristics of soils
4. To evaluate the shear strength properties of the soil.
5. To evaluate different field tests on soils

COURSE CONTENT

1. INDEX PROPERTIES TESTS : Specific gravity, Complete-Grain size analysis,

Atterberg limits, Field density , Soil classification (08 Hrs)
.
2. COMPACTION AND CBR TESTS : Standard and modified Compaction
tests, CBR Test including 3 energy level test. (08 Hrs)

3. COSOLIDATION AND PERMEABILITY TESTS : One dimensional

consolidation test including time rate measurements. Permeability of soil – constant
and falling head methods. (12 Hrs)

4. SWELL TESTS : Free swell and differential free swell determination of percent
swell – swell pressure, in one dimension-swell and load test classification of
expansive soils. (08 Hrs)

5. SHEAR STRENGTH TEST: Direct Shear Test, Unconfined compression test,

Triaxial compression test including pore pressure measurements (UU, CU, CD,)
(12 Hrs)

6. FIELD TEST AND RECENT ADVANCES : Performing Standard penetration

test and Field visit to understand Plate load Test, Pile load test, Wash boring, SCPT
etc, performing on recent testing techniques.

Course Outcomes:
Students shall be able to:
1. Analyze the classifying the soils as per ISCS
2. Assess the Compressibility of soils
3. Evaluate the shear strength parameters suitable for a project
4. Measure the CBR of the soils
5. Illustrate various field tests for soils .

GT-31
REFERENCES:
1. Geotechnical Testing and Instrumentation, CBS Publishers and Distributors,
NewDelhi,2006.
2. Head, K.H., Manual of Soil Laboratory Testing Vol.I and II, Pentech Press,
London 1990.
3. Head, K.H., Manual of Soil Laboratory Testing Vol.III, 2nd Edition, John Wiley
& Sons, 1998
4. Das, B.M., Soil Mechanics Laboratory Manual, Engineering Press, Austin, 1997
5. Lambe T.W., Soil Testing for Engineers‖, John Wiley and Sons, New York,
1990.
6. I.S. Code of Practice (2720): Relevant Parts, as amended from time to time.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

For examination an experiment each from Part-A and Part-B shall be set.

Continuous Internal Marks Semester End Marks

Evaluation Evaluation(SEE)
(Laboratory – 50 Marks) Laboratory (100 Marks)
Performance of the student in the 20 Write up 20
laboratory, every week
Test at the end of the semester 20 Conducting Experiment 50
Viva voce 10 Viva voce 30
Total 100
Total (CIE) 50 Total (SEE) 50*

Note: * = SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks for practical and the marks obtained
shall be reduced for 50 Marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 3 -- 3
CO2 3 2 3
CO3 3 -- 3
CO4 3 -- 3
CO5 3 -- 3

1. Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

GT-32
 Course Code 18CV1M01 M.Tech (Geotechnical Engineering)
Category Mandatory Audit Semester: I
RESEARCH METHODOLOGY AND INTELLECTUAL
Course title
PROPERTY RIGHTS
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total Hours: 24
Credits
2 0 0 0 2
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3 Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): NIL
Course Learning Objectives:
1. Analyse the criteria for selection of research problem.
2. Understand the basics of literature survey, ethics, effective technical writing and
developments of research proposal.
3. Understand the basics and importance of IPR.
4. Analyse the issues related to patentability.
5. Understand the administrative system of IPR and analyse the typical case studies.

COURSE CONTENTS

UNIT – I
Meaning of research problem, sources of research problem, Criteria, Characteristics
of a good research problem, Errors in selecting a research problem, Scope and
Objectives of research problems.
Approaches of investigation of solutions for research problem, data collection,
Analysis, Interpretation, necessary instrumentations. (05 Hrs)

UNIT – II
Effective literature studies approaches, analysis, Plagiarism, Research ethics.
Effective technical writing, How to write report, Paper, Developing a research
proposal, Format of research proposal, presentation and assessment by a review
committee. (05 Hrs)

UNIT – III
Introduction to Intellectual Property (IP), Overview of Copyright, Related Rights,
Trademarks, Geographical Indications, Industrial Design, Patents, Protection of New
Varieties of Plants. (05 Hrs)

UNIT – IV
Patentability: Patentable Subject Matter, Patentable and Non Patentable Inventions,
Procedure for grants of patents in India, Patent licensing and transfer of Technology,
Patent information and databases. International scenario: International cooperation on
Intellectual Property, Patenting under Patent Cooperation Treaty (PCT). (05 Hrs)

UNIT-V
New Developments in IPR: Administration of Patent System, New Developments in
IPR; Traditional Knowledge Case studies of IPR including topics of respective
branches of specialisation. (04 Hrs)

GT-33
 UNIT – VI
Recent advances and research being done in the topics mentioned in the above units.

Course Outcomes:
Students shall be able to:
1. Explain the steps involved in defining a research problem.
2. Analyse the various issues related to effective literature survey and developing a
research proposal.
3. Discuss the various issues related to IPR and its importance.
4. Discuss the various issues related to patentability and international scenario of
patent rights.
5. Highlight the new development and exposure to case studies.

References:
1. Stuart Melville and Wayne Goddard, ―research Methodology; an introduction for
science and engineering students‖
2. Wayne Goddard and Stuart Melville,‖ Research Methodology an Introduction‖
3. Ranjit Kumar 2nd edition,‖ Research Methodology; a step by step guide for
Beginners‖
4. Halbert, ―Resisting Intellectual Property‖,Taylor and francies Ltd. 2007.
5. Mayall,‘Industrial Design‖ McGraw Hill,1992
6. Niebel,‖ Product design‖,McGrraw Hill,1974.
7. Asimv, ―Introduction to design‖,Prentice Hall,1962.
8. Robert P. Merges, Peter S. Menell, Mark A. Lemley,‖ Intellectual Property in
New Technology Age‖ 2006.
9. T.Ramappa,‖ Intellectual Property Rights Under WTO‖, S. Chanda,2008

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

CIE – 50 Test I (Unit I, II &III) = 15 marks Quiz = 5 marks Total:50

marks Test II (Unit IV & V) = 15 marks Unit-VI(AAT) =15 marks marks
Answer FIVE full questions
 Questions Q1 & Q 3 from Unit I and Unit
SEE – 20x2 = 40
III respectively shall be answered and shall Total:100
100 Marks
not have internal choice. marks
marks  Questions Q2, Q4 and Q5 from Unit II,
20x3= 60
Unit IV & Unit V respectively shall be
Marks
answered and shall have internal choice
Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3
CO1 - - 3
CO2 - - 3
CO3 - - 3
CO4 - - 3
CO5 2 3 -
1. Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

GT-34
Course Code 18GT1S01 M.Tech (Geotechnical Engineering)
Category Seminar Semester: I
Course title SEMINAR - I
No. of Hrs/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total Hrs = 24
Credits
0 0 2 0 1
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: - Total Max. Marks: 50 Duration of SEE: ---
Prerequisites (if any): NIL

Course Learning Objectives:

The objectives of the SEMINAR-I is to prepare the students to learn to:
1. Carry out the literature review of general research area/current topic and
analyse the same effectively.
2. Prepare a technical report, reflecting his/her depth of understanding, on the
selected area/topic and prepare content rich presentation.
3. Acquire communication and time management skills for effective and impactful
presentation. Interact with peers to acquire the qualities of thoughtfulness,
friendliness, adaptability, responsiveness, and politeness in-group discussion.
Overcome stage fear during oral presentation.

GUIDE LINES
1. Seminar preparation and presentation is an individual student activity.
2. Topic may be of general/ specific interest to program of engineering or electives
not offered in the semester and to be selected in consultation with the
faculty/Guide assigned.
3. Select one pertinent research paper/topic for the seminar presentation.
4. Prepare and submit a detailed technical report of the seminar topic.

Course Outcomes:
Students shall be able to:
1. Carry out the literature survey of topic of seminar.
2. Prepare a technical report on the selected area/topic.
3. Make an effective presentation with seamless flow of content within the time
allocated. Overcome inhibition in interacting with peers and hence develop the
spirit of team work.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

CIE – 50 Phase -1 Marks =10 Seminar Report Total:50

marks Phase -2 Marks =20 Marks =20 Marks

GT-35
Scheme of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE):

Evaluation would be carried out in TWO phases. The Seminar Evaluation Committee
shall comprise of Chairperson of the Department, Faculty/Guide and one more faculty
member nominated by Chairperson of the Department. The evaluation criteria shall be
as per the rubrics given below:

Rubrics for Evaluation: Weightage

Topic - Technical Relevance, Sustainability and Societal Concerns : 15%

Review of literature and technical content : 35%
Presentation Skills : 25%
Report of seminar : 25%

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 2 2 3
CO2 2 3 3
CO3 - 2 -
1. Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

GT-36
Course Code 18CV1M02 M.Tech (Geotechnical Engineering)
Category Mandatory Audit Semester: I
Course title TECHNICAL PAPER WRITING (AUDIT COURSE-I)
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total Hours: 24
Credits
2 0 0 0 1
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: -- Total Max. Marks: 50 Duration of SEE: --
Prerequisites (if any): NIL
Course Learning Objectives:
1. Understand the technique to improve technical report writing skills and level of
readability.
2. Learn about what to write contents section of a technical report.
3. Analyse the contents of literature.
4. Create a typical technical article.

COURSE CONTENTS

UNIT – I
Planning and preparation, word order, breaking up long sentences, structuring
paragraphs and sentences, being concise and removing redundancy, avoiding
ambiguity and vagueness. (05 Hrs)

UNIT – II
Clarifying who did what, highlighting your findings, hedging and criticizing,
Paraphrasing and plagiarism, sections of paper, Abstracts, Introduction. (05 Hrs)

UNIT – III
Review of the literature, Methods, Results, Discussion, Conclusions, The final check.
(04 Hrs)

UNIT – IV
Key skills needed when writing a title, Key skills needed when writing an Abstract,
Key skills needed when writing an Introduction, Skills needed when writing a review
of the literature. (05 Hrs)

UNIT – V
Key skills needed when writing the methods, Key skills needed when writing the
Results, Skills needed when writing a Discussion, Skills needed when writing the
Conclusions. (05 Hrs)

Course Outcomes:
Students shall be able to:
1. Describe the importance of basics of technical writing skills.
2. Review and emphasise the result of literature review.
3. Discuss the importance of various sections of technical report.
4. Develop a complete conceptual technical report.

GT-37
References:
1. Goldbort (2006) writing for science, Yale University Press ( Available on Google
books)
2. Day R (2006) How to write and publish a scientific paper, Cambridge university
Press.
3. Highman N (1998) Handbook of writing for the mathematical sciences,SIAM,
Highman’s book.
4. AdianWallwork, English for writing research papers, Springer New York
Dordrecht Heidelberg London, 2011

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

CIE – 50 Test I (Unit I, II &III) = 15 marks

AAT = 20 marks Total:50 marks
marks Test II (Unit IV & V) = 15 marks

Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 - 3 -
CO2 - 3 -
CO3 - 3 -
CO4 - 3 -
CO5 - 3 -
1. Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

GT-38
 SECOND SEMESTER
Course Code 18GT2C01 M.Tech (Geotechnical Engineering)
Category Program Core Semester : II
Course title SOIL DYNAMICS AND MACHINE FOUNDATIONS
No. of Hrs/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total Hrs = 48
Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): NIL
Course Learning Objectives:
1. Understand vibrations due to Dynamic loading and its effects
2. Understand effect of Dynamic loads by Laboratory and Field tests
3. Analyze shear strength characteristics due to dynamic loading and Liquefaction
4. Evaluate foundations on different types of Machines, Foundation Design on
Rotary Machines
5. Evaluate isolation of foundations and safety measures while designing Machine
foundations
COURSE CONTENTS
UNIT–I
Theory of vibration – Definitions, Harmonic motion, Earthquake loading, Equivalent
Dynamic load to an actual Earthquake Load, Seismic force for Pseudo- static analysis.
Single degree, Two degree and Multi degree of freedom system, Free and forced
vibration, Transient response, Resonance and its effects, application to dynamic
problems (08Hrs)
UNIT–II
Dynamic soil properties – General, laboratory and field methods, factors affecting
different properties, vibration inducing and measuring instruments (08Hrs)
UNIT–III
Shear strength and Liquefaction of soils – Stress – Strain and Strength characteristics
of soils under dynamic loads, factors affecting, Resonance column test, Triaxial tests
under dynamic loads, Liquefaction of soils and factors influencing liquefaction,
Mechanism of Liquefaction, Dynamic earth pressure, retaining wall problems under
dynamic loads. (08 Hrs)
UNIT–IV
General principles of Machine foundation design – Introduction, Design criterion,
types and requirements of Machine foundation.
i) Foundation for Reciprocating Machines
ii) Foundations for forge hammers
iii) Foundations for Rotary Machines
Foundations on Rotary Machines – Special considerations, Design criteria, Load on
TG foundations, Methods of Analysis and Design, Resonance method, Combined
method and Three Dimensional Analysis (12 Hrs)
UNIT–V
Vibration Isolation – Introduction, Mechanical Isolators, isolation by artificial
barriers, active and passive isolation, Case histories of foundation isolation. (12 Hrs)

UNIT–VI
Recent advances and research being carried out in the topics mentioned in the above
units

GT-39
Course Outcomes:
Students shall be able to:
1. Describe the effect of in Earth quake prone areas and Dynamic loading conditions
2. Discuss the effect of Dynamic loads are to be analysed using the data obtained
from Laboratory and Field tests
3. Review the Safe and economical foundations by understanding the Shear strength
characteristics of soils due to dynamic loading and Mitigation of Liquefaction
effects
4. Assess Machine Foundations based the type of machines, aspects of Turbo
generator foundations on different types of Machines, Foundation Design on
Rotary Machines
5. Assess safety measures for Machine foundations by considering various aspects of
Vibration Isolations.

References
1. D D Barkan, Vibration of soils and foundations.
2. F E Richart Jr., J R Hall Jr. and R D Woods, Vibrations of soils and foundations,
Prentice Hall Inc. NJ.
3. A A Major, Vibration analysis and design of foundation for machines and
turbines, London Collects Holding Ltd. 1962.
4. IS Codes of Practice.
5. Swami Saran ― Soil dynamics and Machine foundation‖ Golgotia (1999)
6. P. Srinivasalu and C.V. Vydyanathan ―Hand book of Machine foundation‘ Tata
Mc Graw Hill (1976)

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION:
CIE – 50 Test I (Unit I, II &III) – 15 marks Two Quizzes = 05 marks Total:50
marks Test II (Unit IV & V) – 15 marks Unit—VI (AAT) = 15 marks marks

Answer FIVE full questions

 Questions Q1 & Q 5 from Unit I and Unit V
20* 2 = 40
SEE – 100 respectively shall be answered and shall not
Marks Total:10
marks have internal choice. 0 marks
 Questions Q2, Q3 and Q4 from Unit II,
20*3= 60
Unit III & Unit IV respectively shall be
Marks
answered and shall have internal choice
Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3
CO1 2 3 3
CO2 3 3 3
CO3 3 2 3
CO4 2 2 3
CO5 3 3 3

1. Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

GT-40
Course Code 18GT2C02 M.Tech (Geotechnical Engineering)
Category Program Core Semester : II
Course title ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF DEEP FOUNDATIONS
No. of Hrs/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total Hrs: 48
Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3 Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): Basics of Geotechnical Engineering
Course Learning Objective:
1. Understand the basics and concepts associated with different types of pile
foundations.
2. The course enables the students to understand the concepts in the analysis of
single pile by static and dynamic analysis.
3. Apply the concepts and solve deep foundation problems in different soil
conditions using theoretical and field studies.
4. The course imparts students to understand the methodology to solve problems of
deep foundations subjected to uplift and lateral loads
5. Apply the concepts, analyse and evaluate the design of caisson elements.

COURSE CONTENTS
UNIT - I
Single pile – Static Analysis: Introduction, Timber, Concrete, Steel piles, Corrosion
of steel piles, Soil properties for static pile capacity, Ultimate bearing capacity of a
pile, use of SPT and SCPT data Skin resistance, Static load capacity using Load –
transfer, Pile load test – progressive and cyclic, Negative skin friction in piles.
(10 Hrs)
UNIT - II
Single pile – Dynamic analysis: Dynamic analysis, Pile driving, rational pile
formula, other Dynamic formulae and general considerations. Reliability of dynamic
pile driving formulae. The wave equation, pile load tests, Pile driving stresses,
General comments on pile driving. (08 Hrs)

UNIT - III
Pile Groups: Single pile Vs Pile group, Pile group considerations, efficiency of pile
groups, stresses on underlying strata from piles, Bearing capacity of a pile group,
settlements of pile groups, Negative skin friction, Pile caps. (12 Hrs)

UNIT - IV
Tension Piles & Laterally loaded piles: Piles for resisting uplift, Uplift capacity of
pile group, Lateral load resistance of a pile group Pile group subjected to eccentric
loading, Batter piles under lateral loads, Buckling of fully and partially embedded
piles and poles. (08 Hrs)
UNIT - V
Caissons: Types of Caissons, Bearing capacity, stress distribution and settlement,
Design of drilled caissons elements, forces in drilled Caissons, design of elements of
Caissons, Constructional aspects of a drilled caissons, Construction of Caissons,
problems associated with installation, advantages and disadvantages of Caisson
foundation, Comparison of Caisson types. (10 Hrs)

GT-41
 UNIT – VI
Recent advances in deep foundations, Pile integrity tests, Pile foundations in seismic
areas and their problems and solutions

Course Outcomes:
1. Able to understand the basic knowledge deep foundations and evaluate the
capacity by different method.
2. Formulations and solutions of engineering problems with respect to single pile
and pile groups and extend the approach to solve practical problems.
3. Apply and solve engineering problems with respect to laterally loaded piles.
4. Analyse and evaluate pile foundations subjected to uplift loads in stratified soil
deposits.
5. Apply skills to evaluate and develop solutions to engineering problems during the
infrastructure developments

References
1. Joseph.E. Bowles ―Foundation analysis and Design‖ McGraw Hill, International
edition
2. S.P. Brahma ―Foundation Engineering‖ Tata McGraw Hill publishing company
Ltd, New Delhi.
3. Purushotham Raj ―Geotechnical Engineering‖ Tata McGraw Hill publishing
company Ltd, New Delhi.
4. Swamy Saran ―Analysis and Design of Substructures‖ Oxford & IBH Publishing
Co. Pvt. Ltd., New Del

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION:
Test I (Unit I, II &III)- 15 marks Two Quizzes = 05
CIE -
marks Total:50
50
Test II (Unit IV & V) – 15 marks Unit—VI (AAT) = 15 marks
marks
marks
Answer FIVE full questions

SEE –  Questions Q1 & Q 2 from Unit I and Unit II

20x3 = 60 Total:100*
100 respectively shall be answered and shall not
Marks marks
marks have internal choice.
 Questions Q3, Q4 and Q5 from Unit III,
20x2= 40
Unit IV & Unit V respectively shall be
Marks
answered and shall have internal choice
Note: * = SEE is to be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be
reduced for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3
CO1 1 2 3
CO2 - 2 3
CO3 1 2 3
CO4 1 2 3
CO5 1 2 3
1-Low 2-Medium 3-High

GT-42
Course Code 18GT2C03 M.Tech (Geotechnical Engineering)
Category Program Core Semester : II
Course title ROCK MECHANICS
No. of Hrs/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total Hrs = 48
Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): NIL
Course Learning Objective:
1.To understand the basic concepts with respect to Rock Engineering design,
2. To evaluate the determination of rock mass mechanical properties.
3. To analyze the stability of rock mass, foundations in rock mass,
4. To discuss the methods of strengthening of rocks and tunnels in rock.
5. To analyse and examine the design and construction aspects of tunnels.

COURSE CONTENTS
UNIT - I
Introduction: Fields of application of rock mechanics. Rock forming minerals,
classification of rocks-geological, petrographic and engineering. Index properties of
rocks – porosity, density, permeability, strength, slake and durability, logging of
cores, core recovery, rock quality designation and its engineering importance.
(10 Hrs)
UNIT - II
Strength of rocks: stress strain behaviour, factors influencing the strength of rocks-
temperature, confining pressure, strain rates, modes of failures of rocks, failure
theories of rocks, Mohr‘s Hypothesis, Griffith‘s Criteria, Murrel‘s extension of
griffith‘s theory, elementary theory of crack propagation, failure of rock by crack
propagation, effects of cracks of elastic properties. (14 Hrs)
UNIT - III
Rock foundations: Introduction, types of shallow and deep investigations for
foundation design and construction aspect.Rock slope stability, modes of slope
failures in rocks, engineered slopes, slope design aspect, excavations in rocks and
stabilization concepts. (10 Hrs)

UNIT - IV
Strengthening of rocks: Foundation treatment for dams and heavy structures by
grouting and rock reinforcement methods and principles of grouting, principle design
of rock bolts and their design principles. (06 Hrs)

UNIT - V
Tunnels - Basic Terminology, history and application, site investigations, methods of
excavation of tunnels supports and stabilization, construction control and
maintenance, tunnel ventilation, control of ground water and gas. (08 Hrs)

UNIT – VI
Recent advances and Research in the above mentioned topics.

GT-43
Course Outcomes:
1. Understands the engineering & geological classification of rocks
2. To evaluate the strength of rocks and various failure theories of rocks
3. To analyse the different types foundations in rock and their construction aspects.
To assess the safety of rock slopes
4. To understanding the strengthening of rock mass for dams and heavy structures
5. To understand construction of tunnels and its supports in rocks

References
1. R.E. Goodman, Introduction to Rock Mechanics, John Wiley and sons, New York
(1976)
2. John .A, Franklin and Maurice .B, Dusseault Rock Engineering Application,
McGraw Hill Inc., New Delhi.
3. J.C. Jeager and N.G.W. cook, Fundamentals of Rock Mechanics, Chapmen and
Hall Ltd., London, 1976.
4. Roberts .A – Geotechnology, Pergamou Press Ltd., Oxford
5. Principles of Engineering Geology and Geotechniques by Krynine and Judd.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION:
Test I (Unit I, II &III) – 15 Two Quizzes = 05
CIE – 50 marks marks Total:50
marks Test II (Unit IV & V) – 15 Unit—VI (AAT) = 15 marks
marks marks
Answer FIVE full questions
 Questions Q4 & Q 5 from Unit IV and Unit
SEE – 20* 2 = 40
V respectively shall be answered and shall Total:100
100 Marks
not have internal choice. marks
marks  Questions Q1, Q2 and Q3 from Unit I,
20*3= 60
Unit II & Unit III respectively shall be
Marks
answered and shall have internal choice
Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 2 3 2
CO2 2 3 3
CO3 -- -- 3
CO4 -- 2 3
CO5 3 2 3

1. Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

GT-44
Course Code 18GT2E1A M.Tech (Geotechnical Engineering)
Category Program Elective Semester : II
Course title EARTH AND ROCKFILL DAMS
No. of Hrs/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total Hrs = 48
Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): NIL
Course Learning Objectives:
1. Describing the types of earthen dams and the factors influencing its design.
2. Explaining the design details for earthen dams and earth dams on pervious soil
foundations.
3. Comparing the different methods of treatment of rock foundations and methods of
grouting.
4. Carrying out the stability check of earthen dams and design considerations during
earthquake.
5. Evaluating the pore water pressure, movements of earthen dam and embankment
construction.

COURSE CONTENTS
UNIT–I
Introduction: Earth and rockfill dams, homogeneous earth dams, zoned earth dams
and earth-rockfill dams, typical embankment sections.
Site selection and exploration: Influence of topography and subsoil conditions on
location and alignment of the dam, foundation subsurface exploration and studies of
embankment construction material. (08 Hrs)

UNIT–II
Factors influencing design: Material available for embankment construction, character
of the foundation, climate, shape and size of the valley, river diversion, probable wave
action, time available for construction, function of the reservoir and earthquake
activity.
Design details: Material, location and inclination of earth core, shell materials and
embankment side slopes, free board, crest width and camber. Filter zones, curving
embankment for arch action and raising earth dams. Berms, upstream and
downstream slope protection. (08 Hrs)

UNIT–III
Earth dams on pervious soil foundations: Preventing under seepage with complete
vertical barriers and grouting, reducing under seepage with partial vertical cutoffs and
horizontal upstream impervious blankets, controlling under seepage by regulation of
leaks and relief wells.
Treatment of rock foundations and abutments: Objectives of grouting, evaluation of
necessity of grouting, planning grouting details, blanket grouting, curtain grouting,
drilling equipment, size and direction of holes, washing and pressure testing of holes,
grouting equipment, procedures for grouting, pressure and consistency of grout,
stopping surface leakage. (10 Hrs)

GT-45
 UNIT–IV
Stability analysis: Stability analysis by the Swedish slip circle method, Stability
analysis by friction circle method, Taylor‘s stability number and stability curves,
Wedge method, Stability analysis during steady seepage, during sudden drawdown
and during & immediately after construction.
Special design problems and details: Design considerations during earthquake,
Ground movements, Earthquake intensity scales, Periods and amplitudes of ground
motion, Influence of foundation material, Earthquake waves, Seiches, Problems in
loose sand, soft clay and silt foundation. (10 Hrs)

UNIT–V
Measurements of pore water pressure and movements: Purposes and types of
instruments, piezometer, devices for measuring movements, USBR measurements of
pore water pressure and embankments compression, compression of rock fill
embankment sections during construction and post construction foundation
settlement, Observation and measurement of leakage.
Embankment construction: Equipment for excavating, hauling, spreading, blending,
compacting and separating oversized rocks and cobbles, construction procedures and
quality control of impervious and semi pervious embankment sections, handling dry
and wet materials, construction problems caused by fines, construction procedures of
hard and soft rockfill embankments, slope treatment and riprap. (12 Hrs)

UNIT–VI
Presentations and group discussions on recent advances in the above topics including
field application.

Course Outcomes:
1. Classification of the types of earthen dams and the factors influencing its design.
2. Explanation of design of different types of earthen dams.
3. Performance of the different treatment methods for earthen dams on pervious soil
and rock foundation.
4. Analyze the stability of earthen dams and to apply the design details to be
considered during earthquake.
5. Estimate the pore water pressure, movements of earthen dam and construction of
embankment.

Reference Books:
1. Earth and Rockfill Dams: Christian Kutzner, Routledge -2018.
2. Earth and Rockfill Dams: US Army Corps of Engineers. Published by University
press of the pacific -2004.
3. Design and performance of embankments on soft soils: Marcio de souza
S.Almeida, Maria Esther Soares Marques, CRC Press-2018.
4. Geotechnical Engineering for dams: Robin Fell, Patrick MacGregor, David
Stapledon, Graeme Bell mark foster, CRC Press-2018.
5. Earth and earth-rock dams: Sherard J.L, Woodward R.J, Gizienski S.F and
Clevenger W.A, John Wiley & Sons Inc -1963.

GT-46
SCHEME OF EXAMINATION
CIE – 50 Test I (Unit I, II &III) – 15 marks Two Quizzes = 05 marks Total:50
marks Test II (Unit IV & V) – 15 marks Unit—VI (AAT) = 15 marks marks

Answer FIVE full questions

 Questions Q1 & Q 2 from Unit I and Unit II
SEE – 20* 2 = 40
respectively shall be answered and shall not Total:100
100 Marks
have internal choice. marks
marks  Questions Q3, Q4 and Q5 from Unit III,
20*3= 60
Unit IV & Unit V respectively shall be
Marks
answered and shall have internal choice
Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 3 2 3
CO2 3 2 3
CO3 3 2 3
CO4 3 2 3
CO5 3 2 3

1. Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

GT-47
Course Code 18GT2E1B M.Tech (Geotechnical Engineering)
Category Program Elective Semester : II
Course title DESIGN OF SUBSTRUCTURES
No. of Hrs/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total Hrs = 48
Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): NIL

Course Learning Objectives:

1. To understand various types of foundations for different substructures.
2. To analyze about the different method of In-situ tests for bearing capacity
3. To discuss about the Hydrological investigations
4. To evaluate the design of substructure foundations.
5. To analyze design concepts of marine substructures

COURSE CONTENTS
UNIT - I
Substructures – Definition and purpose, Role of Foundation Engineer, General
Requirements of Substructures, Scope, Types of Foundations, Selection of type of
foundation, Basic requirements of a foundation, Terminology, computation of loads,
design steps (6 Hrs)

UNIT – II
In – situ methods of bearing capacity like SPT, SCPT, DCPT and Plate Bearing Tests.
(6 Hrs)

UNIT - III
Introduction, definitions, width of roadway and footway, elements of a Bridge
substructures, Determination of maximum flood discharge, determination of linear
waterway and effective linear waterway, Number of spans, discharge for design of
foundations, determination of the maximum depth of scour, depth of foundation,
allowable bearing pressure, loads to be considered. (10 Hrs)

UNIT - IV
Concept of Well / Caisson foundations, lateral stability of well foundation, design of
pier cap, design of pier and abutments, types of well foundation, sinking stresses in
wells, design of well cap, design of well steining, design of well curb, design of
cutting edge, design of bottom plug, top plug and filling, sinking of wells, tilts and
shifts ( 14 Hrs)

UNIT - V
Introduction, Types of Marine structures, Breakwaters, Wharves, piers, sea walls,
docks, quay walls, locks, moorings, design loads, Combined loads, wave action, wave
pressure on vertical wall, ship impact on piled wharf structures, design of
breakwaters. (12 Hrs)

UNIT – VI
Recent advances and Research in the above mentioned topics.

GT-48
Course Outcomes:
1. To examine different types of foundations for sub structures
2. To analyze various in – situ methods of evaluating bearing capacity
3. To evaluate the concept of analysis and design parameters required for bridge
substructures
4. To design well / caisson foundations
5. To design marine sub structures

References
1. Swami Saran, Analysis and Design of Substructures, Second edition, Oxford &
IBH publishing co. pvt ltd. (2006)
2. V.N.S.Murthy, Advanced Foundation Engineering, CBS publishers & distributors,
first edition (2007)

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION:
Test I (Unit I, II &III) – 15
CIE – 50 marks Two Quizzes = 05 marks Total:50
marks Test II (Unit IV & V) – 15 Unit—VI (AAT) = 15 marks marks
marks
Answer FIVE full questions
 Questions Q4 & Q 5 from Unit IV and Unit
20* 2 = 40 Total:
SEE – 100 V respectively shall be answered and shall not
Marks 100
marks have internal choice.
 Questions Q1, Q2 and Q3 from Unit I, Unit marks
20*3= 60
II & Unit III respectively shall be answered
Marks
and shall have internal choice
Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 2 3 3
CO2 2 3 3
CO3 -- -- 3
CO4 1 -- 3
CO5 1 2 3

1. Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

GT-49
Course Code 18GT2E1C M.Tech (Geotechnical Engineering)
Category Program Elective Semester : II
Course title EXPANSIVE SOIL ENGINEERING
No. of Hrs/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total Hrs = 48
Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): NIL

Course Learning Objectives:

1. Understand and Analyze the importance of Expansive soils, their problems
2. Evaluate the expansive soil qualitatively and quantitatively for engineering purpose
3. Designing the foundation system for various types of structures on Expansive soils
4. Analyzing and evaluating different methods of stabilizing the expansive soils
5. Create Design, remedial and Construction procedures for structures in Expansive
soils

COURSE CONTENT
UNIT – I
Introduction: Origin, distribution of expansive soils, recognition and identification of
expansive soils - clay mineral, x-ray diffraction, DTA, electron microscopy,
classification, free swell, shrinkage index, swelling potential and swelling pressure -
methods of determination, factors influencing. Heave prediction: Introduction, soil
suction, measurement of soil suction - tensiometers, axis translation, filter paper
method, psychrometers, osmotic method. Heave prediction based on oedometer tests,
based on soil suction tests. (08 Hrs)
UNIT – II
Design alternatives: Introduction, drilled pier and beam foundation, mat foundation,
under-reamed pile foundation, general conditions for under reamed piles, design and
construction. Design for highway and air-field pavements: Introduction, general
principles of pavement design, design features and treatment methods for expansive
soil subgrades, air-field procedures. (08 Hrs)
UNIT – III
Treatment of expansive soils: Introduction, removal and replacement, remoulding and
compaction, pre-loading, pre-wetting, stablization - lime, cement, fly ash, application
methods, moisture control, electro chemical treatments. (10 Hrs)

UNIT – IV
Remedial measures: Introduction, remedial measures for buildings and pavements,
Methods of construction on expansive soils: Introduction, sub-base preparation,
constructional and water - protection measures, maintenance and rehabilitation of
structures founded on expansive soils. (12 Hrs)
UNIT – V
Swell - shrink behaviour of expansive soils: Introduction, investigation of foundation
movements, cyclic behaviour, factors affecting cyclic behaviour, case histories.
(10 Hrs)
UNIT – VI
Case studies on construction and failures of Civil Engineering structures in Expansive
soils, discussion on current literature.

GT-50
Course Outcomes:
On completing the course the student should be able to:
1. Describe identification and Classification of Expansive soils
2. Validate the swelling characteristics of soils
3. Design different types of foundations on Expansive soils
4. Implement an appropriate and cost effective choice of Treatment for Expansive
soils
5. Design Construction method of structures in expansive soils

References:
1. Foundations on expansive soil, F H Chen, Elsevier Science Publishing Company,
NY.
2. Construction of buildings on expansive soils, E A Sorochan, Oxford & IBH
Publications.
3. Expansive soils - Problems and practice in foundation and pavement engineering -
John D. Nelson and Debora J. Miller, John Wiley & Sons.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION
Test I (Unit I, II &III) – 15
CIE – 50 marks Two Quizzes = 05 marks Total:50
marks Test II (Unit IV & V) – 15 Unit—VI (AAT) = 15 marks marks
marks
Answer FIVE full questions
 Questions Q4 & Q 5 from Unit IV and Unit
20* 2 = 40
SEE – V respectively shall be answered and shall
Marks Total:100
100 marks not have internal choice. marks
 Questions Q1, Q2 and Q3 from Unit I,
20*3= 60
Unit II & Unit III respectively shall be
Marks
answered and shall have internal choice
Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 3 -- 3
CO2 2 1 3
CO3 3 2 3
CO3 2 -- 3
CO4 3 1 3

1. Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

GT-51
Course Code 18GT2 E2A M.Tech (Geotechnical Engineering)
Category Program Elective Semester : II
Course title REINFORCED SOIL STRUCTURES
No. of Hrs/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total Hrs = 48
Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): NIL
Course Learning Objectives:
1. Understand and Analyse the history, application potential, basic principles and
mechanism
2. Evaluate the requirement of various components of reinforced soil structures
3. Understand and evaluate various types of geosynthetics, their functions and
applications.
4. design different type of structures using reinforcement / geosynthetics
5. Assessing different construction method with Reinforced Earth

COURSE CONTENT

UNIT – I
Historical back ground - Introduction to reinforced soil structures, comparison with
reinforced cement concrete structures, Principles, concepts and mechanisms of
reinforced earth. (06 Hrs)

UNIT – II
Materials used and their properties, laboratory testing and constructional details,
metallic strips, metallic grids, geotextiles, geogrids, geomembranes and
geocomposites, their functions and design principles. (06 Hrs)

UNIT – III
Application of Geotextiles – Pavements, Clay Liners, Soil erosion Introduction,
Design methods, Function and Mechanism, Geotextile properties and test methods. –
Physical, Mechanical and Hydraulic properties, Construction methods and techniques
using Geotextiles. (08 Hrs)

UNIT – IV
Design applications of reinforced soil structures : Bearing capacity Improvement,
Reinforced Earth Walls (14 Hrs)

UNIT – V
Design applications of reinforced soil structures : Slopes, Soil Nailing . (14 Hrs)

UNIT – VI
Case studies of reinforced soil structures, discussion on current literature.

GT-52
Course Outcomes:
Students shall be able to:
1. Examine theory and mechanism of reinforced soil
2. Assess various design parameters in Reinforced earth.
3. Examine about various types of Geosynthetic, their properties, methods of testing
and their functions
4. Design reinforced soil retaining walls, soil slopes, Soil nailing and reinforced
earth beds.
5. Evaluate and propose a definite method of construction with Reinforced Earth.

References
1. Koerner, R.H. Designing with geosythetics, Prentice Hall Inc, 5TH Edition, 2005.
2. Jones, C.J.F.P. Reinforcement and soil structures, Thomas Telford, 1996.
3. Jewel, R.A. Soil reinforcement with geotextiles (Special publication), CIRIA,
1996.
4. Ingold, J.S. and Miller, K.S., Geotextiles hand book, Thomas Telford Ltd, 1988
5. Shulka and Yin, Fundamentals of Geosynthetic Engineering Taylor and Francis
group, London 2010

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION:
Test I (Unit I, II &III) – 15 Two Quizzes = 05
CIE – 50 marks marks Total:50
marks Test II (Unit IV & V) – 15 Unit—VI (AAT) = 15 marks
marks marks
Answer FIVE full questions
 Questions Q1 & Q 2 from Unit I and Unit
20* 2 = 40
SEE – II respectively shall be answered and shall Total:100
Marks
100 marks not have internal choice. marks
 Questions Q3, Q4 and Q5 from Unit III,
20*3= 60
Unit IV & Unit V respectively shall be
Marks
answered and shall have internal choice

Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 3 2 3
CO2 3 -- 3
CO3 3 -- 3
CO4 2 -- 3
CO5 2 2 2

1. Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

GT-53
Course Code 18GT2E2B M.Tech (Geotechnical Engineering)
Category Program Elective Semester : II
Course title BEHAVIOUR AND TESTING OF UNSATURATED SOILS
No. of Hrs/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total Hrs = 48
Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): NIL
Course Learning Objective:
1. Understand unsaturated soil mechanics concepts, typical profiles of unsaturated
soils. Origin and formation, Identification and classification of expansive and
collapsing soils.
2. Understand soil suction and measurements of suctions by various
To impart the basic concepts of plasticity in materials and yield criteria
3. Analyze flow through unsaturated soils, Flow laws air and water permeability and
measurements.
4. Evaluate phase properties and relations for unsaturated soils, Phase equilibrium
conditions
5. Evaluate the shear strength of unsaturated soils and their determination by
different methods

COURSE CONTENTS
UNIT-I
Introduction to unsaturated soil mechanics. Types of problems, typical profiles of
unsaturated soils. Tropical and residual soils, Expansive and collapsing type of soils.
Origin and formation, Identification and classification of expansive and collapsing
soils. (10 Hrs)
UNIT-II
Soil suction – Matric and osmotic suction, Total suction. Theory of soil suction,
Measurement by direct and indirect methods – Tensiometers, Axis translation
technique, Pressure plate apparatus, Filter paper method, Psychrometers, Squeezing
technique of measuring osmotic suction (10 Hrs)
UNIT- III
Flow through unsaturated soils – Flow laws, Darcy‘s law for unsaturated soils,
Coefficient of permeability with respect to water phase and air phase, Air diffusion,
Measurement of permeability and air coefficient of permeability. (08 Hrs)
UNIT- IV
Phase properties and relations for unsaturated soils. Properties of individual phases,
Interaction of air and water, Volume – mass relations, changes in volume – mass
properties. Densities of mixtures subjected to compression of the air phase, Piston
porous stone analogy Effective stress concepts and stress state variables for
unsaturated soils. Equilibrium analysis for unsaturated soils – Total or overall
equilibrium, Independent phase equilibrium – water phase, Air phase, Contractile skin
(meniscus) (10 Hrs)
UNIT-V
Shear strength – History of shear strength, Failure envelope for unsaturated soils, Use
of effective stress parameters to define shear strength, Mohr-coulomb and stress
points envelopes. Triaxial tests on unsaturated soils, CD tests, Constant water content

GT-54
tests, CU tests with pore pressure measurements, Undrained tests, Multistage testing,
Measurement of shear strength parameters. (10 Hrs)
UNIT- VI
Technological advancements in Unsaturated soil Mechanics, new concepts and
solution to engineering problems.

Course Outcomes :
Students will be able to:
1. Describe profiles of unsaturated soils.Origin and formation, Identification and
classification of expansive and collapsing soils IN THE FIELD
2. Discuss soil suction and measurements of suctions by various methods and their
application in the field
3. Review flow laws air and water permeability and measurements and their
application in the field
4. Assess phase equilibrium conditions of unsaturated soils to be considered in the
field
5. Assess importance of determining Shear strength of unsaturated soils and their
determination by different methods

References
1. D.G.Fredlund and H. Rahardjo, Soil mechanics for unsaturated soils, Wiley-
interscience publication, John Wiley and sons, NY.
2. G.E.Blight,‖Mechanics of residual soils‖ A.A.Balkema publishers,USA
3. John D. Nelson and Debora J. Miller ―Expansive soils – Problems and practice in
foundations and pavement engineering‖ John Wiley and sons, NY.
4. Unsaturated soil mechanics Ning Lu and William J. Likos John Wiley and
sons,INC

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION
CIE – 50 Test I (Unit I, II &III) – 15 marks Two Quizzes = 05 marks Total:50
marks Test II (Unit IV & V) – 15 marks Unit—VI (AAT) = 15 marks marks
Answer FIVE full questions
 Questions Q1 & Q 3 from Unit I and Unit III
SEE – 20* 2 = 40
respectively shall be answered and shall not Total:100
100 Marks
have internal choice. marks
marks  Questions Q2, Q4 and Q5 from Unit II,
20*3= 60
Unit IV & Unit V respectively shall be
Marks
answered and shall have internal choice
Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.
Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)
PO1 PO2 PO3
CO1 2 2 2
CO2 1 2 2
CO3 2 3 3
CO4 2 2 2
CO5 3 3 3
1. Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

GT-55
Course Code 18GT2E2C M.Tech (Geotechnical Engineering)
Category Program Elective Semester : II
GEOTECHNICS FOR DESIGN OF UNDER GROUND
Course title
STRUCTURES
No. of Hrs/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total Hrs = 48
Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): NIL
Course Learning Objectives:
1. To discuss about various methods of Earth pressure calculation
2. To analyse different methods of deep excavation and designing them
3. To design excavation support systems
4. To discuss about the methods of retaining wall designs.
5. To evaluate the methods of tunnel design

COURSE CONTENTS
UNIT I
EXCAVATION METHODS AND LATERAL SUPPORTING SYSTEM :
Introduction - excavation methods and lateral supporting systems – retaining walls –
strutting systems – factors influencing on the selection of the retaining strut system –
case history. Lateral earth pressure for design of supporting systems - Rankine‘s and
Coulomb‘s earth pressure theory – earth pressure for design of excavation (08 Hrs)
UNIT II
ANALYSIS OF DEEP EXCAVATION : Introduction - free and fixed earth support
method – shear failure of strutted walls – push in – basal heave - upheaval – sand
boiling - Stress and deformation analysis of excavation: simplified method – beam on
elastic foundation method – finite element method. (10 Hrs)
UNIT III
DESIGN OF EXCAVATION SUPPORTING SYSTEMS : Introduction – design
methods and factor of safety – retaining wall – structural components in braced
excavations – strut systems – anchor systems – tests of anchors. Soil Nailing and
Micropiling. (08 Hrs)
UNIT IV
EXCAVATION AND PROTECTION OF ADJACENT BUILDINGS :
Introduction – protection of building using the behaviour of excavation induced
deformation – building protection by auxiliary methods – construction defects and
remedial measures – building rectification methods. (10 Hrs)
UNIT V
DESIGN OF TUNNEL : Introduction - longitudinal and transverse profile of tunnel
structure - tunnel protection against fire - advanced systems of anti-water insulation of
underground structures - loading types of shallow and deep tunnels, rock mass
classification - mining technologies of deep excavation - shield technology, execution
technology of shallow underground structures, sewerage objects - trenchless
technologies. (12 Hrs)
UNIT – VI
Recent advances and Research in the above mentioned topics.

GT-56
Course Outcomes :
1. Students will have the capacity to analyze and design the underground structures
with reference to various supporting systems
2.Students will learn about that needs for underground construction
3.Students will have an ability to design the protection system the adjacent building
due to underground construction
4. To design soil nailing / micro piling for deep vertical cuts
5.To design a tunnel

REFERENCES:
1. Deep Excavation Theory and Practice by Chang – Yu Ou, Taylor & Francis Group,
London, UK, 2006.
2. Engineering Principles of Ground Modification by Hausman, M. R., McGraw –
Hill Publishing Company, New York, 1990.
3. Underground excavations in rock by Hoek, E., Brown, E.T., The Institution of
Mining and Metallurgy, London, SW7 2BP, England, 1980.
4. Tunnels: planning, design, construction by Megaw T. M., and Bartlett, J.V., Ellis
Horwood, 1983.
5. Tunnelling and tunnel mechanics: A rational approach to tunneling by Kolymbas,
D., 2nd corrected printing © 2008, Springer – Verlag Berlin Heidelberg, Italy, 2005.
6. Design and construction of tunnels by Lunardi, P., Springer – Verlag Berlin
Heidelberg, Italy, 2008.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION
Test I (Unit I, II &III) – 15
CIE – 50 marks Two Quizzes = 05 marks Total:50
marks Test II (Unit IV & V) – 15 Unit—VI (AAT) = 15 marks marks
marks
Answer FIVE full questions
 Questions Q4 & Q 5 from Unit IV and Unit
20* 2 = 40
SEE – V respectively shall be answered and shall Total:100
Marks
100 marks not have internal choice. marks
 Questions Q1, Q2 and Q3 from Unit I,
20*3= 60
Unit II & Unit III respectively shall be
Marks
answered and shall have internal choice
Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3
CO1 2 3 3
CO2 2 3 3
CO3 -- 2 3
CO4 2 3 3
CO5 -- 2 3
1. Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

GT-57
Course Code 18GT2L01 M.Tech (Geotechnical Engineering)
Category Program Lab Semester : II
Course title GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING LABORATORY-II
No. of Hrs/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total Hrs = 48
Credits
0 0 4 0 2
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): NIL

Course Learning Objectives :

1. Understand and Apply Classification of Rocks
2. Evaluate the Strengths of Rocks
3. Analyze the Geotextiles properties
4. Evaluating the geotextile for a particular application
5. Understand and Apply various softwares for different Geotechnical applications.

COURSE CONTENTS

1.PHYSICAL TEST ON ROCK Hardness Test, water absorption test, Specific

gravity test (04 Hrs)

2. STRENGTH TEST ON ROCK: Compressive Strength, Brazilian Test, and Point

load Index Test. Elastic Properties of Rocks. (08 Hrs)

3. TEST ON GEOSYNTHETICS : Tensile strength, Puncture Resistance, Aperture

opening, Friction test. (08 Hrs)

4. SOFTWARE LAB : Analysis of laboratory and field test results using any of the
available standard software package and preparation of test report.( Data of
18GT1L01 to be used) (14 Hrs)
.
5.DESIGN OF SUBSTRUCTRES USING SOFTWARE : Slope stability
Analysis, Design of open and pile Foundations, Retaining walls, Designs with
Geosynthetics. (14 Hrs)

Course Outcomes :
Students shall be able to:
1. Assess the classification Rocks based on laboratory test results
2. Evaluate the strength of rock
3. Assess the Geosynthetic characterization and evaluating their engineering
properties
4. Advocate a suitable choice of Geotextile for the foundation design
5. Illustrate the designing in Geotechnical Engineering using different packages

GT-58
REFERENCES:
1. R.E. Goodman, Introduction to Rock Mechanics, John Wiley and sons, New York
(1976)
2. John .A, Franklin and Maurice .B, Dusseault Rock Engineering Application,
McGraw Hill Inc., New Delhi.
3. J.C. Jeager and N.G.W. cook, Fundamentals of Rock Mechanics, Chapmen and
Hall Ltd., London, 1976.
4. Roberts .A – Geotechnology, Pergamou Press Ltd., Oxford
5. Principles of Engineering Geology and Geotechniques by Krynine and Judd.
6. Koerner, R.H. Designing with geosythetics, Prentice Hall Inc, 1994.
7. Jones, C.J.E.P. Reinforcement and soil structures, Butterworth Publications, 1996.
8. Jewel, R.A. Soil reinforcement with geotextiles, CIRIA, 1996.
9. Ingold, J.S. and Miller, K.S., Geotextiles hand book, Thomas Telford Ltd, 1988

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

Continuous Internal Marks Semester End Marks

Evaluation Evaluation(SEE)
(Laboratory – 50 Marks) Laboratory (100 Marks)
Performance of the student in 20 Write up 20
the laboratory, every week
Test at the end of the semester 20 Conducting Experiment 50
Viva voce 10 Viva voce 30
Total 100
Total (CIE) 50 Total (SEE) 50*
Note: * = SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks for practical and the marks obtained
shall be reduced for 50 Marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 3 -- 3
CO2 3 2 3
CO3 3 -- 3
CO4 3 -- 3
CO5 3 -- 3

1. Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

GT-59
Course Code 18GT2S02 M.Tech (Geotechnical Engineering)
Category Seminar Semester: II
Course title SEMINAR - II
No. of Hrs/Week
Scheme and Credits L T P S Credits Total Hrs = 24
0 0 2 0 1
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks:- Total Max. Marks: 50 Duration of SEE: ---
Prerequisites (if any): NIL
Course Learning Objectives:

The objectives of the SEMINAR-II is to prepare the students to learn to:

1. Carry out the literature review of general research area/current topic and
analyse the same effectively.
2. Prepare a technical report, reflecting his/her depth of understanding, on the
selected area/topic and prepare content rich presentation.
3. Acquire communication and time management skills for effective and impactful
presentation. Interact with peers to acquire the qualities of thoughtfulness,
friendliness, adaptability, responsiveness, and politeness in-group discussion.
Overcome stage fear during oral presentation.

GUIDE LINES
1. Seminar preparation and presentation is an individual student activity.
2. Topic may be of general/ specific interest to program of engineering or electives
not offered in the semester and to be selected in consultation with the
faculty/Guide assigned.
3. Select one pertinent research paper/topic for the seminar presentation.
4. Prepare and submit a detailed technical report of the seminar topic.

Course Outcomes:
Students shall be able to:
1. Carry out the literature survey of topic of seminar.
2. Prepare a technical report on the selected area/topic.
3. Make an effective presentation with seamless flow of content within the time
allocated. Overcome inhibition in interacting with peers and hence develop the
spirit of team work.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

CIE – 50 Phase -1 Marks =10 Seminar Report Total:50

marks Phase -2 Marks =20 Marks =20 Marks

GT-60
Scheme of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE):

Evaluation would be carried out in TWO phases. The Seminar Evaluation Committee
shall comprise of Chairperson of the Department, Faculty/Guide and one more faculty
member nominated by Chairperson of the Department. The evaluation criteria shall be
as per the rubrics given below:

Rubrics for Evaluation: Weightage

Topic - Technical Relevance, Sustainability and Societal Concerns : 15%

Review of literature and technical content : 35%
Presentation Skills : 25%
Report of seminar : 25%

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 2 2 3
CO2 2 3 3
CO3 - 2 -

1. Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

GT-61
Course Code 18CV2M01 M.Tech (Geotechnical Engineering)
Category Mandatory Audit Semester: II
Course title PEDAGOGY STUDIES (AUDIT COURSE-II)
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total Hours: 24
Credits
2 0 0 0 1
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: -- Total Max. Marks: 50 Duration of SEE: --
Prerequisites (if any): NIL
Course Learning Objectives:
1. Understand and apply the best practices in Pedagogy studies.
2. Analyse the different pedagogy approaches for effective teaching learning
process.
3. Apply the modern tools used in pedagogy.

COURSE CONTENTS

UNIT –I
 Introduction and Methodology:
 Aims and rationale, Policy background, Conceptual framework and terminology.
 Theories of learning, Curriculum, Teacher education.
 Conceptual framework, Research question.
 Overview of methodology and searching. (05 Hrs)

UNIT –II
 Thematic overview: Pedagogical practices are being used by teachers in formal
and informal classrooms in developing countries.
 Curriculum, teacher education, usage of modern tools. (04 Hrs)

UNIT –III
 Evidence on the effectiveness of pedagogical practices.
 Methodology for the in depth stage: quality assessment of included studies.
 How can teacher education (curriculum and practicum) and the school curriculum
and guidance materials best support effective pedagogy?
 Theory of change.
 Strength and nature of the body of evidence for effective pedagogical practices.
 Pedagogic theory and pedagogical approaches.
 Teacher‘s attitudes and beliefs and pedagogic strategies. (05 Hrs)

UNIT –IV
 Professional development; alignment with classroom practices and follow-up
support.
 Peer support
 Support from the head teacher and the community.
 Curriculum and assessment.
 Barriers to learning: limited resources and large class sizes. (05 Hrs)

GT-62
 UNIT –V
 Research gaps and future directions
 Research design
 Contexts
 Pedagogy
 Teacher education
 Curriculum and assessment
 Dissemination and research impact. (05 Hrs)

Course Outcomes:
Students shall be able to:
1. Discuss and compare the different practices of Pedagogy studies for effective
teaching and learning.
2. Emphasise on different Pedagogy approaches for enhanced teaching learning
process.
3. Implement the capabilities of modern tools used in Pedagogy studies.

References:
1. Ackers J, Hardman F (2001) Classroom interaction in Kenyan primary schools,
Compare, 31 (2): 245-261.
2. Agrawal M (2004) Curriculum reform in school: The importance of evaluation,
Journal of Curriculum Studies, 36(3): 361-379.
3. Akyeampong K (2003) Teacher training in Ghana – does it count? Multi-site
teacher education research project (MUSTER) country report 1. London: DFID.
4. Akyeampong K, Lussier K, Proyor J, Westbrook J (2013) Improving teaching and
learning of basic maths and reading in Africa: Does teacher preparation count?
International Journal Educational Development, 33 (3): 272-282.
5. Alexander RJ (2001) Culture and pedagogy: International comparisons in primary
education. Oxford and Boston; Blackwell.
6. Chavan M (2003) Read India: A mass scale, rapid, ‗learning to read‘ campaign.
7. www.pratham.org/images/resource%20working%20paper%202.pdf.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

Test I (Unit I, II &III) = 15 marks

CIE – 50 Quiz = 5 marks Total:50
marks Unit-VI(AAT) = 15 marks marks
Test II (Unit IV & V) = 15 marks

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 - - 1
CO2 - - 1
CO3 1 1 1
1. Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

GT-63
 THIRD SEMESTER
Course Code 18GT3E1A M.Tech (Geotechnical Engineering)
Category Program Elective Semester : III
FINITE ELEMENT METHODS IN GEOTECHNICAL
Course title
ENGINEERING
No. of Hrs/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total Hrs = 48
Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): NIL
Course Learning Objectives:
1.To learn the importance of Finite element Meyhod( FEM) and advantages over
other methods.
2. To learn the application of FEM to Geotechnical problems.
3. To discuss about basic equations of elasticity
4. To learn Applications of FEM in Seepage analysis and joint rock masses
5. To analyses the jointed rock masses
COURSE CONTENTS
UNIT - I
Introduction: General, General description methods, brief description of FEA for
stress analysis problem, finite element method vs classical method. FEM vs FDM a
brief history of FEM, need for studying FEM. (08Hrs)
UNIT - II
Basic Equations in Elasticity: Introduction, Stress in typical element, equations of
equilibrium, strains, strain displacement equations, linear constitutive law. (08 Hrs)
UNIT - III
Finite element Basics: Introduction, elements, shape functions, co-ordinate
transformation, strain displacement relations, stiffness equations, body forces, surface
tractions, geotechnical considerations: effective stress methods loadings, initial
stresses, excavation, fills. (14 Hrs)
UNIT - IV
Seepage Analysis: Introduction, some equations, finite element discretization of
seepage equation, Computation of velocities and flows, treatment of free surface
boundary. (08 Hrs)
UNIT - V
Analysis of Jointed Rock Masses: Introduction, some characteristics of rocks,
discontinuities in rock masses, some models of behaviour jointed rocks, generalized
plane strain analysis in rock mechanics, effective stress analysis if undrained rock
masses. (10 Hrs)
UNIT – VI
Recent advances and Research in the above mentioned topics.

Course Outcomes :
1. To understand the application of Finite element Method( FEM) in field problems
pertaining to Geotechnical Engineering.
2. To discuss the elasticity concepts
3. To Design using FEM for Excavation and fills in the soils,
4. To analyse Seepage analysis and joint rock masses using FEM
5. To evaluate plane strain problems using F.E.M.

GT-64
References
1. FEM Analysis by S.S. Bhavikatti- New Age International Publishers.
2. Finite Elements in Geotechnical Engineering by D.J. Naylor and G.N. Pande
3. Joseph. E. Bowles ―Foundation analysis and Design‖ McGraw Hill, International
edition.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION
Test I (Unit I, II &III) – 15
CIE – 50 marks Two Quizzes = 05 marks Total:50
marks Test II (Unit IV & V) – 15 Unit—VI (AAT) = 15 marks marks
marks
Answer FIVE full questions
 Questions Q4 & Q 5 from Unit IV and Unit
20* 2 = 40
SEE – 100 V respectively shall be answered and shall Total:100
Marks
marks not have internal choice. marks
 Questions Q1, Q2 and Q3 from Unit I,
20*3= 60
Unit II & Unit III respectively shall be
Marks
answered and shall have internal choice
Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 2 3 3
CO2 2 3 3
CO3 -- -- 3
CO4 2 3 3
CO5 1 3 3

1. Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

GT-65
Course Code 18GT3E1B M.Tech (Geotechnical Engineering)
Category Program Elective Semester : III
Course title EARTH PRESSURE AND RETAINING STRUCTURES
No. of Hrs/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total Hrs = 48
Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): NIL
Course Learning Objectives:
1. Understand and analyze the basic principles and methods of calculating earth
pressures
2. Evaluate different earth structures, for particular field applications and designing
them.
3. Analyzing Braced excavations, their design and construction
4. Evaluate and Design Coffer dams and other underground structures.
5. Evaluate and design the underground structures.

COURSE CONTENTS

UNIT - I
Earth Pressure: Types - at rest, active, passive; Rankine's theory; Backfill features -
soil type, surface inclination, loads on surface, soil layers, water level; Coulomb's
theory; Effects due to wall friction and wall inclination; Graphical methods;
Earthquake effects. (14 Hrs)
UNIT - II
Retaining walls: Types of retaining walls, failure of retaining walls, Principles of
design, Rigid Retaining Structures: Types; – Gravity retaining walls, Cantilever
retaining walls, design methods; Stability analysis. Flexible Retaining Structures:
Types; Material; Cantilever sheet piles; Anchored bulkheads - free earth method,
fixed earth method, moment reduction factors, anchorage. (14 Hrs)

UNIT – III
Braced Excavation: Lateral earth pressure on sheeting, types of sheeting and bracing
systems – design of various components of bracings. Construction methods; Pressure
distribution in sands and clays; Stability - bottom heave, seepage, ground
deformation. (08 Hrs)
UNIT –IV
Coffer dams & Cellular coffer dams : Introduction – types of coffer dams - Design of
cellular coffer dams on rock and Soil – safety against sliding, slipping, overturning,
vertical shear and stability against bursting. (06 Hrs)

UNIT – V
Underground Structures in Soils: Pipes; Conduits; Trench less technology; Tunneling,
techniques-cut-and-cover method, shield tunneling. (06 Hrs)

UNIT – VI
Case studies on construction and failures of Earth retaining structures, discussion on
current literature.

GT-66
Course Outcomes :
On completing the course the student should be able to:
1. Describe various methods of quantifying earth pressure.
2. Investigate on appropriate and cost effective choice of retaining wall for a given
field situation and design them
3. Investigate importance of protecting excavations and the design of braced
excavations.
4. Design coffer dams
5. Design different types of underground structures

References:
1. Clayton and Wood, Earth pressure and Earth Retaining structures, CRS Press, 3rd
edition, 2014
2. B.M. Das, Principle of foundation Engineering, Thomson Canada Ltd, 3rd edition,
2007
3. J E Bowles , Foundation Analysis and design, McGraw Hill book Company, 5th
Edition, 1997
4. M. Budhu, Foundation and Earth Retaining Structures, CRS Press, 3rd edition, 2014
5. Brooks and Nelsen, A design guide for earth retaining structures, HBA Publications
Inc, 10th Edition, 2013

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION:
CIE – 50 Test I (Unit I, II &III) – 15 marks Two Quizzes = 05 marks Total:50
marks Test II (Unit IV & V) – 15 marks Unit—VI (AAT) = 15 marks marks

Answer FIVE full questions

 Questions Q4 & Q5 from Unit IV and Unit
20* 2 = 40
SEE – V respectively shall be answered and shall Total:10
Marks
100 marks not have internal choice. 0 marks
 Questions Q1, Q2 and Q3 from Unit I,
20*3= 60
Unit II & Unit III respectively shall be
Marks
answered and shall have internal choice
Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 2 3 3
CO2 2 3 3
CO3 -- -- 3
CO4 -- -- 3
CO5 2 - 3
1. Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

GT-67
Course Code 18GT3E1C M.Tech (Geotechnical Engineering)
Category Program Elective Semester : III
Course title EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT DESIGN OF FOUNDATIONS
No. of Hrs/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total Hrs = 48
Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): NIL
Course Learning Objectives:
1. To analyze different kinds of loading induced on the foundation due to earthquake
2. To examine soil - foundation interaction analysis with reference to various design
parameters that including liquefaction of soil due to earthquake.
3. To evaluate dynamic response of shallow foundations
4. To evaluate dynamic response of deep foundations
5. To design retaining wall for seismic loads

COURSE CONTENT
UNIT I
BASIC DESIGN PARAMETERS : Dynamic properties of soils and its evaluation,
strength and deformation characteristics of soils under earthquake loading,
liquefaction hazard evaluations and remedial measures, geotechnical failure of
foundations during earthquake, provision of IS 1893 and IS 13920 (12 Hrs)
UNIT - II
SHALLOW FOUNDATION : Design requirements – bearing capacity theory under
earthquake loading – bearing capacity analysis for liquefied soil – bearing capacity
analysis for cohesive and cohesionless soils - seismic settlement of foundation.
(08 Hrs)
UNIT - III
DEEP FOUNDATION :Earthquake loading – inertial and kinematic loading -
performance of piles during earthquake loading – theories of pile failure in liquefiable
soils – failure based on bending mechanism/buckling instability – methods of analysis
– force based or limit equilibrium method – p-y method – pile settlement - guidelines
for designing of piles under kinematic loading due to liquefaction – seismic design of
well/cassion foundations. (12 Hrs)
UNIT - IV
SEISMIC DESIGN OF RETAINING WALL :Introduction – Seismic passive
lateral earth pressure, behaviour of retaining wall during earthquakes, modification of
Coulomb‘s Theory, Modified Culmann‘s Theory, displacement analysis, Indian
standard code of practice. (08 Hrs)

UNIT - V
STRUCTURAL DESIGN OF FOUNDATION: Introduction – loads acting on
foundations during earthquake – fundamental failure mechanisms of foundations –
essential criteria for design of foundations in liquefiable soils – structural design of
foundations subjected to earthquake loading. (08 Hrs)

UNIT – VI
Recent advances and Research in the above mentioned topics.

GT-68
Course Outcomes :
1.To perform the analysis and design of foundation under earthquake loading by
considering the influence of various design parameters that includes the liquefaction
of soils due to earthquake
2.To evaluate the shallow foundation response for seismic condition
3. To evaluate the deep foundation response for seismic condition
4. To design Retaining walls under earthquake loading condition
5. To develop a model for seismic response of foundations by simulating past
earthquake data.

References:
1. Design of foundation in seismic areas: Principles and some applications by
Bhattacharya S. (eds), Published by NICEE [National Centre for Earthquake
Engineering (India)]. ISBN: 81-904190-1-3, 2007.
2. Geotechnical Earthquake Engineering by Day R. W., handbook, McGraw – Hill,
New York, 2002.
3. Design of Pile Foundations in Liquefiable Soils by Gopal Madabhushi, Jonathan
Knappett and Stuart Haigh, Imperial College Press, London 2010.
4. Basic geotechnical earthquake engineering by Kamalesh Kumar, New Age
International Publishers, New Delhi, 2008.
5. Soil Mechanics in Engineering Practice by Terzaghi and Peck, R. B, John Wiley &
Sons, New York, 1967.
6. Pile foundation analysis and design by Poulos H.G. and Davis E.H., John Wiley
and Sons, 1980.
7. Soil dynamics by Prakash, S., McGraw Hill, New York, 1981.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION
Test I (Unit I, II &III) – 15
CIE – 50 marks Two Quizzes = 05 marks Total:50
marks Test II (Unit IV & V) – 15 Unit—VI (AAT) = 15 marks marks
marks
Answer FIVE full questions
 Questions Q4 & Q5 from Unit IV and
20* 2 = 40
SEE – 100 Unit V respectively shall be answered and Total:10
Marks
marks shall not have internal choice. 0 marks
 Questions Q1, Q2 and Q3 from Unit I,
20*3= 60
Unit II & Unit III respectively shall be
Marks
answered and shall have internal choice
Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3
CO1 2 3 3
CO2 2 3 3
CO3 -- -- 3
CO4 2 3 3
CO5 2 3 3

1. Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

GT-69
Course Code 18GT3S01 M.Tech (Geotechnical Engineering)
Category Seminar Semester: III
Course title SEMINAR – III
No. of Hrs/Week
Scheme and Credits L T P S Credits Total Hrs = 24
0 0 2 0 1
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: - Total Max. Marks: 50 Duration of SEE: ---
Prerequisites (if any): NIL

Course Learning Objectives:

The objectives of the SEMINAR-III is to prepare the students to learn to:

1. Carry out the literature review of general research area/current topic and
analyse the same effectively.
2. Prepare a technical report, reflecting his/her depth of understanding, on the
selected area/topic and prepare content rich presentation.
3. Acquire communication and time management skills for effective and impactful
presentation. Interact with peers to acquire the qualities of thoughtfulness,
friendliness, adaptability, responsiveness, and politeness in-group discussion.

GUIDE LINES
1. Seminar preparation and presentation is an individual student activity.
2. Topic may be of general/ specific interest to program of engineering or electives
not offered in the semester and to be selected in consultation with the
faculty/Guide assigned.
3. Select one pertinent research paper/topic for the seminar presentation.
4. Prepare and submit a detailed technical report of the seminar topic.

Course Outcomes:
Students shall be able to:
1. Carry out the literature survey of topic of seminar.
2. Prepare a technical report on the selected area/topic.
3. Make an effective presentation with seamless flow of content within the time
allocated. Overcome inhibition in interacting with peers and hence develop the
spirit of team work.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

CIE – 50 Phase -1 Marks =10 Seminar Report Total:50

marks Phase -2 Marks =20 Marks =20 Marks

GT-70
Scheme of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE):

Evaluation would be carried out in TWO phases. The Seminar Evaluation Committee
shall comprise of Chairperson of the Department, Faculty/Guide and one more faculty
member nominated by Chairperson of the Department. The evaluation criteria shall be
as per the rubrics given below:

Rubrics for Evaluation: Weightage

Topic - Technical Relevance, Sustainability and Societal Concerns : 15%

Review of literature and technical content : 35%
Presentation Skills : 25%
Report of seminar : 25%

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 2 2 3
CO2 2 3 3
CO3 - 2 -

1. Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

GT-71
Course Code 18GT3I01 M.Tech (Geotechnical Engineering)
Category Internship/ Mini Project Semester: III
Course title INTERNSHIP / MINI PROJECT
No. of Hrs/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total Hrs = 80
Credits
--- --- 10 --- 5
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3 Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): NIL

INTERNSHIP
Course Learning Objectives:
Objectives of the internship:
1. Provide an opportunity to see how classroom and textbook learning applies to the
real world, and to expose the students to the relevant work experience.
2. Pay close attention to all the steps that go onto completing a job, thereby, help
students to become workforce ready before entering the job market as a
graduate. Provide an opportunity to select the topic of dissertation work by
evaluating the requirement of organisation.
3. Prepare and present a technical report of internship.

GUIDELINES
1. Student has to approach the concerned heads of various Industries/organization,
which are related to the field of specialization of the M. Tech program.
2. If any student gets internship, he/she has to submit the internship offer letter duly
signed by the concerned authority of the company to the Chairperson of the
Department.
3. The internship on full time basis will be immediately after the examination of II
semester and during vacation of III semester for a minimum period of 8 weeks
without affecting the regular class work.
4. The progress has to be reported periodically Internship Guide assigned by the
Chairperson as per the format acceptable to the respective industry /organizations
and to the Institution.
5. At the end of the internship the student has to prepare and submit a detailed report
and submit.
6. Students are advised to use ICT tools such as Skype to report their progress and
submission of periodic progress reports to the faculty in charge or guide.
7. Duly signed report from guide and external supervisor from the organization
where internship is offered has to be submitted to the Chairperson of the
Department for evaluation.
The broad format of the internship final report shall contain Cover Page, Certificate
from College, Certificate from Industry / Organization of internship,
Acknowledgement, Synopsis, Table of Contents, chapters of Profile of the
Organization - Organizational structure, Products, Services, Business Partners,
Financials, Manpower, Societal Concerns, Professional Practices, Activities of the
Department where internship is done, Tasks Performed and summary of the tasks
performed. specific technical and soft skills that student has acquired during
internship, References & Annexure.

GT-72
Course Outcomes:
The student will be able to:
1. Apply the gained experience along with the theoretical knowledge to solve the
real world problems what engineers ready do.
2. Get equipped with experience required before entering the job market. Explore
the possibility of formulating the dissertation problem.
3. Prepare a technical report and make a presentation of details of internship.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION
1.Marks awarded by guide (Internal examiner) = 50 marks
50*
CIE 2.Marks awarded by the department internship/mini project
Marks
monitoring committee = 50 marks
Presentation of internship work in the presence of Guide (Internal 50**
SEE
examiner) and external examiner = 100 marks Marks
Note: *= CIE be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.
**= SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be
reduced for 50 marks.

Rubrics for CIE:

Sl. Particulars Weightage Total
no marks
1 Topic of internship 10%
2 Objectives of internship 10%
3 Specific skills acquired 20%
50*
4 Documentation 40%
5 Presentation 20%
Total 100%

Rubrics for SEE:

Sl. Particulars Weightage Total
no marks
1 Topic of internship 10%
2 Objectives of internship 10%
3 Specific skills acquired 20%
50**
4 Document 40%
5 Presentation 20%
Total 100%
Note: ** = SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be
reduced for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3
CO1 3 - 2
CO2 2 - 2
CO3 - 3 -
1. Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

GT-73
 MINI PROJECT
Course Learning Objectives:
1. Understand the method of applying engineering knowledge/use application
software to solve specific problems after carrying out relevant literature survey.
2. Apply engineering and management principles while executing the project.
3. Demonstrate the skills for good technical report writing and presentation.

COURSE CONTENT/GUIDELINES

Student shall take up small problems in the field of domain of program as mini
project. It can be related to a solution to an engineering problem, verification and
analysis of experimental data available, conducting experiments on various
engineering subjects, material characterisation, familiarising a software tool for
solution to selected engineering problem, etc.

The mini project must be carried out preferably using the resources available in the
department/college and it can be of interdisciplinary also .

Course Outcomes:
The students shall be able to:
1. Conduct experiments / use the capabilities of relevant application software/
simulation tools individually to generate data/ solve problems.
2. Assess the available engineering resources available in the institution.
3. Prepare and present a technical document of mini project.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

1.Marks awarded by guide (Internal examiner) = 50 marks

50*
CIE 2.Marks awarded by the department internship/mini project
Marks
monitoring committee = 50 marks
Presentation of mini project work in the presence of Guide 50**
SEE
(Internal examiner) and external examiner = 100 marks Marks

Note: *= CIE be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.
**= SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be
reduced for 50 marks.

GT-74
Rubrics for CIE:

Sl. Particulars Weightage Total

no marks
1 Selection of the topic & formulation of objectives 10%
2 Modelling and simulation/algorithm 25%
development/experiment setup
3 Conducting experiments/implementation/testing 25% 50*
4 Demonstration & Presentation 15%
5 Report writing 25%
Total 100%

Rubrics for SEE:

The SEE shall be done by two examiners out of which one examiner is the guide of
mini project. The following weightage would be given for the examination.
Evaluation shall be done in batches, not exceeding 6 students.

Sl. Particulars Weightage Total

no marks
1 Brief write-up about the project 10%
2 Presentation/demonstration of the project 20%
3 Methodology and Experimental Results & Discussion 25%
50**
4 Report 25%
5 Viva Voce 20%
Total 100%

Note: ** = SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be
reduced for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 3 - 3
CO2 2 - 3
CO3 - 3 -

1. Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

GT-75
Course Code 18GT3D01 M.Tech (Geotechnical Engineering)
Category Dissertation Work Semester: III
Course title DISSERTATION WORK PHASE -I
No. of Hrs/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total Hrs = 80
Credits
0 0 10 0 5
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks:50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 1Hour
Prerequisites (if any): NIL

Course Learning Objectives:

1. Choose a problem applying relevant knowledge and skills acquired during the
course. Formulate the specifications of the project work, identify the set of
feasible solutions, prepare, and execute project plan considering professional,
cultural and societal factors. Identify the problem-solving methodology using
literature survey and present the same.
2. Develop experimental planning and select appropriate techniques and tools to
conduct experiments to Evaluate and critically examine the outcomes followed by
concluding the results and identifying relevant applications. Preparation of
synopsis, preliminary report for approval of topic selected along with literature
survey, objectives and methodology.
3. Develop oral and written communication skills to effectively convey the technical
content.

GUIDELINES

The Dissertation work will start in III semester and should be a problem with research
potential and should involve scientific research, design, generation/collection and
analysis of data, determining solution and must preferably bring out the individual
contribution.

The Dissertation work will have to be done by only one student and the topic of
dissertation must be decided by the guide and the student. The dissertation work shall
be carried out, on-campus or in an industry or in an organisation with prior approval
from the Chairperson of the Department. The student has to be in regular contact with
the guide atleast once in a week.

The report of Dissertation work phase I shall contain cover page, certificate from
College/Industry/Organisation, Acknowledgement, List of Figures and Tables
Contents, Nomenclature, Chapters of Introduction including motivation to choose
topic, Literature survey, Conclusion of literature survey, Objectives and Scope of
Dissertation, Methodology to be followed, Experimental requirements, References
and Annexure.

The preliminary results (if available) of the problem of Dissertation work may also be
discussed in the report.

GT-76
Course Outcomes:
The students will be able to:
1. Self learn various topics relevant to Dissertation work. Carry out the literature
survey from National/International reference journals, articles and books
contact resource persons for selected topics of Dissertation.
2. Write and prepare a technical report.
3. Present and defend the contents of Dissertation work phase I in front of
technically qualified audience effectively.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION:

1.Marks awarded by guide (Internal examiner) = 50 marks

50*
CIE 2.Marks awarded by the department dissertation monitoring
Marks
committee = 50 marks
Presentation of Dissertation work Phase-I in the presence of Guide 50**
SEE
(Internal examiner) and external examiner = 100marks Marks
Note: *= CIE be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.
**= SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be
reduced for 50 marks.

Rubrics for CIE: Weightage

1. Introduction and Justification of topic = 10%
2. Literature survey and Conclusion = 30%
3. Objectives and Scope of Dissertation work = 30%
4. Methodology to be adopted = 20%
5. Presentation of contents of Dissertation work Phase-I = 10%

Rubrics for SEE: Weightage

1. Introduction and Justification of topic = 10%
2. Literature survey and its Conclusion = 30%
3. Objectives and Scope of Dissertation work = 30%
4. Methodology, Experimental /Software = 20%
5. Presentation of Dissertation Phase-I = 10%

Mapping of Course Outcomes (Cos) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 3 - 3
CO2 - 3 3
CO3 2 3 -
1. Low, 2.Medium, 3. High

GT-77
 FOURTH SEMESTER
Course Code 18GT4S01 M.Tech (Geotechnical Engineering)
Category Seminar Semester: IV
Course title SEMINAR – IV
No. of Hrs/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total Hrs = 24
Credits
0 0 2 0 1
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: - Total Max. Marks: 50 Duration of SEE: ---
Prerequisites (if any): NIL

Course Learning Objectives:

The objectives of the SEMINAR-IV is to prepare the students to learn to:
1. Carry out the literature review of general research area/current topic and analyse
the same effectively.
2. Prepare a technical report, reflecting his/her depth of understanding, on the
selected area/topic and prepare content rich presentation.
3. Acquire communication and time management skills for effective and impactful
presentation. Interact with peers to acquire the qualities of thoughtfulness,
friendliness, adaptability, responsiveness, and politeness in-group discussion.

GUIDE LINES

1. Seminar preparation and presentation is an individual student activity.

2. Topic may be of general/ specific interest to program of engineering or electives
not offered in the semester and to be selected in consultation with the
faculty/Guide assigned.
3. Select one pertinent research paper/topic for the seminar presentation.
4. Prepare and submit a detailed technical report of the seminar topic.

Course Outcomes:
Students shall be able to:
1. Carry out the literature survey of topic of seminar.
2. Prepare a technical report on the selected area/topic.
3. Make an effective presentation with seamless flow of content within the time
allocated. Overcome inhibition in interacting with peers and hence develop
the spirit of team work.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

CIE – 50 Phase -1 Marks =10 Seminar Report Total:50

marks Phase -2 Marks =20 Marks =20 Marks

GT-78
Scheme of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE):

Evaluation would be carried out in TWO phases. The Seminar Evaluation Committee
shall comprise of Chairperson of the Department, Faculty/Guide and one more faculty
member nominated by Chairperson of the department. The evaluation criteria shall be
as per the rubrics given below:

Rubrics for Evaluation: Weightage

Topic - Technical Relevance, Sustainability and Societal Concerns : 15%

Review of literature and technical content : 35%
Presentation Skills : 25%
Report of seminar : 25%

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 2 2 3
CO2 2 3 3
CO3 - 2 -

1. Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

GT-79
Course Code 18GT4D01 M.Tech (Geotechnical Engineering)
Category Dissertation Work Semester: IV
Course title DISSERTATION WORK PHASE -II
No. of Hrs/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total Hrs = 150
Credits
--- --- 30 --- 15
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 200 Duration of SEE:
Prerequisites (if any): NIL

Course Learning Objectives:

1. Apply/Use different experimental techniques, equipments, software/
Computational/ Analytical /Modelling and Simulation tools required for
conducting tests and generate other relevant data. Students will also be able to
design and develop an experimental prototype setup/test rig/frame work/test
bench.
2. Analyse the results of the experiments conducted/models developed.
3. Create a detailed technical document as per format based on the outcome of
dissertation work phase I and II.

GUIDELINES

Dissertation work phase II is the continuation of project work started in III semester.
The report of final Dissertation work that includes the details of Dissertation work
phase I and phase II should be presented in a standard format. The candidate shall
prepare a detailed report of final dissertation work in bound form that includes Cover
Paper, Certificate from College/Industry/Organisation, Acknowledgement, Abstract,
Table of contents, List of Figures and Table, Nomenclature, Chapter of Introduction,
Literature survey, Conclusion of literature survey, Objectives and Scope of
dissertation work, Methodology, Experimentation, Results, Discussion, Conclusion,
Scope for future work, References, Annexure and full text of the publication
(submitted or published).

Course Outcomes:
Students shall be able to:
1. Conduct experiments/ implement the capabilities of different Software
/Computational / Analytical/Modelling and simulation tools individually and
generate data for validation of hypothesis.
2. Investigate and assess the results obtained within the scope of experiments
conducted followed by Conclusions.
3. Prepare a detailed technical document, present and defend the contents of
Dissertation work before technically qualified audience effectively.

GT-80
SCHEME OF EXAMINATION:

1. Marks awarded by guide = 50 marks

2. Marks awarded by the department dissertation 100 50*
CIE
monitoring committee marks marks
(Guide + Two faculty members )= 50 marks
1. Dissertation evaluation by guide (Internal examiner) =
100 marks
2. Dissertation evaluation by external examiner =100 marks 300 50**
SEE
3. Viva-Voce examination by guide and external examiner marks marks
who evaluated the dissertation = 100 marks

Note: * = CIE be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.
** = SEE shall be conducted for 300 marks and the marks obtained shall be
reduced for 50 marks.

Rubrics for CIE: Weightage

1. Presentation of background of dissertation work = 10%

2. Literature survey, Problem formulation and Objectives = 30%
3. Presentation of methodology and experimentation = 30%
4. Results and Discussion = 20%
5. Questions and Answers = 10%

Rubrics for SEE: Weightage

1. Originality = 5%
2. Literature survey = 15%
3. Problem formulation, Objectives and Scope of Work = 10%
4. Methodology, Experimentation/Theoretical modelling = 10%
5. Results, Discussion and Conclusion = 20%
6. Questions and Answers = 20%
7. Submission/Publication of technical paper in Journals/Conference = 20%

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 3 2 3
CO2 2 2 3
CO3 3 3 3

1. Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

GT-81
 BANGALORE UNIVERSITY

Department of Civil Engineering

UNIVERSITY VISVESVARAYA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING

JnanaBharathi Campus, Bengaluru-560 056

Choice Based Credit System (CBCS)-2018

M.Tech in Civil Engineering

Major: Environmental Engineering [EN]

EN-1
 BANGALORE UNIVERSITY

VISION

“To strive for excellence in education for the realization of a vibrant and inclusive
society through knowledge creation and dissemination”

MISSION

 Impart quality education to meet national and global challenges

 Blend theoretical knowledge with practical skills
 Pursue academic excellence through high quality research and publications
 Provide access to all sections of society to pursue higher education
 Inculcate right values among students while encouraging competitiveness to
promote leadership qualities
 Produce socially sensitive citizens
 Hasten the process of creating a knowledge society
 To contribute to nation building

EN-2
 Bangalore University
UNIVERSITY VISVESVARAYA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING
K R Circle, Bengaluru – 560 001

University Visvesvaraya College of Engineering (UVCE) was started as a School of

Mechanical Engineering by Bharat Ratna Sir. M Visvesvaraya in the year 1913 to meet
the needs of the State for skilled workers with S V Setty as its Superintendent. Later, it
was converted to a full-fledged Engineering College in the year 1917 under the name
Government Engineering College (GEC) and was affiliated to the University of Mysore.
It is the fifth Engineering College to be established in the country.

After the formation of Bangalore University in 1964, GEC became University College of
Engineering (UCE) and then became UVCE as a Constituent College of Bangalore
University. This is one of the oldest Institutions in the country imparting technical
education leading to B.E., M.E, B.Arch., M.Sc. (Engineering), M.Arch. and Ph.D.
Degrees in various disciplines of Engineering and Architecture.

The Institution currently offers 7 Undergraduate Full-time, 3 Undergraduate Part-time

and 23 Postgraduate Programmes.

VISION
The vision of UVCE is to strive for excellence in advancing engineering education
through path breaking innovations across the frontiers of human knowledge to realize a
vibrant, inclusive and humane society.

MISSION
The mission of UVCE is to prepare human resource and global leaders to achieve the
above vision through discovery, invention and develop friendly technologies to
promote scientific temper for a healthy society. UVCE shapes engineers to respond
competently and confidently to the economic, social and organizational challenges
arising from globally advancing technical needs.

EN-3
 Bangalore University
Department of Civil Engineering, UVCE, Bengaluru
M. Tech. DEGREE IN CIVIL ENGINEERING under CBCS Scheme - 2K18 Scheme
MAJOR: ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING

Vision of the Department

To be front runner in academic activities in the field of Civil Engineering and to become a
school of excellence that brings out Civil Engineers with high technical competencies and
to promote high-end research to meet the current and future challenges in Civil
Engineering.

Mission of the Department

ENM1: To provide quality education to the students with the fundamental background
necessary for an active successful professional career in Civil Engineering, in
general.
ENM2: To impart knowledge and enlighten students to make them competent, self-
motivated and expanding their knowledge skills through continuous education,
and to inculcate human values and concern for environment and the society.
ENM3: To promote Entrepreneurship to strengthen the economy and society.
ENM4: To generate experts in Civil Engineering contributing their academic excellence to
serve the nation.
ENM5: To produce innovative thinkers for solving complex engineering problems.

Program Educational Objectives (PEO)

The post graduates of M.Tech in Environmental Engineering will be provided the
knowledge and skill to:

ENPEO1: Have successful career through the application of fundamentals and latest
developments in Environmental Engineering.
ENPEO2: Have required skills to communicate effectively and ability to work
individually and in team with a zeal for venturing into entrepreneurship and
involve in life-long learning.
ENPEO3: Pursue research, higher studies and choose professional career as design
engineer, faculty, researcher etc...

EN-4
 Program Outcomes (PO):

Post Graduates with M.Tech (Environmental Engineering) degree will be able to:

ENPO1: Independently carry out research/investigation and development work to solve

practical problems of the domain of Environmental Engineering.
ENPO2: Prepare and present a substantial technical report/document.
ENPO3: Demonstrate a degree of mastery in Environmental Engineering.

EN-5
 BANGALORE UNIVERSITY
SCHEME OF STUDIES AND EXAMINATION FOR 24MONTHS COURSE FOR THE AWARD OF
M. Tech. DEGREE IN CIVIL ENGINEERING under CBCS Scheme – 2K18 Scheme
MAJOR: ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING

Semester I
Sl. Course Type/ Course Name Teaching scheme Teaching Total CIE *SEE Credits
No Course Code Hrs/Week DPT Hrs/week Marks Marks
L T P S
1 18EN1C01 Advanced Water Treatment 4 0 0 0 Civil 4 50 50 4
2 18EN1C02 Environmental Chemistry & Microbiology 4 0 0 0 Civil 4 50 50 4
3 18EN1C03 Air Pollution & Control 4 0 0 0 Civil 4 50 50 4
4 18EN1E1A Ecology
18EN1E1B Operations Research 4 0 0 0 Civil 4 50 50 4
18EN1E1C Environmental Geotechnology
5 18EN1E2A Ground water contamination and transport modelling
18EN1E2B Hydrology & Hydraulics in Environmental 4 0 0 0 Civil 4 50 50 4
Engineering
18EN1E2C Environmental Toxicology
6 18EN1L01 Water Quality Analysis Lab 0 0 4 0 Civil 4 50 50 2
7 18CV1M01 Research Methodology and Intellectual Property 2 0 0 0 Civil 2 50 50 2
Rights
8 18EN1S01 Seminar -I 0 0 2 0 Civil 2 50 -- 1
9 18CV1M02 Technical Paper Writing (Audit Course - I) 2 0 0 0 English 2 50 -- 1
Total 24 -- 06 -- 30 450 350 26

EN-6
 Semester II
Sl. CourseType Course Name Teaching scheme Teaching Total CIE *SEE Credits
No / Course Hrs/Week DPT Hrs/week Marks Marks
Code L T P S
1 18EN2C01 Advanced Waste Water Treatment 4 0 0 0 Civil 4 50 50 4
2 18EN2C02 Environmental Impact Assessment 4 0 0 0 Civil 4 50 50 4
3 18EN2C03 Solid and Hazardous Waste Management 4 0 0 0 Civil 4 50 50 4
4 18EN2E1A Environmental Engineering Designand Drawing Practice
4 0 0 0
18EN2E1B Industrial Waste Water Treatment Civil 4 50 50 4
18EN2E1C Modeling of Aquatic systems
5 18EN2E2A Environmental Biotechnology
18EN2E2B Environmental Legislation and Management 4 0 0 0 Civil 4 50 50 4
18EN2E2C Environmental Disaster Management & Risk Assessment
6 18EN2L01 Wastewater Analysis Lab 0 0 4 0 Civil 4 50 50 2
7 18EN2S01 Seminar -II 0 0 2 0 Civil 2 50 -- 1
8 18CV2M01 Pedagogy Studies (Audit Course - II) 2 0 0 0 Civil 2 50 -- 1
Total 22 -- 06 -- 28 400 300 24

Semester III
Sl. Course Type/ Course Name Teaching scheme Teaching Total CIE *SEE Credits
No Course Code Hrs/Week DPT Hrs/week Marks Marks
L T P S
1 18EN3E1A Remote Sensing & GIS application in Environmental
Engineering
4 0 0 0 Civil 4 50 50 4
18EN3E1B Environmental Planning & Management
18EN3E1C Environment Health and Safety
2 Open Elective 4 0 0 0 Civil 4 50 50 4
3 18EN3S01 Seminar -III 0 0 2 0 Civil 2 50 1
4 18EN3I01 Internship / Mini Project 0 0 10 0 Civil 10 50 50 5
5 18EN3D01 Dissertation Work Phase -I 0 0 10 0 Civil 10 50 50 5
Total 08 -- 22 -- 30 250 200 19

EN-7
 Semester IV
Sl. No Course Type/ Course Name Teaching scheme Teaching Total CIE *SEE Credits
Course Code Hrs/Week DPT Hrs/week Marks Marks
L T P S
1 18EN4S01 Seminar -IV 0 0 2 0 Civil 2 50 1
2 18EN4D01 Dissertation Work Phase -II - - 30 - Civil 30 50 50 15
Total -- -- 32 -- 32 100 50 16

1 18ENMOOC MOOC Course - - - - 03

Grand Total of Credits - - - - 88

COURSE TYPE
EN: ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING C: PROGRAM CORE E: PROGRAM ELECTIVE
P: OPEN ELECTIVE M: MANDATORY AUDIT L: LABORATORY
S: SEMINAR I: INTERNSHIP/ MINI PROJECT D: DISSERTATION WORK

L – Theory lecture, T – Tutorial, P – Lab work, S – Self-study:

Numbers under teaching scheme indicates contact clock hours.

EN-8
 Open Elective for M.Tech CBCS Scheme

Semester III
Sl. Course Teaching Scheme
No. Type Course Name (No. of hrs per week) Teaching Total CIE xSEE Credits
/Course Dept hrs / week Marks Marks
L T P S
Code
18CV3P1A Significance of National Building Code
1. 18CV3P1B Water Laws, Rights and Administration
18CV3P1C Waste to Energy 4 0 0 0 Civil 4 50 50 4
Remote Sensing and Geographic
18CV3P1D
Information System
18ME3P1A Composite and Smart Materials
2. 4 0 0 0 Mech 4 50 50 4
18ME3P1B Industrial Safety
18EE3P1A Real Time Embedded Systems
3. 18EE3P1B Robotics and Automation 4 0 0 0 EEE 4 50 50 4
18EE3P1C Solar and Wind Energy
18EC3P1A Reliability and Engineering
4. 18EC3P1B M-Commerce and Applications 4 0 0 0 ECE 4 50 50 4
18EC3P1C Optimisation Techniques
18CS3P1A Artificial Intelligence
5. 18CS3P1B Business Analytics 4 0 0 0 CSE 4 50 50 4
18CS3P1C Modelling and Simulation

NOTE:
1) * = SEEshall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced for 50 marks

EN-9
 FIRST SEMESTER
Course Code 18EN1C01 M.Tech (Environmental Engineering)
Category Program Core Semester : I
Course title ADVANCED WATER TREATMENT
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total hours = 48
Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): NIL
Course Learning Objectives:
1. To impart the fundamental concepts of gas transfer from vapour phase to solution.
2. To provide understanding of colloid chemistry and fluid mechanics along with
experience and experiments regarding the nature of the problems involving
coagulation and sedimentation.
3. Understanding and applying concept of separation techniques and their
application
4. To understand the kinetics involved in destruction or inactivation of
microorganisms in water.
5. To impart knowledge of application of accumulation and exchange at interface in
water treatment.
COURSE CONTENTS
UNIT-I
Aeration and gas transfer: Gas transfer processes, rate of gas transfer. Aeration and
gas transfer systems. Factors affecting aeration and oxygen transfer rates transfer
Correlations. (06 Hrs)
UNIT-II
Coagulation flocculation and sedimentation: Coagulation processes – stability of
colloids – Destabilization of colloids – Destabilization in water and waste water
treatment – transport of colloidal particles – particle transport in water and waste
water treatment. Sedimentation process – short circuiting and dispersion pattern –
sedimentation tank design (12 Hrs)
UNIT-III
Filtration and membrane processes: Filtration process – hydraulics of flow through
porous media – water pretreatments – rate control pattern and methods – filter effluent
quality pattern – mathematical models for de granular filters – slow sand filtration –
rapid sand filtration. MEMBRANE PROCESSES Separation processes – reverse
osmosis – ultra filtration – electrodialysis. (12 Hrs)

UNIT-IV
Disinfection: Disinfection process – non – chemical methods for disinfection –
chemical disinfectants – chlorine and chlorine derivatives – halogens other than
chlorine oxidizing agents other than halogens – miscellaneous reagents. (06 Hrs)

UNIT-V
Adsorption and ion exchange: Adsorption processes – adsorption equilibrium and
the adsorption isotherm – rates of adsorption – sorption kinetics of batch reactors and
continuous flow reactors – factors influencing adsorption – contacting systems and

EN-10
 modes of operation. ION EXCHANGE - Exchange processes – materials – reactions
– method of operation – applications. (12 Hrs)

UNIT-VI
Recent advances in advanced water treatment.

Course Outcomes :
At the end of the course student will be able
1. To apply the concept of gas transfer to a broad spectrum of physico-chemical and
biological processes and operations.
2. To minimize the number of laboratory studies.
3. To develop and conceptualize the design principles for different membranes in
water treatment.
4. To accomplish the most suitable technique for disinfection of water.
5. To predict the behaviour of adsorbents and ion exchangers, and develop design
rules.

References:

1. Environmental Engineering - Howard S Peavy, Donald R Rowe and George

Tchobanoglous,– McGraw – Hill.
2. Physiochemical processes for water quality control – J.Weber, Wiley interscience.
3. Water and Wastewater Engineering Vol I and II – G.M.Fair,J.C.Geyer and
D.A.Okun, John Wiley and sons Inc.
4. Water and Wastewater Technology – Mark J.Hammer, John Wiley and sons.
5. Water supply and Sewerage, 6th edition – T.J.McGhee, McGraw – Hill.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION:
Test I (Unit I, II &III)- 15 marks Quiz=05 marks
CIE – 50 Total:50
UNIT VI(AAT) = 15 marks
marks Test II (Unit IV & V) – 15 marks marks
Answer FIVE full questions
 Questions Q1 & Q4 from Unit I and Unit IV 20x 2 =
SEE – respectively shall be answered and shall not have 40 Total:100
100 internal choice. Marks marks
marks  Questions Q2, Q3 and Q5 from Unit II, Unit III & 20x3=
Unit V respectively shall be answered and shall have 60
internal choice Marks
Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.
Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)
PO1 PO2 PO3
CO1 - 3 -
CO2 - 2 -
CO3 - - 3
CO4 - 2 -
CO5 - 2 -
1. Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

EN-11
Course Code 18EN1C02 M.Tech (Environmental Engineering)
Category Program Core Semester : I
Course title ENVIRONMENTAL CHEMISTRY AND MICROBIOLOGY
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total hours = 48
Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): NIL

Course Learning Objectives:

1. To provide detail understating of various aspects of chemistry and microbiology,
which are particularly valuable to environmental scientific practice.
2. To give knowledge about the principles and applications of various environmental
Monitoring instruments
3. To study the various instrumental techniques.
4. To study the techniques for testing the microorganisms.
5. To describe the characteristics and growth kinetics of microbial population.

COURSE CONTENTS

UNIT- I
Chemical equilibrium, Colloids, Leachateliers principle, Chemical kinetics, solubility
and solubility products. Environmental applications. (10 Hrs)
UNIT- II
Calorimetric, Gas Chromatography and mass Spectroscopy, Atomic absorption
Spectroscopy. (06 Hrs)
UNIT-III
Adsorption, Corrosion. Degradation of food stuff, detergents, pesticides,
hydrocarbons. (12 Hrs)
UNIT-IV
Salient features of bacteria, Algae, Fungi, Mode and Mechanism of Nutrition,
Monod‟s Equations. (08 Hrs)
UNIT-V
Mode and Mechanism of Nutrition, Monod‟s Equations. Enzymes and their kinetics
and pathways. Role of microbes in water, waste water treatment, Solid waste
management, Indicator organisms. (12 Hrs)

UNIT-VI
Recent Advances in Environmental Chemistry and Microbiology.

EN-12
 Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course student will be able
1. To develop analytical and conceptual skills required for environmental chemistry
research
2. To understand the analytical method.
3. To understand the transport and transformation of chemicals
4. To categorize various water borne diseases and its transmitting agents
5. To differentiate between different microbial species and their growth kinetics

References:
1. Chemistry for Environment Engineers, 4th edition, Sawyer and McCarthy,
McGraw-Hill.
2. Microbiology, Pelezar and Reid, McGraw – Hill Publications.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION:
Test I (Unit I, II &III)- 15 marks Quiz=05 marks
CIE – 50 Total:50
UNIT VI(AAT) = 15 marks
marks Test II (Unit IV & V) – 15 marks marks
Answer FIVE full questions
 Questions Q2& Q 4 from Unit II and Unit IV 20x 2 =
SEE – respectively shall be answered and shall not have 40 Total:100
100 internal choice. Marks marks
marks  Questions Q1, Q3 and Q5 from Unit I, Unit III & 20x3=
Unit V respectively shall be answered and shall have 60
internal choice Marks
Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3
CO1 - 2 -
CO2 2 - -
CO3 - 2 -
CO4 1 2 -
CO5 - 2 -
1. Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

EN-13
Course Code 18EN1C03 M.Tech (Environmental Engineering)
Category Program Core Semester : I
Course title AIR POLLUTION AND CONTROL
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total hours = 48
Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): NIL
Course Learning Objectives
1. To provide general understanding of air quality and its impact on the environment
and human health.
2. To study the fate and transport of air pollutants and its measurement techniques
3. To discuss the different control methods and design principles for gaseous and
particulate pollutant.
4. To learn the control technologies for specific air pollutants.
5. To explain the pollution caused due to various industries.

COURSE CONTENTS
UNIT-I
Definitions, composition of atmosphere, air pollutant sources and classifications, air
pollution episodes, effect on humans, vegetation, animals and materials, global
effects, global programs. Air quality and emission standards, air pollution regulation
sampling and monitoring of air pollutants. (08 Hrs)

UNIT-II
Meteorology as applied to air pollutant transport diffusion and concentration, stack
plumes, influence of meteorological phenomena of air quality. (10 Hrs)

UNIT-III
Dispersion of air pollutants from point, area and line sources models, effect of air
pollution on meteorological conditions. (08 Hrs)

UNIT-IV
Atmospheric cleansing processes, engineering approaches for control of air pollutions
at source particulates control devices, selection and design. Control of gaseous
contaminant adsorption and absorption, condensation and combustion equipments.
(12 Hrs)
UNIT-V
Automobile pollution monitoring of exhaust emission and control. Air pollution
survey and air indices. Air pollution from major industrial operations, location of
industries. Noise Pollution and control (10 Hrs)
UNIT-VI
Recent Advances in Air pollution and control technologies

EN-14
 Course Outcomes
At the end of the course student will be able
1. To classify the types and sources of air pollutants and to understand their effects on
human health and the broader environment.
2. To understand the influence of meteorological factors on the air pollution.
3. To know the dispersion models used for prediction of air pollution.
4. To differentiate and design various air pollution control technologies for
particulates and gaseous pollutants.
5. To understand the automobile pollution to establish and implement air quality
management components.

References
1. Air Pollution, its origin and control – Kenneth Wark and Cecil F Warner, Harper
and Row Publishers New York.
2. Air Environmental Engineering – Peavy Rowe and Tchhobanglous, Tata McGraw
Hill (1985)
3. Air Pollution – Perkins
4. Air Pollution – KVSG Muralikrishna
5. Air Pollution – M N Rao and H V N Rao
6. Air Pollution – C S Rao

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION:
Test I (Unit I, II &III)- 15 marks Quiz=05 marks
CIE – 50 Total:50
UNIT VI(AAT) = 15 marks
marks Test II (Unit IV & V) – 15 marks marks
Answer FIVE full questions
 Questions Q1 & Q 3 from Unit I and Unit III 20x 2 =
SEE – respectively shall be answered and shall not have 40 Total:10
100 internal choice. Marks 0 marks
marks  Questions Q2, Q4 and Q5 from Unit II, Unit IV & Unit 20x3=
V respectively shall be answered and shall have internal 60
choice Marks
Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.
Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 - 2 -
CO2 - - 2
CO3 1 2 -
CO4 - 2 -
CO5 - - 2
1. Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

EN-15
Course Code 18EN1E1A M.Tech (Environmental Engineering)
Category Program Elective Semester : I
Course title ECOLOGY
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total hours = 48
Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): NIL

Course Learning Objectives

1. To familiarize the principles and concepts of ecosystem
2. To differentiate the structural and functional interactions of environmental systems
3. To provide the knowledge about modelling of ecological systems
4. To brief the sustainable loading of ecosystems
5. To understand the sustainable loading of ecosystems

COURSE CONTENTS

UNIT-I
Ecological enquiry: Introduction to ecology- Concepts and terminology- Ecological
relevance to human civilization. Concepts of ecosystems, structural and functional
components of Ecosystem (06 Hrs)
UNIT-II
Ecosystem principles: Development and evolution of Ecosystems – Habitat and
Ecological Niche. Ecological Equivalents. Role of Individuals and species in the
ecosystem and limiting fraction. (08 Hrs)
UNIT-III
Energy flow and material cycling in ecological systems: The energy environment,
concept of productivity, food chains, food webs, tropic levels and ecological pyramid.
Ecosystem energetics, biogeochemical cycles, Cycling of elements and organic
nutrients. (12 Hrs)
UNIT-IV
Systems ecology: Principles of population and community ecology – concept of
systems and models – building and analysis of models – environmental systems –
structure and interaction between coastal, Aeolian, glacial, fluvial, weathering, soil
and detail system. (12 Hrs)

UNIT-V
Ecological engineering: Definition, aim, scope and applications of ecological
engineering – integration of classical, agro and restoration, ecological principles and
methods. Natural systems and technology for waste treatment. Rehabilitation of
ecosystems. (10 Hrs)
UNIT-VI
Recent Advances in Ecology.

EN-16
 Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course student will be able
1. To classify, evaluate and design interface ecosystems
2. To design sustainable loading of ecosystems
3. To develop model in different ecological scenarios and applications in real field
4. To expertise on eco sanitation regarding different ecosystem
5. To bring about sustainable ecosystem

References:
1. Odum, E.P, „Fundamentals of Ecology‟ , W.B.Samders, Philadelphia (1971)
2. White, I.D., Mottershead, D.N.andHarrisson, S.J., Environmental Systems – An
introductory text, Chapman and Hall, London (1994)
3. Colinvaux p., Ecology, John Wiley and Sons, New York (1986)
4. Mitsch J.W., and Jorgensen, S.E. Ecological Engineering, an introduction to
Ecotechnology, John Wiley and Sons, New York (1989)
5. Ecology by Kormondey.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION:
Test I (Unit I, II &III)- 15 marks Quiz=05 marks
CIE – 50 Total:50
UNIT VI(AAT) = 15 marks
marks Test II (Unit IV & V) – 15 marks marks
Answer FIVE full questions
 Questions Q1 & Q 2 from Unit I and Unit II 20x 2 =
SEE – respectively shall be answered and shall not have 40 Total:100
100 internal choice. Marks marks
marks  Questions Q3, Q4 and Q5 from Unit III, Unit IV & 20x3=
Unit V respectively shall be answered and shall have 60
internal choice Marks
Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3
CO1 - 2 -
CO2 2 - -
CO3 - 2 -
CO4 - 2 -
CO5 1 2 -
1. Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

EN-17
Course Code 18EN1E1B M.Tech (Environmental Engineering)
Category Program Elective Semester : I
Course title OPERATIONAL RESEARCH
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total hours = 48
Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): NIL
Course Learning Objectives:
1. To understand the use of variable for formulating complex mathematical models
in engineering
2. To provide the opportunity of using softwares for solving programming languages
and models
3. To introduce the use of basic methodology for the solution of linear program
4. To learn the advanced methods for large scale transportation assignment
problems
5. To understand the basic concepts of simulation process

COURSE CONTENTS
UNIT-I
Definition of optimization, origin, historical development, standard form, statement,
formulation, graphical solution, applications and classification of optimization
problems. Single variable optimization, multivariable variable optimization with no
constraints, with equality constraints and with inequality constraints. (08 Hrs)
UNIT-II
Linear programming: standard form, pivotal reduction of equations, Simplex, two
phase method, Big- M technique in linear programming, duality in linear
programming. (08 Hrs)
UNIT-III
Sensitivity analysis: changes in vector B, Vector C and coefficient matrix A –
addition and deletion of constraints. Parametric programming: cost vector C, vector B,
variations and practical applications. (10 Hrs)
UNIT-IV
Transportation problem: formulation as L.P. model, solution – north west corner
method, Vogel‟s Approximation method (VAM), row minimum method, column
minimum and matrix minimum methods, application to waste water reuse and solid
waste management. Assignment problems: Routing problems and solutions.(12 Hrs)

UNIT-V
Simulation: basic concepts, development and implementation of simulation process,
pre-simulation activities, developmental and operational activities and random
number generation techniques. (10 Hrs)

EN-18
 UNIT-VI
Recent advances in Operational research.

Course Outcomes:
1. Identify and develop operational research models from the verbal description of
the real system.
2. Understand the linear programming
3. Sensitivity analysis for solving problems
4. Use of models for solving different environmental issues
5. Learn the simulation and its implementation

References
1. ACKOFF and Saseini – Fundamentals of Operation Research (McGraw Hill)
2. Anderson et al – Linear Programming for Decision (Best Publishers, New York)
3. Charnes and Cooper – Management Models and industrial Applications of Linear
Programming (Wiley, New York)
4. Kantiswarup et al – Operation Research (Sultawchand and sons)
5. Hamdy A Taha – Operation Research (McMillan)
6. Wagnet – Principles of Operation Research (Prentice Hall India)
7. Haimus – Hierarchical Analysis of Water Resource System (McGraw Hill)
8. Mass et al- Water Resources Systems Analysis (McGraw Hill)
9. Kwak –Mathematical Programming with business applications (McGraw Hill)
10. L G Rich- Environmental System Optimization
11. Optimization by S S Rao.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION:
Test I (Unit I, II &III)- 15 marks Quiz=05 marks
CIE – 50 Total:50
UNIT VI(AAT) = 15 marks
marks Test II (Unit IV & V) – 15 marks marks
Answer FIVE full questions
 Questions Q1& Q 2 from Unit I and Unit II
SEE – 20x 2 =
respectively shall be answered and shall not have
100 40 Marks Total:100
internal choice. marks
marks  Questions Q3, Q4 and Q5 from Unit III, Unit IV &
20x3= 60
Unit V respectively shall be answered and shall have
Marks
internal choice
Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.
Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)
PO1 PO2 PO3
CO1 1 2 -
CO2 2 - -
CO3 2 - -
CO4 2 1 -
CO5 - 2 1
1. Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

EN-19
Course Code 18EN1E1C M.Tech (Environmental Engineering)
Category Program Elective Semester : I
Course title ENVIRONMENTAL GEOTECHNOLOGY
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total hours = 48
Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): NIL
Course Learning Objectives:
1. To explain the mechanisms of detoxification and biodegradation of solid wastes
2. To list out the different methods for bioremediation of environment
3. To design biological system for the removal of nutrients
4. To estimate the risk involved through Risk assessment
5. To expertise in the detection and testing methods of soil testing.

COURSE CONTENTS
UNIT-I
Soil- Pollutant Interaction: Introduction to geo environmental engineering –
environmental cycle – sources, production and classification of waste – causes of soil
pollution – factors governing soil-pollutant interaction- Physico-chemical behavior
and modelling -failures of foundations due to pollutants. (06 Hrs)
UNIT-II
Characterization, Stabilization and Disposal Safe disposal of waste – site selection for
landfills – characterization of land fill sites – waste characterization –stability of
landfills – current practice of waste disposal- passive contaminant system - Hazardous
waste control and storage system– mechanism of stabilization -solidification of wastes
– micro and macro encapsulation – absorption, adsorption, precipitation-
detoxification –– organic and inorganic stabilization (12 Hrs)
UNIT-III
Transport of Contaminants: Contaminant transport in sub surface – advection –
diffusion – dispersion – governing equations – contaminant transformation – sorption
– biodegradation – ion exchange – precipitation – hydrological consideration in land
fill design – ground water pollution – bearing capacity of compacted fills – pollution
of aquifers by mixing of liquid waste – protecting aquifers. (12Hrs)
UNIT-IV
Detection and Testing Methods Methodology- review of current soil testing concepts
– Proposed approach for characterization and identification of contaminated ground
soil for engineering purposes. (06Hrs)
UNIT-V
Remediation of Contaminated Soils: Rational approach to evaluate and remediate
contaminated sites – monitored natural attenuation – exsitu and insitu remediation –
solidification, bio – remediation, incineration, soil washing, electro kinetics, soil
heating, verification, bio venting – Ground water remediation – pump and treat, air
sparging, reactive well- application of geo synthetics in solid waste management –
rigid or flexible liners. (12 Hrs)
UNIT-VI
Recent advances in Environmental Geotechnology.

EN-20
 Course Outcomes
At the end of the course student will be able
1. To analyse the mineralogical characteristics of soil
2. To summarize the impact of contaminants on the properties of soil
3. To explain the concept of various waste containment facilities
4. To evaluate the stability of landfill liner for waste containment
5. To expertise in various soil testing concepts.

References:
1. Wentz, C.A., Hazardous Waste Management, McGraw Hill, Singapore, 1989.
2. Daniel, B.E., Geotechnical practice for waste disposal, Chapman and Hall, 1993.
3. Fang, H.Y. Introduction to Environmental Geotechnology, CRC press New York,
1997.
4. Lagrega, M.d., Bukingham, P.L., and Evans, J.C., Hazardous Waste Management,
McGraw Hill, Inc. Singapore, 1994.
5. Mitchell, J.K and Soga, K Fundamentals of soil behavior, John Wiley and sons
Inc., 3rd Edition, 2005.
6. Fang, H-Y, Introduction to Environmental Geotechnology, CRC Press, 1997.
4. Rowe, R.K, Quigley, R.M and Booker, Clay Barrier systems for Waste disposal
facilities, J.R., E & FN Spon, 1995.
7. Rowe, R.K, Geotechnical and Geoenvironmental Engineering Handbook, Kluwer
Academic publishers, 2001.
8. Reddi, L.N. and Inyang H.F, Geoenvironmental Engineering -Principles and
Applications, Marcel Dekker Inc., 2000.
9. Sharma, H.D. and Lewis, S.P, Waste Containment systems, Waste stabilization
and Landfills: Design and evaluation, John Wiley & sons Inc., 1994.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION:
Test I (Unit I, II &III)- 15 marks Quiz=05 marks
CIE – 50 Total:50
UNIT VI(AAT) = 15 marks
marks Test II (Unit IV & V) – 15 marks marks
Answer FIVE full questions
 Questions Q1 & Q4 from Unit I and Unit IV
SEE – 20x 2 =
respectively shall be answered and shall not have
100 40 Marks Total:100
internal choice. marks
marks  Questions Q2, Q3 and Q5 from Unit II, Unit III &
20x3= 60
Unit V respectively shall be answered and shall have
Marks
internal choice
Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.
Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)
PO1 PO2 PO3
CO1 2 - -
CO2 - 2 -
CO3 - 2 2
CO4 - 2 -
CO5 1 2 -
1.Low 2. Medium 3. High

EN-21
Course Code 18EN1E2A M.Tech (Environmental Engineering)
Category Program Elective Semester : I
GROUND WATER CONTAMINATION AND TRANSPORT
Course title
MODELLING
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total hours = 48
Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): NIL
Course Learning Objective
1. To develop a basic knowledge about the groundwater contamination and transport
modelling
2. Hydraulics related ground water contamination and modelling ground water
quality.
3. To gain knowledge about remediation and restoration techniques for better aquifer
management.
4. To learn the chemical equilibrium constituents.
5. To develop transport modelling with case studies.

COURSE CONTENTS
UNIT-I
Ground water and the hydrologic cycles - Ground water as a resource - Ground water
contamination and transport. Evolution of ground water information, ground water
remediation. (06 Hrs)
UNIT-II
Water quality standards - Sources of contamination - Land disposal of solid wastes -
Sewage disposal on Land. Ground water and geologic processes. Physical properties
and principles - Darcy's Law - Hydraulic Head and Fluid Potential - Piezometers and
Nests. Hydraulic conductivity and permeability - Homogeneity and Anisotropy -
Porosity and voids Ratio - Unsaturated flow and the water table - Steady state flow
and Transient flow - Compressibility and effective stress. (12 Hrs)

UNIT-III
DEVELOPMENT OF GROUND WATER RESOURCES: Development of Ground
Water resources - Exploration for Aquifers - the response of Ideal aquifers to
pumping – Measurement of parameters - Laboratory tests - Piezometer test - Pumping
tests - Estimation of saturated hydraulic conductivity - Numerical simulation for
aquifer yield prediction - Artificial recharge and induced infiltration - Land
subsidence - Sea water intrusion. (06 Hrs)

UNIT IV
CHEMICAL EQUILIBRIUM Constituents - Chemical equilibrium - Association and
Dissociation of dissolved species - effects of concentration gradients - Mineral
dissolution and solubility - Oxidation and reduction Process - Ion exchange and
Adsorption - Environmental isotopes - Field Measurement of Index parameters.
Chemical Evolution: Hydro-Chemical sequences and facies - graphical methods -
Hydro chemical Facies - Ground water in carbonate terrain. (12 hrs)

EN-22
 UNIT V
TRANSPORT MODELING: Transport process - non-reactive constituents in
homogeneous media and Heterogeneous media - Transport in Fracture media - Hydro
chemical behaviour of contaminants - Trace metals - Trace nonmetals - Nitrogen,
organic substances - Measurement of parameters - Velocity - Dispersivity - chemical
partitioning. Modelling Principles - MOC Modelling. Case studies. (12 Hrs)

UNIT-VI
Recent advances in Ground water contamination.

Course Outcome:
1. Understanding groundwater contamination and remediation
2. Learning water quality standards with respect to disposal of waste, various
principles and flows.
3. Identifying the aquifer, measuring the parameters, numerical simulation for
aquifer yield prediction.
4. Understanding the chemical equilibrium constituents.
5. Developing transport modelling.

REFERENCES
1.Randall J. Charbeneau, "Ground water Hydraulics and Pollutant transport",
Prentice Hall, Upper Saddle River, 2009.
2.Todd David Keith, “Ground water Hydrology”, Second edition, John Wiley and
Sons, New York, 2010.
3.Allen Freeze, R. and John A. Cherry, "Ground Water", Prentice Hall, Inc.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION:
CIE – Test I (Unit I, II &III)- 15 marks Quiz=05 marks Total:50
50 UNIT VI(AAT) = 15
Test II (Unit IV & V) – 15 marks marks marks
marks
Answer FIVE full questions
 Questions Q1 & Q3 from Unit I and Unit III 20x 2 =
SEE – respectively shall be answered and shall not have 40 Total:100
100 internal choice. Marks marks
marks  Questions Q2, Q4 and Q5 from Unit II, Unit IV& 20x3=
Unit V respectively shall be answered and shall 60
have internal choice Marks
Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 - 2 -
CO2 - 3 -
CO3 3 - -
CO4 2 - 1
CO5 - 3 -
1.Low 2. Medium 3. High

EN-23
Course Code 18EN1E2B M.Tech (Environmental Engineering)
Category Program Elective Semester : I
HYDROLOGY AND HYDRAULICS IN ENVIRONMENTAL
Course title
ENGINEERING
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total hours = 48
Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): NIL
Course Learning Objective
1. To impart knowledge about wastewater disposal, elements of hydrology.
2. To understand the concepts related to transmission of water.
3. To provide understanding about distribution of water, various methods for analysis
of networks.
4. To design and estimate the wastewater flow, types of sewerage systems.
5.To impart knowledge about appurtenances and household plumbing systems.

COURSE CONTENTS
UNIT-I
Objectives of Water Supply and waste water disposal: Design periods for water and
waste water structures, population estimate of water consumptions and variations.
Elements of hydrology: measurement of precipitation losses and runoff. Methods of
estimating runoff from rainfall. Hydraulics of ground water flow, development of
wells yield test, hydraulics of soil water intrusion and prevention (08 Hrs)

UNIT-II
Transmission of water: losses in pipe lines. economical diameter, laminar and
turbulent flow. velocity distributions, friction factor analysis, flow in pipes, series and
parallel reservoir flow, forces acting on pressure conduits, water hammer analysis,
pressure wave transmission, relief valves. (10 Hrs)

UNIT-III
Distribution of water: pressure and capacity requirements, provision for firefighting,
analysis of distribution network, Hardy Cross method, Method of sections/other
methods. Hydraulics of sewers: open channel flow with special reference to sewers.
Flow at sewer transitions, capacity of street inlets. (12 Hrs)

UNIT-IV
Design of sewers: estimate of waste water flow, desired velocities and effect of flow
variation, rational method of estimating storm drainage. Intensity - duration
relationship, time of concentration, investigations, design and layout of combined and
separate sewerage systems. (10 Hrs)
UNIT-V
House hold plumbing systems: water supply to buildings, systems of water supply,
appurtenances, fixtures, fixture units, water supply systems for high rise buildings, hot
water and fire water supply systems, sewage pumping, Drainage systems for
buildings. (08 Hrs)

EN-24
 UNIT-VI
Recent advances in hydrology and hydraulics in environmental engineering.

Course Outcome:
1. Understanding the objectives of water supply, elements of hydrology.
2. Understanding the technical aspects associated with transmission of water.
3. To know the various methods for analyzing the distribution networks.
4. To design the sewers using rational method.
5. To expertise on household plumbing systems.

References
1. G M Fair, J C Geyer and D AOkun, Water and Waste Water Engineering Vol 1 and
Vol 2, John Wiley and Sons
2. WarenViessman, Lewis and J W Knapp, Introduction to Hydrology, 3rd edition,
Harper and Row Publishers.
3. V L Streater, E B Wylie, Fluid Mechanics, 7th edition, McGraw Hill International
Book Company.
4. Ned H C Hwang and Carlos E Hita, Fundamental of Hydraulic Engineering
5. Hydrology by H M Raghunath
6. Hydrology by Subramaniam
7. Sewage and Waste Disposal Engineering by S K Garg.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION:
Test I (Unit I, II &III)- 15 marks Quiz=05 marks
CIE – 50 Total:50
UNIT VI(AAT) = 15 marks
marks Test II (Unit IV & V) – 15 marks marks
Answer FIVE full questions
 Questions Q1 & Q5 from Unit I and Unit V
SEE – 20x 2 =
respectively shall be answered and shall not have
100 40 Marks Total:100
internal choice. marks
marks  Questions Q2, Q3 and Q4 from Unit III, Unit IV &
20x3= 60
Unit V respectively shall be answered and shall have
Marks
internal choice
Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 - 2 -
CO2 2 3 -
CO3 3 - -
CO4 3 - -
CO5 3 - 2
1.Low 2. Medium 3. High

EN-25
Course Code 18EN1E2C M.Tech (Environmental Engineering)
Category Program Elective Semester : I
Course title ENVIRONMENTAL TOXICOLOGY
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total hours = 48
Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): NIL
Course Learning Objectives
1. To provide a broad overview of different aspects of Ecotoxicology.
2. To learn the principles and methods of occupational safety and health
administration.
3. To discuss the health risk assessment and its management in different industries.
4. To study the transport of toxicants in air and water.
5. To study the occupational hazard, epidemiology and public health.

COURSE CONTENTS
UNIT-I
Toxicants and toxicity: definition and scope of toxicology. Acute and chronic toxicity,
selective toxicity, dose, synergism. Dose – response relationships: graded response,
quantal response, time action curves; threshold limit value (TLV); LC50; margin of
safety; toxicity curves, cumulative toxicity and LD50 and CTF. (08 Hrs)

UNIT-II
Testing toxicity; Bioassay: definition, purpose, criteria for selection of test selection
of test organisms, methodology, estimation of LC50, microbes (test models),
compartment models. Limitation and importance of bioassays. Acute toxicity (single);
sub-acute toxicity; chronic toxicity; special tests: teratogenicity, carcinogenicity and
mutagenicity (08 Hrs)
UNIT-III
Heavy metal toxicology: metabolism, toxicity monitoring and exposure standards for
heavy metals such as Cadmium, Lead, Nickel, Mercury, Arsenic in humans. Toxic
chemicals in the environment : air, water, pesticides in water. Biochemical aspects of
As, Cd, Pb, Hg, CO, O3, PAN, pesticides, MIC and carcinogens in air. (12 Hrs)
UNIT-IV
Biotransformation of xenobiotics (selective toxicity): principles, receptor sites,
absorption and storage of xenobiotics; types of biotransformation; microsomal
oxidations, mixed function oxygenases, conjugation, biotransformation of organo
chlorine and organo phosphorous pesticides. Antidotal procedures in toxicology.
(10 Hrs)
UNIT-V
Occupational hazards: recognition, evaluation and control of occupational health
hazards: occupational health surveillance; occupational health control programmes in
the context of Indian Factories Act. Epidemiology and public health: general
principles of epidemiology, epidemiology and control of diseases caused by important
microbes in water, air, milk and soil. Sanitation of food, HACCP of milk and soil.
Status of communicable diseases in India. Administration of Public health in India.
Public health Legislation. (10 Hrs)

EN-26
 UNIT-VI
Recent advances in toxicology.

Course Outcomes:
At the end of the course student will be able
1. To differentiate the carriers or vectors that promote the transfer of toxic agents
from the environment to humans
2. To examine the toxicological and ecological aspects of ecotoxicology
3. To transfer knowledge of ecotoxicological theory to new environmental situations
4. To explain detoxification in human body and its mechanisms.
5. To expertise in recognition and control of occupational health.

References
1. Jerome O Nriagu and Lakshminarayana J S S (1989). Aquatic Toxicology and
Water Quality Management, John Wiley and Sons.
2. Sharma P D (1994), Environmental Biology and Toxicology, Rastogi and Co.
3. Meera Asthana and Asthana D K (1990), Environmental Pollution and Toxicology,
Alka Printers.
4. Metelev V V, Kanaev A I and Dzasokhova N G (1971), Water Toxicology,
Amerind Publishing Co.Pvt . Ltd.
5. standard methods for water and waste water, 17th Ed. (1989), APHA – AWWA –
WPCF
6. Guithinier Perry (1980). Introduction to Environmental Toxicology, Elsevier.
7. Waldron H A (1980), Metals in Environment. Academic Press, Toronto.
8. Butter G C (1988), Princip0les of Ecotoxicology. John Wiley and Sons.
9. Moriaty F (1989), toxicity of heavy metals in environment. Marcel DakkarInc.,New
York.
SCHEME OF EXAMINATION:
Quiz=05 marks
CIE – 50 Test I (Unit I, II &III)- 15 marks Total:50
UNIT VI(AAT) = 15 marks
marks Test II (Unit IV & V) – 15 marks marks
Answer FIVE full questions
 Questions Q1 & Q 2 from Unit I and Unit II 20x 2 =
SEE – respectively shall be answered and shall not have 40 Total:10
100 internal choice. Marks 0 marks
marks  Questions Q3, Q4 and Q5 from Unit III, Unit IV & 20x3=
Unit V respectively shall be answered and shall have 60
internal choice Marks
Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.
Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)
PO1 PO2 PO3
CO1 1 - -
CO2 2 2 -
CO3 - 3 2
CO4 - 2 -
CO5 2 - -
1. Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

EN-27
Course Code 18EN1L01 M.Tech (Environmental Engineering)
Category Program Lab Semester : I
Course title WATER QUALITY ANALYSIS LAB
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total hours = 48
Credits
0 0 4 0 2
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): NIL

Course Learning Objectives:

1. Analysis of the various water quality parameters.
2. To understand the environmental significance of different parameters.
3. To understand the applications of air pollution and noise monitoring instruments
in Environmental Engineering field

COURSE CONTENTS
1.Determination of acidity, alkalinity, pH and conductivity.
2. Determination of the available chlorine, chlorine demand, residual chlorine in water
3. Estimation of the Total hardness, Magnesium hardness and Calcium hardness of the
water.
4. Estimation of total solids, total dissolved solid, suspended solids, fixedand volatile
solids of water and wastewater.
5. Determination of cations (Na, K, Li) and anions (sulfate, nitrate, fluoride, chloride).
6. Determination of iron and manganese
7. Determination of MPN count - total and fecal.
8. Determination of DO of the water.

9. Demonstration of air pollution monitoring instruments; Calibration of HVS by

orifice method; Determination of SPM; PM10; SO2; ammonia and NOx in ambient
air; Respirable dust monitoring by RDS and FPM; Demonstration of stack monitoring
kits; Demonstration of Indoor air quality CO, VOC and aerosol monitors;
Determination of atmospheric stability class using portable anemometers;
Development of wind rose diagram.

10. Demonstration of noise pollution monitoring equipment; namely modular

precision sound level meter, noise dose meter, human vibration monitoring
instrument, audiometer, etc. Noise survey in a multiple noise sources situation in
order to develop noise contour diagram for the entire locality. Noise monitoring at
residential localities. Frequency spectrum analysis of machine noise. Audiometry
survey in order to assess present status of hearing acuteness of the subject. Traffic
noise situation monitoring; human vibration monitoring (whole body as well as hand-
arm vibration).

EN-28
Course Outcomes:
Students shell be able to:
1. Assess the quality of water based on the drinking water standards.
2. Assess the filed applications of air pollution and noise monitoring instruments

References:
1.Standard methods for the examination of water and wastewater, 22nd Edition,
Washington: APHA., 2017
2.Sawyer, C. N., McCarty, P. L., and Perkin, G.F., Chemistry for Environmental
Engineering and Science, 5th edition McGraw-Hill Inc., 2002
3.B. Kotaiah and Dr. N. Kumara Swamy, Environmental Engineering Laboratory
Manual, Charotar Publishing House Pvt. Ltd., 1st Ed., 2007
4.Peavy, H.S, Rowe, D.R., and G. Tchobanoglous, Environmental Engineering,
McGraw Hill Inc., New York. 1995

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

Continuous Internal Marks Semester End Marks

Evaluation Evaluation(SEE)
(Laboratory – 50 Marks) Laboratory (100 Marks)
Performance of the student in the 20 Write up 20
laboratory and record writing
Test at the end of the semester 20 Conducting experiment and 50
Results
Viva voce 10 Viva voce 30
Total 100
Total (CIE) 50 Total (SEE) 50*

Note: * = SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks for practical and the marks obtained
shall be reduced for 50 Marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 3 - -
CO2 3 - -
1. Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

EN-29
 Course Code 18CV1M01 M. Tech (Environmental Engineering)
Category Mandatory Audit Semester: I
RESEARCH METHODOLOGY AND INTELLECTUAL
Course title
PROPERTY RIGHTS
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total hours = 24
Credits
2 0 0 0 2
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3 Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): NIL

Course Learning Objectives:

1. Analyse the criteria for selection of research problem.
2. Understand the basics of literature survey, ethics, effective technical writing and
developments of research proposal.
3. Understand the basics and importance of IPR.
4. Analyse the issues related to patentability.
5. Understand the administrative system of IPR and analyse the typical case studies.

COURSE CONTENTS

UNIT – I
Meaning of research problem, sources of research problem, Criteria, Characteristics
of a good research problem, Errors in selecting a research problem, Scope and
Objectives of research problems.
Approaches of investigation of solutions for research problem, data collection,
Analysis, Interpretation, necessary instrumentations. (05 Hrs)

UNIT – II
Effective literature studies approaches, analysis, Plagiarism, Research ethics.
Effective technical writing, How to write report, Paper, Developing a research
proposal, Format of research proposal, presentation and assessment by a review
committee. (05 Hrs)

UNIT – III
Introduction to Intellectual Property (IP), Overview of Copyright, Related Rights,
Trademarks, Geographical Indications, Industrial Design, Patents, Protection of New
Varieties of Plants. (05 Hrs)

UNIT – IV
Patentability: Patentable Subject Matter, Patentable and Non Patentable Inventions,
Procedure for grants of patents in India, Patent licensing and transfer of Technology,
Patent information and databases. International scenario: International cooperation on
Intellectual Property, Patenting under Patent Cooperation Treaty (PCT). (05 Hrs)

UNIT-V
New Developments in IPR: Administration of Patent System, New Developments in
IPR; Traditional Knowledge Case studies of IPR including topics of respective
branches of specialisation. (04 Hrs)

EN-30
 UNIT – VI
Recent advances and research being done in the topics mentioned in the above units.

Course Outcomes:
Students shall be able to:
1. Explain the steps involved in defining a research problem.
2. Analyse the various issues related to effective literature survey and developing a
research proposal.
3. Discuss the various issues related to IPR and its importance.
4. Discuss the various issues related to patentability and international scenario of
patent rights.
5. Highlight the new development and exposure to case studies.

References:
1. Stuart Melville and Wayne Goddard, “research Methodology; an introduction for
science and engineering students”
2. Wayne Goddard and Stuart Melville,” Research Methodology an Introduction”
3. Ranjit Kumar 2nd edition,” Research Methodology; a step by step guide for
Beginners”
4. Halbert, “Resisting Intellectual Property”,Taylor and francies Ltd. 2007.
5. Mayall,‟Industrial Design” McGraw Hill,1992
6. Niebel,” Product design”,McGrraw Hill,1974.
7. Asimv, “Introduction to design”,Prentice Hall,1962.
8. Robert P. Merges, Peter S. Menell, Mark A. Lemley,” Intellectual Property in
New Technology Age” 2006.
9. T.Ramappa,” Intellectual Property Rights Under WTO”, S. Chanda,2008

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

CIE – 50 Test I (Unit I, II &III) = 15 marks Quiz = 5 marks Total:50

marks Test II (Unit IV & V) = 15 marks Unit-VI(AAT) =15 marks marks
Answer FIVE full questions
 Questions Q1 & Q 3 from Unit I and Unit
SEE – 20x2 = 40
III respectively shall be answered and shall Total:100
100 Marks
not have internal choice. marks
marks  Questions Q2, Q4 and Q5 from Unit II,
20x3= 60
Unit IV & Unit V respectively shall be
Marks
answered and shall have internal choice
Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3
CO1 - - 3
CO2 - - 3
CO3 - - 3
CO4 - - 3
CO5 2 3 -
1. Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

EN-31
Course Code 18EN1S01 M. Tech (Environmental Engineering)
Category Seminar Semester: I
Course title SEMINAR – I
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total hours = 24
Credits
0 0 2 0 1
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: - Total Max. Marks: 50 Duration of SEE: ---
Prerequisites (if any): NIL

Course Learning Objectives:

The objectives of the SEMINAR-I is to prepare the students to learn to:
1. Carry out the literature review of general research area/current topic and
analyse the same effectively.
2. Prepare a technical report, reflecting his/her depth of understanding, on the
selected area/topic and prepare content rich presentation.
3. Acquire communication and time management skills for effective and impactful
presentation. Interact with peers to acquire the qualities of thoughtfulness,
friendliness, adaptability, responsiveness, and politeness in-group discussion.
Overcome stage fear during oral presentation.

GUIDE LINES
1. Seminar preparation and presentation is an individual student activity.
2. Topic may be of general/ specific interest to program of engineering or electives
not offered in the semester and to be selected in consultation with the
faculty/Guide assigned.
3. Select one pertinent research paper/topic for the seminar presentation.
4. Prepare and submit a detailed technical report of the seminar topic.

Course Outcomes:
Students shall be able to:
1. Carry out the literature survey of topic of seminar.
2. Prepare a technical report on the selected area/topic.
3. Make an effective presentation with seamless flow of content within the time
allocated. Overcome inhibition in interacting with peers and hence develop the
spirit of team work.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

CIE – 50 Phase -1 Marks =10 Seminar Report Total:50

marks Phase -2 Marks =20 Marks =20 Marks

EN-32
Scheme of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE):

Evaluation would be carried out in TWO phases. The Seminar Evaluation Committee
shall comprise of Chairperson of the Department, Faculty/Guide and one more faculty
member nominated by Chairperson of the Department. The evaluation criteria shall be
as per the rubrics given below:

Rubrics for Evaluation: Weightage

Topic - Technical Relevance, Sustainability and Societal Concerns : 15%

Review of literature and technical content : 35%
Presentation Skills : 25%
Report of seminar : 25%

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 2 2 3
CO2 2 3 3
CO3 - 2 -
1. Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

EN-33
Course Code 18CV1M02 M.Tech (Environmental Engineering)
Category Mandatory Audit Semester : I
Course title TECHNICAL PAPER WRITING (AUDIT COURSE-I)
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total hours = 24
Credits
2 0 0 0 1
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: -- Total Max. Marks: 50 Duration of SEE: ---
Prerequisites (if any): NIL
Course Learning Objectives:
1. Understand the technique to improve technical report writing skills and level of
readability.
2. Learn about what to write contents section of a technical report.
3. Analyse the contents of literature.
4. Create a typical technical article.

COURSE CONTENTS

UNIT – I
Planning and preparation, word order, breaking up long sentences, structuring
paragraphs and sentences, being concise and removing redundancy, avoiding
ambiguity and vagueness. (05 Hrs)

UNIT – II
Clarifying who did what, highlighting your findings, hedging and criticizing,
Paraphrasing and plagiarism, sections of paper, Abstracts, Introduction. (05 Hrs)

UNIT – III
Review of the literature, Methods, Results, Discussion, Conclusions, The final check.
(04 Hrs)

UNIT – IV
Key skills needed when writing a title, Key skills needed when writing an Abstract,
Key skills needed when writing an Introduction, Skills needed when writing a review
of the literature. (05 Hrs)

UNIT – V
Key skills needed when writing the methods, Key skills needed when writing the
Results, Skills needed when writing a Discussion, Skills needed when writing the
Conclusions. (05 Hrs)

Course Outcomes:
Students shall be able to:
1. Describe the importance of basics of technical writing skills.
2. Review and emphasise the result of literature review.
3. Discuss the importance of various sections of technical report.
4. Develop a complete conceptual technical report.

EN-34
References:
1. Goldbort (2006) writing for science, Yale University Press ( Available on Google
books)
2. Day R (2006) How to write and publish a scientific paper, Cambridge university
Press.
3. Highman N (1998) Handbook of writing for the mathematical sciences,SIAM,
Highman’s book.
4. AdianWallwork, English for writing research papers, Springer New York
Dordrecht Heidelberg London, 2011

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

CIE – 50 Test I (Unit I, II &III) = 15 marks

AAT = 20 marks Total:50 marks
marks Test II (Unit IV & V) = 15 marks

Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 - 3 -
CO2 - 3 -
CO3 - 3 -
CO4 - 3 -
CO5 - 3 -
1. Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

EN-35
 SECOND SEMESTER

Course Code 18EN2C01 M.Tech (Environmental Engineering)

Category Program Core Semester : II
Course title ADVANCED WASTEWATER TREATMENT
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total hours = 48
Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): NIL
Course Learning Objectives:
1. To understand residual substances and their impact on the environment.
2. To provide knowledge about nutrients in wastewater and their removal.
3. To impart knowledge of trace organic, inorganic compounds, heavy metals and
pathogens and their treatment.
4. To induce knowledge about appropriate techniques of solids processing and
disposal.
5. To impart knowledge about concepts and issues involved in wastewater
reclamation and reuse.

COURSE CONTENT
UNIT-I
NEED FOR ADVANCED WASTEWATER TREATMENT - Technologies used.
Dynamic inputs and strategies. Removal of suspended solids by granular medium
filtration and microscreening. [06 Hrs]
UNIT-II
CONTROL OF NUTRIENTS -Conversion of ammonia by biological nitrification,
removal of nitrogen by biological nitrificatoion / denitrification, removal of
phosphorous by biological methods. Combined removal of nitrogen and phosphorous
by biological methods. Removal of nitrogen by physical and chemical processes.
Removal of phosphorous by chemical addition. [12 Hrs]
UNIT-III
REMOVAL OF TOXIC COMPOUNDS AND REFRACTORY ORGANICS –
Removal of dissolved inorganic substances. Tertiary and polishing treatment
techniques. [12 Hrs]
UNIT-IV
SLUDGE TREATMENT AND DISPOSAL - aerobic and anaerobic digestion–
thickening, dewatering of sludge by vacuum filtration, pressure filtration,
centrifugation, bed drying of sludge – composting – UASB and its modifications,
sludge disposal. [12 Hrs]
UNIT-V
WASTEWATER RECLAMATION AND REUSE – different technologies, refuse
applications –criteria for disposal of effluents in to lakes, rivers and oceans. [06 Hrs]

UNIT-VI
Recent advances in advanced wastewater treatment.

EN-36
Course Outcomes
At the end of the course student will be able
1. To apply the concept of technology for residual removal from wastewater.
2. To control ill effects of nutrients in wastewater on environment.
3. To develop and conceptualize the design principles for harmful substances
removal.
4. To accomplish the most suitable technique for solids management.
5. To develop reuse practices suitably.

References
1. G.M. Fair, J.C. Geyer, D.A. Okun, elements of Water Supply and Waste water
Disposal, John Wiley and Sons Inc.,
2. Howard S Peavy, Donald R Rowe and George Tchobanoglous, Environmental
Engineering – McGraw – Hill.
3. J. McGhee, Water Supply and Sewerage, Terence, McGraw Hill Book Co.,
4. M.J. Hammer and Hammer, Water and Wastewater Technology, Prentice Hall, 6th
Edition, 2007.
5. Metcalf and Eddy, Wastewater Engineering, Treatment and Reuse – McGraw –
Hill Publishing Company Limited.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION:
CIE – Test I (Unit I, II &III)- 15 marks Quiz=05 marks
Total:50
50 UNIT VI(AAT) = 15
Test II (Unit IV & V) – 15 marks marks marks
marks
Answer FIVE full questions
 Questions Q1 & Q5 from Unit I and Unit V 20x 2 =
SEE – respectively shall be answered and shall not have 40 Total:100
100 internal choice. Marks marks
marks  Questions Q2, Q3 and Q4 from Unit II, Unit III 20x3=
& Unit IV respectively shall be answered and shall 60
have internal choice Marks
Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 - 2 -
CO2 1 - -
CO3 - 2 -
CO4 3 - -
CO5 - 2 -
1. Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

EN-37
Course Code 18EN2C02 M.Tech (Environmental Engineering)
Category Program Core Semester : II
Course title ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total hours = 48
Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): NIL
Course Learning Objectives
1. To learn the importance of environmental impact assessment in various
engineering projects.
2. To brief the various methodologies involved in environmental impact assessment.
3. To identify the prediction tools for the assessment of different environmental
impacts.
4. To describe the concepts of environmental management system.
5. To brief the EIA review process with case studies

COURSE CONTENT
UNIT-I
Evolution of EIA; EIA at project; Regional and policy levels; Strategic EIA; EIA
process; Screening and scoping criteria; Rapid and comprehensive EIA (08 Hrs)
UNIT- II
Specialised areas like environmental health impact assessment; environmental risk
analysis; Economic valuation methods; cost – benefit analysis; Expert system and GIS
applications; Uncertainties. (06 Hrs)
UNIT-III
Legislative and environmental clearance procedures in India and other countries,
siting criteria; CRZ; Public participation, Resettlement and rehabilitation, Practical
applications of EIA. (10 Hrs)
UNIT-IV
EIA methodologies; Baseline data collection; Prediction and assessment of impacts on
physical, biological and socio-economic environment. (12 Hrs)

UNIT-V
Environmental management plan; Post project monitoring, EIA report and EIS;
Review process, Case studies on project, regional and sectoral EIA. Risk assessment
fundamentals and methodology, case studies. (12 Hrs)

UNIT-VI
Recent advances in environmental impact assessment.

Course Outcomes
At the end of the course student will be able
1. To analyse the environmental impacts of proposed projects
2. To predict the magnitude of an impact using mathematical tools
3. To propose proper mitigation measures to avoid environmental impacts
4. To summarise the EIA report with suitable environmental management plan
5. To bring effective environment management plan reviewing the case studies.

EN-38
References
1. A Chadwick, Introduction to environmental Impact Assessment, Taylor & Francis,
2007.
2. Larry, W. canter, Environmental Impact Assessment, McGraw Hill Inc. Singapore,
1996.
3. Canter (1996), Environment Impact assessment, McGraw-hill
4. Gerald Kelly, Environmental Engineering.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION:
CIE – Test I (Unit I, II &III)- 15 marks Quiz=05 marks Total:50
50 UNIT VI(AAT) = 15
Test II (Unit IV & V) – 15 marks marks marks
marks
Answer FIVE full questions
 Questions Q1 & Q2 from Unit I and Unit II 20x 2 =
SEE – respectively shall be answered and shall not have 40 Total:100
100 internal choice. Marks marks
marks  Questions Q3, Q4 and Q5 from Unit III, Unit IV 20x3=
& Unit V respectively shall be answered and shall 60
have internal choice Marks
Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 3 - -
CO2 2 - -
CO3 - 2 -
CO4 - 3 -
CO5 - 2 -
1. Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

EN-39
Course Code 18EN2C03 M.Tech (Environmental Engineering)
Category Program Core Semester : II
Course title SOLID AND HAZARDOUS WASTE MANAGEMENT
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total hours = 48
Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): NIL
Course Learning Objectives
1. To understand the nature of the various functional elements in regional waste
management systems and the relationships among them
2. To provide a knowledge about generation, characteristics and composition of
urban solid waste, hazardous waste and biomedical waste
3. To enumerate and describe different disposal and treatment methods for municipal
solid waste, hazardous waste and biomedical waste
4. To discuss the various elements of integrated waste management system
5. To understand the design and operation of sanitary landfills and study the element
of integrated waste management.

COURSE CONTENT
UNIT-I
Introduction: definition, classification, Sources, identification methods of solid and
hazardous wastes-need for solid and hazardous waste management. (06 Hrs)

UNIT-II
Generation Rates - Composition – solid/Hazardous waste Characteristics - TCLP
Tests - Waste Sampling - Source Reduction of Wastes -Recycling and Reuse -
Handling and Segregation of Wastes at Source - Storage and Collection of Municipal
Solid Wastes - Analysis of Collection Systems - Need for Transfer and Transport -
Transfer Stations - Labelling and Handling of Hazardous Wastes. (12 Hrs)

UNIT-III
Management of HW: Cradle to grave concept. Quantities generated components of
management plan, minimization of wastes. Biomedical wastes: types and control. E-
waste: environmental effects and its management. (08 Hrs)

UNIT-IV
Waste Processing - Processing Technologies - Biological and Chemical Conversion
Technologies - Composting - Thermal Conversion Technologies -Energy Recovery -
Incineration - Solidification and Stabilization of Hazardous Wastes - Treatment of
Biomedical Wastes. (10 Hrs)
UNIT-V
Design and Operation of Sanitary Landfills - Secure Landfills and Landfill
Bioreactors- Leachate and Landfill Gas Management - Landfill Closure and
Environmental Monitoring - Closure of Landfills - Landfill Remediation –
Legislations on Management and Handling of Municipal Solid Wastes, Hazardous
Wastes, and Biomedical Wastes-Elements of Integrated Waste Management. (12 Hrs)

EN-40
 UNIT-VI
Recent advances in solid and hazardous waste management.

Course Outcomes
At the end of the course student will be able
1. To explain the various functional elements involved in waste management system.
2. To quantify and categorize solid wastes for any region.
3. To prepare concept design for the common functional elements of the waste
management systems.
4. To select suitable waste processing technologies and disposal methods.
5. To know the operation and design of sanitary landfill

References
1. Solid Wastes: Engineering Principles and Management Issues – Tchhobanglous,
Theeisen and Elliassen, McGraw – Hill.
2. Environmental Engineering – Peavy, Rowe and Tchhobanglous, McGraw – Hill
3. Hazardous Waste Management – Wentz C A, Mc Graw Hill (1995)
4. Hazardous Waste Management – La Grega et al - Mc Graw Hill (1995)

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION:
Quiz=05 marks
CIE – 50 Test I (Unit I, II &III)- 15 marks Total:50
UNIT VI(AAT) = 15 marks
marks Test II (Unit IV & V) – 15 marks marks
Answer FIVE full questions
 Questions Q1 & Q3 from Unit I and Unit III
SEE – 20x 2 =
respectively shall be answered and shall not have
100 40 Marks Total:100
internal choice. marks
marks  Questions Q2, Q4 and Q5 from Unit II, Unit IV &
20x3= 60
Unit V respectively shall be answered and shall have
Marks
internal choice
Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 2 - -
CO2 - 2 -
CO3 1 2 -
CO4 1 - 2
CO5 2 - -

1. Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

EN-41
Course Code 18EN2E1A M.Tech (Environmental Engineering)
Category Program Elective Semester : II
ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING DESIGN AND
Course title
DRAWING PRACTICE
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total hours = 48
Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): NIL
Course Learning Objectives
1. To study the design and drawing of water treatments units
2. To analyse the design and drawing of waste water treatment units
3. To study the design concepts of air pollution control equipment.
4. To study the design of plumbing and water supply schemes.

COURSE CONTENT
UNIT-I
Design and drawing of Water Supply systems: Design of units for aeration,
sedimentation, coagulation, granular media filtration, disinfection, water softening,
advanced tertiary treatment. (12 hrs)
UNIT-II
Design and drawing of Wastewater Treatment Units: Screening chamber, septic tank
and soak pits, activated sludge process and filtration units. (12 Hrs)
UNIT-III
Design and drawing of low cost treatment units: oxidation ponds, oxidation ditches,
aerated lagoons. (08 Hrs)
UNIT-IV
Planning and design of city water supply schemes. (08 Hrs)

UNIT-V
Design of air pollution control units, Design of stacks and chimneys. (08 Hrs)

UNIT-VI
Recent advances in environmental engineering design and drawing practice

Course Outcome
At the end of the course student will be able
1. To understand the design and drawing of water treatment units
2. To gain knowledge on waste water treatment units
3. To analyse the design of public water supply scheme
4. To design air pollution control equipments

EN-42
 References:
1. CPHEEO-Manuals on water supply and sewage treatment
2. Qasim, Syed R, Holt, Rinehart and Winsten (1985,) Waste water treatment plants,
planning, design and operation.
3. Peavy, Rowe and Tchhobanglous, Environmental Engineering –McGraw – Hill.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION:
Quiz=05 marks
CIE – 50 Test I (Unit I, II &III)- 15 marks Total:50
UNIT VI(AAT) = 15 marks
marks Test II (Unit IV & V) – 15 marks marks
Answer FIVE full questions
 Questions Q1 & Q3 from Unit I and Unit III
SEE – 20x 2 = 40
respectively shall be answered and shall not have Total:100
100 Marks
internal choice. marks
marks  Questions Q2, Q4 and Q5 from Unit II, Unit IV &
20x3= 60
Unit V respectively shall be answered and shall
Marks
have internal choice
Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 3 2 -
CO2 3 2 -
CO3 3 2 -
CO4 3 2 -

1. Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

EN-43
Course Code 18EN2E1B M.Tech (Environmental Engineering)
Category Program Elective Semester : II
Course title INDUSTRIAL WASTEWATER TREATMENT
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total hours = 48
Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): NIL

Course Learning Objectives

1. To learn the importance of environmental impact assessment in various
engineering projects
2. To brief the various methodologies involved in environmental impact assessment
3. To identify the prediction tools for the assessment of different environmental
impacts
4. To describe the concepts of environmental management system.
5. To learn the manufacturing process treatment, disposal method of various
industrial wastes.
COURSE CONTENT

UNIT-I
Definition- need for treatment- standards – properties – physical, chemical and
biological classification of industrial waste water. (06 Hrs)

UNIT-II
Pretreatment of industrial waste water – equalization – neutralization – segregation –
volume reduction – strength reduction. (06 Hrs)

UNIT-III
Chemical precipitation, oxidation and reduction, absorption, ion exchange and solvent
extraction. (12 Hrs)

UNIT-IV
Biological treatment methods – aerobic and anaerobic. Ultimate disposal of waster
water on land and into water bodies. (12 Hrs)

UNIT-V
Sources, manufacturing processes, effects, treatment and disposal methods of the
following industrial wastes : (12 Hrs)
a. Diary
b. Paper and pulps
c. Textiles
d. Tanneries
e. Sugar mills
f. Brewery and distillery
g. Electroplating
h. Radioactive
i. Petroleum and refinery and Other industries.

EN-44
 UNIT-VI
Recent advances in Industrial wastewater treatment.

Course Outcomes
At the end of the course student will be able
1. To analyse the environmental impacts of proposed projects
2. To predict the magnitude of an impact using mathematical tools
3. To propose proper mitigation measures to avoid environmental impacts
4. To summarise the EIA report with suitable environmental management plan
5. To expertise in the various aspects related to industrial wastes.

References
1. Industrial water pollution control – Eckenfelder .W.W. Mcgraw –Hill
2. Liquid Waste of Industry – Nelson L Nenerow, Addison- Wesley Publishing Co

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION:
Quiz=05 marks
CIE – 50 Test I (Unit I, II &III)- 15 marks Total:50
UNIT VI(AAT) = 15 marks
marks Test II (Unit IV & V) – 15 marks marks
Answer FIVE full questions
 Questions Q1 & Q2 from Unit I and Unit II
SEE – 20x 2 =
respectively shall be answered and shall not have Total:100
100 40 Marks
internal choice. marks
marks  Questions Q3, Q4 and Q5 from Unit III, Unit IV &
20x3= 60
Unit V respectively shall be answered and shall have
Marks
internal choice

Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 - 3 2
CO2 3 2 -
CO3 - 2 -
CO4 - 2 1
CO5 - 2 -

1. Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

EN-45
Course Code 18EN2E1C M.Tech (Environmental Engineering)
Category Program Elective Semester : II
Course title MODELLING OF AQUATIC SYSTEMS
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total hours = 48
Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): NIL
Course Learning Objectives
1. To study the transport and fate of pollutant in natural systems such as lakes, rivers,
estuaries and atmosphere
2. To provide an understanding of mathematical model development for natural
systems
3. To brief the mass balance approach and some special models for prediction of air
and water quality
4. To learn the numerical techniques for solving the system equations
5. To impart knowledge about groundwater quality modelling concepts

COURSE CONTENT
UNIT- I
Mathematical models in water quality management: model as comprehensive tool
in environmental management, mass transfer process, diffusion, dispersion, molecular
turbulence and shear depletion. Fick‟s law of diffusion. Convective diffusion equation
for 1,2,3-dimension model. models for decaying pollutants in river, 1-D oxygen
models, Streeter Phelp‟s equation, critical point method. Estimation of parameters -
decay and reaeration rates. Calibration and verification of 1-D oxygen model, mixing
zone in rivers -steady state 2- D analysis with pipe and diffuser out falls using
solutions based on method of images for conservatives and decaying pollutants.
(12 Hrs)
UNIT- II
Dissolved oxygen models for lakes under completely mixed and stratified condition.
(06 Hrs)
UNIT- III
Ocean disposal of waste water: Siting and design of out falls. Near field and far
filled mixing with simple examples. (06 Hrs)

UNIT- IV
Eutrophication models- simplified nutrient loading models for rivers and lakes.
Eco system model – description, schematization and formulation. (12 Hrs)

UNIT- V
Ground water quality modelling concepts: formulation of 1-D and 2-D models with
decay and retardation for instantaneous sources. Non-point source of pollution.
Analytical modelling for plume delineation studies from point sources. Field data
gathering and parameter estimation (12 Hrs)
UNIT- VI
Recent advances in modelling of aquatic systems.

EN-46
 Course Outcomes
At the end of the course student will be able
1. To develop contaminant transport model for natural systems
2. To predict the quality of water in river, lakes and estuaries using specific models
3. To solve the transport equation using numerical techniques
4. To estimate the concentration of pollutant in ambient air using dispersion models
5. To expertise with the groundwater quality modeling concepts

References

1. Lenvil. G. Rich, Environmental Stystems engineering, McGraw-hill, (1972)

2. P.H. McGauhey, engineering management of water quality, McGraw-hill.
3. Asil .K.Biswas , models for water quality management, McGraw hill.(1980)
4. Warren .Viesman, Jr. Gary.L.Lewis and John. W. Knapp, Introduction to
Hydrology, Horper and Row publisher.
5. Harold .M.Englund , Hand book of air pollution technology, Wiley Inter science
publication.
6. Ground Water Quality Modeling by Thangarajan
7. Principles of Water Quality Management and Control by Thomann and
Mueller.(1986), Horper and Row publishers

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION:
Quiz=05 marks
CIE – 50 Test I (Unit I, II &III)- 15 marks Total:50
UNIT VI(AAT) = 15 marks
marks Test II (Unit IV & V) – 15 marks marks
Answer FIVE full questions
 Questions Q2 & Q3 from Unit II and Unit III 20x 2 =
SEE – respectively shall be answered and shall not have 40 Total:100
100 internal choice. Marks marks
marks  Questions Q1, Q4 and Q5 from Unit I, Unit IV & 20x3=
Unit V respectively shall be answered and shall have 60
internal choice Marks

Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 2 - -
CO2 2 - 1
CO3 3 2 -
CO4 2 - -
CO5 - 2 -

1. Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

EN-47
Course Code 18EN2E2A M.Tech (Environmental Engineering)
Category Program Elective Semester : II
Course title ENVIRONMENTAL BIOTECHNOLOGY
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total hours = 48
Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): NIL
Course Learning Objectives
1. To study the principles and concepts of environmental biotechnology
2. To provide knowledge about the use of living systems or derivatives thereof, to
make or modify products or processes for specific use.
3. To study the application of biotechnological processes and their products to
protect environmental integrity with a view to long-term ecological security.
4. To study the application of DNA technology, among the different kinds of
biotechnology to create new gene combinations that have not previously existed in
nature.
5. To study of the ethical issues emerging from advances in biotechnology and its
applications.
COURSE CONTENT
UNIT-I
Definition, principles and concepts, scope and importance of environmental
biotechnology –use for mankind. (06 Hrs)
UNIT-II
Industrial applications and concerns-microbial systems for detoxification.
Degradation of high concentrated toxic pollutants-non-halogenated, halogenated,
petroleum hydrocarbons, metals mechanism of detoxification, oxidation reactions, de-
halogenation - biotransformation of metals microbial cell/ enzyme technology- GE
systems- role of extra cellular polymers. (12 Hrs)
UNIT-III
Biotechnological remedies for environmental damages-decontamination of ground
water systems, sub-surface environment, reclamation concepts- bioremediation
technologies of commercial importance- production and proteins, bio-fertilizers,
advances in biogas technology, phytoremediation. (12 Hrs)
UNIT-IV
Concepts of RDNA technology- plasmid – cloning of DNA mutation- protoplasmic
fusion techniques and its applications – constructions of microbial strains. (12 Hrs)
UNIT-V
Environmental effects and ethics of microbial technology, safety and genetically
engineered organisms. (06 Hrs)
UNIT-VI
Recent advances in Environmental Biotechnology.

EN-48
Course outcomes
At the end of the course student will be able
1. To plan the biotechnological method for a remedy for betterment of mankind.
2. To design the mechanisms of detoxification techniques for quality upgradation.
3. To develop biotechnological systems to protect the environment.
4. To develop new biological products for remediation to environmental problems.
5. To develop the relationships among life sciences, biotechnology, medicine,
politics, law, and philosophy.

References
1. Biotechnology for water and wastewater treatment, Nicholas. P. Cheremisionoff.
2. A text book of biotechnology, Dubey.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION:
CIE – Test I (Unit I, II &III)- 15 marks Quiz=05 marks
Total:50
50 Test II (Unit IV & V) – 15 UNIT VI(AAT) = 15 marks
marks
marks marks
Answer FIVE full questions
 Questions Q1 & Q5 from Unit I and Unit V 20x 2
SEE – respectively shall be answered and shall not have = 40 Total:100
100 internal choice. Marks marks
marks  Questions Q2, Q3 and Q4 from Unit II, Unit III & 20x3=
Unit IV respectively shall be answered and shall have 60
internal choice Marks

Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 1 - -
CO2 - 2 -
CO3 - 2 -
CO4 1 1 -
CO5 - 2 2

1. Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

EN-49
Course Code 18EN2E2B M.Tech (Environmental Engineering)
Category Program Elective Semester : II
Course title ENVIRONMENTAL LEGISLATION AND MANAGEMENT
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total hours = 48
Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): NIL
Course Learning Objectives:
1. To provide basic understanding about environmental protection for public health
and safety
2. To brief about various environmental acts and their rules.
3. To impart knowledge about various protection acts and their salient features
4. To learn the salient features of public liabilities Insurance and significance of
environmental clearances
5. To understand environmental management system (ISO: 14000)

COURSE CONTENT
UNIT-I
General provisions of law for public health and safety. Environmental protection
through local bodies. Salient features of Air (Prevention and control of pollution) Act,
1981, and Rules, 1982. (06 Hrs)
UNIT-II
Salient features of the water (prevention and control of pollution) Act 1974, and
Rules, 1975. The Water (Prevention and control of pollution) Cess Act, 1977 and
Cess Rules, 1978. Salient features of the Environment (Protection) Act 1986 and
Rules 1986. (12 Hrs)
UNIT-III
Hazardous wastes (management and handling) Rules, 1989 and manufacture, storage
and Import of Hazardous Chemical Rules, 1989. The National Environment Tribunal
Act, 1995 and The National Environmental Appellate Authority Act, 1997.
Salient features of the wild life (Protection) Act, 1972. The wild life (Transaction and
Taxidermy) Rules, 1973, The wild life (Stock Declaration) central Rules, 1973. The
wild life (Protection) Licensing (Additional matters for consideration) Rules, 1983.
(12 Hrs)
UNIT - IV
Salient features of the Indian forest (conservation) Act, 1980. The forest
(Conservation) Rules, 1981. Salient features of the public Liabilities Insurance Act,
1991 and Rules, 1991. Requirement and significance of Environmental clearances.
(12 Hrs)

UNIT – V
Environmental Management System (ISO:14000). Important Supreme Court
Judgements. Methods to be followed for avoidance of litigation. (06 Hrs)

UNIT-VI
Recent advances in Environmental Legislation and Management.

EN-50
Course Outcomes:
1. To learn the general provisions of law by environmental protection act
2. To adopt the rules for handling and managing hazardous wastes
3. To implement the conservation acts for various environmental aspects
4. To understand the salient features of the water prevention and control of pollution
5. To expertise in environmental management system

Reference
1. S.K. Mohanty (1998). Environmental and pollution Law manual, Universal Law
Publishing Co. Pvt. Ltd., Delhi.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION:
Test I (Unit I, II &III)- 15
CIE – Quiz=05 marks
marks Total:50
50 UNIT VI(AAT) = 15 marks
Test II (Unit IV & V) – 15 marks
marks
marks
Answer FIVE full questions
 Questions Q1 & Q5 from Unit I and Unit V 20x 2 =
SEE – respectively shall be answered and shall not have 40 Total:100
100 internal choice. Marks marks
marks  Questions Q2, Q3 and Q4 from Unit II, Unit III & 20x3=
Unit IV respectively shall be answered and shall 60
have internal choice Marks

Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 - 2 -
CO2 - 2 -
CO3 - 2 -
CO4 1 1 1
CO5 - 1 2

1. Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

EN-51
Course Code 18EN2E2C M.Tech (Environmental Engineering)
Category Program Elective Semester : II
ENVIRONMENTAL DISASTER MANAGEMENT AND RISK
Course title
ASSESSMENT
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total hours = 48
Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): NIL

Course Learning Objectives:

1. To impart the knowledge about the Natural Disasters.
2. To under the concepts the Disaster management.
3. To provide understanding about risk analysis and assessment
4. Understanding and elevation of serious accidents in major industrial process
5. To impart the knowledge about the risk assessment in developing programmes

COURSE CONTENT
UNIT-I
Natural disasters: floods, landslides, earthquakes, volcanoes, avalanche, cyclones,
drought and fire. Prediction, perception and adjustment to hazards and developing
algorithms. (08 Hrs)
UNIT-II
Disaster management: environmental risk due to project activities. Preparation of on-
site and off site disaster management plans, pre disaster, actual disaster, post disaster
relief camp organization. role of voluntary organization and armed forces. (12 Hrs)

UNIT-III
Risk analysis and assessment: basic concept, purpose of risk analysis; analytical
techniques; tools of risk assessment, toxicology, significance of risk, risk
characterization, communication and management. (10 Hrs)

UNIT-IV
Evaluation of the likelihood of serious accidents in major industrial processes,
assessing risk to ecosystems, General Environment & Health from waste water
treatment and disposal, epidemiology exposure modeling, assessing risk to human
health from chemicals, evaluation of risks. Detailed Project report writing. (12 Hrs)

UNIT-V
Risk assessment in developing programmes. Experience of world bank- risk
communication framework for sustainable development. (06 Hrs)

UNIT-VI
Recent advances in Environmental Disaster Management and Risk Assessment.

EN-52
Course Outcomes:
1. Develop perspective understanding and its management in pre, present and post
phases of disasters
2. Equipped with potential knowledge, concepts and skills for effective planning on
disaster management and risk reduction measures.
3. Understand the risk analysis and assessment tools
4. To develop methods for risk assessment in industries and public environment
5. To minimize the effect of environmental disasters and risk

References
1. John G Rau and David C Wooten (1980) Environmental Impact Analysis Hand
Book, McGraw Hill
2. John Glasson, RikiTherivel, Andrew Chadwick (1994). Introduction to
environmental Impact Assessment, Research Press.
3. Girish K Mishrta, G C Mathew (eds) (1993) Natural Disaster Reduction. Reliance
Publishing House, 302/74, Rangit Nagar, New Delhi.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION:
CIE – Test I (Unit I, II &III)- 15 marks Quiz=05 marks
Total:50
50 Test II (Unit IV & V) – 15 UNIT VI(AAT) = 15 marks
marks
marks marks
Answer FIVE full questions
 Questions Q1 & Q5 from Unit I and Unit V 20x 2
SEE – respectively shall be answered and shall not have = 40 Total:100
100 internal choice. Marks marks
marks  Questions Q2, Q3 and Q4 from Unit II, Unit III & 20x3=
Unit IV respectively shall be answered and shall have 60
internal choice Marks

Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 2 - -
CO2 1 2 -
CO3 - 2 1
CO4 - 3 -
CO5 - 2 2

1. Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

EN-53
Course Code 18EN2L01 M.Tech (Environmental Engineering)
Category Program Lab Semester : II
Course title WASTEWATER QUALITY ANALYSIS LAB
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total hours=48
Credits
0 0 4 0 2
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): NIL

Course Learning Objectives:

1. Analyse the parameters which are important to meet the disposal standards.
2. Understand the working of advanced instruments used for heavy metalremoval
3. Apply the concepts various softwares used for designing of water and wastewater
pipe lines.
4. Understand the working and applications of Remote Sensing and GIS.

COURSE CONTENTS

1.Determination optimum dosage of coagulant.

2.Determination the COD of the wastewater.
3. Determination the BOD of the wastewater.
4. To verify Class I sedimentation.
5. Determination of the sludge volume index (SVI) of the sludge.
6. Determination of Heavy Metals (Pb, Cr, As, Cn, Cd) in wastewater.
7. Determination of phenol compounds and total/kjeldahl nitrogen in wastewater.
8. Determination of total phosphate in wastewater.
9. Determination of pH, organic carbon, nitrogen, phosphorus, sodium, potassium of
municipal solid waste.
10. Soil sampling, determination of soil pH, conductivity, salinity, organic carbon,
nitrogen, phosphorus, sodium, potassium, and cation exchange capacity of soil.
11. Analysis of industrial (students have to collect sample from any one of the
industry) and domestic wastewater for various physico-chemical parameters.
12. Demonstration of UV-VIS spectrophotometer, Flame photometer, AAS, GC, TOC
and HPLC
13. Demonstration of design of water supply and sewerage systems using WATER
CAD and SEWER CAD and design of other environmental systems using HYDRUS,
MODFLOW VISUAL, MATLAB, ORIGIN, Arc GIS, GWM, Air MOD, SPSS,
PSPP, JASP and other statistical software.
14. Demonstration of Review of target Recognition Concepts, Non Photographic
Imagery, Introduction to Digital Image Analysis, Image Exploration, Image
Correction / Rectification., Unsupervised Classification, Supervised Classification,
Verification.

EN-54
Course Outcomes:
Students shall be able to:
1. Assess the importance and significance of wastewater quality parameter based on
the discharge standards
2. Assess the applications of advanced instruments and software.
3. Gain knowledge about remote sensing and GIS concepts

References:
1.Standard methods for the examination of water and wastewater, 21st Edition,
Washington: APHA., 2012
2.Sawyer, C. N., McCarty, P. L., and Perkin, G.F., Chemistry for Environmental
Engineering and Science, 5th edition McGraw-Hill Inc., 2002
3.B. Kotaiah and Dr. N. Kumara Swamy, Environmental Engineering Laboratory
Manual, Charotar Publishing House Pvt. Ltd., 1st Ed., 2007
4.Peavy, H.S, Rowe, D.R., and G. Tchobanoglous, Environmental Engineering,
McGraw Hill Inc., New York. 1995
5. M.K. Jermar, “Water Resources and Water Management” – Elsevier Publication.
6. Carahan, B. Luther H.A and Wikes J O; “Applied Numerical Methods of
Engineers”, John Wiley and Sons.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

Continuous Internal Marks Semester End Marks

Evaluation Evaluation(SEE)
(Laboratory – 50 Marks) Laboratory (100 Marks)
Performance of the student in the 20 Write up
laboratory and record writing 20
Test at the end of the semester 20 Conducting experiment and 50
Results
Viva voce 10 Viva voce 30
Total 100
Total (CIE) 50 Total (SEE) 50*

Note: * = SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks for practical and the marks obtained
shall be reduced for 50 Marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 3 - -
CO2 3 - -
CO3 3 - -

1. Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

EN-55
Course Code 18EN2S01 M.Tech (Environmental Engineering)
Category Seminar Semester: II
Course title SEMINAR - II
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total hours = 24
Credits
0 0 2 0 1
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: - Total Max. Marks: 50 Duration of SEE: ---
Prerequisites (if any): NIL

Course Learning Objectives:

The objectives of the SEMINAR-II is to prepare the students to learn to:
1. Carry out the literature review of general research area/current topic and
analyse the same effectively.
2. Prepare a technical report, reflecting his/her depth of understanding, on the
selected area/topic and prepare content rich presentation.
3. Acquire communication and time management skills for effective and impactful
presentation. Interact with peers to acquire the qualities of thoughtfulness,
friendliness, adaptability, responsiveness, and politeness in-group discussion.
Overcome stage fear during oral presentation.

GUIDE LINES
1. Seminar preparation and presentation is an individual student activity.
2. Topic may be of general/ specific interest to program of engineering or electives
not offered in the semester and to be selected in consultation with the
faculty/Guide assigned.
3. Select one pertinent research paper/topic for the seminar presentation.
4. Prepare and submit a detailed technical report of the seminar topic.

Course Outcomes:
Students shall be able to:
1. Carry out the literature survey of topic of seminar.
2. Prepare a technical report on the selected area/topic.
3. Make an effective presentation with seamless flow of content within the time
allocated. Overcome inhibition in interacting with peers and hence develop the
spirit of team work.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

CIE – 50 Phase -1 Marks =10 Seminar Report Total:50

marks Phase -2 Marks =20 Marks =20 Marks

EN-56
Scheme of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE):

Evaluation would be carried out in TWO phases. The Seminar Evaluation Committee
shall comprise of Chairperson of the Department, Faculty/Guide and one more faculty
member nominated by Chairperson of the Department. The evaluation criteria shall be
as per the rubrics given below:

Rubrics for Evaluation: Weightage

Topic - Technical Relevance, Sustainability and Societal Concerns : 15%

Review of literature and technical content : 35%
Presentation Skills : 25%
Report of seminar : 25%

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 2 2 3
CO2 2 3 3
CO3 - 2 -

1. Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

EN-57
Course Code 18CV2M01 M.Tech (Environmental Engg)
Category Mandatory Audit Semester : II
Course title PEDAGOGY STUDIES (AUDIT COURSE-II)
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and L T P S Credits Total hours = 24
Credits
2 0 0 0 1
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: --- Total Max. Marks: 50 Duration of SEE: ----
Prerequisites (if any): NIL
Course Learning Objectives:
1. Understand and apply the best practices in Pedagogy studies.
2. Analyse the different pedagogy approaches for effective teaching learning
process.
3. Apply the modern tools used in pedagogy.

COURSE CONTENTS

UNIT –I
 Introduction and Methodology:
 Aims and rationale, Policy background, Conceptual framework and terminology.
 Theories of learning, Curriculum, Teacher education.
 Conceptual framework, Research question.
 Overview of methodology and searching. (05 Hrs)

UNIT –II
 Thematic overview: Pedagogical practices are being used by teachers in formal
and informal classrooms in developing countries.
 Curriculum, teacher education, usage of modern tools. (04 Hrs)

UNIT –III
 Evidence on the effectiveness of pedagogical practices.
 Methodology for the in depth stage: quality assessment of included studies.
 How can teacher education (curriculum and practicum) and the school curriculum
and guidance materials best support effective pedagogy?
 Theory of change.
 Strength and nature of the body of evidence for effective pedagogical practices.
 Pedagogic theory and pedagogical approaches.
 Teacher‟s attitudes and beliefs and pedagogic strategies. (05 Hrs)

UNIT –IV
 Professional development; alignment with classroom practices and follow-up
support.
 Peer support
 Support from the head teacher and the community.
 Curriculum and assessment.
 Barriers to learning: limited resources and large class sizes. (05 Hrs)

EN-58
 UNIT –V
 Research gaps and future directions
 Research design
 Contexts
 Pedagogy
 Teacher education
 Curriculum and assessment
 Dissemination and research impact. (05 Hrs)

Course Outcomes:
Students shall be able to:
1. Discuss and compare the different practices of Pedagogy studies for effective
teaching and learning.
2. Emphasise on different Pedagogy approaches for enhanced teaching learning
process.
3. Implement the capabilities of modern tools used in Pedagogy studies.

References:
1. Ackers J, Hardman F (2001) Classroom interaction in Kenyan primary schools,
Compare, 31 (2): 245-261.
2. Agrawal M (2004) Curriculum reform in school: The importance of evaluation,
Journal of Curriculum Studies, 36(3): 361-379.
3. Akyeampong K (2003) Teacher training in Ghana – does it count? Multi-site
teacher education research project (MUSTER) country report 1. London: DFID.
4. Akyeampong K, Lussier K, Proyor J, Westbrook J (2013) Improving teaching and
learning of basic maths and reading in Africa: Does teacher preparation count?
International Journal Educational Development, 33 (3): 272-282.
5. Alexander RJ (2001) Culture and pedagogy: International comparisons in primary
education. Oxford and Boston; Blackwell.
6. Chavan M (2003) Read India: A mass scale, rapid, „learning to read‟ campaign.
7. www.pratham.org/images/resource%20working%20paper%202.pdf.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

Test I (Unit I, II &III) = 15 marks

CIE – 50 Quiz = 5 marks Total:50
marks Unit-VI(AAT) = 15 marks marks
Test II (Unit IV & V) = 15 marks

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 - - 1
CO2 - - 1
CO3 1 1 1
1. Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

EN-59
 THIRD SEMESTER

Course Code 18EN3E1A M.Tech (Environmental Engineering)

Category Program Elective Semester : III
REMOTE SENSING AND GIS APPLICATIONS IN
Course title
ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and L T P S Credits Total hours = 48
Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): NIL
Course Learning Objectives
1. To study the fundamentals remote sensing.
2. To learn the process involved in data acquisition using sensors.
3. To familiarize with photographic systems.
4. To get the knowledge of Geographic Information System and data types.
5. To study the various applications of remote sensing and GIS for environmental
Engineering

COURSE CONTENTS
UNIT-I
Principles of remote sensing: concept and fundamentals of remote sensing,
interaction of atmosphere, spectral signatures of earth features, [06 Hrs]

UNIT-II
Data acquisition, platforms, sensors, satellites, data products, and processing.
[12 Hrs]
UNIT-III
Photogrammetry: Elements of photographic systems. Principles of photogrammetry,
image interpretation. [06 Hrs]
UNIT-IV
Introduction to Gis: - Components of GIS – Hardware, Software and Organization
Context – Data – Spatial and Non Spatial – Maps – Types of Maps – Projection –
Types of Projection – Data Input – Digitizer, Scanner - Editing - Raster and Vector
data structures - Comparison of Raster and Vector Data structure – Analysis using
raster and Vector Data – Retrieval, Reclassification, Overlaying, Buffering – Data
Output – Printers and Plotters. [12 Hrs]

UNIT-V
Applications of rs and gis: conservation and management of natural resources, land
use and land cover mapping, soil and land form studies, agricultural use, forestry
studies, air pollution, waste land management, site selection studies, detection and
identification of pollution sources of surface and ground waters, water quality
mapping and monitoring, ecology and ecosystem observations, coastal zone
management. [12 Hrs]

EN-60
 UNIT-VI
Recent advances in Remote sensing and GIS.

Course Outcomes:

At the end of the course student will be able

1. To summarize the basic spectral mechanism involved in remote sensing
2. To understand the ways of data collection and Process the remotely senses
data for different uses.
3. To analyse and interpret the photographs.
4. To use GIS as a tool to analyze data in spatial formats.
5. To plan and design strategies for different applications in managing
environment systems.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION:

CIE = Test I (Unit I, II & III) = 15 marks Total:

Quiz = 05 marks
50 50
UNIT–VI (AAT) = 15 marks
marks Test II (Unit IV & V) = 15 marks marks
Answer FIVE full questions
Questions Q1 & Q3 from Unit I and Unit III 20 x 2 =
SEE = respectively shall be answered and shall not have 40 Total:
100 internal choice. Marks 100
marks Questions Q2, Q4 & Q5 from Unit II, Unit IV& Unit V 20 x 3 = marks
respectively shall be answered & shall have internal 60
choice Marks
Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 2 - -
CO2 - 2 -
CO3 - 2 -
CO4 3 - -
CO5 - - 5

1. Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

EN-61
Course Code 18EN3E1B M.Tech (Environmental Engineering)
Category Program Elective Semester : III
Course title ENVIRONMENTAL PLANNING AND MANAGEMENT
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total hours = 48
Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): NIL
Course Learning Objectives:
1. To impart the knowledge about environmental planning and sustainable
development
2. Understanding the concepts of environmental protection
3. To provide understanding about economic analysis
4. To analyze the environmental protection laws
5. To understand the recent advances in planning and management

COURSE CONTENTS

UNIT-I
Environmental planning and sustainable development: concept of carrying capacity –
relation among quality of life carrying capacity and resource utilization. (06 Hrs)
UNIT-II
Engineering methodology in planning audits limitation carrying capacity based on
short and long term regional planning.
Environmental protection: economic development and social welfare consideration in
socio economic developmental policies and planning. (12 Hrs)

UNIT-III
Total cost of development and environmental protection cost. Case studies on regional
carrying capacity – national capital region – Delhi area (06 Hrs)

UNIT-IV
Environmental management: acts related to environmental protection -air, water, soil
coastal zone and hazardous wastes. Cleaner technologies and their roles in
environmental protection. (12 Hrs)

UNIT-V
Total quality management in environmental management and protection – ISO 14000
Series of Standards Environmental Audit – Air, water m, soil and its importance in
Environmental management. (12 Hrs)

UNIT-VI
Recent advances in Environmental Planning and Management.

EN-62
Course Outcomes
1. Appreciate and articulate the link between environmental and management and
sustainable development
2. Apply the knowledge and theoretical base and skills of environmental planning
and management in different settings
3. Critique the key international, national and local policy and programming
frameworks on the environment and sustainable development.
4. To estimate the overall cost for environmental protection.
5. To develop a method to protect air, water and soil for environmental
management.

References
1.Chanlett-Environmental Protection- McGraw Hill publication
2.Lohani B N – Environmental Quality Management
3.Peurifoy R L – Construction Planning Equipment and Methods - McGraw Hill
publication

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION:

CIE = Test I (Unit I, II & III) = 15 marks Total:

Quiz = 05 marks
50 50
UNIT–VI (AAT) = 15 marks
marks Test II (Unit IV & V) = 15 marks marks
Answer FIVE full questions
Questions Q1 & Q3 from Unit I and Unit III 20 x 2 =
SEE = respectively shall be answered and shall not have 40 Total:
100 internal choice. Marks 100
marks Questions Q2, Q4 & Q5 from Unit II, Unit IV& Unit V 20 x 3 = marks
respectively shall be answered & shall have internal 60
choice Marks
Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 1 - -
CO2 - 2 -
CO3 - 2 -
CO4 - 2 -
CO5 - - 3

1. Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

EN-63
Course Code 18EN3E1C M.Tech (Environmental Engineering)
Category Program Elective Semester : III
Course title ENVIRONMENT HEALTH AND SAFETY
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and L T P S Credits Total hours = 48
Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3Hrs
Prerequisites (if any) : NIL

Course Learning Objectives:

1. To study the policies and procedures that ensure that a surrounding environment,
including work areas, laboratories or facilities, is free of dangers that could cause
harm to a person working in those areas.
2. To know about the toxic substances and their consequences.
3. To study the health problems and management in different industrial activities.
4. Understanding to the achieve and maintain compliance with laws and regulations
to continually improve EHS performance.
5. To study measures to be taken for safety against fire hazards.

COURSE CONTENTS

UNIT-I

SAFETY MANAGEMENT: Key elements of a safety and Health Management

System- Policy & commitment, Planning, Implementation and Operation, Measuring
Performance, Auditing and Reviewing Performance Initial Safety and health
Management System Review, Safety and health Management System model, safety
and Health policy- Developing a workplace Safety and Health Policy. Stages in plant
life and unsafe condition in factories, maintenance & safety, basics safety
programming, safety department, Rules and regulation of safety department,
Responsibility of management for safety in plant, safe guarding the public,
Responsibility of government, social organization and public authorities. Safety
activities of the ILO (International Labour Organization). (12 Hrs)

UNIT-II

ECO-TOXICOLOGY: Introduction to Eco-Toxicology, principles of Toxicology,

types of toxic substances- degradable and non-degradable, influence of ecological
factors on the effects of Toxicity, corollary of toxicology. Toxicants in the
Environment: Toxic substance in the environment their sources and entry roots, Eco-
system influence on the fate and transport of toxicants by air and water transport
through food chain bio-transformation and bio-magnification. (12 Hrs)

EN-64
 UNIT-III

HEALTH PROBLEM AND MANAGEMENT FROM INDUSTRIES:

Constructional industry, textile, food processing, pharmaceutical, mining activities
and WWT plants. (06 Hrs)

UNIT-IV
INDUSTRIAL SAFETY: Process safety management (P.S.M) as per OSHA, legal
aspects of safety, safety with respect to plant and machinery, the explosive act 1884,
Petroleum act 1934, personal protective equipment, classification of hazards,
protection of respiratory system, work permit system, hazards in refineries and
process plants, safety in process plants, pollution in some typical process industry.
Safe working practices, housekeeping, safe working environment, safety device and
tools, precaution in use of ladders, safety instruction during crane operation, safety
instruction for welding, burning and cutting and gas welding equipment, electrical
safety, case studies, safety in use of electricity, electric shock phenomena, Occurrence
of electric shock, medical analysis of electric shock and its effect, safety procedures in
electric plants, installation of Earthing system. (12 Hrs)

UNIT-V
FIRE TECHNOLOGY: Fire extinguishing appliances. Selection, requirements,
installation and maintenance of hand appliances. Fire alarm Systems, Automatic fire
detection, Linear heat detectors. Radio based systems. Manually operated fire alarms.
Block diagram of a fire alarm systems. (06 Hrs)

UNIT-VI
Recent advances in Environmental Health and Safety

Course Outcomes
At the end of the course student will be able
1. To develop and review the safety policy.
2. To control bio-transport and bio magnifications of toxicants.
3. To develop and conceptualize the design principles for environmental safety in
industries.
4. To accomplish the most suitable technique for safety against fire hazards.
5. To understand the measures of Environmental Health and Safety

References:
1. Benny Joseph, Environmental Studies - Tata Mc Graw Hill - Publishers.
2. Brendra Mohan San, Fire Protection and Prevention - UBS Publishers &
Distributors Pvt Ltd.
3. Guidelines for the Establishment of Safety Management System at Construction
Worksites,
4. L.M. Deshmukh, Industrial safety management - Tata McGraw Hill ,New Delhi
5. R.K. Jain & Sunil S. Rao, Industrial safety health and environment Management
system - Khanna Publishers
6. Rao.S & Saluja H.L., Electrical Safety, Fire Safety Engineering and Safety
Management- Khanna Publishers

EN-65
SCHEME OF EXAMINATION:

CIE = Test I (Unit I, II & III) = 15 marks Total:

Quiz = 05 marks
50 50
UNIT–VI (AAT) = 15 marks
marks Test II (Unit IV & V) = 15 marks marks
Answer FIVE full questions
Questions Q3 & Q5 from Unit III and Unit V 20 x 2 =
SEE = respectively shall be answered and shall not have 40 Total:
100 internal choice. Marks 100
marks Questions Q1, Q2 & Q4 from Unit I, Unit II & Unit IV 20 x 3 = marks
respectively shall be answered & shall have internal 60
choice Marks
Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 - 2 -
CO2 1 - -
CO3 - 2 -
CO4 - 2 -
CO5 - - 3

1. Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

EN-66
Course Code 18EN3S01 M.Tech (Environmental Engineering)
Category Seminar Semester: III
Course title SEMINAR - III
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total hours = 24
Credits
0 0 2 0 1
CIE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 50
Prerequisites (if any): NIL

Course Learning Objectives:

The objectives of the SEMINAR-III is to prepare the students to learn to:
1. Carry out the literature review of general research area/current topic and
analyse the same effectively.
2. Prepare a technical report, reflecting his/her depth of understanding, on the
selected area/topic and prepare content rich presentation.
3. Acquire communication and time management skills for effective and impactful
presentation. Interact with peers to acquire the qualities of thoughtfulness,
friendliness, adaptability, responsiveness, and politeness in-group discussion.

GUIDE LINES
1. Seminar preparation and presentation is an individual student activity.
2. Topic may be of general/ specific interest to program of engineering or electives
not offered in the semester and to be selected in consultation with the
faculty/Guide assigned.
3. Select one pertinent research paper/topic for the seminar presentation.
4. Prepare and submit a detailed technical report of the seminar topic.

Course Outcomes:
Students shall be able to:
1. Carry out the literature survey of topic of seminar.
2. Prepare a technical report on the selected area/topic.
3. Make an effective presentation with seamless flow of content within the time
allocated. Overcome inhibition in interacting with peers and hence develop the
spirit of team work.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

CIE – 50 Phase -1 Marks =10 Seminar Report Total:50

marks Phase -2 Marks =20 Marks =20 Marks

EN-67
Scheme of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE):

Evaluation would be carried out in TWO phases. The Seminar Evaluation Committee
shall comprise of Chairperson of the Department, Faculty/Guide and one more faculty
member nominated by Chairperson of the Department. The evaluation criteria shall be
as per the rubrics given below:

Rubrics for Evaluation: Weightage

Topic - Technical Relevance, Sustainability and Societal Concerns : 15%

Review of literature and technical content : 35%
Presentation Skills : 25%
Report of seminar : 25%

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 2 2 3
CO2 2 3 3
CO3 - 2 -

1. Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

EN-68
Course Code 18EN3I01 M.Tech (Environmental Engineering)
Category Internship/ Mini Project Semester: III
Course title INTERNSHIP / MINI PROJECT
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total hours = 80
Credits
--- --- 10 --- 5
Duration of SEE: 3 Hrs
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100
for a batch of 6 students
Prerequisites (if any): NIL

INTERNSHIP
Course Learning Objectives:
Objectives of the internship:
1. Provide an opportunity to see how classroom and textbook learning applies to the
real world, and to expose the students to the relevant work experience.
2. Pay close attention to all the steps that go onto completing a job, thereby, help
students to become workforce ready before entering the job market as a
graduate. Provide an opportunity to select the topic of dissertation work by
evaluating the requirement of organisation.
3. Prepare and present a technical report of internship.

GUIDELINES
1. Student has to approach the concerned heads of various Industries/organization,
which are related to the field of specialization of the M. Tech program.
2. If any student gets internship, he/she has to submit the internship offer letter duly
signed by the concerned authority of the company to the Chairperson of the
Department.
3. The internship on full time basis will be immediately after the examination of II
semester and during vacation of III semester for a minimum period of 8 weeks
without affecting the regular class work.
4. The progress has to be reported periodically Internship Guide assigned by the
Chairperson as per the format acceptable to the respective industry /organizations
and to the Institution.
5. At the end of the internship the student has to prepare and submit a detailed report
and submit.
6. Students are advised to use ICT tools such as Skype to report their progress and
submission of periodic progress reports to the faculty in charge or guide.
7. Duly signed report from guide and external supervisor from the organization
where internship is offered has to be submitted to the Chairperson of the
Department for evaluation.
The broad format of the internship final report shall contain Cover Page, Certificate
from College, Certificate from Industry / Organization of internship,
Acknowledgement, Synopsis, Table of Contents, chapters of Profile of the
Organization - Organizational structure, Products, Services, Business Partners,
Financials, Manpower, Societal Concerns, Professional Practices, Activities of the
Department where internship is done, Tasks Performed and summary of the tasks
performed. specific technical and soft skills that student has acquired during
internship, References & Annexure.

EN-69
Course Outcomes:
The student will be able to:
1. Apply the gained experience along with the theoretical knowledge to solve the
real world problems what engineers ready do.
2. Get equipped with experience required before entering the job market. Explore
the possibility of formulating the dissertation problem.
3. Prepare a technical report and make a presentation of details of internship.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION
1.Marks awarded by guide (Internal examiner) = 50 marks
50*
CIE 2.Marks awarded by the department internship/mini project
Marks
monitoring committee = 50 marks
Presentation of internship work in the presence of Guide (Internal 50**
SEE
examiner) and external examiner = 100 marks Marks
Note: *= CIE be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.
**= SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be
reduced for 50 marks.

Rubrics for CIE:

Sl. Particulars Weightage Total
no marks
1 Topic of internship 10%
2 Objectives of internship 10%
3 Specific skills acquired 20%
50*
4 Documentation 40%
5 Presentation 20%
Total 100%

Rubrics for SEE:

Sl. Particulars Weightage Total
no marks
1 Topic of internship 10%
2 Objectives of internship 10%
3 Specific skills acquired 20%
50**
4 Document 40%
5 Presentation 20%
Total 100%
Note: ** = SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be
reduced for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3
CO1 3 - 2
CO2 2 - 2
CO3 - 3 -
1. Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

EN-70
 MINI PROJECT
Course Learning Objectives:
1. Understand the method of applying engineering knowledge/use application
software to solve specific problems after carrying out relevant literature survey.
2. Apply engineering and management principles while executing the project.
3. Demonstrate the skills for good technical report writing and presentation.

COURSE CONTENT/GUIDELINES

Student shall take up small problems in the field of domain of program as mini
project. It can be related to a solution to an engineering problem, verification and
analysis of experimental data available, conducting experiments on various
engineering subjects, material characterisation, familiarising a software tool for
solution to selected engineering problem, etc.

The mini project must be carried out preferably using the resources available in the
department/college and it can be of interdisciplinary also .

Course Outcomes:
The students shall be able to:
1. Conduct experiments / use the capabilities of relevant application software/
simulation tools individually to generate data/ solve problems.
2. Assess the available engineering resources available in the institution.
3. Prepare and present a technical document of mini project.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

1.Marks awarded by guide (Internal examiner) = 50 marks

50*
CIE 2.Marks awarded by the department internship/mini project
Marks
monitoring committee = 50 marks
Presentation of mini project work in the presence of Guide 50**
SEE
(Internal examiner) and external examiner = 100 marks Marks

Note: *= CIE be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.
**= SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be
reduced for 50 marks.

EN-71
Rubrics for CIE:

Sl. Particulars Weightage Total

no marks
1 Selection of the topic & formulation of objectives 10%
2 Modelling and simulation/algorithm 25%
development/experiment setup
3 Conducting experiments/implementation/testing 25% 50*
4 Demonstration & Presentation 15%
5 Report writing 25%
Total 100%

Rubrics for SEE:

The SEE shall be done by two examiners out of which one examiner is the guide of
mini project. The following weightage would be given for the examination.
Evaluation shall be done in batches, not exceeding 6 students.

Sl. Particulars Weightage Total

no marks
1 Brief write-up about the project 10%
2 Presentation/demonstration of the project 20%
3 Methodology and Experimental Results & Discussion 25%
50**
4 Report 25%
5 Viva Voce 20%
Total 100%

Note: ** = SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be
reduced for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 3 - 3
CO2 2 - 3
CO3 - 3 -

1. Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

EN-72
Course Code 18EN3D01 M.Tech (Environmental Engineering)
Category Dissertation Work Semester: III
Course title DISSERTATION WORK PHASE -I
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total hours = 80
Credits
0 0 10 0 5
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks:50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 1Hour
Prerequisites (if any): NIL

Course Learning Objectives:

1. Choose a problem applying relevant knowledge and skills acquired during the
course. Formulate the specifications of the project work, identify the set of
feasible solutions, prepare, and execute project plan considering professional,
cultural and societal factors. Identify the problem-solving methodology using
literature survey and present the same.
2. Develop experimental planning and select appropriate techniques and tools to
conduct experiments to Evaluate and critically examine the outcomes followed by
concluding the results and identifying relevant applications. Preparation of
synopsis, preliminary report for approval of topic selected along with literature
survey, objectives and methodology.
3. Develop oral and written communication skills to effectively convey the technical
content.

GUIDELINES

The Dissertation work will start in III semester and should be a problem with research
potential and should involve scientific research, design, generation/collection and
analysis of data, determining solution and must preferably bring out the individual
contribution.

The Dissertation work will have to be done by only one student and the topic of
dissertation must be decided by the guide and the student. The dissertation work shall
be carried out, on-campus or in an industry or in an organisation with prior approval
from the Chairperson of the Department. The student has to be in regular contact with
the guide atleast once in a week.

The report of Dissertation work phase I shall contain cover page, certificate from
College/Industry/Organisation, Acknowledgement, List of Figures and Tables
Contents, Nomenclature, Chapters of Introduction including motivation to choose
topic, Literature survey, Conclusion of literature survey, Objectives and Scope of
Dissertation, Methodology to be followed, Experimental requirements, References
and Annexure.

The preliminary results (if available) of the problem of Dissertation work may also be
discussed in the report.

EN-73
Course Outcomes:
The students will be able to:
1. Self learn various topics relevant to Dissertation work. Carry out the literature
survey from National/International reference journals, articles and books
contact resource persons for selected topics of Dissertation.
2. Write and prepare a technical report.
3. Present and defend the contents of Dissertation work phase I in front of
technically qualified audience effectively.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION:

1.Marks awarded by guide (Internal examiner) = 50 marks

50*
CIE 2.Marks awarded by the department dissertation monitoring
Marks
committee = 50 marks
Presentation of Dissertation work Phase-I in the presence of Guide 50**
SEE
(Internal examiner) and external examiner = 100marks Marks
Note: *= CIE be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.
**= SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be
reduced for 50 marks.

Rubrics for CIE: Weightage

1. Introduction and Justification of topic = 10%
2. Literature survey and Conclusion = 30%
3. Objectives and Scope of Dissertation work = 30%
4. Methodology to be adopted = 20%
5. Presentation of contents of Dissertation work Phase-I = 10%

Rubrics for SEE: Weightage

1. Introduction and Justification of topic = 10%
2. Literature survey and its Conclusion = 30%
3. Objectives and Scope of Dissertation work = 30%
4. Methodology, Experimental /Software = 20%
5. Presentation of Dissertation Phase-I = 10%

Mapping of Course Outcomes (Cos) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 3 - 3
CO2 - 3 3
CO3 2 3 -
1. Low, 2.Medium, 3. High

EN-74
 FOURTH SEMESTER
Course Code 18EN4S01 M.Tech (Environmental Engineering)
Category Seminar Semester: IV
Course title SEMINAR - IV
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total hours = 24
Credits
0 0 2 0 1
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: - Total Max. Marks: 50 Duration of SEE: ---
Prerequisites (if any): NIL

Course Learning Objectives:

The objectives of the SEMINAR-IV is to prepare the students to learn to:
1. Carry out the literature review of general research area/current topic and analyse
the same effectively.
2. Prepare a technical report, reflecting his/her depth of understanding, on the
selected area/topic and prepare content rich presentation.
3. Acquire communication and time management skills for effective and impactful
presentation. Interact with peers to acquire the qualities of thoughtfulness,
friendliness, adaptability, responsiveness, and politeness in-group discussion.

GUIDE LINES

1. Seminar preparation and presentation is an individual student activity.

2. Topic may be of general/ specific interest to program of engineering or electives
not offered in the semester and to be selected in consultation with the
faculty/Guide assigned.
3. Select one pertinent research paper/topic for the seminar presentation.
4. Prepare and submit a detailed technical report of the seminar topic.

Course Outcomes:
Students shall be able to:
1. Carry out the literature survey of topic of seminar.
2. Prepare a technical report on the selected area/topic.
3. Make an effective presentation with seamless flow of content within the time
allocated. Overcome inhibition in interacting with peers and hence develop
the spirit of team work.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

CIE – 50 Phase -1 Marks =10 Seminar Report Total:50

marks Phase -2 Marks =20 Marks =20 Marks

EN-75
Scheme of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE):

Evaluation would be carried out in TWO phases. The Seminar Evaluation Committee
shall comprise of Chairperson of the Department, Faculty/Guide and one more faculty
member nominated by Chairperson of the department. The evaluation criteria shall be
as per the rubrics given below:

Rubrics for Evaluation: Weightage

Topic - Technical Relevance, Sustainability and Societal Concerns : 15%

Review of literature and technical content : 35%
Presentation Skills : 25%
Report of seminar : 25%

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 2 2 3
CO2 2 3 3
CO3 - 2 -

1. Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

EN-76
Course Code 18EN4D01 M.Tech (Environmental Engineering)
Category Dissertation Work Semester: IV
Course title DISSERTATION WORK PHASE -II
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total hours = 150
Credits
--- --- 30 --- 15
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: -
Prerequisites (if any): NIL

Course Learning Objectives:

1. Apply/Use different experimental techniques, equipments, software/
Computational/ Analytical /Modelling and Simulation tools required for
conducting tests and generate other relevant data. Students will also be able to
design and develop an experimental prototype setup/test rig/frame work/test
bench.
2. Analyse the results of the experiments conducted/models developed.
3. Create a detailed technical document as per format based on the outcome of
dissertation work phase I and II.

GUIDELINES

Dissertation work phase II is the continuation of project work started in III semester.
The report of final Dissertation work that includes the details of Dissertation work
phase I and phase II should be presented in a standard format. The candidate shall
prepare a detailed report of final dissertation work in bound form that includes Cover
Paper, Certificate from College/Industry/Organisation, Acknowledgement, Abstract,
Table of contents, List of Figures and Table, Nomenclature, Chapter of Introduction,
Literature survey, Conclusion of literature survey, Objectives and Scope of
dissertation work, Methodology, Experimentation, Results, Discussion, Conclusion,
Scope for future work, References, Annexure and full text of the publication
(submitted or published).

Course Outcomes:
Students shall be able to:
1. Conduct experiments/ implement the capabilities of different Software
/Computational / Analytical/Modelling and simulation tools individually and
generate data for validation of hypothesis.
2. Investigate and assess the results obtained within the scope of experiments
conducted followed by Conclusions.
3. Prepare a detailed technical document, present and defend the contents of
Dissertation work before technically qualified audience effectively.

EN-77
SCHEME OF EXAMINATION:

1. Marks awarded by guide = 50 marks

2. Marks awarded by the department dissertation 100 50*
CIE
monitoring committee marks marks
(Guide + Two faculty members )= 50 marks
1. Dissertation evaluation by guide (Internal examiner) =
100 marks
2. Dissertation evaluation by external examiner =100 marks 300 50**
SEE
3. Viva-Voce examination by guide and external examiner marks marks
who evaluated the dissertation = 100 marks

Note: * = CIE be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.
** = SEE shall be conducted for 300 marks and the marks obtained shall be
reduced for 50 marks.

Rubrics for CIE: Weightage

1. Presentation of background of dissertation work = 10%

2. Literature survey, Problem formulation and Objectives = 30%
3. Presentation of methodology and experimentation = 30%
4. Results and Discussion = 20%
5. Questions and Answers = 10%

Rubrics for SEE: Weightage

1. Originality = 5%
2. Literature survey = 15%
3. Problem formulation, Objectives and Scope of Work = 10%
4. Methodology, Experimentation/Theoretical modelling = 10%
5. Results, Discussion and Conclusion = 20%
6. Questions and Answers = 20%
7. Submission/Publication of technical paper in Journals/Conference = 20%

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 3 2 3
CO2 2 2 3
CO3 3 3 3

1. Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

EN-78
 BANGALORE UNIVERSITY

Department of Civil Engineering

UNIVERSITY VISVESVARAYA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING

JnanaBharathi Campus, Bengaluru-560 056

Choice Based Credit System (CBCS)-2018

M.Tech in Civil Engineering

Major: Highway Engineering [HW]

HW-1
 BANGALORE UNIVERSITY

VISION

―To strive for excellence in education for the realization of a vibrant

and inclusive society through knowledge creation and dissemination‖

MISSION

 Impart quality education to meet national and global challenges

 Blend theoretical knowledge with practical skills
 Pursue academic excellence through high quality research and
publications
 Provide access to all sections of society to pursue higher
education
 Inculcate right values among students while encouraging
competitiveness to promote leadership qualities
 Produce socially sensitive citizens
 Hasten the process of creating a knowledge society
 To contribute to nation building

HW-2
 Bangalore University
UNIVERSITY VISVESVARAYA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING
K R Circle, Bengaluru – 560 001

University Visvesvaraya College of Engineering (UVCE) was started as a School of

Mechanical Engineering by Bharat Ratna Sir. M Visvesvaraya in the year 1913 to
meet the needs of the State for skilled workers with S V Setty as its Superintendent.
Later, it was converted to a full-fledged Engineering College in the year 1917 under
the name Government Engineering College (GEC) and was affiliated to the
University of Mysore. It is the fifth Engineering College to be established in the
country.

After the formation of Bangalore University in 1964, GEC became University College
of Engineering (UCE) and then became UVCE as a Constituent College of Bangalore
University. This is one of the oldest Institutions in the country imparting technical
education leading to B.E., M.E, B.Arch., M.Sc. (Engineering), M.Arch. and Ph.D.
Degrees in various disciplines of Engineering and Architecture.

The Institution currently offers 7 Undergraduate Full-time, 3 Undergraduate Part-time

and 23 Postgraduate Programmes.

VISION
The vision of UVCE is to strive for excellence in advancing engineering education
through path breaking innovations across the frontiers of human knowledge to
realize a vibrant, inclusive and humane society.

MISSION
The mission of UVCE is to prepare human resource and global leaders to achieve
the above vision through discovery, invention and develop friendly technologies to
promote scientific temper for a healthy society. UVCE shapes engineers to respond
competently and confidently to the economic, social and organizational challenges
arising from globally advancing technical needs.

HW-3
 Bangalore University Bengaluru
Department of Civil Engineering, UVCE, Bengaluru
M. Tech. DEGREE IN CIVIL ENGINEERING under CBCS Scheme - 2K18 Scheme
MAJOR: HIGHWAY ENGINEERING

Vision of the Department

To be front runner in academic activities in the field of Civil Engineering and to

become a school of excellence that brings out Civil Engineers with high technical
competencies and to promote high-end research to meet the current and future
challenges in Civil Engineering.

Mission of the Department

HWM1: To provide quality education to the students with the fundamental

background necessary for an active successful professional career in Civil
Engineering, in general.
HWM2: To impart knowledge and enlighten students to make them competent, self-
motivated and expanding their knowledge skills through continuous education,
and to inculcate human values and concern for environment and the society.
HWM3: To promote Entrepreneurship to strengthen the economy and society.
HWM4: To generate experts in Civil Engineering contributing their academic
excellence to serve the nation.
HWM5: To produce innovative thinkers for solving complex engineering problems.

Program Educational Objectives (PEO)

The post graduates of M.Tech in Highway Engineering will be provided the
knowledge and skill to:

HWPEO1: Have successful career through the application of fundamentals and latest
developments in Highway Engineering.
HWPEO2: Have required skills to communicate effectively and ability to work
individually and in team with a zeal for venturing into entrepreneurship
and involve in life-long learning.
HWPEO3: Pursue research, higher studies and choose professional career as design
engineer, faculty, researcher etc...

HW-4
 Program Outcomes (PO):

Post Graduates with M.Tech (Highway Engineering) degree will be able to:

HWPO1: An ability to independently carry out research / investigation and

development work to solve practical problems of the domain of Highway
Engineering.
HWPO2: An ability to prepare and present a substantial technical report/document.
HWPO3: An ability to demonstrate a degree of mastery in Highway Engineering.

HW-5
 BANGALORE UNIVERSITY
SCHEME OF STUDIES AND EXAMINATION FOR 24MONTHS COURSE FOR THE AWARD OF
M. Tech. DEGREE IN CIVIL ENGINEERING under CBCS Scheme – 2K18 Scheme
MAJOR: HIGHWAY ENGINEERING

Semester I
Sl. Course Type/ Course Name Teaching scheme Teaching Total CIE *SEE Credits
No Course Code Hrs/Week DPT Hrs/week Marks Marks
L T P S
1 18HW1C01 Pavement Materials 4 0 0 0 Civil 4 50 50 4
2 18HW1C02 Highway Planning and Economics 4 0 0 0 Civil 4 50 50 4
3 18HW1C03 Soil Mechanics for Highway Engineers 4 0 0 0 Civil 4 50 50 4
18HW1E1A Planning and Design of Flyovers and Bridge Structures
4 18HW1E1B Pavement Analysis and Design 4 0 0 0 Civil 4 50 50 4
18HW1E1C Traffic Engineering
18HW1E2A Airport Planning and Design
5 18HW1E2B Transportation Planning 4 0 0 0 Civil 4 50 50 4
18HW1E2C Rural Roads
6 18HW1L01 Pavement Materials Laboratory 0 0 4 0 Civil 4 50 50 2
7 18CV1M01 Research Methodology and Intellectual Property Rights 2 0 0 0 Civil 2 50 50 2
8 18HW1S01 Seminar -I 0 0 2 0 Civil 2 50 -- 1
9 18CV1M02 Technical Paper Writing (Audit Course - I) 2 0 0 0 English 2 50 -- 1
Total 24 -- 06 -- 30 450 350 26

HW-6
 Semester II
Sl. No Course Type/ Course Name Teaching scheme Teaching Total CIE *SEE Credits
Course Code Hrs/Week DPT Hrs/week Marks Marks
L T P S
1 18HW2C01 Highway Geometric Design 4 0 0 0 Civil 4 50 50 4
2 18HW2C02 Highway Construction 4 0 0 0 Civil 4 50 50 4
3 18HW2C03 Pavement Evaluation 4 0 0 0 Civil 4 50 50 4
18HW2E1A Special Problems in Highway Construction
4 18HW2E1B Pavement Management System 4 0 0 0 Civil 4 50 50 4
18HW2E1C Soil Stabilization for Roads and Embankments
18HW2E2A Transportation and Land Use Planning
5 18HW2E2B Road Safety and Traffic Management 4 0 0 0 Civil 4 50 50 4
18HW2E2C Advanced Traffic Engineering
6 18HW2L01 Advanced Pavement Laboratory 0 0 4 0 Civil 4 50 50 2
7 18HW2S01 Seminar–II 0 0 2 0 Civil 2 50 -- 1
8 18CV2M01 Pedagogy Studies (Audit Course - II) 2 0 0 0 Civil 2 50 -- 1
Total 22 -- 06 -- 28 400 300 24

Semester III
Sl. Course Type/ Course Name Teaching scheme Teaching Total CIE *SEE Credits
No Course Code Hrs/Week DPT Hrs/week Marks Marks
L T P S
1 18HW3E1A Road Construction Planning and Project Management
18HW3E1B Road Transport Management and Economics 4 0 0 0 Civil 4 50 50 4
18HW3E1C Transportation Systems
2 Open Elective 4 0 0 0 Civil 4 50 50 4
3 18HW3S01 Seminar -III 0 0 2 0 Civil 2 50 1
4 18HW3I01 Internship / Mini Project 0 0 10 0 Civil 10 50 50 5
5 18HW3D01 Dissertation Work Phase -I 0 0 10 0 Civil 10 50 50 5
Total 08 -- 22 -- 30 250 200 19

HW-7
 Semester IV
Sl. No Course Type/ Course Name Teaching scheme Teaching Total CIE *SEE Credits
Course Code Hrs/Week DPT Hrs/week Marks Marks
L T P S
1 18HW4S01 Seminar -IV 0 0 2 0 Civil 2 50 1
2 18HW4D01 Dissertation Work Phase -II - - 30 - Civil 30 50 50 15
Total -- -- 32 -- 32 100 50 16

1 18HWMOOC MOOC Course - - - - 03

Grand Total of Credits - - - - 88

COURSE TYPE
HW: HIGHWAY ENGINEERING C: PROGRAM CORE E: PROGRAMELECTIVE
P: OPEN ELECTIVE M: MANDATORY AUDIT L: LABORATORY
S: SEMINAR I: INTERNSHIP/ MINI PROJECT D: DISSERTATION WORK

L – Theory lecture, T – Tutorial, P – Lab work, S – Self study:

Numbers under teaching scheme indicates contact clock hours.

HW-8
 Open Elective for M.Tech CBCS Scheme

Semester III
Sl. Course Teaching Scheme
No. Type Course Name (No. of hrs per week) Teaching Total CIE xSEE Credits
/Course Dept hrs / week Marks Marks
L T P S
Code
18CV3P1A Significance of National Building Code
1. 18CV3P1B Water Laws, Rights and Administration
18CV3P1C Waste to Energy 4 0 0 0 Civil 4 50 50 4
Remote Sensing and Geographic
18CV3P1D
Information System
18ME3P1A Composite and Smart Materials
2. 4 0 0 0 Mech 4 50 50 4
18ME3P1B Industrial Safety
18EE3P1A Real Time Embedded Systems
3. 18EE3P1B Robotics and Automation 4 0 0 0 EEE 4 50 50 4
18EE3P1C Solar and Wind Energy
18EC3P1A Reliability and Engineering
4. 18EC3P1B M-Commerce and Applications 4 0 0 0 ECE 4 50 50 4
18EC3P1C Optimisation Techniques
18CS3P1A Artificial Intelligence
5. 18CS3P1B Business Analytics 4 0 0 0 CSE 4 50 50 4
18CS3P1C Modelling and Simulation

NOTE:
1) * = SEEshall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced for 50 marks

HW-9
 FIRST SEMESTER

Course Code 18HW1C01 M.Tech (Highway Engineering)

Category Program Core Semester: I
Course title PAVEMENT MATERIALS
No. of Hours/Week 4
Scheme L T P S Credits Total Hours = 48
and Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3 Hours
Prerequisites(If any): Construction Materials
COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES:
1. Understand the aggregates with respect to their shape, size and gradation
requirement which are most important in the construction of different pavement
layers.
2. Understand the different types of bituminous binders and apply the knowledge in
Suggesting suitable binder for road construction.
3. Understand the use of various binder materials that can be used for interface
treatment during construction and repair works carried out on roads.
4. Analyse the properties and design the bituminous and cement concrete mixes for
road construction.
5. Analyse the effect of weather on the properties and to understand the various tests
that are to be conducted to check the adhesion failure in bituminous materials and
mixes.
COURSE CONTENTS
UNIT - I
Aggregates: Origin, Classification, requirements, properties and tests on road
aggregatesfor flexible and rigid pavements. Importance of aggregate shape factor in
mix design. (08Hrs)
UNIT -II
Bitumen and Modified Bitumen: Origin, preparation, properties and tests,
bituminous and modified bituminous road binders; requirements; Criterion for
selection of different binders. (08 Hrs)
UNIT -III
Bituminous Emulsions and Cutbacks: Preparation, characteristics, uses and tests.
(08 Hrs)
UNIT - IV
Bituminous Mixes: Mechanical properties: Resilient modulus, dynamic modulus and
fatigue characteristics of bituminous mixes. Dense and open textured mixes,
flexibility and brittleness, common mechanical tests, bituminous mix design methods
and specifications. (14 Hrs)
UNIT - V
Weathering and Durability of Bituminous Materials and Mixes: Tests on
weathered bituminous materials, Adhesion, failure, mechanism of stripping, tests and
methods of improving adhesion.
Cement Concrete for Pavement Construction: Requirements, and design of mix for
CC pavement, IRC and IS specifications and tests, joint filler and sealer materials.
(10 Hrs)
UNIT - VI
Recent developments on the use of pavement materials in road construction.

HW-10
COURSE OUTCOMES:
After studying this course, students will be able to:
1. Assess the different properties of road aggregates and suggest suitable size, shape
and gradation requirements for road construction.
2. Suggest suitable bituminous binder for the construction of surfacing course in
bituminous road construction.
3. Check and suggest suitable binders that are used for maintenance of roads under
specific condition.
4. Design the bituminous and concrete mixes specifically used for road construction.
5. Evaluate the quality of materials before, during and after construction of roads.

REFERENCES:
1. RRL, DSIR, `Bituminous Materials in Road Construction ', HMSO Publication.
2. RRL, DSIR, `Soil Mechanics for Road Engineers', HMSO Publication.
3. ISI and IRC Publications on relevant topics.
4. Freddy L.Roberts, Prithvi S. Kandhal, Ray Brown, Dah-Linn Lee, Thomas W.
Kennedy,`Hot Mix Asphalt Materials, Mixture Design and Construction, NAPA
Education Foundation, Lanham, Maryland.
5. Asphalt institute, `The Asphalt Hand Book‘.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION:

CIE - Test I (Unit I, II &III)- 15marks

Quiz = 05 marks Total:50
50
marks Test II (Unit IV & V) – 15 marks
UNIT-VI(AAT) = 15 marks
Answer FIVE full questions
 Questions Q2 & Q3from Unit II and Unit III 20x2 =
SEE – respectively shall be answered and shall not have 40 Total:100*
100 internal choice. Marks marks
marks  Questions Q1, Q4 and Q5 from Unit I, Unit IV & 20x3=
Unit V respectively shall be answered and shall 60
have internal choice Marks
Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3
CO1 3 - -
CO2 - 3 -
CO3 - 2 -
CO4 - - 3
CO5 - 2 -

1.Low 2. Medium 3. High

HW-11
Course Code 18HW1C02 M. Tech (Highway Engineering)
Category Program Core Semester: I
Course title HIGHWAY PLANNING AND ECONOMICS
No. of Hours/Week 4
Scheme L T P S Credits Total Hours = 48
and Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3 Hours
Prerequisites (If any): Transportation Engineering
COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES:
1. Understand highway planning on national, regional basis and Principles of
Economics.
2. Learn Benefits due to Transport Improvements and vehicle operation cost.
3. Understand the different transportation costs and cost estimating methods.
4. Carry out highway economic analysis based on different methods.
5. Have knowledge about highway financing.

COURSE CONTENTS

UNIT - I
Highway Planning: Highway Planning on national and regional basis. Delineation of
region for transport planning, right of way, acquisition, legal responsibilities of
highways, Master plan of road system and phasing long range highway planning,
basis of land use planning, types of transportation network. Critical review of
highway plans in India.
Highway Engineering Economics: Principles of Economics, Supply and demand
Models. (12Hrs)
UNIT - II
Benefits due to Transport Improvements: Direct Benefits: Reduced vehicle
operation costs, value of travel time savings, value of increased comfort and
convenience, cost of accident reduction, reduction in maintenance cost; negative
benefits due to increased noise and air pollution. Indirect Benefits: Increased land
values, increased development and demand. (06 Hrs)
UNIT - III
Transport Costs: Fixed and Variable costs, cost of improvement, maintenance cost
and other related costs, cost estimating methods, accounting for inflation, theory of
transport supply and road planning. (06 Hrs)
UNIT - IV
Economic Analysis: The generation and screening of project ideas. Different
methods of economic analysis - Annual cost and benefit ratio methods, discounted
cash flow method, determination of IRR and NPV. Examples of economic analysis of
(i) different types of road surfaces (ii) different options for intersection improvement
(iii) proposals for bypass to a city (iv) different strategies of pavement maintenance.
(16 Hrs)
UNIT - V
Highway Financing: Methods of taxation, sources of revenue; distribution of
highway revenues; effect of taxes; responsibility of highway financing; distribution of
costs; distribution of highway cost by various theories. (08 Hrs)
UNIT – VI
Recent developments in highway planning.

HW-12
COURSE OUTCOMES:
After studying this course, students will be able to:
1. Explain the highway plans and calculate lengths of different category of roads in
India.
2. Evaluate the benefits of highway improvement and estimate the vehicle operation
cost.
3. Explain the different transportation costs and carry out cost estimation by using
various methods.
4. Carry out economic evaluation and financial analysis of highway projects.
5. Explain highway financing in India and analyse the taxation and revenue
distribution for the development of roads in India.

REFERENCES:
1. Woods, K.B., Berry, D.S. and Goetz, W.H., `Highway Engineering', McGraw Hill
Book Co.
2. Ian G. Heggie, `Transportation Engineering Economics', McGraw Hill Book Co.
3. Kadiyali L.R., `Traffic Engineering and Transport Planning', Khanna Publication,
New Delhi, 1987.
4. `Road User Cost Study in India ', Final Report, Central Road Research Institute,
New Delhi, 1982.
5. Kadiyali, L.R., et al, `Value of Travel Time Savings', Traffic Engineering, HRB
No.20, Indian Roads Congress, 1983.
6. Ministry of Road Transport and Highways, Road Development Plan for India
2001-2021, Indian Roads Congress, New Delhi, 2002.
7. Hewes, C.I. and Oglesby, C.H., `Highway Engineering', Asia Publishing House.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION:
CIE - Test I (Unit I, II &III)- 15marks
Quiz = 05 marks Total:50
50
marks Test II (Unit IV & V) – 15 marks
UNIT-VI(AAT) = 15 marks
Answer FIVE full questions
 Questions Q2& Q3from Unit II and Unit III 20x2 =
SEE – respectively shall be answered and shall not have 40 Total:100*
100 internal choice. Marks marks
marks  Questions Q1, Q4 and Q5 from Unit I, Unit IV & 20x3=
Unit V respectively shall be answered and shall 60
have internal choice Marks
Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3
CO1 - 3 -
CO2 - 2 -
CO3 - 2 -
CO4 - - 3
CO5 2 - -
1.Low 2. Medium 3. High

HW-13
Course Code 18HW1C03 M. Tech (Highway Engineering)
Category Program Core Semester: I
Course title SOIL MECHANICS FOR HIGHWAY ENGINEERS
No. of Hours/Week 4
Scheme L T P S Credits Total Hours = 48
and Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3Hrs
Prerequisites (If any): Basics of Soil Mechanics
COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES:
1. Understand the Functions of soil as a subgrade material
2. Understand the Methods of soil survey & exploration
3. Understand the mechanics of Compaction and strength characteristics of soil
4. Analyse the Problems in embankment & foundation
5. Analyse and Design concept of drains in embankments.

COURSE CONTENTS
UNIT -I
Introduction to Soil and their Engineering Properties: Functions of Subgrade soil,
Influence of soil properties on design and performance of pavement, embankments
and foundations. Laboratory and field tests for the soil classification, methods of soil
classification, Importance of cohesion, plasticity and volume change of soils. Frost
action in soils - factors, mechanics, depth of frost penetration, measures to decrease
the damaging effects. (10 Hrs)
UNIT- II
Strength of Soils::Stress-strain relationships under different types of loadings -
incremental, sustained and repeated loading, time dependent deformations.
Soil Water: Movement of water in soil, gravitational water, held water, soil moisture
movements, soil suction and soil vapour. (10 Hrs)
UNIT - III
Soil Investigations :Soil surveys in highway projects. Methods of soil exploration –
boring, geophysical methods, disturbed and undisturbed sampling. Investigations on
detrimental matters - organic matters, sulphates and carbonates. (10 Hrs)
UNIT -IV
Soil Compaction Objects, factors affecting properties of compacted soil under
different conditions. Laboratory and field compaction methods, choice of equipment
and field control tests. (08Hrs)
UNIT -V
Highway Embankments and Foundations: Problems of construction of high
embankments over weak foundations. Vertical sand drains, design and construction.
Analysis for stability of embankment and cut slopes, design approach. Stability of
embankment foundations. (10 Hrs)
UNIT – VI
Recent advances and research being done in the topics mentioned in the above units.

HW-14
COURSE OUTCOMES:
On completion of this course, Students would be able to
1. Explain the Suitability of soil as a subgrade material
2. Explain the mechanics of Compaction and strength characteristic
3. Create a Design of embankment on different ground condition.
4. Create a Design for Drainage of water in Embankments
5. Selection of method of sub soil exploration.
6.
REFERENCES
1. DSIR, `Soil Mechanics for Road Engineers', H.M.S.O. London.
2. Leonards, G.A. `Foundation Engineering', McGraw Hill Book Company, Inc.
New York.
3. IRC Guidelines for the Design of High Embankments', IRC, 75 - 1979.
4. T. Villiam Lambe and Robet V. Whitman ―Soil Mechanics‖ John Wiley Sons,
Newyork.
5. C. Venkataraman― Geotechnical Engineering‖ 2nd Edition , New Age International
(P) Limited, Publishers, New-Delhi.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION:

CIE = Test I (Unit I, II &III) = 15 marks Total:

Quiz = 05 marks
50 50
UNIT–VI (AAT) = 15 marks
marks Test II (Unit IV & V) = 15 marks marks
Answer FIVE full questions
Questions Q1 & Q4 from Unit I and Unit IV 20x2=
SEE = respectively shall be answered and shall not have 40 Total:
100 internal choice. Marks 100
marks Questions Q2, Q3 & Q5 from Unit II, Unit III & Unit V 20x3= marks
respectively shall be answered & shall have internal 60
choice Marks
Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3
CO1 2 2 3
CO2 2 2 3
CO3 3 3 3
CO4 3 3 3
CO5 3 3 3
1. Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

HW-15
Course Code 18HW1E1A M. Tech (Highway Engineering)
Category Program Elective Semester: I
PLANNING AND DESIGN OF FLYOVERS AND BRIDGE
Course title
STRUCTURES
No. of Hours/Week 4
Scheme L T P S Credits Total Hours = 48
and Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3Hrs
Prerequisites (If any): Bridge Engineering

COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES:

This course will enable students to
1. Understand the types and components of a bridge with specifications for
designing them for highways.
2. Understand the use of different types of bridge bearings, their installation and
maintenance aspects under the action of vehicular loads.
3. Understand the design aspects of bridge approaches for RCC, PSC and Steel
bridges.
4. Analyse the loading conditions on the bridges and design the elements as per IRC
load specifications.
5. Understand the quality control measures during the execution of bridges both for
substructure and super structure portions of the bridge.

COURSE CONTENTS

UNIT - I
Investigations for foundation of substructures. Hydrologic and hydraulic analysis.
Different types of foundation and substructures (piers and abutments) for bridges,
flyovers and underpasses, their choice, design method and construction procedure.
Construction supervision and quality control. (12 Hrs)

UNIT - II
Evaluation of existing sub-structures. Methods of strengthening and widening.
(10 Hrs)

UNIT - III
Different types of superstructure (concrete and steel) for major bridges and grade
separation structures, their choice. (08Hrs)

UNIT - IV
Design method of various components of bridge superstructure including bearings.
(10 Hrs)

UNIT - V
Construction method, supervision and quality control. Evaluation of existing bridge
structures and method of rehabilitation / strengthening and widening. (08 Hrs)

UNIT - VI
Recent advances and research being done in the topics mentioned in the above units.

HW-16
COURSE OUTCOMES:
After studying this course, students will be able to:
1. Design the components of a bridge following the specifications for highways.
2. Remembering the facts and procedure regarding bridge bearings, their
installation and maintenance aspects to withstand vehicular loads.
3. Understand the design aspects of bridge approaches for RCC, PSC and Steel
bridges.
4. Analyse the IRC loading conditions for the design of bridges.
5. Understand the quality control measures during the execution of bridges both
for substructure and super structure portions of the bridge.

REFERENCES
1. D.L. NarasimhaRao., Bridges and Flyovers, Tata McGraw Hill Book Co.
2. Ponnuswamy, S, Bridge Engineering Tata McGraw Hill Co.,
3. Johnson Victor, J, Essentials of Bridge Engineering, Oxford IBH Co.
4. Khadilkar C.H, A Text Book of Bridge Construction, Allied Publishers.
5. BaidarBakht and Leslie G. Jaeger, Bridge Analysis Simplified, McGraw Hill
International Edn.
6. Heins C.P and Firmage D.A, Deisgn of Modern Steel Highway Bridges, John
Wiley and Sons, New York
7. Raina, V.K, Concrete Bridge Practice – Construction, Maintenance and
Rehabilitation, Tata McGraw Hill Co.
8. Colin O‘Conner, Design of Bridge Superstructure, Wiley Interscience, John
Wiley and Sons.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION:
CIE = Test I (Unit I, II &III) = 15 marks Total:
Quiz = 05 marks
50 50
UNIT–VI (AAT) = 15 marks
marks Test II (Unit IV & V) = 15 marks marks
Answer FIVE full questions
Questions Q1& Q4 from Unit I and Unit IV 20x2=
SEE = respectively shall be answered and shall not have 40 Total:
100 internal choice. Marks 100
marks Questions Q2, Q3 & Q5 from Unit II, Unit III& Unit V 20x3= marks
respectively shall be answered & shall have internal 60
choice Marks
Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3
CO1 3 3 3
CO2 2 1 3
CO3 3 2 3
CO4 2 1 3
CO5 1 1 3

1. Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

HW-17
Course Code 18HW1E1B M. Tech (Highway Engineering)
Category Program Elective Semester: I
Course title PAVEMENT ANALYSIS AND DESIGN
No. of Hours/Week 4
Scheme L T P S Credits Total Hours = 48
and Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3Hrs
Prerequisites (If any): Transportation Engineering

COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES:

1. Understand the factors affecting pavement design and performance
2. Evaluate the strength of soil subgrade and factors that affect the behavior of soil.
3. Evaluate the stresses and deflections in flexible pavement layers under the action
of wheel loads.
4. Design the thickness of flexible pavements by different methods under different
exposure conditions and materials.
5. Computation of stresses in Rigid pavements, thickness design of rigid pavements
and joints associated with rigid pavements.

COURSE CONTENTS

UNIT - I
Introduction: Types and component parts of pavements, Factors affecting design and
performance of pavements. Highway and airport pavements. (08 Hrs)

UNIT - II
Stresses and Deflections in Flexible Pavements: Stresses and deflections in
homogeneous masses, two, three and multi-layer theories; wheel load stresses, various
factors in traffic wheel loads; ESWL of multiple wheels. Repeated loads and EWL
factors; sustained loads. Pavement behaviour under transient traffic loads. (12 Hrs)

UNIT - III
Flexible Pavement Design Methods For Highways and Airports: Empirical, semi-
empirical and theoretical approaches, development, principle, design steps,
advantages and application of the different pavement design methods including IRC,
AASHTO and Asphalt Institute and Shell Methods. (10 Hrs)
UNIT - IV
Stresses and deflections in Rigid Pavements: Types of stresses and causes, factors
influencing the stresses; general considerations in rigid pavement analysis, EWL;
wheel load stresses, warping stresses, frictional stresses, combined stresses.(08 Hrs)
UNIT - V
Rigid Pavement Design: Types of joints in cement concrete pavements and their
functions, joint spacings; design of rigid pavement for roads, design of joint details
for longitudinal joints, contraction joints and expansion joints. IRC method of design
by stress ratio concept. Design of continuously reinforced concrete pavements.
(10 Hrs)
UNIT - VI
Recent advances and research being done in the topics mentioned in the above units.

HW-18
 COURSE OUTCOMES :
After studying this course, students will be able to:
1. Remember the factors affecting pavement design and performance
2. Evaluate the strength of soil subgrade and identify the factors that affect the
behaviour of soil.
3. Analyse and check the stresses and deflections in flexible pavement layers under
the action of wheel loads.
4. Design the thickness of flexible pavements by different methods under different
exposure conditions and materials.
5. Computation of stresses in Rigid pavements, thickness design of rigid pavements
and joints associated with rigid pavements.

REFERENCES :
1. Yoder, E.J., `Principles of Pavement Design'. Wiley and Sons, Inc, USA
2. Yoder, E.J., and Witczak, `Principles of Pavement Design', 2nd ed., John Wiley
and Sons, USA, 1975.
3. DSIR, `Soil Mechanics for Road Engineers', HMSO, London.
4. DSIR, `Concrete Roads-Design and Construction', HMSO, London
5. Yang N. C, `Design of Functional Pavements', McGraw Hill Book Co. Newyork
USA
6. Pell, Peter, S., `Development in Highway Engineering - I', Applied Science
Publishers, London, 1978.
7. Huang, 'Pavement Analysis', Elsevier Publications,2002, USA
8. Relevant IRC Publications
9. ―Hand Book on Cement concrete Roads‖, Cement Manufactures Association, New
Delhi,2000
SCHEME OF EXAMINATION:
CIE – Test I (Unit I, II &III)- 15 marks Quiz = 05marks
Total:50
50 UNIT-VI (AAT) = 15
Test II (Unit IV & V) – 15 marks marks
marks marks
Answer FIVE full questions
 Questions Q3 & Q 5 from UNIT - III and UNIT -
20* 2 =
SEE – V respectively shall be answered and shall not have
40 Marks Total:100
100 internal choice. marks
marks  Questions Q1, Q2 and Q4 from UNIT - I, UNIT -
20*3= 60
II & UNIT - IV respectively shall be answered and
Marks
shall have internal choice
Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.
Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)
PO1 PO2 PO3
CO1 3 3 3
CO2 3 2 3
CO3 3 2 3
CO4 3 1 3
CO5 3 1 3
1. Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

HW-19
Course Code 18HW1E1C M. Tech (Highway Engineering)
Category Program Elective Semester: I
Course title TRAFFIC ENGINEERING
No. of Hours/Week 4
Scheme L T P S Credits Total Hours = 48
and Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3 Hrs
Prerequisites (If any): Transportation Engineering

COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES:

1. Understand Road user characteristics, concept of PCU and conduct traffic
engineering studies.
2. Understand and propose traffic regulatory system which includes traffic signs,
road markings and traffic signals.
3. Propose and design suitable traffic regulatory system based on traffic requirements
such as signs, signals, markings, etc.
4. Have knowledge about intersections at-grade and grade separated intersections.
5. Propose parking facilities, pedestrian facilities and general safety measures
required for highways and expressways.

COURSE CONTENTS

UNIT - I
Introduction: Components of road traffic - the vehicle, driver and road. Objectives
and scope of traffic engineering. (06 Hrs)
UNIT - II
Traffic Engineering: Road user characteristics; human and vehicle characteristics,
factors affecting road traffic; methods of measurement. Concepts of passenger car
units for mixed traffic flow. (08 Hrs)
UNIT - III
Traffic Engineering Studies and Analysis: Sampling in traffic studies; adequacy of
sample size; application of sampling methods for traffic studies, objectives, methods
of traffic study, equipment, data collection, analysis and interpretation (including case
studies) of (i) Spot speed (ii) Speed and delay (iii) Volume (iv) Origin - destination
(v) Parking (vi) Accident studies and (vii) Other studies. Traffic manoeuvres and
Stream Characteristics; application in intersection design.
(12Hrs)
UNIT - IV
Traffic Regulations and Control: General regulations; Regulations on Vehicles,
drivers and flow; Other regulations and control. Traffic management; noise and air
pollution due to road traffic and method of control. (08 Hrs)
UNIT - V
Traffic Control Devices: Traffic signs, markings, islands and signals. Different
methods of signal design; redesign of existing signal including case studies. Signal
system and co-ordination. Evaluation and design of road lighting. (14Hrs)
UNIT - VI
Recent developments in traffic engineering.

HW-20
COURSE OUTCOMES:
After studying this course, students will be able to:
1. Know the factors affecting performance of road traffic and to collect data required
for the traffic analysis from traffic studies.
2. Apply the knowledge in proposing suitable traffic regulatory signs, signals, road
markings.
4. Design intersections at-grade and grade separated intersections.
5. Propose parking facilities and preparation of accident records.

REFERENCES:
1. Matson, Smith &Hurd `Traffic Engineering' McGraw Hill Book Co.
2. Kadiyali, L.R. `Traffic Engineering and Transport Planning', Khanna Publishers.
3. Wells, G.R. `Traffic Engineering and Hand Book', Institution of Engineers,
U.S.A.
4. Drew, D.R. `Traffic Flow Theory and Control', McGraw Hill Book Co.
5. RRL, DSIR `Research on Road Traffic', HMSO Publication
6. IRC and IS Publications.
7. Institute of Transportation Engineers, `Manual of Transportation Engineering
Studies', Prentice Hall
8. Salter, R.J., and Hounsell, `Highway Traffic Analysis & Design', McMillan
9. Fred C Mannering and Walter P Kilaraski, `Principles of Highway Engineering
and Traffic Analysis, John Wiley and Sons.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION:
CIE = Test I (Unit I, II &III) = 15 marks Total:
Quiz = 05 marks
50 50
UNIT–VI (AAT) = 15 marks
marks Test II (Unit IV & V) = 15 marks marks
Answer FIVE full questions
Questions Q1 & Q2 from Unit I and Unit II 20x2=
SEE = respectively shall be answered and shall not have 40 Total:
100 internal choice. Marks 100
marks Questions Q3, Q4 & Q5 from Unit III, Unit IV& Unit 20x3= marks
V respectively shall be answered & shall have internal 60
choice Marks
Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3
CO1 2 - -
CO2 - 2 -
CO3 - - 3
CO4 - - 3
CO5 - - 3

1.Low 2. Medium 3. High

HW-21
Course Code 18HW1E2A M. Tech (Highway Engineering)
Category Program Elective Semester: I
Course title AIRPORT PLANNING AND DESIGN
No. of Hours/Week 4
Scheme L T P S Credits Total Hours = 48
and Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3 Hrs
Prerequisites (If any): Transportation Engineering

COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES:

1. Understand the various components of an airport and aircraft characteristics
affecting the design of airports.
2. Design the runway and taxiway geometrics based on the likely aircrafts using the
airport.
3. Plan the requirements of terminal area and suggest an optimum layout for the
terminal area based on passenger and baggage volume.
4. Suggest a suitable method of grading and leveling work involved in the area along
with drainage provisions for surface and subsurface water flows.
5. Understand the various air traffic control aids required for safe landing and take-off
of aircrafts at the airport.

COURSE CONTENTS
UNIT - I
Introduction to Air Port and Air Craft Characteristics: Growth of air transport, airport
organization and associations, classifications of airports, airfield components, airport
traffic zones and approach areas Components, size, turning radius, speed, aircraft
characteristics, Capacity and Delay: Factors affecting capacity, determination of runway
capacity related to delay, gate capacity, taxiway capacity. (10 Hrs)

UNIT - II
Airport Planning and Surveys: Runway length and width, sight distances, longitudinal
and transverse grades, runway intersections, taxiways, clearances, aprons, numbering,
holding apron (12 Hrs)

UNIT - III
Planning and design of the Terminal area: Operational concepts, space relationships and
area requirements, noise control, vehicular traffic and parking at airports (08 Hrs)

UNIT - IV
Airport Grading and Drainage: Grading of airport area, hydrology, design of drainage
systems, construction methods, layout of surface drainage and sub-surface drainage
system (10 Hrs)

UNIT - V
Air Traffic Control and Aids: Runways and taxiways markings, day and night landing
aids, airport lighting and other associated aids (08 Hrs)

UNIT - VI
Recent advances and research being done in the topics mentioned in the above units.

HW-22
COURSE OUTCOMES:
After studying this course, students will be able to:
1. Remember the various components of an airport and aircraft characteristics
affecting the design of airports.
2. Design the runway and taxiway geometrics based on the likely aircrafts using the
airport.
3. Plan the requirements of terminal area and suggest an optimum layout for the
terminal area based on passenger and baggage volume.
4. Suggest a suitable method of grading and leveling work involved in the area along
with drainage provisions for surface and subsurface water flows.
5. Understand the various air traffic control aids required for safe landing and take-off
of aircrafts at the airport.

REFERENCES :
1. Planning and design of Airports by Robert Horenjeff, 2nd Edition, McGraw Hill Book
Co.
2. Airport Engineering by G. Glushkov, V. Babkov, Mir Publishers, Moscow
3. Airport Planning and Design by Khanna, Arora and Jain, Nem Chand and Bros.,
Roorkee
4. Harry, R. Cedergern, `Drainage of Highway and Airfield Pavements‘, John Wiley and
Sons.
5. Virender Kumar and Satish Chandra, `Airport Planning and Design‘, Galgotia
Publication Press

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION:
CIE - Test I (Unit I, II &III)- 15marks
Quiz = 05 marks Total:50
50
marks Test II (Unit IV & V) – 15 marks
UNIT-VI(AAT) = 15 marks
Answer FIVE full questions
 Questions Q2 & Q3 from Unit II and Unit III 20x2 =
SEE – respectively shall be answered and shall not have 40 Total:100*
100 internal choice. Marks marks
marks  Questions Q1, Q4 and Q5 from Unit I, Unit IV & 20x3=
Unit V respectively shall be answered and shall have 60
internal choice Marks
Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced for
50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 2 1 2
CO2 3 2 3
CO3 1 1 3
CO4 1 1 3
CO5 1 1 3

1. Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

HW-23
Course Code 18HW1E2B M. Tech (Highway Engineering)
Category Program Elective Semester: I
Course title TRANSPORTATION PLANNING
No. of Hours/Week 4
Scheme L T P S Credits Total Hours = 48
and Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3 Hrs
Prerequisites (If any): Transportation Engineering

COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES:

1. Understand the different modes of transportation and factors affecting planning
process for an effective transportation system.
2. Understand the characteristics of mass transit system and methods of collecting
traffic data to propose an effective transport facility.
3. Understand and sources of zonal trip generation or attraction and then inter-zonal
trip distribution methods.
4. Analyse the mode of transport and its impact on transport system and also the
methods of assigning travel trips to various routes for effective management.
5. Understand the mass transportation options and evaluation of the systems for
economic sustainability.
COURSE CONTENTS

UNIT - I
Introduction: Characteristics of different modes of transportation; Principles of co-
ordination and operation control, Elements in urban transit system. (08 Hrs)

UNIT - II
Transportation Planning Process and Transport Surveys: Factors to be considered;
Land use transportation planning; systems approach. Transport Surveys: Planning of
different types of surveys and interpretation, Travel demand; Traffic surveys for mass
transit system planning. Mass Transit Systems: Capacity, Fleet planning and
Scheduling. (12 Hrs)

UNIT - III
Trip Generation and Distribution: Factors governing trip generation and attraction;
Zonal models; Category analysis; Methods of trip distribution; Application of gravity
model. (10 Hrs)

UNIT - IV
Modal Split and Assignment: Factors affecting modal split; Modal split in transport
planning; Principles of traffic assignment; assignment techniques. (10 Hrs)

UNIT - V
Evaluation: Identification of corridor; Formulation of plans; Economic evaluation.
(08Hrs)

UNIT - VI
Recent advances and research being done in the topics mentioned in the above units.

HW-24
COURSE OUTCOMES:
After studying this course, students will be able to:
1. Remember and Justify the different modes of transportation and factors affecting
the planning process for the different modes.
2. Suggest an effective transport facility for the mass transportation after collecting
the data required.
3. Analyse the inter-zonal trip generations or attractions and also the trip
distributions.
4. Evaluate the impact of transport mode on the transport system to understand
effective management along the routes.
5. Explain the economic sustainability of the mass transportation systems.

REFERENCES :
1. Hutchinson, B.G., `Principles of Urban Transport System Planning' - McGraw
Hill Book Co.
2. Kadiyali, L.R., `Traffic Engineering and Transportation Planning' - Khanna
Publication.
3. Institute of Traffic Engineers - An Introduction to Highway Transportation
Engineering'.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION:
CIE - Test I (Unit I, II &III)- 15marks
Quiz = 05 marks Total:50
50
marks Test II (Unit IV & V) – 15 marks UNIT-VI(AAT) = 15 marks
Answer FIVE full questions
 Questions Q2 & Q3 from Unit II and Unit III 20x2 =
SEE – respectively shall be answered and shall not have 40 Total:100*
100 internal choice. Marks marks
marks  Questions Q1, Q4 and Q5 from Unit I, Unit IV & 20x3=
Unit V respectively shall be answered and shall 60
have internal choice Marks
Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 3 1 2
CO2 3 2 2
CO3 2 1 3
CO4 2 1 3
CO5 2 2 2

1. Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

HW-25
Course Code 18HW1E2C M. Tech (Highway Engineering)
Category Program Elective Semester: I
Course title RURAL ROADS
No. of Hours/Week 4
Scheme L T P S Credits Total Hours = 48
and Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3 Hours
Prerequisites (If any): Transportation Engineering
COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES:
1. Understand planning of rural roads and rural road network.
2. Understand geometric design standards for rural roads.
3. Have knowledge of using pavement materials for rural road construction.
4. Carry out rural road pavement design as per IRC standards.
5. Understand procedure for construction and maintenance of rural roads.

COURSE CONTENTS
UNIT - I
Planning of Rural Roads: Problems associated with planning of low volume rural
roads in India. Rural road network planning- principles and methods. (06 Hrs)
UNIT - II
Location Surveys and Geometric Design: Location surveys, geometric design
standards for rural roads, special considerations for rural roads in hilly terrain.
Pavement Materials: Soil Investigations, Properties and specifications of materials,
Utilisation of locally available and waste materials in village road projects like fly
ash, iron and steel slag, recycled and other waste material etc, stabilized roads, road
aggregates, materials for bituminous construction, cement and concrete, special
pavements. (12 Hrs)
UNIT - III
Pavement Design: Design factors, pavement thickness design as per IRC SP:72,
internal drainage measures, design of semi-rigid pavement, roller compacted cement
concrete pavement, special pavements like inter-locking block paving, design of fly
ash embankments. (08 Hrs)
UNIT - IV
Specifications and Construction: Earthwork, sub-base, base course and surface
course – materials, specifications and construction steps and use of different
equipment, construction of special pavements, construction of fly ash embankments,
lime flyash stabilized soil, lime flyash bound macadam, lime flyash concrete, roller
compacted concrete, dry lean fly ash concrete, cement stabilised fly ash, quality
control in construction, Specifications and tests for quality control as per IRC.
(10Hrs)
UNIT - V
Road Drainage: Types of drainage, surface and sub-surface drains for low volume
roads.
Maintenance of Rural Roads: Types of maintenance, maintenance of unpaved
roads, maintenance of paved roads, maintenance of semi-rigid and roller compacted
concrete pavements, maintenance of special pavements, Rehabilitation. (12Hrs)
UNIT - VI
Recent developments on rural roads in India.

HW-26
COURSE OUTCOMES:
After studying this course, students will be able to:
1. Plan the rural roads and develop rural road network.
2. Design different elements of road geometrics of rural roads.
3. Apply the knowledge of using locally available materials for construction and aim
at low cost rural roads.
4. Design the rural road pavement as per IRC standards.
5. Carry out construction and maintenance of rural roads.

REFERENCES:
1. HMSO, ―Soil Mechanics for Road Engineers‖, Her Majesty‘s Stationary
Office, London.
2. IRC, Manual for Rural Roads, Indian Roads Congress, 2002.
3. Relevant IRC Publications
4. PIARC, International Road Maintenance Hand Book- Maintenance of Paved
Roads, France
5. PIARC, International Road Maintenance Hand Book- Maintenance of Unpaved
Roads, France

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION:
CIE = Test I (Unit I, II &III) = 15 marks Total:
Quiz = 05 marks
50 50
UNIT–VI (AAT) = 15 marks
marks Test II (Unit IV & V) = 15 marks marks
Answer FIVE full questions
Questions Q1 & Q3 from Unit I and Unit III 20x2=
SEE = respectively shall be answered and shall not have 40 Total:
100 internal choice. Marks 100
marks Questions Q2, Q4 & Q5 from Unit II, Unit IV & Unit 20x3= marks
V respectively shall be answered & shall have internal 60
choice Marks
Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3
CO1 2 - -
CO2 - 2 -
CO3 - - 3
CO4 - 2 -
CO5 - - 3

1.Low 2. Medium 3. High

HW-27
Course Code 18HW1L01 M. Tech (Highway Engineering)
Category Laboratory Semester: I
Course title PAVEMENT MATERIALS LABORATORY
No. of Hours/Week 4
Scheme L T P S Credits Total hours = 48
and Credits
0 0 4 0 2
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3 Hours
Prerequisites (if any): Transportation Engineering

COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES:

1. Understand the step by step procedure for Evaluating the physical properties of
Subgrade Soil and Aggregates used for highway construction.
2. Understanding the step by step procedure for Evaluating the physical Properties of
Bitumen and Cement used in highway construction
3. Understand the interpretation and application of test results.
4. Creating Mix Designs as per Indian Standards, IRC and MoRTH Specifications.
5. Have knowledge about suggesting suitable materials for field applications based on
test results.
COURSE CONTENTS

Tests on Soil
1. Grain size analysis
2. Atterberg Limits
3. Compaction test
4. California bearing ratio test

Tests on Aggregates
5. Aggregate impact value test
6. Los Angeles abrasion value test
7. Specific gravity & Water absorption test
8. Shape tests

Tests on Bitumen
9. Penetration Test
10. Softening Point Test
11. Ductility Test
12. Rolling Thin film oven Test
13. Marshall Method of Bituminous Mix Design

Tests on Cement & Concrete

14. Tests on cement
15. Compressive strength
16. Concrete Mix design

HW-28
COURSE OUTCOMES:
After studying this course, students will be able to:
1. Conduct various tests on pavement materials.
2. Compare the test results with IS and IRC standards.
3. Check the suitability of materials and decide the proper materials are to be
suggested for field applications.
4. Analyse the causes repeatability and reproducibility of results.
5. Conduct Concrete Mix Design and Bituminous Mix Design.

REFERENCES:
1. Khanna, S.K., Justo, C.E.G., and Veeraragavan, A., 'Highway Materials and
Pavement Testing', Nem Chand and Bros, Roorkee.
2. IS and IRC codes.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION:
For examination two experiments shall be given.
Continuous Internal Marks Semester End Marks
Evaluation Evaluation(SEE)
(Laboratory – 50 Marks) Laboratory (100 Marks)
Performance of the student in 20 Write up 20
the laboratory, every week
Test at the end of the semester 20 Experiment-1 = 30 marks 60
Experiment-2 = 30 marks
Viva voce 10 Viva voce 20
Total 100
Total (CIE) 50 Total (SEE) 50*

Note: * = SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks for practical and the marks obtained
shall be reduced for 50 Marks

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 3 3 3
CO2 3 3 3
CO3 3 3 3
CO4 3 3 3
CO5 3 3 3

1. Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

HW-29
 Course Code 18CV1M01 M.Tech. (Highway Engineering)
Category Mandatory Audit Semester: I
RESEARCH METHODOLOGY AND INTELLECTUAL
Course title
PROPERTY RIGHTS
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total Hours: 24
Credits
2 0 0 0 2
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3 Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): NIL

COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES:

1. Analyse the criteria for selection of research problem.
2. Understand the basics of literature survey, ethics, effective technical writing and
developments of research proposal.
3. Understand the basics and importance of IPR.
4. Analyse the issues related to patentability.
5. Understand the administrative system of IPR and analyse the typical case studies.

COURSE CONTENTS

UNIT – I
Meaning of research problem, sources of research problem, Criteria, Characteristics
of a good research problem, Errors in selecting a research problem, Scope and
Objectives of research problems.
Approaches of investigation of solutions for research problem, data collection,
Analysis, Interpretation, necessary instrumentations. (05 Hrs)

UNIT – II
Effective literature studies approaches, analysis, Plagiarism, Research ethics.
Effective technical writing, How to write report, Paper, Developing a research
proposal, Format of research proposal, presentation and assessment by a review
committee. (05 Hrs)

UNIT – III
Introduction to Intellectual Property (IP), Overview of Copyright, Related Rights,
Trademarks, Geographical Indications, Industrial Design, Patents, Protection of New
Varieties of Plants. (05 Hrs)

UNIT – IV
Patentability: Patentable Subject Matter, Patentable and Non Patentable Inventions,
Procedure for grants of patents in India, Patent licensing and transfer of Technology,
Patent information and databases. International scenario: International cooperation on
Intellectual Property, Patenting under Patent Cooperation Treaty (PCT). (05 Hrs)

UNIT-V
New Developments in IPR: Administration of Patent System, New Developments in
IPR; Traditional Knowledge Case studies of IPR including topics of respective
branches of specialisation. (04 Hrs)

HW-30
 UNIT – VI
Recent advances and research being done in the topics mentioned in the above units.

COURSE OUTCOMES:
Students shall be able to:
1. Explain the steps involved in defining a research problem.
2. Analyse the various issues related to effective literature survey and developing a
research proposal.
3. Discuss the various issues related to IPR and its importance.
4. Discuss the various issues related to patentability and international scenario of
patent rights.
5. Highlight the new development and exposure to case studies.

REFERENCES:
1. Stuart Melville and Wayne Goddard, ―research Methodology; an introduction for
science and engineering students‖
2. Wayne Goddard and Stuart Melville,‖ Research Methodology an Introduction‖
3. Ranjit Kumar 2nd edition,‖ Research Methodology; a step by step guide for
Beginners‖
4. Halbert, ―Resisting Intellectual Property‖, Taylor and francies Ltd. 2007.
5. Mayall,‘ Industrial Design‖ McGraw Hill,1992
6. Niebel,‖ Product design‖, McGraw Hill,1974.
7. Asimv, ―Introduction to design‖, Prentice Hall,1962.
8. Robert P. Merges, Peter S. Menell, Mark A. Lemley,‖ Intellectual Property in
New Technology Age‖ 2006.
9. T.Ramappa,‖ Intellectual Property Rights Under WTO‖, S. Chanda,2008

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

CIE – 50 Test I (Unit I, II &III) = 15 marks Quiz = 5 marks Total:50

marks Test II (Unit IV & V) = 15 marks Unit-VI(AAT) =15 marks marks
Answer FIVE full questions
 Questions Q1 & Q 3 from Unit I and Unit
SEE – 20x2 = 40
III respectively shall be answered and shall Total:100
100 Marks
not have internal choice. marks
marks  Questions Q2, Q4 and Q5 from Unit II,
20x3= 60
Unit IV & Unit V respectively shall be
Marks
answered and shall have internal choice
Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3
CO1 - - 3
CO2 - - 3
CO3 - - 3
CO4 - - 3
CO5 2 3 -
1. Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

HW-31
Course Code 18HW1S01 M.Tech (Highway Engineering)
Category Seminar Semester : I
Course title SEMINAR I
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total hours = 24
Credits
0 0 2 0 1
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 0 Total Max. Marks: 50 Duration of SEE: ---
Prerequisites (if any): NIL

COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES:

The objectives of the SEMINAR-I is to prepare the students to learn to:
1. Carry out the literature review of general research area/current topic and
analyse the same effectively.
2. Prepare a technical report, reflecting his/her depth of understanding, on the
selected area/topic and prepare content rich presentation.
3. Acquire communication and time management skills for effective and impactful
presentation. Interact with peers to acquire the qualities of thoughtfulness,
friendliness, adaptability, responsiveness, and politeness in-group discussion.
Overcome stage fear during oral presentation.

GUIDE LINES
1. Seminar preparation and presentation is an individual student activity.
2. Topic may be of general/ specific interest to program of engineering or electives
not offered in the semester and to be selected in consultation with the
faculty/Guide assigned.
3. Select one pertinent research paper/topic for the seminar presentation.
4. Prepare and submit a detailed technical report of the seminar topic.

COURSE OUTCOMES:
Students shall be able to:
1. Carry out the literature survey of topic of seminar.
2. Prepare a technical report on the selected area/topic.
3. Make an effective presentation with seamless flow of content within the time
allocated. Overcome inhibition in interacting with peers and hence develop the
spirit of team work.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

CIE – 50 Phase -1 Marks =10 Seminar Report Total:50

marks Phase -2 Marks =20 Marks =20 Marks

HW-32
Scheme of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE):

Evaluation would be carried out in TWO phases. The Seminar Evaluation Committee
shall comprise of Chairperson of the Department, Faculty/Guide and one more faculty
member nominated by Chairperson of the Department. The evaluation criteria shall be
as per the rubrics given below:

Rubrics for Evaluation: Weightage

Topic - Technical Relevance, Sustainability and Societal Concerns : 15%

Review of literature and technical content : 35%
Presentation Skills : 25%
Report of seminar : 25%

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 2 2 3
CO2 2 3 3
CO3 - 2 -
1. Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

HW-33
Course Code 18CV1M02 M.Tech. (Highway Engineering)
Category Mandatory Audit Semester: I
Course title TECHNICAL PAPER WRITING (AUDIT COURSE-I)
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total Hours: 24
Credits
2 0 0 0 1
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: -- Total Max. Marks: 50 Duration of SEE: --
Prerequisites (if any): NIL

COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES:

1. Understand the technique to improve technical report writing skills and level of
readability.
2. Learn about what to write contents section of a technical report.
3. Analyse the contents of literature.
4. Create a typical technical article.

COURSE CONTENTS

UNIT – I
Planning and preparation, word order, breaking up long sentences, structuring
paragraphs and sentences, being concise and removing redundancy, avoiding
ambiguity and vagueness. (05 Hrs)

UNIT – II
Clarifying who did what, highlighting your findings, hedging and criticizing,
Paraphrasing and plagiarism, sections of paper, Abstracts, Introduction. (05 Hrs)

UNIT – III
Review of the literature, Methods, Results, Discussion, Conclusions, The final check.
(04 Hrs)

UNIT – IV
Key skills needed when writing a title, Key skills needed when writing an Abstract,
Key skills needed when writing an Introduction, Skills needed when writing a review
of the literature. (05 Hrs)

UNIT – V
Key skills needed when writing the methods, Key skills needed when writing the
Results, Skills needed when writing a Discussion, Skills needed when writing the
Conclusions. (05 Hrs)

COURSE OUTCOMES:
Students shall be able to:
1. Describe the importance of basics of technical writing skills.
2. Review and emphasise the result of literature review.
3. Discuss the importance of various sections of technical report.
4. Develop a complete conceptual technical report.

HW-34
REFERENCES:
1. Goldbort (2006) writing for science, Yale University Press ( Available on Google
books)
2. Day R (2006) How to write and publish a scientific paper, Cambridge university
Press.
3. Highman N (1998) Handbook of writing for the mathematical sciences, SIAM,
Highman’s book.
4. Adian Wallwork, English for writing research papers, Springer New York
Dordrecht Heidelberg London, 2011

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

CIE – 50 Test I (Unit I, II &III) = 15 marks

AAT = 20 marks Total:50 marks
marks Test II (Unit IV & V) = 15 marks

Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 - 3 -
CO2 - 3 -
CO3 - 3 -
CO4 - 3 -
CO5 - 3 -
1. Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

HW-35
 SECOND SEMESTER
Course Code 18HW2C01 M.Tech (Highway Engineering)
Category Program Core Semester : II
Course title HIGHWAY GEOMETRIC DESIGN
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total Hours = 48
Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): Transportation Engineering
COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES:
This course will enable students to
1. Analysis to Determine the sight distance considerations.
2. Analysis to Design of horizontal and vertical alignment,
3. Analysis to Determine Superelevation required for safe travel.
4. Analysis to Determine Level of Service.
5. Analysis to Design of Grade Separators and Interchanges.

COURSE CONTENTS
UNIT - I
Introduction: Classification of rural highways and urban roads. Objectives and
requirements of highway geometric design
Design Controls: Topography, vehicle characteristics and design vehicle, driver
characteristics, speed, traffic flow and capacity, levels of service, pedestrian and other
facilities, environmental factors. (10 Hrs)

UNIT - II
Design Elements: Sight distances - types, analysis, factors affecting, measurements,
Horizontal alignment - design considerations, stability at curves, superelevation,
widening, transition curves; curvature at intersections, vertical alignment - grades,
ramps, design of summit and valley curves, combination of vertical and horizontal
alignment, expressways, IRC standards and guidelines for design problems.
(10 Hrs)

UNIT - III
Cross Section Elements: Right of way and width considerations, roadway, shoulders,
kerbs, traffic barriers, medians, Pavement surface characteristics - types, cross slope,
skid resistance, unevenness. (10 Hrs)

UNIT - IV
Design Considerations: Design considerations for rural and urban arterials, freeways,
and other rural and urban roads - design speeds, volumes, levels of service and other
design considerations. (10 Hrs)

UNIT - V
Design Of Intersections & Parking lots: Characteristics and design considerations of
at-grade intersections; Different types of islands, channelization; median openings;
Rotary intersections; Grade separations and interchanges - types, warrants,
adaptability and design details; ramps. Computer applications for intersection and
interchange design.

HW-36
Parking lots Factors, design elements, different types of parking, design of ramps and
other elements of multistoreyed parking lots (08 Hrs)

UNIT - VI
Recent advances and research being done in the topics mentioned in the above units.

COURSE OUTCOMES:
After the completion of the course students be able to perform
1. Design of Gradient, visibility on vertical curves, design of summit and valley
curves.
2. Determine the sight distance, horizontal curvature, super elevation, grades,
visibility on vertical curves, cross section elements.
3. Justify the geometric design standards adopted for ROW
4. Perform safety audit at different stages of road construction.
5. Design of grade separators and interchanges

REFERENCES :
1. AASHTO, `A Policy on Geometric Design of Highways and Streets',
American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials,
Washington D.C.
2. Khanna S.K. and Justo, C.E.G. Justo, `Highway Engineering', Nem Chand and
Bros.
3. DSIR, `Roads in Urban Areas', HMSO, London.
4. Jack E Leish and Associates, `Planning and Design Guide: At-Grade
Intersections'. Illinios.
5. Relevant IRC publications

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION
CIE = Test I (Unit I, II &III) = 15 marks Total:
Quiz = 05 marks
50 50
Test II (Unit IV & V) = 15 marks UNIT–VI (AAT) = 15 marks
marks marks
Answer FIVE full questions
Questions Q2 & Q3 from Unit II and Unit III 20 x 2 =
SEE = respectively shall be answered and shall not have 40 Total:
100 internal choice. Marks 100
marks Questions Q1, Q4 & Q5 from Unit I, Unit IV & Unit V 20 x 3= marks
respectively shall be answered & shall have internal 60
choice Marks
Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3
CO1 3 1 3
CO2 3 1 3
CO3 3 2 3
CO4 3 2 1
CO5 2 2 3
1. Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

HW-37
Course Code 18HW2C02 M. Tech (Highway Engineering)
Category Program Core Semester: II
Course title HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION
No. of Hours/Week 4
Scheme L T P S Credits Total hours = 48
and Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3 Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): Pavement Materials
COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES:
1. Have knowledge about various equipments used in road construction.
2. Understand the step by step procedure for the construction of various pavement
layers inflexible pavements.
3. Understand the step by step procedure for the construction of cement concrete
pavement.
4. Understand the procedure for the construction of soil stabilized roads.
5. Have knowledge of maintenance operations to be followed for roads after the
construction.
COURSE CONTENTS
UNIT - I
Equipment in Highway Construction: Various types of equipment for excavation,
grading and compaction - their working principle, advantages and limitations. Special
equipment for bituminous and cement concrete pavement, stabilised soil road
construction. (12 Hrs)
UNIT - II
Subgrade: Earthwork grading, compaction and construction of embankments and
cuts for roads, problems in embankment construction on weak and compressible
foundation, Preparation of subgrade, quality control tests as per MoRT&H
specifications.
Flexible Pavements: Specifications of materials, construction method and field
control checks for various types of flexible pavement materials in sub-base, base,
binder and surface course layers and their choice. (10 Hrs)
UNIT - III
Cement Concrete Pavement Layers: Specifications and method of cement concrete
pavement construction; Construction of interlocking block pavements, Quality control
tests; Construction of various types of joints. (08 Hrs)
UNIT - IV
Soil Stabilized Pavement Layers: Principles of gradation/proportioning of soil-
aggregate mixes and compaction; Design factors, mix design, construction control and
quality control checks for mechanical, soil-cement, soil-bitumen and soil-lime
stabilisation methods. Use of additives, Numerical problems on mix design and
application of Rothfutch‘s method. (08 Hrs)
UNIT - V
Drainage: Design and construction of surface and sub-surface drainage system for
highways and airports. Drainage materials, design procedures and IRC Guidelines for
Drainage of Urban Roads.
Maintenance: Methods of Maintenance of different types of pavements and
maintenance of drainage system. (10 Hrs)
UNIT – VI
Recent advancements in highway construction.

HW-38
COURSE OUTCOMES:
After studying this course, students will be able to:
1. Identify and select suitable equipment for the construction of roads.
2. Apply the knowledge to carry out flexible pavement construction as per standards.
3. Apply the knowledge to carry out cement concrete road construction as per
standards
4. Assess the various factors affecting the properties of soil stabilized mix and design
of soil stabilized roads.
5. Apply the knowledge in the maintenance of roads.

REFERENCES:
1. Peurifoy, R.L., - `Construction, Planning, Equipment and Method' - McGraw Hill
Book Co.
2. DSIR - `Soil Mechanics for Road Engineers', HMSO - London
3. DSIR - `Bituminous Materials in Road Construction', HMSO London
4. DSIR - `Concrete Roads, Design and Construction', HMSO London
5. Leonards, G.A., - `Foundation Engineering', McGraw Hill Book Co.
6. CedergrenH.R,` Drainage of Highway & Airfield Pavements', John Wiley &Sons.
7. Woods, K.B., Berry D.S. and Goetz, W.H., `Highway Engineering Hand Book',
McGraw Hill Book Co.
8. Relevant IRC standards.
9. Sharma, S.C., `Construction Equipment and its Management', Khanna Publishers
10. Hand Book on Cement Concrete Roads, Cement Manufacturers' Association, New
Delhi, 2000
11. Ministry of Road Transport and Highways, Specifications for Road and Bridge
Works, Fourth Revision, 2013.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION:
CIE = Test I (Unit I, II &III) = 15 marks Total:
Quiz = 05 marks
50 50
Test II (Unit IV & V) = 15 marks UNIT–VI (AAT) = 15 marks
marks marks
Answer FIVE full questions
Questions Q3 & Q5 from Unit III and Unit V 20 x 2 =
SEE = respectively shall be answered and shall not have 40 Total:
100 internal choice. Marks 100
marks Questions Q1, Q2 & Q4 from Unit I, Unit II & Unit IV 20 x 3= marks
respectively shall be answered & shall have internal 60
choice Marks
Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3
CO1 - 2 -
CO2 2 - -
CO3 2 - -
CO4 - - 3
CO5 - 3 -

1.Low 2. Medium 3. High

HW-39
Course Code 18HW2C03 M.Tech (Highway Engineering)
Category Program Core Semester : II
Course title PAVEMENT EVALUATION
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total Hours = 48
Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): Transportation Engineering
COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES:
1. Understand the functional requirements of pavements and also to carry out
the functional evaluation of both flexible and rigid pavements
2. Understand the structural requirements of pavements and also to carry out the
structural evaluation of both flexible and rigid pavements
3. Evaluate new pavement materials through various approaches such as model
pavement studies , test track studies etc.
4. Design the different types of overlays on existing &rigid pavements
5. Remembering the Non Destructive tests on Pavement

COURSE CONTENTS
UNIT - I
Introduction: Structural and functional requirements of flexible and rigid pavements;
pavement distress; different types of failures, causes and remedial measures.(10 Hrs)
UNIT - II
Pavement Surface Condition& Evaluation: Various aspects of surface and their
importance; Causes, factors affecting, and measures to reduce: (i) Pavement
slipperiness (ii) Unevenness (iii) Ruts, pot holes, and cracks. Evaluation of Surface
Condition: Methods of measurement of skid resistance using portable and dynamic
skid resistance testers, unevenness, ruts and cracks. Pavement surface condition
evaluation by physical measurements by Profilograph, 5th wheel Bump Integrator,
ROMDAS and other methods and their applications. (10 Hrs)
UNIT - III
Pavement Structure: Factors affecting structural condition of flexible and rigid
pavements; effects of subgrade soil, moisture, pavement layers, temperature,
environment and traffic on structural stability. Pavement deterioration. (08 Hrs)
UNIT - IV
Evaluation of Pavement Structural Condition & Overlay Design: Evaluation by non-
destructive tests such as FWD, Benkelman Beam rebound deflection, Plate load test,
wave propagation and other methods; evaluation by destructive test methods, and
specimen testing. Overlay Design: Design of Flexible overlay over flexible pavement,
choice of overlays on existing flexible& rigid pavement. (10 Hrs)
UNIT - V
Model Pavements & Instrumentation in Pavement Testing: Testing of new pavement
materials and model pavements under controlled conditions, test set up and
instrumentation. Instrumentation in Pavement Testing: Details, applications and
limitations of various equipment/ instrument/accessories, for, in-situ measurement of
strain, pressure, moisture and pavement temperature. (10 Hrs)
UNIT - VI
Recent advances and research being done in the topics mentioned in the above units.

HW-40
COURSE OUTCOMES
After studying this course, students will be able to:
1. Understand the functional requirements of pavements and also to carry out
the functional evaluation of both flexible and rigid pavements
2. Understand the structural requirements of pavements and also to carry out the
structural evaluation of both flexible and rigid pavements
3. Design the different types of overlays on existing flexible &rigid pavements
4. Evaluate new pavement materials through various approaches such as model
pavement studies , test track studies etc.
5. Remember and Conduct non-destructive tests on Pavement

REFERENCES :
1. Yoder E.J. and Witczak, `Principles of Pavement Design', II Ed., John Wiley
and Sons.
2. Babkov, `Road Conditions and Traffic Safety', Mir Publications.
3. Woods, K.B., `Highway Engineering Hand Book', McGraw Hill Book Co.
4. David Croney, `The Design and Performance of Road Pavements', HMSO
Publications.
5. Haas and Hudson `Pavement Management System', McGraw Hill Book Co.,
New York.
6. Per Ullitz, `Pavement Analysis', Elsevier, Amsterdam
7. HRB/TRB/IRC/International Conference on Structural Design of Asphalt
Pavements.
8. DSIR‖Research on Road Safety‖, HMSO, London.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION
CIE = Test I (Unit I, II &III) = 15 marks Total:
Quiz = 05 marks
50 50
Test II (Unit IV & V) = 15 marks UNIT–VI (AAT) = 15 marks
marks marks
Answer FIVE full questions
Questions Q2 & Q4 from Unit II and Unit IV 20 x 2 =
SEE = respectively shall be answered and shall not have 40 Total:
100 internal choice. Marks 100
marks Questions Q1, Q3 & Q5 from Unit I, Unit III & Unit V 20 x 3= marks
respectively shall be answered & shall have internal 60
choice Marks
Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 3 3 3
CO2 3 3 3
CO3 3 3 3
CO4 3 3 3
CO5 3 3 3
1. Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

HW-41
Course Code 18HW2E1A M. Tech (Highway Engineering)
Category Program Elective Semester: II
Course title SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN HIGHWAY CONSTRUCTION
No. of Hours/Week 4
Scheme L T P S Credits Total hours = 48
and Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3 Hours
Prerequisites (if any): NIL

COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES:

1. Understand difficulties of road construction in waterlogged areas, swampy
grounds.
2. Knowledge of using special materials in road construction under specified
conditions.
2. Understand the recycling techniques in bituminous pavements.
3. Understand the difficulties associated with highway drainage.
5. Have knowledge of using geosynthetics in road construction.

COURSE CONTENTS

UNIT - I
Introduction: Some problems associated with highway construction and
maintenance, appropriate measures, Construction and maintenance of roads in
difficult terrains, water logged areas, expansive clays and desert regions.
(12Hrs)
UNIT - II
Special Materials: Stabilisers and modifiers, other additives to improve the
properties and performance of conventional pavement materials.
(06 Hrs)
UNIT - III
Recycling Techniques in Bituminous Pavements: Need for recycling, methods of
recycling, construction controls and economics. Problems associated with
rehabilitation and reconstruction of damaged cement concrete pavements.
(10 Hrs)
UNIT - IV
Special Problems in Drainage: Construction and maintenance problems of drainage
system on existing roads and at difficult locations.
(08 Hrs)
UNIT - V
Use of Geosynthetics in Highway Construction: Functions and applications of
Geosynthetics in highway embankment, slopes, new pavements and overlays,
economic aspects.
(12Hrs)
UNIT - VI
Recent Developments in handling special problems in highway construction.

HW-42
COURSE OUTCOMES:
After studying this course, students will be able to:
1. Identify the problems and difficulties for carrying out road construction in
Waterlogged areas and other difficult regions.
2. Apply the knowledge of using special materials under special circumstances in
road construction.
3. Apply the knowledge in using the recycled materials in bituminous road
construction.
4. Suggest proper drainage system for roads to be constructed at difficult locations.
5. Apply the knowledge design the roads using various types of geosynthetics.

REFERENCES:
1. DSIR - `Soil Mechanics for Road Engineers HMSO, London
2. Leonards, G.A., `Foundation Engineering', McGraw Hill Book Co., Inc. New
York.
3. Cedegren, H.R., `Drainage of Highway and Airfield Pavements', John Wiley and
Sons.
4. IRC 75-1979, `Guidelines for the Design of High Embankments', Indian Roads
Congress.
5. `Recycling Materials for Highways', NCHRP, Synthetics of Highway Practice
No.54, TRB, Washington, 1978.
6. Byson, E. Ruth, `Hot Mix Recycling Construction Methods Quality Control Costs
and Energy', Proceedings of National Symposium on Binder Economy and
Alternate Binders in Road and Building Construction, CRRI, New Delhi, 1981.
7. Robert M. Koerner, `Designing with Geosynthetics, Prentice Hall Publication,
1988.
8. Relevant IRC and other publications of CRRI, New Delhi.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION:
CIE = Test I (Unit I, II &III) = 15 marks Total:
Quiz = 05 marks
50 50
UNIT–VI (AAT) = 15 marks
marks Test II (Unit IV & V) = 15 marks marks
Answer FIVE full questions
Questions Q2 & Q4 from Unit II and Unit IV 20 x 2 =
SEE = respectively shall be answered and shall not have 40 Total:
100 internal choice. Marks 100
marks Questions Q1, Q3 & Q5 from Unit I, Unit III & Unit V 20 x 3= marks
respectively shall be answered & shall have internal 60
choice Marks
Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3
CO1 2 - -
CO2 - 2 -
CO3 - - 3
CO4 - 2 -
CO5 - - 3
1.Low 2. Medium 3. High
HW-43
Course Code 18HW2E1B M.Tech (Highway Engineering)
Category Program Elective Semester : I
Course title PAVEMENT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total Hours = 48
Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): Transportation Engineering

COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES:

1. Remember and Assess The need of PMS
2. Remember and Assess the Project and Network level of PMS
3. Evaluate the decision by Budget optimisation
4. Evaluate the decision by Time Optimisation
5. Assess the conditions and create Design Alternatives

COURSE CONTENTS
UNIT - I
Introduction: Components of pavement management systems, pavement maintenance
measures, planning investment, research management. (08 Hrs)
UNIT - II
Pavement Performance Prediction: Concepts, modelling techniques, structural
condition deterioration models, mechanistic and empirical models, HDM and other
models, comparison of different deterioration models. Functional condition
deterioration models, unevenness prediction models and other models, comparison.
Modelling in rehabilitation budget planning, case studies. (10 Hrs)
UNIT - III
Ranking and Optimisation Methodologies: Recent developments, sample size
selection, economic optimisation of pavement maintenance and rehabilitation.
(10 Hrs)
UNIT - IV
Design Alternatives and Selection: design objectives and constraints, basic structural
response models, physical design inputs, alternate pavement design strategies and
economic evaluation, Reliability concepts in pavement engineering, life cycle costing,
analysis of alternate pavement strategies based on distress and performance, case
studies. (10 Hrs)
UNIT - V
Road Asset Management: Pavement Preservation Programmes, Techniques and Tools
Expert Systems and Pavement Management: Role of computers in pavement
management, applications of expert systems for managing pavements, expert system
for pavement evaluation and rehabilitation, knowledge-based expert systems, case
studies. (10 Hrs)

UNIT - VI
Recent advances and research being done in the topics mentioned in the above units.

HW-44
COURSE OUTCOMES
On completion of this course, Students would be able to perform
1. Evaluation of Pavement condition by Inventory and Condition survey.
2. Determine Ranking of candidate projects.
3. Justify the decision by Budget optimisation
4. Justify the decision by Time Optimisation
5. Understand the conditions and Create Design Alternatives

REFERENCES :
1. Ralph Haas and Ronald W. Hudson, `Pavement Management System',
McGraw Hill Book Co. 1978
2. Ralph Haas , Ronald Hudson and Zanieswki ,`Modern Pavement
Management, Kreiger Publications
3. Proceedings of the International Conference on Managing Pavements
4. Proceedings of International Conference on Structural Design of Asphalt
Pavements
5. NCHRP, TRR, FHWA and TRB Special Reports.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION:

CIE = Test I (Unit I, II &III) = 15 marks Total:

Quiz = 05 marks
50 50
UNIT–VI (AAT) = 15 marks
marks Test II (Unit IV & V) = 15 marks marks
Answer FIVE full questions
Questions Q2 & Q4 from Unit II and Unit IV 20 x 2 =
SEE = respectively shall be answered and shall not have 40 Total:
100 internal choice. Marks 100
marks Questions Q1, Q3 & Q5 from Unit I, Unit III & Unit V 20 x 3= marks
respectively shall be answered & shall have internal 60
choice Marks
Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 3 3 3
CO2 3 3 3
CO3 3 3 3
CO4 3 3 3
CO5 3 3 3

1. Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

HW-45
Course Code 18HW2E1C M.Tech (Highway Engineering)
Category Program Elective Semester : II
SOIL STABILIZATION FOR ROADS AND
Course title
EMBANKMENTS
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total Hours = 48
Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): Pavement Materials
COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES:
1. To demonstrate how theoretical knowledge and observation of engineering
performance assist in rational application of ground modification procedure.
2. Understand the dewatering mechanism.
3. Understanding Soil Reinforcement and Design Principles
4. Knowledge about controlled improvement using geosynthetics.
5. To give a thorough understanding of the various techniques used in ground
improvement.
COURSE CONTENTS

UNIT - I
Introduction: Engineering properties of soft – weak and compressible deposits –
problems associated with weak deposit – Requirements of ground improvements –
introduction to engineering ground modification, need and objectives. (08 Hrs)

UNIT - II
Soil Stabilization: Science of soil stabilization – Mechanical modification – Hydraulic
modification – Dewatering systems – Chemical modification – Modification by
admixtures like lime, Cement, Bitumen etc. – Grouting – Deep jet mixing methods
(10 Hrs)
UNIT - III
Recent Ground improvement techniques: stabilization using industrial waste –
modification by inclusion and confinement – soil nailing – stone column –
compaction piles – dynamic compaction – prefabricated vertical drains – preloading –
electro – osmosis – soil freezing vacuum consolidation – deep explosion – dry
powdered polymers - enzymes (10 Hrs)

UNIT - IV
Soil reinforcement: Historical background, RCC – Vidalean concept of reinforced
earth – Mechanisms – Types of reinforcements – Soil – Reinforcement – Interaction
studies – Internal & External stability criteria – Design Principles of steep reinforced
soil slops – pavements – Embankments on soft soils. (10 Hrs)

UNIT - V
Geo-Synthetics: Geo-synthetic clay liner – Construction details – Geo Synthetic
Materials – Functions – Property characterization – Testing Methods for Geo –
Synthetics – Recent research and Developments. Control of Improvement – Field
Instrumentation – design and analysis for bearing capacity and settlement of improved
deposits. (10 Hrs)

HW-46
 UNIT - VI
Recent advances and research being done in the topics mentioned in the above units.

COURSE OUTCOMES
1. A study of the many different approaches to ground modification broadens the
minds and inspires creativity and innovation in geotechnical construction and
related fields.
2. Understand the dewatering mechanism.
3. Understanding the Idea of Soil Reinforcement and Design Principles
4. Remembering the concept of controlled improvement using geosynthetics.
5. Remembering the facts to make an informed decision on which technique tobe
used in a particular situation.

REFERENCES :
1. Manfired R. Hausmann, Engineering Principles of Ground Modification,
McGraw-Hill Pub, Co., 1990.
2. M C. R. Davies, F.Schlosser Ground improvement geosystems.
3. Koerner, R. M., Designing with geosynthetics, Prentice Hall Inc. 1998.
4. Purushotham Raj, Ground Improvement Techniques, Laxmi Publications, New
Delhi
5. Sharma.S.K., Principles, Practice and Design of Highway Engineering, S. Chand
& Co. New Delhi,1985.
6. Jones C. J. F. P, Earth Reinforcement and Soil Structures, Butterworths, London.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION:

CIE = Test I (Unit I, II &III) = 15 marks Total:

Quiz = 05 marks
50 50
UNIT–VI (AAT) = 15 marks
marks Test II (Unit IV & V) = 15 marks marks
Answer FIVE full questions
Questions Q3 & Q4 from Unit III and Unit IV 20 x 2 =
SEE = respectively shall be answered and shall not have 40 Total:
100 internal choice. Marks 100
marks Questions Q1, Q2 & Q5 from Unit I, Unit II & Unit V 20 x 3= marks
respectively shall be answered & shall have internal 60
choice Marks
Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 3 3 3
CO2 3 3 3
CO3 2 3 3
CO4 2 3 3
CO5 2 3 3

1. Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

HW-47
Course Code 18HW2E2A M.Tech (Highway Engineering)
Category Program Elective Semester : II
Course title TRANSPORTATION AND LAND USE PLANNING
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total Hours = 48
Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): Transportation Engineering
COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES:
1. Recall basic concepts and methods of urban transportation planning in the India.
2. Summarize methods of designing, conducting and administering surveys to
provide the data required for transportation planning.
3. Examine and apply travel demand modelling, Mode Choice Modelling and Traffic
Assignment Modelling.
4. Formulate the need of land use modelling and illustrate land use models for urban
transportation planning.
5. Analysis on planning alternatives.

COURSE CONTENTS
UNIT - I
Land use and Transportation System: Introduction-Urban system Components-
Concepts and definitions-Criteria for measuring urban sprawl— Location theory-
urban growth or decline (08 Hrs)

UNIT - II
Transportation Planning Process: Introduction-Definition-Factors to be considered;
Land use transportation planning; systems approach-Stages-Inventory of Existing
Conditions-Difficulties in implementation. (10 Hrs)

UNIT - III
Transport Surveys: Basic Movements- Study Area-Zones-Surveys- Planning of
different types of surveys and interpretation, Travel demand; Traffic surveys for mass
transit system planning. (10 Hrs)

UNIT - IV
Trip Generation and Distribution: Factors governing trip generation and attraction –
Application of Regression Analysis- Methods of trip distribution; Growth and
Synthetic Models Calibration and Application of gravity model.-Category analysis.
Problems (10 Hrs)

UNIT - V
Modal Split and Assignment: Factors affecting modal split; Modal split in transport
planning; Principles of traffic assignment; assignment techniques. Problems,
Land Use Models – Lowry Model-Hansen‘s Accessibility Model-Density -Saturation
Gradient Model-Problems (Except on Lowry Model) (10 Hrs)

UNIT - VI
Recent advances and research being done in the topics mentioned in the above units.

HW-48
COURSE OUTCOMES:
1. Evaluate by conduct surveys to provide the data required for transportation
planning.
2. Create zonal demand generation and attraction regression models.
3. Create demand distribution models (gravity models) and modal split models for
mode choice analysis.
4. Create and calibrate trip generation rates for specific types of land use
developments.
5. Analyse among planning alternatives that best integrate multiple objectives such
as technical feasibility and cost minimization.

REFERENCES :
1. Kadiyali, L. R., `Traffic Engineering and Transportation Planning' - Khanna
Publication, New Delhi, 2009
2. JotinKhisty and B. Kent Lall― Transportation Engineering –An Introduction- PHI,
New Delhi, 3rd Indian Edition, 2006.
3. Hutchinson, B.G., `Principles of Urban Transport System Planning' - McGraw
Hill Book Co., London, UK, 1982.
4. Institute of Traffic Engineers - An Introduction to Highway Transportation
Engineering 'New York., 1982

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION:

CIE = Test I (Unit I, II &III) = 15 marks Total:

Quiz = 05 marks
50 50
Test II (Unit IV & V) = 15 marks UNIT–VI (AAT) = 15 marks
marks marks
Answer FIVE full questions
Questions Q2 & Q4 from Unit II and Unit IV 20 x 2 =
SEE = respectively shall be answered and shall not have 40 Total:
100 internal choice. Marks 100
marks Questions Q1, Q3 & Q5 from Unit I, Unit III & Unit V 20 x 3= marks
respectively shall be answered & shall have internal 60
choice Marks
Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 3 2 3
CO2 3 3 3
CO3 3 1 3
CO4 1 1 2
CO5 2 1 3

1. Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

HW-49
Course Code 18HW2E2B M.Tech (Highway Engineering)
Category Program Elective Semester : II
Course title ROAD SAFETY AND TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total Hours = 48
Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): Traffic Engineering
COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES:
1. Analyze the effect of driver characteristics, roadway characteristics, climatic
factors on highway safety..
2. Plan and design a road safety improvement program..
3. Analyse accident data and suggest safety measures.
4. Evaluation of road safety.
5. Interpretation accident data using statistical analysis.

COURSE CONTENTS

UNIT - I
Road accidents, causes, scientific investigations and data collection. Analysis of
individual accidents to arrive at real causes; statistical methods of analysis of accident
data, application of computer analysis of accident data. (08 Hrs)

UNIT - II
Safety in Road Design – Accident prevention through better planning and design of
roads –planning road networks by land use planning, route planning, traffic planning
for different land uses etc., designing for safety through link design, design of road
geometrics etc., junction design for safety, Operating the road network for safety,
highway operation and counter-measures, road safety audit, principles- procedures
and practice, code of good practice and checklists. (10 Hrs)

UNIT - III
Road safety issues and various measures for road safety. Engineering, education and
enforcement measures for improving road safety. Short term and long term measures.
Road safety education and training. Traffic calming techniques and innovative ideas
in road safety. (10 Hrs)

UNIT - IV
Economic evaluation of improvement measures by "before and after studies" Counter
measures at hazardous locations – accident investigation, problem diagnosis,
development of counter measures, checklists for counter measures. (10 Hrs)

UNIT - V
Traffic management techniques. Local area management. Transportation system
management. Low cost measures, area traffic control. Various types of medium and
long term traffic management measures and their uses. Evaluation of the effectiveness
and benefits of different traffic management measures, management and safety
practices during road works. Case studies. (10 Hrs)

HW-50
 UNIT - VI
Recent advances and research being done in the topics mentioned in the above units.

COURSE OUTCOMES
After studying this course, students will be able to:
1. Analyse the effect of driver characteristics, roadway characteristics, climatic
factors on highway safety..
2. Plan and design a road safety improvement program..
3. Analyze accident data and suggest safety measures.
4. Evaluate the Road Safety
5. Interpret accident data using statistical models

REFERENCES :
1. BABKOV, V.F. `Road conditions and Traffic Safety', MIR publications, - 1975.
2. K.W. Ogden, `Safer Roads – A Guide to Road Safety Engg.‘ Averbury Technical,
Ashgate Publishing Ltd., Aldershot, England, 1996.
3. Kadiyali, L.R., `Traffic Engineering and Transport Planning', Khanna
Publications.
4. Pignataro, Louis, `Traffic Engineering - Theory and Practice', John Wiley.
5. RRL, DSIR, `Research on Road Safety', HMSO, London.
6. IRC Third Highway Safety Workshop, Lecture Notes 1978 and other IRC
publications.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION:

CIE = Test I (Unit I, II &III) = 15 marks Total:

Quiz = 05 marks
50 50
Test II (Unit IV & V) = 15 marks UNIT–VI (AAT) = 15 marks
marks marks
Answer FIVE full questions
Questions Q2 & Q3 from Unit II and Unit III 20 x 2 =
SEE = respectively shall be answered and shall not have 40 Total:
100 internal choice. Marks 100
marks Questions Q1, Q4 & Q5 from Unit I, Unit IV & Unit V 20 x 3= marks
respectively shall be answered & shall have internal 60
choice Marks
Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 2 1 3
CO2 2 1 3
CO3 3 1 3
CO4 2 1 3
CO5 3 1 3
1. Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

HW-51
Course Code 18HW2E2C M.Tech (Highway Engineering)
Category Program Elective Semester : II
Course title ADVANCED TRAFFIC ENGINEERING
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total Hours = 48
Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): Traffic Engineering
COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES:
1. Analyse the factors affecting performance of road traffic and the various traffic
studies needed for the analysis of traffic flow.
2. Creating Traffic Forecast Models.
3. Determining Design Hourly volume and understanding critical Hour Concept.
4. Understanding Highway Capacity and Analysing the Mixed traffic Flow.
5. Understand the traffic flow theories

COURSE CONTENTS

UNIT - I
Traffic Forecast: General travel forecasting principles, different methods of traffic
forecast - Mechanical and analytical methods, Demand relationships, methods for
future projection (08 Hrs)

UNIT - II
Design Hourly Volume For Varying Demand Conditions: Concept of Design vehicle
units and determination of PCU under mixed traffic conditions, Price-volume
relationships, demand functions. Determination of design hourly volume; critical
hour concept. (10 Hrs)

UNIT - III
Highway Capacity: Factors affecting capacity, level of service; Capacity studies -
Capacity of different highway facilities including unsignalised and signalised
intersections. Problems in Mixed Traffic flow; Case studies. (10 Hrs)

UNIT - IV
Accident Analysis: Analysis of individual accidents and statistical data; Methods of
representing accident rate; Factors in traffic accidents; influence of roadway and
traffic conditions on traffic safety; accident coefficients; Driver strains due to
roadway and traffic conditions. (10 Hrs)

UNIT - V
Traffic Flow Theory: Fundamental flow relationship and their applications, Traffic
flow theories and applications; Shock waves; Queuing theory and applications.
Probabilistic Aspects Of Traffic Flow: Vehicle arrivals, distribution models, gaps and
headway distribution models; gap acceptance merging parameters, applications.
(10 Hrs)
UNIT - VI
Recent advances and research being done in the topics mentioned in the above units.

HW-52
COURSE OUTCOMES
After studying this course, students will be able to:
1. Gets the knowledge of factors affecting road traffic, traffic Forecast and Demand.
2. Differentiate the merits and demerits of signalised and unsignalised intersections.
3. Conduct Accident analysis and determine the causes of accidents and preventive
measures for accidents.
4. Understand the concepts of level of service and capacity studies.
5. Remembering the traffic flow theories

REFERENCES :
1. BABKOV, V.F. `Road conditions and Traffic Safety', MIR publications, - 1975.
2. Kadiyali, L.R., `Traffic Engineering and Transport Planning', Khanna
Publications.
3. Drew, D.R., `Traffic Flow Theory and Control', McGraw Hill Book Co.
4. Wohl and Martin, Traffic Systems Analysis for Engineers and Planners', McGraw
Hill Book Co.
5. Pignataro, Louis, `Traffic Engineering - Theory and Practice', John Wiley.
6. RRL, DSIR, `Research on Road Safety', HMSO, London.
7. IRC Third Highway Safety Workshop, Lecture Notes 1978 and other IRC
publications.
8. Barenbag, `Traffic Flow Theory' - Monograph
9. Gerlan, D.L. and Hember, M.J., `Traffic Flow Theory' - A Monograph, Special
report 165 TRRB.
10. Institute of Transportation Engineers, `Manual of Transportation Engineering
Studies', Prentice Hall.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION:
CIE = Test I (Unit I, II &III) = 15 marks Total:
Quiz = 05 marks
50 50
Test II (Unit IV & V) = 15 marks UNIT–VI (AAT) = 15 marks
marks marks
Answer FIVE full questions
Questions Q1 & Q4 from Unit I and Unit IV 20 x 2 =
SEE = respectively shall be answered and shall not have 40 Total:
100 internal choice. Marks 100
marks Questions Q2, Q3 & Q5 from Unit II, Unit III & Unit 20 x 3= marks
V respectively shall be answered & shall have internal 60
choice Marks
Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3
CO1 3 2 3
CO2 3 3 3
CO3 3 3 2
CO4 2 3 2
CO5 2 3 2
1. Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

HW-53
Course Code 18HW2L01 M.Tech (Highway Engineering)
Category Laboratory Semester : II
Course title ADVANCED PAVEMENT LABORATORY
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total Hours = 48
Credits
0 0 4 0 2
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): NIL

COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES:

Illustrate application of soft computing techniques for solving transportation problems
1. Illustrate the application of software for analyzing traffic survey data
2. Evaluation of Pavement functional condition
3. Evaluation of Pavement structural condition
4. Explain and illustrate generation of models for transportation planning
5. Introduce the methods of designing geometry of highways using computer
software
COURSE CONTENTS

Functional Evaluation of Pavement using

1. Portable Skid Resistance Tester
2. Dynamic Skid Resistance Tester(Demo Only)
3. Road Unevenness using Profilograph (Demo Only)
4. Road Unevenness using Multiple Wheel Uneveness Indicator (Demo Only)
5. Road Unevenness using Merlin
6. Road Unevenness using Tracking Task Device (Demo)
7. Road Unevenness using 5th Wheel Bump Integrator (Demo Only)
8. Road Unevenness using RoMDAS/Vehicle mounted Bump Integrator (Demo)
9. Pavement Distress Inventory.
Structural Evaluation of the Pavement
10. Benkleman Beam Deflection Studies (Demo)
11. Dynamic Cone Penetration Test
12. Plate Load Test
13. Wheel Load Test
14. Fatigue Test on soil, granular aggregates, and bituminous mixes.
Traffic Studies:
A. Analysis Traffic Volume Count
B. Analysis Origin and Destination Studies
C. Analysis Speed and Delay Studies
Analysis Axle Load Studies and Determination of Vehicle Damage Factor

Use of Softwares: (Theory)

1. HDM IV
2. KENPAVE
3. IIT Pave
4. Mx-Roads

HW-54
COURSE OUTCOMES:
The student should be able to
1. Evaluate and Analyse the output from traffic surveys
2. Identify the adequacy of the pavement performance- functional.
3. Identify the adequacy of the pavement performance- structural.
4. Design the geometry of highways.
5. Characterization the Pavement Layers

REFERENCES :
1. User Manuals of various packages
2. Relevant IRC publications
3. C.S. Papacostas and P.D. Prevedouros ―Transportation engineering & Planning‖,
PHI learning
4. Khanna, S.K., Justo, C.E.G., and Veeraragavan, A., `Highway Engineering‘, Nem
Chandand Bros, Roorkee

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

Semester End
Continuous Internal Evaluation Marks Marks
Evaluation(SEE)
(Laboratory – 50 Marks)
Laboratory (100 Marks)
Performance of the student in the
20 Write up
laboratory, every week 10
70
Test at the end of the semester 20 Experimentation
Viva voce 10 Viva voce 20
Total 100
Total (CIE) 50 Total (SEE) 50*

Note: * = SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks for practical and the marks obtained
shall be reduced for 50 Marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 3 3 3
CO2 3 3 3
CO3 3 3 3
CO4 3 3 3
CO5 3 3 3

1. Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

HW-55
Course Code 18HW2S01 M.Tech (Highway Engineering)
Category Seminar Semester : II
Course title SEMINAR II
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total hours = 24
Credits
0 0 2 0 1
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 0 Total Max. Marks: 50 Duration of SEE: ---
Prerequisites (if any): NIL

COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES:

The objectives of the SEMINAR-II is to prepare the students to learn to:
1. Carry out the literature review of general research area/current topic and
analyse the same effectively.
2. Prepare a technical report, reflecting his/her depth of understanding, on the
selected area/topic and prepare content rich presentation.
3. Acquire communication and time management skills for effective and impactful
presentation. Interact with peers to acquire the qualities of thoughtfulness,
friendliness, adaptability, responsiveness, and politeness in-group discussion.
Overcome stage fear during oral presentation.

GUIDE LINES
1. Seminar preparation and presentation is an individual student activity.
2. Topic may be of general/ specific interest to program of engineering or electives
not offered in the semester and to be selected in consultation with the
faculty/Guide assigned.
3. Select one pertinent research paper/topic for the seminar presentation.
4. Prepare and submit a detailed technical report of the seminar topic.

COURSE OUTCOMES:
Students shall be able to:
1. Carry out the literature survey of topic of seminar.
2. Prepare a technical report on the selected area/topic.
3. Make an effective presentation with seamless flow of content within the time
allocated. Overcome inhibition in interacting with peers and hence develop the
spirit of team work.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

CIE – 50 Phase -1 Marks =10 Seminar Report Total:50

marks Phase -2 Marks =20 Marks =20 Marks

HW-56
Scheme of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE):

Evaluation would be carried out in TWO phases. The Seminar Evaluation Committee
shall comprise of Chairperson of the Department, Faculty/Guide and one more faculty
member nominated by Chairperson of the Department. The evaluation criteria shall be
as per the rubrics given below:

Rubrics for Evaluation: Weightage

Topic - Technical Relevance, Sustainability and Societal Concerns : 15%

Review of literature and technical content : 35%
Presentation Skills : 25%
Report of seminar : 25%

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 2 2 3
CO2 2 3 3
CO3 - 2 -

1. Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

HW-57
Course Code 18CV2M01 M.Tech. (Highway Engineering)
Category Mandatory Audit Semester: II
Course title PEDAGOGY STUDIES (AUDIT COURSE-II)
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total Hours: 24
Credits
2 0 0 0 1
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: -- Total Max. Marks: 50 Duration of SEE: --
Prerequisites (if any): NIL

COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES:

1. Understand and apply the best practices in Pedagogy studies.
2. Analyse the different pedagogy approaches for effective teaching learning
process.
3. Apply the modern tools used in pedagogy.

COURSE CONTENTS

UNIT –I
 Introduction and Methodology:
 Aims and rationale, Policy background, Conceptual framework and terminology.
 Theories of learning, Curriculum, Teacher education.
 Conceptual framework, Research question.
 Overview of methodology and searching. (05 Hrs)

UNIT –II
 Thematic overview: Pedagogical practices are being used by teachers in formal
and informal classrooms in developing countries.
 Curriculum, teacher education, usage of modern tools. (04 Hrs)

UNIT –III
 Evidence on the effectiveness of pedagogical practices.
 Methodology for the in depth stage: quality assessment of included studies.
 How can teacher education (curriculum and practicum) and the school curriculum
and guidance materials best support effective pedagogy?
 Theory of change.
 Strength and nature of the body of evidence for effective pedagogical practices.
 Pedagogic theory and pedagogical approaches.
 Teacher‘s attitudes and beliefs and pedagogic strategies. (05 Hrs)

UNIT –IV
 Professional development; alignment with classroom practices and follow-up
support.
 Peer support
 Support from the head teacher and the community.
 Curriculum and assessment.
 Barriers to learning: limited resources and large class sizes. (05 Hrs)

HW-58
 UNIT –V
 Research gaps and future directions
 Research design
 Contexts
 Pedagogy
 Teacher education
 Curriculum and assessment
 Dissemination and research impact. (05 Hrs)

COURSE OUTCOMES:
Students shall be able to:
1. Discuss and compare the different practices of Pedagogy studies for effective
teaching and learning.
2. Emphasise on different Pedagogy approaches for enhanced teaching learning
process.
3. Implement the capabilities of modern tools used in Pedagogy studies.

REFERENCES:
1. Ackers J, Hardman F (2001) Classroom interaction in Kenyan primary schools,
Compare, 31 (2): 245-261.
2. Agrawal M (2004) Curriculum reform in school: The importance of evaluation,
Journal of Curriculum Studies, 36(3): 361-379.
3. Akyeampong K (2003) Teacher training in Ghana – does it count? Multi-site
teacher education research project (MUSTER) country report 1. London: DFID.
4. Akyeampong K, Lussier K, Proyor J, Westbrook J (2013) Improving teaching and
learning of basic maths and reading in Africa: Does teacher preparation count?
International Journal Educational Development, 33 (3): 272-282.
5. Alexander RJ (2001) Culture and pedagogy: International comparisons in primary
education. Oxford and Boston; Blackwell.
6. Chavan M (2003) Read India: A mass scale, rapid, ‗learning to read‘ campaign.
7. www.pratham.org/images/resource%20working%20paper%202.pdf.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

Test I (Unit I, II &III) = 15 marks

CIE – 50 Quiz = 5 marks Total:50
marks Unit-VI(AAT) = 15 marks marks
Test II (Unit IV & V) = 15 marks

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 - - 1
CO2 - - 1
CO3 1 1 1
1. Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

HW-59
 THIRD SEMISTER
Course Code 18HW3E1A M.Tech (Highway Engineering)
Category Program Elective Semester : III
ROAD CONSTRUCTION PLANNING AND PROJECT
Course title
MANAGEMENT
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total Hours = 48
Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): Highway Construction
COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES:
1. Understand the highway planning process and difficulties or failures associated
with planning process.
2. Understands the cost of materials, man power and equipment in budget
preparations for highway projects.
3. Identify suitable equipment and their selection in the production of pavement
materials.
4. Analyse the various tasks involved in a road project and sequence them for
effective and optimum outcome using tools like CPM and PERT.
5. Understand the Use of software or management tools to manage the resources,
cost and duration of equipment.

COURSE CONTENTS
UNIT - I
Various types of highway development projects in progress in India and their scope.
Planning of new highway projects, consideration of alternative alignments, horizontal
and vertical, requirements and availability of alternate of construction materials.
Choice of pavement type, materials and specifications of pavement layers. Planning
different machinery for road project, their type, capacity and number, Optimum
location of crushers, mixing plants. (10Hrs)
UNIT - II
Project Management Technique, Planning various construction activities and their
sequence. Application of CPM & PERT. (08Hrs)
UNIT - III
Planning of road improvement and up-gradation projects, Planning and construction
method for road projects involving widening and strengthening of existing road
pavements, construction of new carriage-way for six-lane and four-lane divided
highway. (10 Hrs)
UNIT - IV
Use of project management software packages like Primavera, MS Project etc.
Preparation of BOQ, estimates , Contract and tender , arbitration, escalation of rates.
(10 Hrs)
UNIT - V
Road contracts, different types, procurement guidelines, contract documentation, legal
issues in contract management. Value engineering, contract maintenance. Safety
aspects during road construction projects. (10 Hrs)
UNIT - VI
Recent advances and research being done in the topics mentioned in the above units.

HW-60
COURSE OUTCOMES:
After studying this course, students will be able to:
1. Understand the highway planning process and difficulties or failures associated
with planning process.
2. Understands the cost of materials, man power and equipment in budget
preparations for highway projects.
3. Identify suitable equipment and their selection in the production of pavement
materials.
4. Analyse the various tasks involved in a road project and sequence them for
effective and optimum outcome using tools like CPM and PERT.
5. Understand the Use of software or management tools to manage the resources,
cost and duration of equipment.

REFERENCES :
1. Peurifoy R.L. - `Construction, Planning, Equipment and Method‘. McGraw Hill
Book Co.
2. IRC Codes and MoRTH Specifications
3. B.C. Punmia and Khandelwala – CPM & PERT, Laxmi Publications
4. Deodar S.V ‗Construction Equipment and Job Planning‘, Khanna Publishers.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION:

CIE = Test I (Unit I, II &III) = 15 marks Total:

Quiz = 05 marks
50 50
UNIT–VI (AAT) = 15 marks
marks Test II (Unit IV & V) = 15 marks marks
Answer FIVE full questions
Questions Q2 & Q4 from Unit II and Unit IV 20 x 2 =
SEE = respectively shall be answered and shall not have 40 Total:
100 internal choice. Marks 100
marks Questions Q1, Q3 & Q5 from Unit I, Unit III & Unit V 20 x 3= marks
respectively shall be answered & shall have internal 60
choice Marks
Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 3 2 3
CO2 3 2 3
CO3 3 1 3
CO4 3 2 3
CO5 3 2 3
1. Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

HW-61
Course Code 18HW3E1B M.Tech (Highway Engineering)
Category Program Elective Semester : III
Course title ROAD TRANSPORT MANAGEMENT AND ECONOMICS
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total Hours = 48
Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): Highway Economics

COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES:

1. Understand and familiarize with Motor Vehicles Act,
2. Understand and Create Economics, principle, supply and demand models,
3. Analyse Equilibrium & sensitivity of travel demand Elasticity,
4. Understand the Economic analysis & Highway financing
5. Understanding the concept of Financing of Road Projects

COURSE CONTENTS

UNIT - I
Motor Vehicles Act - statutory provision for road transport and connected
organisations. Route scheduling, Freight transport, Vehicle scheduling, Optimum fleet
size, Headway control strategies, Crew scheduling. (8 Hrs)

UNIT - II
Depots and Terminals - Principles and types of layout, Depot location, Twin depot
concept, Crew facilities. Design of parking facilities – Bus terminal, bus stops and bus
bays (10 Hrs)

UNIT - III
Transportation costs - Supply and demand - elasticity of demand; Supply of transport
services - Economics of traffic congestion - Pricing policy. Vehicle operating costs -
Fuel costs - Maintenance and spares - Depreciation - Crew costs - Value of travel time
savings - Accident costs. (10 Hrs)

UNIT - IV
Economic analysis of projects - Methods of evaluation - Cost-benefit ratio, first year
rate of return, net present value, and internal-rate of return methods; Indirect costs and
benefits of transport projects. (10 Hrs)

UNIT - V
Financing of road projects - methods – Private Public Partnership (PPP) - Toll
collection - Economic viability of Build-Operate-Transfer Schemes – Risk Analysis -
Case Studies. (10 Hrs)
UNIT - VI
Recent advances and research being done in the topics mentioned in the above units.

HW-62
COURSE OUTCOMES:
On completion of this course, Students would be able to
1. Understand the road user requirement and laws in the land of India.
2. Understand the strategies to control Depots and terminals and also design the
parking lots.
3. Analyse and Justify economic and financial analysis of highway projects
4. Remember the Motor Vehicle Act
5. Understand the method of financing of road projects.

REFERENCES :
1. Winfrey, Economic analysis for Highways, International Textbook Company,
Pennsylvania, 1969.
2. CRRI, Road User Cost Study in India, New Delhi, 1982
3. IRC, Manual on Economic Evaluation of Highway Projects in India, SP30,
2007

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION:

CIE = Test I (Unit I, II &III) = 15 marks Total:

Quiz = 05 marks
50 50
Test II (Unit IV & V) = 15 marks UNIT–VI (AAT) = 15 marks
marks marks
Answer FIVE full questions
Questions Q3 & Q4 from Unit III and Unit IV 20 x 2 =
SEE = respectively shall be answered and shall not have 40 Total:
100 internal choice. Marks 100
marks Questions Q1, Q2 & Q5 from Unit I, Unit II & Unit V 20 x 3= marks
respectively shall be answered & shall have internal 60
choice Marks
Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 3 3 2
CO2 3 1 2
CO3 3 1 2
CO4 3 1 2
CO5 3 3 3

1. Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

HW-63
Course Code 18HW3E1C M.Tech (Highway Engineering)
Category Program Elective Semester : III
Course title TRANSPORTATION SYSTEMS
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total Hours = 48
Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): Transportation Engineering
COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES:
1. Recalling the history of transportation development and to compare the different
modes.
2. Understand the planning and design principles of Rail transport systems.
3. Understand the planning and design principles of Air transport systems.
4. Understand the planning and design principles of Water transport systems.
5. Understand the problems of urban transportation and their solutions.

COURSE CONTENTS

UNIT - I
Historical development of transport in India - 20 year Road Plans, National Transport
Policy Recommendations, IRC, CRRI, Vision 2021, NHDP, PMGSY. Characteristics
of different modes of transport and their integration and interactions - impact on
environment. (08 Hrs)

UNIT - II
Planning of railway - Passenger and goods terminals - layout - passenger facilities -
traffic control. (10 Hrs)

UNIT - III
Airport Planning, requirements and components. Design of runway and taxiway -
Apron - parking configuration - terminal requirements - Airport marking and lighting
- Air traffic control. (10 Hrs)

UNIT - IV
Planning of Harbours and ports - cargo handling - Containerization - Navigation aids -
Inland waterways - Pipeline transportation. (10 Hrs)

UNIT - V
Urban transportation Systems - Mass rapid transit system - Light rail transit - Personal
rapid transit, guided way systems, cabin taxi, dual mode bus - Para transit systems -
Demand responsive system - Intermediate public transport. (10 Hrs)

UNIT - VI
Recent advances and research being done in the topics mentioned in the above units.

HW-64
COURSE OUTCOMES:
On completion of this course, Students would be able to
1. Remember the history of history of transportation development and modes.
2. Recall and apply the principles of and planning of Rail transportation.
3. Recall and apply the principles of and planning of Air transportation.
4. Recall and apply the principles of and planning of Water transportation.
5. Solve the problems in urban transportation.

REFERENCES :
1. Paquette, R.J., et al, Transportation Engineering Planning and Design, John Wiley
& Sons, New York, 1982
2. Govt. of India, National Transport Policy, 1982
3. Govt. of India, Road Plan 2001-1981
4. M.M. Agarwal, Railway Engineering, Prabha & Co., 1997.
5. Horonjoff, Planning and Design of Airports, Mc. Graw- Hill, Inc.,1962.
6. Quinn,A.D., Design and Construction of Ports and Marine Structures, Mc. Graw-
Hill,Inc.,1961
7. Alan Black, Urban Mass Transportation Planning, Mc. Graw-Hill, Inc.1995

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION:

CIE = Test I (Unit I, II &III) = 15 marks Total:

Quiz = 05 marks
50 50
Test II (Unit IV & V) = 15 marks UNIT–VI (AAT) = 15 marks
marks marks
Answer FIVE full questions
Questions Q1 & Q3 from Unit I and Unit III 20 x 2 =
SEE = respectively shall be answered and shall not have 40 Total:
100 internal choice. Marks 100
marks Questions Q2, Q4 & Q5 from Unit II, Unit IV & Unit 20 x 3= marks
V respectively shall be answered & shall have internal 60
choice Marks
Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 1 2 3
CO2 1 1 3
CO3 1 1 3
CO4 1 1 3
CO5 2 2 3

1. Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

HW-65
Course Code 18HW3S01 M.Tech (Highway Engineering)
Category Seminar Semester : III
Course title SEMINAR III
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total hours = 24
Credits
0 0 2 0 1
CIE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 50
Prerequisites (if any): NIL

COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES:

The objectives of the SEMINAR-III is to prepare the students to learn to:

1. Carry out the literature review of general research area/current topic and
analyse the same effectively.
2. Prepare a technical report, reflecting his/her depth of understanding, on the
selected area/topic and prepare content rich presentation.
3. Acquire communication and time management skills for effective and impactful
presentation. Interact with peers to acquire the qualities of thoughtfulness,
friendliness, adaptability, responsiveness, and politeness in-group discussion.

GUIDE LINES
1. Seminar preparation and presentation is an individual student activity.
2. Topic may be of general/ specific interest to program of engineering or electives
not offered in the semester and to be selected in consultation with the
faculty/Guide assigned.
3. Select one pertinent research paper/topic for the seminar presentation.
4. Prepare and submit a detailed technical report of the seminar topic.

COURSE OUTCOMES:
Students shall be able to:
1. Carry out the literature survey of topic of seminar.
2. Prepare a technical report on the selected area/topic.
3. Make an effective presentation with seamless flow of content within the time
allocated. Overcome inhibition in interacting with peers and hence develop the
spirit of team work.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

CIE – 50 Phase -1 Marks =10 Seminar Report Total:50

marks Phase -2 Marks =20 Marks =20 Marks

HW-66
Scheme of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE):

Evaluation would be carried out in TWO phases. The Seminar Evaluation Committee
shall comprise of Chairperson of the Department, Faculty/Guide and one more faculty
member nominated by Chairperson of the Department. The evaluation criteria shall be
as per the rubrics given below:

Rubrics for Evaluation: Weightage

Topic - Technical Relevance, Sustainability and Societal Concerns : 15%

Review of literature and technical content : 35%
Presentation Skills : 25%
Report of seminar : 25%

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 2 2 3
CO2 2 3 3
CO3 - 2 -

1. Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

HW-67
Course Code 18HW3I01 M.Tech (Highway Engineering)
Category Internship/Mini Project Semester : III
Course title INTERNSHIP / MINI PROJECT
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total Hours = 80
Credits
0 0 10 0 5
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): NIL

INTERNSHIP
COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES:
Objectives of the internship:
1. Provide an opportunity to see how classroom and textbook learning applies to the
real world, and to expose the students to the relevant work experience.
2. Pay close attention to all the steps that go onto completing a job, thereby, help
students to become workforce ready before entering the job market as a
graduate. Provide an opportunity to select the topic of dissertation work by
evaluating the requirement of organisation.
3. Prepare and present a technical report of internship.

GUIDELINES
1. Student has to approach the concerned heads of various Industries/organization,
which are related to the field of specialization of the M. Tech program.
2. If any student gets internship, he/she has to submit the internship offer letter duly
signed by the concerned authority of the company to the Chairperson of the
Department.
3. The internship on full time basis will be immediately after the examination of II
semester and during vacation of III semester for a minimum period of 8 weeks
without affecting the regular class work.
4. The progress has to be reported periodically Internship Guide assigned by the
Chairperson as per the format acceptable to the respective industry /organizations
and to the Institution.
5. At the end of the internship the student has to prepare and submit a detailed report
and submit.
6. Students are advised to use ICT tools such as Skype to report their progress and
submission of periodic progress reports to the faculty in charge or guide.
7. Duly signed report from guide and external supervisor from the organization
where internship is offered has to be submitted to the Chairperson of the
Department for evaluation.
The broad format of the internship final report shall contain Cover Page,
Certificate from College, Certificate from Industry / Organization of internship,
Acknowledgement, Synopsis, Table of Contents, chapters of Profile of the
Organization - Organizational structure, Products, Services, Business Partners,
Financials, Manpower, Societal Concerns, Professional Practices, Activities of the
Department where internship is done, Tasks Performed and summary of the
tasks performed. specific technical and soft skills that student has acquired during
internship, References & Annexure.

HW-68
COURSE OUTCOMES:
The student will be able to:
1. Apply the gained experience along with the theoretical knowledge to solve the
real world problems what engineers ready do.
2. Get equipped with experience required before entering the job market. Explore
the possibility of formulating the dissertation problem.
3. Prepare a technical report and make a presentation of details of internship.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION
1.Marks awarded by guide (Internal examiner) = 50 marks
50*
CIE 2.Marks awarded by the department internship/mini project
Marks
monitoring committee = 50 marks
Presentation of internship work in the presence of Guide (Internal 50**
SEE
examiner) and external examiner = 100 marks Marks
Note: *= CIE be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.
**= SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be
reduced for 50 marks.

Rubrics for CIE:

Sl. Particulars Weightage Total
no marks
1 Topic of internship 10%
2 Objectives of internship 10%
3 Specific skills acquired 20%
50*
4 Documentation 40%
5 Presentation 20%
Total 100%

Rubrics for SEE:

Sl. Particulars Weightage Total
no marks
1 Topic of internship 10%
2 Objectives of internship 10%
3 Specific skills acquired 20%
50**
4 Document 40%
5 Presentation 20%
Total 100%
Note: ** = SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be
reduced for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3
CO1 3 - 2
CO2 2 - 2
CO3 - 3 -
1. Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

HW-69
 MINI PROJECT
COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES:
1. Understand the method of applying engineering knowledge/use application
software to solve specific problems after carrying out relevant literature survey.
2. Apply engineering and management principles while executing the project.
3. Demonstrate the skills for good technical report writing and presentation.

COURSE CONTENT/GUIDELINES

Student shall take up small problems in the field of domain of program as mini
project. It can be related to a solution to an engineering problem, verification and
analysis of experimental data available, conducting experiments on various
engineering subjects, material characterisation, familiarising a software tool for
solution to selected engineering problem, etc.

The mini project must be carried out preferably using the resources available in the
department/college and it can be of interdisciplinary also .

COURSE OUTCOMES:
The students shall be able to:
1. Conduct experiments / use the capabilities of relevant application software/
simulation tools individually to generate data/ solve problems.
2. Assess the available engineering resources available in the institution.
3. Prepare and present a technical document of mini project.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

1.Marks awarded by guide (Internal examiner) = 50 marks

50*
CIE 2.Marks awarded by the department internship/mini project
Marks
monitoring committee = 50 marks
Presentation of mini project work in the presence of Guide 50**
SEE
(Internal examiner) and external examiner = 100 marks Marks

Note: *= CIE be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.
**= SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be
reduced for 50 marks.

HW-70
Rubrics for CIE:

Sl. Particulars Weightage Total

no marks
1 Selection of the topic & formulation of objectives 10%
2 Modelling and simulation / algorithm 25%
development / experiment setup
3 Conducting experiments/implementation/testing 25% 50*
4 Demonstration & Presentation 15%
5 Report writing 25%
Total 100%

Rubrics for SEE:

The SEE shall be done by two examiners out of which one examiner is the guide of
mini project. The following weightage would be given for the examination.
Evaluation shall be done in batches, not exceeding 6 students.

Sl. Particulars Weightage Total

no marks
1 Brief write-up about the project 10%
2 Presentation/demonstration of the project 20%
3 Methodology and Experimental Results & Discussion 25%
50**
4 Report 25%
5 Viva Voce 20%
Total 100%

Note: ** = SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be
reduced for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 3 - 3
CO2 2 - 3
CO3 - 3 -

1. Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

HW-71
Course Code 18HW3D01 M.Tech (Highway Engineering)
Category Dissertation Work Semester III
Course title DISSERTATION WORK PHASE I
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and L T P S Credits Total hours = 80
Credits
0 0 10 0 5
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks:50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 1Hour
Prerequisites (if any): NIL

COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES:

1. Choose a problem applying relevant knowledge and skills acquired during the
course. Formulate the specifications of the project work, identify the set of
feasible solutions, prepare, and execute project plan considering professional,
cultural and societal factors. Identify the problem-solving methodology using
literature survey and present the same.
2. Develop experimental planning and select appropriate techniques and tools to
conduct experiments to Evaluate and critically examine the outcomes followed by
concluding the results and identifying relevant applications. Preparation of
synopsis, preliminary report for approval of topic selected along with literature
survey, objectives and methodology.
3. Develop oral and written communication skills to effectively convey the technical
content.

GUIDELINES

The Dissertation work will start in III semester and should be a problem with research
potential and should involve scientific research, design, generation/collection and
analysis of data, determining solution and must preferably bring out the individual
contribution.

The Dissertation work will have to be done by only one student and the topic of
dissertation must be decided by the guide and the student. The dissertation work shall
be carried out, on-campus or in an industry or in an organisation with prior approval
from the Chairperson of the Department. The student has to be in regular contact with
the guide atleast once in a week.

The report of Dissertation work phase I shall contain cover page, certificate from
College/Industry/Organisation, Acknowledgement, List of Figures and Tables
Contents, Nomenclature, Chapters of Introduction including motivation to choose
topic, Literature survey, Conclusion of literature survey, Objectives and Scope of
Dissertation, Methodology to be followed, Experimental requirements, References
and Annexure.

The preliminary results (if available) of the problem of Dissertation work may also be
discussed in the report.

HW-72
COURSE OUTCOMES:
The students will be able to:
1. Self learn various topics relevant to Dissertation work. Carry out the literature
survey from National/International reference journals, articles and books
contact resource persons for selected topics of Dissertation.
2. Write and prepare a technical report.
3. Present and defend the contents of Dissertation work phase I in front of
technically qualified audience effectively.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION:

1.Marks awarded by guide (Internal examiner) = 50 marks

50*
CIE 2.Marks awarded by the department dissertation monitoring
Marks
committee = 50 marks
Presentation of Dissertation work Phase-I in the presence of Guide 50**
SEE
(Internal examiner) and external examiner = 100marks Marks
Note: *= CIE be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.
**= SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be
reduced for 50 marks.

Rubrics for CIE: Weightage

1. Introduction and Justification of topic = 10%
2. Literature survey and Conclusion = 30%
3. Objectives and Scope of Dissertation work = 30%
4. Methodology to be adopted = 20%
5. Presentation of contents of Dissertation work Phase-I = 10%

Rubrics for SEE: Weightage

1. Introduction and Justification of topic = 10%
2. Literature survey and its Conclusion = 30%
3. Objectives and Scope of Dissertation work = 30%
4. Methodology, Experimental /Software = 20%
5. Presentation of Dissertation Phase-I = 10%

Mapping of Course Outcomes (Cos) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 3 - 3
CO2 - 3 3
CO3 2 3 -
1. Low, 2.Medium, 3. High

HW-73
 FOURTH SEMESTER

Course Code 18HW4S01 M.Tech (Highway Engineering)

Category Seminar Semester : IV
Course title SEMINAR IV
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total hours = 24
Credits
0 0 4 0 1
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: - Total Max. Marks: 50 Duration of SEE: ---
Prerequisites (if any): NIL

COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES:

The objectives of the SEMINAR-IV is to prepare the students to learn to:
1. Carry out the literature review of general research area/current topic and analyse
the same effectively.
2. Prepare a technical report, reflecting his/her depth of understanding, on the
selected area/topic and prepare content rich presentation.
3. Acquire communication and time management skills for effective and impactful
presentation. Interact with peers to acquire the qualities of thoughtfulness,
friendliness, adaptability, responsiveness, and politeness in-group discussion.

GUIDE LINES

1. Seminar preparation and presentation is an individual student activity.

2. Topic may be of general/ specific interest to program of engineering or electives
not offered in the semester and to be selected in consultation with the
faculty/Guide assigned.
3. Select one pertinent research paper/topic for the seminar presentation.
4. Prepare and submit a detailed technical report of the seminar topic.

COURSE OUTCOMES:
Students shall be able to:
1. Carry out the literature survey of topic of seminar.
2. Prepare a technical report on the selected area/topic.
3. Make an effective presentation with seamless flow of content within the time
allocated. Overcome inhibition in interacting with peers and hence develop
the spirit of team work.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

CIE – 50 Phase -1 Marks =10 Seminar Report Total:50

marks Phase -2 Marks =20 Marks =20 Marks

HW-74
Scheme of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE):

Evaluation would be carried out in TWO phases. The Seminar Evaluation Committee
shall comprise of Chairperson of the Department, Faculty/Guide and one more faculty
member nominated by Chairperson of the department. The evaluation criteria shall be
as per the rubrics given below:

Rubrics for Evaluation: Weightage

Topic - Technical Relevance, Sustainability and Societal Concerns : 15%

Review of literature and technical content : 35%
Presentation Skills : 25%
Report of seminar : 25%

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 2 2 3
CO2 2 3 3
CO3 - 2 -

1. Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

HW-75
Course Code 18HW4D01 M.Tech (Highway Engineering)
Category Dissertation Work Semester IV
Course title DISSERTATION WORK PHASE II
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and L T P S Credits Total Hours: 150
Credits
0 0 30 0 15
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: -
Prerequisites (if any): NIL

COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES:

1. Apply/Use different experimental techniques, equipments, software/
Computational/ Analytical /Modelling and Simulation tools required for
conducting tests and generate other relevant data. Students will also be able to
design and develop an experimental prototype setup/test rig/frame work/test
bench.
2. Analyse the results of the experiments conducted/models developed.
3. Create a detailed technical document as per format based on the outcome of
dissertation work phase I and II.

GUIDELINES

Dissertation work phase II is the continuation of project work started in III semester.
The report of final Dissertation work that includes the details of Dissertation work
phase I and phase II should be presented in a standard format. The candidate shall
prepare a detailed report of final dissertation work in bound form that includes Cover
Paper, Certificate from College/Industry/Organisation, Acknowledgement, Abstract,
Table of contents, List of Figures and Table, Nomenclature, Chapter of Introduction,
Literature survey, Conclusion of literature survey, Objectives and Scope of
dissertation work, Methodology, Experimentation, Results, Discussion, Conclusion,
Scope for future work, References, Annexure and full text of the publication
(submitted or published).

COURSE OUTCOMES:
Students shall be able to:
1. Conduct experiments/ implement the capabilities of different Software
/Computational / Analytical/Modelling and simulation tools individually and
generate data for validation of hypothesis.
2. Investigate and assess the results obtained within the scope of experiments
conducted followed by Conclusions.
3. Prepare a detailed technical document, present and defend the contents of
Dissertation work before technically qualified audience effectively.

HW-76
SCHEME OF EXAMINATION:

1. Marks awarded by guide = 50 marks

2. Marks awarded by the department dissertation 100 50*
CIE
monitoring committee marks marks
(Guide + Two faculty members )= 50 marks
1. Dissertation evaluation by guide (Internal examiner) =
100 marks
2. Dissertation evaluation by external examiner =100 marks 300 50**
SEE
3. Viva-Voce examination by guide and external examiner marks marks
who evaluated the dissertation = 100 marks

Note: * = CIE be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.
** = SEE shall be conducted for 300 marks and the marks obtained shall be
reduced for 50 marks.

Rubrics for CIE: Weightage

1. Presentation of background of dissertation work = 10%

2. Literature survey, Problem formulation and Objectives = 30%
3. Presentation of methodology and experimentation = 30%
4. Results and Discussion = 20%
5. Questions and Answers = 10%

Rubrics for SEE: Weightage

1. Originality = 5%
2. Literature survey = 15%
3. Problem formulation, Objectives and Scope of Work = 10%
4. Methodology, Experimentation/Theoretical modelling = 10%
5. Results, Discussion and Conclusion = 20%
6. Questions and Answers = 20%
7. Submission/Publication of technical paper in Journals/Conference = 20%

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 3 2 3
CO2 2 2 3
CO3 3 3 3

1. Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

HW-77
 BANGALORE UNIVERSITY

Department of Civil Engineering

UNIVERSITY VISVESVARAYA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING

Jnana Bharathi Campus, Bengaluru-560 056

Choice Based Credit System (CBCS)-2018

M.Tech in Civil Engineering

Major: Prestressed Concrete [PC]

PC-1
 BANGALORE UNIVERSITY

VISION

“To strive for excellence in education for the realization of a vibrant

and inclusive society through knowledge creation and dissemination”

MISSION

 Impart quality education to meet national and global challenges

 Blend theoretical knowledge with practical skills
 Pursue academic excellence through high quality research and
publications
 Provide access to all sections of society to pursue higher
education
 Inculcate right values among students while encouraging
competitiveness to promote leadership qualities
 Produce socially sensitive citizens
 Hasten the process of creating a knowledge society
 To contribute to nation building

PC-2
 Bangalore University
UNIVERSITY VISVESVARAYA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING
K R Circle, Bengaluru – 560 001

University Visvesvaraya College of Engineering (UVCE) was started as a School of

Mechanical Engineering by Bharat Ratna Sir. M Visvesvaraya in the year 1913 to
meet the needs of the State for skilled workers with S V Setty as its Superintendent.
Later, it was converted to a full-fledged Engineering College in the year 1917 under
the name Government Engineering College (GEC) and was affiliated to the
University of Mysore. It is the fifth Engineering College to be established in the
country.

After the formation of Bangalore University in 1964, GEC became University College
of Engineering (UCE) and then became UVCE as a Constituent College of Bangalore
University. This is one of the oldest Institutions in the country imparting technical
education leading to B.E., M.E, B.Arch., M.Sc. (Engineering), M.Arch. and Ph.D.
Degrees in various disciplines of Engineering and Architecture.

The Institution currently offers 7 Undergraduate Full-time, 3 Undergraduate Part-time

and 23 Postgraduate Programmes.

VISION
The vision of UVCE is to strive for excellence in advancing engineering education
through path breaking innovations across the frontiers of human knowledge to
realize a vibrant, inclusive and humane society.

MISSION
The mission of UVCE is to prepare human resource and global leaders to achieve
the above vision through discovery, invention and develop friendly technologies to
promote scientific temper for a healthy society. UVCE shapes engineers to respond
competently and confidently to the economic, social and organizational challenges
arising from globally advancing technical needs.

PC-3
 Bangalore University Bengaluru
Department of Civil Engineering, UVCE, Bengaluru
M. Tech. DEGREE IN CIVIL ENGINEERING under CBCS Scheme - 2K18
Scheme

MAJOR : PRESTRESSED CONCRETE

Vision of the Department

To be front runner in academic activities in the field of Civil Engineering and to

become a school of excellence that brings out Civil Engineers with high technical
competencies and to promote high-end research to meet the current and future
challenges in Civil Engineering.

Mission of the Department

PCM1: To provide quality education to the students with the fundamental background
necessary for an active successful professional career in Civil Engineering, in
general.
PCM2: To impart knowledge and enlighten students to make them competent, self-
motivated and expanding their knowledge skills through continuous education,
and to inculcate human values and concern for environment and the society.
PCM3: To promote Entrepreneurship to strengthen the economy and society.
PCM4: To generate experts in Civil Engineering contributing their academic
excellence to serve the nation.
PCM5: To produce innovative thinkers for solving complex engineering problems.

Program Educational Objectives (PEO)

The post graduates of M.Tech in Prestressed Concrete will be provided the knowledge
and skill to:
PCPEO1: Have successful career through the application of fundamentals and latest
developments in Prestressed Concrete.
PCPEO2: Have required skills to communicate effectively and ability to work
individually and in team with a zeal for venturing into entrepreneurship
and involve in life-long learning.
PCPEO3: Pursue research, higher studies and choose professional career as design
engineer, faculty, researcher etc...

PC-4
 Program Outcomes (PO):

Post Graduates with M.Tech (Prestressed Concrete) degree will be able to:

PCPO1: An ability to independently carry out research / investigation and

development work to solve practical problems of the domain of Prestressed
Concrete.
PCPO2: An ability to prepare and present a substantial technical report / document.
PCPO3: An ability to demonstrate a degree of mastery in Prestressed Concrete.
.

PC-5
 BANGALORE UNIVERSITY
SCHEME OF STUDIES AND EXAMINATION FOR 24MONTHS COURSE FOR THE AWARD OF
M. Tech. DEGREE IN CIVIL ENGINEERING under CBCS Scheme – 2K18 Scheme
MAJOR: PRESTRESSED CONCRETE

Semester I
Sl. Course Type/ Course Name Teaching scheme Teaching Total CIE *SEE Credits
No Course Code Hrs/Week DPT Hrs/week Marks Marks
L T P S
1 18PC1C01 Theory of Elasticity & Plasticity 4 0 0 0 Civil 4 50 50 4
2 18PC1C02 Structural Dynamics 4 0 0 0 Civil 4 50 50 4
3 18PC1C03 Pre Stressed Concrete Structures 4 0 0 0 Civil 4 50 50 4
4 18PC1E1A Advanced Structural Mechanics
18PC1E1B Statistics & Reliability Analysis 4 0 0 0 Civil 4 50 50 4
18PC1E1C Formwork Techniques and Design
5 18PC1E2A Dynamics of Soils & Foundations
18PC1E2B Advanced Structural Concrete 4 0 0 0 Civil 4 50 50 4
18PC1E2C Design of Masonry Structures
6 18PC1L01 Advanced Concrete & Structural Lab 0 0 4 0 Civil 4 50 50 2
7 18CV1M01 Research Methodology and Intellectual Property 2 0 0 0 Civil 2 50 50 2
Rights
8 18PC1S01 Seminar -I 0 0 2 0 Civil 2 50 -- 1
9 18CV1M02 Technical Paper Writing (Audit Course - I) 2 0 0 0 English 2 50 -- 1
Total 24 -- 06 -- 30 450 350 26

PC-6
 Semester II
Sl. No Course Type/ Course Name Teaching scheme Teaching Total CIE *SEE Credits
Course Code Hrs/Week DPT Hrs/week Marks Marks
L T P S
1 18PC2C01 Finite Element Method 4 0 0 0 Civil 4 50 50 4
2 18PC2C02 Advanced Pre Stressed Concrete 4 0 0 0 Civil 4 50 50 4
3 18PC2C03 Advanced Steel Structures 4 0 0 0 Civil 4 50 50 4
4 18PC2E1A Advanced RC Design
18PC2E1B Earthquake Resistant Design of Structures 4 0 0 0 Civil 4 50 50 4
18PC2E1C Analysis and Design of Plates & Shells
5 18PC2E2A Advanced Design of Substructures
18PC2E2B Tall Structures 4 0 0 0 Civil 4 50 50 4
18PC2E2C Prefabricated Structural Techniques and Design
6 18PC2L01 Building Information Modelling Lab 0 0 4 0 Civil 4 50 50 2
7 18PC2S01 Seminar -II 0 0 2 0 Civil 2 50 -- 1
8 18CV2M01 Pedagogy Studies (Audit Course - II) 2 0 0 0 Civil 2 50 -- 1
Total 22 -- 06 -- 28 400 300 24

Semester III
Sl. No Course Type/ Course Name Teaching scheme Teaching Total CIE *SEE Credits
Course Code Hrs/Week DPT Hrs/week Marks Marks
L T P S
1 18PC3E1A Restoration and Rehabilitation of Structures
18PC3E1B Advanced Design of Bridges 4 0 0 0 Civil 4 50 50 4
18PC3E1C Fracture Mechanics
2 Open Elective 4 0 0 0 Civil 4 50 50 4
3 18PC3S01 Seminar -III 0 0 2 0 Civil 2 50 1
4 18PC3I01 Internship / Mini Project 0 0 10 0 Civil 10 50 50 5
5 18PC3D01 Dissertation Work Phase -I 0 0 10 0 Civil 10 50 50 5
Total 08 -- 22 -- 30 250 200 19

PC-7
 Semester IV
Sl. No Course Type/ Course Name Teaching scheme Teaching Total CIE *SEE Credits
Course Code Hrs/Week DPT Hrs/week Marks Marks
L T P S
1 18PC4S01 Seminar -IV 0 0 2 0 Civil 2 50 1
2 18PC4D01 Dissertation Work Phase -II - - 30 - Civil 30 50 50 15
Total -- -- 32 -- 32 100 50 16

1 18PCMOOC MOOC Course - - - - 03

Grand Total of Credits - - - - 88

COURSE TYPE
PC: PRESTRESSED CONCRETE C: PROGRAM CORE E: PROGRAM ELECTIVE
P: OPEN ELECTIVE M: MANDATORY AUDIT L: LABORATORY
S: SEMINAR I: INTERNSHIP/ MINI PROJECT D: DISSERTATION WORK

L – Theory lecture, T – Tutorial, P – Lab work, S – Self study:

Numbers under teaching scheme indicates contact clock hours.

PC-8
 Open Elective for M.Tech CBCS Scheme

Semester III
Sl. Course Teaching Scheme
No. Type Course Name (No. of hrs per week) Teaching Total CIE xSEE Credits
/Course Dept hrs / week Marks Marks
L T P S
Code
18CV3P1A Significance of National Building Code
1. 18CV3P1B Water Laws, Rights and Administration
18CV3P1C Waste to Energy 4 0 0 0 Civil 4 50 50 4
Remote Sensing and Geographic
18CV3P1D
Information System
18ME3P1A Composite and Smart Materials
2. 4 0 0 0 Mech 4 50 50 4
18ME3P1B Industrial Safety
18EE3P1A Real Time Embedded Systems
3. 18EE3P1B Robotics and Automation 4 0 0 0 EEE 4 50 50 4
18EE3P1C Solar and Wind Energy
18EC3P1A Reliability and Engineering
4. 18EC3P1B M-Commerce and Applications 4 0 0 0 ECE 4 50 50 4
18EC3P1C Optimisation Techniques
18CS3P1A Artificial Intelligence
5. 18CS3P1B Business Analytics 4 0 0 0 CSE 4 50 50 4
18CS3P1C Modelling and Simulation

NOTE:
1) * = SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced for 50 marks

PC-9
 FIRST SEMESTER
Course Code 18PC1C01 M.Tech. ( Prestressed Concrete )
Category Program Core Semester : I
Course title THEORY OF ELASTICITY AND PLASTICITY
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total Hours: 48
Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3 Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): Strength of Materials / Mechanics of Materials

Course Learning Objectives:

1. Understand the basics of material isotropy, anisotropy, orthotropy and identify
the behaviour of elastic solids under applied loads.
2. Apply and analyse for stresses in rectangular and polar coordinates for 2D and
3D problems
3. Analyse and evaluate plane stress & plane strain problems.
4. Analyse and evaluate the governing equations for non-circular sections subjected
to torsion
5. To create strategies to evaluate the material behaviour based plasticity.

COURSE CONTENTS
UNIT-I

Analysis of Stress & strain: Introduction to the general theory of elasticity,

assumptions and applications of linear elasticity. direction cosines, stress components
on an arbitrary plane with stress transformation. Stress tensors, two-dimensional state
of stress at a point, equilibrium equations, principal stresses in three dimensions,
stress invariants, octahedral stresses, Boundary conditions, differential equations of
equilibrium, Concept of strain, components of Strain, rotations, Strain tensor, strain
transformation laws. Principal strains, strain invariants, octahedral strains, equations
of Compatibility for Strain, Measurement of surface strains -strain rosettes. (10 Hrs)

UNIT-II

Stress-Strain Relations: Linear elasticity - Generalised Hooke‟s law, Lame‟s

constants, transformation of compatibility Condition from Strain components to stress
components. Strain energy in an elastic body, St.Venant‟s principle, uniqueness
theorem, Plane stress and Plane strain problems. (10 Hrs)

UNIT- III

Two Dimensional Problems in Cartesian and Polar coordinate system: Stress

function, stress function for plane stress and plane strain cases, Compatibility
equations for plane stress & plane strain problems, Solution of two-dimensional
problems with different loading conditions by the use of polynomials, Axisymmetric
problems, thick-walled cylinders, rotating disks of uniform thickness, stress
concentration, effect of circular holes on stress distribution in plates (10 Hrs)

PC-10
 UNIT- IV

Torsion of Prismatic Bars: General solution of the torsion problem, stress function,
torsion of circular and elliptic cross sections. Prandtl‟s membrane analogy, torsion of
thin walled and multiple cell closed sections & Numerical examples. (09 Hrs)

UNIT-V

Theory of Plasticity: Stress–strain diagram in simple tension, perfectly elastic,

Rigid–Perfectly plastic, Linear work–hardening, Elastic Perfectly plastic, Elastic
Linear work hardening materials, Failure theories, yield conditions, stress–space
representation of yield criteria through Westergard stress space, Tresca & Von-Mises
criteria of yielding (09 Hrs)

UNIT- VI

Technological advancements in experimental stress analysis, New concepts of solving

engineering problems as applicable to smart and innovative materials.

Course Outcomes:

Students shall be able to :

1. Explain the basic concepts of elasticity and plasticity in a material.
2. Analyse & solve problems of stresses, strains & stress-strain relations.
3. Assess practical 2D & 3D problems with respect to stresses and strains.
4. Apply & evaluate the problems as related to Torsion of non-circular sections.
5. Evaluate &develop models based on plasticity theory.

References

1. Timoshenko. S.P and Goodier. J.N, Theory of Elasticity””, 3rd Ed., TMH, 2010
2. Sadhu Singh Theory of Elasticity””, Khanna Publication, New Delhi, 1995
3. Sitharam T.G. & Govindaraju L “‟Elasticity for Engineers”, IK International
Pvt.Ltd, New Delhi, 2017
4. Chakrabarthy J, “Theory of Plasticity”, Mc. Graw Hill Book Co., New
Delhi,1988.
5. Sadhu Singh, Theory of Plasticity””, Khanna publication, New Delhi, 1981
6. Verma P.D.S, “Theory of Elasticity”, Vikas Publishing Pvt. Ltd
7. Chenn W.P and Hendry D.J, “Plasticity for Structural Engineers”, Springer Verlag
8. Valliappan C, “Continuum Mechanics Fundamentals”, Oxford IBH Publishing
Co. Ltd

PC-11
SCHEME OF EXAMINATION:

CIE - Test I (Unit I, II &III)- 15marks

Quiz = 05 marks Total:50
50
marks Test II (Unit IV & V) – 15 marks
UNIT-VI(AAT) = 15 marks
Answer FIVE full questions
 Questions Q1 & Q2 from Unit I and Unit II
SEE – 20x2 = 40
respectively shall be answered and shall not Total:100*
100 Marks
have internal choice. marks
marks  Questions Q3, Q4 and Q5 from Unit III, Unit
20x3= 60
IV & Unit V respectively shall be answered and
Marks
shall have internal choice

Note: * = SEE is to be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be
reduced for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 1 2 3
CO2 - 2 3
CO3 1 2 -
CO4 1 2 3
CO5 1 2 -

1.Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

PC-12
Course Code 18PC1C02 M.Tech. ( Prestressed Concrete )
Category Program Core Semester : I
Course title STRUCTURAL DYNAMICS
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total Hours: 48
Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3 Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): Engineering Mechanics
Course Learning Objectives:
1. Understand the basic concepts of Structural Dynamics.
2. Apply and analyse Single degree of freedom systems.
3. Analyse and Evaluate Two-Degree-of-Freedom Systems.
4. Analyse and Evaluate Multi-Degree-of-Freedom Systems & Understand concepts
of IS 1893.
5. Create a strategy to evaluate Continuous systems.

COURSE CONTENTS

UNIT – I
Introduction, Overview of Dynamics, Background on dynamics and fundamentals on
theory of dynamics. Introduction to dynamic problems of Civil Engineering, Concept
of degrees of freedom, D‟Alemberts principle, Principle of virtual displacement and
energy, Single degree of freedom systems with illustrative examples Free vibration of
damped and undamped systems. (10 Hrs)
UNIT – II
Single degree of freedom systems subjected to sinusoidal loading, Logarithmic
decrement. Vibration isolation, transmissibility, Response of Single degree of
freedom systems to arbitrary excitation, Duhamel integral & solution, Response of
structures subjected to suddenly applied load, Sensitivity analysis of Response for
SDOF, Structural Dynamics based on Energy Conservation perspective. (10 Hrs)

UNIT – III
Two-Degree-of-Freedom Systems: Equations of motion for a two-degree-of-freedom
systems, free vibration of undamped systems, torsional systems, coordinate coupling
and principal coordinates, damped free vibration, forced vibration of undamped
systems, forced vibration with damping, orthogonality of modes. (8 Hrs)

UNIT – IV
Multi-Degree-of-Freedom Systems: Overview, The mass Matrix, undamped free
vibration using the normal mode method, Orthogonality of Modes, Shear building
model without & with proportional damping, Approximate methods of assessing
frequency Rayleigh‟s & matrix iteration methods. Response of shear building with
proportional damping, Modal Superposition, Example of a 3-storeyed frame
subjected to ground motion. Introduction to design code IS 1893 (10 Hrs)

PC-13
 UNIT – V
Continuous systems: Flexural vibration of beams, Simply supported and cantilever
beams, Longitudinal vibrations of bars, Longitudinal waves in bars, Waves and
vibration response of simply supported beams under uniformly distributed and
triangular pulse loading, Matrix formulation of beams with lumped masses. (10 Hrs)

UNIT – VI
Recent advances and research being done in the topics mentioned in the above units.

Course Outcomes:
Students shall be able to:
1. Explain the basic concepts & need to study Structural Dynamics
2. Analyse & solve the problems of Single degree of freedom systems.
3. Assess the issues related to Two-Degree-of-Freedom Systems.
4. Appraise the efforts related to Multi-Degree-of-Freedom Systems & IS 1893.
5. Develop models of Continuous systems.

References:
1. Mechanical Vibrations – 4th Edition by SS Rao, Pearson Education
2. Structural Dynamics – Theory & Computation by Mario paz, CBS Publishers and
distributors
3. Structural Dynamics for Structural Engineers, by Gary C Hart, John Wiley &
sons, Inc. New York.
4. R.W. Clough & J. Penzien, “Dynamics of Structures”, McGraw Hill
5. Anil K. Chopra, “Dynamics of Structures”, Prentice Hall of India

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION
CIE = Test I (Unit I, II & III) = 15 marks Total:
Quiz = 05 marks
50 50
UNIT–VI (AAT) = 15 marks
marks Test II (Unit IV & V) = 15 marks marks
Answer FIVE full questions
Questions Q1& Q2 from Unit I and Unit II
20x2=
SEE = respectively shall be answered and shall not have Total:
40 Marks
100 internal choice. 100
marks Questions Q3, Q4 & Q5 from Unit III, Unit IV & marks
20x3=
Unit V respectively shall be answered & shall have
60 Marks
internal choice
Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3
CO1 1 1 1
CO2 2 2 1
CO3 1 2 1
CO4 3 3 3
CO5 2 2 -
1.Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

PC-14
Course Code 18PC1C03 M.Tech. ( Prestressed Concrete )
Category Program Core Semester: I
Course title PRESTRESSED CONCRETE STRUCTURES
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total Hours: 48
Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3 Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): RCC Design
Course Learning Objectives :
1. To analyse Prestressed structural elements by different methods
2. To understand different types of losses in Prestressed Members
3. To Analyse the strength of Prestressed Concrete Member against flexure and
Shear and Serviceability Criteria
4. The distribution of Stresses at the Anchorage end zone of Prestressed Concrete
Member
5. Give practical exposure to actual Prestressed Concrete

COURSE CONTENTS

UNIT - I
Brief introduction of Prestressed Concrete, Types of Prestressing, Analysis of
Prestress. Resultant Stresses at a Section, Pressure Line or Thrust Line or Internal
Resisting Couple Method, Concept of Load Balancing ,Stresses in Tendons, Cracking
moment (09 Hrs)

UNIT - II
Losses of Prestress: Nature of losses of prestress, loss due to Elastic Deformation of
concrete, shrinkage of concrete, creep of concrete, creep of steel, friction and
anchorage slip, Total losses allowed in design (09 Hrs)

UNIT - III
Deflection of Prestressed Concrete Members: Importance of control of Deflection,
Factors Influencing Deflections, Short term and Long term Deflections for cracked
and uncracked members, requirements of various codes of practice (10 Hrs)

UNIT - IV
Flexural Strength of prestressed concrete sections: Types of flexural failure,
Simplified Code Procedures Shear resistance of prestressed concrete members:
Improvement of shear resistance by prestressing techniques, calculation of principle
stresses, types of shear cracks, design of beam for shear & torsion reinforcement (IS
code method) (10 Hrs)

UNIT - V
Transfer of Prestress in Pre-tensioned members: Transmission length, Bond Stress,
Transverse Tensile Stresses, End Zone Reinforcement, Code provisions; Anchorage
zone stresses in Post-tensioned members: stress distribution in end blocks,
Investigations of anchorage zone stresses by Zielenski and Rowe‟s method and IS
Code Provisions, Anchorage Zone Reinforcement (10 Hrs)

PC-15
 UNIT - VI
Recent advances and research being done in the topics mentioned in the above units.

Course Outcomes:
Students shall be able to:
1. Analyse Prestressed Concrete Member by different methods
2. Analyse the various losses occurring in Prestressed member
3. Analyse the Prestressed members for Service Criteria for short term and long
term
4. Analyse the members for flexure, shear and torsion
5. Analyse and Design the Anchorage zones
6. Acquiring practical knowledge of Prestressed Concrete Construction

References:
1. N Krishnaraju “Prestressed Concrete”, Tata McGraw- Hill Education
Publication, 2008,
2. Lin T. Y and H. Burns “Prestressed Concrete structures”, Wiley Publication,
2009, ISBN: 978-0-471-01898-8
3. N. Rajagopalan, “Prestressed Concrete”, Narosa Publishing House.2nd edition,
ISBN 2053- 2005.
4. A. Nilson, “Design of Prestressed Concrete”, John Willey & Sons.2nd edition,
ISBN 1765- 1997

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

CIE = Test I (Unit I, II & III) = 15 marks Total:

Quiz = 05 marks
50 50
UNIT–VI (AAT) = 15 marks
marks Test II (Unit IV & V) = 15 marks marks
Answer FIVE full questions
Questions Q1& Q2 from Unit I and Unit II respectively 20x2=
SEE = shall be answered and shall not have internal choice. 40 Total:
100 Marks 100
marks Questions Q3, Q4 & Q5 from Unit III, Unit IV & Unit 20x3= marks
V respectively shall be answered & shall have internal 60
choice Marks

Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3
CO1 3 2 -
CO2 2 2 -
CO3 3 - -
CO4 3 - 2
CO5 2 2 -
CO6 - - 3
1.Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

PC-16
Course Code 18PC1E1A M.Tech. ( Prestressed Concrete )
Category Program Elective Semester: I
Course title ADVANCED STRUCTURAL MECHANICS
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total Hours: 48
Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3 Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): Structural Mechanics

Course Learning Objectives:

1. Discuss the different types of Structures, to assess their degrees of freedom and
indeterminacy.
2. Understand the Matrix analysis by Flexibility method.
3. Understand the Matrix analysis by Stiffness method.
4. Utilize concepts of Matrix Analysis methods to model structural component.
5. Evaluate and compare frames and trusses with different degrees of freedom.

COURSE CONTENTS

UNIT - I
INTRODUCTION: Comparison of classical, matrix and approximate methods,
Solution techniques including numerical problems for simultaneous equations, Gauss
elimination and Cholesky method. Band width consideration. (08 Hrs)

UNIT - II
FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS: Introduction to matrix methods of analysis - static
indeterminacy and kinematic indeterminacy - degree of freedom - coordinate system -
structure idealization stiffness and flexibility matrices - suitability element stiffness
equations - elements flexibility equations - mixed force - displacement equations - for
truss element, beam element and torsional element. (10 Hrs)

UNIT – III
ANALYSIS USING STIFFNESS METHOD: Displacement-transformation matrix
using Stiffness Method, Development of global stiffness matrix for continuous beams,
plane trusses and rigid plane frames (having not more than six degrees of freedom –
6x6 stiffness matrix), Analysis of continuous beams, plane trusses and rigid plane
frames by stiffness method (having not more than 3 degrees of freedom – 3x3
stiffness matrix).Analysis considering effect of sinking of supports, temperature,
linear and rotational springs. (10 Hrs)

UNIT – IV
DIRECT STIFFNESS METHOD: Development of element stiffness matrix, global
stiffness matrix by direct stiffness method for two dimensional beams, frames and
trusses (having not more than six degrees of freedom – 6x6 stiffness matrix), Analysis
of continuous beams, plane trusses and rigid plane frames by direct stiffness method
(having not more than 3 degrees of freedom – 3x3 stiffness matrix). (10 Hrs)

PC-17
 UNIT –V
ANALYSIS OF THREE DIMENSIONAL SPACE TRUSS & GRID STRUCTURES:
Principles of analysis of three dimensional space truss, grid structures using direct
stiffness method- development of structure stiffness matrix. Numerical problems
restricted to three degrees of freedom. (10 Hrs)

UNIT-VI
Recent advances and research being done in the topics mentioned in the above units.

Course Outcomes:
Students shall be able to:
1. Interpret the different types of Structures, to assess their degrees of freedom and
indeterminacy.
2. Implement the concepts of Matrix Analysis by Flexibility methods.
3. Implement the concepts of Matrix Analysis by Stiffness methods.
4. Implement the concepts of Matrix methods to model trusses, beams, and frames.
5. Analysis of 3D Space Truss & Grid Structures

References:

1. S.Rajasekaran, G. Sankarasubramanian “Computational Structural Mechanics”,

Prentice-Hall of India Pvt Ltd, 7th Edition, 2015, NewDelhi-110092.ISBN-13:
978-8120317345, ISBN-10:8120317343.
2. Damodar Maity, “Computer Analysis of Framed Structures” I K International
Publishing House Pvt. Ltd., 2007, ISBN-13: 978-8189866198.
3. Rudra Pratap, “Getting started with Mat-Lab” Oxford University Press, 2010
ISBN: -13:978-0-19-806919-5.
4. Amos Gilat,‟Matlab An introduction with applications‟, Wiley Publications, 4th
edition 2012, ISBN-13: 978-8126537204
5. Matrix Analysis of Frames structures by William Weaver J.R and James M.Gere,
CBS publications.
6. Indeterminate Structural Analysis by K.U. Muthu et al., I.K. International
Publishing House Pvt. Ltd.
7. W.Weaver and J.H.Gere, “Matrix Analysis of Framed Structures”, Van Nastran,
1980.
8. H.Karde Stuncer, “Elementary Matrix Analysis of Structures”, McGraw Hill
1974.
9. A.K.Jain “Advanced Structural Analysis with Computer Application” Nemchand
and Brothers, Roorkee, India.
10. M.F.Rubinstein “Matrix Computer Methods of Structural Analysis “Prentice –
Hall.

PC-18
SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

CIE = Test I (Unit I, II & III) = 15 marks Total:

Quiz = 05 marks
50 50
UNIT–VI (AAT) = 15 marks
marks Test II (Unit IV & V) = 15 marks marks
Answer FIVE full questions
Questions Q1 & Q2 from Unit I and Unit II
20x2=
SEE = respectively shall be answered and shall not have Total:
40 Marks
100 internal choice. 100
marks Questions Q3, Q4 & Q5 from Unit III, Unit IV & marks
20x3=
Unit V respectively shall be answered & shall have
60 Marks
internal choice

Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 2 - -
CO2 3 2 -
CO3 3 2 -
CO4 3 - -
CO5 1 2 -

1.Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

PC-19
Course Code 18PC1E1B M.Tech. ( Prestressed Concrete )
Category Program Elective Semester: I
Course title STATISTICS AND RELIABILITY ANALYSIS
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total Hours: 48
Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3 Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): Engineering Mathematics
Course Learning Objectives:
1. Interpret and model Civil Engineering data.
2. Assess the probability of occurrence of an event.
3. Account for uncertainties in geometry, strength and loads
4. Analyse and evaluate the safety of simple civil engineering systems
5. Apply advanced methods to various civil engineering problems to further their
research.

COURSE CONTENTS
UNIT-I
Data Analysis: Data reduction- Graphical and numerical methods, Measures of
central tendency, Measures of dispersion, Measures of Asymmetry. Correlation and
Regression – Rank and Serial correlation, simple and multiple linear regression and
Hypothesis testing. (12 Hrs)
UNIT – II
Probability Concepts: Set theory, Axioms of Probability, Conditional probability,
Statistical independence, Multiplication rule, Total probability and Baye‟s theorem.
(08 Hrs)
UNIT –III
Random Variables: Statistical properties, Discrete distributions – Binomial and
Poisson‟s, Continuous Distributions – Normal, Log-Normal, Uniform, Extreme value
distributions: Type –I, Type-II and Type-III, Covariance, Sampling Techniques-
Random sampling, sampling error, sampling size and design. (10 Hrs)

UNIT – IV
Reliability Analysis: Sources and types of uncertainty, Factor of Safety, Margin of
Safety, Performance functions, Limit states, Reliability analysis methods – First-
Order Second-Moment method, Point estimate method, Advanced First-Order
Second-Moment method, Probability of failure and reliability index. (10 Hrs)

UNIT – V
Simulation Techniques: Monte-Carlo simulation method, Random number
generation, Variance reduction techniques, Latin Hypercube sampling, Rosenblueth‟s
2K+1 Point Estimate Method (PEM). (08 Hrs)
UNIT – VI
Presentations and group discussions on recent advances in the above topics.

Course Outcomes:
Students shall be able to:
1. Achieve the knowledge of interpreting and modeling of data.
2. Interpret the principles of Probability.

PC-20
3. Summarize and apply the concepts of probability distributions.
4. Apply the concepts of Reliability analysis for evaluation of safety of structures.
5. Develop Fuzzy logic concepts and its applications.

References:
1. Ang and Tang (1975), Probability Concepts in Engineering and Design, VOL-I
and II, John Wiley and Sons.
2. Devaraj V., and Ravindra R., (2017) Reliability Based Analysis and Design for
Civil Engineers, IK International Publishing House, New Delhi.
3. Ranganathan R (1999) Structural Reliability Analysis and Design. Jaico
Publishing House, Mumbai.
4. Benjamin and Cornell (1970), Probability, Statistics and Decision for Civil
Engineers, McGraw Hill Co.
5. Kottegoda and Renzo Rosso (2000), Statistics, Probability and Reliability for
Civil and Environmental Engineers, McGraw Hill.
6. Walpole and Meyers (1982), Probability and Statistics for Engineers and
Scientists.
7. Nowak and Collins (2000), Reliability of Structures, McGraw-Hill International
Edition.
8. Haldar. A and Mahadevan. S (2000), Probability, Reliability and Statistical
Methods in Engineering Design, John-Wiley and Sons.
9. Thoft-Christensen, P., and Baker M J (1982) Structural Reliability Theory and its
Applications. Springer- Verlag, Berlin.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION
CIE = Test I (Unit I, II & III) = 15 marks Total:
Quiz = 05 marks
50 50
Test II (Unit IV & V) = 15 marks UNIT–VI (AAT) = 15 marks
marks marks
Answer FIVE full questions
Questions Q2& Q5 from Unit II and Unit V 20x2=
SEE = respectively shall be answered and shall not have 40 Total:
100 internal choice. Marks 100
marks Questions Q1, Q3 & Q4 from Unit I, Unit III & Unit IV 20x3= marks
respectively shall be answered & shall have internal 60
choice Marks
Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3
CO1 2 2 1
CO2 2 2 2
CO3 2 3 2
CO4 3 2 3
CO5 3 2 3
1.Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

PC-21
Course Code 18PC1E1C M.Tech. ( Prestressed Concrete )
Category Program Elective Semester: I
Course title FORMWORK TECHNIQUES AND DESIGN
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total Hours: 48
Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3 Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): Building Construction
Course Learning Objectives
1. Categories Form Work Building and Preparing Formwork Specification
2. Outline on form work accessories.
3. Retrieving the design of form work of buildings.
4. Illustration of special form work techniques.
5. Explanation of Special Construction Techniques.

COURSE CONTENTS

UNIT-I

General Objectives in Form Work Building, Formwork Effects on Concrete Quality,

Planning for Formwork Safety and Economy, Preparing Formwork Specification,
Methods of Measurements for Form Work. (10 Hrs)

UNIT-II
Materials, Accessories and Proprietary Products, Timber, Plywood, Steel and Other
Materials for Form Construction, Framing and Facing Materials, Form Lining
Materials and Other Forming Components, Hardware, Fasteners and Accessories for
Form Construction, Prefabricated Forms and Forming Systems, Shoring, Scaffolding
and Bracing Systems. (10 Hrs)
UNIT-III
Loads and Pressures in Form Design, Vertical Loads, Lateral Loads and Other
Pressures in Form Design. Design Consideration for the Design of the Formwork for
Walls, Slabs, Beams, Columns. (10 Hrs)

UNIT-IV
Special Formwork Techniques- Slip Form Construction, Horizontal Slip Forms,
Vertical Slip Forms, Travelling Forms, Tiltup and Tunnel Forms. (9 Hrs)

UNIT-V
Special Construction Techniques-Lift Method of Construction, Preplaced Aggregate
Concrete Construction, Shotcrete, Guniting and Tremie Concrete Construction. Form
Work for Precast and Prestressed Concrete Construction. (9 Hrs)

UNIT-VI
Site visit, presentations and group discussions on recent advances in the above topics.

PC-22
Course Outcomes:
Students shall be able to:
1. Outline of form work planning, material and safety.
2. Explanation of Accessories for Form Construction, Prefabricated Forms and
Forming Systems.
3. Explanation of Design for Formwork for Walls, Slabs, Beams, Columns.
4. Performance of a special form work techniques.
5. Achieving the knowledge of Lift Method of Construction, Precast and Prestressed
Concrete Construction.

Reference
1. Robert L. Peurifoy and Garold D. Oberlender, “Formwork for Concrete
Structures”, Third Edition McGraw- ill, 1996.
2. Hurd, M.K., “Formwork for Concrete”, Special Publication No. 4 Sixth Edition,
American Concrete Institute, Detroit, 1995.
3. Michael P. Hurst, “Formwork”, Construction Press, London and New York, 1997.
4. Austin, C.K., “Formwork for Concrete”, Cleaver – Hume Press Ltd., London
1996.
5. Tudor Dinescu and Constantin Radulescu, “Slipform Techniques”, Abacus Press,
Turn Bridge Wells, Kent, 1992.
6. “Guide for Concrete Formwork”, American Concrete Institute Detroit, Michigan,
1996.
7. “Safety Requirements for Scaffolding”, American National Standards Institute,
New York, 1994.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION
CIE = Test I (Unit I, II & III) = 15 marks Total:
Quiz = 05 marks
50 50
Test II (Unit IV & V) = 15 marks UNIT–VI (AAT) = 15 marks
marks marks
Answer FIVE full questions
Questions Q2& Q5 from Unit II and Unit V 20x2=
SEE = respectively shall be answered and shall not have 40 Total:
100 internal choice. Marks 100
marks Questions Q1, Q3 & Q4 from Unit I, Unit III & Unit IV 20x3= marks
respectively shall be answered & shall have internal 60
choice Marks
Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3
CO1 2 2 1
CO2 2 2 2
CO3 2 3 2
CO4 3 2 3
CO5 3 2 3
1.Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

PC-23
Course Code 18PC1E2A M.Tech. ( Prestressed Concrete )
Category Program Elective Semester : I
Course title DYNAMICS OF SOILS AND FOUNDATIONS
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total Hours: 48
Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3 Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): Basics of Geotechnical Engineering
Course Learning Objectives:
1. Understand the basic concepts in Earthquake Engineering practice
2. Apply and analyse the dynamic response of soils both in small & large strains
3. Apply and evaluate the response of retaining walls under seismic conditions.
4. Analyse and evaluate the response of machine foundations subjected to vibrations.
5. Develop strategies to evaluate geotechnical structures for seismic loading.

COURSE CONTENTS
UNIT - I
Earthquakes and their effects - Earthquake characteristics, intensity, Seismic waves,
measurement and location of earthquakes, Strong ground motion and their parameters,
Seismic response spectra (08 Hrs)
UNIT- II
Dynamic Soil properties – Factors affecting different properties, Measurement of
dynamic soil properties, field tests and laboratory tests, Stress–Strain behavior of
cyclically loaded soils, Strength of Cyclically loaded soils, Monotonic strength
(10 Hrs)
UNIT- III
Liquefaction of Soils – Introduction, Flow liquefaction, Cyclic mobility Factors
influencing liquefaction of soils, Flow liquefaction and cyclic mobility, Liquefaction
susceptibility, initiation of liquefaction and its evaluation, Effects of
liquefaction (10 Hrs)
UNIT- IV
Seismic Design of Retaining walls - Types of retaining walls and their failures,
Seismic pressure on retaining walls, Dynamic response of retaining walls, Seismic
displacement of retaining walls and Seismic design considerations (10 Hrs)

UNIT- V
Design of machine foundations - Design criterion, types and requirements of
Machine foundation, Estimation of unbalanced forces, foundations for impact type
machines. Dynamic response of embedded block foundation, piles under different
modes of vibration. Frame foundation, vibration isolation, Construction aspects of
machine foundations (10 Hrs)
UNIT- VI
Recent advances in Soil Dynamics & Earthquake Engineering, Ground repose studies,
Ground improvement for remediation of seismic hazards.

Course Outcomes:
Students shall be able to:
1. Explain the basic concepts of earthquake engineering and importance on the
behaviour of soils and foundations.

PC-24
2. Analyse and assess the factors that influence the behaviour of soils and
foundations
3. Analyse and solve problems when the geotechnical structures are subjected to
dynamic loadings.
4. Apply and evaluate machine foundations under dynamic loading.
5. Develop strategies for earthquake hazard mitigation techniques.

References
1. Swamy. Saran, Soil Dynamics and Machine Foundations, Galgotia Publications
Private Ltd.1999
2. N. S. V. Kameswara Rao, Vibration Analysis and Foundation Dynamics, Wiley,
New Delhi, 1998
3. D.D. Barkan, Dynamics of Bases and Foundation, McGraw-Hill, New York,
1962.
4. B M Das, Principles of Soil Dynamics, Thomsons Engineering, 1992
5. K.G. Bhatia, Foundations For Industrial Machines, D-CAD Publishers , 2008
6. A Major, Vibration Analysis and Design of Foundations for Machines and
Turbines: Dynamical Problems
7. Steven L Kramer, Geotechnical Earthquake Engineering, Prentice Hall, New
Jersey,
8. P. Srinivasalu and C.V. Vydyanathan “Hand book of Machine foundation‟ Tata
Mc Graw Hill, 1976

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION:

CIE = Test I (Unit I, II & III) = 15 marks Total:

Quiz = 05 marks
50 50
UNIT–VI (AAT) = 15 marks
marks Test II (Unit IV & V) = 15 marks marks
Answer FIVE full questions
Questions Q1& Q2 from Unit I and Unit II
20x2=
SEE = respectively shall be answered and shall not have Total:
40 Marks
100 internal choice. 100
marks Questions Q3, Q4 & Q5 from Unit III, Unit IV & marks
20x3=
Unit V respectively shall be answered & shall have
60 Marks
internal choice
Note: * = SEE is to be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be
reduced for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3
CO1 1 2 3
CO2 2 2 3
CO3 2 3 3
CO4 2 2 3
CO5 2 3 3
1.Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

PC-25
Course Code 18PC1E2B M.Tech. ( Prestressed Concrete )
Category Program Elective Semester: I
Course title ADVANCED STRUCTURAL CONCRETE
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total Hours: 48
Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3 Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): Concrete technology

Course Learning Objectives

1. Categories Chemical and Mineral Admixtures
2. Outline on Strength effect on fresh and hardened concrete
3. Retrieving the design of concrete mixes for high Strength concrete
4. Apply advanced methods for new generation concrete to further their research
5. Comparing ready mix concrete and site mix concrete

COURSE CONTENTS

UNIT-I
Chemical and Mineral Admixtures: Classification, effect on fresh and hardened
concrete, retention time, Dosage and their effects, Influence on properties of paste,
mortar, and concrete. Design of concrete mixes, IS code method, ACI method for
High Strength Concrete, and demonstration of expert system computer aided mix
design. (10 Hrs)

UNIT-II
New Generation Nano Carbon Concrete, High performance concrete, Self-
Compacting concrete, Self-Healing Concrete, Self-Curing Concrete: Concept,
materials selection, mineral admixture, proportioning, strength, and durability
aspects, Construction & economical aspect, codal provisions, Applications and their
performance. (10 Hrs)

UNIT-III
Fibre reinforced concrete: Fibres, types, characteristics, Fibre distribution, orientation
and interfacial bond. Mechanical bond. Mechanical properties of FRC mix design of
FRC, behavior of hardened FRC under compression, tension, flexure and impact.
SIFCON: Slurry-infiltrated Fibre concrete – Constituent materials, Mix
proportioning, Engineering properties and Applications. (08 Hrs)

UNIT-IV
Ferro cement: Materials, mechanical properties, strength, cracking and durability of
normal Ferro cement. Strength and behavior of light weight Ferro cement, and
prestressed Ferro cement, Lightweight concrete: High-density concretes, Polymer
concretes, Architectural concrete: Classification, properties and Applications.
(08 Hrs)

PC-26
 UNIT-V
Ready mixed concrete: Design, manufacturing, transportation and pumping of RMC.
Admixtures used in RMC. Durability of Concrete: Strength and durability
relationship, Volume change in concrete, permeability, shrinkage, cracks, joints in
concrete, minimum cement content , corrosion . Use of smart materials in
construction activities- concept materials and applications New concrete materials
and miscellaneous construction materials. Rheology of Concrete: Introduction,
Representation of Rheological behavior, factors affecting Rheological properties and
mixture adjustments. (12 Hrs)

UNIT-VI
Site visit, presentations and group discussions on recent advances in the above topics.

Course Outcomes

Students shall be able to:

1. Performance and Executing use of Admixtures
2. Outline on fresh and hardened concrete properties
3. Interpreting mix proportion of various high strength concrete
4. Summarizing different type advanced concrete such as Ferro cement, Nano
Carbon Concrete, Self-Healing Concrete, Self-Curing Concrete etc.
5. Analyze and evaluate the Strength and durability properties of concrete.

References

1. Concrete technology, by M.S. Shetty, Published by S. Chand & Company Ltd.

New Delhi
2. Properties of Concrete, by A.M.Neville, 6th Edition, The English Language Book
society & pitman publishing.
3. Fibre Reinforced cement composites, by Perumalsamy. N. Balaguru and surendra
P. Shah, McGraw Hill International edition, Civil Engineering series.
4. Concrete technology and Design –Vol.1&2: New concrete materials by R.N.
Swamy
5. Design of Concrete mixes, by N. Krishnaraju.
6. ACI manual of Concrete provision Vol 1-5
7. Concrete Practice, by R.H. Elvery
8. Concrete Manual, by US Bureau of Reclmation
9. Concrete technology – Vol. 1&2 , by D. F. Orchard.
10. Concrete technology and Practice, by W.H. Taylor.

PC-27
SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

CIE = Test I (Unit I, II & III) = 15 marks Total:

Quiz = 05 marks
50 50
UNIT–VI (AAT) = 15 marks
marks Test II (Unit IV & V) = 15 marks marks
Answer FIVE full questions
Questions Q2& Q5 from Unit II and Unit V 20x2=
SEE = respectively shall be answered and shall not have 40 Total:
100 internal choice. Marks 100
marks Questions Q1, Q3 & Q4 from Unit I, Unit III & Unit IV 20x3= marks
respectively shall be answered & shall have internal 60
choice Marks

Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 2 2 1
CO2 2 2 2
CO3 2 3 2
CO4 3 2 3
CO5 3 2 3

1.Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

PC-28
Course Code 18PC1E2C M.Tech. ( Prestressed Concrete )
Category Program Elective Semester: I
Course title DESIGN OF MASONRY STRUCTURES
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total Hours: 48
Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3 Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): Concrete technology
Course Learning Objectives:
1. Understand the basic concepts of Masonry
2. Analyse the strength of Masonry in Compression.
3. Evaluate strength of Masonry in Flexure & Shear.
4. Understand the application of permissible stresses in Masonry Structures
5. Designing load bearing and earthquake resistant Masonry Structures.

COURSE CONTENTS
UNIT- I
Introduction, Masonry units, materials and types: History of masonry characteristics
of Brick, stone, clay block, concrete block, stabilized mud block masonry units –
strength, modulus of elasticity and water absorption. Masonry materials –
Classification and properties of mortars, selection of mortars. (10 Hrs)

UNIT -II
Strength of Masonry in Compression: Behaviour of Masonry under compression,
strength and elastic properties, influence of masonry unit and mortar characteristics,
effect of masonry unit height on compressive strength, influence of masonry bonding
patterns on strength, prediction of strength of masonry in Indian context. (08 Hrs)

UNIT- III
Flexural and shear bond, flexural strength and shear strength: Bond between masonry
unit and mortar, tests for determining flexural and shear bond strengths, factors
affecting bond strength, effect of bond strength on compressive strength, orthotropic
strength properties of masonry in flexure, shear strength of masonry, test procedures
for evaluating flexural and shear strength. (10 Hrs)

UNIT- IV
Permissible stresses: Permissible compressive stress, stress reduction and shape
reduction factors, increase in permissible stresses for eccentric vertical and lateral
loads, permissible tensile and shear stresses. (08 Hrs)

UNIT -V
Design of load bearing masonry buildings: Permissible compressive stress, stress
reduction and shape reduction factors, increase in permissible stresses for eccentric
vertical and lateral loads, permissible tensile and shear stresses, Effective height of
walls and columns, opening in walls, effective length, effective thickness, slenderness
ratio, eccentricity, load dispersion, arching action, lintels; Wall carrying axial load,
eccentric load with different eccentricity ratios, wall with openings, freestanding wall.
Earthquake resistant masonry buildings: Behaviour of masonry during earthquakes,

PC-29
concepts and design procedure for earthquake resistant masonry, BIS codal
provisions. (12 Hrs)
UNIT - VI
Recent advances and research being done in the topics mentioned in the above units.

Course Outcomes:
Students shall be able to:
1. Explain the basic concepts of Masonry Structures.
2. Examine the strength of Masonry Structures in compression.
3. Assess flexure and shear strength of Masonry Structures.
4. Explain the issues of permissible stresses on Masonry Structures.
5. Create Masonry Structures for load bearing and earthquake loading.

References:
1. Hendry A.W., “Structural masonry”- Macmillan Education Ltd., 2nd edition
2. Sinha B.P & Davis S.R., “Design of Masonry structures”- E & FN Spon
3. Dayaratnam P, “Brick and Reinforced Brick Structures”- Oxford & IBH
4. Curtin, “Design of Reinforced and Prestressed Masonry”- Thomas Telford
5. Sven Sahlin, “Structural Masonry”-Prentice Hall
6. Jagadish K S, Venkatarama Reddy B V and Nanjunda Rao K S, “Alternative
Building Materials and Technologies”-New Age International, New Delhi &
Bangalore
7. IS 1905, BIS, New Delhi.
8. SP20(S&T),New Delhi

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION
CIE = Test I (Unit I, II & III) = 15 marks Total:
Quiz = 05 marks
50 50
UNIT–VI (AAT) = 15 marks
marks Test II (Unit IV & V) = 15 marks marks
Answer FIVE full questions
Questions Q2& Q4 from Unit II and Unit IV 20x2=
SEE = respectively shall be answered and shall not have 40 Total:
100 internal choice. Marks 100
marks Questions Q1, Q3 & Q5 from Unit I, Unit III & Unit V 20x3= marks
respectively shall be answered & shall have internal 60
choice Marks
Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 2 2 1
CO2 1 2 1
CO3 1 2 1
CO4 1 2 1
CO5 3 3 3
1.Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

PC-30
Course Code 18PC1L01 M.Tech. ( Prestressed Concrete )
Category Laboratory Semester: I
Course title ADVANCED CONCRETE & STRUCTURAL LAB
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total hours = 48
Credits
0 0 4 0 2
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3 Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): Concrete Technology & RCC Design
Course Learning Objectives:
1. Analyse the process of mineral & chemical admixtures on concrete.
2. Plan design mix for concrete with different codes
3. Appraise the NDT tests on concrete
4. Understand the steps to test RC elements.
5. Analysing the concepts of Self compacting concrete.
6. Organise shake table tests on different models.

COURSE CONTENTS

1. Effect of minerals and chemical admixtures in concrete in concrete at fresh and

hardened, tests on ingredients of high strength concrete with relevance to
workability, strength and durability.
2. Mix design for concrete as per IS, ACI and BS methods for high performance
concrete and Validation with trial mixes.
3. NDT on hardened concrete – Ultrasonic Pulse Velocity test, Rebound hammer
test, Corrosion\Half Cell Potentiometer test and core test to determine quality of
concrete and structural stability aspects of concrete.
4. Durability tests-Shrinkage test, Acid Attack tests, Water Permeability tests on
hardened concrete.
5. Determination of Young‟s Modulus and Poisson‟s ratio on hardened concrete
6. Testing of reinforced concrete beam for flexural behavior characteristics.
7. Testing of reinforced concrete slabs and beams for impact behavior
characteristics.
8. Tests on Self-Compacting Concrete
9. Importance of Instrumentation-LVDT, Load cells, Accelerometer, strain gauges
and their data acquisition systems
10. Shake Table Testing

Course Outcomes:
Students shall be able to:
1. Assess the influence of mineral & chemical admixtures on concrete.
2. Designing mix design of concrete for different national & international codes.
3. Illustrate use of NDT tests.
4. Operate different tests on RC elements & evaluate tests on Self compacting
concrete.
5. Organise shake table tests with different models.

PC-31
References:

1. C.B. Kukreja, K. Kishore, Ravi Chawl, Materials testing laboratory manual,

standard publishers distributors, 1705 –B NAI SARAK DELHI, new edition :
2011.
2. A.MNEVILLE Properties of concrete, Low price edition, Pearson education,
fourth and final edition 2007.
3. Guide for selecting the proportion of high strength concrete ACI 211.4R, ACI
committee 211, ACI material journal, May 1993.
4. SP 23 – 1982, Hand book for concrete mixes (Based ion Indian standards)
5. IS 516 -1959 Indian standard, methods of tests for strength of concrete.
6. IS 10262 – 2009 concrete mix proportion guidelines (first revision)
7. RAYMOND J. ROARK WARREN C. YOUNG, Formulas for stress and strain,
Mc GRAW HILL Kogakusha, Ltd., fifth edition 1975.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

Continuous Internal Evaluation Marks Semester End Evaluation Marks

(Laboratory – 50 Marks) (SEE)
Laboratory (100 Marks)
Performance of the student in the 20 Write up 40
laboratory, every week
Test at the end of the semester 20 Experimentation 30
Viva Voce 10 Viva voce 30
Total 100
Total (CIE) 50 Total (SEE) 50*

Note: * = SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks for practical and the marks obtained
shall be reduced for 50 Marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 1 1 1
CO2 3 3 3
CO3 1 2 1
CO4 3 2 1
CO5 2 2 2

1. Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

PC-32
 Course Code 18CV1M01 M.Tech. ( Prestressed Concrete )
Category Mandatory Audit Semester: I
RESEARCH METHODOLOGY AND INTELLECTUAL
Course title
PROPERTY RIGHTS
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total Hours: 24
Credits
2 0 0 0 2
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3 Hrs
Prerequisites (if any):
Course Learning Objectives:
1. Analyse the criteria for selection of research problem.
2. Understand the basics of literature survey, ethics, effective technical writing and
developments of research proposal.
3. Understand the basics and importance of IPR.
4. Analyse the issues related to patentability.
5. Understand the administrative system of IPR and analyse the typical case studies.

COURSE CONTENTS

UNIT – I
Meaning of research problem, sources of research problem, Criteria, Characteristics
of a good research problem, Errors in selecting a research problem, Scope and
Objectives of research problems.
Approaches of investigation of solutions for research problem, data collection,
Analysis, Interpretation, necessary instrumentations. (05 Hrs)

UNIT – II
Effective literature studies approaches, analysis, Plagiarism, Research ethics.
Effective technical writing, How to write report, Paper, Developing a research
proposal, Format of research proposal, presentation and assessment by a review
committee. (05 Hrs)

UNIT – III
Introduction to Intellectual Property (IP), Overview of Copyright, Related Rights,
Trademarks, Geographical Indications, Industrial Design, Patents, Protection of New
Varieties of Plants. (05 Hrs)

UNIT – IV
Patentability: Patentable Subject Matter, Patentable and Non Patentable Inventions,
Procedure for grants of patents in India, Patent licensing and transfer of Technology,
Patent information and databases. International scenario: International cooperation on
Intellectual Property, Patenting under Patent Cooperation Treaty (PCT). (05 Hrs)

UNIT-V
New Developments in IPR: Administration of Patent System, New Developments in
IPR; Traditional Knowledge Case studies of IPR including topics of respective
branches of specialisation. (04 Hrs)

PC-33
 UNIT – VI
Recent advances and research being done in the topics mentioned in the above units.

Course Outcomes:
Students shall be able to:
1. Explain the steps involved in defining a research problem.
2. Analyse the various issues related to effective literature survey and developing a
research proposal.
3. Discuss the various issues related to IPR and its importance.
4. Discuss the various issues related to patentability and international scenario of
patent rights.
5. Highlight the new development and exposure to case studies.

References:
1. Stuart Melville and Wayne Goddard, “research Methodology; an introduction for
science and engineering students”
2. Wayne Goddard and Stuart Melville,” Research Methodology an Introduction”
3. Ranjit Kumar 2nd edition,” Research Methodology; a step by step guide for
Beginners”
4. Halbert, “Resisting Intellectual Property”,Taylor and francies Ltd. 2007.
5. Mayall,‟Industrial Design” McGraw Hill,1992
6. Niebel,” Product design”,McGrraw Hill,1974.
7. Asimv, “Introduction to design”,Prentice Hall,1962.
8. Robert P. Merges, Peter S. Menell, Mark A. Lemley,” Intellectual Property in
New Technology Age” 2006.
9. T.Ramappa,” Intellectual Property Rights Under WTO”, S. Chanda,2008

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

CIE – 50 Test I (Unit I, II &III) = 15 marks Quiz = 5 marks Total:50

marks Test II (Unit IV & V) = 15 marks Unit-VI(AAT) =15 marks marks
Answer FIVE full questions
 Questions Q1 & Q 3 from Unit I and Unit
SEE – 20x2 = 40
III respectively shall be answered and shall Total:100
100 Marks
not have internal choice. marks
marks  Questions Q2, Q4 and Q5 from Unit II,
20x3= 60
Unit IV & Unit V respectively shall be
Marks
answered and shall have internal choice
Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3
CO1 - - 3
CO2 - - 3
CO3 - - 3
CO4 - - 3
CO5 2 3 -
1. Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

PC-34
Course Code 18PC1S01 M.Tech ( Prestressed Concrete )
Category Seminar Semester: I
Course title SEMINAR - I
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and Credits L T P S Credits Total hours = 24
0 0 2 0 1
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: - Total Max. Marks: 50 Duration of SEE: ---
Prerequisites (if any): NIL

Course Learning Objectives:

The objectives of the SEMINAR-I is to prepare the students to learn to:
1. Carry out the literature review of general research area/current topic and
analyse the same effectively.
2. Prepare a technical report, reflecting his/her depth of understanding, on the
selected area/topic and prepare content rich presentation.
3. Acquire communication and time management skills for effective and impactful
presentation. Interact with peers to acquire the qualities of thoughtfulness,
friendliness, adaptability, responsiveness, and politeness in-group discussion.
Overcome stage fear during oral presentation.

GUIDE LINES
1. Seminar preparation and presentation is an individual student activity.
2. Topic may be of general/ specific interest to program of engineering or electives
not offered in the semester and to be selected in consultation with the
faculty/Guide assigned.
3. Select one pertinent research paper/topic for the seminar presentation.
4. Prepare and submit a detailed technical report of the seminar topic.

Course Outcomes:
Students shall be able to:
1. Carry out the literature survey of topic of seminar.
2. Prepare a technical report on the selected area/topic.
3. Make an effective presentation with seamless flow of content within the time
allocated. Overcome inhibition in interacting with peers and hence develop the
spirit of team work.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

CIE – 50 Phase -1 Marks =10 Seminar Report Total:50

marks Phase -2 Marks =20 Marks =20 Marks

PC-35
Scheme of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE):

Evaluation would be carried out in TWO phases. The Seminar Evaluation Committee
shall comprise of Chairperson of the Department, Faculty/Guide and one more faculty
member nominated by Chairperson of the Department. The evaluation criteria shall be
as per the rubrics given below:

Rubrics for Evaluation: Weightage

Topic - Technical Relevance, Sustainability and Societal Concerns : 15%

Review of literature and technical content : 35%
Presentation Skills : 25%
Report of seminar : 25%

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 2 2 3
CO2 2 3 3
CO3 - 2 -
1. Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

PC-36
Course Code 18CV1M02 M.Tech. (Prestressed Concrete)
Category Mandatory Audit Semester: I
Course title TECHNICAL PAPER WRITING (AUDIT COURSE-I)
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total Hours: 24
Credits
2 0 0 0 1
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: -- Total Max. Marks: 50 Duration of SEE: --
Prerequisites (if any):
Course Learning Objectives:
1. Understand the technique to improve technical report writing skills and level of
readability.
2. Learn about what to write contents section of a technical report.
3. Analyse the contents of literature.
4. Create a typical technical article.

COURSE CONTENTS

UNIT – I
Planning and preparation, word order, breaking up long sentences, structuring
paragraphs and sentences, being concise and removing redundancy, avoiding
ambiguity and vagueness. (05 Hrs)

UNIT – II
Clarifying who did what, highlighting your findings, hedging and criticizing,
Paraphrasing and plagiarism, sections of paper, Abstracts, Introduction. (05 Hrs)

UNIT – III
Review of the literature, Methods, Results, Discussion, Conclusions, The final check.
(04 Hrs)

UNIT – IV
Key skills needed when writing a title, Key skills needed when writing an Abstract,
Key skills needed when writing an Introduction, Skills needed when writing a review
of the literature. (05 Hrs)

UNIT – V
Key skills needed when writing the methods, Key skills needed when writing the
Results, Skills needed when writing a Discussion, Skills needed when writing the
Conclusions. (05 Hrs)

Course Outcomes:
Students shall be able to:
1. Describe the importance of basics of technical writing skills.
2. Review and emphasise the result of literature review.
3. Discuss the importance of various sections of technical report.
4. Develop a complete conceptual technical report.

PC-37
References:
1. Goldbort (2006) writing for science, Yale University Press ( Available on Google
books)
2. Day R (2006) How to write and publish a scientific paper, Cambridge university
Press.
3. Highman N (1998) Handbook of writing for the mathematical sciences,SIAM,
Highman’s book.
4. AdianWallwork, English for writing research papers, Springer New York
Dordrecht Heidelberg London, 2011

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

CIE – 50 Test I (Unit I, II &III) = 15 marks

AAT = 20 marks Total:50 marks
marks Test II (Unit IV & V) = 15 marks

Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 - 3 -
CO2 - 3 -
CO3 - 3 -
CO4 - 3 -
CO5 - 3 -
1. Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

PC-38
 SECOND SEMESTER
Course Code 18PC2C01 M.Tech. Prestressed Concrete )
Category Program Core Semester : II
Course title FINITE ELEMENT METHOD
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total Hours: 48
Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3 Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): Theory of Elasticity & Matrix method of Structural Analysis
Course Learning Objectives:
1. The course aims to understand the Concept of an element and its advantage
2. To understand the concept of discretization of structural elements
3. Formulation of stiffness equations to the discretized elements
4. Analysis procedure to the discretized elements
5. Re-assembling the solution of discretized element.

COURSE CONTENTS

UNIT - I
ELEMENTS AND INTERPOLATION FUNCTIONS
a. The Concept of an element
b. Various Element Shapes.
One-dimensional elements, Two-dimensional elements, axisymmetric elements,
Three-dimensional element,
c. Displacement Models
Generalized coordinate form of Displacement Models, Convergence Requirements,
Selection of suitable order of the Polynomial, Interpolation Displacement Models.
(8 Hrs)

UNIT - II
FINITE ELEMENT FORMULATION OF ONE-DIMENSIONAL PROBLEMS
1) TRUSSES: derivation of stiffness matrix for a bar element in Local coordinates,
selecting Approximating Functions (shape Functions) for Displacement,
Transformation of vectors in two-dimensions, Global Stiffness matrix,
Computation of stress for a bar in x-y plane, long hand solution of a plane truss.
2) BEAMS AND FRAMES: Derivation of stiffness matrix for a beam element in
Local coordinates, Assembing of beam stiffness matrices, Long hand solution of a
beam using the Direct Stiffness Method, Distributed loading – work equivalence
Method – Load replacement by Equivalent Nodal Loads, Two-dimensional
Arbitrary Oriented beam element, Long hand solution of Rigid plane frame,
Concept of Substructure Analysis. (10 Hrs)

UNIT - III
FINITE ELEMENT FORMULATION OF TWO-DIMENSIONAL PROBLEMS
Plane Stress and Plane Strain: Basic Concept of Plane Stress and Plane Strain,
Derivation of the constant – Strain Triangular element Stiffness Matrix, Treatment of
Body and Surface forces, Explicit expression for the constant Strain Triangle Stiffness
Matrix, Long hand solution of a plane stress problem, Derivation of Linear strain

PC-39
Triangle element Stiffness Matrix and equations. Long hand solution of L.S.T
Stiffness Matrix, Comparison between L.S.T and C.S.T. (10 Hrs)

UNIT - IV
AXISYMMETRIC ELEMENTS
Derivation of the stiffness matrix of an axisymmetric element. FINITE ELEMENT
MODELLING: General Considerations, Aspect ratio & Element Shapes, Use of
Symmetry, Natural Subdivisions at Discontinuities, Sizing of Elements & mesh
refinement, (08 Hrs)

UNIT - V
ISOPARAMETRIC FORMULATION:
Introduction – Sub parametric, Iso parametric and Super parametric Elements,
Isoparametric Formulation of the Bar Element Stiffness Matrix, Rectangular Plane
Stress elements, Isoparametric Formulation of the plane Element Stiffness Matrix,
Gaussian Quadrature (Numerical Integration), Evaluation of Stiffness Matrix and
Stress matrix by Gaussian Quadrature, Higher Order Shape Functions. Equilibrium
and Compatibility of FE Results, Convergence of solution, Interpretation of Stresses,
Static Condensation. (12 Hrs)

UNIT- VI
Recent advances and research being done in the topics mentioned in the above units.

Course Outcomes:
Students shall be able to:
1. Students will learn to analysis the differences in conventional and FEM methods
2. Learn the concept of discretization of structure
3. Assembling of stiffness matrices
4. Learn the differences between geometric and loading unsymmetry
5. Learn to use the software generation for matrices

References:
1. The Finite Element Method in Engineering, by S.S.Rao, Pergamon Press, New
York, 1982.
2. Introduction to Finite Element Method, by C.S.Desai and John .F. Abel, CBS
Publishers and Distributors.
3. The Finite Element Method, by O C Zienkiewicz, TMH publishing Company Ltd
4. Finite Element Analysis – Theory and Programming, by C.S KrishnaMoorthy,
TMH publishing Company Ltd.
5. Energy and Finite Element methods in Structural Mechanics, by I H Shames, and
C L Dym, New age International publishers Ltd
6. Theory and problems of Finite Element Analysis, Schaum‟s Outline Series,
McGraw Hill Inc.
7. Finite Element procedure by Klaus – Jurgan Bathe, Prentice Hall of India Pvt.
Ltd., 1986.
8. An Introduction to Finite Element Method, JN reddy, McGraw Hill Inc.
9. Concepts and Applications of Finite Element Analysis, by Robert D. Cook, David
S.Malkus and Michael E. Plesha, John Wiley and Sons

PC-40
10. Applied Finite Element Analysis for Engineers, Stasa, F.L. CBS International
Editions, 1980.
11. A Practical Introduction to Finite Element Analysis, by Cheung, Y.K. & Yao
M.F., Pitman Publishing Company Limited London, 1979.
12. Finite Element Structural Analysis, Prentice Hall, Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey,
1986.
13. Structural dynamics by Finite Elements, by William Weaver Jr. & R.P.Johnston,
Prentice Hall, Inc., Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey, 1987.
14. Finite Element Analysis by Gallagher, R.H., Prentice Hall, Inc, New Jersey, 1975.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

CIE = Test I (Unit I, II & III) = 15 marks Total:

Quiz = 05 marks
50 50
UNIT–VI (AAT) = 15 marks
marks Test II (Unit IV & V) = 15 marks marks
Answer FIVE full questions
Questions Q1& Q2 from Unit I and Unit II respectively 20 x 2 =
SEE = shall be answered and shall not have internal choice. 40 Total:
100 Marks 100
marks Questions Q3, Q4 & Q5 from Unit III, Unit IV & Unit 20 x 3 = marks
V respectively shall be answered & shall have internal 60
choice Marks

Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 3 ---- ----
CO2 3 2 ----
CO3 1 ---- ----
CO4 3 ---- ----
CO5 1 2 ----

1.Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

PC-41
Course Code 18PC2C02 M.Tech. ( Prestressed Concrete )
Category Program Core Semester : II
Course title ADVANCED PRESTRESSED CONCRETE
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total Hours: 48
Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3 Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): Prestressed Concrete

Course Learning Objectives:

1. Statically Indeterminate Prestressed Concrete Sections
2. Composite Sections
3. To design and detail different types of structures like Slabs, Pipes and Tanks
4. Enable to design complete element of Pre tensioned and Post tensioned member
5. Learn the complete design and detailing aspect of Prestressed Concrete

COURSE CONTENTS

UNIT-I

Design of PSC sections for flexure- minimum section modulus, limitations of

prestressing long spans, limiting zone for prestressing force, Design of sections for
axial tension, compression and bending, Design of Slender prestressed columns,
Design of prestressed concrete compression members in biaxial bending. (10 Hrs)

UNIT-II
Composite Construction of Prestressed Concrete and In Situ Concrete- Advantages,
analysis of stresses, Differential shrinkage, Deflection, Flexural strength, Shear
strength, Design of composite sections. (10 Hrs)
UNIT-III

Statically Indeterminate Structures – Analysis and Design of Continuous beam- laying

of concordant cables- Advantages, Effects, Methods of achieving continuity, Methods
of Analysis of Secondary Moments(Three moment theorem or tendon reactions),
Concordant cable profile, guyon theorem, Ultimate load Analysis of Continuous
Prestressing Members, Determination of Concordant Tendon Profile. (8 Hrs)

UNIT-IV
Design of Prestressed Concrete Pipes and Tanks – Circular Prestressing, Design of
Cylinder and Non Cylinder Pipes, Introduction of prestressed concrete tanks, Tank
floors, Junction of Prestressed tank walls and Base slab, Analysis and Design of
Prestressed Tanks-, Fixed base, Hinged base and Sliding base. (10 Hrs)

UNIT-V
Design of Prestressed Concrete Slabs and Grid floors- Types, Design of One-way
slab, Two-way slab, Flat slab and Grid Floor. (10 Hrs)

UNIT-VI
Recent advances and research being done in the topics mentioned in the above units

PC-42
Course Outcomes:
Students shall be able to:
1. Design and detail Axially loaded member and Flexure member
2. Analyse and design Composite Structures
3. Apply analytical skills to evaluate Statically Indeterminate PSC Structures
4. Design Advanced PSC slabs like flat slabs and grid floor
5. Design and detail Prestressed Pipes and Tanks
6. Design a complete Pre-tensioned and Post-tensioned members

References:
1. N.Krishnaraju “Prestressed Concrete”, Tata McGraw- Hill Education Publication,
2008,
2. Lin T. Y and H. Burns “Prestressed Concrete structures”, Wiley Publication, 2009,
ISBN: 978-0-471-01898-8
3. N. Rajagopalan, “Prestressed Concrete”, Narosa Publishing House.2nd
edition,ISBN 2053 2005.
4. A. Nilson, “Design of Prestressed Concrete”, John Willey & Sons.2nd edition,
ISBN 1765 1997.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

CIE = Test I (Unit I, II & III) = 15 marks Total:

Quiz = 05 marks
50 50
Test II (Unit IV & V) = 15 marks UNIT–VI (AAT) = 15 marks
marks marks
Answer FIVE full questions
Questions Q1& Q2 from Unit I and Unit II respectively 20 x 2 =
SEE = shall be answered and shall not have internal choice. 40 Total:
100 Marks 100
marks Questions Q3, Q4 & Q5 from Unit III, Unit IV & Unit 20 x 3 = marks
V respectively shall be answered & shall have internal 60
choice Marks

Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 3 2 ----
CO2 3 ---- 3
CO3 3 ------ -----
CO4 3 ----- 2
CO5 3 ------
CO6 ------ ----- 3

1.Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

PC-43
Course Code 18PC2C03 M.Tech. ( Prestressed Concrete )
Category Program Elective Semester : II
Course title ADVANCED DESIGN OF STEEL STRUCTURES
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total Hours: 48
Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3 Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): Basic Design of Steel Structures
Course Learning Objectives:
1. Understand the background of the design provisions for hot rolled and Cold –
Formed steel structures & their differences.
2. Understand the concept of lateral stability of beams.
3. Proficiency in applying the provisions for design of columns, beams & beam-
column.
4. Analysing the lateral stability and strength of light gauge sections
5. Understand the principal of lateral load resisting structures &Trussed Tube
system.
COURSE CONTENTS
UNIT-I
Plastic And Local Buckling Behaviour of Structural Street: Introduction, Plastic
Theory, General Requirements for plastic design, Plastic hinge Concept, Plastic
collapse load, Conditions of plastic analysis, Theorems of plastic collapse, Methods of
plastic analysis, Plastic design of continuous beams, Plastic design of portal frames,
Effect of axial and shear force on plastic moment capacity, Special considerations,
Local buckling of plates, Cross section classification, Behavior and ultimate strength
of plates. (10 Hrs)
UNIT-II
Design of Beams: Introduction, Section classification, Lateral stability of beams,
Factors affecting lateral stability, Behavior of Beams in Bending, Design Strength of
Laterally supported and Laterally unsupported beams in bending, Shear strength of
Steel Beams, Maximum Deflection. Castellated Beams, Design examples. (10 Hrs)

UNIT-III
Design of Beam-columns: Introduction, General Behaviour of beam-columns,
Second order moments in Beam-columns, Elastic Torsional Buckling of Beam-
columns, Interaction between Beam-column and Structure Nominal Strength-
Instability in the plane of bending, Beam-column under biaxial loading, Interaction
Equations for local capacity check, Code design procedures, Design of beam column,
Beam column subjected to tension and bending (10 Hrs)

UNIT-IV
Design of Light Gauge Steel: Introduction, Forms of Light gauge section, Local
Buckling of thin elements, Stiffened & Un-stiffened elements, Effective section
properties, IS801 & IS811 Codal provision, Axially Loaded compression members,
Laterally supported & un-supported beams, numerical problems. (10 Hrs)

PC-44
 UNIT-V
Principles of lateral Load resisting Steel Buildings: Semi rigid Frames, Rigid Frames,
Braced frames, Staggered Truss System, eccentric Bracing Systems, Interacting
system of Braced and Rigid frames, Outrigger and Belt Truss Systems, Framed,
Trussed & Cellular Tube Structures, Ultimate High Efficiency Systems (08 Hrs)

UNIT-VI
Recent advances and research being done in the topics mentioned in the above units

Course Outcomes:
Students shall be able to:
1. Achieve knowledge of design and development of problem solving skills
2. Design and develop analytical skill
3. Able to design the girders and steel trusses
4. Evaluate the performance of the light gauge structure
5. Understand the concept of design of various steel structural elements

References:
1. Design of Steel Structures, by N.Subramanian
2. Design of Steel Structures, by Duggal SK
3. Steel Structures, by Gaylord and Gaylord, McGraw Hill Publisher, 1980
4. The Plastic Method of Structural Analysis, B.G. Neal.
5. Plastic Design of Steel Frames, Beedle, L.S
6. Structural Analysis and Design of Tall Buildings by Bungale S Taranath, McGraw
Hill Book Company
7. IS 800:2007, IS 801,
8. IS1641, IS 1642, IS 1643

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION
CIE = Test I (Unit I, II & III) = 15 marks Total:
Quiz = 05 marks
50 50
UNIT–VI (AAT) = 15 marks
marks Test II (Unit IV & V) = 15 marks marks
Answer FIVE full questions
SEE = Questions Q1& Q2 from Unit I and Unit II respectively 20 x 2 = Total:
100 shall be answered and shall not have internal choice. 40 Marks 100
marks Questions Q3, Q4 & Q5 from Unit III, Unit IV & Unit V 20 x 3 = marks
respectively shall be answered & shall have internal choice 60 Marks
Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 2 2 2
CO2 2 2 3
CO3 3 3 3
CO4 2 3 3
CO5 2 3 3
1.Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

PC-45
Course Code 18PC2E1A M.Tech. ( Prestressed Concrete )
Category Program Elective Semester : II
Course title ADVANCED RC DESIGN
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total Hours: 48
Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3 Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): RC DESIGN

Course Learning Objectives:

1. Understand the Design concepts of RCC Beams.
2. Analyse and Design the RCC Slabs.
3. Analyse and Design the RC Deep Beams and Corbels.
4. Understand the Behavior of Compression Members.
5. Understand the Analysis and Design concepts of Silos, Bunkers and Multi-storey
Buildings.

COURSE CONTENTS

UNIT - I
INTRODUCTION: Design of singly Reinforced rectangular sections, Design of
Doubly Reinforced rectangular sections, Design for shear – Design for Torsion, Limit
state of Serviceability: Deflections of Reinforced concrete beams, estimation of crack
width in RCC members, calculation of crack widths. (10 Hrs)

UNIT -II
DESIGN OF SLAB: Yield line theory for analysis of slabs: Virtual work methods of
analysis of Rectangular slabs. Design of Flat Slabs. (10 Hrs)

UNIT - III
DESIGN OF REINFORCED CONCRETE DEEP BEAMS & CORBELS: Design of
Deep Beams by IS 456, Checking for Local Failures, Detailing of Deep Beams,
Analysis of Forces in a Corbels, Design of Procedure of Corbels. (10 Hrs)

UNIT -IV
DESIGN OF COMPRESSION MEMBERS: Estimation of Effective Length of a
Column – Code Requirements on Slenderness Limits,– Design of Short Columns
Under Axial Compression – Design of Short Columns Under Compression With
Uniaxial Bending – Design of Short Columns Under Axial Compression With Biaxial
Bending – Design of Slender Columns. (10 Hrs)
UNIT -V
DESIGN OF SILOS (CIRCULAR) AND BUNKERS: Analysis, design and detailing
of side walls, hopper bottoms. (8 Hrs)

UNIT - VI
Recent advances and research being done in the topics mentioned in the above units.

PC-46
Course Outcomes:
Students shall be able to:
1. Describe the Design features of RCC Beams.
2. Implement the Analysis and Design of RC Slabs.
3. Implement the Analysis and Design of RC Deep Beams and Corbels.
4. Outlining the Behavior of Compression Members.
5. Implement the Analysis and Design concepts of Silos, Bunkers and Multi-storey
Buildings.

References:
1. Unnikrishna Pillai, S and Devadas Menon, Reinforced concrete design Tata
McGraw Hill Publishing Company Limited, New Delhi.
2. “Advanced Reinforced Concrete” P.C. Varghese Prentice Hall of INDIA Private
Ltd. 2008.
3. Park R and Paulay T Reinforced Concrete Structures, John Wiley and sons, 1973.
4. S. Ramamurthuam: Design Reinforced Concrete Structures, Dhanpat Rai
Publishing Company (P) LTD. New Delhi.
5. “Design of Reinforced Concrete Structures” by N.Subramanian, Oxford
University Press.
6. N. Krishna Raju “Advanced Reinforced Concrete Design”, 2nd edition, CBS
Publishers and Distributors.- 2009.
7. Reinforced concrete structural elements – behaviour, Analysis and design by P.
Purushotham, Tata Mc.Graw-Hill, 1994.
8. IS 456, SP 16 and SP 34.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

CIE = Test I (Unit I, II & III) = 15 marks Total:

Quiz = 05 marks
50 50
Test II (Unit IV & V) = 15 marks UNIT–VI (AAT) = 15 marks
marks marks
Answer FIVE full questions
Questions Q1& Q2 from Unit I and Unit II respectively 20 x 2 =
SEE = shall be answered and shall not have internal choice. 40 Total:
100 Marks 100
marks Questions Q3, Q4 & Q5 from Unit III, Unit IV & Unit 20 x 3 = marks
V respectively shall be answered & shall have internal 60
choice Marks
Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 3 ---- ----
CO2 3 2 ----
CO3 1 ---- ----
CO4 3 ---- ----
CO5 1 2 ----
1.Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

PC-47
Course Code 18PC2E1B M.Tech. ( Prestressed Concrete )
Category Program Elective Semester : II
Course title EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT DESIGN OF STRUCTURES
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total Hours: 48
Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3 Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): Basic Design of Structures
Course Learning Objectives:
1. Understand the basic concepts of Earthquake Resistant Design.
2. Apply and analyse different irregularities.
3. Analyse and Evaluate design lateral forces for equivalent lateral and dynamic
forces
4. Create a strategy to evaluate effects of infills in RC buildings due to seismic
loading
5. Develop procedure for ductility & retrofitting of RC structures.

COURSE CONTENTS

UNIT-I
Basic elements of earthquake resistant design:- Introduction, static and dynamic
equilibrium, structural modelling, seismic method of analysis, seismic design
methods, response control concepts, seismic evaluation and retrofitting, seismic test
methods.
Identification of seismic damages in RC buildings during past earthquake:-
Introduction, reinforced concrete building construction practices, identification of
damage in RC buildings, damage to structural elements, damage to non-structural
panel elements, damage to tank and parapets, damage to vertical circulation systems,
effect of earthquake on code designed structures. (10 Hrs)

UNIT-II
Effect of structural irregularities on the performance of RC buildings during
earthquakes:- Introduction, vertical irregularities (vertical discontinuities in load path,
irregularity in strength and stiffness, mass irregularities, vertical geometric
irregularity, proximity of adjacent buildings), plan configuration problems (torsion
irregularities, re-entrant corners, non-parallel systems, diaphragm discontinuity),
recommendations. (08 Hrs)

UNIT-III
Code based procedure for determination of design lateral loads:- Introduction, seismic
design philosophy, determination of design lateral forces ( equivalent lateral force
procedure and dynamic analysis procedure). (08 Hrs)

UNIT-IV
Consideration of infill wall in seismic analysis of RC buildings:- Introduction,
structural and constructional aspects of infill, failure mechanism of infill, equivalent
diagonal strut.
Retrofitting of masonry buildings:- Introduction, failure mode of masonry buildings,
methods for retrofitting of masonry building, repairing techniques of masonry,

PC-48
member retrofitting, structural level retrofitting methods, seismic evaluation of
retrofitting measures in stone masonry models. (10 Hrs)

UNIT-V
Ductility considerations in earthquake resistant design of RC buildings:- Introduction,
impact of ductility, requirements for ductility, assessment of ductility, factors
affecting ductility, ductility factors, ductile detailing considerations as per IS 13920:
1993.
Earthquake resistant design of shear wall as per IS 13920: 1993:- Introduction,
description of building, determination of design lateral forces, design of shear wall,
detailing of reinforcements.
Seismic retrofitting strategies of reinforced concrete buildings:- Introduction,
consideration in retrofitting of structures, source of weakness in RC frame building,
classification of retrofitting techniques, retrofitting strategies for RC buildings,
comparative analysis of methods of retrofitting. (12 Hrs)

UNIT-VI
Recent advances and research being done in the topics mentioned in the above units.

Course Outcomes:
Students shall be able to:
1. Describe the basic elements of earthquake resistant design.
2. Implement the effect of structural irregularities on the performance of RC
buildings during earthquakes.
3. Distinguish the analysis procedures for earthquake loading
4. Outlining the influence of infills in earthquake resistant design
5. Implement the Design concepts due to ductility and Seismic retrofitting.

References:

1. Pankaj Agarwal and Manish Shrikande, Earthquake Resistant Design of

Structures, PrenticeHall of India Private Ltd, New Delhi
2. Duggal S K, Earthquake Resistant Design of Structures, Oxford University
Press, New Delhi
3. James L Stratta, Manual of Seismic Design, Pearson Education, Asia, New Delhi
4. Anil K Chopra, Dynamics of Structures, Pearson Education, Asia, New Delhi
5. Steven L Kramer, Geotechnical Earthquake Engineering, Pearson Education,
Asia, New Delhi
6. Mark Fintel, Handbook of Concrete Engg, CBS Publishers, New Delhi
7. IS 1893, IS 13920, IS 4326 and if any required

PC-49
SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

CIE = Test I (Unit I, II & III) = 15 marks Total:

Quiz = 05 marks
50 50
UNIT–VI (AAT) = 15 marks
marks Test II (Unit IV & V) = 15 marks marks
Answer FIVE full questions
Questions Q1& Q2 from Unit I and Unit II respectively 20 x 2 =
SEE = shall be answered and shall not have internal choice. 40 Total:
100 Marks 100
marks Questions Q3, Q4 & Q5 from Unit III, Unit IV & Unit 20 x 3 = marks
V respectively shall be answered & shall have internal 60
choice Marks

Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 1 1 1
CO2 2 3 2
CO3 1 2 3
CO4 3 2 3
CO5 3 3 3

1.Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

PC-50
Course Code 18PC2E1C M.Tech. ( Prestressed Concrete )
Category Program Elective Semester : II
Course title ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF PLATES AND SHELLS
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total Hours: 48
Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3 Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): Theory of Elasticity and Mechanics

Course Learning Objectives:

1. Illustrate the Plate Theory and Navier’s solution for Plates.
2. Illustrate the Levy’s Solution and Energy Method for Plates.
3. Elaborate the concepts of Shells.
4. Understand the Behavior of Circular Plates under symmetric loading.
5. Understand the Design and Detailing of Shell Structures.

COURSE CONTENTS

UNIT – I
Introduction to plate theory, Small deflection of laterally loaded thin rectangular
plates of pure bending. Navier‟s solution for various lateral loading (No derivations),
Numerical examples. (10 Hrs)

UNIT – II
Levy‟s solution for various lateral loading and boundary conditions (No derivations),
Numerical examples. Energy methods for rectangular plates with clamped edges.
(10 Hrs)

UNIT –III
Introduction to curved surfaces and classification of shells, membrane theory of
spherical shells, Cylindrical shell, Hyperbolic paraboloid, Elliptic paraboloid and
Conoids. (08 Hrs)

UNIT – IV
Symmetric loading of Circular plates with various edge conditions for both solid and
annular plates. (10 Hrs)

UNIT - V
Axially symmetric bending of shells of revolution, Closed cylindrical shells, water
tanks, spherical shells and Geckler‟s approximation. Bending theory of doubly curved
shallow shells. (10 Hrs)

UNIT – VI
Recent advances and research being done in the topics mentioned in the above units

PC-51
Course Outcomes:
Students shall be able to:
1. Summarize the Plate Theory and Implement Navier’s solution for Plates.
2. Execute the Levy’s Solution and Energy Method for Plates.
3. Outline the concepts of Shells.
4. Summarize the Circular Plates under symmetric loading.
5. Implement the Design and Detailing of Shell Structures.

References:
1. Timoshenko, S. and Woinowsky-Krieger, W., “Theory of Plates and Shells” 2nd
Edition, McGraw-Hill Co., New York, 1959
2. Ramaswamy G.S. – “Design and Constructions of Concrete Shell Roofs” – CBS
Publishers and Distributors – New Delhi – 1986.
3. Ugural, A. C. “Stresses in Plates and Shells”, 2nd edition, McGraw-Hill, 1999.
4. R. Szilard, “Theory and analysis of plates - classical and numerical methods”,
Prentice Hall, 1994.
5. Chatterjee.B.K. – “Theory and Design of Concrete Shell”, – Chapman & Hall,
New York-third edition, 1988

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

CIE = Test I (Unit I, II & III) = 15 marks Total:

Quiz = 05 marks
50 50
UNIT–VI (AAT) = 15 marks
marks Test II (Unit IV & V) = 15 marks marks
Answer FIVE full questions
SEE = Questions Q1 & Q3 from Unit I and Unit III respectively 20 x 2 = Total:
100 shall be answered and shall not have internal choice. 40 Marks 100
marks Questions Q2, Q4 & Q5 from Unit II, Unit IV & Unit V 20 x 3 = marks
respectively shall be answered & shall have internal choice 60 Marks

Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 3 ---- ----
CO2 2 ---- ----
CO3 3 1 ----
CO4 2 ---- ----
CO5 3 2 1

1.Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

PC-52
Course Code 18PC2E2A M.Tech. ( Prestressed Concrete )
Category Program Elective Semester : II
Course title ADVANCED DESIGN OF SUB STRUCTURES
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total Hours: 48
Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3 Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): Basics of Geotechnical Engineering
Course Learning Objectives:
1. Understand the concepts and types of foundation in different soil conditions.
2. Apply and analyse shallow and deep foundations in complex grounds.
3. Apply and evaluate the foundations subjected to vibrations due to dynamic loads.
4. Analyse and evaluate special foundations under different field situations.
5. Create and develop strategies for foundations of infrastructure projects.

COURSE CONTENTS

UNIT-I
SHALLOW FOUNDATIONS : Basic requirements of foundation – Types and
selection of foundations. Bearing capacity of footings, footings on layered soils –
Bearing capacity from plate load test, Settlement of footings, Uplift capacity of
footings – Structural design of reinforced concrete isolated, strip, combined and strap
footings – mat foundation (10 Hrs)
UNIT-II
PILE FOUNDATIONS : Introduction, Types of pile foundations, Bearing capacity
of piles, Bearing capacity of piles from dynamic analysis, pile load test, Lateral pile
load test, structural design of straight piles, configuration of piles different shapes of
piles cap – structural design of pile cap. (09 Hrs)
UNIT- III
WELL FOUNDATIONS: Types of well foundation, Sinking stresses in wells, Grip
length, load carrying capacity, construction of wells – Failures and Remedies –
Design of well foundation, Lateral stability (09 Hrs)

UNIT- IV
MACHINE FOUNDATIONS: Introduction, types of machine foundation, Basic
principles of design of machine foundation – Dynamic properties of soil – vibration
analysis of machine foundation – Design of foundation for Reciprocating machines
and Impact machines – Reinforcement and construction details – vibration isolation.
(10 Hrs)
UNIT-V
SPECIAL FOUNDATIONS: Foundation on expansive soils, choice of foundation,
under-reamed pile foundation. Foundation for Foundations for Transmission Line
Towers Towers, chimneys, Earth retaining structures – Retaining walls, sheet piles
and reinforced earth structures (10 Hrs)
UNIT-VI
Recent advancements in foundations technology and construction practices for static
and dynamic loads.

PC-53
Course Outcomes:
Students shall be able to:
1. Explain the basic concepts to select appropriate foundation type on soil
conditions.
2. Analyse problems with respect to shallow and deep foundations.
3. Apply and solve engineering problems with respect to well foundations.
4. Apply and evaluate foundations subjected dynamic loads from various sources.
5. Develop strategies to problems requiring special foundations.

References
1. Bowles .J.E., “Foundation Analysis and Design”, McGraw Hill Publishing co.,
New York, 1997.
2. Swamy Saran, Analysis and Design of substructures, Oxford and IBH Publishing
Co. Pvt. Ltd., 2006.
3. Tomlinson.M.J, “Foundation Design and Construction”, Longman, Sixth Edition,
New Delhi, 1995.
4. Varghese.P.C, “Design of Reinforced Concrete Foundations” – PHI learning
private limited, New Delhi – 2009.
5. S.P. Brahma “ Foundation Engineering” Tata McGraw Hill publishing company
Ltd, New Delhi.
6. Das.B.M., “Principles of Foundation Engineering”, Thomson Brooks / Cole
Publishing Company, Singapore, 2004
7. Winterkorn H.F. and Fong H.Y. “Foundation Engineering Hand Book”, Galgotia
Book Source, New Delhi, 2000

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

CIE = Test I (Unit I, II & III) = 15 marks Total:

Quiz = 05 marks
50 50
UNIT–VI (AAT) = 15 marks
marks Test II (Unit IV & V) = 15 marks marks
Answer FIVE full questions
Questions Q1& Q2 from Unit I and Unit II respectively 20 x 2 =
SEE = shall be answered and shall not have internal choice. 40 Total:
100 Marks 100
marks Questions Q3, Q4 & Q5 from Unit III, Unit IV & Unit 20 x 3 = marks
V respectively shall be answered & shall have internal 60
choice Marks
Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3
CO1 2 2 3
CO2 2 3 3
CO3 2 3 3
CO4 1 2 3
CO5 2 3 3
1.Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

PC-54
Course Code 18PC2E2B M.Tech. ( Prestressed Concrete )
Category Program Elective Semester : II
Course title TALL STRUCTURES
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total Hours: 48
Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3 Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): RCC Design
Course Learning Objectives:
1. Understand the Design Criteria For Tall Structures.
2. Discuss the Static and Dynamic approach of Design of Tall Structures.
3. Discuss the Factors affecting growth, Height and Structural form.
4. Understand the Analysis and Design of building as total structural system
considering overall integrity and major subsystem interaction.
5. Illustrate the stability of Tall Buildings.

COURSE CONTENTS
UNIT - I
DESIGN CRITERIA: Design philosophy, loading, sequential loading, and materials
– high performance concrete, fiber reinforced concrete, lightweight concrete, design
mixes. Loading and Movement: Gravity loading: Dead and live load, methods of live
load reduction, Impact, Gravity loading, Construction loads. (8 Hrs)

UNIT- II
WIND LOADING: Static and dynamic approach, Analytical and wind tunnel
experimentation method. Earthquake loading: Equivalent lateral force, modal
analysis, combinations of loading, working stress design, Limit state design, Plastic
design. (10 Hrs)

UNIT - III
BEHAVIOR OF VARIOUS STRUCTURAL SYSTEMS: Factors affecting
growth, Height and structural form; High rise behavior, Rigid frames, braced frames,
in-filled frames, shear walls, coupled shear walls, wall-frames, tubular, cores,
Futigger – braced and hybrid mega system. (10 Hrs)
UNIT- IV
ANALYSIS AND DESIGN: Modeling for approximate analysis, accurate analysis
and reduction techniques, analysis of building as total structural system considering
overall integrity and major subsystem interaction, analysis for member forces; drift
and twist, computerized general three dimensional analyses. (10 Hrs)

UNIT - V
STABILITY OF TALL BUILDINGS: Overall buckling analysis of frames, wall
frames, approximate methods, second order effects of gravity of loading, P-Delta
analysis, simultaneous first order and P-Delta analysis, Transnational, Torsional
instability, out of plum effects, stiffness of member in stability, effect of foundation
rotation. Structural elements: sectional shapes, properties and resisting capacities,
design, deflection, cracking, pre-stressing, shear flow. Design for differential
movement, creep and shrinkage effects, temperature effects and fire. (10 Hrs)

PC-55
 UNIT - VI
Recent advances and research being done in the topics mentioned in the above units.

Course Outcomes:
Students shall be able to:
1. Implement the Design Criteria For Tall Structures.
2. Implement the Static and Dynamic approach of Design of Tall Structures.
3. Apprise the Factors affecting growth, Height and Structural form.
4. Implement the Analysis and Design of building as total structural system
considering overall integrity and major subsystem interaction.
5. Carryout the stability of Tall Buildings.

References:
1. Taranath B.S, “Structural Analysis and Design of Tall Buildings”- McGraw Hill.
2. Wilf gang Schuller, “High rise building structures”- John Wiley.
3. Bryan Stafford Smith & Alexcoull, “Tall building structures Analysis and
Design”- John Wiley.
4. T.Y Lin & D.Stotes Burry, “Structural concepts and system for Architects and
Engineers”- John Wiley.
5. Lynn S.Beedle, “Advances in Tall Buildings”- CBS Publishers and Distributors.
6. Dr. Y.P. Gupta – Editor, “Proceedings National Seminar on High Rise Structures-
Design and Construction practices for middle level cities”- New Age International
Limited.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION
CIE = Test I (Unit I, II & III) = 15 marks Total:
Quiz = 05 marks
50 50
UNIT–VI (AAT) = 15 marks
marks Test II (Unit IV & V) = 15 marks marks
Answer FIVE full questions
Questions Q1& Q2 from Unit I and Unit II respectively 20 x 2 =
SEE = shall be answered and shall not have internal choice. 40 Total:
100 Marks 100
marks Questions Q3, Q4 & Q5 from Unit III, Unit IV & Unit 20 x 3 = marks
V respectively shall be answered & shall have internal 60
choice Marks
Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3
CO1 3 ---- ----
CO2 3 2 ----
CO3 2 2 ----
CO4 3 2 ----
CO5 2 ---- ----

1.Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

PC-56
Course Code 18PC2E2C M.Tech. ( Prestressed Concrete )
Category Program Elective Semester : II
PREFABRICATED STRUCTURAL TECHNIQUES AND
Course title
DESIGN
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total Hours: 48
Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks:
SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3 Hrs
50
Prerequisites (if any): RCC Design
Course Learning Objectives:
1. Understand the concepts of Prefabrication.
2. Evaluate the classification of Prefabrication.
3. Analyse the production techniques of Precast concrete.
4. Formulate the design of prefabricated elements
5. Illustrate the preparation of site infrastructure and construction techniques.

COURSE CONTENTS

UNIT - I
Prefabricated construction: Necessity, Advantages, Disadvantages, mass-produced
building products, industrial buildings. Modular co-ordination: Basic module,
planning and design of modular grid system, National building code specifications,
standardization, dimension of products, preferred dimensions and sizes, tolerances
and deviations, layout and process. (10 Hrs)

UNIT - II
Classification of pre-fabricates: Foundation, Columns, Beams, roof and roof panels,
wall panels, clay units, box fabricates, erection and assembly. Precasting and
prefabrication techniques: Planning, production and erection of structures, skeletal
and large panel construction, industrial structures, space structures, pre-stressed pre-
cast elements. (10 Hrs)

UNIT - III
Pre-cast concrete production techniques: Forms and moulds of various materials,
manufacturing methods-Pressed casting extrusion method, vacuum process, spinning
process, hot concrete process, mix designs adopted. (08 Hrs)

UNIT - IV
Design of prefabricated elements: Lift points, Joints in elements, design of joints to
transfer axial forces, moments and shear forces, economic aspects. (08 Hrs)

UNIT - V
Site infrastructure: Equipment, Horizontal and Vertical transportation, site
manufacture and preparation of components, fabrication and assembly, storage of
prefabricates., curing methods. Construction technique: Large panel construction,
Box systems, Lift slab systems. (12 Hrs)
UNIT - VI
Recent advances and research being done in the topics mentioned in the above units.

PC-57
Course Outcomes:
1. Summarize the concepts of prefabrication
2. Appraise about the classification of Prefabrication.
3. Implement Pre-cast concrete production techniques.
4. Design the prefabricated elements.
5. Classify the construction techniques and site infrastructure for Prefabrication.

References
1. National building code{ Part VI-Prefabrication and systems building} Bureau of
Indian standards.
2. Koncz, Tihamer, "Manual of precast concrete construction with large reinforced
concrete and prestressed concrete components; Design, analysis and
construction", Bauverlag, Better World Books Ltd, Dunfermline, United
Kingdom
3. Lewicki, Bohdan, “Building with large Prefabricates”, Elsevier Publishing
Company, London 1966.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION:

CIE = Test I (Unit I, II & III) = 15 marks Total:

Quiz = 05 marks
50 50
UNIT–VI (AAT) = 15 marks
marks Test II (Unit IV & V) = 15 marks marks
Answer FIVE full questions
SEE = Questions Q1& Q2 from Unit I and Unit II respectively 20 x 2 = Total:
100 shall be answered and shall not have internal choice. 40 Marks 100
marks Questions Q3, Q4 & Q5 from Unit III, Unit IV & Unit V 20 x 3 = marks
respectively shall be answered & shall have internal choice 60 Marks

Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 3 ---- ----
CO2 3 2 ----
CO3 2 2 ----
CO4 3 2 ----
CO5 2 ---- ----

1.Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

PC-58
Course Code 18PC2L01 M.Tech. ( Prestressed Concrete )
Category Laboratory Semester: II
Course title BUILDING INFORMATION MODELLING LAB
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total hours = 48
Credits
0 0 4 0 2
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3 Hrs
Prerequisites (if any):

Course Learning Objectives:

1. Prepare 2D drawings the building components.
2. Plan the 3D view of different components of a building.
3. Analyse and design structures for static and dynamic loading
4. Appraise the process of project management.

COURSE CONTENTS

AutoCAD-2D: Basic drawings using Drawing tools, Appling Properties to objects

Layer Management, Plotting (12 Hrs)

Revit Architecture: Initial settings and Building elements, Creating a plan using
building elements and modification, Model Elements, Rendering (12 Hrs)

STAAD.Pro / ETABS: Overview of Structural Analysis and Design, Modeling,

Assigning Properties, Static & Dynamic Analysis, Design. (12 Hrs)

MSP / Primavera: Introduction, Resources types, Resource sheet, Resource

allocation, Resource analysis, Resource leveling and types, Task types, Team planner,
Reports, Exporting, Multiple projects and Compare projects and practice (12 Hrs)

Course Outcomes:
Students shall be able to:
1. Apply the concept of Autocad for 2D drafting.
2. Develop the building element by Revit Architecture.
3. Categorise the design of structures by STAAD / ETABS.
4. Illustrate Project management techniques.

References:
1. Rafael Sacks, Chuck Eastman, Ghang Lee & Paul Teicholz, "BIM Handbook: A
Guide to Building Information Modeling for Owners, Designers, Engineers,
Contractors, and Facility Managers", John Wiley & Sons, 2018
2. Manuals of the software mentioned in the course content which are available online

PC-59
SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

Continuous Internal Evaluation Marks Semester End Evaluation Marks

(Laboratory – 50 Marks) (SEE) Laboratory (100
Marks)
Performance of the student in the 20 Write up 20
laboratory, every week
Test at the end of the semester 20 Experimentation 60
Viva Voce 10 Viva voce 20
Total 100
Total (CIE) 50 Total (SEE) 50*

Note: * = SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks for practical and the marks obtained
shall be reduced for 50 Marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 1 1 1
CO2 1 1 1
CO3 2 2 2
CO4 3 1 1

1. Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

PC-60
Course Code 18PC2S01 M.Tech ( Prestressed Concrete )
Category Seminar Semester: II
Course title SEMINAR - II
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total hours = 24
Credits
0 0 2 0 1
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: - Total Max. Marks: 50 Duration of SEE: ---
Prerequisites (if any): NIL

Course Learning Objectives:

The objectives of the SEMINAR-II is to prepare the students to learn to:
1. Carry out the literature review of general research area/current topic and
analyse the same effectively.
2. Prepare a technical report, reflecting his/her depth of understanding, on the
selected area/topic and prepare content rich presentation.
3. Acquire communication and time management skills for effective and impactful
presentation. Interact with peers to acquire the qualities of thoughtfulness,
friendliness, adaptability, responsiveness, and politeness in-group discussion.
Overcome stage fear during oral presentation.

GUIDE LINES
1. Seminar preparation and presentation is an individual student activity.
2. Topic may be of general/ specific interest to program of engineering or electives
not offered in the semester and to be selected in consultation with the
faculty/Guide assigned.
3. Select one pertinent research paper/topic for the seminar presentation.
4. Prepare and submit a detailed technical report of the seminar topic.

Course Outcomes:
Students shall be able to:
1. Carry out the literature survey of topic of seminar.
2. Prepare a technical report on the selected area/topic.
3. Make an effective presentation with seamless flow of content within the time
allocated. Overcome inhibition in interacting with peers and hence develop the
spirit of team work.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

CIE – 50 Phase -1 Marks =10 Seminar Report Total:50

marks Phase -2 Marks =20 Marks =20 Marks

PC-61
Scheme of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE):

Evaluation would be carried out in TWO phases. The Seminar Evaluation Committee
shall comprise of Chairperson of the Department, Faculty/Guide and one more faculty
member nominated by Chairperson of the Department. The evaluation criteria shall be
as per the rubrics given below:

Rubrics for Evaluation: Weightage

Topic - Technical Relevance, Sustainability and Societal Concerns : 15%

Review of literature and technical content : 35%
Presentation Skills : 25%
Report of seminar : 25%

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 2 2 3
CO2 2 3 3
CO3 - 2 -

1. Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

PC-62
Course Code 18CV2M01 M.Tech. ( Prestressed Concrete )
Category Mandatory Audit Semester: I
Course title PEDAGOGY STUDIES (AUDIT COURSE-II)
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total Hours: 24
Credits
2 0 0 0 1
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: -- Total Max. Marks: 50 Duration of SEE: --
Prerequisites (if any):
Course Learning Objectives:
1. Understand and apply the best practices in Pedagogy studies.
2. Analyse the different pedagogy approaches for effective teaching learning
process.
3. Apply the modern tools used in pedagogy.

COURSE CONTENTS

UNIT –I
 Introduction and Methodology:
 Aims and rationale, Policy background, Conceptual framework and terminology.
 Theories of learning, Curriculum, Teacher education.
 Conceptual framework, Research question.
 Overview of methodology and searching. (05 Hrs)

UNIT –II
 Thematic overview: Pedagogical practices are being used by teachers in formal
and informal classrooms in developing countries.
 Curriculum, teacher education, usage of modern tools. (04 Hrs)

UNIT –III
 Evidence on the effectiveness of pedagogical practices.
 Methodology for the in depth stage: quality assessment of included studies.
 How can teacher education (curriculum and practicum) and the school curriculum
and guidance materials best support effective pedagogy?
 Theory of change.
 Strength and nature of the body of evidence for effective pedagogical practices.
 Pedagogic theory and pedagogical approaches.
 Teacher‟s attitudes and beliefs and pedagogic strategies. (05 Hrs)

UNIT –IV
 Professional development; alignment with classroom practices and follow-up
support.
 Peer support
 Support from the head teacher and the community.
 Curriculum and assessment.
 Barriers to learning: limited resources and large class sizes. (05 Hrs)

PC-63
 UNIT –V
 Research gaps and future directions
 Research design
 Contexts
 Pedagogy
 Teacher education
 Curriculum and assessment
 Dissemination and research impact. (05 Hrs)

Course Outcomes:
Students shall be able to:
1. Discuss and compare the different practices of Pedagogy studies for effective
teaching and learning.
2. Emphasise on different Pedagogy approaches for enhanced teaching learning
process.
3. Implement the capabilities of modern tools used in Pedagogy studies.

References:
1. Ackers J, Hardman F (2001) Classroom interaction in Kenyan primary schools,
Compare, 31 (2): 245-261.
2. Agrawal M (2004) Curriculum reform in school: The importance of evaluation,
Journal of Curriculum Studies, 36(3): 361-379.
3. Akyeampong K (2003) Teacher training in Ghana – does it count? Multi-site
teacher education research project (MUSTER) country report 1. London: DFID.
4. Akyeampong K, Lussier K, Proyor J, Westbrook J (2013) Improving teaching and
learning of basic maths and reading in Africa: Does teacher preparation count?
International Journal Educational Development, 33 (3): 272-282.
5. Alexander RJ (2001) Culture and pedagogy: International comparisons in primary
education. Oxford and Boston; Blackwell.
6. Chavan M (2003) Read India: A mass scale, rapid, „learning to read‟ campaign.
7. www.pratham.org/images/resource%20working%20paper%202.pdf.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

Test I (Unit I, II &III) = 15 marks

CIE – 50 Quiz = 5 marks Total:50
marks Unit-VI(AAT) = 15 marks marks
Test II (Unit IV & V) = 15 marks

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 - - 1
CO2 - - 1
CO3 1 1 1
1. Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

PC-64
 THIRD SEMESTER
Course Code 18PC3E1A M.Tech. ( Prestressed Concrete )
Category Program Elective Semester : III
Course title RESTORATION AND REHABILITATION OF STRUCTURES
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total Hours: 48
Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3 Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): RCC Design
Course Learning Objectives:
1. Understand the scope of Restoration, Repair and Rehabilitation
2. Analyse the causes of distress of concrete structures and to assess the strength of
the distressed concrete structure
3. To evaluate repair materials and repair techniques to restore the concrete
structures.
4. Understand the properties of repair materials and repair techiniques
5. Formulate the procedure for rehabilitation of damaged structures due to earth
quake.

COURSE CONTENTS

UNIT-I
Introduction to Restoration, Repair and Rehabilitation, Investigation of structures in
distress:- Physical Interpretation- recording of existing distress condition. Field tests
for assessing distress condition, Causes of distress; Physical causes: Introduction,
Durability of concrete, causes of distress in concrete structures, shrinkage in concrete,
freeze and thaw on concrete, weathering on concrete, crazing on concrete, honey
combing on concrete, swelling on concrete, pop outs on concrete, creep on concrete,
abrasion, erosion and cavitations on concrete, temperature changes, fire on concrete,
thermal movement in concrete, sub-grade movement, formwork movement,
settlement and movement, foundation settlement, construction errors, cracking due to
construction overloads, Cracks due to externally applied loads, accidental loadings,
design errors. (08 Hrs)

UNIT-II
Chemical causes and Corrosion: Chemical attack on concrete, , alkali reaction on the
concrete: aggregate reaction and alkali, silica reaction, chloride attack on concrete,
hydrolysis and leaching on concrete, salt attack/salt weathering , soft water
attack/aggregate water attack, crystallization of salt in pores, sea water attack on
concrete, biological attack on concrete, mechanism of miscellaneous chemical attack.
Basic principles of corrosion, corrosion mechanism of embedded metal, corrosion
process, damage due to corrosion, codal provisions for different exposure conditions,
corrosion protection techniques, relative symptoms to causes of distress and
deterioration. (08 Hrs)

PC-65
 UNIT-III
Damage assessment: Destructive testing system; Introduction, purpose of assessment,
rapid assessment, visual inspection testing system of hardened concrete, evaluation of
cracks, destructive testing system, Assessment of existing concrete structures, direct
load test, load test on structural elements. Non destructive system; Introduction, NDT
methods, Chemical testing of concrete, diagnostic methods for corrosion damage,
investigation strategies, detail test and inspection testing, determination of structural
integrity and location of reinforcement, determination of steel serviceability and
condition , determination of concrete quality and composition, systematic assessment
of fire affected structures, preliminary investigation, detailed investigation.
(08 Hrs)

UNIT-IV
Repair materials: Selection and evaluation of repair materials; Introduction, material
selection, criteria for selection of repair materials, methodology for the selection of
repair materials, classification of repair materials, , Special repair materials;
Introduction, chemical and mineral admixtures, superplasticizers(SP), accelerators,
concrete composites, polymer repair materials, polymer coatings, polymer
concrete/mortar composites, fibre reinforced concrete, behavior of steel fibre
reinforced concrete, application of SFRC to repair of distressed structures, behaviour
of FRC with other fibres, glass fibre reinforced concrete, polypropylene fibre, natural
fibres, aramid fibre, carbon fibre, fibre reinforced polymer composites, FRP
composite laminates, ferro cement, ferrocement as repair material, SIFCON and
SIMCON Materials, miscellaneous materials (12 Hrs)

UNIT-V
Repair and Rehabilitation: Repair of Cracks; Introduction, factors that effect cracking,
measures of cracking, stages of concrete repair, durability of concrete repair, durable
repair design, evaluation of the repairs, types and classification of repairs, methods of
repairs, Rehabilitation Techniques; Introduction, Strengthening techniques;
Introduction, need for strengthening, terms of repair, structural concrete repair,
structural repair techniques for reinforced concrete, structure concrete strengthening,
jacketing technique, externally bonding technique, externally bonded mild steel
plates, strengthening with external reinforcement, short spanning, external post
tensioning, section enlargement, strengthening by SIMCON, dam safety: concrete
repair techniques, guidelines for seismic rehabilitation of existing buildings, seismic
vulnerability, strategies for rehabilitation schemes. (12 Hrs)

UNIT-VI
Recent advances and research being done in the topics mentioned in the above units

Course Outcomes:
Students shall be able to:
1. Understand the causes of deterioration of concrete structures confidently.
2. Choose the proper assessment techniques to know the strength of distressed
structures.
3. Design and develop the proper repair, rehabilitation and Strengthening
techniques.
4. Understand the concept of Durability and Serviceability.
5. Implement the rehabilitation methods for damaged structure due to earth quake.

PC-66
References :
1. Harold Ropes, “Concrete Structures: Materials, Maintenance and Repair”
Longman Scientific and Technical Publication, John Wiley and Sons Inc., New
York
2. Jagadish R., “Structural Failures – Case Histories”, Oxford and IBH Publishing
Co., Pvt., Ltd. New Delhi
3. Crane, A.P. “Corrosion of Reinforcement in Concrete Construction”, Elli
Horwood Ltd., Chichester, England
4. Allen, R.T.L. and Edwards, “The Repair of Concrete Structures”, S.C., Balckie
Publication, Glasgow, London.
5. Pullar – Strecker, “Corrosion Damaged Concrete „ Assessment and Repair”
Butterworths, England.
6. Raikar, R.N. “Learning from Failures – Deficiencies in Design, Construction and
Service”, Structwel Designers & Consultant Pvt. Ltd., Bombay, India.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

CIE = Test I (Unit I, II & III) = 15 marks Total:

Quiz = 05 marks
50 50
Test II (Unit IV & V) = 15 marks UNIT–VI (AAT) = 15 marks
marks marks
Answer FIVE full questions
Questions Q1& Q2 from Unit I and Unit II respectively 20 x 2 =
SEE = shall be answered and shall not have internal choice. 40 Total:
100 Marks 100
marks Questions Q3, Q4 & Q5 from Unit III, Unit IV & Unit 20 x 3 = marks
V respectively shall be answered & shall have internal 60
choice Marks
Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 2 2 3
CO2 2 2 3
CO3 3 3 3
CO4 2 3 3
CO5 2 3 3
1.Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

PC-67
Course Code 18PC3E1B M.Tech. ( Prestressed Concrete )
Category Program Elective Semester : III
Course title ADVANCED DESIGN OF BRIDGES
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total Hours: 48
Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3 Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): Bridge Design

Course Learning Objectives:

1. Understand the basic concepts of bridge Engineering and design culverts.
2. Apply and analyse T-Beam and composite bridges.
3. Analyse and Evaluate PSC bridges
4. Understand the concepts of Balance Cantilever Bridges, Cable stayed bridges,
Suspension bridges and Curved bridges
5. Formulate procedure for analysis of sub-structural elements.

COURSE CONTENTS
UNIT-I
Review of load distribution on bridges. Response of bridges under static & Dynamic
loading, Designs of Box culvert & Slab culvert (10 Hrs)

UNIT-II
Designs: T-Beam bridges and composite bridges. (10 Hrs)

UNIT-III
PSC Bridges: Introduction to Pre and Post Tensioning, Proportioning of Components,
Analysis and Structural Design of Slab, Analysis of Main Girder using COURBON‟s
Method for IRC class AA tracked vehicle, Calculation of pre-stressing force, cable
profile and calculation of stresses, Design of End block and detailing of main girder.
(10 Hrs)

UNIT-IV
Design principles: Balance Cantilever Bridges, Cable stayed bridges, Suspension
bridges and Curved bridges. (08 Hrs)

UNIT-V
Substructures: stability analysis of abutments and analysis of piers, Bearings and
Expansion joints, Bridge foundation: Well and pile foundations (10 Hrs)

UNIT-VI
Recent advances and research being done in the topics mentioned in the above units

Course Outcomes:
Students shall be able to:
1. Describe the basic elements of Bridge Engineering and plan culverts .
2. Design T-Beam and composite bridges.
3. Create design procedure for PSC bridges

PC-68
4. Outlining the principles of Balance Cantilever Bridges, Cable stayed bridges,
Suspension bridges and Curved bridges
5. Implement the analysis concepts of different components of bridge substructures.

References
1. Bridge Engineering by Ponnuswamy, Mcgraw Hill Publicaton.
2. Essentials of Bridge Engineering by D. Johnsosn Victor, Oxford & IBH
Publishing Company.
3. Design of concrete bridges by Vazirani Ratwani & M.G. Aswani, Khanna
Publishers, New Delhi.
4. Design of bridges by Dr N. Krishna Raju, Oxford & IBH Publishing Company.
5. Analysis and design of Bridges by M.A.Jayaram, Sapna Publishers, Bangalore.
6. Principles and Practice of Bridge Engineering by S P Bindra, DhanpatRai& Sons
New Delhi
7. Bridge Deck Behaviour by E.C.Hambly.
8. Concrete Bridge Design and Practice by V.K.Raina Tata Mc Graw Hill Publishing
co.
9. Relevant IS and IRC codes.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

CIE = Test I (Unit I, II & III) = 15 marks Total:

Quiz = 05 marks
50 50
Test II (Unit IV & V) = 15 marks UNIT–VI (AAT) = 15 marks
marks marks
Answer FIVE full questions
SEE = Questions Q2& Q3 from Unit II and Unit III respectively 20 x 2 = Total:
100 shall be answered and shall not have internal choice. 40 Marks 100
marks Questions Q1, Q4 & Q5 from Unit I, Unit IV & Unit V 20 x 3 = marks
respectively shall be answered & shall have internal choice 60 Marks
Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 1 1 1
CO2 1 --- 1
CO3 1 --- 1
CO4 1 --- 1
CO5 1 --- 1

1.Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

PC-69
Course Code 18PC3E1C M.Tech. ( Prestressed Concrete )
Category Program Elective Semester : III
Course title FRACTURE MECHANICS
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total Hours: 48
Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3 Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): Structural Mechanics

Course Learning Objectives:

1. Elaborate the Fundaments of Fracture Mechanics, Mechanism of Cracking and
Crack Growth.
2. Discuss the different Cracks or Fractures in Structures.
3. Discuss the Mechanisms of Failure and nonlinear Fracture Mechanics.
4. Understand the Concept of CTOD and CMD.
5. Understand Modelling based on Continuum Damage Mechanics.

COURSE CONTENTS

UNIT I
Fundamentals of Fracture Mechanics, Mechanisms of fracture and crack growth.
(08 Hrs)

UNIT II
Cleavage fracture, ductile fracture, fatigue cracking, Environment assisted cracking,
Quasi brittle materials. (10 Hrs)

UNIT III
Service failure analysis, linear elastic fracture mechanics, Griffith‟s criteria, stress
intensity factors, crack tip plastic zone, Erwin‟s plastic zone correction, R curves,
compliance, J Integral, nonlinear analysis ,Review of concrete behavior in tension and
compression, Basic frameworks for modeling of quasibrittle materials. (10 Hrs)

UNIT IV
Nonlinear Fracture Mechanics – Discrete crack concept/Smeared crack concept, Size
effect, Plasticity models for concrete – Associated and non-associated flow, Failure
surfaces for quasibrittle materials. (10 Hrs)

UNIT V
Concept of CTOD and CMD, Material models, crack models, band models, models
based on continuum damage mechanics. (10 Hrs)

UNIT VI
Recent advances and research being done in the topics mentioned in the above units

PC-70
Course Outcomes:
Students shall be able to:
1. Generalise the Fundaments of Fracture Mechanics, Mechanism of Cracking and
Crack Growth.
2. Summarise the different Cracks or Fractures in structures.
3. Executing the Mechanisms of Failure and nonlinear Fracture Mechanics.
4. Implement Concrete with Tension and Compression Failure surfaces and
concepts of CTOD and CMD.
5. Implement Modelling based on continuum damage mechanics.

References:
1. Elementary engineering fracture mechanics – David Broek – Sijthoff & Noordhoff
– Alphen aan den Rijn – Netherlands
2. Fracture mechanics of concrete structures – Theory and applications – Rilem
Report – Edited by L. Elfgreen – Chapman and Hall – 1989.
3. Fracture mechanics – applications to concrete – Edited by Victor, C. Li, & Z.P.
Bazant – ACI SP 118.
4. Valliappan S. "Continuum Mechanics Fundamentals" (1982), Oxford IBH, N D.
New Delhi.
5. Venkataraman and Patel “Structural Mechanics with introduction to Elasticity and
Plasticity” – Mcgraw Hill, 1990.
6. Shanes – “Introduction to Solid Mechanics – II Edition, PH, 1989

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

CIE = Test I (Unit I, II & III) = 15 marks Total:

Quiz = 05 marks
50 50
UNIT–VI (AAT) = 15 marks
marks Test II (Unit IV & V) = 15 marks marks
Answer FIVE full questions
Questions Q1& Q2 from Unit I and Unit II respectively 20 x 2 =
SEE = shall be answered and shall not have internal choice. 40 Total:
100 Marks 100
marks Questions Q3, Q4 & Q5 from Unit III, Unit IV & Unit 20 x 3 = marks
V respectively shall be answered & shall have internal 60
choice Marks
Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 3 2 ----
CO2 3 ---- ----
CO3 3 ---- ----
CO4 2 2 ----
CO5 3 2 ----

1.Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

PC-71
Course Code 18PC3S01 M.Tech ( Prestressed Concrete )
Category Seminar Semester: III
Course title SEMINAR - III
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and Credits L T P S Credits Total hours = 24
0 0 2 0 1
CIE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 50
Prerequisites (if any): NIL

Course Learning Objectives:

The objectives of the SEMINAR-III is to prepare the students to learn to:
1. Carry out the literature review of general research area/current topic and
analyse the same effectively.
2. Prepare a technical report, reflecting his/her depth of understanding, on the
selected area/topic and prepare content rich presentation.
3. Acquire communication and time management skills for effective and impactful
presentation. Interact with peers to acquire the qualities of thoughtfulness,
friendliness, adaptability, responsiveness, and politeness in-group discussion.

GUIDE LINES
1. Seminar preparation and presentation is an individual student activity.
2. Topic may be of general/ specific interest to program of engineering or electives
not offered in the semester and to be selected in consultation with the
faculty/Guide assigned.
3. Select one pertinent research paper/topic for the seminar presentation.
4. Prepare and submit a detailed technical report of the seminar topic.

Course Outcomes:
Students shall be able to:
1. Carry out the literature survey of topic of seminar.
2. Prepare a technical report on the selected area/topic.
3. Make an effective presentation with seamless flow of content within the time
allocated. Overcome inhibition in interacting with peers and hence develop the
spirit of team work.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

CIE – 50 Phase -1 Marks =10 Seminar Report Total:50

marks Phase -2 Marks =20 Marks =20 Marks

PC-72
Scheme of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE):

Evaluation would be carried out in TWO phases. The Seminar Evaluation Committee
shall comprise of Chairperson of the Department, Faculty/Guide and one more faculty
member nominated by Chairperson of the Department. The evaluation criteria shall be
as per the rubrics given below:

Rubrics for Evaluation: Weightage

Topic - Technical Relevance, Sustainability and Societal Concerns : 15%

Review of literature and technical content : 35%
Presentation Skills : 25%
Report of seminar : 25%

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 2 2 3
CO2 2 3 3
CO3 - 2 -

1. Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

PC-73
Course Code 18PC3I01 M.Tech ( Prestressed Concrete )
Category Internship/ Mini Project Semester: III
Course title INTERNSHIP / MINI PROJECT
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total hours = 80
Credits
--- --- 10 --- 5
Duration of SEE: 3 Hrs
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100
for a batch of 6 students
Prerequisites (if any): NIL

INTERNSHIP
Course Learning Objectives:
Objectives of the internship:
1. Provide an opportunity to see how classroom and textbook learning applies to the
real world, and to expose the students to the relevant work experience.
2. Pay close attention to all the steps that go onto completing a job, thereby, help
students to become workforce ready before entering the job market as a
graduate. Provide an opportunity to select the topic of dissertation work by
evaluating the requirement of organisation.
3. Prepare and present a technical report of internship.

GUIDELINES
1. Student has to approach the concerned heads of various Industries/organization,
which are related to the field of specialization of the M. Tech program.
2. If any student gets internship, he/she has to submit the internship offer letter duly
signed by the concerned authority of the company to the Chairperson of the
Department.
3. The internship on full time basis will be immediately after the examination of II
semester and during vacation of III semester for a minimum period of 8 weeks
without affecting the regular class work.
4. The progress has to be reported periodically Internship Guide assigned by the
Chairperson as per the format acceptable to the respective industry /organizations
and to the Institution.
5. At the end of the internship the student has to prepare and submit a detailed report
and submit.
6. Students are advised to use ICT tools such as Skype to report their progress and
submission of periodic progress reports to the faculty in charge or guide.
7. Duly signed report from guide and external supervisor from the organization
where internship is offered has to be submitted to the Chairperson of the
Department for evaluation.
The broad format of the internship final report shall contain Cover Page, Certificate
from College, Certificate from Industry / Organization of internship,
Acknowledgement, Synopsis, Table of Contents, chapters of Profile of the
Organization - Organizational structure, Products, Services, Business Partners,
Financials, Manpower, Societal Concerns, Professional Practices, Activities of the
Department where internship is done, Tasks Performed and summary of the tasks
performed. specific technical and soft skills that student has acquired during
internship, References & Annexure.

PC-74
Course Outcomes:
The student will be able to:
1. Apply the gained experience along with the theoretical knowledge to solve the
real world problems what engineers ready do.
2. Get equipped with experience required before entering the job market. Explore
the possibility of formulating the dissertation problem.
3. Prepare a technical report and make a presentation of details of internship.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION
1.Marks awarded by guide (Internal examiner) = 50 marks
50*
CIE 2.Marks awarded by the department internship/mini project
Marks
monitoring committee = 50 marks
Presentation of internship work in the presence of Guide (Internal 50**
SEE
examiner) and external examiner = 100 marks Marks
Note: *= CIE be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.
**= SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be
reduced for 50 marks.

Rubrics for CIE:

Sl. Particulars Weightage Total
no marks
1 Topic of internship 10%
2 Objectives of internship 10%
3 Specific skills acquired 20%
50*
4 Documentation 40%
5 Presentation 20%
Total 100%

Rubrics for SEE:

Sl. Particulars Weightage Total
no marks
1 Topic of internship 10%
2 Objectives of internship 10%
3 Specific skills acquired 20%
50**
4 Document 40%
5 Presentation 20%
Total 100%
Note: ** = SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be
reduced for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3
CO1 3 - 2
CO2 2 - 2
CO3 - 3 -
1. Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

PC-75
 MINI PROJECT
Course Learning Objectives:
1. Understand the method of applying engineering knowledge/use application
software to solve specific problems after carrying out relevant literature survey.
2. Apply engineering and management principles while executing the project.
3. Demonstrate the skills for good technical report writing and presentation.

COURSE CONTENT/GUIDELINES

Student shall take up small problems in the field of domain of program as mini
project. It can be related to a solution to an engineering problem, verification and
analysis of experimental data available, conducting experiments on various
engineering subjects, material characterisation, familiarising a software tool for
solution to selected engineering problem, etc.

The mini project must be carried out preferably using the resources available in the
department/college and it can be of interdisciplinary also .

Course Outcomes:
The students shall be able to:
1. Conduct experiments / use the capabilities of relevant application software/
simulation tools individually to generate data/ solve problems.
2. Assess the available engineering resources available in the institution.
3. Prepare and present a technical document of mini project.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

1.Marks awarded by guide (Internal examiner) = 50 marks

50*
CIE 2.Marks awarded by the department internship/mini project
Marks
monitoring committee = 50 marks
Presentation of mini project work in the presence of Guide 50**
SEE
(Internal examiner) and external examiner = 100 marks Marks

Note: *= CIE be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.
**= SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be
reduced for 50 marks.

PC-76
Rubrics for CIE:

Sl. Particulars Weightage Total

no marks
1 Selection of the topic & formulation of objectives 10%
2 Modelling and simulation/algorithm 25%
development/experiment setup
3 Conducting experiments/implementation/testing 25% 50*
4 Demonstration & Presentation 15%
5 Report writing 25%
Total 100%

Rubrics for SEE:

The SEE shall be done by two examiners out of which one examiner is the guide of
mini project. The following weightage would be given for the examination.
Evaluation shall be done in batches, not exceeding 6 students.

Sl. Particulars Weightage Total

no marks
1 Brief write-up about the project 10%
2 Presentation/demonstration of the project 20%
3 Methodology and Experimental Results & Discussion 25%
50**
4 Report 25%
5 Viva Voce 20%
Total 100%

Note: ** = SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be
reduced for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 3 - 3
CO2 2 - 3
CO3 - 3 -

1. Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

PC-77
Course Code 18PC3D01 M.Tech ( Prestressed Concrete )
Category Dissertation Work Semester: III
Course title DISSERTATION WORK PHASE -I
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total hours = 80
Credits
0 0 10 0 5
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks:50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 1Hour
Prerequisites (if any): NIL

Course Learning Objectives:

1. Choose a problem applying relevant knowledge and skills acquired during the
course. Formulate the specifications of the project work, identify the set of
feasible solutions, prepare, and execute project plan considering professional,
cultural and societal factors. Identify the problem-solving methodology using
literature survey and present the same.
2. Develop experimental planning and select appropriate techniques and tools to
conduct experiments to Evaluate and critically examine the outcomes followed by
concluding the results and identifying relevant applications. Preparation of
synopsis, preliminary report for approval of topic selected along with literature
survey, objectives and methodology.
3. Develop oral and written communication skills to effectively convey the technical
content.

GUIDELINES

The Dissertation work will start in III semester and should be a problem with research
potential and should involve scientific research, design, generation/collection and
analysis of data, determining solution and must preferably bring out the individual
contribution.

The Dissertation work will have to be done by only one student and the topic of
dissertation must be decided by the guide and the student. The dissertation work shall
be carried out, on-campus or in an industry or in an organisation with prior approval
from the Chairperson of the Department. The student has to be in regular contact with
the guide atleast once in a week.

The report of Dissertation work phase I shall contain cover page, certificate from
College/Industry/Organisation, Acknowledgement, List of Figures and Tables
Contents, Nomenclature, Chapters of Introduction including motivation to choose
topic, Literature survey, Conclusion of literature survey, Objectives and Scope of
Dissertation, Methodology to be followed, Experimental requirements, References
and Annexure.

The preliminary results (if available) of the problem of Dissertation work may also be
discussed in the report.

PC-78
Course Outcomes:
The students will be able to:
1. Self learn various topics relevant to Dissertation work. Carry out the literature
survey from National/International reference journals, articles and books
contact resource persons for selected topics of Dissertation.
2. Write and prepare a technical report.
3. Present and defend the contents of Dissertation work phase I in front of
technically qualified audience effectively.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION:

1.Marks awarded by guide (Internal examiner) = 50 marks

50*
CIE 2.Marks awarded by the department dissertation monitoring
Marks
committee = 50 marks
Presentation of Dissertation work Phase-I in the presence of Guide 50**
SEE
(Internal examiner) and external examiner = 100marks Marks
Note: *= CIE be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.
**= SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be
reduced for 50 marks.

Rubrics for CIE: Weightage

1. Introduction and Justification of topic = 10%
2. Literature survey and Conclusion = 30%
3. Objectives and Scope of Dissertation work = 30%
4. Methodology to be adopted = 20%
5. Presentation of contents of Dissertation work Phase-I = 10%

Rubrics for SEE: Weightage

1. Introduction and Justification of topic = 10%
2. Literature survey and its Conclusion = 30%
3. Objectives and Scope of Dissertation work = 30%
4. Methodology, Experimental /Software = 20%
5. Presentation of Dissertation Phase-I = 10%

Mapping of Course Outcomes (Cos) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 3 - 3
CO2 - 3 3
CO3 2 3 -
1. Low, 2.Medium, 3. High

PC-79
 FOURTH SEMESTER

Course Code 18PC4S01 M.Tech. ( Prestressed Concrete )

Category Seminar Semester: IV
Course title SEMINAR - IV
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total hours = 24
Credits
0 0 2 0 1
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: - Total Max. Marks: 50 Duration of SEE: ---
Prerequisites (if any): NIL

Course Learning Objectives:

The objectives of the SEMINAR-IV is to prepare the students to learn to:
1. Carry out the literature review of general research area/current topic and analyse
the same effectively.
2. Prepare a technical report, reflecting his/her depth of understanding, on the
selected area/topic and prepare content rich presentation.
3. Acquire communication and time management skills for effective and impactful
presentation. Interact with peers to acquire the qualities of thoughtfulness,
friendliness, adaptability, responsiveness, and politeness in-group discussion.

GUIDE LINES

1. Seminar preparation and presentation is an individual student activity.

2. Topic may be of general/ specific interest to program of engineering or electives
not offered in the semester and to be selected in consultation with the
faculty/Guide assigned.
3. Select one pertinent research paper/topic for the seminar presentation.
4. Prepare and submit a detailed technical report of the seminar topic.

Course Outcomes:
Students shall be able to:
1. Carry out the literature survey of topic of seminar.
2. Prepare a technical report on the selected area/topic.
3. Make an effective presentation with seamless flow of content within the time
allocated. Overcome inhibition in interacting with peers and hence develop
the spirit of team work.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

CIE – 50 Phase -1 Marks =10 Seminar Report Total:50

marks Phase -2 Marks =20 Marks =20 Marks

PC-80
Scheme of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE):

Evaluation would be carried out in TWO phases. The Seminar Evaluation Committee
shall comprise of Chairperson of the Department, Faculty/Guide and one more faculty
member nominated by Chairperson of the department. The evaluation criteria shall be
as per the rubrics given below:

Rubrics for Evaluation: Weightage

Topic - Technical Relevance, Sustainability and Societal Concerns : 15%

Review of literature and technical content : 35%
Presentation Skills : 25%
Report of seminar : 25%

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 2 2 3
CO2 2 3 3
CO3 - 2 -

1. Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

PC-81
Course Code 18PC4D01 M.Tech ( Prestressed Concrete )
Category Dissertation Work Semester: IV
Course title DISSERTATION WORK PHASE -II
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total hours = 150
Credits
--- --- 30 --- 15
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE:
Prerequisites (if any): NIL

Course Learning Objectives:

1. Apply/Use different experimental techniques, equipments, software/
Computational/ Analytical /Modelling and Simulation tools required for
conducting tests and generate other relevant data. Students will also be able to
design and develop an experimental prototype setup/test rig/frame work/test
bench.
2. Analyse the results of the experiments conducted/models developed.
3. Create a detailed technical document as per format based on the outcome of
dissertation work phase I and II.

GUIDELINES

Dissertation work phase II is the continuation of project work started in III semester.
The report of final Dissertation work that includes the details of Dissertation work
phase I and phase II should be presented in a standard format. The candidate shall
prepare a detailed report of final dissertation work in bound form that includes Cover
Paper, Certificate from College/Industry/Organisation, Acknowledgement, Abstract,
Table of contents, List of Figures and Table, Nomenclature, Chapter of Introduction,
Literature survey, Conclusion of literature survey, Objectives and Scope of
dissertation work, Methodology, Experimentation, Results, Discussion, Conclusion,
Scope for future work, References, Annexure and full text of the publication
(submitted or published).

Course Outcomes:
Students shall be able to:
1. Conduct experiments/ implement the capabilities of different Software
/Computational / Analytical/Modelling and simulation tools individually and
generate data for validation of hypothesis.
2. Investigate and assess the results obtained within the scope of experiments
conducted followed by Conclusions.
3. Prepare a detailed technical document, present and defend the contents of
Dissertation work before technically qualified audience effectively.

PC-82
SCHEME OF EXAMINATION:

1. Marks awarded by guide = 50 marks

2. Marks awarded by the department dissertation 100 50*
CIE
monitoring committee marks marks
(Guide + Two faculty members )= 50 marks
1. Dissertation evaluation by guide (Internal examiner) =
100 marks
2. Dissertation evaluation by external examiner =100 marks 300 50**
SEE
3. Viva-Voce examination by guide and external examiner marks marks
who evaluated the dissertation = 100 marks

Note: * = CIE be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.
** = SEE shall be conducted for 300 marks and the marks obtained shall be
reduced for 50 marks.

Rubrics for CIE: Weightage

1. Presentation of background of dissertation work = 10%

2. Literature survey, Problem formulation and Objectives = 30%
3. Presentation of methodology and experimentation = 30%
4. Results and Discussion = 20%
5. Questions and Answers = 10%

Rubrics for SEE: Weightage

1. Originality = 5%
2. Literature survey = 15%
3. Problem formulation, Objectives and Scope of Work = 10%
4. Methodology, Experimentation/Theoretical modelling = 10%
5. Results, Discussion and Conclusion = 20%
6. Questions and Answers = 20%
7. Submission/Publication of technical paper in Journals/Conference = 20%

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 3 2 3
CO2 2 2 3
CO3 3 3 3

1. Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

PC-83
 BANGALORE UNIVERSITY

Department of Civil Engineering

UNIVERSITY VISVESVARAYA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING

Jnana Bharathi Campus, Bengaluru-560 056

Choice Based Credit System (CBCS)-2018

M.Tech in Civil Engineering

Major: Construction Technology [CT]

CT-1
 BANGALORE UNIVERSITY

VISION

“To strive for excellence in education for the realization of a vibrant and
inclusive society through knowledge creation and dissemination”

MISSION

 Impart quality education to meet national and global challenges

 Blend theoretical knowledge with practical skills
 Pursue academic excellence through high quality research and
publications
 Provide access to all sections of society to pursue higher education
 Inculcate right values among students while encouraging
competitiveness to promote leadership qualities
 Produce socially sensitive citizens
 Hasten the process of creating a knowledge society
 To contribute to nation building

CT-2
 Bangalore University
UNIVERSITY VISVESVARAYA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING
K R Circle, Bengaluru – 560 001

University Visvesvaraya College of Engineering (UVCE) was started as a School of

Mechanical Engineering by Bharat Ratna Sir. M Visvesvaraya in the year 1913 to meet
the needs of the State for skilled workers with S V Setty as its Superintendent. Later, it
was converted to a full-fledged Engineering College in the year 1917 under the name
Government Engineering College (GEC) and was affiliated to the University of Mysore.
It is the fifth Engineering College to be established in the country.

After the formation of Bangalore University in 1964, GEC became University College of
Engineering (UCE) and then became UVCE as a Constituent College of Bangalore
University. This is one of the oldest Institutions in the country imparting technical
education leading to B.E., M.E, B.Arch., M.Sc. (Engineering), M.Arch. and Ph.D.
Degrees in various disciplines of Engineering and Architecture.

The Institution currently offers 7 Undergraduate Full-time, 3 Undergraduate Part-time

and 23 Postgraduate Programmes.

VISION
The vision of UVCE is to strive for excellence in advancing engineering education
through path breaking innovations across the frontiers of human knowledge to realize a
vibrant, inclusive and humane society.

MISSION
The mission of UVCE is to prepare human resource and global leaders to achieve the
above vision through discovery, invention and develop friendly technologies to
promote scientific temper for a healthy society. UVCE shapes engineers to respond
competently and confidently to the economic, social and organizational challenges
arising from globally advancing technical needs.

CT-3
 Bangalore University, Bengaluru
Department of Civil Engineering, UVCE, Bengaluru
M. Tech. DEGREE IN CIVIL ENGINEERING under CBCS Scheme - 2K18 Scheme
MAJOR: CONSTRUCTION TECHNOLOGY

Vision of the Department

To be front runner in academic activities in the field of Civil Engineering and to become a
school of excellence that brings out Civil Engineers with high technical competencies and
to promote high-end research to meet the current and future challenges in Civil
Engineering.

Mission of the Department

CTM1: To provide quality education to the students with the fundamental background
necessary for an active successful professional career in Civil Engineering, in
general.
CTM2: To impart knowledge and enlighten students to make them competent, self-
motivated and expanding their knowledge skills through continuous education,
and to inculcate human values and concern for environment and the society.
CTM3: To promote Entrepreneurship to strengthen the economy and society.
CTM4: To generate experts in Civil Engineering contributing their academic excellence to
serve the nation.
CTM5: To produce innovative thinkers for solving complex engineering problems.

Program Educational Objectives (PEO)

The post graduates of M.Tech in Construction Technology will be provided the

knowledge and skill to:
CTPEO1: Have successful career through the application of fundamentals and latest
developments in Construction Technology.
CTPEO2: Have required skills to communicate effectively and ability to work
individually and in team with a zeal for venturing into entrepreneurship and
involve in life-long learning.
CTPEO3: Pursue research, higher studies and choose professional career as design
engineer, faculty, researcher etc...

CT-4
 Program Outcomes (PO):

Post Graduates with M.Tech (Construction Technology) degree will be able to:

CTPO1: An ability to independently carry out research / investigation and development

work to solve practical problems of the domain of Construction Technology.
CTPO2: An ability to prepare and present a substantial technical report / document.
CTPO3: An ability to demonstrate a degree of mastery in Construction Technology.

CT-5
 BANGALORE UNIVERSITY
SCHEME OF STUDIES AND EXAMINATION FOR 24 MONTHS COURSE FOR THE AWARD OF
M. Tech. DEGREE IN CIVIL ENGINEERING under CBCS Scheme – 2K18 Scheme
MAJOR: CONSTRUCTION TECHNOLOGY

Semester I
Sl. Course Type/ Course Name Teaching scheme Teaching Total CIE *SEE Credits
No Course Code Hrs/Week DPT Hrs/week Marks Marks
L T P S
1 18CT1C01 Project Management 4 0 0 0 Civil 4 50 50 4
2 18CT1C02 Construction Equipment and Management 4 0 0 0 Civil 4 50 50 4
3 18CT1C03 Statistics and Reliability Analysis 4 0 0 0 Civil 4 50 50 4
4 18CT1E1A Advanced Structural Concrete
18CT1E1B Low Cost Housing 4 0 0 0 Civil 4 50 50 4
18CT1E1C Rural Roads
5 18CT1E2A Form Work Techniques & Design
18CT1E2B Pre Stressed Concrete Structures 4 0 0 0 Civil 4 50 50 4
18CT1E2C Design of Masonry Structures
6 18CT1L01 Advanced Concrete & Structural Lab 0 0 4 0 Civil 4 50 50 2
7 18CV1M01 Research Methodology and Intellectual Property 2 0 0 0 Civil 2 50 50 2
Rights
8 18CT1S01 Seminar -I 0 0 2 0 Civil 2 50 -- 1
9 18CV1M02 Technical Paper Writing (Audit Course - I) 2 0 0 0 English 2 50 -- 1
Total 24 -- 06 -- 30 450 350 26

CT-6
 Semester II
Sl. No Course Type/ Course Name Teaching scheme Teaching Total CIE *SEE Credits
Course Code Hrs/Week DPT Hrs/week Marks Marks
L T P S
1 18CT2C01 Quality Management 4 0 0 0 Civil 4 50 50 4
2 18CT2C02 Construction Personnel and Financial Management 4 0 0 0 Civil 4 50 50 4
3 18CT2C03 Building Environment and Services 4 0 0 0 Civil 4 50 50 4
4 18CT2E1A Resource Management and Control in Construction
18CT2E1B Advanced RC Design 4 0 0 0 Civil 4 50 50 4
18CT2E1C Advanced Design of Substructures
5 18CT2E2A Professional Practice
18CT2E2B Prefabricated Structural Techniques and Design 4 0 0 0 Civil 4 50 50 4
18CT2E2C Tall Structures
6 18CT2L01 Building Information Modelling Lab 0 0 4 0 Civil 4 50 50 2
7 18CT2S01 Seminar -II 0 0 2 0 Civil 2 50 -- 1
8 18CV2M01 Pedagogy Studies (Audit Course - II) 2 0 0 0 Civil 2 50 -- 1
Total 22 -- 06 -- 28 400 300 24
Semester III
Sl. No Course Type/ Course Name Teaching scheme Teaching Total CIE *SEE Credits
Course Code Hrs/Week DPT Hrs/week Marks Marks
L T P S
1 18CT3E1A Contract Management and Tendering
18CT3E1B Construction and Planning Legislation 4 0 0 0 Civil 4 50 50 4
18CT3E1C Restoration and Rehabilitation of Structures
2 Open Elective 4 0 0 0 Civil 4 50 50 4
3 18CT3S01 Seminar -III 0 0 2 0 Civil 2 50 1
4 18CT3I01 Internship / Mini Project 0 0 10 0 Civil 10 50 50 5
5 18CT3D01 Dissertation Work Phase -I 0 0 10 0 Civil 10 50 50 5
Total 08 -- 22 -- 30 250 200 19

CT-7
 Semester IV
Sl. No Course Type/ Course Name Teaching scheme Teaching Total CIE *SEE Credits
Course Code Hrs/Week DPT Hrs/week Marks Marks
L T P S
1 18CT4S01 Seminar -IV 0 0 2 0 Civil 2 50 1
2 18CT4D01 Dissertation Work Phase -II - - 30 - Civil 30 50 50 15
Total -- -- 32 -- 32 100 50 16

1 18CTMOOC MOOC Course - - - - 03

Grand Total of Credits - - - - 88

COURSE TYPE
CT: CONSTRUCTION TECHNOLOGY C: PROGRAM CORE E: PROGRAM ELECTIVE
P: OPEN ELECTIVE M: MANDATORY AUDIT L: LABORATORY
S: SEMINAR I: INTERNSHIP/ MINI PROJECT D: DISSERTATION WORK

L – Theory lecture, T – Tutorial, P – Lab work, S – Self study:

Numbers under teaching scheme indicates contact clock hours.
NOTE:
1) * = SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced for 50 marks

CT-8
 Open Elective for M.Tech. CBCS Scheme

Semester III
Sl. Course Teaching Scheme
No. Type Course Name (No. of hrs per week) Teaching Total CIE xSEE Credits
/Course Dept hrs / week Marks Marks
L T P S
Code
18CV3P1A Significance of National Building Code
1. 18CV3P1B Water Laws, Rights and Administration
18CV3P1C Waste to Energy 4 0 0 0 Civil 4 50 50 4
Remote Sensing and Geographic
18CV3P1D
Information System
18ME3P1A Composite and Smart Materials
2. 4 0 0 0 Mech 4 50 50 4
18ME3P1B Industrial Safety
18EE3P1A Real Time Embedded Systems
3. 18EE3P1B Robotics and Automation 4 0 0 0 EEE 4 50 50 4
18EE3P1C Solar and Wind Energy
18EC3P1A Reliability and Engineering
4. 18EC3P1B M-Commerce and Applications 4 0 0 0 ECE 4 50 50 4
18EC3P1C Optimisation Techniques
18CS3P1A Artificial Intelligence
5. 18CS3P1B Business Analytics 4 0 0 0 CSE 4 50 50 4
18CS3P1C Modelling and Simulation

NOTE:
2) * = SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced for 50 marks

CT-9
 FIRST SEMESTER

Course Code 18CT1C01 M.Tech. ( Construction Technology)

Category Program Core Semester : I
Course title PROJECT MANAGEMENT
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total Hours: 48
Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3 Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): Construction Technology
Course Learning Objectives:
1. Categorize an Organization.
2. Assess the in-depth project management.
3. Focus the Matrix of management development.
4. Utilize concepts of management process planning, scheduling, staffing and co-
ordination
5. Evaluate and compare different types of contracts in construction

COURSE CONTENTS

UNIT-I
Introduction to Organization, basic elements of an organization, organization
objectives, Enterprise as an organization, forms and types of organizations, different
theories (10 hrs)

UNIT-II
Basis of behaviour in organization-Motivation, communication, administration,
authority, organizational behaviour and leadership (10hrs)

UNIT-III
Management-definition, scope, functions, nature/characteristics, resources‟ of
management and History of the development of management (10 hrs)

UNIT-IV
Management process, planning, scheduling, organizing, staffing, directing,
Controlling, coordination, supervision commissioning and evaluation (10 hrs)

UNIT-V
Construction management –definition, meaning, scope, features and their implication
for Management, Contractor and contracting. Computer Application in Construction
industry MSP and primavera for practice (CPM, PERT) (08 hrs)

UNIT-VI
Presentations and group discussions on recent advances in the above topics.

Course outcomes:
Students will be able to:
1. Achieve the knowledge of organizations and their objectives.
2. Interpret the concepts of motivation, communication and leadership.

CT-10
 3. Implement the concepts of Management in Construction industry.
4. Evaluation of construction planning, scheduling and co-ordination.
5. Organising of construction management with contractors and contracting.

References:
1 Koontz.H and et al Management, McGraw Hill, New Delhi
2 Karangh, T.C. and et al Construction Management, McGraw Hill, New York
3 Gupta, C.B. Organization and Management, Sultan Chand and Sons

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

Test I (UNIT I, II & III) = 15

CIE = Total:
marks Quiz = 05 marks
50 50
Test II (UNIT IV & V) = 15 UNIT–VI (AAT) = 15 marks
marks marks
marks
Answer FIVE full questions
Questions Q1 & Q2 from UNIT I and UNIT II 20 x 2 =
SEE = respectively shall be answered and shall not have 40 Total:
100 internal choice. Marks 100
marks Questions Q3, Q4 & Q5 from UNIT III, UNIT IV & 20 x 3 = marks
UNIT V respectively shall be answered & shall have 60
internal choice Marks

Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 3 2 1
CO2 3 2 2
CO3 3 2 1
CO4 3 2 2
CO5 3 2 2

1.Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

CT-11
Course Code 18CT1C02 M.Tech. ( Construction Technology)
Category Program Core Semester : I
Course title CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT AND MANAGEMENT
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total Hours: 48
Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3 Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): Construction Technology
Course Learning Objectives
1. Classify construction economy, construction planning, and selection of
equipments.
2. Categorise of different types of Construction equipment’s.
3. Highlight the importance of Material management.
4. Motivate concepts of management in Inventory control.
5. Point out essentials of contract law and use of computers in construction.

COURSE CONTENTS

UNIT-I

Equipment management in construction projects, economics of construction

equipment, operating and owning cost, maintenance.
Construction economy, construction planning, selection and performance of
construction equipment‟s, preparatory works for the projects (10 hrs)

UNIT-II
Compacting Equipment‟s, concreting equipment‟s, pile driving equipment, guniting
equipment and Grouting equipment.
Drilling and blasting equipment, tunnelling equipment, pumping and dewatering
equipment‟s, material handling devices.
Heavy Earth Moving Equipment: Bull Dozers, Scrapers, Loaders, Excavators,
Shovels and Cranes (10 hrs)
UNIT-III
Materials management, objectives, principles, inventory control and spare parts
management, Pollution in construction engineering, Execution and site monitoring.
(10 hrs)

UNIT-IV
Personnel manual, purchase and stores manual, capital equipment for construction,
Risk management and insurance for a construction organization. (10 hrs)

UNIT-V
Essentials of contract law and use of computers in construction. International
construction contracts and techniques to combat project over runs. Disaster
management-general discussion on handling the situation after disaster due to natural
calamities and rehabilitation (10 hrs)

CT-12
 UNIT-VI
Presentations and group discussions on recent advances in the above topics.

Course outcomes:
Students will be able to:
1. Achieve the knowledge of construction economy, construction planning, and
selection of equipment‟s.
2. Mobilized of different types of Construction equipment‟s.
3. Chart the Material management concept
4. Utilize concepts of Inventory control.
5. Checklist of essentials of contract law

References
1.Construction planning equipments and methods by R.L.Peurifoy and
W.B.Ledbetter, Mcgraw hill book publishers.
2. Hand book of construction management by P.K.Joy , Macmillan India limited
publications.
3. Construction equipment and its management by S.C. Sharma , khanna publishers,
4. Construction planning and equipment by Dr.b.Satyanarayana and S.C.Saxena,
standard publishers.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

Test I (UNIT I, II & III) = 15

CIE = Total:
marks Quiz = 05 marks
50 50
Test II (UNIT IV & V) = 15 UNIT–VI (AAT) = 15 marks
marks marks
marks
Answer FIVE full questions
Questions Q1& Q2 from UNIT I and UNIT II 20x2=
SEE = respectively shall be answered and shall not have 40 Total:
100 internal choice. Marks 100
marks Questions Q3, Q4 & Q5 from UNIT III, UNIT IV & 20x3= marks
UNIT V respectively shall be answered & shall have 60
internal choice Marks

Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 3 2 1
CO2 3 2 2
CO3 3 2 1
CO4 3 2 2
CO5 3 2 2

1.Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

CT-13
Course Code 18CT1C03 M.Tech. ( Construction Technology)
Category Program Core Semester : I
Course title STATISTICS AND RELIABILITY ANALYSIS
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total Hours: 48
Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3 Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): Engineering Mathematics
Course Learning Objectives:
1. Interpret and model Civil Engineering data.
2. Assess the probability of occurrence of an event.
3. Account for uncertainties in geometry, strength and loads
4. Analyse and evaluate the safety of simple civil engineering systems
5. Apply advanced methods to various civil engineering problems to further their
research.

COURSE CONTENTS
UNIT-I
Data Analysis: Data reduction- Graphical and numerical methods, Measures of
central tendency, Measures of dispersion, Measures of Asymmetry. Correlation and
Regression – Rank and Serial correlation, simple and multiple linear regression and
Hypothesis testing. (12 Hrs)
UNIT – II
Probability Concepts: Set theory, Axioms of Probability, Conditional probability,
Statistical independence, Multiplication rule, Total probability and Baye‟s theorem.
(08 Hrs)
UNIT –III
Random Variables: Statistical properties, Discrete distributions – Binomial and
Poisson‟s, Continuous Distributions – Normal, Log-Normal, Uniform, Extreme value
distributions: Type –I, Type-II and Type-III, Covariance, Sampling Techniques-
Random sampling, sampling error, sampling size and design. (10 Hrs)

UNIT – IV
Reliability Analysis: Sources and types of uncertainty, Factor of Safety, Margin of
Safety, Performance functions, Limit states, Reliability analysis methods – First-
Order Second-Moment method, Point estimate method, Advanced First-Order
Second-Moment method, Probability of failure and reliability index. (10 Hrs)

UNIT – V
Simulation Techniques: Monte-Carlo simulation method, Random number
generation, Variance reduction techniques, Latin Hypercube sampling, Rosenblueth‟s
2K+1 Point Estimate Method (PEM). (08 Hrs)
UNIT – VI
Presentations and group discussions on recent advances in the above topics.

Course Outcomes:
Students shall be able to:
1. Achieve the knowledge of interpreting and modelling of data.
2. Interpret the principles of Probability.

CT-14
3. Summarize and apply the concepts of probability distributions.
4. Apply the concepts of Reliability analysis for evaluation of safety of structures.
5. Develop Fuzzy logic concepts and its applications.

References:
1. Ang and Tang (1975), Probability Concepts in Engineering and Design, VOL-I
and II, John Wiley and Sons.
2. Devaraj V., and Ravindra R., (2017) Reliability Based Analysis and Design for
Civil Engineers, IK International Publishing House, New Delhi.
3. Ranganathan R (1999) Structural Reliability Analysis and Design. Jaico
Publishing House, Mumbai.
4. Benjamin and Cornell (1970), Probability, Statistics and Decision for Civil
Engineers, McGraw Hill Co.
5. Kottegoda and Renzo Rosso (2000), Statistics, Probability and Reliability for
Civil and Environmental Engineers, McGraw Hill.
6. Walpole and Meyers (1982), Probability and Statistics for Engineers and
Scientists.
7. Nowak and Collins (2000), Reliability of Structures, McGraw-Hill International
Edition.
8. Haldar. A and Mahadevan. S (2000), Probability, Reliability and Statistical
Methods in Engineering Design, John-Wiley and Sons.
9. Thoft-Christensen, P., and Baker M J (1982) Structural Reliability Theory and its
Applications. Springer- Verlag, Berlin.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION
Test I (UNIT I, II & III) = 15
CIE = Total:
marks Quiz = 05 marks
50 50
Test II (UNIT IV & V) = 15 UNIT–VI (AAT) = 15 marks
marks marks
marks
Answer FIVE full questions
Questions Q2& Q5 from UNIT II and UNIT V 20x2=
SEE = respectively shall be answered and shall not have 40 Total:
100 internal choice. Marks 100
marks Questions Q1, Q3 & Q4 from UNIT I, UNIT III & 20x3= marks
UNIT IV respectively shall be answered & shall have 60
internal choice Marks
Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3
CO1 2 2 1
CO2 2 2 2
CO3 2 3 2
CO4 3 2 3
CO5 3 2 3

1.Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

CT-15
Course Code 18CT1E1A M.Tech. ( Construction Technology)
Category Program Elective Semester: I
Course title ADVANCED STRUCTURAL CONCRETE
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total Hours: 48
Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3 Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): Concrete technology

Course Learning Objectives

1. Categories Chemical and Mineral Admixtures
2. Outline on Strength effect on fresh and hardened concrete
3. Retrieving the design of concrete mixes for high Strength concrete
4. Apply advanced methods for new generation concrete to further their research
5. Comparing ready mix concrete and site mix concrete

COURSE CONTENTS

UNIT-I
Chemical and Mineral Admixtures: Classification, effect on fresh and hardened
concrete, retention time, Dosage and their effects, Influence on properties of paste,
mortar, and concrete. Design of concrete mixes, IS code method, ACI method for
High Strength Concrete, and demonstration of expert system computer aided mix
design. (10 Hrs)

UNIT-II
New Generation Nano Carbon Concrete, High performance concrete, Self-
Compacting concrete, Self-Healing Concrete, Self-Curing Concrete: Concept,
materials selection, mineral admixture, proportioning, strength, and durability
aspects, Construction & economical aspect, codal provisions, Applications and their
performance. (10 Hrs)

UNIT-III
Fibre reinforced concrete: Fibres, types, characteristics, Fibre distribution, orientation
and interfacial bond. Mechanical bond. Mechanical properties of FRC mix design of
FRC, behavior of hardened FRC under compression, tension, flexure and impact.
SIFCON: Slurry-infiltrated Fibre concrete – Constituent materials, Mix
proportioning, Engineering properties and Applications. (08 Hrs)

UNIT-IV
Ferro cement: Materials, mechanical properties, strength, cracking and durability of
normal Ferro cement. Strength and behavior of light weight Ferro cement, and
prestressed Ferro cement, Lightweight concrete: High-density concretes, Polymer
concretes, Architectural concrete: Classification, properties and Applications.
(08 Hrs)

CT-16
 UNIT-V
Ready mixed concrete: Design, manufacturing, transportation and pumping of RMC.
Admixtures used in RMC. Durability of Concrete: Strength and durability
relationship, Volume change in concrete, permeability, shrinkage, cracks, joints in
concrete, minimum cement content , corrosion . Use of smart materials in
construction activities- concept materials and applications New concrete materials
and miscellaneous construction materials. Rheology of Concrete: Introduction,
Representation of Rheological behavior, factors affecting Rheological properties and
mixture adjustments. (12 Hrs)

UNIT-VI
Site visit, presentations and group discussions on recent advances in the above topics.

Course Outcomes

Students shall be able to:

1. Performance and Executing use of Admixtures
2. Outline on fresh and hardened concrete properties
3. Interpreting mix proportion of various high strength concrete
4. Summarizing different type advanced concrete such as Ferro cement, Nano
Carbon Concrete, Self-Healing Concrete, Self-Curing Concrete etc.
5. Analyze and evaluate the Strength and durability properties of concrete.

References

1. Concrete technology, by M.S. Shetty, Published by S. Chand & Company Ltd.

New Delhi
2. Properties of Concrete, by A.M.Neville, 6th Edition, The English Language Book
society & pitman publishing.
3. Fibre Reinforced cement composites, by Perumalsamy. N. Balaguru and surendra
P. Shah, McGraw Hill International edition, Civil Engineering series.
4. Concrete technology and Design –Vol.1&2: New concrete materials by R.N.
Swamy
5. Design of Concrete mixes, by N. Krishnaraju.
6. ACI manual of Concrete provision Vol 1-5
7. Concrete Practice, by R.H. Elvery
8. Concrete Manual, by US Bureau of Reclmation
9. Concrete technology – Vol. 1&2 , by D. F. Orchard.
10. Concrete technology and Practice, by W.H. Taylor.

CT-17
SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

CIE = Test I (Unit I, II & III) = 15 marks Total:

Quiz = 05 marks
50 50
UNIT–VI (AAT) = 15 marks
marks Test II (Unit IV & V) = 15 marks marks
Answer FIVE full questions
Questions Q2& Q5 from Unit II and Unit V 20x2=
SEE = respectively shall be answered and shall not have 40 Total:
100 internal choice. Marks 100
marks Questions Q1, Q3 & Q4 from Unit I, Unit III & Unit IV 20x3= marks
respectively shall be answered & shall have internal 60
choice Marks

Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 2 2 1
CO2 2 2 2
CO3 2 3 2
CO4 3 2 3
CO5 3 2 3

1.Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

CT-18
Course Code 18CT1E1B M.Tech. ( Construction Technology)
Category Program Elective Semester: I
Course title LOW COST HOUSING
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total Hours: 48
Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3 Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): Building materials and construction
Course Learning Objectives
1 Categories low cost housing in India.
2 Outline on Building sub-structure and super structure.
3 Retrieving the design of low cost building units
4 Apply the availability of local materials and technology.
5 Assess the availability of standard pre-fabricated elements for low cost housing
construction.
COURSE CONTENTS
UNIT-I
Introduction – Concept of cost effective construction. Need-Necessity-development
of cost effective techniques in India. (08 Hrs)

UNIT-II
Methodology of study-of elements in a building-foundations, Super Structure, Roofs
and materials-in detail.
Materials-used normally in construction and their cost comparative studies in
production, finish and transportation. (10 Hrs)

UNIT-III
Techniques of construction- in (a) Bricks, (b) Stones/Masonry, Concrete and wood,
both individually and in composite construction- Thermal efficiency of materials.
Methods of reducing cost in construction by using alternative technologies for
foundation, Super Structures, Roofs, Openings and finishes both structurally and
design wise, elements like Chejjas, Doors, Windows, etc. (10 Hrs)

UNIT-IV
Availability of technologies-eg: soil cement blocks, manual and machine made
methods, concrete blocks of composite nature, use of stone slabs, from cement
products, tiles, with pre-cast beams, panels etc, natural materials. (10 Hrs)

UNIT-V
Standardization-prefab/ pre-cast modular co-ordination. Local materials-location
specific.
Performance specification. Concept of capital cost and recurring cost in construction.
Concept of earthquake resistance design as applied to non-engineering construction.
Application of the same to typical example buildings or layout-cost effective methods
and constructions in roads/road constructions, small structures like irrigation
structures, public buildings etc (10 Hrs)
UNIT-VI
Site visit, presentations and group discussions on recent advances in the above topics.

CT-19
Course Outcomes:
Students will be able to.
1 Collection of the data for requirement of low cost housing based on |Indian
scenario.
2 Explanation methodology adopted for low cost housing.
3 Performance of sub-structures and super structure with reference to structural
design.
4 Optimizing the existing technology for evaluation of safety of low cost building.
5 Achieving the knowledge of interpreting standardization of building elements

References
1. Source material from IISc ASTRA Centre.
2. Development alternative-New Delhi.
3. NIRMITEE KENDRA- Yelahanka.
4. LUAURIE BAKER tech book.
5. CBRI publications.
6. Auroville-Pondicherry /Cost effective structures.
7. Publication of HUDCO

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION
Test I (UNIT I, II & III) = 15
CIE = Total:
marks Quiz = 05 marks
50 50
Test II (UNIT IV & V) = 15 UNIT–VI (AAT) = 15 marks
marks marks
marks
Answer FIVE full questions
Questions Q2& Q5 from UNIT II and UNIT V 20x2=
SEE = respectively shall be answered and shall not have 40 Total:
100 internal choice. Marks 100
marks Questions Q1, Q3 & Q4 from UNIT I, UNIT III & 20x3= marks
UNIT IV respectively shall be answered & shall have 60
internal choice Marks
Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3
CO1 2 2 1
CO2 2 2 2
CO3 2 3 2
CO4 3 2 3
CO5 3 2 3

1.Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

CT-20
Course Code 18CT1E1C M.Tech. ( Construction Technology)
Category Program Elective Semester: I
Course title RURAL ROADS
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total Hours: 48
Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3 Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): Transportation Engineering
Course Learning Objectives:
1. Understand planning of rural roads and rural road network.
2. Understand geometric design standards for rural roads.
3. Have knowledge of using pavement materials for rural road construction.
4. Carry out rural road pavement design as per IRC standards.
5. Understand procedure for construction and maintenance of rural roads.

COURSE CONTENTS
UNIT - I
Planning of Rural Roads: Problems associated with planning of low volume rural
roads in India. Rural road network planning- principles and methods. (06 Hrs)
UNIT - II
Location Surveys and Geometric Design: Location surveys, geometric design
standards for rural roads, special considerations for rural roads in hilly terrain.
Pavement Materials: Soil Investigations, Properties and specifications of materials,
Utilisation of locally available and waste materials in village road projects like fly
ash, iron and steel slag, recycled and other waste material etc, stabilized roads, road
aggregates, materials for bituminous construction, cement and concrete, special
pavements. (12 Hrs)
UNIT - III
Pavement Design: Design factors, pavement thickness design as per IRC SP:72,
internal drainage measures, design of semi-rigid pavement, roller compacted cement
concrete pavement, special pavements like inter-locking block paving, design of fly
ash embankments. (08 Hrs)
UNIT - IV
Specifications and Construction: Earthwork, sub-base, base course and surface
course – materials, specifications and construction steps and use of different
equipment, construction of special pavements, construction of fly ash embankments,
lime flyash stabilized soil, lime flyash bound macadam, lime flyash concrete, roller
compacted concrete, dry lean fly ash concrete, cement stabilised fly ash, quality
control in construction, Specifications and tests for quality control as per IRC.
(10Hrs)
UNIT - V
Road Drainage: Types of drainage, surface and sub-surface drains for low volume
roads.
Maintenance of Rural Roads: Types of maintenance, maintenance of unpaved
roads, maintenance of paved roads, maintenance of semi-rigid and roller compacted
concrete pavements, maintenance of special pavements, Rehabilitation. (12Hrs)
UNIT - VI
Recent developments on rural roads in India.

CT-21
Course Outcomes:
After studying this course, students will be able to:
1. Plan the rural roads and develop rural road network.
2. Design different elements of road geometrics of rural roads.
3. Apply the knowledge of using locally available materials for construction and aim
at low cost rural roads.
4. Design the rural road pavement as per IRC standards.
5. Carry out construction and maintenance of rural roads.

References:
1. HMSO, “Soil Mechanics for Road Engineers”, Her Majesty‟s Stationary
Office, London.
2. IRC, Manual for Rural Roads, Indian Roads Congress, 2002.
3. Relevant IRC Publications
4. PIARC, International Road Maintenance Hand Book- Maintenance of Paved
Roads, France
5. PIARC, International Road Maintenance Hand Book- Maintenance of Unpaved
Roads, France

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION:
CIE = Test I (Unit I, II &III) = 15 marks Total:
Quiz = 05 marks
50 50
UNIT–VI (AAT) = 15 marks
marks Test II (Unit IV & V) = 15 marks marks
Answer FIVE full questions
Questions Q1 & Q3 from Unit I and Unit III 20x2=
SEE = respectively shall be answered and shall not have 40 Total:
100 internal choice. Marks 100
marks Questions Q2, Q4 & Q5 from Unit II, Unit IV & Unit 20x3= marks
V respectively shall be answered & shall have internal 60
choice Marks
Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3
CO1 2 - -
CO2 - 2 -
CO3 - - 3
CO4 - 2 -
CO5 - - 3

1.Low 2. Medium 3. High

CT-22
Course Code 18CT1E2A M.Tech. ( Construction Technology)
Category Program Elective Semester: I
Course title FORMWORK TECHNIQUES AND DESIGN
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total Hours: 48
Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3 Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): Building Construction
Course Learning Objectives
1. Categories Form Work Building and Preparing Formwork Specification
2. Outline on form work accessories.
3. Retrieving the design of form work of buildings.
4. Illustration of special form work techniques.
5. Explanation of Special Construction Techniques.

COURSE CONTENTS

UNIT-I

General Objectives in Form Work Building, Formwork Effects on Concrete Quality,

Planning for Formwork Safety and Economy, Preparing Formwork Specification,
Methods of Measurements for Form Work. (10 Hrs)

UNIT-II
Materials, Accessories and Proprietary Products, Timber, Plywood, Steel and Other
Materials for Form Construction, Framing and Facing Materials, Form Lining
Materials and Other Forming Components, Hardware, Fasteners and Accessories for
Form Construction, Prefabricated Forms and Forming Systems, Shoring, Scaffolding
and Bracing Systems. (10 Hrs)
UNIT-III
Loads and Pressures in Form Design, Vertical Loads, Lateral Loads and Other
Pressures in Form Design. Design Consideration for the Design of the Formwork for
Walls, Slabs, Beams, Columns. (10 Hrs)

UNIT-IV
Special Formwork Techniques- Slip Form Construction, Horizontal Slip Forms,
Vertical Slip Forms, Travelling Forms, Tiltup and Tunnel Forms. (9 Hrs)

UNIT-V
Special Construction Techniques-Lift Method of Construction, Preplaced Aggregate
Concrete Construction, Shotcrete, GUNITing and Tremie Concrete Construction.
Form Work for Precast and Prestressed Concrete Construction. (9 Hrs)

UNIT-VI
Site visit, presentations and group discussions on recent advances in the above topics.

CT-23
Course Outcomes:
Students shall be able to:
1. Outline of form work planning, material and safety.
2. Explanation of Accessories for Form Construction, Prefabricated Forms and
Forming Systems.
3. Explanation of Design for Formwork for Walls, Slabs, Beams, Columns.
4. Performance of a special form work techniques.
5. Achieving the knowledge of Lift Method of Construction, Precast and Prestressed
Concrete Construction.

Reference
1. Robert L. Peurifoy and Garold D. Oberlender, “Formwork for Concrete
Structures”, Third Edition McGraw- ill, 1996.
2. Hurd, M.K., “Formwork for Concrete”, Special Publication No. 4 Sixth Edition,
American
3. Concrete Institute, Detroit, 1995.
4. Michael P. Hurst, “Formwork”, Construction Press, London and New York, 1997.
5. Austin, C.K., “Formwork for Concrete”, Cleaver – Hume Press Ltd., London
1996.
6. Tudor Dinescu and Constantin Radulescu, “Slipform Techniques”, Abacus Press,
Turn Bridge Wells, Kent, 1992.
7. “Guide for Concrete Formwork”, American Concrete Institute Detroit, Michigan,
1996.
8. “Safety Requirements for Scaffolding”, American National Standards Institute,
New York, 1994.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION
Test I (UNIT I, II & III) = 15
CIE = Total:
marks Quiz = 05 marks
50 50
Test II (UNIT IV & V) = 15 UNIT–VI (AAT) = 15 marks
marks marks
marks
Answer FIVE full questions
Questions Q2& Q5 from UNIT II and UNIT V 20x2=
SEE = respectively shall be answered and shall not have 40 Total:
100 internal choice. Marks 100
marks Questions Q1, Q3 & Q4 from UNIT I, UNIT III & 20x3= marks
UNIT IV respectively shall be answered & shall have 60
internal choice Marks
Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 2 2 1
CO2 2 2 2
CO3 2 3 2
CO4 3 2 3
CO5 3 2 3
1.Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

CT-24
Course Code 18CT1E2B M.Tech. ( Construction Technology)
Category Program Elective Semester: I
Course title PRESTRESSED CONCRETE STRUCTURES
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total Hours: 48
Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3 Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): RCC Design
Course Learning Objectives :
1. To analyse Prestressed structural elements by different methods
2. To understand different types of losses in Prestressed Members
3. To Analyse the strength of Prestressed Concrete Member against flexure and
Shear and Serviceability Criteria
4. The distribution of Stresses at the Anchorage end zone of Prestressed Concrete
Member
5. Give practical exposure to actual Prestressed Concrete

COURSE CONTENTS

UNIT - I
Brief introduction of Prestressed Concrete, Types of Prestressing, Analysis of
Prestress. Resultant Stresses at a Section, Pressure Line or Thrust Line or Internal
Resisting Couple Method, Concept of Load Balancing ,Stresses in Tendons, Cracking
moment (09 Hrs)

UNIT - II
Losses of Prestress: Nature of losses of prestress, loss due to Elastic Deformation of
concrete, shrinkage of concrete, creep of concrete, creep of steel, friction and
anchorage slip, Total losses allowed in design (09 Hrs)

UNIT - III
Deflection of Prestressed Concrete Members: Importance of control of Deflection,
Factors Influencing Deflections, Short term and Long term Deflections for cracked
and uncracked members, requirements of various codes of practice (10 Hrs)

UNIT - IV
Flexural Strength of prestressed concrete sections: Types of flexural failure,
Simplified Code Procedures Shear resistance of prestressed concrete members:
Improvement of shear resistance by prestressing techniques, calculation of principle
stresses, types of shear cracks, design of beam for shear & torsion reinforcement (IS
code method) (10 Hrs)

UNIT - V
Transfer of Prestress in Pre-tensioned members: Transmission length, Bond Stress,
Transverse Tensile Stresses, End Zone Reinforcement, Code provisions; Anchorage
zone stresses in Post-tensioned members: stress distribution in end blocks,
Investigations of anchorage zone stresses by Zielenski and Rowe‟s method and IS
Code Provisions, Anchorage Zone Reinforcement (10 Hrs)

CT-25
 UNIT - VI
Recent advances and research being done in the topics mentioned in the above units.

Course Outcomes:
Students shall be able to:
1. Analyse Prestressed Concrete Member by different methods
2. Analyse the various losses occurring in Prestressed member
3. Analyse the Prestressed members for Service Criteria for short term and long
term
4. Analyse the members for flexure, shear and torsion
5. Analyse and Design the Anchorage zones
6. Acquiring practical knowledge of Prestressed Concrete Construction

References:
1. N Krishnaraju “Prestressed Concrete”, Tata McGraw- Hill Education
Publication, 2008,
2. Lin T. Y and H. Burns “Prestressed Concrete structures”, Wiley Publication,
2009, ISBN: 978-0-471-01898-8
3. N. Rajagopalan, “Prestressed Concrete”, Narosa Publishing House.2nd edition,
ISBN 2053- 2005.
4. A. Nilson, “Design of Prestressed Concrete”, John Willey & Sons.2nd edition,
ISBN 1765- 1997

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

CIE = Test I (Unit I, II & III) = 15 marks Total:

Quiz = 05 marks
50 50
UNIT–VI (AAT) = 15 marks
marks Test II (Unit IV & V) = 15 marks marks
Answer FIVE full questions
Questions Q1& Q2 from Unit I and Unit II respectively 20x2=
SEE = shall be answered and shall not have internal choice. 40 Total:
100 Marks 100
marks Questions Q3, Q4 & Q5 from Unit III, Unit IV & Unit 20x3= marks
V respectively shall be answered & shall have internal 60
choice Marks

Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3
CO1 3 2 ----
CO2 2 2 -----
CO3 3 ------ -----
CO4 3 ----- 2
CO5 2 2 -----
CO6 ------ 3

1.Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

CT-26
Course Code 18CT1E2C M.Tech. ( Construction Technology)
Category Program Elective Semester: I
Course title DESIGN OF MASONRY STRUCTURES
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total Hours: 48
Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3 Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): Concrete technology
Course Learning Objectives:
1. Understand the basic concepts of Masonry
2. Analyse the strength of Masonry in Compression.
3. Evaluate strength of Masonry in Flexure & Shear.
4. Understand the application of permissible stresses in Masonry Structures
5. Designing load bearing and earthquake resistant Masonry Structures.

COURSE CONTENTS
UNIT- I
Introduction, Masonry UNITs, materials and types: History of masonry
Characteristics of Brick, stone, clay block, concrete block, stabilized mud block
masonry UNITs – strength, modulus of elasticity and water absorption. Masonry
materials – Classification and properties of mortars, selection of mortars. (10 Hrs)

UNIT -II
Strength of Masonry in Compression: Behaviour of Masonry under compression,
strength and elastic properties, influence of masonry UNIT and mortar characteristics,
effect of masonry UNIT height on compressive strength, influence of masonry
bonding patterns on strength, prediction of strength of masonry in Indian context.
(08 Hrs)
UNIT- III
Flexural and shear bond, flexural strength and shear strength: Bond between masonry
UNIT and mortar, tests for determining flexural and shear bond strengths, factors
affecting bond strength, effect of bond strength on compressive strength, orthotropic
strength properties of masonry in flexure, shear strength of masonry, test procedures
for evaluating flexural and shear strength. (10 Hrs)

UNIT- IV
Permissible stresses: Permissible compressive stress, stress reduction and shape
reduction factors, increase in permissible stresses for eccentric vertical and lateral
loads, permissible tensile and shear stresses. (08 Hrs)

UNIT -V
Design of load bearing masonry buildings: Permissible compressive stress, stress
reduction and shape reduction factors, increase in permissible stresses for eccentric
vertical and lateral loads, permissible tensile and shear stresses, Effective height of
walls and columns, opening in walls, effective length, effective thickness, slenderness
ratio, eccentricity, load dispersion, arching action, lintels; Wall carrying axial load,
eccentric load with different eccentricity ratios, wall with openings, freestanding wall.
Earthquake resistant masonry buildings: Behaviour of masonry during earthquakes,

CT-27
concepts and design procedure for earthquake resistant masonry, BIS codal
provisions. (12 Hrs)
UNIT - VI
Recent advances and research being done in the topics mentioned in the above
UNITs.

Course Outcomes:
Students shall be able to:
1. Explain the basic concepts of Masonry Structures.
2. Examine the strength of Masonry Structures in compression.
3. Assess flexure and shear strength of Masonry Structures.
4. Explain the issues of permissible stresses on Masonry Structures.
5. Create Masonry Structures for load bearing and earthquake loading.

References:
1. Hendry A.W., “Structural masonry”- Macmillan Education Ltd., 2nd edition
2. Sinha B.P & Davis S.R., “Design of Masonry structures”- E & FN Spon
3. Dayaratnam P, “Brick and Reinforced Brick Structures”- Oxford & IBH
4. Curtin, “Design of Reinforced and Prestressed Masonry”- Thomas Telford
5. Sven Sahlin, “Structural Masonry”-Prentice Hall
6. Jagadish K S, Venkatarama Reddy B V and Nanjunda Rao K S, “Alternative
Building Materials and Technologies”-New Age International, New Delhi &
Bangalore
7. IS 1905, BIS, New Delhi.
8. SP20(S&T),New Delhi

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION
Test I (UNIT I, II & III) = 15
CIE = Total:
marks Quiz = 05 marks
50 50
Test II (UNIT IV & V) = 15 UNIT–VI (AAT) = 15 marks
marks marks
marks
Answer FIVE full questions
Questions Q2& Q4 from UNIT II and UNIT IV 20x2=
SEE = respectively shall be answered and shall not have 40 Total:
100 internal choice. Marks 100
marks Questions Q1, Q3 & Q5 from UNIT I, UNIT III & 20x3= marks
UNIT V respectively shall be answered & shall have 60
internal choice Marks
Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3
CO1 2 2 1
CO2 1 2 1
CO3 1 2 1
CO4 1 2 1
CO5 3 3 3
1.Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

CT-28
Course Code 18CT1L01 M.Tech. (Construction Technology)
Category Laboratory Semester: I
Course title ADVANCED CONCRETE & STRUCTURAL LAB
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total hours = 48
Credits
0 0 4 0 2
SEE Marks: Total Max. Marks:
CIE Marks: 50 Duration of SEE: 3 Hrs
50 100
Prerequisites (if any): Concrete Technology & RCC Design

Course Learning Objectives:

1. Analyse the process of mineral & chemical admixtures on concrete.
2. Plan design mix for concrete with different codes
3. Appraise the NDT tests on concrete
4. Understand the steps to test RC elements.
5. Analysing the concepts of Self compacting concrete.
6. Organise shake table tests on different models.

COURSE CONTENTS

1. Effect of minerals and chemical admixtures in concrete in concrete at fresh and

hardened, tests on ingredients of high strength concrete with relevance to
workability, strength and durability.
2. Mix design for concrete as per IS, ACI and BS methods for high performance
concrete and Validation with trial mixes.
3. NDT on hardened concrete – Ultrasonic Pulse Velocity test, Rebound hammer
test, Corrosion\Half Cell Potentiometer test and core test to determine quality of
concrete and structural stability aspects of concrete.
4. Durability tests-Shrinkage test, Acid Attack tests, Water Permeability tests on
hardened concrete.
5. Determination of Young‟s Modulus and Poisson‟s ratio on hardened concrete
6. Testing of reinforced concrete beam for flexural behavior characteristics.
7. Testing of reinforced concrete slabs and beams for impact behavior
characteristics.
8. Tests on Self-Compacting Concrete
9. Importance of Instrumentation-LVDT, Load cells, Accelerometer, strain gauges
and their data acquisition systems
10. Shake Table Testing

Course Outcomes:
Students shall be able to:
1. Assess the influence of mineral & chemical admixtures on concrete.
2. Designing mix design of concrete for different national & international codes.
3. Illustrate use of NDT tests.
4. Operate different tests on RC elements & evaluate tests on Self compacting
concrete.
5. Organise shake table tests with different models.

CT-29
References:

1. C.B. Kukreja, K. Kishore, Ravi Chawl, Materials testing laboratory manual,

standard publishers distributors, 1705 –B NAI SARAK DELHI, new edition :
2011.
2. A.MNEVILLE Properties of concrete, Low price edition, Pearson education,
fourth and final edition 2007.
3. Guide for selecting the proportion of high strength concrete ACI 211.4R, ACI
committee 211, ACI material journal, May 1993.
4. SP 23 – 1982, Hand book for concrete mixes (Based ion Indian standards)
5. IS 516 -1959 Indian standard, methods of tests for strength of concrete.
6. IS 10262 – 2009 concrete mix proportion guidelines (first revision)
7. RAYMOND J. ROARK WARREN C. YOUNG, Formulas for stress and strain,
Mc GRAW HILL Kogakusha, Ltd., fifth edition 1975.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

Continuous Internal Evaluation Marks Semester End Evaluation Marks

(Laboratory – 50 Marks) (SEE)
Laboratory (100 Marks)
Performance of the student in the 20 Write up 40
laboratory, every week
Test at the end of the semester 20 Experimentation 30

Viva Voce 10 Viva voce 30

Total 100
Total (CIE) 50 Total (SEE) 50*

Note: * = SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks for practical and the marks obtained
shall be reduced for 50 Marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 1 1 1
CO2 3 3 3
CO3 1 2 1
CO4 3 2 1
CO5 2 2 2

1. Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

CT-30
 Course Code 18CV1M01 M.Tech. (Construction Technology)
Category Mandatory Audit Semester: I
RESEARCH METHODOLOGY AND INTELLECTUAL
Course title
PROPERTY RIGHTS
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total Hours: 24
Credits
2 0 0 0 2
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3 Hrs
Prerequisites (if any):
Course Learning Objectives:
1. Analyse the criteria for selection of research problem.
2. Understand the basics of literature survey, ethics, effective technical writing and
developments of research proposal.
3. Understand the basics and importance of IPR.
4. Analyse the issues related to patentability.
5. Understand the administrative system of IPR and analyse the typical case studies.

COURSE CONTENTS

UNIT – I
Meaning of research problem, sources of research problem, Criteria, Characteristics
of a good research problem, Errors in selecting a research problem, Scope and
Objectives of research problems.
Approaches of investigation of solutions for research problem, data collection,
Analysis, Interpretation, necessary instrumentations. (05 Hrs)

UNIT – II
Effective literature studies approaches, analysis, Plagiarism, Research ethics.
Effective technical writing, How to write report, Paper, Developing a research
proposal, Format of research proposal, presentation and assessment by a review
committee. (05 Hrs)

UNIT – III
Introduction to Intellectual Property (IP), Overview of Copyright, Related Rights,
Trademarks, Geographical Indications, Industrial Design, Patents, Protection of New
Varieties of Plants. (05 Hrs)

UNIT – IV
Patentability: Patentable Subject Matter, Patentable and Non Patentable Inventions,
Procedure for grants of patents in India, Patent licensing and transfer of Technology,
Patent information and databases. International scenario: International cooperation on
Intellectual Property, Patenting under Patent Cooperation Treaty (PCT). (05 Hrs)

UNIT-V
New Developments in IPR: Administration of Patent System, New Developments in
IPR; Traditional Knowledge Case studies of IPR including topics of respective
branches of specialisation. (04 Hrs)

CT-31
 UNIT – VI
Recent advances and research being done in the topics mentioned in the above units.

Course Outcomes:
Students shall be able to:
1. Explain the steps involved in defining a research problem.
2. Analyse the various issues related to effective literature survey and developing a
research proposal.
3. Discuss the various issues related to IPR and its importance.
4. Discuss the various issues related to patentability and international scenario of
patent rights.
5. Highlight the new development and exposure to case studies.

References:
1. Stuart Melville and Wayne Goddard, “research Methodology; an introduction for
science and engineering students”
2. Wayne Goddard and Stuart Melville,” Research Methodology an Introduction”
3. Ranjit Kumar 2nd edition,” Research Methodology; a step by step guide for
Beginners”
4. Halbert, “Resisting Intellectual Property”,Taylor and francies Ltd. 2007.
5. Mayall,‟Industrial Design” McGraw Hill,1992
6. Niebel,” Product design”,McGrraw Hill,1974.
7. Asimv, “Introduction to design”,Prentice Hall,1962.
8. Robert P. Merges, Peter S. Menell, Mark A. Lemley,” Intellectual Property in
New Technology Age” 2006.
9. T.Ramappa,” Intellectual Property Rights Under WTO”, S. Chanda,2008

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

CIE – 50 Test I (Unit I, II &III) = 15 marks Quiz = 5 marks Total:50

marks Test II (Unit IV & V) = 15 marks Unit-VI(AAT) =15 marks marks
Answer FIVE full questions
 Questions Q1 & Q 3 from Unit I and Unit
SEE – 20x2 = 40
III respectively shall be answered and shall Total:100
100 Marks
not have internal choice. marks
marks  Questions Q2, Q4 and Q5 from Unit II,
20x3= 60
Unit IV & Unit V respectively shall be
Marks
answered and shall have internal choice
Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3
CO1 - - 3
CO2 - - 3
CO3 - - 3
CO4 - - 3
CO5 2 3 -
1. Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

CT-32
Course Code 18CT1S01 M.Tech. (Construction Technology)
Category Seminar Semester: I
Course title SEMINAR - I
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total hours = 24
Credits
0 0 2 0 1
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: - Total Max. Marks: 50 Duration of SEE: ---
Prerequisites (if any): NIL

Course Learning Objectives:

The objectives of the SEMINAR-I is to prepare the students to learn to:
1. Carry out the literature review of general research area/current topic and
analyse the same effectively.
2. Prepare a technical report, reflecting his/her depth of understanding, on the
selected area/topic and prepare content rich presentation.
3. Acquire communication and time management skills for effective and impactful
presentation. Interact with peers to acquire the qualities of thoughtfulness,
friendliness, adaptability, responsiveness, and politeness in-group discussion.
Overcome stage fear during oral presentation.

GUIDE LINES
1. Seminar preparation and presentation is an individual student activity.
2. Topic may be of general/ specific interest to program of engineering or electives
not offered in the semester and to be selected in consultation with the
faculty/Guide assigned.
3. Select one pertinent research paper/topic for the seminar presentation.
4. Prepare and submit a detailed technical report of the seminar topic.

Course Outcomes:
Students shall be able to:
1. Carry out the literature survey of topic of seminar.
2. Prepare a technical report on the selected area/topic.
3. Make an effective presentation with seamless flow of content within the time
allocated. Overcome inhibition in interacting with peers and hence develop the
spirit of team work.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

CIE – 50 Phase -1 Marks =10 Seminar Report Total:50

marks Phase -2 Marks =20 Marks =20 Marks

CT-33
Scheme of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE):

Evaluation would be carried out in TWO phases. The Seminar Evaluation Committee
shall comprise of Chairperson of the Department, Faculty/Guide and one more faculty
member nominated by Chairperson of the Department. The evaluation criteria shall be
as per the rubrics given below:

Rubrics for Evaluation: Weightage

Topic - Technical Relevance, Sustainability and Societal Concerns : 15%

Review of literature and technical content : 35%
Presentation Skills : 25%
Report of seminar : 25%

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 2 2 3
CO2 2 3 3
CO3 - 2 -
1. Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

CT-34
Course Code 18CV1M02 M.Tech. (Construction Technology)
Category Mandatory Audit Semester: I
Course title TECHNICAL PAPER WRITING (AUDIT COURSE-I)
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total Hours: 24
Credits
2 0 0 0 1
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: -- Total Max. Marks: 50 Duration of SEE: --
Prerequisites (if any):

Course Learning Objectives:

1. Understand the technique to improve technical report writing skills and level of
readability.
2. Learn about what to write contents section of a technical report.
3. Analyse the contents of literature.
4. Create a typical technical article.

COURSE CONTENTS

UNIT – I
Planning and preparation, word order, breaking up long sentences, structuring
paragraphs and sentences, being concise and removing redundancy, avoiding
ambiguity and vagueness. (05 Hrs)

UNIT – II
Clarifying who did what, highlighting your findings, hedging and criticizing,
Paraphrasing and plagiarism, sections of paper, Abstracts, Introduction. (05 Hrs)

UNIT – III
Review of the literature, Methods, Results, Discussion, Conclusions, The final check.
(04 Hrs)

UNIT – IV
Key skills needed when writing a title, Key skills needed when writing an Abstract,
Key skills needed when writing an Introduction, Skills needed when writing a review
of the literature. (05 Hrs)

UNIT – V
Key skills needed when writing the methods, Key skills needed when writing the
Results, Skills needed when writing a Discussion, Skills needed when writing the
Conclusions. (05 Hrs)

Course Outcomes:
Students shall be able to:
1. Describe the importance of basics of technical writing skills.
2. Review and emphasise the result of literature review.
3. Discuss the importance of various sections of technical report.
4. Develop a complete conceptual technical report.

CT-35
References:
1. Goldbort (2006) writing for science, Yale University Press ( Available on Google
books)
2. Day R (2006) How to write and publish a scientific paper, Cambridge university
Press.
3. Highman N (1998) Handbook of writing for the mathematical sciences,SIAM,
Highman’s book.
4. AdianWallwork, English for writing research papers, Springer New York
Dordrecht Heidelberg London, 2011

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

CIE – 50 Test I (Unit I, II &III) = 15 marks

AAT = 20 marks Total:50 marks
marks Test II (Unit IV & V) = 15 marks

Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 - 3 -
CO2 - 3 -
CO3 - 3 -
CO4 - 3 -
CO5 - 3 -
1. Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

CT-36
 SECOND SEMESTER
Course Code 18CT2C01 M.Tech. (Construction Technology)
Category Program Core Semester : II
Course title QUALITY MANAGEMENT
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total Hours: 48
Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3 Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): Construction Technology

Course Learning Objectives

1 Interpret the meaning of Quality control and Quality assurance
2 Understand the meaning of Quality Management and Total Quality Management
3 Assess the Quality Manuals, Checklists and Inspection Reports
4 Utilize concepts of Quality and Mechanization of Operations.
5 Evaluate and compare different ISO Standards

COURSE CONTENTS
UNIT-I
Meaning Scope and Relation Ship of the Terms Quality Control, Quality Assurance,
Quality Management and Total Quality Management. (08 Hrs)
UNIT-II
Managing Quality in Construction- Quality into Design, Construction Methods and
Techniques, Inspection of Material and Fixtures, Quality Inspections and
Measurements. (10 Hrs)
UNIT-III
Designing of Quality Manuals, Checklists and Inspection Reports, Installing Quality
System, Monitoring and Control Techniques. (10 Hrs)
UNIT-IV

Developing Quality Culture in the Organization by Training of People, Adoption of

Statistical Tools, Creation of Quality Circles, Benchmarking of Quality and
Mechanization of Operations. (10 Hrs)
UNIT-V
Implementation of Series of Standards and Certification Procedures in Construction
Industry. Challenges in quality issues in construction including contract specification
and quality control management- case studies. (10 Hrs)
UNIT-VI
Presentations and group discussions on recent advances in the above topics.

Course Outcomes
Students will be able to.
1. Explanation the meaning of Quality Management.
2. Outline the concepts of Total Quality management.
3. Reproduction of concepts of Inspection Reports
4. Explanation of Mechanization for Benchmarking
5. Implementation of ISO Standards.

CT-37
References:
1 Hand Book of Total Quality Management, By Mohanty.R.P and Lakhe.R.R-Jaico
Book House, Mumbai.
2 Total Quality in Construction Projects-Hellard.R.B.
3 Achieving Profitability with Customer Satisfaction, Thomas Telford, London.
4 Quality Assurance in Construction, Second Edition, By Thorpe Brian,
5 Quality Assurance for Contractors, By Gower Aldershort, London.
6 A Clients Guide to Quality Assurance in Construction, London.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

CIE = Test I (UNIT I, II & III) = 15 marks Total:

Quiz = 05 marks
50 50
UNIT–VI (AAT) = 15 marks
marks Test II (UNIT IV & V) = 15 marks marks
Answer FIVE full questions
Questions Q2& Q5 from UNIT II and UNIT V
20 x 2 =
SEE = respectively shall be answered and shall not have internal Total:
40 Marks
100 choice. 100
marks Questions Q1, Q3 & Q4 from UNIT I, UNIT II & UNIT marks
20 x 3 =
IV respectively shall be answered & shall have internal
60 Marks
choice

Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 2 2 1
CO2 2 2 2
CO3 2 3 2
CO4 3 2 3
CO5 3 2 3

1.Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

CT-38
Course Code 18CT2C02 M.Tech. (Construction Technology)
Category Program Core Semester : II
CONSTRUCTION PERSONNEL AND FINANCIAL
Course title
MANAGEMENT
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total Hours: 48
Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3 Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): Construction Technology
Course Learning Objectives
1 Achieve the knowledge of Personnel management personality, political, social and
other environmental variables.
2 Describing the meaning of Recruitment, selection, placement, training
3 Interpreting the Employee remuneration salary administration performance
appraisal, Incentives
4 Utilize concepts of Workers participation in management
5 Evaluate the Financial statement analysis

COURSE CONTENTS
UNIT-I
Personnel management: Concepts, definition, growth, role and function.
Workers and individual identity: The impact of social and cultural factors on industry,
personality, political, social and other environmental variables.
Man power estimations for company and for project, methods and procedures for
estimate at the tender stage and detailed analysis. (10 Hrs)
UNIT-II
Recruitment, selection, placement, training, financial compensation, discipline,
separation etc. Special consideration in employing and retaining engineers and
managers, problem of medium sized contractors, job evaluation.
Personnel officer: Role of functions, status and relationships with the other
departments, personnel office records and procedures.
Personnel administration at the project site, organizational grievances, grievance
management. (09 Hrs)
UNIT-III
Employee remuneration, wages and salary administration, promotion, transfer and
performance appraisal, incentives.
Industrial relation in the construction industry, meaning, nature, scope, system and
modules.
Employers and trade unions in industrial relations and collective bargaining. (10 Hrs)
UNIT-IV
Workers participation in management, changing environment in India.
Employee safety and health, labour welfare, industrial psychology.
Industrial discipline, social security in India with workers participation in
management. (09 Hrs)
UNIT-V
Financial statement analysis : comparative statements, comparative balance sheet,
comparative income statement, trend analysis, common-size statement, common size
balance/income statement, fund flow statement, cash flow statement and ratio
analysis.

CT-39
Budgeting and budgetary control, Capital investment decision, techniques of capital
budgeting, cost of capital, decision making system for capital investment.
Working capital management, working capital factor affecting working capital, credit
management. Financial working capital needs, sources, procedures, tender
committees and other committee, practice in construction industry. Long term
financing, frame work of financial institution in India and abroad, working of scope
of institution. (10 Hrs)
UNIT-VI
Presentations and group discussions on recent advances in the above topics.

Course Outcomes:
Students will be able to.
1. Inferring the Personnel management personality
2. Explaining the concepts of Personnel administration at the project site
3. Implement the concepts of Employee remuneration, wages
4. Recognizing the Workers participation in management
5. Demonstration of Budgeting and budgetary control

References
1.Dale-yoder-Personnel and industrial relations, prentice hall of India publishers
2.Kuchaal, S.C-financial management
3.Van home of financial management
4.I.M.Pondy-financial management
5.Financial management by Shashi K. Gupta & R.K. Sharma
6.Management accounting by Dorai Raj S.N, kalyani publishers
7.Personnel management and industrial relations by Dr M.M.Varma & R.K.Agarwal,
king books Publishers.
8.Industrial engineering organization and management by Tarachand

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION
CIE = Test I (UNIT I, II & III) = 15 marks Total:
Quiz = 05 marks
50 50
Test II (UNIT IV & V) = 15 marks UNIT–VI (AAT) = 15 marks
marks marks
Answer FIVE full questions
Questions Q2 & Q5 from UNIT II and UNIT V
20 x 2 =
SEE = respectively shall be answered and shall not have internal Total:
40 Marks
100 choice. 100
marks Questions Q1, Q3 & Q4 from UNIT I, UNIT III & UNIT marks
20 x 3 =
IV respectively shall be answered & shall have internal
60 Marks
choice
Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.
Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) to Program Outcomes (POs)
PO1 PO2 PO3
CO1 2 2 1
CO2 2 2 2
CO3 2 3 2
CO4 3 2 3
CO5 3 2 3
1.Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

CT-40
Course Code 18CT2C03 M.Tech. (Construction Technology)
Category Program Core Semester : II
Course title BUILDING ENVIRONMENT AND SERVICES
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total Hours: 48
Credits
4 0 0 0 4
SEE Marks:
CIE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3 Hrs
50
Prerequisites (if any): Nil
Course Learning Objectives
1 Discuss on Sounds effects in buildings
2 Understand the types of Ventilation , system of ventilation and Air-conditioning
systems
3 Understand different types of illumination and Design of lighting
4 Understand Different Types of Communication / Design and Maintenance of Lifts,
Escalators
5 Discuss Water supply, Drainage system and disposal of solid waste management

COURSE CONTENTS
UNIT-I
Noise and Acoustics: sources of sound (internal and external) Planning against Noise
at Source, constructional methods for noise reduction, Acoustical deign of assembly
hall and Reverberation (10 Hrs)
UNIT-II
Ventilation: Health and comfort ventilation, Ventilation system, Natural and artificial
Ventilation. Air-conditioning systems: Types, Design, Installation and maintenance
costs. (09 Hrs)

UNIT-III
Illumination: Artificial lighting, day lighting, laws and Principles of illumination.
Design of lighting system: Flood lighting.
Electrical light sources: Description Characteristics, Starting circuits and usage of
incandescent and discharge lamps, Preparation of plan showing wiring diagram.
(10 Hrs)

UNIT-IV
Communication: Intercommunication systems, Sound amplification equipment,
Elevators, Escalators, Thermal Environment: Inside a building and its control, Factors
affecting inside conditions, Heat transfer through building fabric, Steady state and
periodic heat transfer, Thermal properties of building materials and insulation
materials for buildings, Thermal response of a building, cooling and heating loads.
(09 Hrs)

UNIT-V
Water supply to buildings: Systems of water supply, Appurtenances, hot water and
fire water supply systems.
Drainage of buildings: Systems of drainage from buildings, appurtenances, choice of
systems, Preparation of drainage plans. Sustainable Development with Recycling
Systems (10 Hrs)

CT-41
 UNIT-VI
Presentations and group discussions on recent advances in the above topics.

Course Outcomes:
Students will be able to.
1. Implement and the design of good Acoustics
2. Implement for the good health and comfort ventilation
3. Implement for the good lighting system
4. Implement for the good communication in Buildings
5. Implementation for the good sanitary works

References:
1. V.K. Jain, Services in building complex and high rise Buildings, Khanna
publishers.
2. National Building code, Bureau of Indian standards.
3. Ajitha Simha, D, Building Environment, Tata Mcgraw Hill Publishing company
Limited, New Delhi.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION
CIE = Test I (UNIT I, II & III) = 15 marks Total:
Quiz = 05 marks
50 50
Test II (UNIT IV & V) = 15 marks UNIT–VI (AAT) = 15 marks
marks marks
Answer FIVE full questions
Questions Q2 & Q5 from UNIT II and UNIT V
20 x 2 =
SEE = respectively shall be answered and shall not have internal Total:
40 Marks
100 choice. 100
marks Questions Q1, Q3 & Q4 from UNIT I, UNIT III & UNIT marks
20 x 3 =
IV respectively shall be answered & shall have internal
60 Marks
choice
Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3
CO1 2 2 1
CO2 2 2 2
CO3 2 3 2
CO4 3 2 3
CO5 3 2 3
1.Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

CT-42
Course Code 18CT2E1A M.Tech. (Construction Technology)
Category Program Elective Semester : II
RESOURCE MANAGEMENT AND CONTROL IN
Course title
CONSTRUCTION
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total Hours: 48
Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3 Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): Basic Design of Steel Structures
Course Learning Objectives
1. Recognizing the management of various resources involved in construction
2. Inferring to understand management of various resources planning procurement,
identification, Personnel, planning for materials
3. System approach with measurement of resources
4. Interpreting management of time on the project completion
5. Understand fundamental of energy production and conservation

COURSE CONTENTS

UNIT-I
Labour, time schedule and cost control, types of resources, manpower, equipment,
material, money, time. Equipment: planning and selecting by optimistic choice with
respect to cost, time, source and handling. (10 Hrs)

UNIT-II
Systems approach, characteristics of resources, utilization, measurement of actual
resources required, tools for measurement of resources, labour, classes of labour, cost
of labour, labour schedule, optimum use labour. (09 Hrs)

UNIT-III
Personnel time, management and planning, managing time on the project, forecasting
the future, critical path measuring the changes and their effects – cash flow and cost
control . (10 Hrs)

UNIT-IV
Time – cost trade off, computer application – resource leveling, resource list, resource
allocation, resource loading, and cumulative cost – value management. (09 Hrs)

UNIT-V
Fundamentals of energy – energy production systems – heating solar energy and
conservation – challenges – primary energy use in building – residential – commercial
institutional and public buildings – legal requirements for conservation of fuel and
power in buildings. Energy and resource conservation – design of green building –
evaluation tools for building energy – land, water and materials (10 Hrs)

UNIT-VI
Presentations and group discussions on recent advances in the above topics

CT-43
Course Outcomes:
Students will be able to.
1. Collection of data for available resources
2. Implement for planning and selecting by optimistic choice in resources
3. Implement for cash flow and cost control in construction projects
4. Performance of value management in resources utilization
5. Outline of design of green building

References:
1. Harve, A., Levine, Project management using Micron computers, McGRaw Hill
C.A. Publishing Co., Inc., 1988.
2. Oxley Rand Poslcit, Management Techniques applied to the Construction Industry
Moore F., Environmental control system Mc.Graw Hill, Inc 1996
3. Brown, GZ, Sun, Wind and light: Architectural desing strategies, John Woley &
Sons, 1985.
4. Cook,J. Award – Winning passive solar Design, Mc Graw Hill, 1984.
5. J R Waters, Energy conservation in buildings: A guide to part L of the Building
Regulations, Blackwell publishing 2003.
6. Andrew,D., Sxilagg, Hand book of engineering management 1982.
7. James.A., Adrain, Quantitative methods in construction management, American
Elsevier publishing Co.,Inc.,1973.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION
CIE = Test I (UNIT I, II & III) = 15 marks Total:
Quiz = 05 marks
50 50
Test II (UNIT IV & V) = 15 marks UNIT–VI (AAT) = 15 marks
marks marks
Answer FIVE full questions
Questions Q2 & Q5 from UNIT II and UNIT V
20 x 2 =
SEE = respectively shall be answered and shall not have internal Total:
40 Marks
100 choice. 100
marks Questions Q1, Q3 & Q4 from UNIT I, UNIT III & UNIT marks
20 x 3 =
IV respectively shall be answered & shall have internal
60 Marks
choice
Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3
CO1 3 2 2
CO2 2 2 2
CO3 3 3 2
CO4 3 2 3
CO5 3 2 3
1.Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

CT-44
Course Code 18CT2E1B M.Tech. (Construction Technology)
Category Program Elective Semester : II
Course title ADVANCED RC DESIGN
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total Hours: 48
Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3 Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): RC Design

Course Learning Objectives:

1. Understand the Design concepts of RCC Beams.
2. Analyse and Design the RCC Slabs.
3. Analyse and Design the RC Deep Beams and Corbels.
4. Understand the Behavior of Compression Members.
5. Understand the Analysis and Design concepts of Silos, Bunkers and Multi-storey
Buildings.

COURSE CONTENTS

UNIT - I
INTRODUCTION: Design of singly Reinforced rectangular sections, Design of
Doubly Reinforced rectangular sections, Design for shear – Design for Torsion, Limit
state of Serviceability: Deflections of Reinforced concrete beams, estimation of crack
width in RCC members, calculation of crack widths. (10 Hrs)

UNIT -II
DESIGN OF SLAB: Yield line theory for analysis of slabs: Virtual work methods of
analysis of Rectangular slabs. Design of Flat Slabs. (10 Hrs)

UNIT - III
DESIGN OF REINFORCED CONCRETE DEEP BEAMS & CORBELS: Design of
Deep Beams by IS 456, Checking for Local Failures, Detailing of Deep Beams,
Analysis of Forces in a Corbels, Design of Procedure of Corbels. (10 Hrs)

UNIT -IV
DESIGN OF COMPRESSION MEMBERS: Estimation of Effective Length of a
Column – Code Requirements on Slenderness Limits,– Design of Short Columns
Under Axial Compression – Design of Short Columns Under Compression With
Uniaxial Bending – Design of Short Columns Under Axial Compression With Biaxial
Bending – Design of Slender Columns. (10 Hrs)
UNIT -V
DESIGN OF SILOS (CIRCULAR) AND BUNKERS: Analysis, design and detailing
of side walls, hopper bottoms. (8 Hrs)

UNIT - VI
Recent advances and research being done in the topics mentioned in the above units.

CT-45
Course Outcomes:
Students shall be able to:
1. Describe the Design features of RCC Beams.
2. Implement the Analysis and Design of RC Slabs.
3. Implement the Analysis and Design of RC Deep Beams and Corbels.
4. Outlining the Behavior of Compression Members.
5. Implement the Analysis and Design concepts of Silos, Bunkers and Multi-storey
Buildings.

References:
1. Unnikrishna Pillai, S and Devadas Menon, Reinforced concrete design Tata
McGraw Hill Publishing Company Limited, New Delhi.
2. “Advanced Reinforced Concrete” P.C. Varghese Prentice Hall of INDIA Private
Ltd. 2008.
3. Park R and Paulay T Reinforced Concrete Structures, John Wiley and sons, 1973.
4. S. Ramamurthuam: Design Reinforced Concrete Structures, Dhanpat Rai
Publishing Company (P) LTD. New Delhi.
5. “Design of Reinforced Concrete Structures” by N.Subramanian, Oxford
University Press.
6. N. Krishna Raju “Advanced Reinforced Concrete Design”, 2nd edition, CBS
Publishers and Distributors.- 2009.
7. Reinforced concrete structural elements – behaviour, Analysis and design by P.
Purushotham, Tata Mc.Graw-Hill, 1994.
8. IS 456, SP 16 and SP 34.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

CIE = Test I (UNIT I, II & III) = 15 marks Total:

Quiz = 05 marks
50 50
Test II (UNIT IV & V) = 15 marks UNIT–VI (AAT) = 15 marks
marks marks
Answer FIVE full questions
Questions Q1& Q2 from UNIT I and UNIT II
20 x 2 =
SEE = respectively shall be answered and shall not have internal Total:
40 Marks
100 choice. 100
marks Questions Q3, Q4 & Q5 from UNIT III, UNIT IV & marks
20 x 3 =
UNIT V respectively shall be answered & shall have
60 Marks
internal choice
Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 3 ---- ----
CO2 3 2 ----
CO3 1 ---- ----
CO4 3 ---- ----
CO5 1 2 ----
1. Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

CT-46
Course Code 18CT2E1C M.Tech. (Construction Technology)
Category Program Elective Semester : II
Course title ADVANCED DESIGN OF SUBSTRUCTURES
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total Hours: 48
Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3 Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): Basics of Geotechnical Engineering
Course Learning Objectives:
1. Understand the concepts and types of foundation in different soil conditions.
2. Apply and analyse shallow and deep foundations in complex grounds.
3. Apply and evaluate the foundations subjected to vibrations due to dynamic loads.
4. Analyse and evaluate special foundations under different field situations.
5. Create and develop strategies for foundations of infrastructure projects.

COURSE CONTENTS

UNIT-I
SHALLOW FOUNDATIONS : Basic requirements of foundation – Types and
selection of foundations. Bearing capacity of footings, footings on layered soils –
Bearing capacity from plate load test, Settlement of footings, Uplift capacity of
footings – Structural design of reinforced concrete isolated, strip, combined and strap
footings – mat foundation (10 Hrs)
UNIT-II
PILE FOUNDATIONS : Introduction, Types of pile foundations, Bearing capacity
of piles, Bearing capacity of piles from dynamic analysis, pile load test, Lateral pile
load test, structural design of straight piles, configuration of piles different shapes of
piles cap – structural design of pile cap. (09 Hrs)
UNIT- III
WELL FOUNDATIONS: Types of well foundation, Sinking stresses in wells, Grip
length, load carrying capacity, construction of wells – Failures and Remedies –
Design of well foundation, Lateral stability (09 Hrs)

UNIT- IV
MACHINE FOUNDATIONS: Introduction, types of machine foundation, Basic
principles of design of machine foundation – Dynamic properties of soil – vibration
analysis of machine foundation – Design of foundation for Reciprocating machines
and Impact machines – Reinforcement and construction details – vibration isolation.
(10 Hrs)
UNIT-V
SPECIAL FOUNDATIONS: Foundation on expansive soils, choice of foundation,
under-reamed pile foundation. Foundation for Foundations for Transmission Line
Towers Towers, chimneys, Earth retaining structures – Retaining walls, sheet piles
and reinforced earth structures (10 Hrs)
UNIT-VI
Recent advancements in foundations technology and construction practices for static
and dynamic loads.

CT-47
Course Outcomes:
Students shall be able to:
1. Explain the basic concepts to select appropriate foundation type on soil
conditions.
2. Analyse problems with respect to shallow and deep foundations.
3. Apply and solve engineering problems with respect to well foundations.
4. Apply and evaluate foundations subjected dynamic loads from various sources.
5. Develop strategies to problems requiring special foundations.

References
1. Bowles .J.E., “Foundation Analysis and Design”, McGraw Hill Publishing co.,
New York, 1997.
2. Swamy Saran, Analysis and Design of substructures, Oxford and IBH Publishing
Co. Pvt. Ltd., 2006.
3. Tomlinson.M.J, “Foundation Design and Construction”, Longman, Sixth Edition,
New Delhi, 1995.
4. Varghese.P.C, “Design of Reinforced Concrete Foundations” – PHI learning
private limited, New Delhi – 2009.
5. S.P. Brahma “ Foundation Engineering” Tata McGraw Hill publishing company
Ltd, New Delhi.
6. Das.B.M., “Principles of Foundation Engineering”, Thomson Brooks / Cole
Publishing Company, Singapore, 2004
7. Winterkorn H.F. and Fong H.Y. “Foundation Engineering Hand Book”, Galgotia
Book Source, New Delhi, 2000

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION:
Quiz = 05 marks
CIE - Test I (UNIT I, II &III)- 15 marks Total:50
UNIT-VI (AAT) = 15
50 marks Test II (UNIT IV & V) – 15 marks marks
marks
Answer FIVE full questions
Questions Q1 & Q2 from UNIT I and UNIT II
SEE – 20x2 = 40 *Total:
respectively shall be answered and shall not
100 Marks 100
have internal choice.
marks Questions Q3, Q4 and Q5 from UNIT III, marks
20x3= 60
UNIT IV & UNIT V respectively shall be
Marks
answered and shall have internal choice
Note: * = SEE is to be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be
reduced for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3
CO1 2 2 3
CO2 2 3 3
CO3 2 3 3
CO4 1 2 3
CO5 2 3 3
1.Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

CT-48
Course Code 18CT2E2A M.Tech. (Construction Technology)
Category Program Elective Semester : II
Course title PROFESSIONAL PRACTICE
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total Hours: 48
Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3 Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): Nil
Course Learning Objectives:
1. Categorise the hierarchy of personnel in construction industry and fit himself at
appropriate position for better cooperation and coordination for the success of
industry.
2. Understand the ways and means to uphold the dignity and integrity of profession
in industry.
3. Assess the duties and liabilities in profession compliant to statutory regulations.
4. Utilize the methods and procedures for estimating, cost planning, tendering and
its evaluation and award of works.
5. Evaluate the execution of contracts, contractual machinery and damages, project
insurance contract, valuation methods and techniques.

COURSE CONTENTS
UNIT-I
Architect as Administrator, Calling He has Opted For, Owing to client, Professional
brothers, Community, His business and Office Establishment and Council of
Architecture. (08 Hrs)
UNIT-II
Professional Education, Standards of Professional Conduct and Etiquette and Code of
ethics in Respect of Clients , Fellow Architects for Clientele, Community, His
Employees, Associates and Others, Condition of Engagement and Scale of
Professional fees and Charges to Uphold the Dignity and Integrity of Profession
Compliant to Council of Architecture. (08 Hrs)
UNIT-III
Duties and Liabilities in Profession in Respect of Express or Implied Contract With
The Client, Contract Of Construction Work Between The Owner And The Contractor,
License Conditions To Practice In A Particular Area Where Ever Applicable And
Rules And Regulation Of Council Of Architecture (12 Hrs)
UNIT-IV
Building Of Cost Indices, Estimation Of Project Costs, Its Importance And Materials
Required, Methods Of Estimation And Cost Planning, Tendering And Its Evaluation
And Award Of Works. (08 Hrs)
UNIT-V
Types Of Contracts, Execution Of Contracts, Contracts And Problems Arising There
from, Contractual Machinery And Damages, Arbitration And Its Implementation,
Insurance To Fire And Other Accidents Compliant To Contract Clauses And
Valuation Methods And Techniques. Laws Relating To Repairs And Restoration,
Standard Rent, Land Acquisition And Easements And Statutory Rules And
Regulations Regarding The Same As Per The Law Of The Land. (12 Hrs)

CT-49
 UNIT-VI
Recent advances and research being done in the topics mentioned in the above units

Course Outcomes:
1. Organise one’s hierarchy in construction industry.
2. Evaluate the standards of professional conduct, etiquette and code of ethics
3. Focus the duties and liabilities arising out of a situation.
4. Interpret the methodology and procedures for execution of projects in industry
5. Implement the composition of contract agreements and its successful
implementation.

References:
1. Professional Practice by Dr. Roshan H Namavathi
2. Professional Practice by Dr. K.G.Krishnamurthy and Prof.S.V.Ravindra

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION
CIE = Test I (UNIT I, II &III) = 15 marks Total:
Quiz = 05 marks
50 50
UNIT–VI (AAT) = 15 marks
marks Test II (UNIT IV & V) = 15 marks marks
Answer FIVE full questions
Questions Q1 & Q2 from UNIT I and UNIT II
20 x 2 =
SEE = respectively shall be answered and shall not have internal Total:
40 Marks
100 choice. 100
marks Questions Q3, Q4 & Q5 from UNIT III, UNIT IV & marks
20 x 3=
UNIT V respectively shall be answered & shall have
60 Marks
internal choice

Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3
CO1 2 --- 2
CO2 3 2 3
CO3 3 3 2
CO4 3 2 3
CO5 3 3 3
1.Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

CT-50
Course Code 18CT2E2B M.Tech. (Construction Technology)
Category Program Elective Semester : II
PREFABRICATED STRUCTURAL TECHNIQUES AND
Course title
DESIGN
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total Hours: 48
Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3 Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): RCC DESIGN

Course Learning Objectives:

1. Understand the concepts of Prefabrication.
2. Evaluate the classification of Prefabrication.
3. Analyse the production techniques of Precast concrete.
4. Formulate the design of prefabricated elements
5. Illustrate the preparation of site infrastructure and construction techniques.

COURSE CONTENTS
UNIT - I
Prefabricated construction: Necessity, Advantages, Disadvantages, mass-produced
building products, industrial buildings. Modular co-ordination: Basic module,
planning and design of modular grid system, National building code specifications,
standardization, dimension of products, preferred dimensions and sizes, tolerances
and deviations, layout and process. (10 Hrs)

UNIT - II
Classification of pre-fabricates: Foundation, Columns, Beams, roof and roof panels,
wall panels, clay UNITs, box fabricates, erection and assembly. Precasting and
prefabrication techniques: Planning, production and erection of structures, skeletal
and large panel construction, industrial structures, space structures, pre-stressed pre-
cast elements. (10 Hrs)
UNIT - III
Pre-cast concrete production techniques: Forms and moulds of various materials,
manufacturing methods-Pressed casting extrusion method, vacuum process, spinning
process, hot concrete process, mix designs adopted. (08 Hrs)

UNIT - IV
Design of prefabricated elements: Lift points, Joints in elements, design of joints to
transfer axial forces, moments and shear forces, economic aspects. (08 Hrs)

UNIT - V
Site infrastructure: Equipment, Horizontal and Vertical transportation, site
manufacture and preparation of components, fabrication and assembly, storage of
prefabricates., curing methods. Construction technique: Large panel construction,
Box systems, Lift slab systems. (12 Hrs)
UNIT - VI
Recent advances and research being done in the topics mentioned in the above units.

CT-51
Course Outcomes:
1. Summarize the concepts of prefabrication
2. Appraise about the classification of Prefabrication.
3. Implement Pre-cast concrete production techniques.
4. Design the prefabricated elements.
5. Classify the construction techniques and site infrastructure for Prefabrication.

References
1. National building code{ Part VI-Prefabrication and systems building} Bureau of
Indian standards.
2. Koncz, Tihamer, "Manual of precast concrete construction with large reinforced
concrete and prestressed concrete components; Design, analysis and
construction", Bauverlag, Better World Books Ltd, Dunfermline, UNITed
Kingdom
3. Lewicki, Bohdan, “Building with large Prefabricates”, Elsevier Publishing
Company, London 1966.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION:

CIE = Test I (UNIT I, II & III) = 15 marks Total:

Quiz = 05 marks
50 50
UNIT–VI (AAT) = 15 marks
marks Test II (UNIT IV & V) = 15 marks marks
Answer FIVE full questions
Questions Q1& Q2 from UNIT I and UNIT II
20 x 2 =
SEE = respectively shall be answered and shall not have internal Total:
40 Marks
100 choice. 100
marks Questions Q3, Q4 & Q5 from UNIT III, UNIT IV & marks
20 x 3 =
UNIT V respectively shall be answered & shall have
60 Marks
internal choice

Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 3 ---- ----
CO2 3 2 ----
CO3 2 2 ----
CO4 3 2 ----
CO5 2 ---- ----

1.Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

CT-52
Course Code 18CT2E2C M.Tech. (Construction Technology)
Category Program Elective Semester : II
Course title TALL STRUCTURES
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total Hours: 48
Credits
4 0 0 0 4
SEE Marks:
CIE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3 Hrs
50
Prerequisites (if any): RCC Design
Course Learning Objectives:
1. Understand the Design Criteria For Tall Structures.
2. Discuss the Static and Dynamic approach of Design of Tall Structures.
3. Discuss the Factors affecting growth, Height and Structural form.
4. Understand the Analysis and Design of building as total structural system
considering overall integrity and major subsystem interaction.
5. Illustrate the stability of Tall Buildings.

COURSE CONTENTS
UNIT - I
DESIGN CRITERIA: Design philosophy, loading, sequential loading, and materials
– high performance concrete, fiber reinforced concrete, lightweight concrete, design
mixes. Loading and Movement: Gravity loading: Dead and live load, methods of live
load reduction, Impact, Gravity loading, Construction loads. (8 Hrs)

UNIT- II
WIND LOADING: Static and dynamic approach, Analytical and wind tunnel
experimentation method. Earthquake loading: Equivalent lateral force, modal
analysis, combinations of loading, working stress design, Limit state design, Plastic
design. (10 Hrs)

UNIT - III
BEHAVIOR OF VARIOUS STRUCTURAL SYSTEMS: Factors affecting
growth, Height and structural form; High rise behavior, Rigid frames, braced frames,
in-filled frames, shear walls, coupled shear walls, wall-frames, tubular, cores,
Futigger – braced and hybrid mega system. (10 Hrs)
UNIT- IV
ANALYSIS AND DESIGN: Modeling for approximate analysis, accurate analysis
and reduction techniques, analysis of building as total structural system considering
overall integrity and major subsystem interaction, analysis for member forces; drift
and twist, computerized general three dimensional analyses. (10 Hrs)

UNIT - V
STABILITY OF TALL BUILDINGS: Overall buckling analysis of frames, wall
frames, approximate methods, second order effects of gravity of loading, P-Delta
analysis, simultaneous first order and P-Delta analysis, Transnational, Torsional
instability, out of plum effects, stiffness of member in stability, effect of foundation
rotation. Structural elements: sectional shapes, properties and resisting capacities,
design, deflection, cracking, pre-stressing, shear flow. Design for differential
movement, creep and shrinkage effects, temperature effects and fire. (10 Hrs)

CT-53
 UNIT - VI
Recent advances and research being done in the topics mentioned in the above units.

Course Outcomes:
Students shall be able to:
1. Implement the Design Criteria For Tall Structures.
2. Implement the Static and Dynamic approach of Design of Tall Structures.
3. Apprise the Factors affecting growth, Height and Structural form.
4. Implement the Analysis and Design of building as total structural system
considering overall integrity and major subsystem interaction.
5. Carryout the stability of Tall Buildings.

References:
1. Taranath B.S, “Structural Analysis and Design of Tall Buildings”- McGraw Hill.
2. Wilf gang Schuller, “High rise building structures”- John Wiley.
3. Bryan Stafford Smith & Alexcoull, “Tall building structures Analysis and
Design”- John Wiley.
4. T.Y Lin & D.Stotes Burry, “Structural concepts and system for Architects and
Engineers”- John Wiley.
5. Lynn S.Beedle, “Advances in Tall Buildings”- CBS Publishers and Distributors.
6. Dr. Y.P. Gupta – Editor, “Proceedings National Seminar on High Rise Structures-
Design and Construction practices for middle level cities”- New Age International
Limited.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION:

CIE = Test I (UNIT I, II & III) = 15 marks Total:

Quiz = 05 marks
50 50
UNIT–VI (AAT) = 15 marks
marks Test II (UNIT IV & V) = 15 marks marks
Answer FIVE full questions
Questions Q1& Q2 from UNIT I and UNIT II
20 x 2 =
SEE = respectively shall be answered and shall not have internal Total:
40 Marks
100 choice. 100
marks Questions Q3, Q4 & Q5 from UNIT III, UNIT IV & marks
20 x 3 =
UNIT V respectively shall be answered & shall have
60 Marks
internal choice

Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 3 ---- ----
CO2 3 2 ----
CO3 2 2 ----
CO4 3 2 ----
CO5 2 ---- ----
1.Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

CT-54
Course Code 18CT2L01 M.Tech. (Construction Technology)
Category Laboratory Semester: II
Course title BUILDING INFORMATION MODELLING LAB
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total hours = 48
Credits
0 0 4 0 2
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3 Hrs
Prerequisites (if any):

Course Learning Objectives:

1. Prepare 2D drawings the building components.
2. Plan the 3D view of different components of a building.
3. Analyse and design structures for static and dynamic loading
4. Appraise the process of project management.

COURSE CONTENTS

AutoCAD-2D: Basic drawings using Drawing tools, Appling Properties to objects

Layer Management, Plotting (12 Hrs)

Revit Architecture: Initial settings and Building elements, Creating a plan using
building elements and modification, Model Elements, Rendering (12 Hrs)

STAAD.Pro / ETABS: Overview of Structural Analysis and Design, Modeling,

Assigning Properties, Static & Dynamic Analysis, Design (12 Hrs)

MSP / Primavera: Introduction, Resources types, Resource sheet, Resource

allocation, Resource analysis, Resource leveling and types, Task types, Team planner,
Reports, Exporting, Multiple projects and Compare projects and practice (12 Hrs)

Course Outcomes:
Students shall be able to:
1. Apply the concept of Autocad for 2D drafting.
2. Develop the building element by Revit Architecture.
3. Categorise the design of structures by STAAD / ETABS.
4. Illustrate Project management techniques.

References:
1. Rafael Sacks, Chuck Eastman, Ghang Lee & Paul Teicholz, "BIM Handbook: A
Guide to Building Information Modeling for Owners, Designers, Engineers,
Contractors, and Facility Managers", John Wiley & Sons, 2018
2. Manuals of the software mentioned in the course content which are available online

CT-55
 SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

Continuous Internal Evaluation Marks Semester End Evaluation Marks

(Laboratory – 50 Marks) (SEE) Laboratory (100
Marks)
Performance of the student in the 20 Write up 20
laboratory, every week
Test at the end of the semester 20 Experimentation 60
Viva Voce 10 Viva voce 20
Total 100
Total (CIE) 50 Total (SEE) 50*

Note: * = SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks for practical and the marks obtained
shall be reduced for 50 Marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 1 1 1
CO2 1 1 1
CO3 2 2 2
CO4 3 1 1

1. Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

CT-56
Course Code 18CT2S01 M.Tech. (Construction Technology)
Category Seminar Semester: II
Course title SEMINAR - II
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and Credits L T P S Credits Total hours = 24
0 0 2 0 1
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: - Total Max. Marks: 50 Duration of SEE: ---
Prerequisites (if any): NIL

Course Learning Objectives:

The objectives of the SEMINAR-II is to prepare the students to learn to:
1. Carry out the literature review of general research area/current topic and
analyse the same effectively.
2. Prepare a technical report, reflecting his/her depth of understanding, on the
selected area/topic and prepare content rich presentation.
3. Acquire communication and time management skills for effective and impactful
presentation. Interact with peers to acquire the qualities of thoughtfulness,
friendliness, adaptability, responsiveness, and politeness in-group discussion.
Overcome stage fear during oral presentation.

GUIDE LINES
1. Seminar preparation and presentation is an individual student activity.
2. Topic may be of general/ specific interest to program of engineering or electives
not offered in the semester and to be selected in consultation with the
faculty/Guide assigned.
3. Select one pertinent research paper/topic for the seminar presentation.
4. Prepare and submit a detailed technical report of the seminar topic.

Course Outcomes:
Students shall be able to:
1. Carry out the literature survey of topic of seminar.
2. Prepare a technical report on the selected area/topic.
3. Make an effective presentation with seamless flow of content within the time
allocated. Overcome inhibition in interacting with peers and hence develop the
spirit of team work.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

CIE – 50 Phase -1 Marks =10 Seminar Report Total:50

marks Phase -2 Marks =20 Marks =20 Marks

CT-57
Scheme of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE):

Evaluation would be carried out in TWO phases. The Seminar Evaluation Committee
shall comprise of Chairperson of the Department, Faculty/Guide and one more faculty
member nominated by Chairperson of the Department. The evaluation criteria shall be
as per the rubrics given below:

Rubrics for Evaluation: Weightage

Topic - Technical Relevance, Sustainability and Societal Concerns : 15%

Review of literature and technical content : 35%
Presentation Skills : 25%
Report of seminar : 25%

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 2 2 3
CO2 2 3 3
CO3 - 2 -

1. Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

CT-58
Course Code 18CV2M01 M.Tech. (Construction Technology)
Category Mandatory Audit Semester: II
Course title PEDAGOGY STUDIES (AUDIT COURSE-II)
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total Hours: 24
Credits
2 0 0 0 1
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: -- Total Max. Marks: 50 Duration of SEE: --
Prerequisites (if any):
Course Learning Objectives:
1. Understand and apply the best practices in Pedagogy studies.
2. Analyse the different pedagogy approaches for effective teaching learning
process.
3. Apply the modern tools used in pedagogy.

COURSE CONTENTS

UNIT –I
 Introduction and Methodology:
 Aims and rationale, Policy background, Conceptual framework and terminology.
 Theories of learning, Curriculum, Teacher education.
 Conceptual framework, Research question.
 Overview of methodology and searching. (05 Hrs)

UNIT –II
 Thematic overview: Pedagogical practices are being used by teachers in formal
and informal classrooms in developing countries.
 Curriculum, teacher education, usage of modern tools. (04 Hrs)

UNIT –III
 Evidence on the effectiveness of pedagogical practices.
 Methodology for the in depth stage: quality assessment of included studies.
 How can teacher education (curriculum and practicum) and the school curriculum
and guidance materials best support effective pedagogy?
 Theory of change.
 Strength and nature of the body of evidence for effective pedagogical practices.
 Pedagogic theory and pedagogical approaches.
 Teacher‟s attitudes and beliefs and pedagogic strategies. (05 Hrs)

UNIT –IV
 Professional development; alignment with classroom practices and follow-up
support.
 Peer support
 Support from the head teacher and the community.
 Curriculum and assessment.
 Barriers to learning: limited resources and large class sizes. (05 Hrs)

CT-59
 UNIT –V
 Research gaps and future directions
 Research design
 Contexts
 Pedagogy
 Teacher education
 Curriculum and assessment
 Dissemination and research impact. (05 Hrs)

Course Outcomes:
Students shall be able to:
1. Discuss and compare the different practices of Pedagogy studies for effective
teaching and learning.
2. Emphasise on different Pedagogy approaches for enhanced teaching learning
process.
3. Implement the capabilities of modern tools used in Pedagogy studies.

References:
1. Ackers J, Hardman F (2001) Classroom interaction in Kenyan primary schools,
Compare, 31 (2): 245-261.
2. Agrawal M (2004) Curriculum reform in school: The importance of evaluation,
Journal of Curriculum Studies, 36(3): 361-379.
3. Akyeampong K (2003) Teacher training in Ghana – does it count? Multi-site
teacher education research project (MUSTER) country report 1. London: DFID.
4. Akyeampong K, Lussier K, Proyor J, Westbrook J (2013) Improving teaching and
learning of basic maths and reading in Africa: Does teacher preparation count?
International Journal Educational Development, 33 (3): 272-282.
5. Alexander RJ (2001) Culture and pedagogy: International comparisons in primary
education. Oxford and Boston; Blackwell.
6. Chavan M (2003) Read India: A mass scale, rapid, „learning to read‟ campaign.
7. www.pratham.org/images/resource%20working%20paper%202.pdf.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

Test I (Unit I, II &III) = 15 marks

CIE – 50 Quiz = 5 marks Total:50
marks Unit-VI(AAT) = 15 marks marks
Test II (Unit IV & V) = 15 marks

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 - - 1
CO2 - - 1
CO3 1 1 1
1. Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

CT-60
 THIRD SEMESTER
Course Code 18CT3E1A M.Tech. (Construction Technology)
Category Program Elective Semester : III
Course title CONTRACT MANAGEMENT AND TENDERING
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total Hours: 48
Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3 Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): Nil
Course Learning Objectives
1. Recognizing the various types of construction contracts management
2. Inferring to construction contracts and their legal aspects for rendering
provisions,
3. Outline contract procedures as per tender act
4. Interpreting Arbitration and litigation procedure
5. Classifications of documentations , Laws ,Agreements and Actions

COURSE CONTENTS

UNIT I
Indian Contracts Act: Elements of Contracts – Government Departments and Local
Authorities; Contract Procurement, construction contracts – Contract Specializations
– types of contract documents used for construction – selecting a contractor, type of
contracts. (10 Hrs)

UNIT II
Contract Procedure- Disputes, Design of Contract Documents – International contract
Document – Standard Contract Document – Law of Torts. (09 Hrs)

UNIT III
Tenders: Prequalification – bidding – Accepting – Evaluation of Tender from
Technical, Contractual and commercial Points of View (09 Hrs)

UNIT IV
Contract Formation and Interpretation – Potential Contractual Problems – World
Bank Procedures and Guidelines – Karnataka Transparency in Tenders Act. (10 Hrs)

UNIT V
Arbitration and litigation procedure – preparation, settlement, evidence. Price
Adjustment: need for the formulae, comparison with previous system, Civil
Engineering and building formulae, practical implications. Comparison of Actions
and Laws – Agreements – subject Matter – violations – appointment of Arbitrators –
conditions of Arbitration – powers and Duties of Arbitrator – rules of Evidence –
Enforcement of Award – costs. (10 Hrs)

UNIT VI
Presentations and group discussions on recent advances in the above topic

CT-61
Course Outcomes
Students will be able to.
1. Outline of contracts procedures for local authorities and government
department
2. Explanations of Contract procedure - International contract
3. Outline of Tender documentation
4. Explanations of world bank Procedures and Guidelines for contract
5. Performance of Arbitration and litigation

References:
1. Gajaria GT, “Law Relating to Building & Civil Engg., Contracts in India”
2. Colier, Kieth, “Managing Construction Contracts”
3. Gajaria G.T., Laws Relating to Building and Engineering Contracts in India, M.M.
Tripathi Private Ltd., Bombay, 1982.
4. Jimmie Hinze, Construction Contracts, 2nd Ed., McGraw Hill, 2001
5. Roshan Namavathi, “Professional Practice”
6. Joseph T. Bockrath, Contracts and the Legal Environment for engineers and
Architects, 6th Edition, McGraw Hill, 2000.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION:

Test I (UNIT I, II & III) = 15

CIE = Total:
marks Quiz = 05 marks
50 50
Test II (UNIT IV & V) = 15 UNIT–VI (AAT) = 15 marks
marks marks
marks
Answer FIVE full questions
Questions Q2 & Q5 from UNIT II and UNIT V 20 x 2 =
SEE = respectively shall be answered and shall not have 40 Total:
100 internal choice. Marks 100
marks Questions Q1, Q3 & Q4 from UNIT I, UNIT III & 20 x 3 = marks
UNIT IV respectively shall be answered & shall have 60
internal choice Marks
Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3
CO1 3 3 2
CO2 2 2 3
CO3 3 3 2
CO4 3 2 3
CO5 3 2 3
1.Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

CT-62
Course Code 18CT3E1B M.Tech. (Construction Technology)
Category Program Elective Semester : III
Course title CONSTRUCTION AND PLANNING LEGISLATION
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total Hours: 48
Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3 Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): Nil
Course Learning Objectives
1. Recognizing the various aspects of construction and planning legislation
2. Inferring to construction cost and their legal requirement provisions,
3. Outline of Social Security and welfare legislation
4. Interpreting Indian factory act and Indian factory act for labour laws
5. Outline of Safety laws, standards and safety hazards

COURSE CONTENTS

UNIT I
Insurance and Bonding – Laws Governing Sale, Purchase and Use of Urban and
Rural Land – Land Revenue Codes – Tax Laws, Excise and Custom. (10 Hrs)

UNIT II
Duties and their influence on construction costs – Legal requirement and planning –
property law – agency law – local government laws for approval – statutory
regulations. (09 Hrs)
UNIT III
Social Security – welfare legislation – laws relating to wages, bonus and industrial
disputes, labour administration – insurance and safety regulations (09 Hrs)

UNIT IV
Workmen‟s compensation act – Indian factory act – Indian factory act – child labour
act – other labour laws. (10 Hrs)

UNIT V
Safety laws and standards, safety hazards and cost effectiveness. Safety management
in construction industry – safety rules in construction, equipment reliability
considerations. Safety budgeting regulations. Standardization in cost, time, quality,
recourses, risk in construction management and its influence for construction and
planning legislation (10 Hrs)

UNIT VI
Presentations and group discussions on recent advances in the above topic

Course Outcomes
Students will be able to.
1. Outline of Tax Laws, Excise and Custom procedures
2. Explanations of Insurance and Bonding criteria
3. Outline of Duties and their influence agency law, local government laws for
approval – statutory regulations.

CT-63
4. Explanations of world bank Procedures and Guidelines for contract
5. Explanations of industrial disputes, labour administration , insurance and safety
regulations in construction industries.

References:
1. Gajaria G.T. Laws Relating to Building and Engineering Contracts in India, M.M
Tripathi Private Ltd., Bombay, 1982.
2. Jimmie Hinze, Construcion Contracts, McGraw Hill, 2001
3. Joseph T. Bockrath, Contracts and the Legal Environment for Engineers and
Architects, McGraw Hill, 2000.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION:

Test I (UNIT I, II & III) = 15

CIE = Total:
marks Quiz = 05 marks
50 50
Test II (UNIT IV & V) = 15 UNIT–VI (AAT) = 15 marks
marks marks
marks
Answer FIVE full questions
Questions Q2 & Q5 from UNIT II and UNIT V 20 x 2 =
SEE = respectively shall be answered and shall not have 40 Total:
100 internal choice. Marks 100
marks Questions Q1, Q3 & Q4 from UNIT I, UNIT III & 20 x 3 = marks
UNIT IV respectively shall be answered & shall have 60
internal choice Marks
Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 3 3 2
CO2 3 2 3
CO3 3 3 2
CO4 3 2 3
CO5 3 2 3

1.Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

CT-64
Course Code 18CT3E1C M.Tech. (Construction Technology)
Category Program Elective Semester : III
Course title RESTORATION AND REHABILITATION OF STRUCTURES
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total Hours: 48
Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3 Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): RCC Design

Course Learning Objectives:

1. Understand the scope of Restoration, Repair and Rehabilitation
2. Analyse the causes of distress of concrete structures and to assess the strength of
the distressed concrete structure
3. To evaluate repair materials and repair techniques to restore the concrete
structures.
4. Understand the properties of repair materials and repair techiniques
5. Formulate the procedure for rehabilitation of damaged structures due to earth
quake.

COURSE CONTENTS

UNIT-I
Introduction to Restoration, Repair and Rehabilitation, Investigation of structures in
distress:- Physical Interpretation- recording of existing distress condition. Field tests
for assessing distress condition, Causes of distress; Physical causes: Introduction,
Durability of concrete, causes of distress in concrete structures, shrinkage in concrete,
freeze and thaw on concrete, weathering on concrete, crazing on concrete, honey
combing on concrete, swelling on concrete, pop outs on concrete, creep on concrete,
abrasion, erosion and cavitations on concrete, temperature changes, fire on concrete,
thermal movement in concrete, sub-grade movement, formwork movement,
settlement and movement, foundation settlement, construction errors, cracking due to
construction overloads, Cracks due to externally applied loads, accidental loadings,
design errors. (08 Hrs)

UNIT-II
Chemical causes and Corrosion: Chemical attack on concrete, , alkali reaction on the
concrete: aggregate reaction and alkali, silica reaction, chloride attack on concrete,
hydrolysis and leaching on concrete, salt attack/salt weathering , soft water
attack/aggregate water attack, crystallization of salt in pores, sea water attack on
concrete, biological attack on concrete, mechanism of miscellaneous chemical attack.
Basic principles of corrosion, corrosion mechanism of embedded metal, corrosion
process, damage due to corrosion, codal provisions for different exposure conditions,
corrosion protection techniques, relative symptoms to causes of distress and
deterioration. (08 Hrs)

CT-65
 UNIT-III
Damage assessment: Destructive testing system; Introduction, purpose of assessment,
rapid assessment, visual inspection testing system of hardened concrete, evaluation of
cracks, destructive testing system, Assessment of existing concrete structures, direct
load test, load test on structural elements. Non destructive system; Introduction, NDT
methods, Chemical testing of concrete, diagnostic methods for corrosion damage,
investigation strategies, detail test and inspection testing, determination of structural
integrity and location of reinforcement, determination of steel serviceability and
condition , determination of concrete quality and composition, systematic assessment
of fire affected structures, preliminary investigation, detailed investigation.
(08 Hrs)

UNIT-IV
Repair materials: Selection and evaluation of repair materials; Introduction, material
selection, criteria for selection of repair materials, methodology for the selection of
repair materials, classification of repair materials, , Special repair materials;
Introduction, chemical and mineral admixtures, superplasticizers(SP), accelerators,
concrete composites, polymer repair materials, polymer coatings, polymer
concrete/mortar composites, fibre reinforced concrete, behavior of steel fibre
reinforced concrete, application of SFRC to repair of distressed structures, behaviour
of FRC with other fibres, glass fibre reinforced concrete, polypropylene fibre, natural
fibres, aramid fibre, carbon fibre, fibre reinforced polymer composites, FRP
composite laminates, ferro cement, ferrocement as repair material, SIFCON and
SIMCON Materials, miscellaneous materials (12 Hrs)

UNIT-V
Repair and Rehabilitation: Repair of Cracks; Introduction, factors that effect cracking,
measures of cracking, stages of concrete repair, durability of concrete repair, durable
repair design, evaluation of the repairs, types and classification of repairs, methods of
repairs, Rehabilitation Techniques; Introduction, Strengthening techniques;
Introduction, need for strengthening, terms of repair, structural concrete repair,
structural repair techniques for reinforced concrete, structure concrete strengthening,
jacketing technique, externally bonding technique, externally bonded mild steel
plates, strengthening with external reinforcement, short spanning, external post
tensioning, section enlargement, strengthening by SIMCON, dam safety: concrete
repair techniques, guidelines for seismic rehabilitation of existing buildings, seismic
vulnerability, strategies for rehabilitation schemes. (12 Hrs)

UNIT-VI
Recent advances and research being done in the topics mentioned in the above units

Course Outcomes:
Students shall be able to:
1. Understand the causes of deterioration of concrete structures confidently.
2. Choose the proper assessment techniques to know the strength of distressed
structures.
3. Design and develop the proper repair, rehabilitation and Strengthening
techniques.
4. Understand the concept of Durability and Serviceability.
5. Implement the rehabilitation methods for damaged structure due to earth quake.

CT-66
References :
1. Harold Ropes, “Concrete Structures: Materials, Maintenance and Repair”
Longman Scientific and Technical Publication, John Wiley and Sons Inc., New
York
2. Jagadish R., “Structural Failures – Case Histories”, Oxford and IBH Publishing
Co., Pvt., Ltd. New Delhi
3. Crane, A.P. “Corrosion of Reinforcement in Concrete Construction”, Elli
Horwood Ltd., Chichester, England
4. Allen, R.T.L. and Edwards, “The Repair of Concrete Structures”, S.C., Balckie
Publication, Glasgow, London.
5. Pullar – Strecker, “Corrosion Damaged Concrete „ Assessment and Repair”
Butterworths, England.
6. Raikar, R.N. “Learning from Failures – Deficiencies in Design, Construction and
Service”, Structwel Designers & Consultant Pvt. Ltd., Bombay, India.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

CIE = Test I (Unit I, II & III) = 15 marks Total:

Quiz = 05 marks
50 50
Test II (Unit IV & V) = 15 marks UNIT–VI (AAT) = 15 marks
marks marks
Answer FIVE full questions
Questions Q1& Q2 from Unit I and Unit II respectively 20 x 2 =
SEE = shall be answered and shall not have internal choice. 40 Total:
100 Marks 100
marks Questions Q3, Q4 & Q5 from Unit III, Unit IV & Unit 20 x 3 = marks
V respectively shall be answered & shall have internal 60
choice Marks
Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 2 2 3
CO2 2 2 3
CO3 3 3 3
CO4 2 3 3
CO5 2 3 3
1.Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

CT-67
Course Code 18CT3S01 M.Tech. (Construction Technology)
Category Seminar Semester: III
Course title SEMINAR - III
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and Credits L T P S Credits Total hours = 24
0 0 2 0 1
CIE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 50
Prerequisites (if any): NIL

Course Learning Objectives:

The objectives of the SEMINAR-III is to prepare the students to learn to:
1. Carry out the literature review of general research area/current topic and
analyse the same effectively.
2. Prepare a technical report, reflecting his/her depth of understanding, on the
selected area/topic and prepare content rich presentation.
3. Acquire communication and time management skills for effective and impactful
presentation. Interact with peers to acquire the qualities of thoughtfulness,
friendliness, adaptability, responsiveness, and politeness in-group discussion.

GUIDE LINES
1. Seminar preparation and presentation is an individual student activity.
2. Topic may be of general/ specific interest to program of engineering or electives
not offered in the semester and to be selected in consultation with the
faculty/Guide assigned.
3. Select one pertinent research paper/topic for the seminar presentation.
4. Prepare and submit a detailed technical report of the seminar topic.

Course Outcomes:
Students shall be able to:
1. Carry out the literature survey of topic of seminar.
2. Prepare a technical report on the selected area/topic.
3. Make an effective presentation with seamless flow of content within the time
allocated. Overcome inhibition in interacting with peers and hence develop the
spirit of team work.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

CIE – 50 Phase -1 Marks =10 Seminar Report Total:50

marks Phase -2 Marks =20 Marks =20 Marks

CT-68
Scheme of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE):

Evaluation would be carried out in TWO phases. The Seminar Evaluation Committee
shall comprise of Chairperson of the Department, Faculty/Guide and one more faculty
member nominated by Chairperson of the Department. The evaluation criteria shall be
as per the rubrics given below:

Rubrics for Evaluation: Weightage

Topic - Technical Relevance, Sustainability and Societal Concerns : 15%

Review of literature and technical content : 35%
Presentation Skills : 25%
Report of seminar : 25%

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 2 2 3
CO2 2 3 3
CO3 - 2 -

1. Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

CT-69
Course Code 18CT3I01 M.Tech. (Construction Technology)
Category Internship/ Mini Project Semester: III
Course title INTERNSHIP / MINI PROJECT
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total hours = 80
Credits
--- --- 10 --- 5
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3 Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): NIL

INTERNSHIP
Course Learning Objectives:
Objectives of the internship:
1. Provide an opportunity to see how classroom and textbook learning applies to the
real world, and to expose the students to the relevant work experience.
2. Pay close attention to all the steps that go onto completing a job, thereby, help
students to become workforce ready before entering the job market as a
graduate. Provide an opportunity to select the topic of dissertation work by
evaluating the requirement of organisation.
3. Prepare and present a technical report of internship.

GUIDELINES
1. Student has to approach the concerned heads of various Industries/organization,
which are related to the field of specialization of the M. Tech program.
2. If any student gets internship, he/she has to submit the internship offer letter duly
signed by the concerned authority of the company to the Chairperson of the
Department.
3. The internship on full time basis will be immediately after the examination of II
semester and during vacation of III semester for a minimum period of 8 weeks
without affecting the regular class work.
4. The progress has to be reported periodically Internship Guide assigned by the
Chairperson as per the format acceptable to the respective industry /organizations
and to the Institution.
5. At the end of the internship the student has to prepare and submit a detailed report
and submit.
6. Students are advised to use ICT tools such as Skype to report their progress and
submission of periodic progress reports to the faculty in charge or guide.
7. Duly signed report from guide and external supervisor from the organization
where internship is offered has to be submitted to the Chairperson of the
Department for evaluation.
The broad format of the internship final report shall contain Cover Page, Certificate
from College, Certificate from Industry / Organization of internship,
Acknowledgement, Synopsis, Table of Contents, chapters of Profile of the
Organization - Organizational structure, Products, Services, Business Partners,
Financials, Manpower, Societal Concerns, Professional Practices, Activities of the
Department where internship is done, Tasks Performed and summary of the tasks
performed. specific technical and soft skills that student has acquired during
internship, References & Annexure.

CT-70
Course Outcomes:
The student will be able to:
1. Apply the gained experience along with the theoretical knowledge to solve the
real world problems what engineers ready do.
2. Get equipped with experience required before entering the job market. Explore
the possibility of formulating the dissertation problem.
3. Prepare a technical report and make a presentation of details of internship.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION
1.Marks awarded by guide (Internal examiner) = 50 marks
50*
CIE 2.Marks awarded by the department internship/mini project
Marks
monitoring committee = 50 marks
Presentation of internship work in the presence of Guide (Internal 50**
SEE
examiner) and external examiner = 100 marks Marks
Note: *= CIE be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.
**= SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be
reduced for 50 marks.

Rubrics for CIE:

Sl. Particulars Weightage Total
no marks
1 Topic of internship 10%
2 Objectives of internship 10%
3 Specific skills acquired 20%
50*
4 Documentation 40%
5 Presentation 20%
Total 100%

Rubrics for SEE:

Sl. Particulars Weightage Total
no marks
1 Topic of internship 10%
2 Objectives of internship 10%
3 Specific skills acquired 20%
50**
4 Document 40%
5 Presentation 20%
Total 100%
Note: ** = SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be
reduced for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3
CO1 3 - 2
CO2 2 - 2
CO3 - 3 -
1. Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

CT-71
 MINI PROJECT
Course Learning Objectives:
1. Understand the method of applying engineering knowledge/use application
software to solve specific problems after carrying out relevant literature survey.
2. Apply engineering and management principles while executing the project.
3. Demonstrate the skills for good technical report writing and presentation.

COURSE CONTENT/GUIDELINES

Student shall take up small problems in the field of domain of program as mini
project. It can be related to a solution to an engineering problem, verification and
analysis of experimental data available, conducting experiments on various
engineering subjects, material characterisation, familiarising a software tool for
solution to selected engineering problem, etc.

The mini project must be carried out preferably using the resources available in the
department/college and it can be of interdisciplinary also .

Course Outcomes:
The students shall be able to:
1. Conduct experiments / use the capabilities of relevant application software/
simulation tools individually to generate data/ solve problems.
2. Assess the available engineering resources available in the institution.
3. Prepare and present a technical document of mini project.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

1.Marks awarded by guide (Internal examiner) = 50 marks

50*
CIE 2.Marks awarded by the department internship/mini project
Marks
monitoring committee = 50 marks
Presentation of mini project work in the presence of Guide 50**
SEE
(Internal examiner) and external examiner = 100 marks Marks

Note: *= CIE be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.
**= SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be
reduced for 50 marks.

CT-72
Rubrics for CIE:

Sl. Particulars Weightage Total

no marks
1 Selection of the topic & formulation of objectives 10%
2 Modelling and simulation/algorithm 25%
development/experiment setup
3 Conducting experiments/implementation/testing 25% 50*
4 Demonstration & Presentation 15%
5 Report writing 25%
Total 100%

Rubrics for SEE:

The SEE shall be done by two examiners out of which one examiner is the guide of
mini project. The following weightage would be given for the examination.
Evaluation shall be done in batches, not exceeding 6 students.

Sl. Particulars Weightage Total

no marks
1 Brief write-up about the project 10%
2 Presentation/demonstration of the project 20%
3 Methodology and Experimental Results & Discussion 25%
50**
4 Report 25%
5 Viva Voce 20%
Total 100%

Note: ** = SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be
reduced for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 3 - 3
CO2 2 - 3
CO3 - 3 -

1. Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

CT-73
Course Code 18CT3D01 M.Tech. (Construction Technology)
Category Dissertation Work Semester: III
Course title DISSERTATION WORK PHASE -I
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total hours = 80
Credits
0 0 10 0 5
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks:50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 1Hour
Prerequisites (if any): NIL

Course Learning Objectives:

1. Choose a problem applying relevant knowledge and skills acquired during the
course. Formulate the specifications of the project work, identify the set of
feasible solutions, prepare, and execute project plan considering professional,
cultural and societal factors. Identify the problem-solving methodology using
literature survey and present the same.
2. Develop experimental planning and select appropriate techniques and tools to
conduct experiments to Evaluate and critically examine the outcomes followed by
concluding the results and identifying relevant applications. Preparation of
synopsis, preliminary report for approval of topic selected along with literature
survey, objectives and methodology.
3. Develop oral and written communication skills to effectively convey the technical
content.

GUIDELINES

The Dissertation work will start in III semester and should be a problem with research
potential and should involve scientific research, design, generation/collection and
analysis of data, determining solution and must preferably bring out the individual
contribution.

The Dissertation work will have to be done by only one student and the topic of
dissertation must be decided by the guide and the student. The dissertation work shall
be carried out, on-campus or in an industry or in an organisation with prior approval
from the Chairperson of the Department. The student has to be in regular contact with
the guide atleast once in a week.

The report of Dissertation work phase I shall contain cover page, certificate from
College/Industry/Organisation, Acknowledgement, List of Figures and Tables
Contents, Nomenclature, Chapters of Introduction including motivation to choose
topic, Literature survey, Conclusion of literature survey, Objectives and Scope of
Dissertation, Methodology to be followed, Experimental requirements, References
and Annexure.

The preliminary results (if available) of the problem of Dissertation work may also be
discussed in the report.

CT-74
Course Outcomes:
The students will be able to:
1. Self learn various topics relevant to Dissertation work. Carry out the literature
survey from National/International reference journals, articles and books contact
resource persons for selected topics of Dissertation.
2. Write and prepare a technical report.
3. Present and defend the contents of Dissertation work phase I in front of
technically qualified audience effectively.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION:

1.Marks awarded by guide (Internal examiner) = 50 marks

50*
CIE 2.Marks awarded by the department dissertation monitoring
Marks
committee = 50 marks
Presentation of Dissertation work Phase-I in the presence of Guide 50**
SEE
(Internal examiner) and external examiner = 100marks Marks
Note: *= CIE be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.
**= SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be
reduced for 50 marks.

Rubrics for CIE: Weightage

1. Introduction and Justification of topic = 10%
2. Literature survey and Conclusion = 30%
3. Objectives and Scope of Dissertation work = 30%
4. Methodology to be adopted = 20%
5. Presentation of contents of Dissertation work Phase-I = 10%

Rubrics for SEE: Weightage

1. Introduction and Justification of topic = 10%
2. Literature survey and its Conclusion = 30%
3. Objectives and Scope of Dissertation work = 30%
4. Methodology, Experimental /Software = 20%
5. Presentation of Dissertation Phase-I = 10%

Mapping of Course Outcomes (Cos) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 3 - 3
CO2 - 3 3
CO3 2 3 -
1. Low, 2.Medium, 3. High

CT-75
 FOURTH SEMESTER

Course Code 18CT4S01 M.Tech. (Construction Technology)

Category Seminar Semester: IV
Course title SEMINAR - IV
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and Credits L T P S Credits Total hours = 24
0 0 2 0 1
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: - Total Max. Marks: 50 Duration of SEE: ---
Prerequisites (if any): NIL

Course Learning Objectives:

The objectives of the SEMINAR-IV is to prepare the students to learn to:
1. Carry out the literature review of general research area/current topic and analyse
the same effectively.
2. Prepare a technical report, reflecting his/her depth of understanding, on the
selected area/topic and prepare content rich presentation.
3. Acquire communication and time management skills for effective and impactful
presentation. Interact with peers to acquire the qualities of thoughtfulness,
friendliness, adaptability, responsiveness, and politeness in-group discussion.

GUIDE LINES

1. Seminar preparation and presentation is an individual student activity.

2. Topic may be of general/ specific interest to program of engineering or electives
not offered in the semester and to be selected in consultation with the
faculty/Guide assigned.
3. Select one pertinent research paper/topic for the seminar presentation.
4. Prepare and submit a detailed technical report of the seminar topic.

Course Outcomes:
Students shall be able to:
1. Carry out the literature survey of topic of seminar.
2. Prepare a technical report on the selected area/topic.
3. Make an effective presentation with seamless flow of content within the time
allocated. Overcome inhibition in interacting with peers and hence develop the
spirit of team work.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

CIE – 50 Phase -1 Marks =10 Seminar Report Total:50

marks Phase -2 Marks =20 Marks =20 Marks

CT-76
Scheme of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE):

Evaluation would be carried out in TWO phases. The Seminar Evaluation Committee
shall comprise of Chairperson of the Department, Faculty/Guide and one more faculty
member nominated by Chairperson of the department. The evaluation criteria shall be
as per the rubrics given below:

Rubrics for Evaluation: Weightage

Topic - Technical Relevance, Sustainability and Societal Concerns : 15%

Review of literature and technical content : 35%
Presentation Skills : 25%
Report of seminar : 25%

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 2 2 3
CO2 2 3 3
CO3 - 2 -

1. Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

CT-77
Course Code 18CT4D01 M.Tech. (Construction Technology)
Category Dissertation Work Semester: IV
Course title DISSERTATION WORK PHASE -II
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total hours = 150
Credits
--- --- 30 --- 15
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE:
Prerequisites (if any): NIL

Course Learning Objectives:

1. Apply/Use different experimental techniques, equipments, software/
Computational/ Analytical /Modelling and Simulation tools required for
conducting tests and generate other relevant data. Students will also be able to
design and develop an experimental prototype setup/test rig/frame work/test
bench.
2. Analyse the results of the experiments conducted/models developed.
3. Create a detailed technical document as per format based on the outcome of
dissertation work phase I and II.

GUIDELINES

Dissertation work phase II is the continuation of project work started in III semester.
The report of final Dissertation work that includes the details of Dissertation work
phase I and phase II should be presented in a standard format. The candidate shall
prepare a detailed report of final dissertation work in bound form that includes Cover
Paper, Certificate from College/Industry/Organisation, Acknowledgement, Abstract,
Table of contents, List of Figures and Table, Nomenclature, Chapter of Introduction,
Literature survey, Conclusion of literature survey, Objectives and Scope of
dissertation work, Methodology, Experimentation, Results, Discussion, Conclusion,
Scope for future work, References, Annexure and full text of the publication
(submitted or published).

Course Outcomes:
Students shall be able to:
1. Conduct experiments/ implement the capabilities of different Software
/Computational / Analytical/Modelling and simulation tools individually and
generate data for validation of hypothesis.
2. Investigate and assess the results obtained within the scope of experiments
conducted followed by Conclusions.
3. Prepare a detailed technical document, present and defend the contents of
Dissertation work before technically qualified audience effectively.

CT-78
SCHEME OF EXAMINATION:

1. Marks awarded by guide = 50 marks

2. Marks awarded by the department dissertation 100 50*
CIE
monitoring committee marks marks
(Guide + Two faculty members )= 50 marks
1. Dissertation evaluation by guide (Internal examiner) =
100 marks
300 50**
SEE 2. Dissertation evaluation by external examiner =100 marks
marks marks
3. Viva-Voce examination by guide and external examiner
who evaluated the dissertation = 100 marks

Note: * = CIE be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.
** = SEE shall be conducted for 300 marks and the marks obtained shall be
reduced for 50 marks.

Rubrics for CIE: Weightage

1. Presentation of background of dissertation work = 10%

2. Literature survey, Problem formulation and Objectives = 30%
3. Presentation of methodology and experimentation = 30%
4. Results and Discussion = 20%
5. Questions and Answers = 10%

Rubrics for SEE: Weightage

1. Originality = 5%
2. Literature survey = 15%
3. Problem formulation, Objectives and Scope of Work = 10%
4. Methodology, Experimentation/Theoretical modelling = 10%
5. Results, Discussion and Conclusion = 20%
6. Questions and Answers = 20%
7. Submission/Publication of technical paper in Journals/Conference = 20%

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 3 2 3
CO2 2 2 3
CO3 3 3 3

1. Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

CT-79
 BANGALORE UNIVERSITY

Department of Civil Engineering

UNIVERSITY VISVESVARAYA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING

Jnana Bharathi Campus, Bengaluru-560 056

Choice Based Credit System (CBCS)-2018

M.Tech in Civil Engineering

Major: Water Resources Engineering [WR]

WR-1
 BANGALORE UNIVERSITY

VISION

“To strive for excellence in education for the realization of a vibrant

and inclusive society through knowledge creation and dissemination”

MISSION

 Impart quality education to meet national and global challenges

 Blend theoretical knowledge with practical skills
 Pursue academic excellence through high quality research and
publications
 Provide access to all sections of society to pursue higher
education
 Inculcate right values among students while encouraging
competitiveness to promote leadership qualities
 Produce socially sensitive citizens
 Hasten the process of creating a knowledge society
 To contribute to nation building

WR-2
 Bangalore University
UNIVERSITY VISVESVARAYA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING
K R Circle, Bengaluru – 560 001

University Visvesvaraya College of Engineering (UVCE) was started as a School of

Mechanical Engineering by Bharat Ratna Sir. M Visvesvaraya in the year 1913 to
meet the needs of the State for skilled workers with S V Setty as its Superintendent.
Later, it was converted to a full-fledged Engineering College in the year 1917 under
the name Government Engineering College (GEC) and was affiliated to the
University of Mysore. It is the fifth Engineering College to be established in the
country.

After the formation of Bangalore University in 1964, GEC became University College
of Engineering (UCE) and then became UVCE as a Constituent College of Bangalore
University. This is one of the oldest Institutions in the country imparting technical
education leading to B.E., M.E, B.Arch., M.Sc. (Engineering), M.Arch. and Ph.D.
Degrees in various disciplines of Engineering and Architecture.

The Institution currently offers 7 Undergraduate Full-time, 3 Undergraduate Part-time

and 23 Postgraduate Programmes.

VISION
The vision of UVCE is to strive for excellence in advancing engineering education
through path breaking innovations across the frontiers of human knowledge to
realize a vibrant, inclusive and humane society.
MISSION
The mission of UVCE is to prepare human resource and global leaders to achieve
the above vision through discovery, invention and develop friendly technologies to
promote scientific temper for a healthy society. UVCE shapes engineers to respond
competently and confidently to the economic, social and organizational challenges
arising from globally advancing technical needs.

WR-3
 Bangalore University Bengaluru
Department of Civil Engineering, UVCE, Bengaluru
M. Tech. DEGREE IN CIVIL ENGINEERING under CBCS Scheme - 2K18 Scheme
MAJOR: WATER RESOURCES ENGINEERING

Vision of the Department

To be front runner in academic activities in the field of Civil Engineering and to

become a school of excellence that brings out Civil Engineers with high technical
competencies and to promote high-end research to meet the current and future
challenges in Civil Engineering.

Mission of the Department

WRM1: To provide quality education to the students with the fundamental

background necessary for an active successful professional career in Civil
Engineering, in general.
WRM2: To impart knowledge and enlighten students to make them competent, self-
motivated and expanding their knowledge skills through continuous
education, and to inculcate human values and concern for environment and
the society.
WRM3: To promote Entrepreneurship to strengthen the economy and society.
WRM4: To generate experts in Civil Engineering contributing their academic
excellence to serve the nation.
WRM5: To produce innovative thinkers for solving complex engineering problems.

Program Educational Objectives (PEO)

The post graduates of M.Tech in Water Resources Engineering will be provided the
knowledge and skill to:
WRPEO1: Have successful career through the application of fundamentals and latest
developments in Water Resources Engineering.
WRPEO2: Have required skills to communicate effectively and ability to work
individually and in team with a zeal for venturing into entrepreneurship
and involve in life- long learning.
WRPEO3: Pursue research, higher studies and choose professional career as design
engineer, faculty, researcher, etc.

WR-4
Program Outcomes (PO):

Post Graduates with M.Tech (Water Resources Engineering) degree will be able
to:

WRPO1: An ability to independently carry out research / investigation and

development work to solve practical problems of the domain of Water
Resources Engineering.
WRPO2: An ability to prepare and present a substantial technical report / document.
WRPO3: An ability to demonstrate a degree of mastery in Water Resources
Engineering.

WR-5
 BANGALORE UNIVERSITY
SCHEME OF STUDIES AND EXAMINATION FOR 24MONTHS COURSE FOR THE AWARD OF
M. Tech. DEGREE IN CIVIL ENGINEERING under CBCS Scheme – 2K18 Scheme
MAJOR: WATER RESOURCES ENGINEERING

Semester I
Sl. Course Type/ Course Name Teaching scheme Teaching Total CIE *SEE Credits
No Course Code Hrs/Week DPT Hrs/week Marks Marks
L T P S
1 18WR1C01 Geoinformatics 4 0 0 0 Civil 4 50 50 4
2 18WR1C02 Advanced Hydrology and Fuzzy Logic 4 0 0 0 Civil 4 50 50 4
3 18WR1C03 Water Resources System Analysis and Design 4 0 0 0 Civil 4 50 50 4
4 18WR1E1A Soft Computing
18WR1E1B Advanced Fluid Mechanics 4 0 0 0 Civil 4 50 50 4
18WR1E1C River Hydraulics and Sediment Transport
18WR1E1D Advanced GIS
5 18WR1E2A Climate Change
18WR1E2B Analysis and Design of Pipe Networks 4 0 0 0 Civil 4 50 50 4
18WR1E2C Project Planning and Resources Management
18WR1E2D Digital Image Processing
6 18WR1L01 Geoinformatics Laboratory 0 0 4 0 Civil 4 50 50 2
7 18CV1M01 Research Methodology and Intellectual Property 2 0 0 0 Civil 2 50 50 2
Rights
8 18WR1S01 Seminar -I 0 0 2 0 Civil 2 50 -- 1
9 18CV1M02 Technical Paper Writing (Audit Course - I) 2 0 0 0 English 2 50 -- 1
Total 24 -- 06 -- 30 450 350 26

WR-6
 Semester II
Sl. No Course Type/ Course Name Teaching scheme Teaching Total CIE *SEE Credits
Course Code Hrs/Week DPT Hrs/week Marks Marks
L T P S
1 18WR2C01 Integrated Watershed Management 4 0 0 0 Civil 4 50 50 4
2 18WR2C02 Groundwater and Isotope Hydrology 4 0 0 0 Civil 4 50 50 4
3 18WR2C03 Statistics and Uncertainty Analysis 4 0 0 0 Civil 4 50 50 4
4 18WR2E1A Urban Water Resources Management
18WR2E1B Spatial Planning and Resources Analysis
4 0 0 0 Civil 4 50 50 4
18WR2E1C Wetland Management
18WR2E1D Microwave Remote Sensing
5 18WR2E2A Groundwater Modeling and Management
18WR2E2B EIA and Disaster Management
4 0 0 0 Civil 4 50 50 4
18WR2E2C Planning and Design of Hydraulic Structures
18WR2E2D Geospatial technology for Rural Development
6 18WR2L01 Water Resources Engineering Laboratory 0 0 4 0 Civil 4 50 50 2
7 18WR2S01 Seminar –II 0 0 2 0 Civil 2 50 -- 1
8 18CV2M01 Pedagogy Studies (Audit Course - II) 2 0 0 0 Civil 2 50 -- 1
Total 22 -- 06 -- 28 400 300 24
Semester III
Sl. No Course Type/ Course Name Teaching scheme Teaching Total CIE *SEE Credits
Course Code Hrs/Week DPT Hrs/week Marks Marks
L T P S
1 18WR3E1A Advanced Irrigation and Drainage Engineering
18WR3E1B Energy Audit and Poject Planning 4 0 0 0 Civil 4 50 50 4
18WR3E1C Renewable Energy and Hydropower System
2 Open Elective 4 0 0 0 Civil 4 50 50 4
3 18WR3S01 Seminar –III 0 0 2 0 Civil 2 50 1
4 18WR3I01 Internship / Mini Project 0 0 10 0 Civil 10 50 50 5
5 18WR3D01 Dissertation Work Phase -I 0 0 10 0 Civil 10 50 50 5
Total 08 -- 22 -- 30 250 200 19

WR-7
 Semester IV
Sl. No Course Type/ Course Name Teaching scheme Teaching Total CIE *SEE Credits
Course Code Hrs/Week DPT Hrs/week Marks Marks
L T P S
1 18WR4S01 Seminar –IV 0 0 2 0 Civil 2 50 1
2 18WR4D01 Dissertation Work Phase -II - - 30 - Civil 30 50 50 15
Total -- -- 32 -- 32 100 50 16

1 18WRMOOC MOOC Course - - - - 03

Grand Total of Credits - - - - 88

COURSE TYPE
WR: WATER RESOURCES ENGINEERING C: PROGRAM CORE E: PROGRAM ELECTIVE
P: OPEN ELECTIVE M: MANDATORY AUDIT L: LABORATORY
S: SEMINAR I: INTERNSHIP/ MINI PROJECT D: DISSERTATION WORK

L – Theory lecture, T – Tutorial, P – Lab work, S – Self study:

Numbers under teaching scheme indicates contact clock hours.

WR-8
 Open Elective for M.Tech CBCS Scheme

Semester III
Sl. Course Teaching Scheme
No. Type Course Name (No. of hrs per week) Teaching Total CIE xSEE Credits
/Course Dept hrs / week Marks Marks
L T P S
Code
18CV3P1A Significance of National Building Code
1. 18CV3P1B Water Laws, Rights and Administration
18CV3P1C Waste to Energy 4 0 0 0 Civil 4 50 50 4
Remote Sensing and Geographic
18CV3P1D
Information System
18ME3P1A Composite and Smart Materials
2. 4 0 0 0 Mech 4 50 50 4
18ME3P1B Industrial Safety
18EE3P1A Real Time Embedded Systems
3. 18EE3P1B Robotics and Automation 4 0 0 0 EEE 4 50 50 4
18EE3P1C Solar and Wind Energy
18EC3P1A Reliability and Engineering
4. 18EC3P1B M-Commerce and Applications 4 0 0 0 ECE 4 50 50 4
18EC3P1C Optimisation Techniques
18CS3P1A Artificial Intelligence
5. 18CS3P1B Business Analytics 4 0 0 0 CSE 4 50 50 4
18CS3P1C Modelling and Simulation

NOTE:
1) * = SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced for 50 marks

WR-9
 FIRST SEMESTER

Course Code 18WR1C01 M.Tech (Water Resources Engineering)

Category Program Core Semester : I
Course Title GEOINFORMATICS
Scheme and No. of Hours/week
Credits L T P S Cred
Total Hours:48
its
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks:50 SEE Marks:50 Total Max. Marks:100 Duration of SEE: 3Hrs
Prerequisite(if any): NIL

COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES

1. Understand the fundamentals of remote sensing ,GIS, GPS and SOI Topomaps
2. Understand the data interpretation techniques and map preparation
3. Apply and analyse the spatial data using GIS platform
4. Analyse and evaluate the potential of natural resources
5. Create GIS outputs by integrating the data from different sources

COURSE CONTENTS

UNIT-I

Remote Sensing: Concepts definition, history and development, Stages in RS-EMR,

EMR Spectrum, Theories of EMR, Types of RS and Laws of radiation. Interaction of
EMR interaction with soil, water and vegetation. Spectral signature with soil, water
and vegetation. Platforms, Sensors and Orbits- Types and satellite orbits. Data
products, Satellite data - multispectral, multitemporal, multisensoral, multistage
concepts. False color composition. (10 Hrs)

UNIT-II

Map and Map projections: Introduction to SOI Topographical maps- numbering,

scales, grid reference, signs and symbols, color system. Map projection-concept.
(08 Hrs)

UNIT-III

Data Interpretation and Thematic Maps: Introduction, Types of interpretation-

Visual and Digital, techniques for satellite imagery, Interpretation elements. Digital
image processing –Types. Classification scheme- supervised and unsupervised
classification. Thematic maps- Base map, drainage map, land use/land cover, soil,
slope, hydrogeomorphology, lineament, etc. (12 Hrs)

UNIT-IV

Geographical Information System: Definition, evolution, components & objectives.

Spatial data- types of geographic data. Spatial data models, Representation of
geographic features-vector, raster data models. Concept of arc, node, vertices &
topology, advantages and disadvantages. Non spatial data- advantages of database

WR-10
management system, network, relational models, RDBMS: components, concepts,
data manipulation, query processing, operations on tables, integrity constraints, spatial
data input-digitisation, error identification, Errors: Types, source, correction. Editing
& topology building. (12 Hrs)

UNIT-V
Concept of GPS: Introduction, System overview, working principles, GPS surveying
methods, survey planning and observations, GPS data processing and applications.
(06 Hrs)

UNIT-VI
Recent advances and research being done in the topics mentioned in the above units.

COURSE OUTCOMES:
The students on successful completion of the course will be able to
1. Understand the principles of Remote Sensing, GIS and GPS to collect, map and
retrieve spatial informations.
2. Apply interpretation techniques and assess the natural resources
3. Apply and analyse the capabilities to handle multi disciplinary field projects
4. Analyse and evaluate geospatial tools and techniques for resources management
5. Create spatial database for decision making purposes to solve the real world
problems

REFERENCES:

1. Ahmed, E.L. Rabbany(2002) Introduction to Global Positioning Systems, Artech

House, Boston.
2. Anji Reddy, M(2008) Text Book of Remote Sensing and Geographic
Information System, B. S. Publication, Hyderabad.
3. Burrough, P A and McDonnell, R.A(2000) Principles of Geographic
Information System, Oxford University Press, New York.
4. Campbell, J.(2002) Introduction to Remote Sensing, Taylor and
Francisco, London.
5. Chang, K. T.(2008) Introduction to Geographic Information System, Avenue of
the Americas, McGraw Hill, New York.
6. Environmental Systems Research Institute, Inc(2003) Introduction to
ArcGIS-II, Course Lectures, GIS Education Solutions, Redlands.
7. Johnson R. Jensen(2005) Introductory Digital Image Processing"
Prentice Hall, New Jersy.
8. Lillisand, T. M., Kiefer, R.W., and Chipman, J.W(2008) Remote Sensing
and Image Interpretation, John Wiley and Sons, New York.
9. Sabins, F.F.(1996) Remote Sensing: Principles and Interpretation, W. H.
Freeman and Company, San Francisco.
10. Current Literatures and Publications

WR-11
SCHEME OF EXAMINATION:

CIE-50 Test I (Unit I, II & III)- 15 Quiz-05 Marks Total:

Marks Marks UNIT-VI (AAT)- 15 Marks 50
Test II (Unit IV& V)- 15 Marks
Marks
SEE- 100 Answer FIVE full question
Marks Question Q1 & Q2 from Unit I and Unit II 20 x 2 = 40
respectively shall be answered and shall not Marks Total =
have internal choice 100*
Question Q3, Q4 & Q5 from Unit III, Unit IV 20 x 3 = 60 Marks
and Unit V respectively shall be answered Marks
and shall have internal choice

Note: * = SEE is to be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be
reduced for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 2 2 2
CO2 1 3 2
CO3 3 1 2
CO4 2 3 1
CO5 1 2 3

1.Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

WR-12
Course Code 18WR1C02 M.Tech (Water Resources Engineering)
Category Program Core Semester: I
Course Title ADVANCED HYDROLOGY AND FUZZY LOGIC
Scheme and No. of Hours/week Total Hours:48
Credits L T P S Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks:50 Total Max Marks: 100 Duration of SEE:3 Hrs
Prerequisite(if any): Hydrology
COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES:
1. Identify and define Hydrologic cycle, Mass and Energy budget, Rainfall, Rainfall
abstractions, Runoff, Hydrograph, Unit hydrograph, flood, Drought, stream
gauging, fuzzy logic.
2. Apply fundamental concepts and techniques of hydraulics and hydrology in the
analysis, design, and operation of water resources systems.
3. Evaluate hydrologic design concepts and methods including estimation of the
design flows.
4. Develop forecasting models for operation of hydrologic systems, Assess area, flow
measurement in streams/ river and develop stage discharge relationships.
5. Analyze components of hydrologic cycle, hydrologic extreme events for hydraulic
and hydrologic design, concepts of fuzzy sets, using fuzzy rules.

COURSE CONTENTS

UNIT-I
Introduction: Hydrological cycle, Energy balance, General Equation for Mass
and Energy budget. Rainfall (space and time characteristics), Rainfall abstractions
– Process, measurement and estimation. (10 Hrs)

UNIT-II
Hydrological Modeling: Modeling strategy, use of models in predictions,
classification, selection of models. Peak runoff models, Continuous runoff models
– unit hydrograph theory, IUH, Time-area models. Deterministic conceptual
models. (12 Hrs)
UNIT-III
Floods and Droughts: Flood estimation techniques, flood frequency analysis,
flood routing – channel and reservoir, Low flows, hydrological and
meteorological drought, Statistical analysis – Theory of runs. (08 Hrs)

UNIT-IV
Stream Gauging: Area-velocity and slope-area methods, flow measuring
structures, stage discharge relationship. (08 Hrs)
UNIT-V
Fuzzy Logic: Introduction, Classical sets and fuzzy sets. Fuzzy set operations.
Fuzzy relations. Extension principle. Membership functions. Lambda- cuts for
fuzzy sets and relations. Defuzzification methods. Fuzzy rule-based systems,
Fuzzy regression. (10 Hrs)

WR-13
 UNIT-VI
Recent advances and research being done in the topics mentioned in the above units.

COURSE OUTCOMES:
The students on successful completion of the course will be able to
1. Obtain the complete knowledge on hydrologic cycle, hydrometeorology, formation
of precipitation, fuzzy logic and stream gauging.
2. The students are able to apply the various methods of field measurements and
empirical formulas for estimating the various losses of precipitation, stream flow
and runoff.
3. The students know the various methods of rainfall and runoff modelling.
4. Students apply the hydrologic design concepts and methods for estimating the
design flows for minor, medium and major hydraulic structures.
5. The students apply knowledge of Fuzzy logic: Predicate Logic, Fuzzy Logic,
Approximate Reasoning and Fuzzy Control in hydrology.

REFERENCES
1. Ven Te Chow(1984) Applied Hydrology, Ven Te Chow et al
2. Ven Te Chow Hand book of Hydrology – Ed by Ven Te Chow
3. Vijay P Singh Hydrologic Systems, Vol. I and II,
4. K. Muthreja Applied Hydrology
5. M R Yadupathi Putty( 2014 )Principles of Hydrology I K International Publishing
House
6. Current Literatures and Publications

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION:
CIE-50 Test I (Unit I, II & III)- 15 Quiz - 05 Marks Total: 50
Marks Marks UNIT-VI (AAT) -15 Marks Marks
Test II (Unit IV& V)- 15
Marks
SEE- 100 Answer FIVE full question
Marks Question Q3 & Q4 from Unit III and Unit IV 20 x 2 = 40
respectively shall be answered and shall not Marks Total =
have internal choice 100*
Question Q1, Q2 & Q5 from Unit I, Unit II 20 x 3 = 60 Marks
and Unit V respectively shall be answered Marks
and shall have internal choice
*Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 Marks and the marks obtained shall be
reduced for 50 Marks

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3
CO1 2 1 3
CO2 1 2 1
CO3 2 2 2
CO4 2 2 2
CO5 3 3 2
1.Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

WR-14
Course Code 18WR1C03 M.Tech (Water Resources Engineering)
Category Program Core Semester: I
Course Title WATER RESOURCES SYSTEM ANALYSIS AND
DESIGN
No. of Hours/week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total Hours;48
Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks:50 Total Max Marks: 100 Duration of SEE:3 Hrs
Prerequisite(if any): NIL

COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES:

1. Understand the formulation of water resources systems
2. Understand various linear programming models and their applications in water
resources engineering
3. Study the concept of dynamic programming and its applications in water
resources engineering.
4. Apply and analyse various network problems to develop network models for
various water resources problems
5. Create a strategy for operation and management of available water resources

COURSE CONTENTS

UNIT-I
System Approach: Definition and Classification. Water resources systems and their
importance. Steps in system design. System relationship. Economic and Social
development, value system. (08 Hrs)
UNIT-II
Mathematical Optimization of System: Formulation of an optimization problem.
Objective function. Constraints. Classification of problems. (08 Hrs)

UNIT-III
Linear programming problems and its solution by simplex method. Dual linear
programming problems and its use. Dynamic programming problem formulation.
Solution of simple problems. (12 Hrs)
UNIT-IV
Network Models: Standard Transportation model, Transshipment model, Assignment
model, Shortest route model. (10 Hrs)

UNIT-V
Maximum flow model, Spanning tree model, Water resources system as a network
flow problem, Out-of-Kilter algorithm and its use in water resources design problems.
(10 Hrs)
UNIT-VI
Recent advances and research being done in the topics mentioned in the above units.

WR-15
COURSE OUTCOMES
The students on successful completion of the course will be able to
1. Understand the objective function and constraints for optimization techniques
2. Apply linear programming models for water resources problems with different
approaches
3. Analyse sensitivity of the models and post optimality
4. Develop and solve forward and backward recursive dynamic programming
models.
5. Create models for allocation, assignment, transportation, maximum flow etc. for
optimization of water resources including water scarcity, eco-hydrology and
climate change.

REFERENCES
1. James and Lee, Economics of Water Resources Planning
2. A. Mass, Design of Water Resources
Systems
3. E. Kuiper, Water Resources Development
4. D.P.Louks, Water Resources System Planning and Analysis, Stedinger and Haith
5. Current Literatures and Publications

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

CIE-50 Test I (Unit I, II & III)- 15 Marks Quiz - 05 Marks Total: 50

Marks Test II (Unit IV& V)- 15 Marks UNIT-VI (AAT) -15 Marks
Marks
SEE- 100 Answer FIVE full questions
Marks Question Q1 & Q2 from Unit I and Unit II 20 x 2 = 40
respectively shall be answered and shall not Marks Total =
have internal choice 100*
Question Q3, Q4 & Q5 from Unit III, Unit IV 20 x 3 = 60 Marks
and Unit V respectively shall be answered Marks
and shall have internal choice

*Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 Marks and the marks obtained shall be
reduced for 50 Marks

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 3 2 1
CO2 3 2 2
CO3 3 3 3
CO4 3 2 1
CO5 3 3 3

1.Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

WR-16
Course Code 18WR1E1A M.Tech (Water Resources Engineering)
Category Program Elective Semester: I
Course Title SOFT COMPUTING
Scheme and No. of Hours/week
Credits L T P S Credits Total Hours:48
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks:50 Total Max Marks: 100 Duration of SEE:3 Hrs
Prerequisite(if any): NIL

COURSE LEARNING OUTCOMES:

1. Understand the fundamental theory and concept of neural networks, neuro
modeling, several neural network paradigms and its applications
2. Apply the basics of an evolutionary computing paradigm known as genetic
algorithm and its applications
3. Analyse the results of ANN and genetic algorithms
4. Analyse and Evaluate the model outcomes for water resources engineering
applications
5. Create models of solving the problem through soft computing options

COURSE CONTENTS

UNIT-I
Introduction to learning systems - Feed forward Neural Networks - Perception -
Multilayer Perception. Propagation algorithm and its variants - Improving
generalization by various methods. (08 Hrs)
UNIT-II
Recurrent Neural Networks Hopfield net Boltzmann machine and Mean field learning
solving combinational optimization problems using recurrent Neural Networks.
Unsupervised Neural Networks. (10 Hrs)

UNIT-III
Competitive learning Self-organizing maps Growing cell structures Principal
component analysis. Applications to Water Resources Engineering. (10 Hrs)

UNIT-IV
Genetic algorithms: Population based search techniques, evolutionary strategies.
(08 Hrs)
UNIT-V
Mathematical foundations of genetic algorithms, search operators, genetic algorithms
in function and combinational optimization, hybrid algorithms, application to pattern
recognition. Application of GA to optimization problems. (12 Hrs)

UNIT-VI
Recent advances and research being done in the topics mentioned in the above units.

WR-17
COURSE OUTCOMES:
The students on successful completion of the course will be able to
1. Understand the basic neural network architecture and algorithms
2. Understand data pre and post processing techniques
3. Apply training, verification and validation of neural network models
4. Evaluate Engineering applications that solve the water resources problems using
neural networks
5. Create and evolutionary computing paradigm as genetic algorithms to water
engineering problems.

REFERENCES
1. S. Haykin(1999) Neural Networks: A Comprehensive foundation, Pearson.
2. J. M. Zurada(1997) Introduction to Artificial Neural Networks, Jaico Publishing.
3. B. Yejnanarayana(1999) Artificial Neural Networks, PHI Publications.
4. C. Mohan and S. Ranka(2004) Neural networks, Benram publications.
5. Ross T.J ( 1997) Fuzzy Logic with Engineering Applications, McGraw- Hill
Book Company-
6. Goldberg D (2000) Genetic Algorithms, Addision-Wesley.
7. Current Literatures and Publications

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION:

CIE-50 Test I (Unit I, II & III)- 15 Marks Quiz - 05 Marks Total: 50

Marks Test II (Unit IV& V)- 15 Marks UNIT-VI (AAT) -15 Marks
Marks
SEE- 100 Answer FIVE full questions
Marks Question Q1 & Q4 from Unit I and Unit IV 20 x 2 = 40
respectively shall be answered and shall not Marks Total =
have internal choice 100*
Question Q2, Q3 & Q5 from Unit II, Unit III 20 x 3 = 60 Marks
and Unit V respectively shall be answered and Marks
shall have internal choice

*Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 Marks and the marks obtained shall be
reduced for 50 Marks

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 3 2 1
CO2 3 2 2
CO3 3 3 2
CO4 2 2 2
CO5 3 2 2

1.Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

WR-18
Course Code 18WR1E1B M.Tech (Water Resources Engineering)
Category Program Elective Semester : I
Course Title ADVANCED FLUID MECHANICS
No. of Hours/week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total Hours:48
Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks:50 Total Max Marks: 100 Duration of SEE:3 Hrs
Prerequisite(if any): NIL

COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES

1. Understand the fundamentals of potential flow theory.
2. Apply Navier-Stokes equations to solve problems having closed form solutions.
3. Analyse free surface flow to be used in the design of channels.
4. Evaluate Surface profiles in channels.
5. Design stable channels.

COURSE CONTENTS

UNIT-I
Introduction: Fluid Properties, concepts of fluid motion, Types of flow, Continuity
equation, energy equation and momentum equation. (08 Hrs)

UNIT-II
Potential flow theories: Ideal and real fluids, Stream function and velocity potential
function. Flow nets, Standard patterns of flow, source, sink, uniform flow, vortex,
doublet, Rankine‟s body, Lift and drag. (08 Hrs)

UNIT-III
Real flow: Navier- Stokes equation, Application to simple problems having closed
form solutions, parallel flows, Poiseuille‟s equation. Viscous shear stress and
dissipation of energy. (10 Hrs)
UNIT-IV

Basic concepts of free surface flow: Flow regimes, velocity and pressure
distribution, energy principles and its application, specific energy, Critical flow
computations, momentum equation and applications, specific force diagram, velocity
equation, uniform flow computation. (10 Hrs)

UNIT-V
Varied Flow: Dynamic equation, Characteristics of flow profiles and methods of
computation. Steady Rapidly Varied Flow- Hydraulic Jump-types, characteristics of
jump, length of jump, surface profile and location of jump. Design of Stable channels-
Regime and attractive force methods. (12 Hrs)

UNIT-VI
Recent advances and research being done in the topics mentioned in the above units.

WR-19
COURSE OUTCOMES
The students on successful completion of the course will be able to:
1. Explain the application of potential flow equations and solve them for simplified
cases.
2. Examine and demonstrate Navier-Stokes equations to solve problems having
closed form solutions.
3. Examine and integrate the concepts of free surface flow to solve a range of
problems.
4. Describe and deduce the dynamic equation and apply the same for computation
of various flow profiles in open channels.
5. Design stable channels using Regime and Tractive force methods.

REFERENCES

1. Valentine, H.R Applied Hydrodynamics, International Text- Butterworth.

2. Rouse, H. Advanced Fluid Mechanics, John Wiley & sons, N York.
3. White, F.M. Viscous Fluid flow, McGraw Hill Pub. Co., N York.
4. Chow, V.T., “Open Channel Hydraulics”, McGraw Hill Pub. Co., N York
5. French, R.H, Open Channel Hydraulics, McGraw Hill Pub. Co., N York
6. Subramanya, K Flow in Open Channels, Tata McGraw Hill Pub.,

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

CIE-50 Test I (Unit I, II & III)- 15 Marks Quiz - 05 Marks Total: 50

Marks Test II (Unit IV& V)- 15 Marks UNIT-VI (AAT) -15 Marks
Marks
SEE- Answer FIVE full question
100 Question Q1 & Q2 from Unit I and Unit II 20 x 2 = 40
Marks respectively shall be answered and shall not Marks Total =
have internal choice 100*
Question Q3, Q4 & Q5 from Unit III, Unit IV 20 x 3 = 60 Marks
and Unit V respectively shall be answered and Marks
shall have internal choice

*Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 Marks and the marks obtained shall be
reduced for 50 Marks

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3
CO1 3 2 2
CO2 2 2 1
CO3 3 3 3
CO4 2 2 3
CO5 3 3 2

1.Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

WR-20
Course Code 18WR1E1C M.Tech (Water Resources Engineering)
Category Program Elective Semester : I
Course Title RIVER HYDRAULICS AND SEDIMENT TRANSPORT
Scheme and No. of Hours/week Total Hours:48
Credits L T P S Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks:50 Total Max Marks: 100 Duration of
SEE:3 Hrs
Prerequisite(if any): Fluid Mechanics

COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES:

1. Identify and define Stages of rivers, Sedimentation, silting of rivers, stabilization
of rivers and regime of flows.
2. Apply fundamental concepts and techniques of river hydraulics and sediment
transport
3. Analyze components of Bed level variations, Scour and Deposition.
4. Evaluate resistance laws in mobile bed channels/rivers.
5. Develop models and Design of river protection works

COURSE CONTENTS

UNIT-I
Alluvial. Streams: Geomorphic cycle, stages of stream, Dominant discharge, slope,
shapes, basin. (08 Hrs)

UNIT-II
Bed Level variation: Changes during floods, degradation, aggradations, silting of
reservoirs (08 Hrs)

UNIT-III
Variation in Plan-form of streams: Scour and deposition, Meandering, lateral
migration, cutoffs, Delta formation. (10 Hrs)

UNIT-IV
River Training: River training for Flood Control, Navigation, Sediment control,
stabilization of rivers. (10 Hrs)

UNIT-V
Sediment Transport: Sediment properties, initiation of motion, Regimes of flow,
Resistance to flow in alluvial streams, Theories of Bed load, Suspended load and total load,
Sediment Samplers, stable channel design. (12 Hrs)

UNIT-VI
Recent advances and research being done in the topics mentioned in the above units.

WR-21
COURSE OUTCOMES:
The students on successful completion of the course will be able to:
1. Obtain the complete knowledge on Alluvial Streams, River Training and
Sediment Transport.
2. Able to apply the various methods of field measurements and empirical formulas
for estimating the sediment loss using theories of Bed load, suspended load and
total loads.
3. Develop Best Management Practices for Sediment Control
4. Develop models for sediment transport
5. Create theories of Bed load, Suspended load and total load and stable channel
design

REFERENCES

1. Garde and Ranga Raju, K. G. "Mechanics of Sediment Transportation and

Alluvial Stream Problems". Wiley Eastern. New Delhi.
2. Chih.T. Yang. "Sediment transport- Theory and Practice, McGraw Hill.
3. Roudkivi.A.J. "Loose boundary Hydraulics", Pergamon Press.
4. Graf W.H. "Hydraulics of Sediment Transport", McGraw Hill.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION:

CIE-50 Test I (Unit I, II & III)- 15 Quiz - 05 Marks Total: 50

Marks Marks UNIT-VI (AAT) -15 Marks
Test II (Unit IV& V)- 15 Marks
Marks
SEE- 100 Answer FIVE full question
Marks Question Q1 & Q2 from Unit I and Unit II 20 x 2 = 40
respectively shall be answered and shall not Marks Total =
have internal choice 100*
Question Q3, Q4 & Q5 from Unit III, Unit IV 20 x 3 = 60 Marks
and Unit V respectively shall be answered Marks
and shall have internal choice

*Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 Marks and the marks obtained shall be
reduced for 50 Marks

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 3 2 1
CO2 3 3 3
CO3 3 2 2
CO4 1 2 2
CO5 2 3 2
1.Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

WR-22
Course Code 18WR1E1D M.Tech (Water Resources Engineering)
Category Program Elective Semester : I
Course Title ADVANCED GIS
Scheme and No. of Hours/week Total Hours:48
Credits L T P S Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks:50 Total Max Marks: 100 Duration of
SEE:3 Hrs
Prerequisite(if any): NIL

COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES

1. Understand the GIS advanced tool and modules
2. Apply spatial planning at local and global levels using GIS
3. Analyse GIS automation, auto correction and results
4. Study the different sources of GIS and applications to Water Resources
Engineering
5. Create models to solve the real world problems using GIS platforms

COURSE CONTENTS

UNIT-I
Introduction to modeling in ArcGIS, Modeling basics and exercise, GeoData Base
basic advantages, elements. (06 Hrs)

UNIT-II
Spatial Analyst basics – local, zonal and global functions, raster calculations Simple
suitability analysis – need-supply analysis Building Geo DataBase Schema
developing a model for suitability analysis (10 Hrs)

UNIT-III
Automating GIS procedures: Geostatistical Analyst – Auto Correlation and
Interpolation Methods Web GIS: Definition, concept of Web GIS, History of Web
GIS, components of web GIS, internet, web GIS v/s Internet GIS, users and stake
holders of web GIS, advantages and limitations of web GIS, overview of Web GIS.
Web mapping: static and interactive web mapping, open GIS web map server.
(12 Hrs)
UNIT-IV
Geographic Markup Language - Principles and characteristics, commercial web
mapping programs. Functions of Web GIS: Display of general information for public,
display of planning information, interactive display of spatial information, sharing and
distribution of spatial data as well as management of spatial data. (12 Hrs)

UNIT-V
Open Source GIS and its components, open source GIS softwares- Map Window GIS,
GRASS GIS; Google Earth, Cloud GIS. (08 Hrs)

UNIT-VI
Recent advances and research being done in the topics mentioned in the above units.

WR-23
COURSE OUTCOMES:
The students on successful completion of the course will be able to
1. Understand the advanced spatial analysis using GIS tools
2. Apply complex geospatial models for Water Resources Engineering
3. Analyse the geospatial problems using programming tools
4. Evaluate GIS data and geospatial models to solve Water Resources Problems
5. Create GIS models using open source and web GIS

REFERENCES
1. Burrough, P.A and Racael A. McDonnell(1998) Principles of Geographical
Information Systems, Oxford University Publications.
2. C.P.Lo, Albert K., and W.Yeung(2002) Concepts and Techniques of Geographic
Information Systems, Prentice Hall India Pvt.Ltd, New Delhi.
3. ESRI, 2013. ArcGIS 10.1 User Manuals,
4. Kraak, M. and Brown, A. (2001) Web Cartography: Development and Prospects,
Taylor and Francis, London.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION:

CIE-50 Test I (Unit I, II & III)- 15 Quiz - 05 Marks Total: 50

Marks Marks UNIT-VI (AAT) -15 Marks
Test II (Unit IV& V)- 15 Marks
Marks
SEE- 100 Answer FIVE full question
Marks Question Q1 & Q5 from Unit I and Unit V 20 x 2 = 40
respectively shall be answered and shall not Marks Total =
have internal choice 100*
Question Q2, Q3 & Q4 from Unit II, Unit III 20 x 3 = 60 Marks
and Unit IV respectively shall be answered Marks
and shall have internal choice
*Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 Marks and the marks obtained shall be
reduced for 50 Marks

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3
CO1 3 3 2
CO2 1 1 2
CO3 2 2 1
CO4 2 1 2
CO5 1 3 2

1.Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

WR-24
Course Code 18WR1E2A M.Tech (Water Resources Engineering)
Category Program Elective Semester: I
Course Title CLIMATE CHANGE
Scheme and No. of Hours/week Total Hours:48
Credits L T P S Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max Marks: 100 Duration of
SEE:3 Hrs
Prerequisite(if any): NIL

COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES;

1. Understand the inter linkages between climate, Water Resources Systems
2. Apply theoretical and empirical models on climate change
3. Analyse the extent of climate impact on agriculture through possible effects
4. Analyse and evaluate the various empirical studies
5. Create models for systematic study of climate change

COURSE CONTENTS

UNIT-I
Earth’s climate system: Introduction -Climate in the Spotlight -The Spectrum of
Scientific Opinion, -The Earth‟s Natural Greenhouse Effect - The Importance of
Water - Greenhouse Gases-The Role of Carbon Dioxide, The Earth‟s Carbon
Reservoirs, Carbon Cycling-Climate and Weather - The Earth‟s Climate Machine.
(08 Hrs)

UNIT-II
Global Wind Systems: Trade Winds and the Hadley Cell,-The Highs and Lows of
the Westerlies, -The Vital Importance of Monsoon Rains, Clouds, Storms and
Climate -Cloud Formation and Climate,-Hurricanes and Global warming - Global
Ocean Circulation - El Niño and its Effects. (08 Hrs)

UNIT-III
Observed and projected changes in climate as they relate to Hydrology, Precipitation
(including extremes) - water vapour - Snow and land ice - Sea level –
Evapotranspiration - Soil moisture - Runoff and river discharge - Patterns of large-
scale variability - Influences and feedbacks of hydrological changes on climate - Land
surface effects - Feedbacks through changes in ocean circulation - Emissions and
sinks affected by hydrological processes - Projected changes in climate - Patterns of
large-scale variability. (12 Hrs)

UNIT-IV
Impacts and Responses :Observed climate change impacts - effects due to changes
in the cryosphere - Future changes in water availability and demand due to climate
change - Climate-related drivers of freshwater systems in the future - Impacts of
climate change on water stress in the future - Impacts of climate change on costs and
other socio-economic aspects of freshwater - Freshwater areas and sectors highly
vulnerable to climate change - Uncertainties in the projected impacts of climate
change on freshwater systems. Climate change adaptation :Water-related adaptation
to climate change in the fields of Ecosystems and biodiversity, - Agriculture and food

WR-25
security, land use and forestry, Human health, water supply and sanitation,
infrastructure and Economy (insurance, tourism, industry and transportation) -
Adaptation, vulnerability and sustainable development. (10 Hrs)

UNIT-V
Climate change mitigation measures: Sector-specific mitigation - Carbon dioxide
capture and storage (CCS), Bio-energy crops, Biomass electricity, Hydropower,
Geothermal energy, Energy use in buildings, Land-use change and management,
Cropland management, Afforestation and Reforestation, Effects of water management
policies and measures on GHG emissions and mitigation - Potential water resource
conflicts between adaptation and mitigation - Implications for policy and sustainable
development. (10 Hrs)

UNIT-VI
Recent advances and research being done in the topics mentioned in the above units.

COURSE OUTCOMES:

The students on successful completion of the course will be able to:

1. Understand the global climate change and its impact on water resources.
2. Apply climate change phenomenon and its related issues
3. Apply and Analyse the core issues related to climate change, water resources and
agriculture
4. Evaluate using real world data and appropriate tools
5. Create appropriate adaptation and mitigation measures to assess the impacts of
climate

REFERENCES

1. Jan C. van Dam(2003) Impacts of Climate Change and Climate Variability on

Hydrological Regimes, Cambridge University Press.
2. IPCC fourth assessment report - The AR4 synthesis report, 2007
3. IPCC fourth assessment report –Working Group I Report, “ The physical Science
Basis”, 2007
4. IPCC fourth assessment report - Working Group II Report, “ Impacts, Adaptation
and Vulnerability”, 2007
5. IPCC fourth assessment report – Working Group III Report” Mitigation of
Climate change”, 2007
6. Bates, B.C., Z.W. Kundzewicz, S. Wu and J.P. Palutikof, Eds(2003) Climate
Change and Water‟. Technical Paper of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate
Change, IPCC Secretariat, Geneva.

WR-26
SCHEME OF EXAMINATION:

CIE-50 Test I (Unit I, II & III) - 15 Quiz - 05 Marks Total: 50

Marks Marks UNIT-VI (AAT) -15 Marks
Test II (Unit IV& V) - 15 Marks
Marks
SEE- 100 Answer FIVE full questions
Marks Question Q1 & Q2 from Unit I and Unit II 20 x 2 = 40
respectively shall be answered and shall not Marks Total =
have internal choice 100*
Question Q3, Q4 & Q5 from Unit III, Unit IV 20 x 3 = 60 Marks
and Unit V respectively shall be answered Marks
and shall have internal choice

*Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 Marks and the marks obtained shall be
reduced for 50 Marks

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 3 2 2
CO2 3 2 2
CO3 3 3 3
CO4 3 3 2
CO5 3 3 2

1.Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

WR-27
Course Code 18WR1E2B M.Tech (Water Resources Engineering)
Category Program Elective Semester : I
Course Title ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF PIPE NETWORKS
Scheme and No. of Hours/week
Credits L T P S Credits Total Hours:48
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks:50 Total Max Marks: 100 Duration of
SEE:3 Hrs
Prerequisite(if any): NIL

COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES:

1. Understand the various losses that occur in pipe flow.
2. Explain and calculate pipe friction factors.
3. Have an in-depth knowledge of the various pipe fittings and appurtenances
4. Develop various pipe flow networks.
5. Design and Evaluate pipe network.

COURSE CONTENTS

UNIT-I
Introduction: Types of flow, velocity distribution, smooth and rough pipes. Major
and minor losses. Friction factors in commercial pipes, Hazen-Williams formula,
Darcy Weisbach equation, Moody`s diagram. (08 Hrs)

UNIT-II
Steady flow analyses: Series and parallel flow (with and without pump/s), Equivalent
pipes, three reservoir problems. Hydraulic transients: Basic equation of water hammer
– solution by method of characteristics, pumps in pipe system, transient control
devices and procedures. (10 Hrs)

UNIT-III
Pipes, Fittings and Appurtenances: Pipe materials, Line valves, Air valves, Thrust
blocks, flow measurement. (08 Hrs)

UNIT-IV
Pipe Network Analysis: Types of Network, System of Q-, H- and ∆Q- Equations
with pressure reducing and back pressure valves. (10 Hrs)

UNIT-V
Design of Pipe Network: Solving pipe diameter, Large branched systems of pipe,
loop network design criteria, economical network design, economics applied to water
system. (12 Hrs)
UNIT-VI
Recent advances and research being done in the topics mentioned in the above units.

WR-28
 COURSE OUTCOMES:
The students on successful completion of the course will be able to:
1. Explain the concepts of various losses that occur in a pipe flow.
2. Explain and apply various equations for quantifying the head losses that occur in
pipe flow.
3. Examine the functioning of various pipe fittings and appurtenances.
4. Develop competency in the engineering fundamentals of the formulation of the
underlying governing equations for behavior of flows and pressures in piped
water distribution systems.
5. Develop competency in the analysis and design of pipe network.

REFERENCES
1. Hydraulics of pipe line systems – Larock, Jeppson and Watters, CRC press
2. Pipeline Design for Water Engineers – David Stephenson, Elsevier
3. Hand book of Hydraulics – Brater et al, McGraw Hill Publishers
4. Hydraulic design hand book – Ed. Mays, McGraw Hill Publishers
5. Water Resources Engineering – David A Chin
6. Optimal design of water distribution networks – Bhave P R, Narosa publishing
house
7. Hydraulics of pipe lines: pumps, valves, capitation, transients – Tullis J Paul,
Wiley publishers
8. Current Literatures and Publications

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION:

CIE-50 Test I (Unit I, II & III) - 15 Quiz - 05 Marks Total: 50

Marks Marks UNIT-VI (AAT) - 15 Marks
Test II (Unit IV& V) - 15 Marks
Marks
SEE- 100 Answer FIVE full question
Marks Question Q1 & Q3 from Unit I and Unit III 20 x 2 = 40
respectively shall be answered and shall not Marks Total =
have internal choice 100*
Question Q2, Q4 & Q5 from Unit II, Unit IV 20 x 3 = 60 Marks
and Unit V respectively shall be answered Marks
and shall have internal choice
*Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 Marks and the marks obtained shall be
reduced for 50 Marks

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 3 2 1
CO2 2 1 2
CO3 2 2 2
CO4 3 3 3
CO5 2 2 3

1.Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

WR-29
Course Code 18WR1E2C M.Tech (Water Resources Engineering)
Category Program Elective Semester: I
Course Title PROJECT PLANNING AND RESOURCES
MANAGEMENT
Scheme and No. of Hours/week Total Hours:48
Credits L T P S Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks:50 Total Max Marks: 100 Duration of
SEE:3 Hrs
Prerequisite(if any): NIL

COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES:

1. Understand Water Resources Projects Planning and Resources Management.
2. Identify and evaluate the costs and benefits of water resources projects
3. Perform economic analysis to evaluate the intangible benefits and costs
4. Apply principles of microeconomics for evaluating the demand and pricing of
water related services.
5. Create economic feasibility of water resources development projects

COURSE CONTENTS

UNIT-I
Introduction: Water Resources Projects- Over all planning-water resources planning
- water resources of India - developmental policy - and programs and planning
approach - Data requirement - string and rational method. (08 Hrs)

UNIT-II
Project Planning: Bar chart method, critical path method, PERT method, Float time.
Compression and decompression of network scheduling. Resources leveling.
Operating cost and fixed costs. Optimum costs. Objectives and policies. Project
control - Human aspects of project management. (08 Hrs)

UNIT-III
Techniques of Project Evaluation: Equivalence of kind and time. Cost and benefits
of projects. Planning horizon. Cash flow diagrams. Benefits from water resources.
Primary, secondary tangible and intangible benefits. Examples Irrigation, Power
production, Flood control and investigation. Depreciation and accounting methods,
Benefit cost analysis. Internal rate of return. Effect of risk benefits and uncertainty in
benefits. (12 Hrs)

UNIT-IV
Introduction to Simulation: Operating policies for water resources management.
Reservoir operation - rigid, semi and flexible rules. Use of simulation. System
variables, parameters and constraints. Design variables, Response surface, methods of
sampling and strategy - uniform grid method, single factor method, marginal analysis
and method of steepest ascent. (10 Hrs)

UNIT-V
Spatial Planning and Regional analysis: Introduction, problems, potentials,
trends, physical characteristics, basic and non basic concepts, analysis of spatial

WR-30
linkages. Social aspects of economic development. International Project Planning and
Management: Introduction, institutions of technical, financial and scientific
cooperation. (10 Hrs)
UNIT-VI
Recent advances and research being done in the topics mentioned in the above units.

COURSE OUTCOMES:
The students on successful completion of the course will be able to
1. Identify and evaluate the costs and benefits of water resources projects
2. Perform economic analysis to evaluate the intangible benefits and costs
3. Analyze the economic feasibility of water resources development projects
4. Apply principles of microeconomics for evaluating the demand and pricing of
water related services

REFERENCES
1. Design of water resources systems - Mass et al.
2. Water resources systems planning - M.C. Chaturvedi and Peter Rogers.
3. Benefit cost analysis for water resources system planning - Charles W. Howe.
4. Construction planning and Management - P.S.Gahlot, B.M.Ahir
5. Irrigation commission reports 1972 Ministry of Irrigation and Power - Volume I, II
&III.
6. Water resources of India and their utilisation in agriculture- Dakshina Murthy etal.
7. Current literatures and Publications

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION:
CIE-50 Test I (Unit I, II & III) - 15 Quiz - 05 Marks Total: 50
Marks Marks UNIT-VI (AAT) -15 Marks
Test II (Unit IV& V) - 15 Marks
Marks
SEE- 100 Answer FIVE full question
Marks Question Q1 & Q2 from Unit I and Unit II 20 x 2 = 40
respectively shall be answered and shall not Marks Total =
have internal choice 100*
Question Q3, Q4 & Q5 from Unit III, Unit IV 20 x 3 = 60 Marks
and Unit V respectively shall be answered Marks
and shall have internal choice
*Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 Marks and the marks obtained shall be
reduced for 50 Marks

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3
CO1 2 3 1
CO2 2 2 2
CO3 1 2 2
CO4 3 1 2
CO5 1 2 2
1.Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

WR-31
Course Code 18WR1E2D M.Tech (Water Resources Engineering)
Category Program Elective Semester : I
Course Title DIGITAL IMAGE PROCESSING
Scheme and No. of Hours/week Total Hours: 48
Credits L T P S Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks:50 Total Max Marks: Duration of
100 SEE:3 Hrs
Prerequisite(if any): Geoinformatics

COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES:

1. Understand the different type of satellite data products and data formats
2. Understand the digital image processing softwares and techniques for thematic
mapping
3. Apply and analyse the processing techniques and analysis tools
4. Analyse and evaluate the image classification and techniques
5. Create strategy to prepare thematic maps

COURSE CONTENTS

UNIT-I
Information System, encoding and decoding, modulation: Satellite data - acquisition,
storage and retrieval-generation of data products- Digital Data formats - Digital Image
Processing Systems, Different types, Hardware and Software design considerations,
Photo write systems. (08 Hrs)

UNIT-II
Introduction to Image Processing Systems: Digital Image Processing-Principles,
colour concept and colour combination, classification of operations, - source of image
degradation. Correction Processing-Atmospheric, Radiometric, Geometric
corrections, Interpolation methods and resampling techniques, Gamma correction,
types of transformations. (10 Hrs)

UNIT-III
Classification Processing: Image Pre-processing - Image Enhancement, Contrast
Enhancement, Histograms, Density slicing, contrast stretching, Spatial filtering,
Spatial Transformation, band ratioing, Principal Component Analysis, edge detection
Basic pattern recognition concepts, Principles of spectral discrimination. (10 Hrs)

UNIT-IV
Supervised Classification Techniques: Training set - Statistical computation,
Signature Baye's decision rule, minimum distance rule, Parallelopiped algorithm,
maximum like-hood method, classification analysis - confusion matrix, error analysis,
unsupervised classification technique - clustering, fuzzy set concept, synthetic pattern
recognition, Bhattacharaya distance, texture analysis. Introduction to pattern
recognition – features, classification, description, learning, Statistical approach –
feature extraction, parameter estimation, error estimation, clustering. Applications,
recognition remote sensing area. Learning algorithms, Syntactic approach. (12 Hrs)
UNIT-V
Data structures for pattern recognition, interactive systems. (08 Hrs)

WR-32
 UNIT-VI
Recent advances and research being done in the topics mentioned in the above units.

COURSE OUTCOMES:
The students on successful completion of the course will be able to
1. Understand different tools and techniques of digital image processing
2. Apply classification techniques and tools to derive the natural resources within
the watersheds
3. Analyse multi temporal, multi spectral and multi spatial satellite data
4. Evaluate image pre-processing and post-processing techniques of given satellite
data
5. Create best strategy to derive thematic maps

REFERENCES
1. John R Jensen( 2004) Introductory Digital Image Processing, Prentice Hall, New
Jersey.
2. W. B. Green(1982) Digital Image Processing- A Systems Approach, Van-
Nostrand Pub. Co.
3. Dude R.D and P.Hart Wiely(1973) Pattern Classification and Scene Analysis,
Inter Science.
4. Robert G Reeves(1983) Manual of Remote Sensing Vol. I & II, American Society
of Photogrammetry, Falls Church, USA.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION:
CIE-50 Test I (Unit I, II & III) - 15 Quiz - 05 Marks Total: 50
Marks Marks UNIT-VI (AAT) - 15 Marks
Test II (Unit IV& V) - 15 Marks
Marks
SEE- 100 Answer FIVE full questions
Marks Question Q1 & Q5 from Unit I and Unit V 20 x 2 = 40
respectively shall be answered and shall not Marks Total =
have internal choice 100*
Question Q2, Q3 & Q4 from Unit II, Unit III 20 x 3 = 60 Marks
and Unit IV respectively shall be answered Marks
and shall have internal choice
*Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 Marks and the marks obtained shall be
reduced for 50 Marks

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 2 3 2
CO2 1 2 1
CO3 2 3 2
CO4 1 2 2
CO5 3 1 3
1.Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

WR-33
Course Code 18WR1L01 M.Tech (Water Resources Engineering)
Category Laboratory Semester: I
Course Title GEOINFORMATICS LABORATORY
Scheme and No. of Hours/week Total Hours: 48
Credits L T P S Credits
0 0 4 0 2
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks:50 Total Max Marks:100 Duration of
SEE:3 Hrs
Prerequisite(if any): NIL

COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES

1. Understand the different softwares and their importance
2. Exposure visual and digital interpretation techniques for thematic mapping
3. Understand the basic concepts of SOI topomaps
4. Delineation of watershed and mapping of natural resources
5. Apply accurate interpretation and preparation of thematic map

COURSE CONTENTS
1. Study of different types of satellite data products
2. Visual interpretation of satellite images
3. Extraction of thematic information from satellite images
4. Thematic Mapping – Drainage, Land use/land cover, Hydrogeomorphology,
Soil, Lineaments, etc.
5. Digitisation of points, lines. Editing of map elements, Attribute data entry and
manipulation
6. Cleaning, building and transformation
7. Data Analysis- Overlay, integration, buffer and clipping
8. Map generation with patterns and map elements

COURSE OUTCOMES:
The students on successful completion of the course will be able to
1. Identify the different resources from images
2. Interpret images and prepare thematic maps
3. Prepare the different geospatial layers
4. Compare geometric measurements and perform spatial analysis
5. Create high quality maps and associated graphics

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

Continuous Internal Evaluation Marks Semester End Evaluation Marks

(Laboratory – 50 Marks) (SEE) Laboratory (100
Marks)
Performance of the student in the 20 Write up 40
laboratory, every week
Test at the end of the semester 20 Experimentation 30
Viva Voce 10 Viva voce 30
Total 100
Total (CIE) 50 Total (SEE) 50*
Note: * = SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks for practical and the marks obtained
shall be reduced for 50 Marks.

WR-34
 Course Code 18CV1M01 M.Tech (Water Resources Engineering)
Category Mandatory Audit Semester: I
Course Title RESEARCH METHODOLOGY AND INTELLECTUAL
PROPERTY RIGHTS
Scheme and No. of Hours/week Total Hours:24
Credits L T P S Credits
2 0 0 0 1
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks:50 Total Max Marks: 100 Duration of
SEE: 3 Hrs
Prerequisite(if any): NIL

COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES:

1. Analyse the criteria for selection of research problem.
2. Understand the basics of literature survey, ethics, effective technical writing and
developments of research proposal.
3. Understand the basics and importance of IPR.
4. Analyse the issues related to patentability.
5. Understand the administrative system of IPR and analyse the typical case studies.

COURSE CONTENTS

UNIT – I
Meaning of research problem, sources of research problem, Criteria, Characteristics
of a good research problem, Errors in selecting a research problem, Scope and
Objectives of research problems.
Approaches of investigation of solutions for research problem, data collection,
Analysis, Interpretation, necessary instrumentations. (05 Hrs)

UNIT – II
Effective literature studies approaches, analysis, Plagiarism, Research ethics.
Effective technical writing, How to write report, Paper, Developing a research
proposal, Format of research proposal, presentation and assessment by a review
committee. (05 Hrs)

UNIT – III
Introduction to Intellectual Property (IP), Overview of Copyright, Related Rights,
Trademarks, Geographical Indications, Industrial Design, Patents, Protection of New
Varieties of Plants. (05 Hrs)

UNIT – IV
Patentability: Patentable Subject Matter, Patentable and Non Patentable Inventions,
Procedure for grants of patents in India, Patent licensing and transfer of Technology,
Patent information and databases. International scenario: International cooperation on
Intellectual Property, Patenting under Patent Cooperation Treaty (PCT). (05 Hrs)

UNIT-V
New Developments in IPR: Administration of Patent System, New Developments in
IPR; Traditional Knowledge Case studies of IPR including topics of respective
branches of specialisation. (04 Hrs)

WR-35
 UNIT – VI
Recent advances and research being done in the topics mentioned in the above units.

COURSE OUTCOMES:
Students shall be able to:
1. Explain the steps involved in defining a research problem.
2. Analyse the various issues related to effective literature survey and developing a
research proposal.
3. Discuss the various issues related to IPR and its importance.
4. Discuss the various issues related to patentability and international scenario of
patent rights.
5. Highlight the new development and exposure to case studies.

REFERENCES:
1. Stuart Melville and Wayne Goddard, “research Methodology; an introduction for
science and engineering students”
2. Wayne Goddard and Stuart Melville,” Research Methodology an Introduction”
3. Ranjit Kumar 2nd edition,” Research Methodology; a step by step guide for
Beginners”
4. Halbert, “Resisting Intellectual Property”,Taylor and francies Ltd. 2007.
5. Mayall,‟Industrial Design” McGraw Hill,1992
6. Niebel,” Product design”,McGrraw Hill,1974.
7. Asimv, “Introduction to design”,Prentice Hall,1962.
8. Robert P. Merges, Peter S. Menell, Mark A. Lemley,” Intellectual Property in
New Technology Age” 2006.
9. T.Ramappa,” Intellectual Property Rights Under WTO”, S. Chanda,2008

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

CIE – 50 Test I (Unit I, II &III) = 15 marks Quiz = 5 marks Total:50

marks Test II (Unit IV & V) = 15 marks Unit-VI(AAT) =15 marks marks
Answer FIVE full questions
 Questions Q1 & Q 3 from Unit I and Unit
SEE – 20x2 = 40
III respectively shall be answered and shall Total:100
100 Marks
not have internal choice. marks
marks  Questions Q2, Q4 and Q5 from Unit II,
20x3= 60
Unit IV & Unit V respectively shall be
Marks
answered and shall have internal choice
Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3
CO1 - - 3
CO2 - - 3
CO3 - - 3
CO4 - - 3
CO5 2 3 -
1. Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

WR-36
Course Code 18WR1S01 M.Tech (Water Resources Engineering)
Category Seminar Semester: I
Course title SEMINAR – I
No. of Hours/week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total hours = 24
Credits
0 0 2 0 1
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: - Total Max. Marks: 50 Duration of SEE: ---
Prerequisites (if any): NIL

COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES:

The objectives of the SEMINAR-I is to prepare the students to learn to:
1. Carry out the literature review of general research area/current topic and
analyse the same effectively.
2. Prepare a technical report, reflecting his/her depth of understanding, on the
selected area/topic and prepare content rich presentation.
3. Acquire communication and time management skills for effective and impactful
presentation. Interact with peers to acquire the qualities of thoughtfulness,
friendliness, adaptability, responsiveness, and politeness in-group discussion.
Overcome stage fear during oral presentation.

GUIDE LINES
1. Seminar preparation and presentation is an individual student activity.
2. Topic may be of general/ specific interest to program of engineering or electives
not offered in the semester and to be selected in consultation with the
faculty/Guide assigned.
3. Select one pertinent research paper/topic for the seminar presentation.
4. Prepare and submit a detailed technical report of the seminar topic.

COURSE OUTCOMES:
Students shall be able to:
1. Carry out the literature survey of topic of seminar.
2. Prepare a technical report on the selected area/topic.
3. Make an effective presentation with seamless flow of content within the time
allocated. Overcome inhibition in interacting with peers and hence develop the
spirit of team work.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

CIE – 50 Phase -1 Marks =10 Seminar Report Total:50

marks Phase -2 Marks =20 Marks =20 Marks

WR-37
Scheme of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE):

Evaluation would be carried out in TWO phases. The Seminar Evaluation Committee
shall comprise of Chairperson of the Department, Faculty/Guide and one more faculty
member nominated by Chairperson of the Department. The evaluation criteria shall be
as per the rubrics given below:

Rubrics for Evaluation: Weightage

Topic - Technical Relevance, Sustainability and Societal Concerns : 15%

Review of literature and technical content : 35%
Presentation Skills : 25%
Report of seminar : 25%

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 2 2 3
CO2 2 3 3
CO3 - 2 -
1. Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

WR-38
Course Code 18CV1M02 M.Tech (Water Resources Engineering)
Category Mandatory Audit Semester: I
Course Title TECHNICAL PAPER WRITING (AUDIT COURSE-I)
Scheme and No. of Hours/week Total Hours:24
Credits L T P S Credits
2 0 0 0 1
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks:- Total Max Marks: 50 Duration of
SEE: --
Prerequisite(if any): NIL

COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES:

1. Understand the technique to improve technical report writing skills and level of
readability.
2. Learn about what to write contents section of a technical report.
3. Analyse the contents of literature.
4. Create a typical technical article.

COURSE CONTENTS

UNIT – I
Planning and preparation, word order, breaking up long sentences, structuring
paragraphs and sentences, being concise and removing redundancy, avoiding
ambiguity and vagueness. (05 Hrs)

UNIT – II
Clarifying who did what, highlighting your findings, hedging and criticizing,
Paraphrasing and plagiarism, sections of paper, Abstracts, Introduction. (05 Hrs)

UNIT – III
Review of the literature, Methods, Results, Discussion, Conclusions, The final check.
(04 Hrs)

UNIT – IV
Key skills needed when writing a title, Key skills needed when writing an Abstract,
Key skills needed when writing an Introduction, Skills needed when writing a review
of the literature. (05 Hrs)

UNIT – V
Key skills needed when writing the methods, Key skills needed when writing the
Results, Skills needed when writing a Discussion, Skills needed when writing the
Conclusions. (05 Hrs)

COURSE OUTCOMES:
Students shall be able to:
1. Describe the importance of basics of technical writing skills.
2. Review and emphasise the result of literature review.
3. Discuss the importance of various sections of technical report.
4. Develop a complete conceptual technical report.

WR-39
REFERENCES:
1. Goldbort (2006) writing for science, Yale University Press ( Available on Google
books)
2. Day R (2006) How to write and publish a scientific paper, Cambridge university
Press.
3. Highman N (1998) Handbook of writing for the mathematical sciences,SIAM,
Highman’s book.
4. AdianWallwork, English for writing research papers, Springer New York
Dordrecht Heidelberg London, 2011

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

CIE – 50 Test I (Unit I, II &III) = 15 marks

AAT = 20 marks Total:50 marks
marks Test II (Unit IV & V) = 15 marks

Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 - 3 -
CO2 - 3 -
CO3 - 3 -
CO4 - 3 -
CO5 - 3 -
1. Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

WR-40
 SECOND SEMESTER
Course Code 18WR2C01 M.Tech (Water Resources Engineering)
Category Program Core Semester: II
Course Title INTEGRATED WATERSHED MANAGEMENT
Scheme and No. of Hours/week Total Hours:48
Credits L T P S Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks:50 Total Max Marks: 100 Duration of
SEE:3 Hrs
Prerequisite(if any): Geoinformatics
COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES
1. Understand the watershed concept, natural resources, watershed management
techniques
2. Study the drainage characteristics and morphometric analysis
3. Apply different methods to estimate runoff and soil loss
4. Analyse the effect of runoff and soil loss on natural resources
5. Create strategy suitable for conservation measures of land and water resources

COURSE CONTENTS
UNIT-I
Introduction: Definition and importance, delineation of watershed, watershed
characteristics, causes consequences of watershed deterioration, objectives. Principals
of watershed operations and management, different approaches in watershed
management. Watershed management plan- identification of problems, objectives and
priorities. Steps in developing watershed. Issues in watershed management - Land
degradation. Socio economic survey- collection of data, analysis of problems,
watershed map. (12 Hrs)
UNIT-II
Quantitative Analysis: Definition, drainage pattern - different types, Horton's and
Strahler's method of stream ordering. Analysis - linear aspects, areal aspects, relief
aspects and the inferences. Hypsometric analysis- hypsometric curve, indicators.
(08 Hrs)
UNIT-III
Runoff Estimation: Introduction, necessity, runoff-different methods, factors
affecting runoff, SCS curve number. Soil loss- introduction, importance, types of
erosion, Resources mapping, Urbanization effect on Hydrologic cycle. Runoff
estimation. (10 Hrs)
UNIT-IV
Soil Loss Estimation: Introduction, types of erosion, measurement, estimation-
USLE, SYI. Control measures and land reclamation. (10 Hrs)

UNIT-V
Water Conservation and Harvesting: Introduction, Types of conservation, small
storage structures, objectives and data required types of storage structures, design
data. Small earthen dams- planning, construction sequence, computation of storage
capacity, small weirs, drought form pond, nala bund. Groundwater recharge- water
harvesting methods and techniques. (08 Hrs)
UNIT-VI
Recent advances and research being done in the topics mentioned in the above units.

WR-41
COURSE OUTCOMES:
The students on successful completion of the course will be able to
1. Understand the delineation of watershed from different sources
2. Apply the different methods to estimate the runoff and soil loss
3. Analysis of watershed characteristics
4. Evaluating the different methods to study the hydrological parameters
5. Create suitable integrated approaches for sustainable development of watershed

REFERENCES
1.Chatterjee, S. N.(2008) Water Resources Conservation and Management, Atlantic
Publishers,
2. Murthy, V.V.N.(2004) Land and Water Management, Khalyani Publishers, 2004
3. Muthy, J. V. S.(1998) Watershed Management, New Age International Publishers.
4. Suresh Rao(1998) Soil and Water Conservation Practices, Standard Publishers.
5. Tideman, E M Watershed Management- Guidelines for Indian Conditions, Omega
Publisher. New Delhi.
6. Thomas M. Lillisand and R. W. Kiefer(1997) Remote Sensing and Image
Interpretation", John Wiley and Sons, New York.
7. Sabins, and Floyd, F.J.R(1987). Remote Sensing Principles and Interpretation, W.
H. Freeman, San Francisco.
8. Ven Te Chow(1984) Handbook of Hydrology, McGrw Hill Book Company
9. Philip, H. Swan and Shirley M. Davis(1985) Remote Sensing: The Quantitative
Approach, McGawl Hill Company
10. Engman, E.T and Gurney(1985) Remote Sensing in Hydrology, Apman and Hall,
New York

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION
CIE-50 Test I (Unit I, II & III) - 15 Quiz - 05 Marks Total: 50
Marks Marks UNIT-VI (AAT) -15 Marks
Test II (Unit IV& V) - 15 Marks
Marks
SEE- 100 Answer FIVE full question
Marks Question Q2 & Q5 from Unit II and Unit V 20 x 2 = 40
respectively shall be answered and shall not Marks Total =
have internal choice 100*
Question QI, Q3 & Q4 from Unit I, Unit III 20 x 3 = 60 Marks
and Unit IV respectively shall be answered Marks
and shall have internal choice
*Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 Marks and the marks obtained shall be
reduced for 50 Marks

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3
CO1 3 2 1
CO2 2 3 2
CO3 1 1 2
CO4 2 2 3
CO5 2 1 3
1.Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

WR-42
Course Code 18WR2C02 M.Tech (Water Resources Engineering)
Category Program Core Semester : II
Course Title GROUNDWATER AND ISOTOPE HYDROLOGY
Scheme and No. of Hours/week Total Hours:48
Credits L T P S Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE :Mars:50 Total Max Marks: 100 Duration of
SEE:3 Hrs
Prerequisite(if any): NIL

COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES:

1. Understand the basic empirical Knowledge of the residence and movement of
groundwater, isotope hydrology as well as quantitative aspects.
2. Students are able to understand aquifer properties and movement of ground
water flow after the completion of the course.
3. Develop well design and practical problems of ground water aquifers.
4. Evaluate the aquifer parameters and groundwater level variations for different
hydro-geological boundary conditions.
5. Demonstrate the application of advance isotope technique to solve practical
problems in hydrology and water resources engineering

COURSE CONTENTS

UNIT-I
Basics of Hydrogeology: Geological influences on groundwater occurrence &
movement, Hydrological classification of geological materials & aquifer types;
Hydraulic Properties of Aquifers; Aquifer parameters - estimation of parameters;
Occurrence & quality of groundwater in various geological formations;
Hydrogeological division of India. ( 08 Hrs)
UNIT-II
Geophysical Techniques: Geophysical methods of aquifer delineation & well
location; Electrical Resistivity Methods, Electromagnetic (incl. VLF) and TEM
methods in groundwater exploration; Induced Polarisation method, Seismic
Refraction method, Magnetic & Gravity methods in groundwater targeting;
Geophysical Well Logging; Direct detection of ground water through NMR method;
Methods of well drilling, development and design. (10 Hrs)

UNIT-III
Well Hydraulics: Darcy Law of groundwater movement & its validity; Steady &
Unsteady flow of groundwater, - well function method, Cooper Jacob method -
Chows method, Recovery method - Marquardt algorithm; Interpretation of Test
pumping data, Multiple well systems, characteristic well losses - specific capacity and
well efficiency. (08 Hrs)
UNIT-IV
Groundwater System: Numerical modelling of Ground water flow- review of
differential equations, finite difference solution, direct problem, inverse problem,
stream – aquifer interflows; Planning of ground water development – Methods of
Artificial groundwater recharge; Management of groundwater by conjunctive use;
Constraints on groundwater development, Feasibility check by groundwater flow
modeling. (10 Hrs)

WR-43
 UNIT-V
Isotope Hydrology: Isotopes, classifications and characteristics. law of radioactivity
and radio isotopes and basic principles of absorption and scattering of alpha and beta
particles, gamma rays and neutrons, Principles of detection of radioactive and stable
isotopes and related instruments. Environmental isotopes and their variations in
nature. Isotopes as tracers for surface water and ground water studies. Isotopes as
sealed sources for soil moisture variation, recharge to ground water; Sediment and
ground water dating technique for studying sedimentation in water bodies and
dynamics of surface and ground water bodies. (12 Hrs)

UNIT-VI
Recent advances and research being done in the topics mentioned in the above units.

COURSE OUTCOMES:

The students on successful completion of the course will be able to:

1. Understand aquifer properties and its dynamics after the completion of the
course.
2. Apply knowledge towards well design and practical problems of ground water
aquifers.
3. Develop Geophysical and groundwater flow models.
4. Apply knowledge of isotope as a tracer for various water resources projects.
5. Develop isotope fingerprints for better understanding of hydrological
processes and mechanism for water resources development and management.

REFERENCES

1. David K. Todd (1980) Groundwater Hydrology, John Wiley and Sons,

2. Walton W.H Groundwater Resources Evaluation
3. Davis, S. and Dewiest, R.J.M(1066) Hydrogeology, John Wiley
4. Karanth, K.R(1989). Hydrogeology, McGraw Hill.
5. Kruseman, G.P. and Deridder, N.A(1991) Analysis & Evaluation of Pumping
Test Data, ILRI Publication No. 47, The Netherlands.
6. Keller, G.V. and Frischkhnechdt, F.C.(1966), Electrical methods in
geophysical prospecting, Pergamon Press.
7. Koefoed, O. (1979) Geo Sounding Principles, Elsevier.
8. Clark, I. And Fritz. P(1997). Environmental Isotopes in Hydrogeology. Lewis
Publishers, New York.
9. Mazor, E.(1997) Chemical and Isotopic Groundwater Hydrology. 2nd Edition.
Marcel Dekker Inc., New York.

WR-44
SCHEME OF EXAMINATION
CIE-50 Test I (Unit I, II & III) - 15 Quiz - 05 Marks Total:
Marks Marks UNIT-VI (AAT) -15 50
Test II (Unit IV& V) - 15 Marks Marks
Marks
SEE- 100 Answer FIVE full questions
Marks Question Q1 & Q3 from Unit I and Unit III 20 x 2 = 40
respectively shall be answered and shall not Marks Total =
have internal choice 100*
Question Q2, Q4 & Q5 from Unit II, Unit 20 x 3 = 60 Marks
IV and Unit V respectively shall be Marks
answered and shall have internal choice

*Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 Marks and the marks obtained shall be
reduced for 50 Marks

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 1 2 3
CO2 1 1 2
CO3 2 3 2
CO4 3 1 3
CO5 2 2 1

1.Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

WR-45
Course Code 18WR2C03 M.Tech (Water Resources Engineering)
Category Program Core Semester: I
Course Title STATISTICS AND UNCERTAINTY ANALYSIS
Scheme and No. of Hours/week
Credits L T P S Credits Total Hours:48
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Mars:50 Total Max Marks: 100 Duration of
SEE:3 Hrs
Prerequisite(if any): NIL

COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES

1. Explain the fundamental concepts of probability.
2. Apply the concepts of probability distribution.
3. Analyze the data of extreme events to understand their frequency of occurrence.
4. Develop and validate regression and Hydrologic models.
5. Formulate reliability methods for uncertainty quantification.

COURSE CONTENTS

UNIT-I
Data Analysis and Probability concepts- Data reduction- Graphical and numerical
methods, Measures of central tendency, Measures of dispersion, Measures of
Asymmetry. Set Theory, Axioms of probability, conditional probability, total
probability and Baye‟s theorem. (08 Hrs)

UNIT-II
Random variables: Statistical properties, discrete and continuous probability
distributions and density functions. Parameter estimation – method of moments and
method of L-moments, Goodness of fit, Frequency analysis of extreme events.
(10 Hrs)

UNIT-III
Correlation and regression: Rank and Serial correlation, Simple and multiple linear
regression – confidence intervals and test of hypothesis. (08 Hrs)

UNIT-IV
Hydrological time series analysis – autocorrelation and spectral analysis. Stochastic
hydrologic models: univariate and multivariate models. (10 Hrs)

UNIT-V
Analytic methods for uncertainty analysis – sources and types of uncertainty,
quantification of uncertainty measures, first-order variance estimation method, point
estimation methods and Monte- Carlo simulation. (12 Hrs)

UNIT-VI
Recent advances and research being done in the topics mentioned in the above units.

WR-46
COURSE OUTCOMES:
The students on successful completion of the course will be able to:
1. Interpret the concept of frequency distribution for sample data and be able to
summarize the distributions by diagrams and statistics.
2. Calculate the return period of extreme events.
3. Understand correlation and regression and be able to make predictions and
understand their limitations.
4. Model the Hydrologic time series for short term forecasting of hydrologic events.
5. Develop competency in applying different reliability methods in order to quantify
the uncertainties present in the input data and/or models.

REFERENCES
1. Ang and Tang, Probability concepts in engineering – Vol I and II -
2. Benjamin and Cornell -Probability, Statistics and Decision for Civil Engineers,
McGraw Hill
3. Charles T. Haan, Statistical methods in Hydrology, East-West Press
4. Kottegoda and Renzo Rosso, Statistics, probability and reliability for Civil and
Environmental Engineers, McGraw Hill.
5. Jayarami Reddy, Stochastic Hydrology, Laxmi Publishers
6. Y-K Tung and B-C Yen, Hydro system Engineering Uncertainty analysis,
McGraw Hill
7. Current literatures and Publications.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

CIE-50 Test I (Unit I, II & III) - 15 Quiz - 05 Marks Total: 50

Marks Marks UNIT-VI (AAT) -15 Marks
Test II (Unit IV& V) - 15 Marks
Marks
SEE- 100 Answer FIVE full questions
Marks Question Q1 & Q3 from Unit I and Unit III 20 x 2 = 40
respectively shall be answered and shall not Marks Total =
have internal choice 100*
Question Q2, Q4 & Q5 from Unit II, Unit IV 20 x 3 = 60 Marks
and Unit V respectively shall be answered Marks
and shall have internal choice
*Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 Marks and the marks obtained shall be
reduced for 50 Marks

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 2 3 3
CO2 3 2 2
CO3 2 2 2
CO4 3 3 2
CO5 2 3 3

1.Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

WR-47
Course Code 18WR2E1A M.Tech (Water Resources Engineering)
Category Program Elective Semester: II
Course Title URBAN WATER RESOURCES MANAGEMENT
Scheme and No. of Hours/week Total Hours:48
Credits L T P S Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks:50 Total Max Marks: 100 Duration of
SEE:3 Hrs
Prerequisite(if any): NIL

COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES;

1. Understand the urban storm models for better storm water management
2. Understand the fundamentals of water supply and waste water treatments of
urban systems
3. Apply urban Infrastructure management, public participation and stakeholders
4. Analysis and evaluate transition management towards sustainable UMCS
5. Create urban storm water master plan and different types of operation and
maintenance.

COURSE CONTENTS

UNIT-I
Urban Hydrologic Cycle: Water in the urban eco-system – Urban Water Resources –
Major problems-Urban hydrological cycle– Storm water management objectives and
limitations – Storm water policies-Feasibility consideration. (08 Hrs)

UNIT-II
Urban Water Resources Management Models: Types of models – Physically based
-conceptual or unit hydrograph based - Urban surface runoff models – Management
models for flow rate and volume control rate – Quality models. (08 Hrs)

UNIT-III
Urban Storm Water Management: Storm water management practices ( Structural
and Non-structural Management measures) -Detention and retention concepts -
Modelling concept -Types of storage-Magnitude of storage-Hydraulic analysis and
design guidelines -Flow and storage capacity of urban components -Temple tanks.
(10 Hrs)

UNIT-IV
Master Plans: Planning and organizational aspects-Inter dependency of planning and
implementation of goals and measures:Socio-economic financial aspects -Potential
costs and benefit measures-Measures of urban drainage and flood control benefits-
Effective urban water user organizations. (12 Hrs)

UNIT-V
Operation and Maintenance: General approaches to operations and maintenance -
Complexity of operations and need for diagnostic analysis -Operation and
maintenance in urban water system - Maintenance Management System -Inventories
and conditions assessment-Social awareness and involvement. (10 Hrs)

WR-48
 UNIT-VI
Recent advances and research being done in the topics mentioned in the above units.

COURSE OUTCOMES
The students on successful completion of the course will be able to:
1. Understand the principles for building and operation of urban transport systems
for water and wastewater.
2. Apply appropriate management techniques for planning, operating and
maintaining the different components of urban and drainage system.
3. Apply and analysis of techniques to manage the storm water drainage systems
4. Analysis and evaluate the techniques for building, rehabilitation and maintenance
of pipe system
5. Create a strategy for monitoring and functionality measurements

REFERENCES
1. Geiger, W.F., Marsalek, F., and Zuidena, F.C., (1987) Manual on drainage in
urbanized areas – Vol.1 and Vol.II, UNESCO..
2. Hengeveld, H. and C. De Voch.t (Ed). Role of Water in Urban Ecology, 1982.
3. Martin, P. Wanelista and Yousef, A. Yousef., Storm Water Management, John
Wiley and sons.
4. Neil S. Grigg.(1986) , Urban Water Infrastructure Planning, Management and
Operations, John Wiley and Sons.
5. Overtens D.E. and Meadows M.E.(1976) Storm Water Modelling, Academic
Press, New York.

SCHEME OF EXAMINTION
CIE-50 Test I (Unit I, II & III) - 15 Quiz-05 Marks Total:
Marks Marks UNIT-VI (AAT) - 15 50
Test II (Unit IV& V) - 15 Marks Marks
Marks
SEE- 100 Answer FIVE full questions
Marks Question Q1 & Q2 from Unit I and Unit II 20 x 2 = 40
respectively shall be answered and shall Marks Total =
not have internal choice 100
Question Q3, Q4 & Q5 from Unit III, Unit 20 x 3 = 60 Marks
IV and Unit V respectively shall be Marks
answered and shall have internal choice
Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 Marks and the marks obtained shall be
reduced for 50 Marks

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3
CO1 3 3 2
CO2 2 3 3
CO3 2 2 2
CO4 1 2 2
CO5 2 2 3
1.Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

WR-49
Course Code 18WR2E1B M.Tech (Water Resources Engineering)
Category Program Elective Semester: II
Course Title SPATIAL PLANNING AND REGIONAL ANALYSIS
Scheme and No. of Hours/week Total Hours:48
Credits L T P S Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks:50 Total Max Marks: 100 Duration of
SEE:3 Hrs
Prerequisite(if any): NIL
COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES:
1. Understand the knowledge of region in terms of topology, functions and core
issues of planning.
2. Understand the knowledge on topology of regions, its inter and intra linkages
with other levels
3. Apply thinking about the future scenario of emerging region in the country
propelled by technological, economic and social advancement.
4. Analyse and evaluate the issues such as poverty and climate change issues in a
regional planning.
5. Create a strategy with different scale of region, regional analysis.

COURSE CONTENTS

UNIT-I
Introduction to spatial planning: Variants of planning and non-planning, planning
as a dialogue, Epistemic, pragmatic an planning cycle, Planning cycle with internal
selection, Functions of planning agencies, Classical planning processes, Dimensions
of planning process:-organization, location, purpose, openness, time horizon, scope,
specificity, flexibility. (08 Hrs)
UNIT-II
Planning Methodology: Knowledge engineering, Instructions, Planning, Exploration,
Interpretation, design, assessment, solution processes, instructions. Orientation:-
Facets of regional development: amelioration of the regional capacity, Improvement
of the living conditions, advancement of productivity, Alleviation of conflict
resolution, Planning theory: public and private, process of planning-rationalistic,
increamentalistic and mixed-scanning approaches, Morphological factors, Planning
and ideology, the view from left and right. (10 Hrs)

UNIT-III
Regional Planning: Workshop task (producers) – Motivation, information,
organization, installation, Platform task (moderator) – communication, concentration,
synchronization, Turntable task (mediator) – articulation, interpretation, Lookout task
(observer) – updating, reviewing and alerting. Creative use of planning process –
plural, situational rational and involvement, Policy maker and citizen input into the
classical planning process: - ideal sequence, shortcut and recycling. (08 Hrs)

UNIT-IV
Regional Analysis: Fields of regional analysis, spatial units and dimensions, Analysis
of population change, Economic analysis, Carrying capacity, Measures of
concentration and Accessibility, spatial interaction, Analysis of settlement pattern ,
Simulation/gaming:- frame games, empathy games, resource allocation game, process

WR-50
game. Decision making; Tools and techniques, Factors- risk, turbulence, uncertainty,
change, planning management, forecasting, Equity, growth and development,
Analysis of settlement system. Regional analysis in developing countries: Basic
principles functional complexity, levels of settlements, spatial linkages analysis,
analytical mapping accessibility analysis, functional gap analysis, formulation of
spatial development strategies, identification of investment, projects and program,
monitoring an evaluation. Institutionalizing spatial analysis in the regional planning
process, Role of towns and cities in the development of rural regions: Physical input,
economic, organization and knowledge factors, Problems of rural regions, Benefits of
physical linkages, Development of employment structure by sectors: primary,
secondary and tertiary. (12 Hrs)
UNIT-V
Urban and Regional planning: Planning system, planning problems, Regional
development and settlement policy, planning implications, principles of water and
land use master planning, layout planning, methods of estimating water and land use
demand, forecasting, planning agency management, Principles of land subdivision:
residential, local streets, utilities designs. (10 Hrs)

UNIT-VI
Recent advances and research being done in the topics mentioned in the above units.

COURSE OUTCOMES:
The students on successful completion of the course will be able to:
1. Understand the basic functions in different tools for spatial (quantitative) and
statistic analysis.
2. Understand to design and implement planning problem
3. Apply the different outcomes analyses with effectively use of different techniques.
4. Analyse and evaluate the system of territorial and urban planning from both, a
legal and regulatory point of view and in their involvement in the management.
5. Create regulatory hierarchical relationships

REFERENCES
1. Applied Methods of Regional Analysis: The spatial dimensions of development
policy- Dennis A. Rondinelli Planning as Dialogue: District development planning
and management in developing countries- Bernd Janssen (ed)
2. The planners‟ use of information: Techniques for collection, organization and
communication – edited by Hemalata C. Dandekar, The University of Michigan.
3. Patterns of Change in developing rural regions- edited by Raphael Bar-El, Avrom
Bendavid-Val and Gerld J. Karaska An Introduction to regional planning,
concepts, theory and practice by Glasson J.
4. The Reader in planning theory edited by Andreas Faludi
5. Principles and practice of urban planning by Goodman W.I. and Freund E. C. (ed)
Urban Land use planning by Chapin F. St. Jr.
6. Urban and regional planning – a system approach by Mc Loughlin
7. Cities in the 1990s: the challenge for developing countries by Nigel Harris (ed)
Journal of the American planning association
8. Current literatures and Publications

WR-51
SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

CIE-50 Test I (Unit I, II & III) - 15 Quiz-05 Marks Total:

Marks Marks UNIT-VI (AAT) -15 50
Test II (Unit IV& V) - 15 Marks Marks
Marks
SEE- 100 Answer FIVE full questions
Marks Question Q1 & Q3 from Unit I and Unit 20 x 2 = 40
III respectively shall be answered and shall Marks Total =
not have internal choice 100*
Question Q2, Q4 & Q5 from Unit II, Unit 20 x 3 = 60 Marks
IV and Unit V respectively shall be Marks
answered and shall have internal choice

*Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 Marks and the marks obtained shall be
reduced for 50 Marks

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 3 2 1
CO2 2 3 2
CO3 3 3 3
CO4 1 3 3
CO5 1 3 3
1.Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

WR-52
Course Code 18WR2E1C M.Tech (Water Resources Engineering)
Category Program Elective Semester: II
Course Title WETLAND MANAGEMENT
Scheme and No. of Hours/week Total Hours:48
Credits L T P S Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks:50 Total Max. Marks: Duration of
100 SEE:3 Hrs
Prerequisite(if any): NIL

COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES

1. Understand the ecology of the wetlands and their values and functions
2. Apply delineation techniques of wetlands
3. Analyse Classification of wetlands and their delineation
4. Analyse and evaluate wetland hydrology
5. Create an ability to understand the issues related to best practices in wetland
management and conservation

COURSE CONTENTS

UNIT-I
Introduction: Scope, importance, Wetland Classification System, Wetland Indicators
for Identification and Delineation. (08 Hrs)

UNIT-II
Wetland Processes (Functions) and Values, Types of wetlands and their roles in the
watershed. (08 Hrs)

UNIT-III
Wetland Hydrology: Importance, Hydro period, Wetland water budget, Recharge
and Discharge wetlands. (12 Hrs)

UNIT-IV
Human impacts: wetland loss and Degradation, Major causes, The main activities
that cause wetland impairment ,wetland protection and successful Mitigation- Issues,
Measures of success , Common Mitigation –Pitfalls, Valuation of wetlands. (10 Hrs)

UNIT-V
Wetland Management: Natural wetland protection, the challenge of protection,
Management issues Buffers and Other Protective Measures for Wetlands Natural
wetlands and Riparian areas as Buffers, Wetland restoration and creation, Constructed
wetlands, Comparison of created and natural wetlands. (10 Hrs)

UNIT-VI
Recent advances and research being done in the topics mentioned in the above units.

WR-53
COURSE OUTCOMES:
The students on successful completion of the course will be able to:
1. Understand the wetlands and other natural heritage features provide ecological
services (including water and biodiversity benefits) to watershed health and their
dependent (human) communities.
2. Understand the fundamental importance of hydrology of wetland restoration.
3. Analyse and evaluate the significance of both on-site and watershed factors as
contributors to wetland degradation.
4. Evaluate the role of wetland restoration in a wetland management program.
5. Create a range of opportunities and solutions associated with wetland
restoration.

REFERENCES
1. Wetlands – Mitsch, W. J., and J. G. Gosselink,van Nostrand Reinhold, New Y
York.
2. Wetland and Environmental Application of GIS John G. Lyon and Jack McCarthy
3. Crops of Engineers Wetland Delineation Manual, U.S .Army Engr(1987)
Waterways Expt Station, Vicksburg, MS,.1987, (Rev. Version 1997)
,Environmental Laboratory.
4. The Water Supplier‟s Guide to wetlands Regulation and Management, American
Waterworks‟ Association, Denver CO 80235,USA,1995 – Lawrence R.
Liebesman
5. Wetland Restoration, Creation and Enhancement- U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency
6. A Handbook of Constructed Wetlands, Vol. I to Vol. V- USDA, Document NRCS
and USEPA

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION
CIE-50 Test I (Unit I, II & III) - 15 Quiz-05 Marks Total: 50
Marks Marks UNIT-VI (AAT) -15 Marks
Test II (Unit IV& V) - 15 Marks
Marks
SEE- 100 Answer FIVE full questions
Marks Question Q1 & Q2 from Unit I and Unit II 20 x 2 = 40
respectively shall be answered and shall not Marks Total =
have internal choice 100*
Question Q3, Q4 & Q5 from Unit III, Unit IV 20 x 3 = 60 Marks
and Unit V respectively shall be answered Marks
and shall have internal choice
*Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 Marks and the marks obtained shall be
reduced for 50 Marks

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3
CO1 3 2 3
CO2 3 3 3
CO3 2 2 2
CO4 2 2 2
CO5 2 2 3
1.Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

WR-54
Course Code 18WR2E1D M.Tech (Water Resources Engineering)
Category Program Elective Semester : II
Course Title MICROWAVE REMOTE SENSING
Scheme and No. of Hours/week
Credits L T P S Credits Total Hours:48
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks:50 Total Max Marks: 100 Duration of
SEE:3 Hrs
Prerequisite(if any): Geoinformatics

COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES

1. Understand the importance of microwave remote sensing and the range of
applications
2. Understand the measurement of scattering and analysis
3. Apply the simulation techniques and measurements
4. Analyse and evaluate the natural resources mapping using microwave data
5. Create data interpretation techniques for mapping of natural resources

COURSE CONTENTS

UNIT-I
Introduction: Microwave Remote Sensing and its advantages. Active and passive
systems. Platforms and sensors. (08 Hrs)

UNIT-II
Passive Microwave systems: Background, Mathematical formulation for microwave
radiation and simulation, measurement and analysis of brightness temperature,
applications in water resources engineering and agriculture. (08 Hrs)

UNIT-III
Active Microwave systems: Basic principles of radar, radar equation, Resolution,
Range, Phase and Angular measurements, Microwave scattering and its measurement,
Relationships between scene and sensor parameters. (12 Hrs)

UNIT-IV
Imaging systems: Imagery- characteristics and interpretation, Applications in
various fields, Land use/Land cover, Soil, Rock, Hydrology. (10 Hrs)

UNIT-V
Microwave Inferometry: Theory and Mathematical background, Differential
inferrometry, Applications, DEM generation, Glacial Movement, Landslides, Snow
Avalanches, Hydrology. (10 Hrs)
UNIT-VI
Recent advances and research being done in the topics mentioned in the above units.

WR-55
COURSE OUTCOMES:
The students on successful completion of the course will be able to
1. Understand the scattering principles of microwave remote sensing
2. Understand the working mechanism and applications of active and passive
microwave remote sensing
3. Apply different interpretation techniques for natural resources
4. Analyse and evaluate microwave imageries for mapping of geospatial features
5. Create thematic maps to assess the potential of natural resources

REFERENCES

1. Ulaby, F.T., Moore, R.K., and Fung, A.K(1986) Microwave Remote Sensing
Active and Passive, Wesley Publishing..
2. Sabins F.F., Jr(1986) Remote Sensing Principles and Interpretation, W.H. Freeman
and company.
3.Lillesand T.M and Kiefer R.W(2007) Remote Sensing and Image Interpretation,
John Wiley and Sons.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

CIE-50 Test I (Unit I, II & III)- 15 Quiz-05 Marks Total: 50

Marks Marks UNIT-VI (AAT) – 15 Marks
Test II (Unit IV& V)- 15 Marks
Marks
SEE- 100 Answer FIVE full questions
Marks Question Q1 & Q2 from Unit I and Unit II 20 x 2 = 40
respectively shall be answered and shall not Marks Total =
have internal choice 100
Question Q3, Q4 & Q5 from Unit III, Unit IV 20 x 3 = 60 Marks
and Unit V respectively shall be answered Marks
and shall have internal choice

Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 Marks and the marks obtained shall be
reduced for 50 Marks

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 2 2 3
CO2 2 1 2
CO3 1 2 2
CO4 2 1 2
CO5 2 3 1

1.Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

WR-56
Course Code 18WR2E2A M.Tech (Water Resources Engineering)
Category Program Elective Semester : II
Course Title GROUNDWATER MODELING AND MANAGEMENT
Scheme and No. of Hours/week
Credits L T P S Credits Total Hours:48
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks:50 Total Max Marks: 100 Duration of
SEE:3 Hrs
Prerequisite(if any): Groundwater and Isotope Hydrology

COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES:

1. Identify and define groundwater flow models to estimate the groundwater quantity
and qualities, contaminate transport phenomena
2. Understand the inputs, system parameters, policy, variables and outputs of a
groundwater management models.
3. Apply knowledge of Finite differential equation and Finite element equation to
groundwater flow and contaminate transport in aquifers.
4. Develop Regional groundwater flow Models and design water wells
5. Formulate and solve conjunctive use of surface water and groundwater resource
utilization problems

COURSE CONTENTS

UNIT-I
Groundwater Prospecting: Investigation and evaluation – Geophysical methods-
Electrical Resistivity methods – Interpretation of data – Seismic method – Subsurface
investigation – Test drilling – Resistivity logging – Application of remote sensing
techniques. (08 Hrs)

UNIT-II
Groundwater Flow Model: Physical models–Analog models–Mathematical
modeling–Unsaturated flow models Numerical modeling of groundwater flow–Finite
Differential equations-Finite difference solution–Successive over Relaxation,
Alternating direction implicit procedure–Crank Nicolson equation–Iterative methods-
Direct methods-Inverse problem–Finite element method. (08 Hrs)

UNIT-III
Contaminant Transport Model: Contaminant transport theory – Advection,
dispersion equation – Longitudinal and transverse dispersivity – Hydrodynamic
dispersion – Analytical models – Numerical simulation of solute transport – Solution
methods - Sorption model – Subsurface mass transport through the vadose zone -
Density driven flow - Heat transport. (10 Hrs)

UNIT-IV
Model Development: Data requirements – Conceptual model design :
Conceptualization of aquifer system – Parameters, Input-output stresses, Initial and
Boundary conditions - Model design and execution : Grid design, Setting boundaries,
Time discretization and Transient simulation – Model calibration : steady state and
unsteady state – sensitivity analysis – Model validation and prediction – Uncertainty
in the model prediction. (10 Hrs)

WR-57
 UNIT-V

Groundwater Management Model : Optimal groundwater development – Indian

GEC norms – Conjunctive use models Modeling multilayer groundwater flow system
-Modeling contaminant migration – Modeling fracture flow system – Artificial
recharge feasibility through modeling – Simulation of movements of solutes in
unsaturated zone – Stochastic modeling of groundwater flow - Groundwater
contamination, restoration and management. (12 Hrs)

UNIT-VI

Recent advances and research being done in the topics mentioned in the above units.

COURSE OUTCOMES:

The students on successful completion of the course will be able to

1. Assess and apply numerical model for various application along with better
understanding aquifer characteristics
2. Analyze the contaminant movement in saturated and unsaturated zones.
3. Apply advanced mathematics to solve Numerical, Finite difference and Finite
element equations.
4. Apply groundwater flow, groundwater recharging and groundwater
contamination models.
5. Develop groundwater prospect map and Identify sites for artificial recharge of
groundwater and determine the consequences of artificial recharge

REFERENCES:

1. Anderson M.P(1902)., and Woessner W.W., Applied Groundwater Modelling:

Simulation of flow and advective transport, Academic Press, Inc.
2. Fetter C.W.(1999) Contaminant Hydrogeology, Prentice Hall, 1999
3. Rushton K.R(2003) Groundwater Hydrology : Conceptual and Computational
Models, Wiley, 2003
4. Elango L. and Jayakumar, R(2001). Modelling in Hydrology, Allied Publishers
Ltd.
5. Remson I., Hornberger G.M. and Moltz F.J(1971) Numerical Methods in
Subsurface Hydrology, Wiley, New York.
6. Robert Willis and William W.G.Yenth(1987) Groundwater System Planning and
Management, Prentice Hall, Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey.
7. Randall J.Charbeneau (2000) Groundwater Hydraulics and Pollutant Transport, ,
Printice Hall.

WR-58
SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

CIE-50 Test I (Unit I, II & III) - 15 Quiz-05 Marks Total: 50

Marks Marks UNIT-VI (AAT) - 15 Marks
Test II (Unit IV& V) - 15 Marks
Marks
SEE- 100 Answer FIVE full questions
Marks Question Q1 & Q2 from Unit I and Unit II 20 x 2 = 40
respectively shall be answered and shall not Marks Total =
have internal choice 100*
Question Q3, Q4 & Q5 from Unit III, Unit IV 20 x 3 = 60 Marks
and Unit V respectively shall be answered Marks
and shall internal choice

*Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
to 50 marks

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 1 2 3
CO2 2 3 2
CO3 2 1 2
CO4 2 3 1
CO5 1 2 2

1.Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

WR-59
Course Code 18WR2E2B M.Tech (Water Resources Engineering)
Category Program Elective Semester : II
Course Title EIA AND DISASTER MANAGEMENT
Scheme and No. of Hours/week
Credits L T P S Credits Total Hours:48
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks:50 Total Max Marks: 100 Duration of
SEE:3 Hrs
Prerequisite(if any): NIL

COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES

1. Understand EIA as a management tools to trace the evaluation of EIA
2. Understand the disaster management focusing on natural disaster
3. Apply different methods or techniques for EIA assessment
4. Analyse and evaluate the different method of data collection of EIA and disaster
5. Create strategy for forecasting of environmental changes

COURSE CONTENTS

UNIT-I
Environmental Impact Assessment: Definition, basic concepts and principles of
EIA. Regulatory framework in India, Environmental inventory, base line studies, over
view. (08 Hrs)
UNIT-II
Assessment and Methodologies: Physical, biological assessment. Socio economic
and cultural environmental assessment. EIA methodologies- Adhoc, matrix, checklist
approaches. Economic evaluation of impacts- cot benefits of EIA. Public participation
in environmental decision making. Procedures for reviewing EIA analysis and
statement. Decision methods for evaluation of alternatives. (08 Hrs)

UNIT-III
Environmental Assessment: Introduction, process, Basic steps involved, Description
of environmental setting - Base line data collection, possible impacts due to water
resources projects. Environmental Impact Assessment Impact prediction and
assessment - methods of impact assessment, Matrix and check list method, Selection
of proposed action. Preparation of environmental impact statement. (12 Hrs)

UNIT-IV
Disaster Mitigation: Introduction, types, modes of disaster management, Decision
making, tools and techniques, primary and secondary data. Land suitability,
Earthquake Hazards, Case studies. (10 Hrs)
UNIT-V
Disaster Management: Flood assessment, Drought assessment and remedies, Fire
Hazards and Management, Traffic management, Socio economic studies, Inter
department cooperation. Regional and Global Disaster Mitigation measurements. Case
studies. (10 Hrs)
UNIT-VI
Recent advances and research being done in the topics mentioned in the above units.

WR-60
COURSE OUTCOMES:
The students on successful completion of the course will be able to
1. Understand Environmental impact, hazards, disasters and associated
natural/social phenomena
2. Understand the concepts, information and techniques at the forefront of the
environmental impact assessment.
3. Apply and analysis disaster risk reduction and problems
4. Analyse and evaluate conducting independent DM study including data search,
analysis and presentation of disaster case study
5. Create mastery of techniques relevant to EIA and disaster management.
REFERENCES
1. Canter.L.W (1995) Environmental Impact Assessment, McGrawHill International
Edition, New York.
2. Barathwal, R.R (2002) Environmental Impact Assessment-(2002),., New Age
International Publishers, New Delhi.
3. Petts,J.(2003) Handbook of Environmental Impact Assessment- Vol.I & II.,
Blackwell Science, London.
4. Lawrence,D.P., (2003) Environmental Impact Assessment, Wiley-Inter Science,
5. New Jersey.
6. Arnel,N (2002) Hydrology and Global Environmental Change, Prentice hall,
Harlow.
7. UNEP‟s Environmental Impact Assessment Training Resource Manual-Second
Edition,2002
8. Urban Flood Management – Chris Zevenbergen, Adrian Cashman, Erik Pasche
and Richard Ashley. CRC Press.
9. Stephan Baas, Selvaraju Ramasamy, Jenny Dey DePryck (2008) Disaster Risk
Management Systems Analysis, Ed By:, Federica Battista, Food and Agriculture
Organisation of the United Nations Rome.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION
CIE-50 Test I (Unit I, II & III) - 15 Marks Quiz - 05 Marks Total: 50
Marks Test II (Unit IV& V) - 15 Marks UNIT-VI (AAT) - 15 Marks
Marks
SEE- Answer FIVE full questions
100 Question Q1 & Q2 from Unit I and Unit II 20 x 2 = 40
Marks respectively shall be answered and shall not Marks Total =
have internal choice 100*
Question Q3, Q4 & Q5 from Unit III, Unit IV 20 x 3 = 60 Marks
and Unit V respectively shall be answered and Marks
shall have internal choice
*Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
to 50 marks
Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)
PO1 PO2 PO3
CO1 3 2 2
CO2 2 2 2
CO3 2 1 2
CO4 2 2 2
CO5 2 2 2
1.Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

WR-61
Course Code 18WR2E2C M.Tech (Water Resources Engineering)
Category Program Elective Semester : II
Course Title PLANNING AND DESIGN OF HYDRAULIC
STRUCTURES
Scheme and No. of Hours/week
Credits L T P S Credits Total Hours:48
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks:50 Total Max Marks: 100 Duration of
SEE:3 Hrs
Prerequisite(if any): NIL
COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES
1. Explain the factors governing site selection for construction of different hydraulic
structures and procedure for reporting/documentation.
2. Estimate forces to be considered for design of hydraulic structures like gravity
dams, earthen dams, diversion structures, spillways.
3. Appraise about different theories and equations available for the design of weirs.
4. Analyze and design different hydraulic structures.
5. Compare the methods of construction of different hydraulic structures and their
instrumentation.
COURSE CONTENTS

UNIT-I
Investigation and Planning: Preliminary investigation and preparation of reports.
Layout of projects. Geological and hydrological investigations. Subsurface
exploration. (08 Hrs)
UNIT-II
Gravity Dams: Forces acting on dams. Design of gravity dams by step by step
method. Overflow and non-overflow sections. Stresses in dams. Stress conditions at
openings in dams. Earthquake forces and seismic design. Design of gates, sluices,
airvents and galleries. Different methods of energy dissipation downstream of
spillways. Design of down-stream apron and length of river training works. Different
types of spillways - free over fall, Ogee, Side channel and Conduit. (12 Hrs)

UNIT-III
Design of Weirs on Permeable Foundations: Creep theories, potential theory.
Analytical and graphical solution of Laplace equation. Experimental method of
drawing flow nets. Use of flow-nets for designing weirs. Khosla's theory. (10 Hrs)

UNIT-IV
Earth Dams: Investigations. Design of cross section of dams. Slope stability analysis.
Settlement. (08 Hrs)
UNIT-V
Construction of Dams: Foundation treatment. Grouting methods. Construction of
Masonry, Concrete and Earth dams. Precautions for different construction.
Construction scheduling. Site planning for construction. Instrumentation in Dams:
Necessity for instrumentation in dams, various instruments used in gravity dams and
earth dams, Operation and maintenance of dams. (10 Hrs)
UNIT-VI
Recent advances and research being done in the topics mentioned in the above units.

WR-62
COURSE OUTCOMES:
The students on successful completion of the course will be able to:
1. Judge suitable sites for locating different hydraulic structures.
2. Estimate forces to be considered for design of hydraulic structures.
3. Examine the suitability of various theories and equations for the design of weirs
4. Analyze and design different hydraulic structures.
5. Develop competency in the understanding of the concepts of construction and
instrumentation; operation and maintenance of different hydraulic structures.

REFERENCES
1. Engineering for Dams - Creager W.P. Justin, D and Hinds, J.
2. Irrigation Practices and Design Vol. III and IV - Kushalini K. B
3. Irrigation and Hydraulics Design Vol III - Leliavasky. S
4. Concrete Dams - Varshney R.S
5. Groundwater and Seepage - Harr M.S

SCHEME OF EXMAINATION

CIE-50 Test I (Unit I, II & III)- 15 Quiz - 05 Marks Total: 50

Marks Marks UNIT-VI (AAT) - 15 Marks
Test II (Unit IV& V) - 15 Marks
Marks
SEE- 100 Answer FIVE full questions
Marks Question Q1 & Q4 from Unit I and Unit IV 20 x 2 = 40
respectively shall be answered and shall not Marks Total =
have internal choice 100*
Question Q2, Q3 & Q5 from Unit II, Unit III 20 x 3 = 60 Marks
and Unit V respectively shall be answered Marks
and shall have internal choice

*Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
to 50 marks

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

P01 PO2 P03

C01 2 2 2
C02 2 1 2
C03 1 2 2
C04 1 2 3
C05 3 2 3

1.Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

WR-63
Course Code 18WR2E2D M.Tech (Water Resources Engineering)
Category Program Elective Semester : II
Course Title GEOSPATIAL TECHNOLOGY FOR RURAL
DEVELOPMENT
Scheme and L T P S Credits Total Hours:48
Credits 4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks:50 Total Max Marks: 100 Duration of
SEE:3 Hrs
Prerequisite(if any): NIL

COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES:

1. Understand the concepts of rural areas and need for development
2. Understand the occupations and characteristics of village communities
3. Apply the needs of development of rural infrastructures
4. Analyse and evaluate the geospatial data
5. Create rural governance and technology for sustainable development

COURSE CONTENTS

UNIT-I
Concepts of Rural Area and Rural Development; Causes of Rural Backwardness,
Need for Rural Development, Levels of Living of Rural People Poverty indicators.
(08 Hrs)

UNIT-II
Organizational Aspects of Agriculture, Alternative Occupations in Rural Areas,
Assessment of Rural Energy Supply and Demand, Planning for Rural Development,
Definition and Characteristics of Village Communities –Concept and Importance of
Rural Industrialization. (08 Hrs)

UNIT-III
Engineering aspects of rural infrastructure development -Education -Housing–Health
–Drinking, Water Supply Road Network, PURA model, Study of poverty alleviation
programmes implementation. (12 Hrs)

UNIT-IV
Governance of Rural Information and Communication Technology: Opportunities and
Challenges; GIS and Governance in Development in India: Trends and Strategy for
Implementation; ICT Infrastructure for Rural Development: Issues and Priority for
Applications. (10 Hrs)

UNIT-V
Geospatial techniques for mapping of rural resources. Spatial technologies in rural
planning management administration and development. (10 Hrs)

UNIT-VI
Recent advances and research being done in the topics mentioned in the above units.

WR-64
COURSE OUTCOMES:
The students on successful completion of the course will be able to:
1. Understand the use of geospatial technology for rural development
2. Apply the contribution of sectors, policies and services for rural development
3. Analyze geographical and socio-economic features of rural areas
4. Analyse and evaluate the Plan and design the rural infrastructure
5. Create the geospatial concepts for rural governance

REFERENCES
1.Jain S.C. Indigenous Resources for Rural Development, Concept Publishers, 2005.
2.N.I.R.D. Facets of Rural Development,
3.Technologies for Rural Development; http://en.wikibooks.org/wiki/ Technologies
for_Rural_Development, 2010.

SCHEME OF EXMAINATION:

CIE-50 Test I (Unit I, II & III) - 15 Quiz - 05 Marks Total:

Marks Marks UNIT-VI (AAT) -15 50
Test II (Unit IV& V) - 15 Marks Marks
Marks
SEE- 100 Answer FIVE full questions
Marks Question Q1 & Q2 from Unit I and Unit II 20 x 2 = 40
respectively shall be answered and shall not Marks Total =
have internal choice 100*
Question Q3, Q4 & Q5 from Unit III, Unit IV 20 x 3 = 60 Marks
and Unit V respectively shall be answered and Marks
shall have internal choice
*Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
to 50 marks

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

P01 PO2 P03

C01 2 1 2
C02 1 2 3
C03 3 3 2
C04 2 1 2
C05 1 3 2

1.Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

WR-65
Course Code 18WR2L01 M.Tech (Water Resources Engineering)
Category Laboratory Semester: II
Course Title WATER RESOURCES ENGINEERING LABORATORY
Scheme and L T P S Credits Total Hours:48
Credits 0 0 4 0 2
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks:50 Total Max Marks: 100 Duration of
SEE:3 Hrs
Prerequisite(if any): NIL
COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES:
1. Understand the process of fluid phenomenon
2. Analyse the water quality parameters
3. Understand the steps to geophysical survey
4. Apply the concepts of hydraulic jump, stream gauging and channel flow
5. Estimate aquifer parameters and analyse the special flow mudflow and SWAT
softwares
COURSE CONTENTS
PART-A
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Water Quality Analysis both in the field and laboratory
2. Hydraulic jump, current meter studies.
3. Geophysical survey.
4. Electrical Resistivity Method :Wenner‟s and Schlumberger Configuration
PART-B
5. Aquifer parameter Estimation : Infiltration test and Permeability Test.
6. Borehole Dilution Method.
7. Drum Culture Experiment.
8. Computational lab: Modflow, SWAT Excelsat, SPSS

COURSE OUTCOMES:
The students on successful completion of the course will be able to:
1. Understand the quality of surface and groundwater
2. Understand infiltration, percolation and other hydrological parameters
3. Understand aquifer parameters, hydraulic jump, and measurement of stream
/channel flow.
4. Understand application of Modflow, and other open sources for mapping aquifer
parameters.
5. Identify sites for artificial recharge of groundwater using geophysical survey

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION
Continuous Internal Evaluation Marks Semester End Evaluation Marks
(Laboratory – 50 Marks) (SEE) Lab (100 Marks)
Performance of the student in the 20 Write up 20
laboratory, every week
Test at the end of the semester 20 Experimentation 60
Viva Voce 10 Viva voce 20
Total 100
Total (CIE) 50 Total (SEE) 50*
Note: * = SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks for practical and the marks obtained
shall be reduced for 50 Marks.

WR-66
Course Code 18WR2S01 M.Tech (Water Resources Engineering)
Category Seminar Semester: II
Course Title SEMINAR -II
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total hours :24
Credits
0 0 2 0 1
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: - Total Max. Marks: 50 Duration of SEE: ---
Prerequisites (if any): NIL

COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES:

The objectives of the SEMINAR-II is to prepare the students to learn to:
1. Carry out the literature review of general research area/current topic and
analyse the same effectively.
2. Prepare a technical report, reflecting his/her depth of understanding, on the
selected area/topic and prepare content rich presentation.
3. Acquire communication and time management skills for effective and impactful
presentation. Interact with peers to acquire the qualities of thoughtfulness,
friendliness, adaptability, responsiveness, and politeness in-group discussion.
Overcome stage fear during oral presentation.

GUIDE LINES
1. Seminar preparation and presentation is an individual student activity.
2. Topic may be of general/ specific interest to program of engineering or electives
not offered in the semester and to be selected in consultation with the
faculty/Guide assigned.
3. Select one pertinent research paper/topic for the seminar presentation.
4. Prepare and submit a detailed technical report of the seminar topic.

COURSE OUTCOMES:
Students shall be able to:
1. Carry out the literature survey of topic of seminar.
2. Prepare a technical report on the selected area/topic.
3. Make an effective presentation with seamless flow of content within the time
allocated. Overcome inhibition in interacting with peers and hence develop the
spirit of team work.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

CIE – 50 Phase -1 Marks =10 Seminar Report Total:50

marks Phase -2 Marks =20 Marks =20 Marks

WR-67
Scheme of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE):

Evaluation would be carried out in TWO phases. The Seminar Evaluation Committee
shall comprise of Chairperson of the Department, Faculty/Guide and one more faculty
member nominated by Chairperson of the Department. The evaluation criteria shall be
as per the rubrics given below:

Rubrics for Evaluation: Weightage

Topic - Technical Relevance, Sustainability and Societal Concerns : 15%

Review of literature and technical content : 35%
Presentation Skills : 25%
Report of seminar : 25%

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 2 2 3
CO2 2 3 3
CO3 - 2 -

1. Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

WR-68
Course Code 18CV2M01 M.Tech (Water Resources Engineering)
Category Audit Course –II Semester : II
Course Title PEDAGOGY STUDIES (AUDIT COURSE-II)
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total hours:24
Credits
2 0 0 0 1
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): NIL

COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES:

1. Understand and apply the best practices in Pedagogy studies.
2. Analyse the different pedagogy approaches for effective teaching learning
process.
3. Apply the modern tools used in pedagogy.

COURSE CONTENTS

UNIT –I
 Introduction and Methodology:
 Aims and rationale, Policy background, Conceptual framework and terminology.
 Theories of learning, Curriculum, Teacher education.
 Conceptual framework, Research question.
 Overview of methodology and searching. (05 Hrs)

UNIT –II
 Thematic overview: Pedagogical practices are being used by teachers in formal
and informal classrooms in developing countries.
 Curriculum, teacher education, usage of modern tools. (04 Hrs)

UNIT –III
 Evidence on the effectiveness of pedagogical practices.
 Methodology for the in depth stage: quality assessment of included studies.
 How can teacher education (curriculum and practicum) and the school curriculum
and guidance materials best support effective pedagogy?
 Theory of change.
 Strength and nature of the body of evidence for effective pedagogical practices.
 Pedagogic theory and pedagogical approaches.
 Teacher‟s attitudes and beliefs and pedagogic strategies. (05 Hrs)

UNIT –IV
 Professional development; alignment with classroom practices and follow-up
support.
 Peer support
 Support from the head teacher and the community.
 Curriculum and assessment.
 Barriers to learning: limited resources and large class sizes. (05 Hrs)

WR-69
 UNIT –V
 Research gaps and future directions
 Research design
 Contexts
 Pedagogy
 Teacher education
 Curriculum and assessment
 Dissemination and research impact. (05 Hrs)

COURSE OUTCOMES:
Students shall be able to:
1. Discuss and compare the different practices of Pedagogy studies for effective
teaching and learning.
2. Emphasise on different Pedagogy approaches for enhanced teaching learning
process.
3. Implement the capabilities of modern tools used in Pedagogy studies.

REFERENCES:
1. Ackers J, Hardman F (2001) Classroom interaction in Kenyan primary schools,
Compare, 31 (2): 245-261.
2. Agrawal M (2004) Curriculum reform in school: The importance of evaluation,
Journal of Curriculum Studies, 36(3): 361-379.
3. Akyeampong K (2003) Teacher training in Ghana – does it count? Multi-site
teacher education research project (MUSTER) country report 1. London: DFID.
4. Akyeampong K, Lussier K, Proyor J, Westbrook J (2013) Improving teaching and
learning of basic maths and reading in Africa: Does teacher preparation count?
International Journal Educational Development, 33 (3): 272-282.
5. Alexander RJ (2001) Culture and pedagogy: International comparisons in primary
education. Oxford and Boston; Blackwell.
6. Chavan M (2003) Read India: A mass scale, rapid, „learning to read‟ campaign.
7. www.pratham.org/images/resource%20working%20paper%202.pdf.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

Test I (Unit I, II &III) = 15 marks

CIE – 50 Quiz = 5 marks Total:50
marks Unit-VI(AAT) = 15 marks marks
Test II (Unit IV & V) = 15 marks

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 - - 1
CO2 - - 1
CO3 1 1 1
1. Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

WR-70
 THIRD SEMESTER

Course Code 18WR3E1A M.Tech (Water Resources Engineering)

Category Program Elective Semester : III
Course Title ADVANCED IRRIGATION AND DRAINAGE ENGINEERING
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total hours: 48
Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): Hydrology and irrigation R=Engineering
COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES
1. Understand the development and components of irrigation
2. Understand the characteristics and relationship of soil, plant and water
3. Apply different methods for estimation of water balance components and
irrigation scheduling
4. Apply and analyse the irrigation requirements and drainage irrigation systems
5. Create a strategies for efficient irrigation for better yield

COURSE CONTENTS

UNIT-I
Introduction: Importance, Irrigation in India- past and future, Components of
irrigation systems. Canal regulation for irrigation. (06 Hrs)

UNIT-II
Classification and identification of soils: Soil composition, soil profile, soil texture,
structure, soil moisture conditions- moisture content, saturation, field capacity,
permanent wilting point. Soil condition for plant growth, determination of nutrients.
Movement of water through soils - Darcy's law, soil moisture and conservation of
soils. Soil salinity - occurrence and distribution, problems. Leaching requirement,
reclamation measurements. (10 Hrs)
UNIT-III
Irrigation Requirements: Soil -Plant -Atmosphere interaction. Soil and plant
characteristics in relation to irrigation. Water balance components of the crop root
zone. Estimation and measurements of components. Potential evapotranspiration -
Estimation methods. Soil water availability and Actual evapotranspiration. Crop cover
and crop root system. Crop water requirements. Farm Irrigation System: Function and
Types of irrigation systems. Design- Data requirements, source evaluation. Drip and
Sprinkler Irrigation: Introduction, necessity, types, components and advantages.
System layout and design features (12 Hrs)
UNIT-IV
Irrigation Scheduling: Scheduling strategies: Full deficit irrigation. when to irrigate:
plant indicators, soil indicators, water balance technique. Irrigation amount. FAO
techniques for irrigation scheduling. Optimal irrigation programming. Water
distribution system - Warabandi, Block, Localised and Zonal systems. (06 Hrs)

UNIT-V
Drainage Systems : Introduction, theory of land drainage, Physical nature of
drainage and drainage problem, Soil profile chart, Water table measurements, Soil

WR-71
permeability (methods such as single auger hole and two auger holes). Surface
Drains: Open ditches, Tile drainage, Drainage of irrigated lands, Drainage of humid
areas, Water table equilibrium with rainfall or irrigation water problem in an
anisotropic soil, Hooghoudt's equation, KiramHum's formula - USBR formula,
Drainage of artesian areas. Subsurface Drains: Hydraulic design of subsurface drains,
Envelope materials, Chemical deposits in subsurface drains, Installation and
maintenance of subsurface drains. (14 Hrs)
UNIT-VI
Recent advances and research being done in the topics mentioned in the above units.

COURSE OUTCOMES:
The students on successful completion of the course will be able to:
1. Understand soil composition, physical properties and movement of water
2. Apply different methods for estimation of water balance components
3. Apply and Analyse different methods for crop water requirements
4. Analyse and evaluate drainage problems of irrigation field
5. Create a strategy for maintenance of proper soil moisture for irrigation practices

REFERENCES
1. Soil Physics - Baven
2. Principles of Farm Irrigation System Design
3. Larry - G. James Irrigation Principles and Practice - O.W. Isralson
4. Drainage of Agricultural Lands - J. N. Luthin Sprinkler Irrigation – Sivanappan
5. Current Literatures and Publications

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION
Test I (Unit I, II &III) - 15 Quiz - 05 Marks
CIE -50 Marks UNIT-VI(AAT) - 15 Marks Total:50
Marks Test II (Unit IV & V) - 15 Marks
Marks
Answer FIVE full questions
Questions QI & Q4 from Unit I and
20 x 2 = 40 Total=
SEE - 100 Unit IV respectively shall be answered
Marks 100*
Marks and shall not have internal choice.
Questions Q2, Q3 and Q5 from Unit-II, Marks
20 x 3= 60
Unit-III & Unit-V respectively shall be
Marks
answered and shall have internal choice
*Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 Marks and the marks obtained shall be
reduced for 50 Marks

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3
CO1 3 2 2
CO2 3 3 3
CO3 3 3 3
CO4 2 3 3
CO5 1 3 3
1. Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

WR-72
Course Code 18WR3E1B M.Tech (Water Resources Engineering)
Category Program Elective Semester : III
Course Title ENERGY AUDIT AND PROJECT PLANNING
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total hours = 48
Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): NIL

COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES:

1. Understand the theoretical and practical knowledge about the concept of energy
conservation, energy management
2. Understand plan and supervise for conservation of energy sources
3. Identify the demand supply gap of energy in Indian scenario
4. Carry opt energy audit of an industry/organization
5. Apply the different approaches of energy conservation in industries, economic
aspects of energy conservation project and energy audit and measuring
instruments in commercial and industrial sector.

COURSE CONTENTS

UNIT-I
Introduction: Objectives, Investment needs, appraisal and criteria, sources of funds.
Anatomy of investment – Initial investment, Return on Investment, Economic life,
Basic income equations. Tax considerations: Depreciation, types and methods of
depreciation, Income tax Considerations. (08 Hrs)

UNIT-II
Financial Analysis: Simple payback period, Return on investment (ROI), Net
Present value (NPV), Internal Rate of Return (IRR), and Annualized cost, Time value
of money, Cash flows, Discounting, Inflation Risk and sensitivity analysis, financing
options. Pros and cons of the common methods of analysis. (10 Hrs)

UNIT-III
Project Management: Definition and scope of project, technical design, financing,
contracting, implementation and performance monitoring. Implementation plan for
top management, Planning budget, Procurement procedures, construction. (10 Hrs)

UNIT-IV
Cost Analysis: Operating cost and fixed costs. Optimum costs. Objectives and
policies. Project control - Human aspects of project management. (08 Hrs)

UNIT-V
Energy Monitoring, Targeting Review and Evaluation: Definition – Monitoring
and targeting, elements of monitoring and targeting, data and information analysis,
techniques energy consumption, production, cumulative sum of difference (CUSUM),
Review and evaluation. (12 Hrs)
UNIT-VI
Recent advances and research being done in the topics mentioned in the above units.

WR-73
COURSE OUTCOMES:
The students on successful completion of the course will be able to:
1. Understand, Plan and Supervise for conservation of energy sources.
2. Identify the demand supply gap of energy in Indian scenario.
3. Carry out energy audit of an industry/Organization.
4. Appraise cost analysis
5. Create strategies for energy monitoring, Target review and evaluation

REFERENCES
1. Energy Management: W.R.Murphy, G.Mckay Butterworths).
2. Energy Management Principles: C.B.Smith (Pergamon Press).
3. Efficient Use of Energy: I.G.C.Dryden (Butterworth Scientific)
4. Energy Economics - A.V.Desai (Wieley Eastern)
5. Industrial Energy Conservation: D.A. Reay (Pergammon Press)
6. Energy Management Handbook – W.C. Turner (John Wiley and Sons, A Wiley
Interscience publication)
7. Industrial Energy Management and Utilisation –L.C. Witte, P.S. Schmidt, D.R.
Brown (Hemisphere Publication, Washington, 1988)
8. Industrial Energy Conservation Manuals, MIT Press, Mass, 1982
9. Energy Conservation guide book Patrick/Patrick/Fardo (Prentice hall1993)
Handbook on Energy efficiency.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION
Test I (Unit I, II &III) -15 Marks Total=
Quiz - 05 Marks
CIE -50 50
Test II (Unit IV & V) - 15 Marks UNIT-VI(AAT) -15 Marks
Marks Marks
Answer FIVE full questions
Questions Q1 & Q4 from Unit-I and Unit-IV
SEE – respectively shall be answered and shall not have
20 x 2 = Total=
100 40 Marks 100*
internal choice.
Marks Questions Q2, Q3 and Q5 from Unit-II, Unit-III & Marks
20 x 3= 60
Unit-V respectively shall be answered and shall
Marks
have internal choice
*Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 Marks and the Marks obtained shall be
reduced for 50 Marks

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 3 1 1
CO2 2 2 3
CO3 2 3 2
CO4 1 2 3
CO5 2 2 3
1. Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

WR-74
Course Code 18WR3E1C M.Tech (Water Resources Engineering)
Category Program Elective Semester : III
Course Title RENEWABLE ENERGY AND HYDROPOWER SYSTEM
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total Hours:48
Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): NIL
COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES:
1. Understand the basic aspects of renewable energy supply presenting fundamental
characteristics of the resource base(Hydro, solar radiation, wind energy,
geothermal, etc.) and principles of related technical systems.
2. Understand energy sources, reserves of energy resources, energy cycle, etc.
3. Understand economic and environmental analysis of supply technologies will be
undertaken
4. Learn to acquire a basic understanding of issues related to renewable energy
supply systems
5. Design hydropower plant and analyse the hydropower systems

COURSE CONTENTS
UNIT-I
Introduction: World energy use-reserves of energy resources-energy cycle of the
earth- environmental aspects of energy utilisation-renewable energy resources and
their importance. Role of energy in economic development and social transformation.
(08 Hrs)
UNIT-II
Energy Sources: Energy Sources and Overall Energy demand and availability,
Energy Consumption in various sectors and its changing pattern, Exponential increase
in energy consumption and Projected future demands. Energy Resources: Coal, Oil,
Natural Gas, Nuclear Power and Hydroelectricity, Solar and Other Renewable etc.
Sustainable Development. (10 Hrs)
UNIT-III
Hydropower System : Plant layout, Plant capacity. Load factor, Hydro and thermal
costs of power development, Firm capacity, principles of hydropower development-
Investigation and constructional aspects. Daily and seasonal load curves. Load
duration curve, peak percentage curve. Alternative cost approach for choosing power
schemes. Determination of size of power plant units, Operation of power schemes.
Variation of efficiency with load fluctuation on power plants. (10 Hrs)
UNIT-IV
Design and Construction of Hydro-electric works: Layout schemes, Design of
intakes, Penstocks, Economical diameter of penstock. Design of anchor blocks,
saddles, air vents. Water hammer problems - surge tanks. Layout and equipment,
general arrangement, underground power stations. Draft tubes and outlet channels.
Power house sub-structure and super structure - vertical shaft and horizontal shaft
arrangement. Tidal power plant. (12 Hrs)
UNIT-V
Hydropower System: Analysis-Design-Execution- Testing-Operation and control of
Monitoring of Hydropower Services. (08 Hrs)

WR-75
 UNIT-VI
Recent advances and research being done in the topics mentioned in the above units.

COURSE OUTCOMES:
The students on successful completion of the course will be able to:
1. Understand the role of renewable energy technologies in the energy sector
2. Apply the knowledge on the different renewable energy technologies that are
already contributing significantly to energy supply or that have grown strongly in
recent years
3. Evaluate the resource, conversion process and performance of systems in
operation tools for simulation and sizing.
4. Evaluate economic profitability of renewable energy projects and energy sources,
reserves of energy resources, energy cycle etc.
5. Analyse the characteristics understanding the resource for different water
powered needable, tidal power or wave power.

REFERENCES
1. A.Duffie and W.A.Beckmann(1980) Solar Engineering of Thermal Processes-
John Wiley.
2. F.Kreith and J.F.Kreider(1978) Principles of Solar Engineering , McGraw-Hill (
3. T.N.Veziroglu(1978) Alternative Energy Sources, Vol 5 and 6, McGraw-Hill.
4. L.Monition, M.Lenir and J.Roux, Micro(1984) Hydro Electric Power Station.
5. AlenR(1986). Inversin, Micro Hydro Power Source Book
6. Tyler G.Hicks(1988),Power Plant Evaluation and Design

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION:
CIE -50 Test I (Unit I, II &III) -15 Marks Quiz= 05 Marks Total:50
Marks Test II (Unit IV & V) -15 Marks UNIT-VI(AAT) = 15 Marks Marks
Answer FIVE full questions
Questions Q1 & Q5 from Unit-I and Unit-
SEE – V respectively shall be answered and shall 20 x 2= 40 Marks
Total:100*
100 not have internal choice.
Marks
Marks Questions Q2, Q3 and Q4 from Unit-II,
Unit-III & Unit-IV respectively shall be 20 x 3= 60 Marks
answered and shall have internal choice
*Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 Marks and the Marks obtained shall be
reduced for 50 Marks

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3
CO1 3 1 1
CO2 1 2 1
CO3 1 3 2
CO4 1 2 3
CO5 1 2 3
1. Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

WR-76
Course Code 18WR3S01 M.Tech (Water Resources Engineering)
Category Seminar Semester: III
Course Title SEMINAR -III
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and Credits L T P S Credits Total hours: 24
0 0 2 0 1
CIE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 50
Prerequisites (if any): NIL

COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES:

The objectives of the SEMINAR-III is to prepare the students to learn to:
1. Carry out the literature review of general research area/current topic and
analyse the same effectively.
2. Prepare a technical report, reflecting his/her depth of understanding, on the
selected area/topic and prepare content rich presentation.
3. Acquire communication and time management skills for effective and impactful
presentation. Interact with peers to acquire the qualities of thoughtfulness,
friendliness, adaptability, responsiveness, and politeness in-group discussion.

GUIDE LINES
1. Seminar preparation and presentation is an individual student activity.
2. Topic may be of general/ specific interest to program of engineering or electives
not offered in the semester and to be selected in consultation with the
faculty/Guide assigned.
3. Select one pertinent research paper/topic for the seminar presentation.
4. Prepare and submit a detailed technical report of the seminar topic.

COURSE OUTCOMES:
Students shall be able to:
1. Carry out the literature survey of topic of seminar.
2. Prepare a technical report on the selected area/topic.
3. Make an effective presentation with seamless flow of content within the time
allocated. Overcome inhibition in interacting with peers and hence develop the
spirit of team work.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

CIE – 50 Phase -1 Marks =10 Seminar Report Total:50

marks Phase -2 Marks =20 Marks =20 Marks

WR-77
Scheme of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE):

Evaluation would be carried out in TWO phases. The Seminar Evaluation Committee
shall comprise of Chairperson of the Department, Faculty/Guide and one more faculty
member nominated by Chairperson of the Department. The evaluation criteria shall be
as per the rubrics given below:

Rubrics for Evaluation: Weightage

Topic - Technical Relevance, Sustainability and Societal Concerns : 15%

Review of literature and technical content : 35%
Presentation Skills : 25%
Report of seminar : 25%

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 2 2 3
CO2 2 3 3
CO3 - 2 -

1. Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

WR-78
Course Code 18WR3I01 M.Tech (Water Resources Engineering)
Category Internship/ Mini Project Semester: III
Course Title INTERNSHIP / MINI PROJECT
No. of Hours/week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total Hours = 80
Credits
--- --- 10 --- 5
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3 Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): NIL

INTERNSHIP
COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES:
Objectives of the internship:
1. Provide an opportunity to see how classroom and textbook learning applies to the
real world, and to expose the students to the relevant work experience.
2. Pay close attention to all the steps that go onto completing a job, thereby, help
students to become workforce ready before entering the job market as a
graduate. Provide an opportunity to select the topic of dissertation work by
evaluating the requirement of organisation.
3. Prepare and present a technical report of internship.

GUIDELINES
1. Student has to approach the concerned heads of various Industries/organization,
which are related to the field of specialization of the M. Tech program.
2. If any student gets internship, he/she has to submit the internship offer letter duly
signed by the concerned authority of the company to the Chairperson of the
Department.
3. The internship on full time basis will be immediately after the examination of II
semester and during vacation of III semester for a minimum period of 8 weeks
without affecting the regular class work.
4. The progress has to be reported periodically Internship Guide assigned by the
Chairperson as per the format acceptable to the respective industry /organizations
and to the Institution.
5. At the end of the internship the student has to prepare and submit a detailed report
and submit.
6. Students are advised to use ICT tools such as Skype to report their progress and
submission of periodic progress reports to the faculty in charge or guide.
7. Duly signed report from guide and external supervisor from the organization
where internship is offered has to be submitted to the Chairperson of the
Department for evaluation.
The broad format of the internship final report shall contain Cover Page, Certificate
from College, Certificate from Industry / Organization of internship,
Acknowledgement, Synopsis, Table of Contents, chapters of Profile of the
Organization - Organizational structure, Products, Services, Business Partners,
Financials, Manpower, Societal Concerns, Professional Practices, Activities of the
Department where internship is done, Tasks Performed and summary of the tasks
performed. specific technical and soft skills that student has acquired during
internship, References & Annexure.

WR-79
COURSE OUTCOMES:
The student will be able to:
1. Apply the gained experience along with the theoretical knowledge to solve the
real world problems what engineers ready do.
2. Get equipped with experience required before entering the job market. Explore
the possibility of formulating the dissertation problem.
3. Prepare a technical report and make a presentation of details of internship.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION
1.Marks awarded by guide (Internal examiner) = 50 marks
50*
CIE 2.Marks awarded by the department internship/mini project
Marks
monitoring committee = 50 marks
Presentation of internship work in the presence of Guide (Internal 50**
SEE
examiner) and external examiner = 100 marks Marks
Note: *= CIE be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.
**= SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be
reduced for 50 marks.

Rubrics for CIE:

Sl. Particulars Weightage Total
no marks
1 Topic of internship 10%
2 Objectives of internship 10%
3 Specific skills acquired 20%
50*
4 Documentation 40%
5 Presentation 20%
Total 100%

Rubrics for SEE:

Sl. Particulars Weightage Total
no marks
1 Topic of internship 10%
2 Objectives of internship 10%
3 Specific skills acquired 20%
50**
4 Document 40%
5 Presentation 20%
Total 100%
Note: ** = SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be
reduced for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3
CO1 3 - 2
CO2 2 - 2
CO3 - 3 -
1. Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

WR-80
 MINI PROJECT
COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES:
1. Understand the method of applying engineering knowledge/use application
software to solve specific problems after carrying out relevant literature survey.
2. Apply engineering and management principles while executing the project.
3. Demonstrate the skills for good technical report writing and presentation.

COURSE CONTENT/GUIDELINES

Student shall take up small problems in the field of domain of program as mini
project. It can be related to a solution to an engineering problem, verification and
analysis of experimental data available, conducting experiments on various
engineering subjects, material characterisation, familiarising a software tool for
solution to selected engineering problem, etc.

The mini project must be carried out preferably using the resources available in the
department/college and it can be of interdisciplinary also .

COURSE OUTCOMES:
The students shall be able to:
1. Conduct experiments / use the capabilities of relevant application software/
simulation tools individually to generate data/ solve problems.
2. Assess the available engineering resources available in the institution.
3. Prepare and present a technical document of mini project.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

1.Marks awarded by guide (Internal examiner) = 50 marks

50*
CIE 2.Marks awarded by the department internship/mini project
Marks
monitoring committee = 50 marks
Presentation of mini project work in the presence of Guide 50**
SEE
(Internal examiner) and external examiner = 100 marks Marks

Note: *= CIE be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.
**= SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be
reduced for 50 marks.

WR-81
Rubrics for CIE:

Sl. Particulars Weightage Total

no marks
1 Selection of the topic & formulation of objectives 10%
2 Modelling and simulation/algorithm 25%
development/experiment setup
3 Conducting experiments/implementation/testing 25% 50*
4 Demonstration & Presentation 15%
5 Report writing 25%
Total 100%

Rubrics for SEE:

The SEE shall be done by two examiners out of which one examiner is the guide of
mini project. The following weightage would be given for the examination.
Evaluation shall be done in batches, not exceeding 6 students.

Sl. Particulars Weightage Total

no marks
1 Brief write-up about the project 10%
2 Presentation/demonstration of the project 20%
3 Methodology and Experimental Results & Discussion 25%
50**
4 Report 25%
5 Viva Voce 20%
Total 100%

Note: ** = SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be
reduced for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 3 - 3
CO2 2 - 3
CO3 - 3 -

1. Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

WR-82
Course Code 18WR3D01 M.Tech (Water Resources Engineering)
Category Dissertation Work Semester: III
Course title DISSERTATION WORK PHASE –I
No. of Hours/week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total hours: 80
Credits
0 0 10 0 5
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks:50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 1Hour
Prerequisites (if any): NIL

COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES:

1. Choose a problem applying relevant knowledge and skills acquired during the
course. Formulate the specifications of the project work, identify the set of
feasible solutions, prepare, and execute project plan considering professional,
cultural and societal factors. Identify the problem-solving methodology using
literature survey and present the same.
2. Develop experimental planning and select appropriate techniques and tools to
conduct experiments to Evaluate and critically examine the outcomes followed by
concluding the results and identifying relevant applications. Preparation of
synopsis, preliminary report for approval of topic selected along with literature
survey, objectives and methodology.
3. Develop oral and written communication skills to effectively convey the technical
content.

GUIDELINES

The Dissertation work will start in III semester and should be a problem with research
potential and should involve scientific research, design, generation/collection and
analysis of data, determining solution and must preferably bring out the individual
contribution.

The Dissertation work will have to be done by only one student and the topic of
dissertation must be decided by the guide and the student. The dissertation work shall
be carried out, on-campus or in an industry or in an organisation with prior approval
from the Chairperson of the Department. The student has to be in regular contact with
the guide atleast once in a week.

The report of Dissertation work phase I shall contain cover page, certificate from
College/Industry/Organisation, Acknowledgement, List of Figures and Tables
Contents, Nomenclature, Chapters of Introduction including motivation to choose
topic, Literature survey, Conclusion of literature survey, Objectives and Scope of
Dissertation, Methodology to be followed, Experimental requirements, References
and Annexure.

The preliminary results (if available) of the problem of Dissertation work may also be
discussed in the report.

WR-83
COURSE OUTCOMES:
The students will be able to:
1. Self learn various topics relevant to Dissertation work. Carry out the literature
survey from National/International reference journals, articles and books
contact resource persons for selected topics of Dissertation.
2. Write and prepare a technical report.
3. Present and defend the contents of Dissertation work phase I in front of
technically qualified audience effectively.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION:

1.Marks awarded by guide (Internal examiner) = 50 marks

50*
CIE 2.Marks awarded by the department dissertation monitoring
Marks
committee = 50 marks
Presentation of Dissertation work Phase-I in the presence of Guide 50**
SEE
(Internal examiner) and external examiner = 100marks Marks
Note: *= CIE be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.
**= SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be
reduced for 50 marks.

Rubrics for CIE: Weightage

1. Introduction and Justification of topic = 10%
2. Literature survey and Conclusion = 30%
3. Objectives and Scope of Dissertation work = 30%
4. Methodology to be adopted = 20%
5. Presentation of contents of Dissertation work Phase-I = 10%

Rubrics for SEE: Weightage

1. Introduction and Justification of topic = 10%
2. Literature survey and its Conclusion = 30%
3. Objectives and Scope of Dissertation work = 30%
4. Methodology, Experimental /Software = 20%
5. Presentation of Dissertation Phase-I = 10%

Mapping of Course Outcomes (Cos) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 3 - 3
CO2 - 3 3
CO3 2 3 -
1. Low, 2.Medium, 3. High

WR-84
 FOURTH SEMESTER

Course Code 18WR4S01 M.Tech (Water Resources Engineering)

Category Seminar Semester: IV
Course Title SEMINAR - IV
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and Credits L T P S Credits Total hours: 24
0 0 2 0 1
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: - Total Max. Marks: 50 Duration of SEE: ---
Prerequisites (if any): NIL

COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES:

The objectives of the SEMINAR-IV is to prepare the students to learn to:
1. Carry out the literature review of general research area/current topic and analyse
the same effectively.
2. Prepare a technical report, reflecting his/her depth of understanding, on the
selected area/topic and prepare content rich presentation.
3. Acquire communication and time management skills for effective and impactful
presentation. Interact with peers to acquire the qualities of thoughtfulness,
friendliness, adaptability, responsiveness, and politeness in-group discussion.

GUIDE LINES

1. Seminar preparation and presentation is an individual student activity.

2. Topic may be of general/ specific interest to program of engineering or electives
not offered in the semester and to be selected in consultation with the
faculty/Guide assigned.
3. Select one pertinent research paper/topic for the seminar presentation.
4. Prepare and submit a detailed technical report of the seminar topic.

COURSE OUTCOMES:
Students shall be able to:
1. Carry out the literature survey of topic of seminar.
2. Prepare a technical report on the selected area/topic.
3. Make an effective presentation with seamless flow of content within the time
allocated. Overcome inhibition in interacting with peers and hence develop
the spirit of team work.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

CIE – 50 Phase -1 Marks =10 Seminar Report Total:50

marks Phase -2 Marks =20 Marks =20 Marks

WR-85
Scheme of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE):

Evaluation would be carried out in TWO phases. The Seminar Evaluation Committee
shall comprise of Chairperson of the Department, Faculty/Guide and one more faculty
member nominated by Chairperson of the department. The evaluation criteria shall be
as per the rubrics given below:

Rubrics for Evaluation: Weightage

Topic - Technical Relevance, Sustainability and Societal Concerns : 15%

Review of literature and technical content : 35%
Presentation Skills : 25%
Report of seminar : 25%

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 2 2 3
CO2 2 3 3
CO3 - 2 -

1. Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

WR-86
Course Code 18WR4D01 M.Tech (Water Resources Engineering)
Category Dissertation Work Semester: IV
Course Title DISSERTATION WORK PHASE -II
No. of Hours/week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total Hours = 150
Credits
--- --- 30 --- 15
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE:
Prerequisites (if any): NIL

COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES:

1. Apply/Use different experimental techniques, equipments, software/
Computational/ Analytical /Modelling and Simulation tools required for
conducting tests and generate other relevant data. Students will also be able to
design and develop an experimental prototype setup/test rig/frame work/test
bench.
2. Analyse the results of the experiments conducted/models developed.
3. Create a detailed technical document as per format based on the outcome of
dissertation work phase I and II.

GUIDELINES

Dissertation work phase II is the continuation of project work started in III semester.
The report of final Dissertation work that includes the details of Dissertation work
phase I and phase II should be presented in a standard format. The candidate shall
prepare a detailed report of final dissertation work in bound form that includes Cover
Paper, Certificate from College/Industry/Organisation, Acknowledgement, Abstract,
Table of contents, List of Figures and Table, Nomenclature, Chapter of Introduction,
Literature survey, Conclusion of literature survey, Objectives and Scope of
dissertation work, Methodology, Experimentation, Results, Discussion, Conclusion,
Scope for future work, References, Annexure and full text of the publication
(submitted or published).

COURSE OUTCOMES:
Students shall be able to:
1. Conduct experiments/ implement the capabilities of different Software
/Computational / Analytical/Modelling and simulation tools individually and
generate data for validation of hypothesis.
2. Investigate and assess the results obtained within the scope of experiments
conducted followed by Conclusions.
3. Prepare a detailed technical document, present and defend the contents of
Dissertation work before technically qualified audience effectively.

WR-87
SCHEME OF EXAMINATION:

1. Marks awarded by guide = 50 marks

2. Marks awarded by the department dissertation 100 50*
CIE
monitoring committee marks marks
(Guide + Two faculty members )= 50 marks
1. Dissertation evaluation by guide (Internal examiner) =
100 marks
2. Dissertation evaluation by external examiner =100 marks 300 50**
SEE
3. Viva-Voce examination by guide and external examiner marks marks
who evaluated the dissertation = 100 marks

Note: * = CIE be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.
** = SEE shall be conducted for 300 marks and the marks obtained shall be
reduced for 50 marks.

Rubrics for CIE: Weightage

1. Presentation of background of dissertation work = 10%

2. Literature survey, Problem formulation and Objectives = 30%
3. Presentation of methodology and experimentation = 30%
4. Results and Discussion = 20%
5. Questions and Answers = 10%

Rubrics for SEE: Weightage

1. Originality = 5%
2. Literature survey = 15%
3. Problem formulation, Objectives and Scope of Work = 10%
4. Methodology, Experimentation/Theoretical modelling = 10%
5. Results, Discussion and Conclusion = 20%
6. Questions and Answers = 20%
7. Submission/Publication of technical paper in Journals/Conference = 20%

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 3 2 3
CO2 2 2 3
CO3 3 3 3

1. Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

WR-88
 BANGALORE UNIVERSITY

Department of Civil Engineering

UNIVERSITY VISVESVARAYA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING

Jnana Bharathi Campus, Bengaluru-560 056

Choice Based Credit System (CBCS)-2018

M.Tech in Civil Engineering

Major: Earthquake Engineering [EQ]

EQ-1
 BANGALORE UNIVERSITY

VISION

“To strive for excellence in education for the realization of a vibrant and
inclusive society through knowledge creation and dissemination”

MISSION

 Impart quality education to meet national and global challenges

 Blend theoretical knowledge with practical skills
 Pursue academic excellence through high quality research and
publications
 Provide access to all sections of society to pursue higher education
 Inculcate right values among students while encouraging
competitiveness to promote leadership qualities
 Produce socially sensitive citizens
 Hasten the process of creating a knowledge society
 To contribute to nation building

EQ-2
 Bangalore University
UNIVERSITY VISVESVARAYA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING
K R Circle, Bengaluru – 560 001

University Visvesvaraya College of Engineering (UVCE) was started as a School of

Mechanical Engineering by Bharat Ratna Sir. M Visvesvaraya in the year 1913 to meet
the needs of the State for skilled workers with S V Setty as its Superintendent. Later, it
was converted to a full-fledged Engineering College in the year 1917 under the name
Government Engineering College (GEC) and was affiliated to the University of Mysore.
It is the fifth Engineering College to be established in the country.

After the formation of Bangalore University in 1964, GEC became University College of
Engineering (UCE) and then became UVCE as a Constituent College of Bangalore
University. This is one of the oldest Institutions in the country imparting technical
education leading to B.E., M.E, B.Arch., M.Sc. (Engineering), M.Arch. and Ph.D.
Degrees in various disciplines of Engineering and Architecture.

The Institution currently offers 7 Undergraduate Full-time, 3 Undergraduate Part-time

and 23 Postgraduate Programmes.

VISION
The vision of UVCE is to strive for excellence in advancing engineering education
through path breaking innovations across the frontiers of human knowledge to realize a
vibrant, inclusive and humane society.

MISSION
The mission of UVCE is to prepare human resource and global leaders to achieve the
above vision through discovery, invention and develop friendly technologies to
promote scientific temper for a healthy society. UVCE shapes engineers to respond
competently and confidently to the economic, social and organizational challenges
arising from globally advancing technical needs.

EQ-3
 Bangalore University Bengaluru
Department of Civil Engineering, UVCE, Bengaluru
M. Tech. DEGREE IN CIVIL ENGINEERING under CBCS Scheme - 2K18 Scheme
MAJOR: EARTHQUAKE ENGINEERING

Vision of the Department

To be front runner in academic activities in the field of Civil Engineering and to become a
school of excellence that brings out Civil Engineers with high technical competencies and
to promote high-end research to meet the current and future challenges in Civil
Engineering.

Mission of the Department

EQM1: To provide quality education to the students with the fundamental background
necessary for an active successful professional career in Civil Engineering, in
general.
EQM2: To impart knowledge and enlighten students to make them competent, self-
motivated and expanding their knowledge skills through continuous education,
and to inculcate human values and concern for environment and the society.
EQM3: To promote Entrepreneurship to strengthen the economy and society.
EQM4: To generate experts in Civil Engineering contributing their academic excellence to
serve the nation.
EQM5: To produce innovative thinkers for solving complex engineering problems.

Program Educational Objectives (PEO)

The post graduates of M.Tech in Earthquake Engineering will be provided the knowledge
and skill to:

EQPEO1: Have successful career through the application of fundamentals and latest
developments in Earthquake Engineering.
EQPEO2: Have required skills to communicate effectively and ability to work
individually and in team with a zeal for venturing into entrepreneurship and
involve in life-long learning.
EQPEO3: Pursue research, higher studies and choose professional career as design
engineer, faculty, researcher etc...

EQ-4
 Program Outcomes (PO):

Post Graduates with M.Tech (Earthquake Engineering) degree will be able to:

EQPO1: An ability to independently carry out research / investigation and development

work to solve practical problems of the domain of Earthquake Engineering.
EQPO2: An ability to prepare and present a substantial technical report / document.
EQPO3: An ability to demonstrate a degree of mastery in Earthquake Engineering.

EQ-5
 BANGALORE UNIVERSITY
SCHEME OF STUDIES AND EXAMINATION FOR 24 MONTHS COURSE FOR THE AWARD OF
M. Tech. DEGREE IN CIVIL ENGINEERING under CBCS Scheme – 2K18 Scheme
MAJOR: EARTHQUAKE ENGINEERING

Semester I
Sl. Course Type/ Course Name Teaching scheme Teaching Total CIE *SEE Credits
No Course Code Hrs/Week DPT Hrs/week Marks Marks
L T P S
1 18EQ1C01 Theory of Elasticity & Plasticity 4 0 0 0 Civil 4 50 50 4
2 18EQ1C02 Structural Dynamics 4 0 0 0 Civil 4 50 50 4
3 18EQ1C03 Dynamics of Soils & Foundations 4 0 0 0 Civil 4 50 50 4
4 18EQ1E1A Pre Stressed Concrete Structures
18EQ1E1B Statistics & Reliability Analysis 4 0 0 0 Civil 4 50 50 4
18EQ1E1C Formwork Techniques and Design
18EQ1E1D Geoinformatics
5 18EQ1E2A Advanced Structural Mechanics
18EQ1E2B Advanced Structural Concrete 4 0 0 0 Civil 4 50 50 4
18EQ1E2C Design of Masonry Structures
6 18EQ1L01 Advanced Concrete & Structural Lab 0 0 4 0 Civil 4 50 50 2
7 18CV1M01 Research Methodology and Intellectual Property 2 0 0 0 Civil 2 50 50 2
Rights
8 18EQ1S01 Seminar -I 0 0 2 0 Civil 2 50 -- 1
9 18CV1M02 Technical Paper Writing (Audit Course - I) 2 0 0 0 English 2 50 -- 1
Total 24 -- 06 -- 30 450 350 26

EQ-6
 Semester II
Sl. No Course Type/ Course Name Teaching scheme Teaching Total CIE *SEE Credits
Course Code Hrs/Week DPT Hrs/week Marks Marks
L T P S
1 18EQ2C01 Finite Element Method 4 0 0 0 Civil 4 50 50 4
2 18EQ2C02 Advanced RC Design 4 0 0 0 Civil 4 50 50 4
3 18EQ2C03 Earthquake resistant design of structures 4 0 0 0 Civil 4 50 50 4
4 18EQ2E1A Advanced Steel Structures
18EQ2E1B Advanced Pre Stressed Concrete 4 0 0 0 Civil 4 50 50 4
18EQ2E1C Analysis and Design of Plates & Shells
5 18EQ2E2A Advanced Design of Substructures
18EQ2E2B Tall Structures 4 0 0 0 Civil 4 50 50 4
18EQ2E2C Prefabricated Structural Techniques and Design
6 18EQ2L01 Building Information Modelling Lab 0 0 4 0 Civil 4 50 50 2
7 18EQ2S01 Seminar -II 0 0 2 0 Civil 2 50 -- 1
8 18CV2M01 Pedagogy Studies (Audit Course - II) 2 0 0 0 Civil 2 50 -- 1
Total 22 -- 06 -- 28 400 300 24

Semester III
Sl. No Course Type/ Course Name Teaching scheme Teaching Total CIE *SEE Credits
Course Code Hrs/Week DPT Hrs/week Marks Marks
L T P S
1 18EQ3E1A Restoration and Rehabilitation of Structures
18EQ3E1B Advanced Design of Bridges 4 0 0 0 Civil 4 50 50 4
18EQ3E1C Fracture Mechanics
2 Open Elective 4 0 0 0 Civil 4 50 50 4
3 18EQ3S01 Seminar -III 0 0 2 0 Civil 2 50 1
4 18EQ3I01 Internship / Mini Project 0 0 10 0 Civil 10 50 50 5
5 18EQ3D01 Dissertation Work Phase -I 0 0 10 0 Civil 10 50 50 5
Total 08 -- 22 -- 30 250 200 19

EQ-7
 Semester IV
Sl. No Course Type/ Course Name Teaching scheme Teaching Total CIE *SEE Credits
Course Code Hrs/Week DPT Hrs/week Marks Marks
L T P S
1 18EQ4S01 Seminar -IV 0 0 2 0 Civil 2 50 1
2 18EQ4D01 Dissertation Work Phase -II - - 30 - Civil 30 50 50 15
Total -- -- 32 -- 32 100 50 16

1 18EQMOOC MOOC Course - - - - 03

Grand Total of Credits - - - - 88

COURSE TYPE
EQ: EARTHQUAKE ENGINEERING C: PROGRAM CORE E: PROGRAM ELECTIVE
P: OPEN ELECTIVE M: MANDATORY AUDIT L: LABORATORY
S: SEMINAR I: INTERNSHIP/ MINI PROJECT D: DISSERTATION WORK

L – Theory lecture, T – Tutorial, P – Lab work, S – Self study:

Numbers under teaching scheme indicates contact clock hours.

EQ-8
 Open Elective for M.Tech CBCS Scheme

Semester III
Sl. Course Teaching Scheme
No. Type Course Name (No. of hrs per week) Teaching Total CIE xSEE Credits
/Course Dept hrs / week Marks Marks
L T P S
Code
18CV3P1A Significance of National Building Code
1. 18CV3P1B Water Laws, Rights and Administration
18CV3P1C Waste to Energy 4 0 0 0 Civil 4 50 50 4
Remote Sensing and Geographic
18CV3P1D
Information System
18ME3P1A Composite and Smart Materials
2. 4 0 0 0 Mech 4 50 50 4
18ME3P1B Industrial Safety
18EE3P1A Real Time Embedded Systems
3. 18EE3P1B Robotics and Automation 4 0 0 0 EEE 4 50 50 4
18EE3P1C Solar and Wind Energy
18EC3P1A Reliability and Engineering
4. 18EC3P1B M-Commerce and Applications 4 0 0 0 ECE 4 50 50 4
18EC3P1C Optimisation Techniques
18CS3P1A Artificial Intelligence
5. 18CS3P1B Business Analytics 4 0 0 0 CSE 4 50 50 4
18CS3P1C Modelling and Simulation

NOTE:
1) * = SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced for 50 marks

EQ-9
 FIRST SEMESTER

Course Code 18EQ1C01 M.Tech. ( Earthquake Engineering )

Category Program Core Semester : I
Course title THEORY OF ELASTICITY AND PLASTICITY
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total Hours: 48
Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3 Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): Strength of Materials / Mechanics of Materials
Course Learning Objectives:
1. Understand the basics of material isotropy, anisotropy, orthotropy and identify
the behaviour of elastic solids under applied loads.
2. Apply and analyse for stresses in rectangular and polar coordinates for 2D and
3D problems
3. Analyse and evaluate plane stress & plane strain problems.
4. Analyse and evaluate the governing equations for non-circular sections subjected
to torsion
5. To create strategies to evaluate the material behaviour based plasticity.

COURSE CONTENTS
UNIT-I

Analysis of Stress & strain: Introduction to the general theory of elasticity,

assumptions and applications of linear elasticity. direction cosines, stress components
on an arbitrary plane with stress transformation. Stress tensors, two-dimensional state
of stress at a point, equilibrium equations, principal stresses in three dimensions,
stress invariants, octahedral stresses, Boundary conditions, differential equations of
equilibrium, Concept of strain, components of Strain, rotations, Strain tensor, strain
transformation laws. Principal strains, strain invariants, octahedral strains, equations
of Compatibility for Strain, Measurement of surface strains -strain rosettes. (10 Hrs)

UNIT-II

Stress-Strain Relations: Linear elasticity - Generalised Hooke‟s law, Lame‟s

constants, transformation of compatibility Condition from Strain components to stress
components. Strain energy in an elastic body, St.Venant‟s principle, uniqueness
theorem, Plane stress and Plane strain problems. (10 Hrs)

UNIT- III

Two Dimensional Problems in Cartesian and Polar coordinate system: Stress

function, stress function for plane stress and plane strain cases, Compatibility
equations for plane stress & plane strain problems, Solution of two-dimensional
problems with different loading conditions by the use of polynomials, Axisymmetric
problems, thick-walled cylinders, rotating disks of uniform thickness, stress
concentration, effect of circular holes on stress distribution in plates (10 Hrs)

EQ-10
 UNIT- IV

Torsion of Prismatic Bars: General solution of the torsion problem, stress function,
torsion of circular and elliptic cross sections. Prandtl‟s membrane analogy, torsion of
thin walled and multiple cell closed sections & Numerical examples. (09 Hrs)

UNIT-V

Theory of Plasticity: Stress–strain diagram in simple tension, perfectly elastic,

Rigid–Perfectly plastic, Linear work–hardening, Elastic Perfectly plastic, Elastic
Linear work hardening materials, Failure theories, yield conditions, stress–space
representation of yield criteria through Westergard stress space, Tresca & Von-Mises
criteria of yielding (09 Hrs)

UNIT- VI

Technological advancements in experimental stress analysis, New concepts of solving

engineering problems as applicable to smart and innovative materials.

Course Outcomes:

Students shall be able to :

1. Explain the basic concepts of elasticity and plasticity in a material.
2. Analyse & solve problems of stresses, strains & stress-strain relations.
3. Assess practical 2D & 3D problems with respect to stresses and strains.
4. Apply & evaluate the problems as related to Torsion of non-circular sections.
5. Evaluate &develop models based on plasticity theory.

References

1. Timoshenko. S.P and Goodier. J.N, Theory of Elasticity””, 3rd Ed., TMH, 2010
2. Sadhu Singh Theory of Elasticity””, Khanna Publication, New Delhi, 1995
3. Sitharam T.G. & Govindaraju L “‟Elasticity for Engineers”, IK International
Pvt.Ltd, New Delhi, 2017
4. Chakrabarthy J, “Theory of Plasticity”, Mc. Graw Hill Book Co., New
Delhi,1988.
5. Sadhu Singh, Theory of Plasticity””, Khanna publication, New Delhi, 1981
6. Verma P.D.S, “Theory of Elasticity”, Vikas Publishing Pvt. Ltd
7. Chenn W.P and Hendry D.J, “Plasticity for Structural Engineers”, Springer Verlag
8. Valliappan C, “Continuum Mechanics Fundamentals”, Oxford IBH Publishing
Co. Ltd

EQ-11
SCHEME OF EXAMINATION:

CIE - Test I (Unit I, II &III)- 15marks

Quiz = 05 marks Total:50
50
marks Test II (Unit IV & V) – 15 marks
UNIT-VI(AAT) = 15 marks
Answer FIVE full questions
 Questions Q1 & Q2 from Unit I and Unit II
SEE – 20x2 = 40
respectively shall be answered and shall not Total:100*
100 Marks
have internal choice. marks
marks  Questions Q3, Q4 and Q5 from Unit III, Unit
20x3= 60
IV & Unit V respectively shall be answered and
Marks
shall have internal choice

Note: * = SEE is to be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be
reduced for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 1 2 3
CO2 - 2 3
CO3 1 2 -
CO4 1 2 3
CO5 1 2 -

1.Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

EQ-12
Course Code 18EQ1C02 M.Tech. ( Earthquake Engineering )
Category Program Core Semester : I
Course title STRUCTURAL DYNAMICS
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total Hours: 48
Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3 Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): Engineering Mechanics

Course Learning Objectives:

1. Understand the basic concepts of Structural Dynamics.
2. Apply and analyse Single degree of freedom systems.
3. Analyse and Evaluate Two-Degree-of-Freedom Systems.
4. Analyse and Evaluate Multi-Degree-of-Freedom Systems & Understand concepts
of IS 1893.
5. Create a strategy to evaluate Continuous systems.

COURSE CONTENTS

UNIT – I
Introduction, Overview of Dynamics, Background on dynamics and fundamentals on
theory of dynamics. Introduction to dynamic problems of Civil Engineering, Concept
of degrees of freedom, D‟Alemberts principle, Principle of virtual displacement and
energy, Single degree of freedom systems with illustrative examples Free vibration of
damped and undamped systems. (10 Hrs)
UNIT – II
Single degree of freedom systems subjected to sinusoidal loading, Logarithmic
decrement. Vibration isolation, transmissibility, Response of Single degree of
freedom systems to arbitrary excitation, Duhamel integral & solution, Response of
structures subjected to suddenly applied load, Sensitivity analysis of Response for
SDOF, Structural Dynamics based on Energy Conservation perspective. (10 Hrs)

UNIT – III
Two-Degree-of-Freedom Systems: Equations of motion for a two-degree-of-freedom
systems, free vibration of undamped systems, torsional systems, coordinate coupling
and principal coordinates, damped free vibration, forced vibration of undamped
systems, forced vibration with damping, orthogonality of modes. (8 Hrs)

UNIT – IV
Multi-Degree-of-Freedom Systems: Overview, The mass Matrix, undamped free
vibration using the normal mode method, Orthogonality of Modes, Shear building
model without & with proportional damping, Approximate methods of assessing
frequency Rayleigh‟s & matrix iteration methods. Response of shear building with
proportional damping, Modal Superposition, Example of a 3-storeyed frame
subjected to ground motion. Introduction to design code IS 1893 (10 Hrs)

EQ-13
 UNIT – V
Continuous systems: Flexural vibration of beams, Simply supported and cantilever
beams, Longitudinal vibrations of bars, Longitudinal waves in bars, Waves and
vibration response of simply supported beams under uniformly distributed and
triangular pulse loading, Matrix formulation of beams with lumped masses. (10 Hrs)

UNIT – VI
Recent advances and research being done in the topics mentioned in the above units.

Course Outcomes:
Students shall be able to:
1. Explain the basic concepts & need to study Structural Dynamics
2. Analyse & solve the problems of Single degree of freedom systems.
3. Assess the issues related to Two-Degree-of-Freedom Systems.
4. Appraise the efforts related to Multi-Degree-of-Freedom Systems & IS 1893.
5. Develop models of Continuous systems.

References:
1. Mechanical Vibrations – 4th Edition by SS Rao, Pearson Education
2. Structural Dynamics – Theory & Computation by Mario paz, CBS Publishers and
distributors
3. Structural Dynamics for Structural Engineers, by Gary C Hart, John Wiley &
sons, Inc. New York.
4. R.W. Clough & J. Penzien, “Dynamics of Structures”, McGraw Hill
5. Anil K. Chopra, “Dynamics of Structures”, Prentice Hall of India

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION
CIE = Test I (Unit I, II & III) = 15 marks Total:
Quiz = 05 marks
50 50
UNIT–VI (AAT) = 15 marks
marks Test II (Unit IV & V) = 15 marks marks
Answer FIVE full questions
Questions Q1& Q2 from Unit I and Unit II
20x2=
SEE = respectively shall be answered and shall not have Total:
40 Marks
100 internal choice. 100
marks Questions Q3, Q4 & Q5 from Unit III, Unit IV & marks
20x3=
Unit V respectively shall be answered & shall have
60 Marks
internal choice
Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3
CO1 1 1 1
CO2 2 2 1
CO3 1 2 1
CO4 3 3 3
CO5 2 2 -
1.Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

EQ-14
Course Code 18EQ1C03 M.Tech. ( Earthquake Engineering )
Category Program Core Semester : I
Course title DYNAMICS OF SOILS AND FOUNDATIONS
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total Hours: 48
Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3 Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): Basics of Geotechnical Engineering
Course Learning Objectives:
1. Understand the basic concepts in Earthquake Engineering practice
2. Apply and analyse the dynamic response of soils both in small & large strains
3. Apply and evaluate the response of retaining walls under seismic conditions.
4. Analyse and evaluate the response of machine foundations subjected to vibrations.
5. Develop strategies to evaluate geotechnical structures for seismic loading.

COURSE CONTENTS
UNIT - I
Earthquakes and their effects - Earthquake characteristics, intensity, Seismic waves,
measurement and location of earthquakes, Strong ground motion and their parameters,
Seismic response spectra (08 Hrs)
UNIT- II
Dynamic Soil properties – Factors affecting different properties, Measurement of
dynamic soil properties, field tests and laboratory tests, Stress–Strain behavior of
cyclically loaded soils, Strength of Cyclically loaded soils, Monotonic strength
(10 Hrs)
UNIT- III
Liquefaction of Soils – Introduction, Flow liquefaction, Cyclic mobility Factors
influencing liquefaction of soils, Flow liquefaction and cyclic mobility, Liquefaction
susceptibility, initiation of liquefaction and its evaluation, Effects of
liquefaction (10 Hrs)
UNIT- IV
Seismic Design of Retaining walls - Types of retaining walls and their failures,
Seismic pressure on retaining walls, Dynamic response of retaining walls, Seismic
displacement of retaining walls and Seismic design considerations (10 Hrs)

UNIT- V
Design of machine foundations - Design criterion, types and requirements of
Machine foundation, Estimation of unbalanced forces, foundations for impact type
machines. Dynamic response of embedded block foundation, piles under different
modes of vibration. Frame foundation, vibration isolation, Construction aspects of
machine foundations (10 Hrs)
UNIT- VI
Recent advances in Soil Dynamics & Earthquake Engineering, Ground repose studies,
Ground improvement for remediation of seismic hazards.

Course Outcomes:
Students shall be able to:
1. Explain the basic concepts of earthquake engineering and importance on the
behaviour of soils and foundations.

EQ-15
2. Analyse and assess the factors that influence the behaviour of soils and
foundations
3. Analyse and solve problems when the geotechnical structures are subjected to
dynamic loadings.
4. Apply and evaluate machine foundations under dynamic loading.
5. Develop strategies for earthquake hazard mitigation techniques.

References
1. Swamy. Saran, Soil Dynamics and Machine Foundations, Galgotia Publications
Private Ltd.1999
2. N. S. V. Kameswara Rao, Vibration Analysis and Foundation Dynamics, Wiley,
New Delhi, 1998
3. D.D. Barkan, Dynamics of Bases and Foundation, McGraw-Hill, New York,
1962.
4. B M Das, Principles of Soil Dynamics, Thomsons Engineering, 1992
5. K.G. Bhatia, Foundations For Industrial Machines, D-CAD Publishers , 2008
6. A Major, Vibration Analysis and Design of Foundations for Machines and
Turbines: Dynamical Problems
7. Steven L Kramer, Geotechnical Earthquake Engineering, Prentice Hall, New
Jersey,
8. P. Srinivasalu and C.V. Vydyanathan “Hand book of Machine foundation‟ Tata
Mc Graw Hill, 1976

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION:

CIE = Test I (Unit I, II & III) = 15 marks Total:

Quiz = 05 marks
50 50
UNIT–VI (AAT) = 15 marks
marks Test II (Unit IV & V) = 15 marks marks
Answer FIVE full questions
Questions Q1& Q2 from Unit I and Unit II
20x2=
SEE = respectively shall be answered and shall not have Total:
40 Marks
100 internal choice. 100
marks Questions Q3, Q4 & Q5 from Unit III, Unit IV & marks
20x3=
Unit V respectively shall be answered & shall have
60 Marks
internal choice
Note: * = SEE is to be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be
reduced for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3
CO1 1 2 3
CO2 2 2 3
CO3 2 3 3
CO4 2 2 3
CO5 2 3 3
1.Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

EQ-16
Course Code 18EQ1E1A M.Tech. ( Earthquake Engineering )
Category Program Elective Semester: I
Course title PRESTRESSED CONCRETE STRUCTURES
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total Hours: 48
Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3 Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): RCC Design
Course Learning Objectives :
1. To analyse Prestressed structural elements by different methods
2. To understand different types of losses in Prestressed Members
3. To Analyse the strength of Prestressed Concrete Member against flexure and
Shear and Serviceability Criteria
4. The distribution of Stresses at the Anchorage end zone of Prestressed Concrete
Member
5. Give practical exposure to actual Prestressed Concrete

COURSE CONTENTS

UNIT - I
Brief introduction of Prestressed Concrete, Types of Prestressing, Analysis of
Prestress. Resultant Stresses at a Section, Pressure Line or Thrust Line or Internal
Resisting Couple Method, Concept of Load Balancing ,Stresses in Tendons, Cracking
moment (09 Hrs)

UNIT - II
Losses of Prestress: Nature of losses of prestress, loss due to Elastic Deformation of
concrete, shrinkage of concrete, creep of concrete, creep of steel, friction and
anchorage slip, Total losses allowed in design (09 Hrs)

UNIT - III
Deflection of Prestressed Concrete Members: Importance of control of Deflection,
Factors Influencing Deflections, Short term and Long term Deflections for cracked
and uncracked members, requirements of various codes of practice (10 Hrs)

UNIT - IV
Flexural Strength of prestressed concrete sections: Types of flexural failure,
Simplified Code Procedures Shear resistance of prestressed concrete members:
Improvement of shear resistance by prestressing techniques, calculation of principle
stresses, types of shear cracks, design of beam for shear & torsion reinforcement (IS
code method) (10 Hrs)

UNIT - V
Transfer of Prestress in Pre-tensioned members: Transmission length, Bond Stress,
Transverse Tensile Stresses, End Zone Reinforcement, Code provisions; Anchorage
zone stresses in Post-tensioned members: stress distribution in end blocks,
Investigations of anchorage zone stresses by Zielenski and Rowe‟s method and IS
Code Provisions, Anchorage Zone Reinforcement (10 Hrs)

EQ-17
 UNIT - VI
Recent advances and research being done in the topics mentioned in the above units.

Course Outcomes:
Students shall be able to:
1. Analyse Prestressed Concrete Member by different methods
2. Analyse the various losses occurring in Prestressed member
3. Analyse the Prestressed members for Service Criteria for short term and long
term
4. Analyse the members for flexure, shear and torsion
5. Analyse and Design the Anchorage zones
6. Acquiring practical knowledge of Prestressed Concrete Construction

References:
1. N Krishnaraju “Prestressed Concrete”, Tata McGraw- Hill Education
Publication, 2008,
2. Lin T. Y and H. Burns “Prestressed Concrete structures”, Wiley Publication,
2009, ISBN: 978-0-471-01898-8
3. N. Rajagopalan, “Prestressed Concrete”, Narosa Publishing House.2nd edition,
ISBN 2053- 2005.
4. A. Nilson, “Design of Prestressed Concrete”, John Willey & Sons.2nd edition,
ISBN 1765- 1997

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

CIE = Test I (Unit I, II & III) = 15 marks Total:

Quiz = 05 marks
50 50
UNIT–VI (AAT) = 15 marks
marks Test II (Unit IV & V) = 15 marks marks
Answer FIVE full questions
Questions Q1& Q2 from Unit I and Unit II respectively 20x2=
SEE = shall be answered and shall not have internal choice. 40 Total:
100 Marks 100
marks Questions Q3, Q4 & Q5 from Unit III, Unit IV & Unit 20x3= marks
V respectively shall be answered & shall have internal 60
choice Marks

Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3
CO1 3 2 -
CO2 2 2 -
CO3 3 - -
CO4 3 - 2
CO5 2 2 -
CO6 - - 3

1.Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

EQ-18
Course Code 18EQ1E1B M.Tech. ( Earthquake Engineering )
Category Program Elective Semester: I
Course title STATISTICS AND RELIABILITY ANALYSIS
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total Hours: 48
Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3 Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): Engineering Mathematics
Course Learning Objectives:
1. Interpret and model Civil Engineering data.
2. Assess the probability of occurrence of an event.
3. Account for uncertainties in geometry, strength and loads
4. Analyse and evaluate the safety of simple civil engineering systems
5. Apply advanced methods to various civil engineering problems to further their
research.

COURSE CONTENTS
UNIT-I
Data Analysis: Data reduction- Graphical and numerical methods, Measures of
central tendency, Measures of dispersion, Measures of Asymmetry. Correlation and
Regression – Rank and Serial correlation, simple and multiple linear regression and
Hypothesis testing. (12 Hrs)
UNIT – II
Probability Concepts: Set theory, Axioms of Probability, Conditional probability,
Statistical independence, Multiplication rule, Total probability and Baye‟s theorem.
(08 Hrs)
UNIT –III
Random Variables: Statistical properties, Discrete distributions – Binomial and
Poisson‟s, Continuous Distributions – Normal, Log-Normal, Uniform, Extreme value
distributions: Type –I, Type-II and Type-III, Covariance, Sampling Techniques-
Random sampling, sampling error, sampling size and design. (10 Hrs)

UNIT – IV
Reliability Analysis: Sources and types of uncertainty, Factor of Safety, Margin of
Safety, Performance functions, Limit states, Reliability analysis methods – First-
Order Second-Moment method, Point estimate method, Advanced First-Order
Second-Moment method, Probability of failure and reliability index. (10 Hrs)

UNIT – V
Simulation Techniques: Monte-Carlo simulation method, Random number
generation, Variance reduction techniques, Latin Hypercube sampling, Rosenblueth‟s
2K+1 Point Estimate Method (PEM). (08 Hrs)
UNIT – VI
Presentations and group discussions on recent advances in the above topics.

Course Outcomes:
Students shall be able to:
1. Achieve the knowledge of interpreting and modelling of data.
2. Interpret the principles of Probability.

EQ-19
3. Summarize and apply the concepts of probability distributions.
4. Apply the concepts of Reliability analysis for evaluation of safety of structures.
5. Develop Fuzzy logic concepts and its applications.

References:
1. Ang and Tang (1975), Probability Concepts in Engineering and Design, VOL-I
and II, John Wiley and Sons.
2. Devaraj V., and Ravindra R., (2017) Reliability Based Analysis and Design for
Civil Engineers, IK International Publishing House, New Delhi.
3. Ranganathan R (1999) Structural Reliability Analysis and Design. Jaico
Publishing House, Mumbai.
4. Benjamin and Cornell (1970), Probability, Statistics and Decision for Civil
Engineers, McGraw Hill Co.
5. Kottegoda and Renzo Rosso (2000), Statistics, Probability and Reliability for
Civil and Environmental Engineers, McGraw Hill.
6. Walpole and Meyers (1982), Probability and Statistics for Engineers and
Scientists.
7. Nowak and Collins (2000), Reliability of Structures, McGraw-Hill International
Edition.
8. Haldar. A and Mahadevan. S (2000), Probability, Reliability and Statistical
Methods in Engineering Design, John-Wiley and Sons.
9. Thoft-Christensen, P., and Baker M J (1982) Structural Reliability Theory and its
Applications. Springer- Verlag, Berlin.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION
CIE = Test I (Unit I, II & III) = 15 marks Total:
Quiz = 05 marks
50 50
Test II (Unit IV & V) = 15 marks UNIT–VI (AAT) = 15 marks
marks marks
Answer FIVE full questions
Questions Q2& Q5 from Unit II and Unit V 20x2=
SEE = respectively shall be answered and shall not have 40 Total:
100 internal choice. Marks 100
marks Questions Q1, Q3 & Q4 from Unit I, Unit III & Unit IV 20x3= marks
respectively shall be answered & shall have internal 60
choice Marks
Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3
CO1 2 2 1
CO2 2 2 2
CO3 2 3 2
CO4 3 2 3
CO5 3 2 3

1.Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

EQ-20
Course Code 18EQ1E1C M.Tech. ( Earthquake Engineering )
Category Program Elective Semester: I
Course title FORMWORK TECHNIQUES AND DESIGN
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total Hours: 48
Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3 Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): Building Construction

Course Learning Objectives

1. Categories Form Work Building and Preparing Formwork Specification
2. Outline on form work accessories.
3. Retrieving the design of form work of buildings.
4. Illustration of special form work techniques.
5. Explanation of Special Construction Techniques.

COURSE CONTENTS

UNIT-I

General Objectives in Form Work Building, Formwork Effects on Concrete Quality,

Planning for Formwork Safety and Economy, Preparing Formwork Specification,
Methods of Measurements for Form Work. (10 Hrs)

UNIT-II
Materials, Accessories and Proprietary Products, Timber, Plywood, Steel and Other
Materials for Form Construction, Framing and Facing Materials, Form Lining
Materials and Other Forming Components, Hardware, Fasteners and Accessories for
Form Construction, Prefabricated Forms and Forming Systems, Shoring, Scaffolding
and Bracing Systems. (10 Hrs)
UNIT-III
Loads and Pressures in Form Design, Vertical Loads, Lateral Loads and Other
Pressures in Form Design. Design Consideration for the Design of the Formwork for
Walls, Slabs, Beams, Columns. (10 Hrs)

UNIT-IV
Special Formwork Techniques- Slip Form Construction, Horizontal Slip Forms,
Vertical Slip Forms, Travelling Forms, Tiltup and Tunnel Forms. (9 Hrs)

UNIT-V
Special Construction Techniques-Lift Method of Construction, Preplaced Aggregate
Concrete Construction, Shotcrete, Guniting and Tremie Concrete Construction. Form
Work for Precast and Prestressed Concrete Construction. (9 Hrs)

UNIT-VI
Site visit, presentations and group discussions on recent advances in the above topics.

EQ-21
Course Outcomes:
Students shall be able to:
1. Outline of form work planning, material and safety.
2. Explanation of Accessories for Form Construction, Prefabricated Forms and
Forming Systems.
3. Explanation of Design for Formwork for Walls, Slabs, Beams, Columns.
4. Performance of a special form work techniques.
5. Achieving the knowledge of Lift Method of Construction, Precast and Prestressed
Concrete Construction.

Reference
1. Robert L. Peurifoy and Garold D. Oberlender, “Formwork for Concrete
Structures”, Third Edition McGraw-Hill, 1996.
2. Hurd, M.K., “Formwork for Concrete”, Special Publication No. 4 Sixth Edition,
American Concrete Institute, Detroit, 1995.
3. Michael P. Hurst, “Formwork”, Construction Press, London and New York, 1997.
4. Austin, C.K., “Formwork for Concrete”, Cleaver – Hume Press Ltd., London
1996.
5. Tudor Dinescu and Constantin Radulescu, “Slipform Techniques”, Abacus Press,
Turn Bridge Wells, Kent, 1992.
6. “Guide for Concrete Formwork”, American Concrete Institute Detroit, Michigan,
1996.
7. “Safety Requirements for Scaffolding”, American National Standards Institute,
New York, 1994.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION
CIE = Test I (Unit I, II & III) = 15 marks Total:
Quiz = 05 marks
50 50
Test II (Unit IV & V) = 15 marks UNIT–VI (AAT) = 15 marks
marks marks
Answer FIVE full questions
Questions Q2& Q5 from Unit II and Unit V 20x2=
SEE = respectively shall be answered and shall not have 40 Total:
100 internal choice. Marks 100
marks Questions Q1, Q3 & Q4 from Unit I, Unit III & Unit IV 20x3= marks
respectively shall be answered & shall have internal 60
choice Marks
Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3
CO1 2 2 1
CO2 2 2 2
CO3 2 3 2
CO4 3 2 3
CO5 3 2 3
1.Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

EQ-22
Course Code 18EQ1E1D M.Tech. ( Earthquake Engineering )
Category Program Elective Semester: I
Course title GEOINFORMATICS
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total Hours: 48
Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3 Hrs
Prerequisites (if any):

Course Learning Objectives

1. Understand the fundamentals of remote sensing ,GIS, GPS and SOI Topomaps
2. Understand the data interpretation techniques and map preparation
3. Apply and analyse the spatial data using GIS platform
4. Analyse and evaluate the potential of natural resources
5. Create GIS outputs by integrating the data from different sources

COURSE CONTENTS

UNIT-I

Remote Sensing: Concepts definition, history and development, Stages in RS-EMR,

EMR Spectrum, Theories of EMR, Types of RS and Laws of radiation. Interaction of
EMR interaction with soil, water and vegetation. Spectral signature with soil, water
and vegetation. Platforms, Sensors and Orbits- Types and satellite orbits. Data
products, Satellite data - multispectral, multitemporal, multisensoral, multistage
concepts. False color composition. (10 Hrs)

UNIT-II

Map and Map projections: Introduction to SOI Topographical maps- numbering,

scales, grid reference, signs and symbols, color system. Map projection-concept.
(08 Hrs)

UNIT-III

Data Interpretation and Thematic Maps: Introduction, Types of interpretation-

Visual and Digital, techniques for satellite imagery, Interpretation elements. Digital
image processing –Types. Classification scheme- supervised and unsupervised
classification. Thematic maps- Base map, drainage map, land use/land cover, soil,
slope, hydrogeomorphology, lineament, etc. (12 Hrs)

UNIT-IV

Geographical Information System: Definition, evolution, components & objectives.

Spatial data- types of geographic data. Spatial data models, Representation of
geographic features-vector, raster data models. Concept of arc, node, vertices &
topology, advantages and disadvantages. Non spatial data- advantages of database
management system, network, relational models, RDBMS: components, concepts,
data manipulation, query processing, operations on tables, integrity constraints, spatial

EQ-23
data input-digitisation, error identification, Errors: Types, source, correction. Editing
& topology building. (12 Hrs)

UNIT-V
Concept of GPS: Introduction, System overview, working principles, GPS surveying
methods, survey planning and observations, GPS data processing and applications.
(06 Hrs)

UNIT-VI
Recent advances and research being done in the topics mentioned in the above units.

Course Outcomes:
The students on successful completion of the course will be able to
1. Understand the principles of Remote Sensing, GIS and GPS to collect, map and
retrieve spatial informations.
2. Apply interpretation techniques and assess the natural resources
3. Apply and analyse the capabilities to handle multi disciplinary field projects
4. Analyse and evaluate geospatial tools and techniques for resources management
5. Create spatial database for decision making purposes to solve the real world
problems

References:

1. Ahmed, E.L. Rabbany(2002) Introduction to Global Positioning Systems, Artech

House, Boston.
2. Anji Reddy, M(2008) Text Book of Remote Sensing and Geographic
Information System, B. S. Publication, Hyderabad.
3. Burrough, P A and McDonnell, R.A(2000) Principles of Geographic
Information System, Oxford University Press, New York.
4. Campbell, J.(2002) Introduction to Remote Sensing, Taylor and
Francisco, London.
5. Chang, K. T.(2008) Introduction to Geographic Information System, Avenue of
the Americas, McGraw Hill, New York.
6. Environmental Systems Research Institute, Inc(2003) Introduction to
ArcGIS-II, Course Lectures, GIS Education Solutions, Redlands.
7. Johnson R. Jensen(2005) Introductory Digital Image Processing"
Prentice Hall, New Jersy.
8. Lillisand, T. M., Kiefer, R.W., and Chipman, J.W(2008) Remote Sensing
and Image Interpretation, John Wiley and Sons, New York.
9. Sabins, F.F.(1996) Remote Sensing: Principles and Interpretation, W. H.
Freeman and Company, San Francisco.
10. Current Literatures and Publications

EQ-24
SCHEME OF EXAMINATION:

CIE-50 Test I (Unit I, II & III)- 15 Quiz-05 Marks Total:

Marks Marks UNIT-VI (AAT)- 15 Marks 50
Test II (Unit IV& V)- 15 Marks
Marks
SEE- 100 Answer FIVE full question
Marks Question Q1 & Q2 from Unit I and Unit II 20 x 2 = 40
respectively shall be answered and shall not Marks Total =
have internal choice 100*
Question Q3, Q4 & Q5 from Unit III, Unit IV 20 x 3 = 60 Marks
and Unit V respectively shall be answered Marks
and shall have internal choice

Note: * = SEE is to be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be
reduced for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 2 2 2
CO2 1 3 2
CO3 3 1 2
CO4 2 3 1
CO5 1 2 3

1.Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

EQ-25
Course Code 18EQ1E2A M.Tech. ( Earthquake Engineering )
Category Program Elective Semester: I
Course title ADVANCED STRUCTURAL MECHANICS
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total Hours: 48
Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3 Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): Structural Mechanics

Course Learning Objectives:

1. Discuss the different types of Structures, to assess their degrees of freedom and
indeterminacy.
2. Understand the Matrix analysis by Flexibility method.
3. Understand the Matrix analysis by Stiffness method.
4. Utilize concepts of Matrix Analysis methods to model structural component.
5. Evaluate and compare frames and trusses with different degrees of freedom.

COURSE CONTENTS

UNIT - I
INTRODUCTION: Comparison of classical, matrix and approximate methods,
Solution techniques including numerical problems for simultaneous equations, Gauss
elimination and Cholesky method. Band width consideration. (08 Hrs)

UNIT - II
FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS: Introduction to matrix methods of analysis - static
indeterminacy and kinematic indeterminacy - degree of freedom - coordinate system -
structure idealization stiffness and flexibility matrices - suitability element stiffness
equations - elements flexibility equations - mixed force - displacement equations - for
truss element, beam element and torsional element. (10 Hrs)

UNIT – III
ANALYSIS USING STIFFNESS METHOD: Displacement-transformation matrix
using Stiffness Method, Development of global stiffness matrix for continuous beams,
plane trusses and rigid plane frames (having not more than six degrees of freedom –
6x6 stiffness matrix), Analysis of continuous beams, plane trusses and rigid plane
frames by stiffness method (having not more than 3 degrees of freedom – 3x3
stiffness matrix).Analysis considering effect of sinking of supports, temperature,
linear and rotational springs. (10 Hrs)

UNIT – IV
DIRECT STIFFNESS METHOD: Development of element stiffness matrix, global
stiffness matrix by direct stiffness method for two dimensional beams, frames and
trusses (having not more than six degrees of freedom – 6x6 stiffness matrix), Analysis
of continuous beams, plane trusses and rigid plane frames by direct stiffness method
(having not more than 3 degrees of freedom – 3x3 stiffness matrix). (10 Hrs)

EQ-26
 UNIT –V
ANALYSIS OF THREE DIMENSIONAL SPACE TRUSS & GRID STRUCTURES:
Principles of analysis of three dimensional space truss, grid structures using direct
stiffness method- development of structure stiffness matrix. Numerical problems
restricted to three degrees of freedom. (10 Hrs)

UNIT-VI
Recent advances and research being done in the topics mentioned in the above units.

Course Outcomes:
Students shall be able to:
1. Interpret the different types of Structures, to assess their degrees of freedom and
indeterminacy.
2. Implement the concepts of Matrix Analysis by Flexibility methods.
3. Implement the concepts of Matrix Analysis by Stiffness methods.
4. Implement the concepts of Matrix methods to model trusses, beams, and frames.
5. Analysis of 3D Space Truss & Grid Structures

References:

1. S.Rajasekaran, G. Sankarasubramanian “Computational Structural Mechanics”,

Prentice-Hall of India Pvt Ltd, 7th Edition, 2015, NewDelhi-110092.ISBN-13:
978-8120317345, ISBN-10:8120317343.
2. Damodar Maity, “Computer Analysis of Framed Structures” I K International
Publishing House Pvt. Ltd., 2007, ISBN-13: 978-8189866198.
3. Rudra Pratap, “Getting started with Mat-Lab” Oxford University Press, 2010
ISBN: -13:978-0-19-806919-5.
4. Amos Gilat,‟Matlab An introduction with applications‟, Wiley Publications, 4th
edition 2012, ISBN-13: 978-8126537204
5. Matrix Analysis of Frames structures by William Weaver J.R and James M.Gere,
CBS publications.
6. Indeterminate Structural Analysis by K.U. Muthu et al., I.K. International
Publishing House Pvt. Ltd.
7. W.Weaver and J.H.Gere, “Matrix Analysis of Framed Structures”, Van Nastran,
1980.
8. H.Karde Stuncer, “Elementary Matrix Analysis of Structures”, McGraw Hill
1974.
9. A.K.Jain “Advanced Structural Analysis with Computer Application” Nemchand
and Brothers, Roorkee, India.
10. M.F.Rubinstein “Matrix Computer Methods of Structural Analysis “Prentice –
Hall.

EQ-27
SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

CIE = Test I (Unit I, II & III) = 15 marks Total:

Quiz = 05 marks
50 50
UNIT–VI (AAT) = 15 marks
marks Test II (Unit IV & V) = 15 marks marks
Answer FIVE full questions
Questions Q1 & Q2 from Unit I and Unit II
20x2=
SEE = respectively shall be answered and shall not have Total:
40 Marks
100 internal choice. 100
marks Questions Q3, Q4 & Q5 from Unit III, Unit IV & marks
20x3=
Unit V respectively shall be answered & shall have
60 Marks
internal choice

Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 2 - -
CO2 3 2 -
CO3 3 2 -
CO4 3 - -
CO5 1 2 -

1.Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

EQ-28
Course Code 18EQ1E2B M.Tech. ( Earthquake Engineering )
Category Program Elective Semester: I
Course title ADVANCED STRUCTURAL CONCRETE
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total Hours: 48
Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3 Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): Concrete technology

Course Learning Objectives

1. Categories Chemical and Mineral Admixtures
2. Outline on Strength effect on fresh and hardened concrete
3. Retrieving the design of concrete mixes for high Strength concrete
4. Apply advanced methods for new generation concrete to further their research
5. Comparing ready mix concrete and site mix concrete

COURSE CONTENTS

UNIT-I
Chemical and Mineral Admixtures: Classification, effect on fresh and hardened
concrete, retention time, Dosage and their effects, Influence on properties of paste,
mortar, and concrete. Design of concrete mixes, IS code method, ACI method for
High Strength Concrete, and demonstration of expert system computer aided mix
design. (10 Hrs)

UNIT-II
New Generation Nano Carbon Concrete, High performance concrete, Self-
Compacting concrete, Self-Healing Concrete, Self-Curing Concrete: Concept,
materials selection, mineral admixture, proportioning, strength, and durability
aspects, Construction & economical aspect, codal provisions, Applications and their
performance. (10 Hrs)

UNIT-III
Fibre reinforced concrete: Fibres, types, characteristics, Fibre distribution, orientation
and interfacial bond. Mechanical bond. Mechanical properties of FRC mix design of
FRC, behavior of hardened FRC under compression, tension, flexure and impact.
SIFCON: Slurry-infiltrated Fibre concrete – Constituent materials, Mix
proportioning, Engineering properties and Applications. (08 Hrs)

UNIT-IV
Ferro cement: Materials, mechanical properties, strength, cracking and durability of
normal Ferro cement. Strength and behavior of light weight Ferro cement, and
prestressed Ferro cement, Lightweight concrete: High-density concretes, Polymer
concretes, Architectural concrete: Classification, properties and Applications.
(08 Hrs)

EQ-29
 UNIT-V
Ready mixed concrete: Design, manufacturing, transportation and pumping of RMC.
Admixtures used in RMC. Durability of Concrete: Strength and durability
relationship, Volume change in concrete, permeability, shrinkage, cracks, joints in
concrete, minimum cement content , corrosion . Use of smart materials in
construction activities- concept materials and applications New concrete materials
and miscellaneous construction materials. Rheology of Concrete: Introduction,
Representation of Rheological behavior, factors affecting Rheological properties and
mixture adjustments. (12 Hrs)

UNIT-VI
Site visit, presentations and group discussions on recent advances in the above topics.

Course Outcomes

Students shall be able to:

1. Performance and Executing use of Admixtures
2. Outline on fresh and hardened concrete properties
3. Interpreting mix proportion of various high strength concrete
4. Summarizing different type advanced concrete such as Ferro cement, Nano
Carbon Concrete, Self-Healing Concrete, Self-Curing Concrete etc.
5. Analyze and evaluate the Strength and durability properties of concrete.

References

1. Concrete technology, by M.S. Shetty, Published by S. Chand & Company Ltd.

New Delhi
2. Properties of Concrete, by A.M.Neville, 6th Edition, The English Language Book
society & pitman publishing.
3. Fibre Reinforced cement composites, by Perumalsamy. N. Balaguru and surendra
P. Shah, McGraw Hill International edition, Civil Engineering series.
4. Concrete technology and Design –Vol.1&2: New concrete materials by R.N.
Swamy
5. Design of Concrete mixes, by N. Krishnaraju.
6. ACI manual of Concrete provision Vol 1-5
7. Concrete Practice, by R.H. Elvery
8. Concrete Manual, by US Bureau of Reclmation
9. Concrete technology – Vol. 1&2 , by D. F. Orchard.
10. Concrete technology and Practice, by W.H. Taylor.

EQ-30
SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

CIE = Test I (Unit I, II & III) = 15 marks Total:

Quiz = 05 marks
50 50
UNIT–VI (AAT) = 15 marks
marks Test II (Unit IV & V) = 15 marks marks
Answer FIVE full questions
Questions Q2& Q5 from Unit II and Unit V 20x2=
SEE = respectively shall be answered and shall not have 40 Total:
100 internal choice. Marks 100
marks Questions Q1, Q3 & Q4 from Unit I, Unit III & Unit IV 20x3= marks
respectively shall be answered & shall have internal 60
choice Marks

Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 2 2 1
CO2 2 2 2
CO3 2 3 2
CO4 3 2 3
CO5 3 2 3

1.Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

EQ-31
Course Code 18EQ1E2C M.Tech. (Earthquake Engineering)
Category Program Elective Semester: I
Course title DESIGN OF MASONRY STRUCTURES
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total Hours: 48
Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3 Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): Concrete technology
Course Learning Objectives:
1. Understand the basic concepts of Masonry
2. Analyse the strength of Masonry in Compression.
3. Evaluate strength of Masonry in Flexure & Shear.
4. Understand the application of permissible stresses in Masonry Structures
5. Designing load bearing and earthquake resistant Masonry Structures.

COURSE CONTENTS
UNIT- I
Introduction, Masonry units, materials and types: History of masonry Characteristics
of Brick, stone, clay block, concrete block, stabilized mud block masonry units –
strength, modulus of elasticity and water absorption. Masonry materials –
Classification and properties of mortars, selection of mortars. (10 Hrs)

UNIT -II
Strength of Masonry in Compression: Behaviour of Masonry under compression,
strength and elastic properties, influence of masonry unit and mortar characteristics,
effect of masonry unit height on compressive strength, influence of masonry bonding
patterns on strength, prediction of strength of masonry in Indian context. (08 Hrs)

UNIT- III
Flexural and shear bond, flexural strength and shear strength: Bond between masonry
unit and mortar, tests for determining flexural and shear bond strengths, factors
affecting bond strength, effect of bond strength on compressive strength, orthotropic
strength properties of masonry in flexure, shear strength of masonry, test procedures
for evaluating flexural and shear strength. (10 Hrs)

UNIT- IV
Permissible stresses: Permissible compressive stress, stress reduction and shape
reduction factors, increase in permissible stresses for eccentric vertical and lateral
loads, permissible tensile and shear stresses. (08 Hrs)

UNIT -V
Design of load bearing masonry buildings: Permissible compressive stress, stress
reduction and shape reduction factors, increase in permissible stresses for eccentric
vertical and lateral loads, permissible tensile and shear stresses, Effective height of
walls and columns, opening in walls, effective length, effective thickness, slenderness
ratio, eccentricity, load dispersion, arching action, lintels; Wall carrying axial load,
eccentric load with different eccentricity ratios, wall with openings, freestanding wall.
Earthquake resistant masonry buildings: Behaviour of masonry during earthquakes,

EQ-32
concepts and design procedure for earthquake resistant masonry, BIS codal
provisions. (12 Hrs)
UNIT - VI
Recent advances and research being done in the topics mentioned in the above units.

Course Outcomes:
Students shall be able to:
1. Explain the basic concepts of Masonry Structures.
2. Examine the strength of Masonry Structures in compression.
3. Assess flexure and shear strength of Masonry Structures.
4. Explain the issues of permissible stresses on Masonry Structures.
5. Create Masonry Structures for load bearing and earthquake loading.

References:
1. Hendry A.W., “Structural masonry”- Macmillan Education Ltd., 2nd edition
2. Sinha B.P & Davis S.R., “Design of Masonry structures”- E & FN Spon
3. Dayaratnam P, “Brick and Reinforced Brick Structures”- Oxford & IBH
4. Curtin, “Design of Reinforced and Prestressed Masonry”- Thomas Telford
5. Sven Sahlin, “Structural Masonry”-Prentice Hall
6. Jagadish K S, Venkatarama Reddy B V and Nanjunda Rao K S, “Alternative
Building Materials and Technologies”-New Age International, New Delhi &
Bangalore
7. IS 1905, BIS, New Delhi.
8. SP20(S&T),New Delhi

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION
CIE = Test I (Unit I, II & III) = 15 marks Total:
Quiz = 05 marks
50 50
UNIT–VI (AAT) = 15 marks
marks Test II (Unit IV & V) = 15 marks marks
Answer FIVE full questions
Questions Q2& Q4 from Unit II and Unit IV 20x2=
SEE = respectively shall be answered and shall not have 40 Total:
100 internal choice. Marks 100
marks Questions Q1, Q3 & Q5 from Unit I, Unit III & Unit V 20x3= marks
respectively shall be answered & shall have internal 60
choice Marks
Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 2 2 1
CO2 1 2 1
CO3 1 2 1
CO4 1 2 1
CO5 3 3 3
1.Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

EQ-33
Course Code 18EQ1L01 M.Tech. (Earthquake Engineering)
Category Laboratory Semester: I
Course title ADVANCED CONCRETE & STRUCTURAL LAB
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total hours = 48
Credits
0 0 4 0 2
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3 Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): Concrete Technology & RCC Design

Course Learning Objectives:

1. Analyse the process of mineral & chemical admixtures on concrete.
2. Plan design mix for concrete with different codes
3. Appraise the NDT tests on concrete
4. Understand the steps to test RC elements.
5. Analysing the concepts of Self compacting concrete.
6. Organise shake table tests on different models.

COURSE CONTENTS

1. Effect of minerals and chemical admixtures in concrete in concrete at fresh and

hardened, tests on ingredients of high strength concrete with relevance to
workability, strength and durability.
2. Mix design for concrete as per IS, ACI and BS methods for high performance
concrete and Validation with trial mixes.
3. NDT on hardened concrete – Ultrasonic Pulse Velocity test, Rebound hammer
test, Corrosion\Half Cell Potentiometer test and core test to determine quality of
concrete and structural stability aspects of concrete.
4. Durability tests-Shrinkage test, Acid Attack tests, Water Permeability tests on
hardened concrete.
5. Determination of Young‟s Modulus and Poisson‟s ratio on hardened concrete
6. Testing of reinforced concrete beam for flexural behavior characteristics.
7. Testing of reinforced concrete slabs and beams for impact behavior
characteristics.
8. Tests on Self-Compacting Concrete
9. Importance of Instrumentation-LVDT, Load cells, Accelerometer, strain gauges
and their data acquisition systems
10. Shake Table Testing

Course Outcomes:
Students shall be able to:
1. Assess the influence of mineral & chemical admixtures on concrete.
2. Designing mix design of concrete for different national & international codes.
3. Illustrate use of NDT tests.
4. Operate different tests on RC elements & evaluate tests on Self compacting
concrete.
5. Organise shake table tests with different models.

EQ-34
References:

1. C.B. Kukreja, K. Kishore, Ravi Chawl, Materials testing laboratory manual,

standard publishers distributors, 1705 –B NAI SARAK DELHI, new edition :
2011.
2. A.MNEVILLE Properties of concrete, Low price edition, Pearson education,
fourth and final edition 2007.
3. Guide for selecting the proportion of high strength concrete ACI 211.4R, ACI
committee 211, ACI material journal, May 1993.
4. SP 23 – 1982, Hand book for concrete mixes (Based ion Indian standards)
5. IS 516 -1959 Indian standard, methods of tests for strength of concrete.
6. IS 10262 – 2009 concrete mix proportion guidelines (first revision)
7. RAYMOND J. ROARK WARREN C. YOUNG, Formulas for stress and strain,
Mc GRAW HILL Kogakusha, Ltd., fifth edition 1975.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

Continuous Internal Evaluation Marks Semester End Evaluation Marks

(Laboratory – 50 Marks) (SEE)
Laboratory (100 Marks)
Performance of the student in the 20 Write up 40
laboratory, every week
Test at the end of the semester 20 Experimentation 30
Viva Voce 10 Viva voce 30
Total 100
Total (CIE) 50 Total (SEE) 50*

Note: * = SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks for practical and the marks obtained
shall be reduced for 50 Marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 1 1 1
CO2 3 3 3
CO3 1 2 1
CO4 3 2 1
CO5 2 2 2

1. Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

EQ-35
 Course Code 18CV1M01 M.Tech. (Earthquake Engineering)
Category Mandatory Audit Semester: I
RESEARCH METHODOLOGY AND INTELLECTUAL
Course title
PROPERTY RIGHTS
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total Hours: 24
Credits
2 0 0 0 2
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3 Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): NIL

Course Learning Objectives:

1. Analyse the criteria for selection of research problem.
2. Understand the basics of literature survey, ethics, effective technical writing and
developments of research proposal.
3. Understand the basics and importance of IPR.
4. Analyse the issues related to patentability.
5. Understand the administrative system of IPR and analyse the typical case studies.

COURSE CONTENTS

UNIT – I
Meaning of research problem, sources of research problem, Criteria, Characteristics
of a good research problem, Errors in selecting a research problem, Scope and
Objectives of research problems.
Approaches of investigation of solutions for research problem, data collection,
Analysis, Interpretation, necessary instrumentations. (05 Hrs)

UNIT – II
Effective literature studies approaches, analysis, Plagiarism, Research ethics.
Effective technical writing, How to write report, Paper, Developing a research
proposal, Format of research proposal, presentation and assessment by a review
committee. (05 Hrs)

UNIT – III
Introduction to Intellectual Property (IP), Overview of Copyright, Related Rights,
Trademarks, Geographical Indications, Industrial Design, Patents, Protection of New
Varieties of Plants. (05 Hrs)

UNIT – IV
Patentability: Patentable Subject Matter, Patentable and Non Patentable Inventions,
Procedure for grants of patents in India, Patent licensing and transfer of Technology,
Patent information and databases. International scenario: International cooperation on
Intellectual Property, Patenting under Patent Cooperation Treaty (PCT). (05 Hrs)

UNIT-V
New Developments in IPR: Administration of Patent System, New Developments in
IPR; Traditional Knowledge Case studies of IPR including topics of respective
branches of specialisation. (04 Hrs)

EQ-36
 UNIT – VI
Recent advances and research being done in the topics mentioned in the above units.

Course Outcomes:
Students shall be able to:
1. Explain the steps involved in defining a research problem.
2. Analyse the various issues related to effective literature survey and developing a
research proposal.
3. Discuss the various issues related to IPR and its importance.
4. Discuss the various issues related to patentability and international scenario of
patent rights.
5. Highlight the new development and exposure to case studies.

References:
1. Stuart Melville and Wayne Goddard, “research Methodology; an introduction for
science and engineering students”
2. Wayne Goddard and Stuart Melville,” Research Methodology an Introduction”
3. Ranjit Kumar 2nd edition,” Research Methodology; a step by step guide for
Beginners”
4. Halbert, “Resisting Intellectual Property”,Taylor and francies Ltd. 2007.
5. Mayall,‟Industrial Design” McGraw Hill,1992
6. Niebel,” Product design”,McGrraw Hill,1974.
7. Asimv, “Introduction to design”,Prentice Hall,1962.
8. Robert P. Merges, Peter S. Menell, Mark A. Lemley,” Intellectual Property in
New Technology Age” 2006.
9. T.Ramappa,” Intellectual Property Rights Under WTO”, S. Chanda,2008

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

CIE – 50 Test I (Unit I, II &III) = 15 marks Quiz = 5 marks Total:50

marks Test II (Unit IV & V) = 15 marks Unit-VI(AAT) =15 marks marks
Answer FIVE full questions
 Questions Q1 & Q 3 from Unit I and Unit
SEE – 20x2 = 40
III respectively shall be answered and shall Total:100
100 Marks
not have internal choice. marks
marks  Questions Q2, Q4 and Q5 from Unit II,
20x3= 60
Unit IV & Unit V respectively shall be
Marks
answered and shall have internal choice
Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3
CO1 - - 3
CO2 - - 3
CO3 - - 3
CO4 - - 3
CO5 2 3 -
1. Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

EQ-37
Course Code 18EQ1S01 M.Tech (Earthquake Engineering)
Category Seminar Semester: I
Course title SEMINAR - I
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and Credits L T P S Credits Total hours = 24
0 0 2 0 1
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: - Total Max. Marks: 50 Duration of SEE: ---
Prerequisites (if any): NIL

Course Learning Objectives:

The objectives of the SEMINAR-I is to prepare the students to learn to:
1. Carry out the literature review of general research area/current topic and
analyse the same effectively.
2. Prepare a technical report, reflecting his/her depth of understanding, on the
selected area/topic and prepare content rich presentation.
3. Acquire communication and time management skills for effective and impactful
presentation. Interact with peers to acquire the qualities of thoughtfulness,
friendliness, adaptability, responsiveness, and politeness in-group discussion.
Overcome stage fear during oral presentation.

GUIDE LINES
1. Seminar preparation and presentation is an individual student activity.
2. Topic may be of general/ specific interest to program of engineering or electives
not offered in the semester and to be selected in consultation with the
faculty/Guide assigned.
3. Select one pertinent research paper/topic for the seminar presentation.
4. Prepare and submit a detailed technical report of the seminar topic.

Course Outcomes:
Students shall be able to:
1. Carry out the literature survey of topic of seminar.
2. Prepare a technical report on the selected area/topic.
3. Make an effective presentation with seamless flow of content within the time
allocated. Overcome inhibition in interacting with peers and hence develop the
spirit of team work.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

CIE – 50 Phase -1 Marks =10 Seminar Report Total:50

marks Phase -2 Marks =20 Marks =20 Marks

EQ-38
Scheme of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE):

Evaluation would be carried out in TWO phases. The Seminar Evaluation Committee
shall comprise of Chairperson of the Department, Faculty/Guide and one more faculty
member nominated by Chairperson of the Department. The evaluation criteria shall be
as per the rubrics given below:

Rubrics for Evaluation: Weightage

Topic - Technical Relevance, Sustainability and Societal Concerns : 15%

Review of literature and technical content : 35%
Presentation Skills : 25%
Report of seminar : 25%

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 2 2 3
CO2 2 3 3
CO3 - 2 -
1. Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

EQ-39
Course Code 18CV1M02 M.Tech. (Earthquake Engineering)
Category Mandatory Audit Semester: I
Course title TECHNICAL PAPER WRITING (AUDIT COURSE-I)
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total Hours: 24
Credits
2 0 0 0 1
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: -- Total Max. Marks: 50 Duration of SEE: --
Prerequisites (if any):

Course Learning Objectives:

1. Understand the technique to improve technical report writing skills and level of
readability.
2. Learn about what to write contents section of a technical report.
3. Analyse the contents of literature.
4. Create a typical technical article.

COURSE CONTENTS

UNIT – I
Planning and preparation, word order, breaking up long sentences, structuring
paragraphs and sentences, being concise and removing redundancy, avoiding
ambiguity and vagueness. (05 Hrs)

UNIT – II
Clarifying who did what, highlighting your findings, hedging and criticizing,
Paraphrasing and plagiarism, sections of paper, Abstracts, Introduction. (05 Hrs)

UNIT – III
Review of the literature, Methods, Results, Discussion, Conclusions, The final check.
(04 Hrs)

UNIT – IV
Key skills needed when writing a title, Key skills needed when writing an Abstract,
Key skills needed when writing an Introduction, Skills needed when writing a review
of the literature. (05 Hrs)

UNIT – V
Key skills needed when writing the methods, Key skills needed when writing the
Results, Skills needed when writing a Discussion, Skills needed when writing the
Conclusions. (05 Hrs)

Course Outcomes:
Students shall be able to:
1. Describe the importance of basics of technical writing skills.
2. Review and emphasise the result of literature review.
3. Discuss the importance of various sections of technical report.
4. Develop a complete conceptual technical report.

EQ-40
References:
1. Goldbort (2006) writing for science, Yale University Press ( Available on Google
books)
2. Day R (2006) How to write and publish a scientific paper, Cambridge university
Press.
3. Highman N (1998) Handbook of writing for the mathematical sciences,SIAM,
Highman’s book.
4. AdianWallwork, English for writing research papers, Springer New York
Dordrecht Heidelberg London, 2011

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

CIE – 50 Test I (Unit I, II &III) = 15 marks

AAT = 20 marks Total:50 marks
marks Test II (Unit IV & V) = 15 marks

Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 - 3 -
CO2 - 3 -
CO3 - 3 -
CO4 - 3 -
CO5 - 3 -
1. Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

EQ-41
 SECOND SEMESTER
Course Code 18EQ2C01 M.Tech. ( Earthquake Engineering )
Category Program Core Semester : II
Course title FINITE ELEMENT METHOD
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total Hours: 48
Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3 Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): Theory of elasticity & Matrix method of structural analysis
Course Learning Objectives:
1. The course aims to understand the Concept of an element and its advantage
2. To understand the concept of discretization of structural elements
3. Formulation of stiffness equations to the discretized elements
4. Analysis procedure to the discretized elements
5. Re-assembling the solution of discretized element.

COURSE CONTENTS

UNIT - I
ELEMENTS AND INTERPOLATION FUNCTIONS
a. The Concept of an element
b. Various Element Shapes.
One-dimensional elements, Two-dimensional elements, axisymmetric elements,
Three-dimensional element,
c. Displacement Models
Generalized coordinate form of Displacement Models, Convergence Requirements,
Selection of suitable order of the Polynomial, Interpolation Displacement Models.
(8 Hrs)

UNIT - II
FINITE ELEMENT FORMULATION OF ONE-DIMENSIONAL PROBLEMS
1) TRUSSES: derivation of stiffness matrix for a bar element in Local coordinates,
selecting Approximating Functions (shape Functions) for Displacement,
Transformation of vectors in two-dimensions, Global Stiffness matrix,
Computation of stress for a bar in x-y plane, long hand solution of a plane truss.
2) BEAMS AND FRAMES: Derivation of stiffness matrix for a beam element in
Local coordinates, Assembing of beam stiffness matrices, Long hand solution of a
beam using the Direct Stiffness Method, Distributed loading – work equivalence
Method – Load replacement by Equivalent Nodal Loads, Two-dimensional
Arbitrary Oriented beam element, Long hand solution of Rigid plane frame,
Concept of Substructure Analysis. (10 Hrs)

UNIT - III
FINITE ELEMENT FORMULATION OF TWO-DIMENSIONAL PROBLEMS
Plane Stress and Plane Strain: Basic Concept of Plane Stress and Plane Strain,
Derivation of the constant – Strain Triangular element Stiffness Matrix, Treatment of
Body and Surface forces, Explicit expression for the constant Strain Triangle Stiffness
Matrix, Long hand solution of a plane stress problem, Derivation of Linear strain

EQ-42
Triangle element Stiffness Matrix and equations. Long hand solution of L.S.T
Stiffness Matrix, Comparison between L.S.T and C.S.T. (10 Hrs)

UNIT - IV
AXISYMMETRIC ELEMENTS
Derivation of the stiffness matrix of an axisymmetric element. FINITE ELEMENT
MODELLING: General Considerations, Aspect ratio & Element Shapes, Use of
Symmetry, Natural Subdivisions at Discontinuities, Sizing of Elements & mesh
refinement, (08 Hrs)

UNIT - V
ISOPARAMETRIC FORMULATION:
Introduction – Sub parametric, Iso parametric and Super parametric Elements,
Isoparametric Formulation of the Bar Element Stiffness Matrix, Rectangular Plane
Stress elements, Isoparametric Formulation of the plane Element Stiffness Matrix,
Gaussian Quadrature (Numerical Integration), Evaluation of Stiffness Matrix and
Stress matrix by Gaussian Quadrature, Higher Order Shape Functions. Equilibrium
and Compatibility of FE Results, Convergence of solution, Interpretation of Stresses,
Static Condensation. (12 Hrs)

UNIT- VI
Recent advances and research being done in the topics mentioned in the above units.

Course Outcomes:
Students shall be able to:
1. Students will learn to analysis the differences in conventional and FEM methods
2. Learn the concept of discretization of structure
3. Assembling of stiffness matrices
4. Learn the differences between geometric and loading unsymmetry
5. Learn to use the software generation for matrices

References:
1. The Finite Element Method in Engineering, by S.S.Rao, Pergamon Press, New
York, 1982.
2. Introduction to Finite Element Method, by C.S.Desai and John .F. Abel, CBS
Publishers and Distributors.
3. The Finite Element Method, by O C Zienkiewicz, TMH publishing Company Ltd
4. Finite Element Analysis – Theory and Programming, by C.S KrishnaMoorthy,
TMH publishing Company Ltd.
5. Energy and Finite Element methods in Structural Mechanics, by I H Shames, and
C L Dym, New age International publishers Ltd
6. Theory and problems of Finite Element Analysis, Schaum‟s Outline Series,
McGraw Hill Inc.
7. Finite Element procedure by Klaus – Jurgan Bathe, Prentice Hall of India Pvt.
Ltd., 1986.
8. An Introduction to Finite Element Method, JN reddy, McGraw Hill Inc.
9. Concepts and Applications of Finite Element Analysis, by Robert D. Cook, David
S.Malkus and Michael E. Plesha, John Wiley and Sons

EQ-43
10. Applied Finite Element Analysis for Engineers, Stasa, F.L. CBS International
Editions, 1980.
11. A Practical Introduction to Finite Element Analysis, by Cheung, Y.K. & Yao
M.F., Pitman Publishing Company Limited London, 1979.
12. Finite Element Structural Analysis, Prentice Hall, Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey,
1986.
13. Structural dynamics by Finite Elements, by William Weaver Jr. & R.P.Johnston,
Prentice Hall, Inc., Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey, 1987.
14. Finite Element Analysis by Gallagher, R.H., Prentice Hall, Inc, New Jersey, 1975.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

CIE = Test I (Unit I, II & III) = 15 marks Total:

Quiz = 05 marks
50 50
UNIT–VI (AAT) = 15 marks
marks Test II (Unit IV & V) = 15 marks marks
Answer FIVE full questions
Questions Q1& Q2 from Unit I and Unit II respectively 20 x 2 =
SEE = shall be answered and shall not have internal choice. 40 Total:
100 Marks 100
marks Questions Q3, Q4 & Q5 from Unit III, Unit IV & Unit 20 x 3 = marks
V respectively shall be answered & shall have internal 60
choice Marks

Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 3 ---- ----
CO2 3 2 ----
CO3 1 ---- ----
CO4 3 ---- ----
CO5 1 2 ----

1.Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

EQ-44
Course Code 18EQ2C02 M.Tech. ( Earthquake Engineering )
Category Program Core Semester : II
Course title ADVANCED RC DESIGN
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total Hours: 48
Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3 Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): RC Design

Course Learning Objectives:

1. Understand the Design concepts of RCC Beams.
2. Analyse and Design the RCC Slabs.
3. Analyse and Design the RC Deep Beams and Corbels.
4. Understand the Behavior of Compression Members.
5. Understand the Analysis and Design concepts of Silos, Bunkers and Multi-storey
Buildings.

COURSE CONTENTS

UNIT - I
INTRODUCTION: Design of singly Reinforced rectangular sections, Design of
Doubly Reinforced rectangular sections, Design for shear – Design for Torsion, Limit
state of Serviceability: Deflections of Reinforced concrete beams, estimation of crack
width in RCC members, calculation of crack widths. (10 Hrs)

UNIT -II
DESIGN OF SLAB: Yield line theory for analysis of slabs: Virtual work methods of
analysis of Rectangular slabs. Design of Flat Slabs. (10 Hrs)

UNIT - III
DESIGN OF REINFORCED CONCRETE DEEP BEAMS & CORBELS: Design of
Deep Beams by IS 456, Checking for Local Failures, Detailing of Deep Beams,
Analysis of Forces in a Corbels, Design of Procedure of Corbels. (10 Hrs)

UNIT -IV
DESIGN OF COMPRESSION MEMBERS: Estimation of Effective Length of a
Column – Code Requirements on Slenderness Limits,– Design of Short Columns
Under Axial Compression – Design of Short Columns Under Compression With
Uniaxial Bending – Design of Short Columns Under Axial Compression With Biaxial
Bending – Design of Slender Columns. (10 Hrs)
UNIT -V
DESIGN OF SILOS (CIRCULAR) AND BUNKERS: Analysis, design and detailing
of side walls, hopper bottoms. (8 Hrs)

UNIT - VI
Recent advances and research being done in the topics mentioned in the above units.

EQ-45
Course Outcomes:
Students shall be able to:
1. Describe the Design features of RCC Beams.
2. Implement the Analysis and Design of RC Slabs.
3. Implement the Analysis and Design of RC Deep Beams and Corbels.
4. Outlining the Behavior of Compression Members.
5. Implement the Analysis and Design concepts of Silos, Bunkers and Multi-storey
Buildings.

References:
1. Unnikrishna Pillai, S and Devadas Menon, Reinforced concrete design Tata
McGraw Hill Publishing Company Limited, New Delhi.
2. “Advanced Reinforced Concrete” P.C. Varghese Prentice Hall of INDIA Private
Ltd. 2008.
3. Park R and Paulay T Reinforced Concrete Structures, John Wiley and sons, 1973.
4. S. Ramamurthuam: Design Reinforced Concrete Structures, Dhanpat Rai
Publishing Company (P) LTD. New Delhi.
5. “Design of Reinforced Concrete Structures” by N.Subramanian, Oxford
University Press.
6. N. Krishna Raju “Advanced Reinforced Concrete Design”, 2nd edition, CBS
Publishers and Distributors.- 2009.
7. Reinforced concrete structural elements – behaviour, Analysis and design by P.
Purushotham, Tata Mc.Graw-Hill, 1994.
8. IS 456, SP 16 and SP 34.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

CIE = Test I (Unit I, II & III) = 15 marks Total:

Quiz = 05 marks
50 50
Test II (Unit IV & V) = 15 marks UNIT–VI (AAT) = 15 marks
marks marks
Answer FIVE full questions
Questions Q1& Q2 from Unit I and Unit II respectively 20 x 2 =
SEE = shall be answered and shall not have internal choice. 40 Total:
100 Marks 100
marks Questions Q3, Q4 & Q5 from Unit III, Unit IV & Unit 20 x 3 = marks
V respectively shall be answered & shall have internal 60
choice Marks
Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 3 ---- ----
CO2 3 2 ----
CO3 1 ---- ----
CO4 3 ---- ----
CO5 1 2 ----

1.Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

EQ-46
Course Code 18EQ2C03 M.Tech. ( Earthquake Engineering )
Category Program Core Semester : II
Course title EARTHQUAKE RESISTANT DESIGN OF STRUCTURES
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total Hours: 48
Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3 Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): Basic Design of Structures

Course Learning Objectives:

1. Understand the basic concepts of Earthquake Resistant Design.
2. Apply and analyse different irregularities.
3. Analyse and Evaluate design lateral forces for equivalent lateral and dynamic
forces
4. Create a strategy to evaluate effects of infills in RC buildings due to seismic
loading
5. Develop procedure for ductility & retrofitting of RC structures.

COURSE CONTENTS

UNIT-I
Basic elements of earthquake resistant design:- Introduction, static and dynamic
equilibrium, structural modelling, seismic method of analysis, seismic design
methods, response control concepts, seismic evaluation and retrofitting, seismic test
methods.
Identification of seismic damages in RC buildings during past earthquake:-
Introduction, reinforced concrete building construction practices, identification of
damage in RC buildings, damage to structural elements, damage to non-structural
panel elements, damage to tank and parapets, damage to vertical circulation systems,
effect of earthquake on code designed structures. (10 Hrs)

UNIT-II
Effect of structural irregularities on the performance of RC buildings during
earthquakes:- Introduction, vertical irregularities (vertical discontinuities in load path,
irregularity in strength and stiffness, mass irregularities, vertical geometric
irregularity, proximity of adjacent buildings), plan configuration problems (torsion
irregularities, re-entrant corners, non-parallel systems, diaphragm discontinuity),
recommendations. (08 Hrs)

UNIT-III
Code based procedure for determination of design lateral loads:- Introduction, seismic
design philosophy, determination of design lateral forces ( equivalent lateral force
procedure and dynamic analysis procedure). (08 Hrs)

UNIT-IV
Consideration of infill wall in seismic analysis of RC buildings:- Introduction,
structural and constructional aspects of infill, failure mechanism of infill, equivalent
diagonal strut.

EQ-47
Retrofitting of masonry buildings:- Introduction, failure mode of masonry buildings,
methods for retrofitting of masonry building, repairing techniques of masonry,
member retrofitting, structural level retrofitting methods, seismic evaluation of
retrofitting measures in stone masonry models. (10 Hrs)

UNIT-V
Ductility considerations in earthquake resistant design of RC buildings:- Introduction,
impact of ductility, requirements for ductility, assessment of ductility, factors
affecting ductility, ductility factors, ductile detailing considerations as per IS 13920:
1993.
Earthquake resistant design of shear wall as per IS 13920: 1993:- Introduction,
description of building, determination of design lateral forces, design of shear wall,
detailing of reinforcements.
Seismic retrofitting strategies of reinforced concrete buildings:- Introduction,
consideration in retrofitting of structures, source of weakness in RC frame building,
classification of retrofitting techniques, retrofitting strategies for RC buildings,
comparative analysis of methods of retrofitting. (12 Hrs)

UNIT-VI
Recent advances and research being done in the topics mentioned in the above units.

Course Outcomes:
Students shall be able to:
1. Describe the basic elements of earthquake resistant design.
2. Implement the effect of structural irregularities on the performance of RC
buildings during earthquakes.
3. Distinguish the analysis procedures for earthquake loading
4. Outlining the influence of infills in earthquake resistant design
5. Implement the Design concepts due to ductility and Seismic retrofitting.

References:

1. Pankaj Agarwal and Manish Shrikande, Earthquake Resistant Design of

Structures, PrenticeHall of India Private Ltd, New Delhi
2. Duggal S K, Earthquake Resistant Design of Structures, Oxford University
Press, New Delhi
3. James L Stratta, Manual of Seismic Design, Pearson Education, Asia, New Delhi
4. Anil K Chopra, Dynamics of Structures, Pearson Education, Asia, New Delhi
5. Steven L Kramer, Geotechnical Earthquake Engineering, Pearson Education,
Asia, New Delhi
6. Mark Fintel, Handbook of Concrete Engg, CBS Publishers, New Delhi
7. IS 1893, IS 13920, IS 4326 and if any required

EQ-48
SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

CIE = Test I (Unit I, II & III) = 15 marks Total:

Quiz = 05 marks
50 50
UNIT–VI (AAT) = 15 marks
marks Test II (Unit IV & V) = 15 marks marks
Answer FIVE full questions
Questions Q1 & Q2 from Unit I and Unit II 20 x 2 =
SEE = respectively shall be answered and shall not have 40 Total:
100 internal choice. Marks 100
marks Questions Q3, Q4 & Q5 from Unit III, Unit IV & Unit 20 x 3 = marks
V respectively shall be answered & shall have internal 60
choice Marks

Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 1 1 1
CO2 2 3 2
CO3 1 2 3
CO4 3 2 3
CO5 3 3 3

1.Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

EQ-49
Course Code 18EQ2E1A M.Tech. ( Earthquake Engineering )
Category Program Elective Semester : II
Course title ADVANCED DESIGN OF STEEL STRUCTURES
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total Hours: 48
Credits
4 0 0 0 4
SEE Marks:
CIE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3 Hrs
50
Prerequisites (if any): Basic Design of Steel Structures

Course Learning Objectives:

1. Understand the background of the design provisions for hot rolled and Cold –
Formed steel structures & their differences.
2. Understand the concept of lateral stability of beams.
3. Proficiency in applying the provisions for design of columns, beams & beam-
column.
4. Analysing the lateral stability and strength of light gauge sections
5. Understand the principal of lateral load resisting structures &Trussed Tube
system.
COURSE CONTENTS
UNIT-I
Plastic And Local Buckling Behaviour of Structural Street: Introduction, Plastic
Theory, General Requirements for plastic design, Plastic hinge Concept, Plastic
collapse load, Conditions of plastic analysis, Theorems of plastic collapse, Methods of
plastic analysis, Plastic design of continuous beams, Plastic design of portal frames,
Effect of axial and shear force on plastic moment capacity, Special considerations,
Local buckling of plates, Cross section classification, Behavior and ultimate strength
of plates. (10 Hrs)
UNIT-II
Design of Beams: Introduction, Section classification, Lateral stability of beams,
Factors affecting lateral stability, Behavior of Beams in Bending, Design Strength of
Laterally supported and Laterally unsupported beams in bending, Shear strength of
Steel Beams, Maximum Deflection. Castellated Beams, Design examples. (10 Hrs)

UNIT-III
Design of Beam-columns: Introduction, General Behaviour of beam-columns,
Second order moments in Beam-columns, Elastic Torsional Buckling of Beam-
columns, Interaction between Beam-column and Structure Nominal Strength-
Instability in the plane of bending, Beam-column under biaxial loading, Interaction
Equations for local capacity check, Code design procedures, Design of beam column,
Beam column subjected to tension and bending (10 Hrs)

UNIT-IV
Design of Light Gauge Steel: Introduction, Forms of Light gauge section, Local
Buckling of thin elements, Stiffened & Un-stiffened elements, Effective section
properties, IS801 & IS811 Codal provision, Axially Loaded compression members,
Laterally supported & un-supported beams, numerical problems. (10 Hrs)

EQ-50
 UNIT-V
Principles of lateral Load resisting Steel Buildings: Semi rigid Frames, Rigid Frames,
Braced frames, Staggered Truss System, eccentric Bracing Systems, Interacting
system of Braced and Rigid frames, Outrigger and Belt Truss Systems, Framed,
Trussed & Cellular Tube Structures, Ultimate High Efficiency Systems (08 Hrs)

UNIT-VI
Recent advances and research being done in the topics mentioned in the above units

Course Outcomes:
Students shall be able to:
1. Achieve knowledge of design and development of problem solving skills
2. Design and develop analytical skill
3. Able to design the girders and steel trusses
4. Evaluate the performance of the light gauge structure
5. Understand the concept of design of various steel structural elements

References:
1. Design of Steel Structures, by N.Subramanian
2. Design of Steel Structures, by Duggal SK
3. Steel Structures, by Gaylord and Gaylord, McGraw Hill Publisher, 1980
4. The Plastic Method of Structural Analysis, B.G. Neal.
5. Plastic Design of Steel Frames, Beedle, L.S
6. Structural Analysis and Design of Tall Buildings by Bungale S Taranath, McGraw
Hill Book Company
7. IS 800:2007, IS 801,
8. IS1641, IS 1642, IS 1643

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION
CIE = Test I (Unit I, II & III) = 15 marks Total:
Quiz = 05 marks
50 50
UNIT–VI (AAT) = 15 marks
marks Test II (Unit IV & V) = 15 marks marks
Answer FIVE full questions
SEE = Questions Q1& Q2 from Unit I and Unit II respectively 20 x 2 = Total:
100 shall be answered and shall not have internal choice. 40 Marks 100
marks Questions Q3, Q4 & Q5 from Unit III, Unit IV & Unit V 20 x 3 = marks
respectively shall be answered & shall have internal choice 60 Marks
Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 2 2 2
CO2 2 2 3
CO3 3 3 3
CO4 2 3 3
CO5 2 3 3
1.Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

EQ-51
Course Code 18EQ2E1B M.Tech. ( Earthquake Engineering )
Category Program Elective Semester : II
Course title ADVANCED PRESTRESSED CONCRETE
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total Hours: 48
Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3 Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): Prestressed Concrete

Course Learning Objectives:

1. Statically Indeterminate Prestressed Concrete Sections
2. Composite Sections
3. To design and detail different types of structures like Slabs, Pipes and Tanks
4. Enable to design complete element of Pre tensioned and Post tensioned member
5. Learn the complete design and detailing aspect of Prestressed Concrete

COURSE CONTENTS

UNIT-I

Design of PSC sections for flexure- minimum section modulus, limitations of

prestressing long spans, limiting zone for prestressing force, Design of sections for
axial tension, compression and bending, Design of Slender prestressed columns,
Design of prestressed concrete compression members in biaxial bending. (10 Hrs)

UNIT-II
Composite Construction of Prestressed Concrete and In Situ Concrete- Advantages,
analysis of stresses, Differential shrinkage, Deflection, Flexural strength, Shear
strength, Design of composite sections. (10 Hrs)
UNIT-III

Statically Indeterminate Structures – Analysis and Design of Continuous beam- laying

of concordant cables- Advantages, Effects, Methods of achieving continuity, Methods
of Analysis of Secondary Moments(Three moment theorem or tendon reactions),
Concordant cable profile, guyon theorem, Ultimate load Analysis of Continuous
Prestressing Members, Determination of Concordant Tendon Profile. (8 Hrs)

UNIT-IV
Design of Prestressed Concrete Pipes and Tanks – Circular Prestressing, Design of
Cylinder and Non Cylinder Pipes, Introduction of prestressed concrete tanks, Tank
floors, Junction of Prestressed tank walls and Base slab, Analysis and Design of
Prestressed Tanks-, Fixed base, Hinged base and Sliding base. (10 Hrs)

UNIT-V
Design of Prestressed Concrete Slabs and Grid floors- Types, Design of One-way
slab, Two-way slab, Flat slab and Grid Floor. (10 Hrs)

UNIT-VI
Recent advances and research being done in the topics mentioned in the above units

EQ-52
Course Outcomes:
Students shall be able to:
1. Design and detail Axially loaded member and Flexure member
2. Analyse and design Composite Structures
3. Apply analytical skills to evaluate Statically Indeterminate PSC Structures
4. Design Advanced PSC slabs like flat slabs and grid floor
5. Design and detail Prestressed Pipes and Tanks
6. Design a complete Pre-tensioned and Post-tensioned members

References:
1. N.Krishnaraju “Prestressed Concrete”, Tata McGraw- Hill Education Publication,
2008,
2. Lin T. Y and H. Burns “Prestressed Concrete structures”, Wiley Publication, 2009,
ISBN: 978-0-471-01898-8
3. N. Rajagopalan, “Prestressed Concrete”, Narosa Publishing House.2nd
edition,ISBN 2053 2005.
4. A. Nilson, “Design of Prestressed Concrete”, John Willey & Sons.2nd edition,
ISBN 1765 1997.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

CIE = Test I (Unit I, II & III) = 15 marks Total:

Quiz = 05 marks
50 50
Test II (Unit IV & V) = 15 marks UNIT–VI (AAT) = 15 marks
marks marks
Answer FIVE full questions
Questions Q1& Q2 from Unit I and Unit II respectively 20 x 2 =
SEE = shall be answered and shall not have internal choice. 40 Total:
100 Marks 100
marks Questions Q3, Q4 & Q5 from Unit III, Unit IV & Unit 20 x 3 = marks
V respectively shall be answered & shall have internal 60
choice Marks

Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 3 2 -
CO2 3 - 3
CO3 3 - -
CO4 3 - 2
CO5 3 -
CO6 - - 3

1.Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

EQ-53
Course Code 18EQ2E1C M.Tech. ( Earthquake Engineering )
Category Program Elective Semester : II
Course title ANALYSIS AND DESIGN OF PLATES AND SHELLS
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total Hours: 48
Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3 Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): Theory of Elasticity and Mechanics

Course Learning Objectives:

1. Illustrate the Plate Theory and Navier’s solution for Plates.
2. Illustrate the Levy’s Solution and Energy Method for Plates.
3. Elaborate the concepts of Shells.
4. Understand the Behavior of Circular Plates under symmetric loading.
5. Understand the Design and Detailing of Shell Structures.

COURSE CONTENTS

UNIT – I
Introduction to plate theory, Small deflection of laterally loaded thin rectangular
plates of pure bending. Navier‟s solution for various lateral loading (No derivations),
Numerical examples. (10 Hrs)

UNIT – II
Levy‟s solution for various lateral loading and boundary conditions (No derivations),
Numerical examples. Energy methods for rectangular plates with clamped edges.
(10 Hrs)

UNIT –III
Introduction to curved surfaces and classification of shells, membrane theory of
spherical shells, Cylindrical shell, Hyperbolic paraboloid, Elliptic paraboloid and
Conoids. (08 Hrs)

UNIT – IV
Symmetric loading of Circular plates with various edge conditions for both solid and
annular plates. (10 Hrs)

UNIT - V
Axially symmetric bending of shells of revolution, Closed cylindrical shells, water
tanks, spherical shells and Geckler‟s approximation. Bending theory of doubly curved
shallow shells. (10 Hrs)

UNIT – VI
Recent advances and research being done in the topics mentioned in the above units

EQ-54
Course Outcomes:
Students shall be able to:
1. Summarize the Plate Theory and Implement Navier’s solution for Plates.
2. Execute the Levy’s Solution and Energy Method for Plates.
3. Outline the concepts of Shells.
4. Summarize the Circular Plates under symmetric loading.
5. Implement the Design and Detailing of Shell Structures.

References:
1. Timoshenko, S. and Woinowsky-Krieger, W., “Theory of Plates and Shells” 2nd
Edition, McGraw-Hill Co., New York, 1959
2. Ramaswamy G.S. – “Design and Constructions of Concrete Shell Roofs” – CBS
Publishers and Distributors – New Delhi – 1986.
3. Ugural, A. C. “Stresses in Plates and Shells”, 2nd edition, McGraw-Hill, 1999.
4. R. Szilard, “Theory and analysis of plates - classical and numerical methods”,
Prentice Hall, 1994.
5. Chatterjee.B.K. – “Theory and Design of Concrete Shell”, – Chapman & Hall,
New York-third edition, 1988

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

CIE = Test I (Unit I, II & III) = 15 marks Total:

Quiz = 05 marks
50 50
UNIT–VI (AAT) = 15 marks
marks Test II (Unit IV & V) = 15 marks marks
Answer FIVE full questions
SEE = Questions Q1& Q3 from Unit I and Unit III respectively 20 x 2 = Total:
100 shall be answered and shall not have internal choice. 40 Marks 100
marks Questions Q2, Q4 & Q5 from Unit II, Unit IV & Unit V 20 x 3 = marks
respectively shall be answered & shall have internal choice 60 Marks

Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 3 - -
CO2 2 - -
CO3 3 1 -
CO4 2 - -
CO5 3 2 1

1.Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

EQ-55
Course Code 18EQ2E2A M.Tech. ( Earthquake Engineering )
Category Program Elective Semester : II
Course title ADVANCED DESIGN OF SUB STRUCTURES
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total Hours: 48
Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3 Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): Basics of Geotechnical Engineering
Course Learning Objectives:
1. Understand the concepts and types of foundation in different soil conditions.
2. Apply and analyse shallow and deep foundations in complex grounds.
3. Apply and evaluate the foundations subjected to vibrations due to dynamic loads.
4. Analyse and evaluate special foundations under different field situations.
5. Create and develop strategies for foundations of infrastructure projects.

COURSE CONTENTS

UNIT-I
SHALLOW FOUNDATIONS : Basic requirements of foundation – Types and
selection of foundations. Bearing capacity of footings, footings on layered soils –
Bearing capacity from plate load test, Settlement of footings, Uplift capacity of
footings – Structural design of reinforced concrete isolated, strip, combined and strap
footings – mat foundation (10 Hrs)
UNIT-II
PILE FOUNDATIONS : Introduction, Types of pile foundations, Bearing capacity
of piles, Bearing capacity of piles from dynamic analysis, pile load test, Lateral pile
load test, structural design of straight piles, configuration of piles different shapes of
piles cap – structural design of pile cap. (09 Hrs)
UNIT- III
WELL FOUNDATIONS: Types of well foundation, Sinking stresses in wells, Grip
length, load carrying capacity, construction of wells – Failures and Remedies –
Design of well foundation, Lateral stability (09 Hrs)

UNIT- IV
MACHINE FOUNDATIONS: Introduction, types of machine foundation, Basic
principles of design of machine foundation – Dynamic properties of soil – vibration
analysis of machine foundation – Design of foundation for Reciprocating machines
and Impact machines – Reinforcement and construction details – vibration isolation.
(10 Hrs)
UNIT-V
SPECIAL FOUNDATIONS: Foundation on expansive soils, choice of foundation,
under-reamed pile foundation. Foundation for Foundations for Transmission Line
Towers Towers, chimneys, Earth retaining structures – Retaining walls, sheet piles
and reinforced earth structures (10 Hrs)
UNIT-VI
Recent advancements in foundations technology and construction practices for static
and dynamic loads.

EQ-56
Course Outcomes:
Students shall be able to:
1. Explain the basic concepts to select appropriate foundation type on soil
conditions.
2. Analyse problems with respect to shallow and deep foundations.
3. Apply and solve engineering problems with respect to well foundations.
4. Apply and evaluate foundations subjected dynamic loads from various sources.
5. Develop strategies to problems requiring special foundations.

References
1. Bowles .J.E., “Foundation Analysis and Design”, McGraw Hill Publishing co.,
New York, 1997.
2. Swamy Saran, Analysis and Design of substructures, Oxford and IBH Publishing
Co. Pvt. Ltd., 2006.
3. Tomlinson.M.J, “Foundation Design and Construction”, Longman, Sixth Edition,
New Delhi, 1995.
4. Varghese.P.C, “Design of Reinforced Concrete Foundations” – PHI learning
private limited, New Delhi – 2009.
5. S.P. Brahma “ Foundation Engineering” Tata McGraw Hill publishing company
Ltd, New Delhi.
6. Das.B.M., “Principles of Foundation Engineering”, Thomson Brooks / Cole
Publishing Company, Singapore, 2004
7. Winterkorn H.F. and Fong H.Y. “Foundation Engineering Hand Book”, Galgotia
Book Source, New Delhi, 2000

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

CIE = Test I (Unit I, II & III) = 15 marks Total:

Quiz = 05 marks
50 50
UNIT–VI (AAT) = 15 marks
marks Test II (Unit IV & V) = 15 marks marks
Answer FIVE full questions
Questions Q1& Q2 from Unit I and Unit II respectively 20 x 2 =
SEE = shall be answered and shall not have internal choice. 40 Total:
100 Marks 100
marks Questions Q3, Q4 & Q5 from Unit III, Unit IV & Unit 20 x 3 = marks
V respectively shall be answered & shall have internal 60
choice Marks
Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3
CO1 2 2 3
CO2 2 3 3
CO3 2 3 3
CO4 1 2 3
CO5 2 3 3
1.Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

EQ-57
Course Code 18EQ2E2B M.Tech. ( Earthquake Engineering )
Category Program Elective Semester : II
Course title TALL STRUCTURES
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total Hours: 48
Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3 Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): RCC Design

Course Learning Objectives:

1. Understand the Design Criteria For Tall Structures.
2. Discuss the Static and Dynamic approach of Design of Tall Structures.
3. Discuss the Factors affecting growth, Height and Structural form.
4. Understand the Analysis and Design of building as total structural system
considering overall integrity and major subsystem interaction.
5. Illustrate the stability of Tall Buildings.

COURSE CONTENTS
UNIT - I
DESIGN CRITERIA: Design philosophy, loading, sequential loading, and materials
– high performance concrete, fiber reinforced concrete, lightweight concrete, design
mixes. Loading and Movement: Gravity loading: Dead and live load, methods of live
load reduction, Impact, Gravity loading, Construction loads. (8 Hrs)

UNIT- II
WIND LOADING: Static and dynamic approach, Analytical and wind tunnel
experimentation method. Earthquake loading: Equivalent lateral force, modal
analysis, combinations of loading, working stress design, Limit state design, Plastic
design. (10 Hrs)

UNIT - III
BEHAVIOR OF VARIOUS STRUCTURAL SYSTEMS: Factors affecting
growth, Height and structural form; High rise behavior, Rigid frames, braced frames,
in-filled frames, shear walls, coupled shear walls, wall-frames, tubular, cores,
Futigger – braced and hybrid mega system. (10 Hrs)
UNIT- IV
ANALYSIS AND DESIGN: Modeling for approximate analysis, accurate analysis
and reduction techniques, analysis of building as total structural system considering
overall integrity and major subsystem interaction, analysis for member forces; drift
and twist, computerized general three dimensional analyses. (10 Hrs)

UNIT - V
STABILITY OF TALL BUILDINGS: Overall buckling analysis of frames, wall
frames, approximate methods, second order effects of gravity of loading, P-Delta
analysis, simultaneous first order and P-Delta analysis, Transnational, Torsional
instability, out of plum effects, stiffness of member in stability, effect of foundation
rotation. Structural elements: sectional shapes, properties and resisting capacities,
design, deflection, cracking, pre-stressing, shear flow. Design for differential
movement, creep and shrinkage effects, temperature effects and fire. (10 Hrs)

EQ-58
 UNIT - VI
Recent advances and research being done in the topics mentioned in the above units.

Course Outcomes:
Students shall be able to:
1. Implement the Design Criteria For Tall Structures.
2. Implement the Static and Dynamic approach of Design of Tall Structures.
3. Apprise the Factors affecting growth, Height and Structural form.
4. Implement the Analysis and Design of building as total structural system
considering overall integrity and major subsystem interaction.
5. Carryout the stability of Tall Buildings.

References:
1. Taranath B.S, “Structural Analysis and Design of Tall Buildings”- McGraw Hill.
2. Wilf gang Schuller, “High rise building structures”- John Wiley.
3. Bryan Stafford Smith & Alexcoull, “Tall building structures Analysis and
Design”- John Wiley.
4. T.Y Lin & D.Stotes Burry, “Structural concepts and system for Architects and
Engineers”- John Wiley.
5. Lynn S.Beedle, “Advances in Tall Buildings”- CBS Publishers and Distributors.
6. Dr. Y.P. Gupta – Editor, “Proceedings National Seminar on High Rise Structures-
Design and Construction practices for middle level cities”- New Age International
Limited.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION
CIE = Test I (Unit I, II & III) = 15 marks Total:
Quiz = 05 marks
50 50
Test II (Unit IV & V) = 15 marks UNIT–VI (AAT) = 15 marks
marks marks
Answer FIVE full questions
Questions Q1& Q2 from Unit I and Unit II respectively 20 x 2 =
SEE = shall be answered and shall not have internal choice. 40 Total:
100 Marks 100
marks Questions Q3, Q4 & Q5 from Unit III, Unit IV & Unit 20 x 3 = marks
V respectively shall be answered & shall have internal 60
choice Marks
Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3
CO1 3 ---- ----
CO2 3 2 ----
CO3 2 2 ----
CO4 3 2 ----
CO5 2 ---- ----
1.Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

EQ-59
Course Code 18EQ2E2C M.Tech. ( Earthquake Engineering )
Category Program Elective Semester : II
PREFABRICATED STRUCTURAL TECHNIQUES AND
Course title
DESIGN
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total Hours: 48
Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3 Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): RCC Design
Course Learning Objectives:
1. Understand the concepts of Prefabrication.
2. Evaluate the classification of Prefabrication.
3. Analyse the production techniques of Precast concrete.
4. Formulate the design of prefabricated elements
5. Illustrate the preparation of site infrastructure and construction techniques.

COURSE CONTENTS

UNIT - I
Prefabricated construction: Necessity, Advantages, Disadvantages, mass-produced
building products, industrial buildings. Modular co-ordination: Basic module,
planning and design of modular grid system, National building code specifications,
standardization, dimension of products, preferred dimensions and sizes, tolerances
and deviations, layout and process. (10 Hrs)

UNIT - II
Classification of pre-fabricates: Foundation, Columns, Beams, roof and roof panels,
wall panels, clay units, box fabricates, erection and assembly. Precasting and
prefabrication techniques: Planning, production and erection of structures, skeletal
and large panel construction, industrial structures, space structures, pre-stressed pre-
cast elements. (10 Hrs)

UNIT - III
Pre-cast concrete production techniques: Forms and moulds of various materials,
manufacturing methods-Pressed casting extrusion method, vacuum process, spinning
process, hot concrete process, mix designs adopted. (08 Hrs)

UNIT - IV
Design of prefabricated elements: Lift points, Joints in elements, design of joints to
transfer axial forces, moments and shear forces, economic aspects. (08 Hrs)

UNIT - V
Site infrastructure: Equipment, Horizontal and Vertical transportation, site
manufacture and preparation of components, fabrication and assembly, storage of
prefabricates., curing methods. Construction technique: Large panel construction,
Box systems, Lift slab systems. (12 Hrs)
UNIT - VI
Recent advances and research being done in the topics mentioned in the above units.

EQ-60
Course Outcomes:
1. Summarize the concepts of prefabrication
2. Appraise about the classification of Prefabrication.
3. Implement Pre-cast concrete production techniques.
4. Design the prefabricated elements.
5. Classify the construction techniques and site infrastructure for Prefabrication.

References:
1. National building code{ Part VI-Prefabrication and systems building} Bureau of
Indian standards.
2. Koncz, Tihamer, "Manual of precast concrete construction with large reinforced
concrete and prestressed concrete components; Design, analysis and
construction", Bauverlag, Better World Books Ltd, Dunfermline, United
Kingdom
3. Lewicki, Bohdan, “Building with large Prefabricates”, Elsevier Publishing
Company, London 1966.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

CIE = Test I (Unit I, II & III) = 15 marks Total:

Quiz = 05 marks
50 50
UNIT–VI (AAT) = 15 marks
marks Test II (Unit IV & V) = 15 marks marks
Answer FIVE full questions
SEE = Questions Q1& Q2 from Unit I and Unit II respectively 20 x 2 = Total:
100 shall be answered and shall not have internal choice. 40 Marks 100
marks Questions Q3, Q4 & Q5 from Unit III, Unit IV & Unit V 20 x 3 = marks
respectively shall be answered & shall have internal choice 60 Marks

Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 3 - -
CO2 3 2 -
CO3 2 2 -
CO4 3 2 -
CO5 2 - -

1.Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

EQ-61
Course Code 18EQ2L01 M.Tech. (Earthquake Engineering)
Category Laboratory Semester: II
Course title BUILDING INFORMATION MODELLING LAB
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total hours = 48
Credits
0 0 4 0 2
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3 Hrs
Prerequisites (if any):

Course Learning Objectives:

1. Prepare 2D drawings the building components.
2. Plan the 3D view of different components of a building.
3. Analyse and design structures for static and dynamic loading
4. Appraise the process of project management.

COURSE CONTENTS

AutoCAD-2D: Basic drawings using Drawing tools, Appling Properties to objects

Layer Management, Plotting (12 Hrs)

Revit Architecture: Initial settings and Building elements, Creating a plan using
building elements and modification, Model Elements, Rendering (12 Hrs)

STAAD.Pro / ETABS: Overview of Structural Analysis and Design, Modeling,

Assigning Properties, Static & Dynamic Analysis, Design. (12 Hrs)

MSP / Primavera: Introduction, Resources types, Resource sheet, Resource

allocation, Resource analysis, Resource leveling and types, Task types, Team planner,
Reports, Exporting, Multiple projects and Compare projects and practice (12 Hrs)

Course Outcomes:
Students shall be able to:
1. Apply the concept of Autocad for 2D drafting.
2. Develop the building element by Revit Architecture.
3. Categorise the design of structures by STAAD / ETABS.
4. Illustrate Project management techniques.

References:
1. Rafael Sacks, Chuck Eastman, Ghang Lee & Paul Teicholz, "BIM Handbook: A
Guide to Building Information Modeling for Owners, Designers, Engineers,
Contractors, and Facility Managers", John Wiley & Sons, 2018
2. Manuals of the software mentioned in the course content which are available online

EQ-62
SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

Continuous Internal Evaluation Marks Semester End Evaluation Marks

(Laboratory – 50 Marks) (SEE) Laboratory (100
Marks)
Performance of the student in the 20 Write up 20
laboratory, every week
Test at the end of the semester 20 Experimentation 60
Viva Voce 10 Viva voce 20
Total 100
Total (CIE) 50 Total (SEE) 50*

Note: * = SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks for practical and the marks obtained
shall be reduced for 50 Marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 1 1 1
CO2 1 1 1
CO3 2 2 2
CO4 3 1 1

1. Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

EQ-63
Course Code 18EQ2S01 M.Tech (Earthquake Engineering)
Category Seminar Semester: II
Course title SEMINAR - II
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total hours = 24
Credits
0 0 2 0 1
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: - Total Max. Marks: 50 Duration of SEE: ---
Prerequisites (if any): NIL

Course Learning Objectives:

The objectives of the SEMINAR-II is to prepare the students to learn to:
1. Carry out the literature review of general research area/current topic and
analyse the same effectively.
2. Prepare a technical report, reflecting his/her depth of understanding, on the
selected area/topic and prepare content rich presentation.
3. Acquire communication and time management skills for effective and impactful
presentation. Interact with peers to acquire the qualities of thoughtfulness,
friendliness, adaptability, responsiveness, and politeness in-group discussion.
Overcome stage fear during oral presentation.

GUIDE LINES
1. Seminar preparation and presentation is an individual student activity.
2. Topic may be of general/ specific interest to program of engineering or electives
not offered in the semester and to be selected in consultation with the
faculty/Guide assigned.
3. Select one pertinent research paper/topic for the seminar presentation.
4. Prepare and submit a detailed technical report of the seminar topic.

Course Outcomes:
Students shall be able to:
1. Carry out the literature survey of topic of seminar.
2. Prepare a technical report on the selected area/topic.
3. Make an effective presentation with seamless flow of content within the time
allocated. Overcome inhibition in interacting with peers and hence develop the
spirit of team work.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

CIE – 50 Phase -1 Marks =10 Seminar Report Total:50

marks Phase -2 Marks =20 Marks =20 Marks

EQ-64
Scheme of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE):

Evaluation would be carried out in TWO phases. The Seminar Evaluation Committee
shall comprise of Chairperson of the Department, Faculty/Guide and one more faculty
member nominated by Chairperson of the Department. The evaluation criteria shall be
as per the rubrics given below:

Rubrics for Evaluation: Weightage

Topic - Technical Relevance, Sustainability and Societal Concerns : 15%

Review of literature and technical content : 35%
Presentation Skills : 25%
Report of seminar : 25%

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 2 2 3
CO2 2 3 3
CO3 - 2 -

1. Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

EQ-65
Course Code 18CV2M01 M.Tech. (Earthquake Engineering)
Category Mandatory Audit Semester: II
Course title PEDAGOGY STUDIES (AUDIT COURSE-II)
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total Hours: 24
Credits
2 0 0 0 1
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: -- Total Max. Marks: 50 Duration of SEE: --
Prerequisites (if any):
Course Learning Objectives:
1. Understand and apply the best practices in Pedagogy studies.
2. Analyse the different pedagogy approaches for effective teaching learning
process.
3. Apply the modern tools used in pedagogy.

COURSE CONTENTS

UNIT –I
 Introduction and Methodology:
 Aims and rationale, Policy background, Conceptual framework and terminology.
 Theories of learning, Curriculum, Teacher education.
 Conceptual framework, Research question.
 Overview of methodology and searching. (05 Hrs)

UNIT –II
 Thematic overview: Pedagogical practices are being used by teachers in formal
and informal classrooms in developing countries.
 Curriculum, teacher education, usage of modern tools. (04 Hrs)

UNIT –III
 Evidence on the effectiveness of pedagogical practices.
 Methodology for the in depth stage: quality assessment of included studies.
 How can teacher education (curriculum and practicum) and the school curriculum
and guidance materials best support effective pedagogy?
 Theory of change.
 Strength and nature of the body of evidence for effective pedagogical practices.
 Pedagogic theory and pedagogical approaches.
 Teacher‟s attitudes and beliefs and pedagogic strategies. (05 Hrs)

UNIT –IV
 Professional development; alignment with classroom practices and follow-up
support.
 Peer support
 Support from the head teacher and the community.
 Curriculum and assessment.
 Barriers to learning: limited resources and large class sizes. (05 Hrs)

EQ-66
 UNIT –V
 Research gaps and future directions
 Research design
 Contexts
 Pedagogy
 Teacher education
 Curriculum and assessment
 Dissemination and research impact. (05 Hrs)

Course Outcomes:
Students shall be able to:
1. Discuss and compare the different practices of Pedagogy studies for effective
teaching and learning.
2. Emphasise on different Pedagogy approaches for enhanced teaching learning
process.
3. Implement the capabilities of modern tools used in Pedagogy studies.

References:
1. Ackers J, Hardman F (2001) Classroom interaction in Kenyan primary schools,
Compare, 31 (2): 245-261.
2. Agrawal M (2004) Curriculum reform in school: The importance of evaluation,
Journal of Curriculum Studies, 36(3): 361-379.
3. Akyeampong K (2003) Teacher training in Ghana – does it count? Multi-site
teacher education research project (MUSTER) country report 1. London: DFID.
4. Akyeampong K, Lussier K, Proyor J, Westbrook J (2013) Improving teaching and
learning of basic maths and reading in Africa: Does teacher preparation count?
International Journal Educational Development, 33 (3): 272-282.
5. Alexander RJ (2001) Culture and pedagogy: International comparisons in primary
education. Oxford and Boston; Blackwell.
6. Chavan M (2003) Read India: A mass scale, rapid, „learning to read‟ campaign.
7. www.pratham.org/images/resource%20working%20paper%202.pdf.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

Test I (Unit I, II &III) = 15 marks

CIE – 50 Quiz = 5 marks Total:50
marks Unit-VI(AAT) = 15 marks marks
Test II (Unit IV & V) = 15 marks

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 - - 1
CO2 - - 1
CO3 1 1 1
1. Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

EQ-67
 THIRD SEMESTER
Course Code 18EQ3E1A M.Tech. ( Earthquake Engineering )
Category Program Elective Semester : III
Course title RESTORATION AND REHABILITATION OF STRUCTURES
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total Hours: 48
Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3 Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): RCC Design
Course Learning Objectives:
1. Understand the scope of Restoration, Repair and Rehabilitation
2. Analyse the causes of distress of concrete structures and to assess the strength of
the distressed concrete structure
3. To evaluate repair materials and repair techniques to restore the concrete
structures.
4. Understand the properties of repair materials and repair techiniques
5. Formulate the procedure for rehabilitation of damaged structures due to earth
quake.

COURSE CONTENTS

UNIT-I
Introduction to Restoration, Repair and Rehabilitation, Investigation of structures in
distress:- Physical Interpretation- recording of existing distress condition. Field tests
for assessing distress condition, Causes of distress; Physical causes: Introduction,
Durability of concrete, causes of distress in concrete structures, shrinkage in concrete,
freeze and thaw on concrete, weathering on concrete, crazing on concrete, honey
combing on concrete, swelling on concrete, pop outs on concrete, creep on concrete,
abrasion, erosion and cavitations on concrete, temperature changes, fire on concrete,
thermal movement in concrete, sub-grade movement, formwork movement,
settlement and movement, foundation settlement, construction errors, cracking due to
construction overloads, Cracks due to externally applied loads, accidental loadings,
design errors. (08 Hrs)

UNIT-II
Chemical causes and Corrosion: Chemical attack on concrete, , alkali reaction on the
concrete: aggregate reaction and alkali, silica reaction, chloride attack on concrete,
hydrolysis and leaching on concrete, salt attack/salt weathering , soft water
attack/aggregate water attack, crystallization of salt in pores, sea water attack on
concrete, biological attack on concrete, mechanism of miscellaneous chemical attack.
Basic principles of corrosion, corrosion mechanism of embedded metal, corrosion
process, damage due to corrosion, codal provisions for different exposure conditions,
corrosion protection techniques, relative symptoms to causes of distress and
deterioration. (08 Hrs)

EQ-68
 UNIT-III
Damage assessment: Destructive testing system; Introduction, purpose of assessment,
rapid assessment, visual inspection testing system of hardened concrete, evaluation of
cracks, destructive testing system, Assessment of existing concrete structures, direct
load test, load test on structural elements. Non destructive system; Introduction, NDT
methods, Chemical testing of concrete, diagnostic methods for corrosion damage,
investigation strategies, detail test and inspection testing, determination of structural
integrity and location of reinforcement, determination of steel serviceability and
condition , determination of concrete quality and composition, systematic assessment
of fire affected structures, preliminary investigation, detailed investigation.
(08 Hrs)

UNIT-IV
Repair materials: Selection and evaluation of repair materials; Introduction, material
selection, criteria for selection of repair materials, methodology for the selection of
repair materials, classification of repair materials, , Special repair materials;
Introduction, chemical and mineral admixtures, superplasticizers(SP), accelerators,
concrete composites, polymer repair materials, polymer coatings, polymer
concrete/mortar composites, fibre reinforced concrete, behavior of steel fibre
reinforced concrete, application of SFRC to repair of distressed structures, behaviour
of FRC with other fibres, glass fibre reinforced concrete, polypropylene fibre, natural
fibres, aramid fibre, carbon fibre, fibre reinforced polymer composites, FRP
composite laminates, ferro cement, ferrocement as repair material, SIFCON and
SIMCON Materials, miscellaneous materials (12 Hrs)

UNIT-V
Repair and Rehabilitation: Repair of Cracks; Introduction, factors that effect cracking,
measures of cracking, stages of concrete repair, durability of concrete repair, durable
repair design, evaluation of the repairs, types and classification of repairs, methods of
repairs, Rehabilitation Techniques; Introduction, Strengthening techniques;
Introduction, need for strengthening, terms of repair, structural concrete repair,
structural repair techniques for reinforced concrete, structure concrete strengthening,
jacketing technique, externally bonding technique, externally bonded mild steel
plates, strengthening with external reinforcement, short spanning, external post
tensioning, section enlargement, strengthening by SIMCON, dam safety: concrete
repair techniques, guidelines for seismic rehabilitation of existing buildings, seismic
vulnerability, strategies for rehabilitation schemes. (12 Hrs)

UNIT-VI
Recent advances and research being done in the topics mentioned in the above units

Course Outcomes:
Students shall be able to:
1. Understand the causes of deterioration of concrete structures confidently.
2. Choose the proper assessment techniques to know the strength of distressed
structures.
3. Design and develop the proper repair, rehabilitation and Strengthening
techniques.
4. Understand the concept of Durability and Serviceability.
5. Implement the rehabilitation methods for damaged structure due to earth quake.

EQ-69
References :
1. Harold Ropes, “Concrete Structures: Materials, Maintenance and Repair”
Longman Scientific and Technical Publication, John Wiley and Sons Inc., New
York
2. Jagadish R., “Structural Failures – Case Histories”, Oxford and IBH Publishing
Co., Pvt., Ltd. New Delhi
3. Crane, A.P. “Corrosion of Reinforcement in Concrete Construction”, Elli
Horwood Ltd., Chichester, England
4. Allen, R.T.L. and Edwards, “The Repair of Concrete Structures”, S.C., Balckie
Publication, Glasgow, London.
5. Pullar – Strecker, “Corrosion Damaged Concrete „ Assessment and Repair”
Butterworths, England.
6. Raikar, R.N. “Learning from Failures – Deficiencies in Design, Construction and
Service”, Structwel Designers & Consultant Pvt. Ltd., Bombay, India.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

CIE = Test I (Unit I, II & III) = 15 marks Total:

Quiz = 05 marks
50 50
Test II (Unit IV & V) = 15 marks UNIT–VI (AAT) = 15 marks
marks marks
Answer FIVE full questions
Questions Q1& Q2 from Unit I and Unit II respectively 20 x 2 =
SEE = shall be answered and shall not have internal choice. 40 Total:
100 Marks 100
marks Questions Q3, Q4 & Q5 from Unit III, Unit IV & Unit 20 x 3 = marks
V respectively shall be answered & shall have internal 60
choice Marks
Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 2 2 3
CO2 2 2 3
CO3 3 3 3
CO4 2 3 3
CO5 2 3 3
1.Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

EQ-70
Course Code 18EQ3E1B M.Tech. ( Earthquake Engineering )
Category Program Elective Semester : III
Course title ADVANCED DESIGN OF BRIDGES
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total Hours: 48
Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3 Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): Bridge Engineering
Course Learning Objectives:
1. Understand the basic concepts of bridge Engineering and design culverts.
2. Apply and analyse T-Beam and composite bridges.
3. Analyse and Evaluate PSC bridges
4. Understand the concepts of Balance Cantilever Bridges, Cable stayed bridges,
Suspension bridges and Curved bridges
5. Formulate procedure for analysis of sub-structural elements.

COURSE CONTENTS
UNIT-I
Review of load distribution on bridges. Response of bridges under static & Dynamic
loading, Designs of Box culvert & Slab culvert (10 Hrs)

UNIT-II
Designs: T-Beam bridges and composite bridges. (10 Hrs)

UNIT-III
PSC Bridges: Introduction to Pre and Post Tensioning, Proportioning of Components,
Analysis and Structural Design of Slab, Analysis of Main Girder using COURBON‟s
Method for IRC class AA tracked vehicle, Calculation of pre-stressing force, cable
profile and calculation of stresses, Design of End block and detailing of main girder.
(10 Hrs)

UNIT-IV
Design principles: Balance Cantilever Bridges, Cable stayed bridges, Suspension
bridges and Curved bridges. (08 Hrs)

UNIT-V
Substructures: stability analysis of abutments and analysis of piers, Bearings and
Expansion joints, Bridge foundation: Well and pile foundations (10 Hrs)

UNIT-VI
Recent advances and research being done in the topics mentioned in the above units

Course Outcomes:
Students shall be able to:
1. Describe the basic elements of Bridge Engineering and plan culverts .
2. Design T-Beam and composite bridges.
3. Create design procedure for PSC bridges

EQ-71
4. Outlining the principles of Balance Cantilever Bridges, Cable stayed bridges,
Suspension bridges and Curved bridges
5. Implement the analysis concepts of different components of bridge substructures.

References:
1. Bridge Engineering by Ponnuswamy, Mcgraw Hill Publicaton.
2. Essentials of Bridge Engineering by D. Johnsosn Victor, Oxford & IBH
Publishing Company.
3. Design of concrete bridges by Vazirani Ratwani & M.G. Aswani, Khanna
Publishers, New Delhi.
4. Design of bridges by Dr N. Krishna Raju, Oxford & IBH Publishing Company.
5. Analysis and design of Bridges by M.A.Jayaram, Sapna Publishers, Bangalore.
6. Principles and Practice of Bridge Engineering by S P Bindra, DhanpatRai& Sons
New Delhi
7. Bridge Deck Behaviour by E.C.Hambly.
8. Concrete Bridge Design and Practice by V.K.Raina Tata Mc Graw Hill Publishing
co.
9. Relevant IS and IRC codes.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

CIE = Test I (Unit I, II & III) = 15 marks Total:

Quiz = 05 marks
50 50
Test II (Unit IV & V) = 15 marks UNIT–VI (AAT) = 15 marks
marks marks
Answer FIVE full questions
SEE = Questions Q2& Q3 from Unit II and Unit III respectively 20 x 2 = Total:
100 shall be answered and shall not have internal choice. 40 Marks 100
marks Questions Q1, Q4 & Q5 from Unit I, Unit IV & Unit V 20 x 3 = marks
respectively shall be answered & shall have internal choice 60 Marks
Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 1 1 1
CO2 1 --- 1
CO3 1 --- 1
CO4 1 --- 1
CO5 1 --- 1

1.Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

EQ-72
Course Code 18EQ3E1C M.Tech. ( Earthquake Engineering )
Category Program Elective Semester : III
Course title FRACTURE MECHANICS
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total Hours: 48
Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3 Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): Structural Mechanics

Course Learning Objectives:

1. Elaborate the Fundaments of Fracture Mechanics, Mechanism of Cracking and
Crack Growth.
2. Discuss the different Cracks or Fractures in Structures.
3. Discuss the Mechanisms of Failure and nonlinear Fracture Mechanics.
4. Understand the Concept of CTOD and CMD.
5. Understand Modelling based on Continuum Damage Mechanics.

COURSE CONTENTS

UNIT I
Fundamentals of Fracture Mechanics, Mechanisms of fracture and crack growth.
(08 Hrs)

UNIT II
Cleavage fracture, ductile fracture, fatigue cracking, Environment assisted cracking,
Quasi brittle materials. (10 Hrs)

UNIT III
Service failure analysis, linear elastic fracture mechanics, Griffith‟s criteria, stress
intensity factors, crack tip plastic zone, Erwin‟s plastic zone correction, R curves,
compliance, J Integral, nonlinear analysis ,Review of concrete behavior in tension and
compression, Basic frameworks for modeling of quasibrittle materials. (10 Hrs)

UNIT IV
Nonlinear Fracture Mechanics – Discrete crack concept/Smeared crack concept, Size
effect, Plasticity models for concrete – Associated and non-associated flow, Failure
surfaces for quasibrittle materials. (10 Hrs)

UNIT V
Concept of CTOD and CMD, Material models, crack models, band models, models
based on continuum damage mechanics. (10 Hrs)

UNIT VI
Recent advances and research being done in the topics mentioned in the above units

EQ-73
Course Outcomes:
Students shall be able to:
1. Generalise the Fundaments of Fracture Mechanics, Mechanism of Cracking and
Crack Growth.
2. Summarise the different Cracks or Fractures in structures.
3. Executing the Mechanisms of Failure and nonlinear Fracture Mechanics.
4. Implement Concrete with Tension and Compression Failure surfaces and
concepts of CTOD and CMD.
5. Implement Modelling based on continuum damage mechanics.

References:
1. Elementary engineering fracture mechanics – David Broek – Sijthoff & Noordhoff
– Alphen aan den Rijn – Netherlands
2. Fracture mechanics of concrete structures – Theory and applications – Rilem
Report – Edited by L. Elfgreen – Chapman and Hall – 1989.
3. Fracture mechanics – applications to concrete – Edited by Victor, C. Li, & Z.P.
Bazant – ACI SP 118.
4. Valliappan S. "Continuum Mechanics Fundamentals" (1982), Oxford IBH, N D.
New Delhi.
5. Venkataraman and Patel “Structural Mechanics with introduction to Elasticity and
Plasticity” – Mcgraw Hill, 1990.
6. Shanes – “Introduction to Solid Mechanics – II Edition, PH, 1989

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

CIE = Test I (Unit I, II & III) = 15 marks Total:

Quiz = 05 marks
50 50
UNIT–VI (AAT) = 15 marks
marks Test II (Unit IV & V) = 15 marks marks
Answer FIVE full questions
Questions Q1& Q2 from Unit I and Unit II respectively 20 x 2 =
SEE = shall be answered and shall not have internal choice. 40 Total:
100 Marks 100
marks Questions Q3, Q4 & Q5 from Unit III, Unit IV & Unit 20 x 3 = marks
V respectively shall be answered & shall have internal 60
choice Marks
Note: SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COs) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 3 2 ----
CO2 3 ---- ----
CO3 3 ---- ----
CO4 2 2 ----
CO5 3 2 ----

1.Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

EQ-74
Course Code 18EQ3S01 M.Tech (Earthquake Engineering)
Category Seminar Semester: III
Course title SEMINAR - III
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and Credits L T P S Credits Total hours = 24
0 0 2 0 1
CIE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 50
Prerequisites (if any): NIL

Course Learning Objectives:

The objectives of the SEMINAR-III is to prepare the students to learn to:
1. Carry out the literature review of general research area/current topic and
analyse the same effectively.
2. Prepare a technical report, reflecting his/her depth of understanding, on the
selected area/topic and prepare content rich presentation.
3. Acquire communication and time management skills for effective and impactful
presentation. Interact with peers to acquire the qualities of thoughtfulness,
friendliness, adaptability, responsiveness, and politeness in-group discussion.

GUIDE LINES
1. Seminar preparation and presentation is an individual student activity.
2. Topic may be of general/ specific interest to program of engineering or electives
not offered in the semester and to be selected in consultation with the
faculty/Guide assigned.
3. Select one pertinent research paper/topic for the seminar presentation.
4. Prepare and submit a detailed technical report of the seminar topic.

Course Outcomes:
Students shall be able to:
1. Carry out the literature survey of topic of seminar.
2. Prepare a technical report on the selected area/topic.
3. Make an effective presentation with seamless flow of content within the time
allocated. Overcome inhibition in interacting with peers and hence develop the
spirit of team work.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

CIE – 50 Phase -1 Marks =10 Seminar Report Total:50

marks Phase -2 Marks =20 Marks =20 Marks

EQ-75
Scheme of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE):

Evaluation would be carried out in TWO phases. The Seminar Evaluation Committee
shall comprise of Chairperson of the Department, Faculty/Guide and one more faculty
member nominated by Chairperson of the Department. The evaluation criteria shall be
as per the rubrics given below:

Rubrics for Evaluation: Weightage

Topic - Technical Relevance, Sustainability and Societal Concerns : 15%

Review of literature and technical content : 35%
Presentation Skills : 25%
Report of seminar : 25%

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 2 2 3
CO2 2 3 3
CO3 - 2 -

1. Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

EQ-76
Course Code 18EQ3I01 M.Tech (Earthquake Engineering)
Category Internship/ Mini Project Semester: III
Course title INTERNSHIP / MINI PROJECT
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total hours = 80
Credits
--- --- 10 --- 5
Duration of SEE: 3 Hrs
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100
for a batch of 6 students
Prerequisites (if any): NIL

INTERNSHIP
Course Learning Objectives:
Objectives of the internship:
1. Provide an opportunity to see how classroom and textbook learning applies to the
real world, and to expose the students to the relevant work experience.
2. Pay close attention to all the steps that go onto completing a job, thereby, help
students to become workforce ready before entering the job market as a
graduate. Provide an opportunity to select the topic of dissertation work by
evaluating the requirement of organisation.
3. Prepare and present a technical report of internship.

GUIDELINES
1. Student has to approach the concerned heads of various Industries/organization,
which are related to the field of specialization of the M. Tech program.
2. If any student gets internship, he/she has to submit the internship offer letter duly
signed by the concerned authority of the company to the Chairperson of the
Department.
3. The internship on full time basis will be immediately after the examination of II
semester and during vacation of III semester for a minimum period of 8 weeks
without affecting the regular class work.
4. The progress has to be reported periodically Internship Guide assigned by the
Chairperson as per the format acceptable to the respective industry /organizations
and to the Institution.
5. At the end of the internship the student has to prepare and submit a detailed report
and submit.
6. Students are advised to use ICT tools such as Skype to report their progress and
submission of periodic progress reports to the faculty in charge or guide.
7. Duly signed report from guide and external supervisor from the organization
where internship is offered has to be submitted to the Chairperson of the
Department for evaluation.
The broad format of the internship final report shall contain Cover Page, Certificate
from College, Certificate from Industry / Organization of internship,
Acknowledgement, Synopsis, Table of Contents, chapters of Profile of the
Organization - Organizational structure, Products, Services, Business Partners,
Financials, Manpower, Societal Concerns, Professional Practices, Activities of the
Department where internship is done, Tasks Performed and summary of the tasks
performed. specific technical and soft skills that student has acquired during
internship, References & Annexure.

EQ-77
Course Outcomes:
The student will be able to:
1. Apply the gained experience along with the theoretical knowledge to solve the
real world problems what engineers ready do.
2. Get equipped with experience required before entering the job market. Explore
the possibility of formulating the dissertation problem.
3. Prepare a technical report and make a presentation of details of internship.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION
1.Marks awarded by guide (Internal examiner) = 50 marks
50*
CIE 2.Marks awarded by the department internship/mini project
Marks
monitoring committee = 50 marks
Presentation of internship work in the presence of Guide (Internal 50**
SEE
examiner) and external examiner = 100 marks Marks
Note: *= CIE be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.
**= SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be
reduced for 50 marks.

Rubrics for CIE:

Sl. Particulars Weightage Total
no marks
1 Topic of internship 10%
2 Objectives of internship 10%
3 Specific skills acquired 20%
50*
4 Documentation 40%
5 Presentation 20%
Total 100%

Rubrics for SEE:

Sl. Particulars Weightage Total
no marks
1 Topic of internship 10%
2 Objectives of internship 10%
3 Specific skills acquired 20%
50**
4 Document 40%
5 Presentation 20%
Total 100%
Note: ** = SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be
reduced for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3
CO1 3 - 2
CO2 2 - 2
CO3 - 3 -
1. Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

EQ-78
 MINI PROJECT
Course Learning Objectives:
1. Understand the method of applying engineering knowledge/use application
software to solve specific problems after carrying out relevant literature survey.
2. Apply engineering and management principles while executing the project.
3. Demonstrate the skills for good technical report writing and presentation.

COURSE CONTENT/GUIDELINES

Student shall take up small problems in the field of domain of program as mini
project. It can be related to a solution to an engineering problem, verification and
analysis of experimental data available, conducting experiments on various
engineering subjects, material characterisation, familiarising a software tool for
solution to selected engineering problem, etc.

The mini project must be carried out preferably using the resources available in the
department/college and it can be of interdisciplinary also .

Course Outcomes:
The students shall be able to:
1. Conduct experiments / use the capabilities of relevant application software/
simulation tools individually to generate data/ solve problems.
2. Assess the available engineering resources available in the institution.
3. Prepare and present a technical document of mini project.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

1.Marks awarded by guide (Internal examiner) = 50 marks

50*
CIE 2.Marks awarded by the department internship/mini project
Marks
monitoring committee = 50 marks
Presentation of mini project work in the presence of Guide 50**
SEE
(Internal examiner) and external examiner = 100 marks Marks

Note: *= CIE be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.
**= SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be
reduced for 50 marks.

EQ-79
Rubrics for CIE:

Sl. Particulars Weightage Total

no marks
1 Selection of the topic & formulation of objectives 10%
2 Modelling and simulation/algorithm 25%
development/experiment setup
3 Conducting experiments/implementation/testing 25% 50*
4 Demonstration & Presentation 15%
5 Report writing 25%
Total 100%

Rubrics for SEE:

The SEE shall be done by two examiners out of which one examiner is the guide of
mini project. The following weightage would be given for the examination.
Evaluation shall be done in batches, not exceeding 6 students.

Sl. Particulars Weightage Total

no marks
1 Brief write-up about the project 10%
2 Presentation/demonstration of the project 20%
3 Methodology and Experimental Results & Discussion 25%
50**
4 Report 25%
5 Viva Voce 20%
Total 100%

Note: ** = SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be
reduced for 50 marks.

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 3 - 3
CO2 2 - 3
CO3 - 3 -

1. Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

EQ-80
Course Code 18EQ3D01 M.Tech (Earthquake Engineering)
Category Dissertation Work Semester: III
Course title DISSERTATION WORK PHASE -I
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total hours = 80
Credits
0 0 10 0 5
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks:50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 1Hour
Prerequisites (if any): NIL

Course Learning Objectives:

1. Choose a problem applying relevant knowledge and skills acquired during the
course. Formulate the specifications of the project work, identify the set of
feasible solutions, prepare, and execute project plan considering professional,
cultural and societal factors. Identify the problem-solving methodology using
literature survey and present the same.
2. Develop experimental planning and select appropriate techniques and tools to
conduct experiments to Evaluate and critically examine the outcomes followed by
concluding the results and identifying relevant applications. Preparation of
synopsis, preliminary report for approval of topic selected along with literature
survey, objectives and methodology.
3. Develop oral and written communication skills to effectively convey the technical
content.

GUIDELINES

The Dissertation work will start in III semester and should be a problem with research
potential and should involve scientific research, design, generation/collection and
analysis of data, determining solution and must preferably bring out the individual
contribution.

The Dissertation work will have to be done by only one student and the topic of
dissertation must be decided by the guide and the student. The dissertation work shall
be carried out, on-campus or in an industry or in an organisation with prior approval
from the Chairperson of the Department. The student has to be in regular contact with
the guide atleast once in a week.

The report of Dissertation work phase I shall contain cover page, certificate from
College/Industry/Organisation, Acknowledgement, List of Figures and Tables
Contents, Nomenclature, Chapters of Introduction including motivation to choose
topic, Literature survey, Conclusion of literature survey, Objectives and Scope of
Dissertation, Methodology to be followed, Experimental requirements, References
and Annexure.

The preliminary results (if available) of the problem of Dissertation work may also be
discussed in the report.

EQ-81
Course Outcomes:
The students will be able to:
1. Self learn various topics relevant to Dissertation work. Carry out the literature
survey from National/International reference journals, articles and books
contact resource persons for selected topics of Dissertation.
2. Write and prepare a technical report.
3. Present and defend the contents of Dissertation work phase I in front of
technically qualified audience effectively.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION:

1.Marks awarded by guide (Internal examiner) = 50 marks

50*
CIE 2.Marks awarded by the department dissertation monitoring
Marks
committee = 50 marks
Presentation of Dissertation work Phase-I in the presence of Guide 50**
SEE
(Internal examiner) and external examiner = 100marks Marks
Note: *= CIE be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.
**= SEE shall be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be
reduced for 50 marks.

Rubrics for CIE: Weightage

1. Introduction and Justification of topic = 10%
2. Literature survey and Conclusion = 30%
3. Objectives and Scope of Dissertation work = 30%
4. Methodology to be adopted = 20%
5. Presentation of contents of Dissertation work Phase-I = 10%

Rubrics for SEE: Weightage

1. Introduction and Justification of topic = 10%
2. Literature survey and its Conclusion = 30%
3. Objectives and Scope of Dissertation work = 30%
4. Methodology, Experimental /Software = 20%
5. Presentation of Dissertation Phase-I = 10%

Mapping of Course Outcomes (Cos) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 3 - 3
CO2 - 3 3
CO3 2 3 -
1. Low, 2.Medium, 3. High

EQ-82
 FOURTH SEMESTER

Course Code 18EQ4S01 M.Tech. (Earthquake Engineering)

Category Seminar Semester: IV
Course title SEMINAR - IV
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P S Credits Total hours = 24
Credits
0 0 2 0 1
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: -- Total Max. Marks: 50 Duration of SEE: ---
Prerequisites (if any): NIL

Course Learning Objectives:

The objectives of the SEMINAR-IV is to prepare the students to learn to:
1. Carry out the literature review of general research area/current topic and analyse
the same effectively.
2. Prepare a technical report, reflecting his/her depth of understanding, on the
selected area/topic and prepare content rich presentation.
3. Acquire communication and time management skills for effective and impactful
presentation. Interact with peers to acquire the qualities of thoughtfulness,
friendliness, adaptability, responsiveness, and politeness in-group discussion.

GUIDE LINES

1. Seminar preparation and presentation is an individual student activity.

2. Topic may be of general/ specific interest to program of engineering or electives
not offered in the semester and to be selected in consultation with the
faculty/Guide assigned.
3. Select one pertinent research paper/topic for the seminar presentation.
4. Prepare and submit a detailed technical report of the seminar topic.

Course Outcomes:
Students shall be able to:
1. Carry out the literature survey of topic of seminar.
2. Prepare a technical report on the selected area/topic.
3. Make an effective presentation with seamless flow of content within the time
allocated. Overcome inhibition in interacting with peers and hence develop
the spirit of team work.

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION

CIE – 50 Phase -1 Marks =10 Seminar Report Total:50

marks Phase -2 Marks =20 Marks =20 Marks

EQ-83
Scheme of Continuous Internal Evaluation (CIE):

Evaluation would be carried out in TWO phases. The Seminar Evaluation Committee
shall comprise of Chairperson of the Department, Faculty/Guide and one more faculty
member nominated by Chairperson of the department. The evaluation criteria shall be
as per the rubrics given below:

Rubrics for Evaluation: Weightage

Topic - Technical Relevance, Sustainability and Societal Concerns : 15%

Review of literature and technical content : 35%
Presentation Skills : 25%
Report of seminar : 25%

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 2 2 3
CO2 2 3 3
CO3 - 2 -

1. Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

EQ-84
Course Code 18EQ4D01 M.Tech (Earthquake Engineering)
Category Dissertation Work Semester: IV
Course title DISSERTATION WORK PHASE -II
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and Credits L T P S Credits Total hours = 150
--- --- 30 --- 15
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: -
Prerequisites (if any): NIL

Course Learning Objectives:

1. Apply/Use different experimental techniques, equipments, software/
Computational/ Analytical /Modelling and Simulation tools required for
conducting tests and generate other relevant data. Students will also be able to
design and develop an experimental prototype setup/test rig/frame work/test
bench.
2. Analyse the results of the experiments conducted/models developed.
3. Create a detailed technical document as per format based on the outcome of
dissertation work phase I and II.

GUIDELINES

Dissertation work phase II is the continuation of project work started in III semester.
The report of final Dissertation work that includes the details of Dissertation work
phase I and phase II should be presented in a standard format. The candidate shall
prepare a detailed report of final dissertation work in bound form that includes Cover
Paper, Certificate from College/Industry/Organisation, Acknowledgement, Abstract,
Table of contents, List of Figures and Table, Nomenclature, Chapter of Introduction,
Literature survey, Conclusion of literature survey, Objectives and Scope of
dissertation work, Methodology, Experimentation, Results, Discussion, Conclusion,
Scope for future work, References, Annexure and full text of the publication
(submitted or published).

Course Outcomes:
Students shall be able to:
1. Conduct experiments/ implement the capabilities of different Software
/Computational / Analytical/Modelling and simulation tools individually and
generate data for validation of hypothesis.
2. Investigate and assess the results obtained within the scope of experiments
conducted followed by Conclusions.
3. Prepare a detailed technical document, present and defend the contents of
Dissertation work before technically qualified audience effectively.

EQ-85
SCHEME OF EXAMINATION:

1. Marks awarded by guide = 50 marks

2. Marks awarded by the department dissertation 100 50*
CIE
monitoring committee marks marks
(Guide + Two faculty members )= 50 marks
1. Dissertation evaluation by guide (Internal examiner) =
100 marks
2. Dissertation evaluation by external examiner =100 marks 300 50**
SEE
3. Viva-Voce examination by guide and external examiner marks marks
who evaluated the dissertation = 100 marks

Note: * = CIE be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be reduced
for 50 marks.
** = SEE shall be conducted for 300 marks and the marks obtained shall be
reduced for 50 marks.

Rubrics for CIE: Weightage

1. Presentation of background of dissertation work = 10%

2. Literature survey, Problem formulation and Objectives = 30%
3. Presentation of methodology and experimentation = 30%
4. Results and Discussion = 20%
5. Questions and Answers = 10%

Rubrics for SEE: Weightage

1. Originality = 5%
2. Literature survey = 15%
3. Problem formulation, Objectives and Scope of Work = 10%
4. Methodology, Experimentation/Theoretical modelling = 10%
5. Results, Discussion and Conclusion = 20%
6. Questions and Answers = 20%
7. Submission/Publication of technical paper in Journals/Conference = 20%

Mapping of Course Outcomes (COS) to Program Outcomes (POs)

PO1 PO2 PO3

CO1 3 2 3
CO2 2 2 3
CO3 3 3 3

1. Low, 2. Medium, 3. High

EQ-86
 BANGALORE UNIVERSITY

Department of Civil Engineering

UNIVERSITY VISVESVARAYA COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING

Jnana Bharathi Campus, Bengaluru-560 056

Choice Based Credit System (CBCS)-2018

M.Tech. in Civil Engineering

Open Electives [OP]

OP-1
Course Code 18CV3P1A M.Tech (Structural Engineering)
Category Open Elective Semester : III
Course title SIGNIFICANCE OF NATIONAL BUILDING CODE
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P SS Credits Total hours = 48
Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3 Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): NIL

COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES:

1. Understand the Prerequisites required to refer NBC
2. Classify the fire safety, building materials and structural design
3. Illustrate the factors of construction management
4. Explain services such as building & plumbing including solid waste management
5. Demonstrate landscape development & management

COURSE CONTENTS

UNIT-I
Integrated approach - Prerequisite for applying provisions of the code, General
Building Requirements (10 Hrs)

UNIT-II
Fire and Life safety, Building Materials, Structural Design (10 Hrs)

UNIT-III
Construction Management, Practices and Safety (10 Hrs)

UNIT-IV
Building Services, Plumbing Services, Solid waste management (10 Hrs)

UNIT-V
Landscape development, Approach to sustainability, Asset and Facility management
(08 Hrs)
COURSE OUTCOMES:
Students shall be able to:
1. Explain the Prerequisites required to apply this code
2. Summarize the fire safety, building materials and structural design concepts
3. Express factors in construction management and practice.
4. Interrelate services such as building & plumbing and solid waste management
5. Interpret Landscape development, sustainability, asset and facility management

References:
1. National Building Code 2016 Volume I & II

OP-2
SCHEME OF EXAMINATION:

CIE - Test I (Unit I, II &III) - 15 marks Quiz / Assignments = 20

Total:50
50 marks
marks Test II (Unit IV & V) – 15 marks
marks
Answer FIVE full questions
 Questions Q1 & Q2 from Unit I and Unit II 20x2 =
SEE – respectively shall be answered and shall not have 40 Total:100*
100 internal choice. Marks marks
marks  Questions Q3, Q4 and Q5 from Unit III, Unit IV 20x3=
& Unit V respectively shall be answered and shall 60
have internal choice Marks

Note: * = SEE is to be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be
reduced for 50 marks.

OP-3
Course Code 18CV3P1B M.Tech (Water Resources Engineering)
Category Open Elective Semester : III
Course title WATER LAWS, RIGHTS AND ADMINISTRATION
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P SS Credits Total hours = 48+4
Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): NIL

COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES:

1. Laws and policies both at the national and international level relating to water
2. Approaches and analysis of these substantive policy areas is designed to foster a
better understanding of the relationship between law, policy and resources
management
3. Acquire the ability to evaluate the role of laws and policy in conservation and
management of water resources and prevention of pollution
4. Equip with skills needed for interpreting laws, policies and judicial decision.

COURSE CONTENTS

UNIT-I
Water Rights: Introduction, Traditional land-based approaches to water rights:
Rights to surface water and groundwater - The common law tradition and The civil
law tradition, Rights to water in artificial water courses, National and International
water and Land policies.. Water and Land resources administration institution in
India. (10 Hrs)

UNIT-II
Modern Water Rights: ill-adaption of traditional land based approaches to specific
climatic conditions, the inadequacies of traditional land based approaches:
environmental considerations, economic value of water, the transformation from
socialist to market based economies, Regional initiatives, wider economic reforms,
other reforms, the promotion of social goals, and the completion of earlier reforms.
(10 Hrs)

UNIT-III
Pressure on Land and Water resources, The need for primary legislation,
‘nationalization’ of water resources, Institutional arrangements for water resources
management, Stakeholder involvement, Specialized water management entities,
Water administration tasks and powers, ‘Free’ uses of water, The introduction of
water rights: recognition of existing rights and uses at the time of the reform, The
grant of new rights. (10 Hrs)

UNIT-IV
Land and water resources management: Introduction: Policy Dialogue Process,
Land and Water Management: Linkages to Poverty Reduction and Development
Challenges in SEA and the Himalayas: Current Resource Management and
Development Challenges and Climate impacts in the Southeast Asian and Himalayan

OP-4
regions, Land and Water Management at the Local Level: Local level context , Local
adaptive responses and Enhancing resilience to impacts of future climate changes,
National Policy Context for Land and Water Management: Challenges, Regional
Approaches to Land and Water Management. (10 Hrs)

UNIT-V
Guiding Principles for Land Use and Physical Planning: Laws, regulations, plans,
and institutional frameworks for reconstruction planning. Existing instruments,
Opportunity, Planning process. Reconstruction collaboration, Agencies; Public /
private / NGO’s. Long term development goals, Physical plans, Flexible / static.
Master plans, integrated strategic planning for reconstruction investments; Proposal,
Private, Public, Government Involvement. (08 Hrs)

COURSE OUTCOMES:

Students shall be able to:

1. Familiar with the laws, policies and institutions in the field of water
2. Acquire the skills needed for interpretation laws, policies and judicial decisions in
a holistic prospective
3. Able to think critically about a number of natural resources policy problems and
solutions
4. Understand the nature of various policy disputes and the root cause of conflict
5. Evaluate the assumptions, strength and weakness of various reform measures and
policy proposals
6. Approach problem measures and issues in an integrated and intellectually
rigorous fashion

REFERENCES:

1. State and District Administration, Second Administrative Reforms Commission

Fifteenth report, Government of India, April 2009
2. Modern water rights, Theory and practice- Stephen Hodgson, FAO Legislative
Study- 92 Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations, Rome, 2006
3. Land and Water Resource Management in Asia: Challenges for climate
adaptation- Stephen Tyler and Liz Fajber, International Institute for Sustainable
Development, Manitoba Canada, January 2009
4. Safer Homes, Stronger Communities: A Handbook for Reconstructing after
Natural Disasters," published by the World Bank in January 2010. Handbook can
be found at the handbook Web site: www.housingreconstruction.org
5. National Water Policy (2012), Ministry of Water Resources, Govt. of India
6. Land and Water – The Rights Interface by Stephen Hodgson, FAO Legal Papers,
Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations, Rome, 2004
7. Reform Initiatives in Administration Developed by V. Jwala Narasimha Rao
additional director (TM) On Behalf of Dr Mcr Hrd Institute of AP Hyderabad
Under The ‘UNDP’ Project for Strengthening of State Administrative Training
Institutes.
8. Water Law in India, Overview of Existing Framework and Proposed Reforms -
Philippe Cullet, International Environmental Law Research Centre, International
Environment House, Geneva, Switzerland
9. http://www.ielrc.org/content/w0701.pdf

OP-5
SCHEME OF EXAMINATION:

CIE - Test I (Unit I, II &III)- 15 marks Quiz / Assignments = 20

Total:50
50 marks
marks Test II (Unit IV & V) – 15 marks
marks
Answer FIVE full questions
 Questions Q1 & Q5 from Unit I and Unit V 20x2 =
SEE – respectively shall be answered and shall not have 40 Total:100*
100 internal choice. Marks marks
marks  Questions Q2, Q3 and Q4 from Unit II, Unit III 20x3=
& Unit IV respectively shall be answered and shall 60
have internal choice Marks

Note: * = SEE is to be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be
reduced for 50 marks.

OP-6
Course Code 18CV3P1C M.Tech (Environmental Engineering)
Category Open Elective Semester : III
Course title WASTE TO ENERGY
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P SS Credits Total hours = 48
Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): NIL
COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES:
1.To understand the conversion of Waste to Energy
2.To provide the Knowledge about Biomass Pyrolysis, Gasification and Biomass
energy programme in India.
3.To induce Knowledge about Biomass Combustion.
4. To understand how the biogas is generated and used
5. To understand generating renewable energy

COURSE CONTENTS
UNIT-I
Introduction to Energy from Waste: Classification of waste as fuel–Agro based,
Forest residue, Industrial waste - MSW – Conversion devices – Incinerators, gasifiers,
digestors. (08 Hrs )
UNIT-II
Biomass Pyrolysis: Pyrolysis–Types, slow fast–Manufacture of charcoal–Methods -
Yields and application – Manufacture of pyrolytic oils and gases, yields and
applications.
Biomass Gasification: Gasifiers–Fixed bed system–Downdraft and updraft gasifiers,
Fluidized bed gasifiers – Design, construction and operation – Gasifier burner
arrangement for thermal heating – Gasifier engine arrangement and electrical power –
Equilibrium and kinetic consideration in gasifier operation. (10 Hrs)
UNIT-III
Biomass Combustion: Biomass stoves–Improved chullahs, types, some exotic
designs, Fixed bed combustors, Types, inclined grate combustors, Fluidized bed
combustors, Design, construction and operation - Operation of all the above biomass
combustors. (08 Hrs)
UNIT-IV
Biogas: Properties of biogas (Calorific value and composition) - Biogas plant
technology and status - Bio energy system - Design and constructional features -
Biomass resources and their classification - Biomass conversion processes - Thermo
chemical conversion, Direct combustion, biomass gasification, pyrolysis and
liquefaction, biochemical conversion, anaerobic digestion -Types of biogas Plants –
Applications - Alcohol production from biomass
Bio diesel production - Urban waste to energy conversion - Biomass energy
programme in India. (10 Hrs)
UNIT-V
Definition, concepts, Limitations, Criteria for assessing the potential of Renewable
energy sources –Solar Energy: Definition , Energy available from sun, Solar radiation
data , solar energy conversion into heat – wind Energy :Energy available from wind –
Basics of wind energy conversion- Nature of geothermal sources : Definition and
classification of resources, Utilization for electricity generation and direct heating-

OP-7
Pyrolysis of Biomass to produce solids, liquid and gaseous fuels. Biomass
gasification – Wave, Tidal and OTEC energy. (12 Hrs)

Course Outcomes:
Students shall be able to:
1.To develop reuse practices suitably
2.To explain the various steps used in Biomass Pyrolysis
3.To accomplish the most suitable method for Biomass Combustion and operation.
4. To understand the Concept of Biogas.
5. To select the suitable Criteria for assessing the potential of Renewable energy.

References:
1. Non Conventional Energy, Desai, Ashok V., Wiley Eastern Ltd., 1990.
2. Biogas Technology - A Practical Hand Book - Khandelwal, K. C. and Mahdi, S. S.,
Vol. I & II, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Co. Ltd., 1983.
3. Food, Feed and Fuel from Biomass, Challal, D. S., IBH Publishing Co. Pvt. Ltd.
4. Biomass Conversion and Technology, C. Y. WereKo-Brobby and E. B. Hagan,
John Wiley & Sons, 1996.
5. Ristinen R A.Kraushaar. Energy and the Environment, 2nd edition, John willey and
sons.
6.Banerjee BP, Handbook of energy and Environment in India , Oxford University
Press, 2005, India
7.Kaushik ND, Kaushik. Energy, Ecology and Environment, Captial Publishing,
2004.
8.Energy and the challenge of sustainability, World Energy assessment, UNDP, N
York, 2000.
9.E H Thorndike, Energy and Environment: A primer for Scientists and Engineers,
Addison-Wesley Publishing Company.
10.AKN Reddy, RH Williams, TB Johansson, Energy after Rio, Prospects and
challenges, UNDP, United Nations Publications, New York, 1997.
11.Energy: Science, Policy, and the pursuit of Sustainability by Robert Bent,
ISBN13:9781559639118, ISBN10 :1559639113 ,2002.
12.New Approaches on Energy and the Environment: Policy Advice for the
President, by Richard D.Morgenstern, ISbn13 :9781933115016,ISBN10:1933115017,
Publisher: Resources for the Future, Publication Date: February 2005

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION:
CIE - Test I (Unit I, II &III)- 15 marks Quiz / Assignments = 20
Total:50
50 marks
marks Test II (Unit IV & V) – 15 marks
marks
Answer FIVE full questions
 Questions Q1 & Q3 from Unit I and Unit III 20x2 =
SEE – respectively shall be answered and shall not have 40 Total:100*
100 internal choice. Marks marks
marks  Questions Q2, Q4 and Q5 from Unit II, Unit IV 20x3=
& Unit V respectively shall be answered and shall 60
have internal choice Marks
Note: * = SEE is to be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be
reduced for 50 marks.

OP-8
Course Code 18CV3P1D M.Tech (Water Resources Engineering)
Category Open Elective Semester : III
REMOTE SENSING & GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION
Course title
SYSTEM
No. of Hours/Week
Scheme and
L T P SS Credits Total hours = 48+4
Credits
4 0 0 0 4
CIE Marks: 50 SEE Marks: 50 Total Max. Marks: 100 Duration of SEE: 3Hrs
Prerequisites (if any): NIL
COURSE LEARNING OBJECTIVES
The students will be introduced to;
1. Understand the fundamentals of remote sensing ,GIS, GPS and SOI Topomaps
2. Understand the data interpretation techniques and map preparation
3. Apply and analyse the spatial data using GIS platform
4. Analyse and evaluate the potential of natural resources
5. Create GIS outputs by integrating the data from different sources

COURSE CONTENTS

UNIT-I
Remote Sensing: Concepts definition, history and development, Stages in RS-EMR,
EMR Spectrum, Theories of EMR, Types of RS and Laws of radiation. Interaction of
EMR interaction with soil, water and vegetation. Spectral signature with soil, water
and vegetation. Platforms, Sensors and Orbits- Types and satellite orbits. Data
products, Satellite data - multispectral, multitemporal, multisensoral, multistage
concepts. False color composition. (10 Hrs)
UNIT-II
Map and Map projections: Introduction to SOI Topographical maps- numbering,
scales, grid reference, signs and symbols, color system. Map projection-concept.
(08 Hrs)
UNIT-III
Data Interpretation and Thematic Maps: Introduction, Types of interpretation-
Visual and Digital, techniques for satellite imagery, Interpretation elements. Digital
image processing –Types. Classification scheme- supervised and unsupervised
classification. Thematic maps- Base map, drainage map, land use/land cover, soil,
slope, hydrogeomorphology, lineament, etc. (12 Hrs)
UNIT-IV
Geographical Information System: Definition, evolution, components & objectives.
Spatial data- types of geographic data. Spatial data models, Representation of
geographic features-vector, raster data models. Concept of arc, node, vertices &
topology, advantages and disadvantages. Non spatial data- advantages of database
management system, network, relational models, RDBMS: components, concepts,
data manipulation, query processing, operations on tables, integrity constraints, spatial
data input-digitisation, error identification, Errors: Types, source, correction. Editing
& topology building. (12 Hrs)
UNIT-V
Concept of GPS: Introduction, System overview, working principles, GPS surveying
methods, survey planning and observations, GPS data processing and applications.
(06 Hrs)

OP-9
 UNIT-VI
Recent advances and research being done in the topics mentioned in the above units.

COURSE OUTCOMES:
The students on successful completion of the course will be able to
1. Understand the principles of Remote Sensing, GIS and GPS to collect, map and
retrieve spatial informations.
2. Apply interpretation techniques and assess the natural resources
3. Apply and analyse the capabilities to handle multi disciplinary field projects
4. Analyse and evaluate geospatial tools and techniques for resources management
5. Create spatial database for decision making purposes to solve the real world
problems

REFERENCES:
1. Ahmed, E.L. Rabbany(2002) Introduction to Global Positioning Systems, Artech
House, Boston.
2. Anji Reddy, M(2008) Text Book of Remote Sensing and Geographic
Information System, B. S. Publication, Hyderabad.
3. Burrough, P A and McDonnell, R.A(2000) Principles of Geographic
Information System, Oxford University Press, New York.
4. Campbell, J.(2002) Introduction to Remote Sensing, Taylor and
Francisco, London.
5. Chang, K. T.(2008) Introduction to Geographic Information System, Avenue of
the Americas, McGraw Hill, New York.
6. Environmental Systems Research Institute, Inc(2003) Introduction to
ArcGIS-II, Course Lectures, GIS Education Solutions, Redlands.
7. Johnson R. Jensen(2005) Introductory Digital Image Processing"
Prentice Hall, New Jersy.
8. Lillisand, T. M., Kiefer, R.W., and Chipman, J.W(2008) Remote Sensing
and Image Interpretation, John Wiley and Sons, New York.
9. Sabins, F.F.(1996) Remote Sensing: Principles and Interpretation, W. H.
Freeman and Company, San Francisco.
10. Current Literatures and Publications

SCHEME OF EXAMINATION:
CIE - Test I (Unit I, II &III)- 15 marks Quiz / Assignments = 20
Total:50
50 marks
marks Test II (Unit IV & V) – 15 marks
marks
Answer FIVE full questions
 Questions Q1 & Q2 from Unit I and Unit II 20x2 =
SEE – respectively shall be answered and shall not have 40 Total:100*
100 internal choice. Marks marks
marks  Questions Q3, Q4 and Q5 from Unit III, Unit IV 20x3=
& Unit V respectively shall be answered and shall 60
have internal choice Marks

Note: * = SEE is to be conducted for 100 marks and the marks obtained shall be
reduced for 50 marks.

OP-10